<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/">
  <channel>
    <atom:link href="https://feeds.megaphone.fm/REC1768830757" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
    <title>6 Figure Creative</title>
    <link>https://6figurecreative.com/</link>
    <language>en</language>
    <copyright></copyright>
    <description>6 Figure Creative is a podcast that helps freelance creatives earn more money by doing what they love. If you’re trying to avoid the never-ending grind of a 9–5, or just want to earn more money doing what you do best (creating), 6 Figure Creative is your new favorite show! Join host Brian Hood and his guests as they explore topics such as mental health, finances, sales, marketing, time management, the digital nomad lifestyle, and more.</description>
    <image>
      <url>https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3c489e1e-0c25-11eb-a28c-63dd37e45339/image/6FigureCreative_Podcast_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress</url>
      <title>6 Figure Creative</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:subtitle>We teach freelancers how to get more clients, waste less time, and build a business that allows them to thrive as a creative. </itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
    <itunes:summary>6 Figure Creative is a podcast that helps freelance creatives earn more money by doing what they love. If you’re trying to avoid the never-ending grind of a 9–5, or just want to earn more money doing what you do best (creating), 6 Figure Creative is your new favorite show! Join host Brian Hood and his guests as they explore topics such as mental health, finances, sales, marketing, time management, the digital nomad lifestyle, and more.</itunes:summary>
    <content:encoded>
      <![CDATA[<p>6 Figure Creative is a podcast that helps freelance creatives earn more money by doing what they love. If you’re trying to avoid the never-ending grind of a 9–5, or just want to earn more money doing what you do best (creating), 6 Figure Creative is your new favorite show! Join host Brian Hood and his guests as they explore topics such as mental health, finances, sales, marketing, time management, the digital nomad lifestyle, and more.</p>]]>
    </content:encoded>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Brian Hood</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>Brian@thesixfigurehomestudio.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3c489e1e-0c25-11eb-a28c-63dd37e45339/image/6FigureCreative_Podcast_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
    <itunes:category text="Arts">
      <itunes:category text="Design"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Entrepreneurship"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>#400: The FINAL Episode</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/400?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_400</link>
      <description>This is Episode #400 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.

And it's my last one for a while.

It's been an incredible 400 episodes and it’s helped to build the business to what it is today.

But what got us here won't get us there.

The podcast has been great for people to find us through ads, get sucked into the show, listen to a  bunch of episodes, and eventually become clients.

But there's no built-in discoverability.

So we're diversifying and going big this year on YouTube and organic social among other things.

My whole team is flying into Nashville this week to plan it out.

And I don't know exactly when we'll launch or what it'll look like yet…

The podcast feed may light up from time to time with new stuff…But this is the final episode for a while.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/400</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The FINAL Episode</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>400</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/7b30261e-fd2f-11f0-ba6c-6b7bb57bb992/image/534553af94845c4ed9e9d6eb21bd552a.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This is Episode #400 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.

And it's my last one for a while.

It's been an incredible 400 episodes and it’s helped to build the business to what it is today.

But what got us here won't get us there.

The podcast has been great for people to find us through ads, get sucked into the show, listen to a  bunch of episodes, and eventually become clients.

But there's no built-in discoverability.

So we're diversifying and going big this year on YouTube and organic social among other things.

My whole team is flying into Nashville this week to plan it out.

And I don't know exactly when we'll launch or what it'll look like yet…

The podcast feed may light up from time to time with new stuff…But this is the final episode for a while.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/400</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>This is Episode #400 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.</strong></p>
<p>And it's my last one for a while.</p>
<p>It's been an incredible 400 episodes and it’s helped to build the business to what it is today.</p>
<p>But what got us here won't get us there.</p>
<p>The podcast has been great for people to find us through ads, get sucked into the show, listen to a  bunch of episodes, and eventually become clients.</p>
<p>But there's no built-in discoverability.</p>
<p>So we're diversifying and going big this year on YouTube and organic social among other things.</p>
<p>My whole team is flying into Nashville this week to plan it out.</p>
<p>And I don't know exactly when we'll launch or what it'll look like yet…</p>
<p>The podcast feed may light up from time to time with new stuff…But this is the final episode for a while.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/400?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_400">https://6figurecreative.com/400</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1294</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7b30261e-fd2f-11f0-ba6c-6b7bb57bb992]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4268123062.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#399: The Freelance Industries Where Ads Are a Waste of Money</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/399?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_399</link>
      <description>Are there cases where paid ads DON’T work for freelancers

Yes, and I cover them on this week’s podcast episode.

If you’re in one of these industries, ads might be a waste of money.

If you’re NOT in one of these industries, you then what’s your excuse?

There really shouldn’t be any reasons not to make them work, unless you just don’t want more clients.

You could realistically go from someone seeing your ad to paying you money the same day (or at least within a week or so).

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/399</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Freelance Industries Where Ads Are a Waste of Money</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>399</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/9cc6d58c-f6f1-11f0-b9a5-83b91b15f3f4/image/722988d5df12fce6a1aa79dd64fb1cc5.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are there cases where paid ads DON’T work for freelancers

Yes, and I cover them on this week’s podcast episode.

If you’re in one of these industries, ads might be a waste of money.

If you’re NOT in one of these industries, you then what’s your excuse?

There really shouldn’t be any reasons not to make them work, unless you just don’t want more clients.

You could realistically go from someone seeing your ad to paying you money the same day (or at least within a week or so).

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/399</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are there cases where paid ads DON’T work for freelancers</p>
<p>Yes, and I cover them on <strong>this week’s podcast episode.</strong></p>
<p>If you’re in one of these industries, ads might be a waste of money.</p>
<p>If you’re NOT in one of these industries, you then what’s your excuse?</p>
<p>There really shouldn’t be any reasons not to make them work, unless you just don’t want more clients.</p>
<p>You could realistically go from someone seeing your ad to paying you money the same day (or at least within a week or so).</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/399?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_399">https://6figurecreative.com/399</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1503</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9cc6d58c-f6f1-11f0-b9a5-83b91b15f3f4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6303133080.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#398: Why Paid Ads Aren’t Working For You (7 Fixes for Creative Freelancers)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/398?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_398</link>
      <description>If you’re a freelancer and you’re NOT running paid ads, chances are you fall into one of two types:

Type 1: Never tried paid ads because they were too intimidated, too overwhelmed, or convinced they won't work.

Type 2: Tried ads and for whatever reason, they didn’t work

Most freelancers don't even know they're doing it wrong.

Common scenario:

You spent $100 on ads.

Nothing happens.

You shrug and say, "paid ads don't work for me."

But you have no idea WHICH part didn't work.

Was it your hook? Your offer? Your landing page? Your inquiry form? Your sales process?

All of the above?

But most freelancers won’t take the time to figure out what went wrong.

They just know "it didn't work."

That's like saying "my car doesn't work" without knowing if it's the battery, the engine, or if you just forgot to put gas in it.

If you're Type 1, this episode could save you from wasting thousands.

If you're Type 2, this episode will show you exactly what went wrong.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/398</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Paid Ads Aren’t Working For You (7 Fixes for Creative Freelancers)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>398</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re a freelancer and you’re NOT running paid ads, chances are you fall into one of two types:

Type 1: Never tried paid ads because they were too intimidated, too overwhelmed, or convinced they won't work.

Type 2: Tried ads and for whatever reason, they didn’t work

Most freelancers don't even know they're doing it wrong.

Common scenario:

You spent $100 on ads.

Nothing happens.

You shrug and say, "paid ads don't work for me."

But you have no idea WHICH part didn't work.

Was it your hook? Your offer? Your landing page? Your inquiry form? Your sales process?

All of the above?

But most freelancers won’t take the time to figure out what went wrong.

They just know "it didn't work."

That's like saying "my car doesn't work" without knowing if it's the battery, the engine, or if you just forgot to put gas in it.

If you're Type 1, this episode could save you from wasting thousands.

If you're Type 2, this episode will show you exactly what went wrong.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/398</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re a freelancer and you’re NOT running paid ads, chances are you fall into one of two types:</p>
<p><strong>Type 1:</strong> Never tried paid ads because they were too intimidated, too overwhelmed, or convinced they won't work.</p>
<p><strong>Type 2:</strong> Tried ads and for whatever reason, they didn’t work</p>
<p>Most freelancers <em>don't even know</em> they're doing it wrong.</p>
<p>Common scenario:</p>
<p>You spent $100 on ads.</p>
<p>Nothing happens.</p>
<p>You shrug and say, "paid ads don't work for me."</p>
<p>But you have no idea WHICH part didn't work.</p>
<p>Was it your hook? Your offer? Your landing page? Your inquiry form? Your sales process?</p>
<p><em>All of the above?</em></p>
<p>But most freelancers won’t take the time to figure out what went wrong.</p>
<p>They just know "it didn't work."</p>
<p>That's like saying "my car doesn't work" without knowing if it's the battery, the engine, or if you just forgot to put gas in it.</p>
<p>If you're Type 1, this episode could save you from wasting thousands.</p>
<p>If you're Type 2, this episode will show you exactly what went wrong.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/398?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_398">https://6figurecreative.com/398</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2263</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aff1cd46-f0a8-11f0-8327-f30bc1aed65a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4739661882.mp3?updated=1768329728" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#397: The $500 Ad Budget Challenge Every Freelancer Needs to Take</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/397?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_397</link>
      <description>The #1 fear that freelancers have with paid ads?

They’re terrified of lighting money on fire and never getting it back.

I get it. It feels like a gamble that may not actually get you clients.

And if this is you, I’ve got a challenge for you that I hope will change your mind.

It’s called the $500 ad budget challenge.

I want to prove to you that it’s possible to turn $500 into $5k or more with paid ads, if you do it the right way.

If you’re ready to keep an open mind, listen to this week’s podcast episode where I’ll cover:


  The 3 prerequisites to running paid ads (if you have all 3 of these, you’re in a good position)

  Our “smart testing process” to squeeze all the juice out of a $500 budget

  
Real stories of clients who have gotten $5k, $15k, $25k clients from less than $500 in ad spend


  How to get us to pay for your first $500 in ads


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/397</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The $500 Ad Budget Challenge Every Freelancer Needs to Take</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>397</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/a6c983ba-ecd1-11f0-a612-cf4c878d21ea/image/82b15c17f89d9c59a8c0bb84da7b3939.png?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The #1 fear that freelancers have with paid ads?

They’re terrified of lighting money on fire and never getting it back.

I get it. It feels like a gamble that may not actually get you clients.

And if this is you, I’ve got a challenge for you that I hope will change your mind.

It’s called the $500 ad budget challenge.

I want to prove to you that it’s possible to turn $500 into $5k or more with paid ads, if you do it the right way.

If you’re ready to keep an open mind, listen to this week’s podcast episode where I’ll cover:


  The 3 prerequisites to running paid ads (if you have all 3 of these, you’re in a good position)

  Our “smart testing process” to squeeze all the juice out of a $500 budget

  
Real stories of clients who have gotten $5k, $15k, $25k clients from less than $500 in ad spend


  How to get us to pay for your first $500 in ads


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/397</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The #1 fear that freelancers have with paid ads?</p>
<p>They’re <em>terrified</em> of lighting money on fire and never getting it back.</p>
<p>I get it. It feels like a gamble that may not actually get you clients.</p>
<p>And if this is you, I’ve got a challenge for you that I hope will change your mind.</p>
<p>It’s called the $500 ad budget challenge.</p>
<p>I want to <em>prove</em> to you that it’s possible to turn $500 into $5k or more with paid ads, if you do it the right way.</p>
<p>If you’re ready to keep an open mind, listen to this week’s podcast episode where I’ll cover:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The <strong>3 prerequisites to running paid ads</strong> (if you have all 3 of these, you’re in a good position)</li>
  <li>Our <strong>“smart testing process”</strong> to squeeze all the juice out of a $500 budget</li>
  <li>
<strong>Real stories of clients</strong> who have gotten $5k, $15k, $25k clients from <em>less than $500 in ad spend</em>
</li>
  <li>How to <strong>get us to pay</strong> for your first $500 in ads</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/397?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_397">https://6figurecreative.com/397</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1723</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a6c983ba-ecd1-11f0-a612-cf4c878d21ea]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7971467073.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#396: How to Promote Yourself Without Destroying Your Premium Brand</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/396?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_396</link>
      <description>It’s January. You know what that means?

Well, it might be “panic about how slow the holidays were” time.

But for smart freelancers? It’s the start of our favorite season: cheap AF ads.

The holidays are insanely expensive and competitive for paid ads.

Black Friday, Christmas, end of year deals - it’s a marketing free-for-all that drives up costs and makes it nearly impossible to be heard.

The beginning of the year is the complete opposite. The noise has died down and in its place is a golden opportunity for freelancers.

With fewer businesses competing for attention, the cost to reach your ideal clients plummets, making it easier than ever to generate leads and clients for your business.

You know this, but in the back of your head you have this fear….

“If I run ads, won’t it cheapen my image or damage my brand?”

This is one of the top toxic beliefs that freelancers have, and today I want to call it out and address it.

Here’s why…

We just brought a new client into our coaching program and he’s making half a million dollars a year as a freelancer.

He still has capacity for clients - but this was one of the hardest closes I’ve ever had.

Not because he didn’t trust us. Not because he couldn’t afford it.

But because he was concerned that paid ads would damage his brand.

Reality check: Ads do not hurt strong brands. Bad messaging hurts brands.

This episode takes a deep dive into How to Promote Yourself Without Destroying Your Premium Brand.

Because if:


  Rolex can spend $100 million per year advertising their watches…

  Birkin bags sell for $300,000 and have a six-year wait list but Hermès still runs paid ads…

  What makes YOUR freelance business so special?


The answer: it’s not. And you can absolutely run paid ads in a way that actually grows your brand reputation.

There’s a specific reason I’m bringing this up now…

Next week, we’re offering something special to a handful of freelancers.

And it MIGHT have something to do with us giving you $500 to spend on ads, so you can test completely risk free and find a profitable strategy without spending a dime of your own money on ads.

You’ll get more info about that soon, but for now listen to this episode.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/396</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to Promote Yourself Without Destroying Your Premium Brand</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>396</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>It’s January. You know what that means?

Well, it might be “panic about how slow the holidays were” time.

But for smart freelancers? It’s the start of our favorite season: cheap AF ads.

The holidays are insanely expensive and competitive for paid ads.

Black Friday, Christmas, end of year deals - it’s a marketing free-for-all that drives up costs and makes it nearly impossible to be heard.

The beginning of the year is the complete opposite. The noise has died down and in its place is a golden opportunity for freelancers.

With fewer businesses competing for attention, the cost to reach your ideal clients plummets, making it easier than ever to generate leads and clients for your business.

You know this, but in the back of your head you have this fear….

“If I run ads, won’t it cheapen my image or damage my brand?”

This is one of the top toxic beliefs that freelancers have, and today I want to call it out and address it.

Here’s why…

We just brought a new client into our coaching program and he’s making half a million dollars a year as a freelancer.

He still has capacity for clients - but this was one of the hardest closes I’ve ever had.

Not because he didn’t trust us. Not because he couldn’t afford it.

But because he was concerned that paid ads would damage his brand.

Reality check: Ads do not hurt strong brands. Bad messaging hurts brands.

This episode takes a deep dive into How to Promote Yourself Without Destroying Your Premium Brand.

Because if:


  Rolex can spend $100 million per year advertising their watches…

  Birkin bags sell for $300,000 and have a six-year wait list but Hermès still runs paid ads…

  What makes YOUR freelance business so special?


The answer: it’s not. And you can absolutely run paid ads in a way that actually grows your brand reputation.

There’s a specific reason I’m bringing this up now…

Next week, we’re offering something special to a handful of freelancers.

And it MIGHT have something to do with us giving you $500 to spend on ads, so you can test completely risk free and find a profitable strategy without spending a dime of your own money on ads.

You’ll get more info about that soon, but for now listen to this episode.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/396</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s January. You know what that means?</p>
<p>Well, it might be “panic about how slow the holidays were” time.</p>
<p>But for smart freelancers? It’s the start of our favorite season: <strong>cheap AF ads.</strong></p>
<p>The holidays are <em>insanely</em> expensive and competitive for paid ads.</p>
<p>Black Friday, Christmas, end of year deals - it’s a marketing free-for-all that drives up costs and makes it nearly impossible to be heard.</p>
<p><strong>The beginning of the year is the complete opposite.</strong> The noise has died down and in its place is a golden opportunity for freelancers.</p>
<p>With fewer businesses competing for attention, the cost to reach your ideal clients plummets, making it <strong>easier than ever to generate leads and clients</strong> for your business.</p>
<p>You <em>know</em> this, but in the back of your head you have this fear….</p>
<p><strong>“If I run ads, won’t it cheapen my image or damage my brand?”</strong></p>
<p>This is one of the <strong>top toxic beliefs</strong> that freelancers have, and today I want to call it out and address it.</p>
<p>Here’s why…</p>
<p>We just brought a new client into our coaching program and he’s making half a million dollars a year as a freelancer.</p>
<p>He still has capacity for clients - but this was one of the hardest closes I’ve ever had.</p>
<p>Not because he didn’t trust us. Not because he couldn’t afford it.</p>
<p>But because he was concerned that paid ads would damage his brand.</p>
<p>Reality check: <strong>Ads do not hurt strong brands. Bad messaging hurts brands.</strong></p>
<p>This episode takes a deep dive into <strong>How to Promote Yourself Without Destroying Your Premium Brand.</strong></p>
<p>Because if:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Rolex can spend $100 million per year advertising their watches…</li>
  <li>Birkin bags sell for $300,000 and have a six-year wait list but Hermès still runs paid ads…</li>
  <li>What makes YOUR freelance business so special?</li>
</ul>
<p>The answer: it’s not. And you can absolutely run paid ads in a way that actually grows your brand reputation.</p>
<p><strong>There’s a specific reason I’m bringing this up now…</strong></p>
<p>Next week, we’re offering something special to a handful of freelancers.</p>
<p>And it MIGHT have something to do with us giving you $500 to spend on ads, so you can test completely risk free and find a profitable strategy without spending a dime of your own money on ads.</p>
<p>You’ll get more info about that soon, but for now listen to this episode.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/396?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_396">https://6figurecreative.com/396</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1321</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[54c9fb40-ea78-11f0-bfda-631b35899402]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7541260268.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#395: She Made $60k In 2 Months… After She FINALLY Faced This Fear</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/395?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_395</link>
      <description>Pop quiz:

What do freelancers fear MORE than death, public speaking, and spiders?

Answer:

Potentially, maybe, somewhat looking desperate when it comes to getting clients.

It’s not your fault…back in school most of us were taught to stay quiet, not stand out from the crowd.

That being “pushy” and asking for what you want is bad.

You're taught that if you stay invisible, you'll never face rejection.

And while that kinda sorta works in high school…

In the business world, it means you never **post about your work on social media.

You never go all in with content marketing.

And you’re afraid to actively make offers to potential clients (if I’m good, they’ll just come to me, right?)

But marketing isn’t desperation…it’s just marketing.

The stuff that you're avoiding doing because of the fear of looking desperate?

Exactly the same stuff that successful business owners do (without any hesitation whatsoever).

One of our clients is a brand designer who had this exact fear.

And when she finally overcame it, she had some of her best months EVER.

If you secretly fear “looking desperate” (or you actually ARE desperate), this one’s for you.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/395</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>She Made $60k In 2 Months… After She FINALLY Faced This Fear</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>395</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Pop quiz:

What do freelancers fear MORE than death, public speaking, and spiders?

Answer:

Potentially, maybe, somewhat looking desperate when it comes to getting clients.

It’s not your fault…back in school most of us were taught to stay quiet, not stand out from the crowd.

That being “pushy” and asking for what you want is bad.

You're taught that if you stay invisible, you'll never face rejection.

And while that kinda sorta works in high school…

In the business world, it means you never **post about your work on social media.

You never go all in with content marketing.

And you’re afraid to actively make offers to potential clients (if I’m good, they’ll just come to me, right?)

But marketing isn’t desperation…it’s just marketing.

The stuff that you're avoiding doing because of the fear of looking desperate?

Exactly the same stuff that successful business owners do (without any hesitation whatsoever).

One of our clients is a brand designer who had this exact fear.

And when she finally overcame it, she had some of her best months EVER.

If you secretly fear “looking desperate” (or you actually ARE desperate), this one’s for you.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/395</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Pop quiz:</strong></p>
<p>What do freelancers fear MORE than death, public speaking, and spiders?</p>
<p><strong>Answer:</strong></p>
<p>Potentially, maybe, somewhat looking <em>desperate</em> when it comes to getting clients.</p>
<p>It’s not your fault…back in school most of us were taught to stay quiet, not stand out from the crowd.</p>
<p>That being “pushy” and asking for what you want is bad.</p>
<p>You're taught that if you stay invisible, you'll never face rejection.</p>
<p>And while that kinda sorta works in high school…</p>
<p>In the business world, it means you never **post about your work on social media.</p>
<p>You never go all in with content marketing.</p>
<p>And you’re afraid to actively make offers to potential clients (if I’m good, they’ll just come to me, right?)</p>
<p>But marketing isn’t desperation…<strong>it’s just marketing.</strong></p>
<p>The stuff that you're avoiding doing because of the fear of looking desperate?</p>
<p>Exactly the same stuff that successful business owners do (without any hesitation whatsoever).</p>
<p>One of our clients is a brand designer who had this exact fear.</p>
<p>And when she finally overcame it, she had some of her best months EVER.</p>
<p>If you secretly fear “looking desperate” (or you actually ARE desperate), this one’s for you.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/395?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_395">https://6figurecreative.com/395</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>929</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[98f7351e-dd24-11f0-bf6d-5fa6e65b07f3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9929934799.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#394: How to Increase Referrals by Fixing These 7 Referral Killers</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/394?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_394</link>
      <description>Two freelancers.

Both relying on referrals to bring in clients.

One is fully booked solid with a 3-month waiting list.

The other is barely scraping by.

What makes the difference?

These 7 “Referral Killers.”

Get them wrong, and you’ll struggle for clients.

Fix even just one of them, and you’ll get more leads and higher-quality projects.

In this episode, we cover:


  How to give yourself a “referrability score”


  The secret force multiplier that makes all the difference

  How one freelancer spent $927 to land over $32,000 in projects (plus repeat projects and referrals)

  How to determine your #1 referral killer and fix it FAST


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/394</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to Increase Referrals by Fixing These 7 Referral Killers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>394</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Two freelancers.

Both relying on referrals to bring in clients.

One is fully booked solid with a 3-month waiting list.

The other is barely scraping by.

What makes the difference?

These 7 “Referral Killers.”

Get them wrong, and you’ll struggle for clients.

Fix even just one of them, and you’ll get more leads and higher-quality projects.

In this episode, we cover:


  How to give yourself a “referrability score”


  The secret force multiplier that makes all the difference

  How one freelancer spent $927 to land over $32,000 in projects (plus repeat projects and referrals)

  How to determine your #1 referral killer and fix it FAST


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/394</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Two freelancers.</p>
<p>Both relying on referrals to bring in clients.</p>
<p>One is fully booked solid with a 3-month waiting list.</p>
<p>The other is barely scraping by.</p>
<p><strong>What makes the difference?</strong></p>
<p>These 7 “Referral Killers.”</p>
<p>Get them wrong, and you’ll struggle for clients.</p>
<p>Fix even just one of them, and you’ll get more leads and higher-quality projects.</p>
<p>In this episode, we cover:</p>
<ul>
  <li>How to give yourself a <strong>“referrability score”</strong>
</li>
  <li>The <strong>secret force multiplier</strong> that makes all the difference</li>
  <li>How one freelancer spent <strong>$927 to land over $32,000</strong> in projects (plus repeat projects and referrals)</li>
  <li>How to determine your <strong>#1 referral killer</strong> and fix it FAST</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/394?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_394">https://6figurecreative.com/394</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1725</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[23308158-dd1c-11f0-8bb1-efe1f0cbc409]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9345718464.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#393: Most Pure Creatives Are Selfish (Here’s Why That Matters)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/393?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_393</link>
      <description>Pure creatives are selfish.

They create art for themselves.

And your potential clients don’t care about your personal creativity.

They care about what's in it for them.

So as a creative, we can't just be selfishly isolated in our little rooms creating art for art's sake because it fulfills us.

When it comes to actually being a business owner, we have to create real value for other people, which means we can't be selfish when it comes to our creativity.

We have to share it with others.

As it says on the wall behind me in my office, “It takes more than passion.”

If you’re running a freelance business, don’t forget - you’re running a business.

And that takes entrepreneurial skills that may not come naturally for many creatives.

This week’s episode is about finding the sweet spot between creativity and entrepreneurship.

Both the creative and the entrepreneur are essential elements of your freelance business…

And there are good parts and bad parts of both.

In this episode you’ll discover:


  Balancing the creative and entrepreneurial sides of your brain

  What entrepreneurs understand that creatives don't

  Using people, processes, and systems, to create value

  Keeping your creative spark alive

  Scheduling time for creative and entrepreneurial tasks

  Expanding your horizons by joining communities and finding mentors


For full show notes, visit ⁠https://6figurecreative.com/393⁠</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Most Pure Creatives Are Selfish (Here’s Why That Matters)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>393</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Pure creatives are selfish.

They create art for themselves.

And your potential clients don’t care about your personal creativity.

They care about what's in it for them.

So as a creative, we can't just be selfishly isolated in our little rooms creating art for art's sake because it fulfills us.

When it comes to actually being a business owner, we have to create real value for other people, which means we can't be selfish when it comes to our creativity.

We have to share it with others.

As it says on the wall behind me in my office, “It takes more than passion.”

If you’re running a freelance business, don’t forget - you’re running a business.

And that takes entrepreneurial skills that may not come naturally for many creatives.

This week’s episode is about finding the sweet spot between creativity and entrepreneurship.

Both the creative and the entrepreneur are essential elements of your freelance business…

And there are good parts and bad parts of both.

In this episode you’ll discover:


  Balancing the creative and entrepreneurial sides of your brain

  What entrepreneurs understand that creatives don't

  Using people, processes, and systems, to create value

  Keeping your creative spark alive

  Scheduling time for creative and entrepreneurial tasks

  Expanding your horizons by joining communities and finding mentors


For full show notes, visit ⁠https://6figurecreative.com/393⁠</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Pure creatives are selfish.</p>
<p>They create art for themselves.</p>
<p>And your potential clients don’t care about your personal creativity.</p>
<p>They care about what's in it for them.</p>
<p>So as a creative, we can't just be selfishly isolated in our little rooms creating art for art's sake because it fulfills us.</p>
<p>When it comes to <em>actually</em> being a business owner, we have to create <em>real</em> value for other people, which means we can't be selfish when it comes to our creativity.</p>
<p>We have to share it with others.</p>
<p>As it says on the wall behind me in my office, “It takes more than passion.”</p>
<p>If you’re running a freelance business, don’t forget - you’re running a business.</p>
<p>And that takes entrepreneurial skills that may not come naturally for many creatives.</p>
<p>This week’s episode is about finding the sweet spot between creativity and entrepreneurship.</p>
<p>Both the creative and the entrepreneur are <em>essential</em> elements of your freelance business…</p>
<p>And there are good parts and bad parts of both.</p>
<p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Balancing the creative and entrepreneurial sides of your brain</li>
  <li>What entrepreneurs understand that creatives don't</li>
  <li>Using people, processes, and systems, to create value</li>
  <li>Keeping your creative spark alive</li>
  <li>Scheduling time for creative <em>and</em> entrepreneurial tasks</li>
  <li>Expanding your horizons by joining communities and finding mentors</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/393?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_393">⁠https://6figurecreative.com/393⁠</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2260</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d068bc6e-d6eb-11f0-a8ae-73aabb0889b3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7867451386.mp3?updated=1765505011" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#392: Paid Ads vs Organic Content: What Actually Works in 2026?</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/392?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_392</link>
      <description>You know what's wild?

I had three of my coaches (Richie, Dennis, and Rob) on the podcast this week to settle the organic vs. paid ads debate once and for all.

Combined, they've spent tens of millions on paid ads and generated hundreds of millions in revenue for clients.

And here's what they said:

If you're doing organic without paid ads, you're playing marketing on hard mode.

Organic takes 90-100+ videos before you hit an inflection point. Each piece takes 3+ hours. And you're competing against dopamine-engineered content designed to keep people scrolling.

Meanwhile, our clients spend $5-10/day on ads and get 5+ booked calls.

But the weirdest part?

The #1 objection we hear from freelancers about running ads is: "I'll look desperate."

Especially music producers. They think if people see them running ads, everyone will assume they're struggling for work.

Which is... completely backwards.

We break down why in this week’s podcast episode.

We also cover:


  When organic actually makes sense (and when it's a waste of time)

  Why choose YouTube over Instagram when creating organic content

  The real reason ads + organic work like rocket fuel together

  How one client spent $900 and brought in $40K


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/392</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Paid Ads vs Organic Content: What Actually Works in 2026?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>392</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You know what's wild?

I had three of my coaches (Richie, Dennis, and Rob) on the podcast this week to settle the organic vs. paid ads debate once and for all.

Combined, they've spent tens of millions on paid ads and generated hundreds of millions in revenue for clients.

And here's what they said:

If you're doing organic without paid ads, you're playing marketing on hard mode.

Organic takes 90-100+ videos before you hit an inflection point. Each piece takes 3+ hours. And you're competing against dopamine-engineered content designed to keep people scrolling.

Meanwhile, our clients spend $5-10/day on ads and get 5+ booked calls.

But the weirdest part?

The #1 objection we hear from freelancers about running ads is: "I'll look desperate."

Especially music producers. They think if people see them running ads, everyone will assume they're struggling for work.

Which is... completely backwards.

We break down why in this week’s podcast episode.

We also cover:


  When organic actually makes sense (and when it's a waste of time)

  Why choose YouTube over Instagram when creating organic content

  The real reason ads + organic work like rocket fuel together

  How one client spent $900 and brought in $40K


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/392</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You know what's wild?</p>
<p>I had three of my coaches (Richie, Dennis, and Rob) on the podcast this week to settle the organic vs. paid ads debate once and for all.</p>
<p>Combined, they've spent <strong>tens of millions on paid ads</strong> and generated <strong>hundreds of millions in revenue</strong> for clients.</p>
<p>And here's what they said:</p>
<p>If you're doing organic without paid ads, <strong>you're playing marketing on hard mode.</strong></p>
<p>Organic takes 90-100+ videos before you hit an inflection point. Each piece takes 3+ hours. And you're competing against dopamine-engineered content designed to keep people scrolling.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, our clients spend <strong>$5-10/day</strong> on ads and get 5+ booked calls.</p>
<p>But the weirdest part?</p>
<p>The #1 objection we hear from freelancers about running ads is: <strong>"I'll look desperate."</strong></p>
<p>Especially music producers. They think if people see them running ads, everyone will assume they're struggling for work.</p>
<p>Which is... completely backwards.</p>
<p>We break down why in this week’s podcast episode.</p>
<p>We also cover:</p>
<ul>
  <li>When organic actually makes sense (and when it's a waste of time)</li>
  <li>Why choose YouTube over Instagram when creating organic content</li>
  <li>The real reason ads + organic work like rocket fuel together</li>
  <li>How one client spent $900 and brought in $40K</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/392?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_392">https://6figurecreative.com/392</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2633</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b1331c8a-d476-11f0-9ffa-4f0bec76df17]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9539620067.mp3?updated=1765234368" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#391: Why You Keep Struggling with Feast or Famine (and How to Fix It for Good)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/391?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_391</link>
      <description>I need to tell you something you probably don't want to hear.

You don't have a marketing problem. You have a leads problem.

Let me prove it to you:


  You're generating less than 5 new leads per month

  Some months you get 10 leads, some months you get 1

  That's a 1000% variance from your best month to your worst

  Meanwhile, my business generates 1,974 leads per month on average

  Our variance from lowest to highest month? Only 30%


See the difference?

When you only have 1-10 leads coming in, you're basically starving.

You take whatever clients you can get.

You can't be picky.

You can't raise your rates.

And you're one bad month away from panic mode.

The answer? Uncomfortably simple:

You need more at-bats. More opportunities. More people in your pipeline who could potentially become clients.

And the best way to fix that?

Paid ads.

In this week's episode, you'll learn:


  The real root cause of feast or famine for 95% of freelancers (and how to fix it for good)

  What a niche photography studio doing $50M/year knows that you don't

  The exact number of ad variations you should be testing (hint: it's 100X more than you think)


Most freelancers aren’t “bad at sales” - they just don’t have enough leads coming in to make their business model work.

Let’s fix that.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/391</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You Keep Struggling with Feast or Famine (and How to Fix It for Good)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>391</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I need to tell you something you probably don't want to hear.

You don't have a marketing problem. You have a leads problem.

Let me prove it to you:


  You're generating less than 5 new leads per month

  Some months you get 10 leads, some months you get 1

  That's a 1000% variance from your best month to your worst

  Meanwhile, my business generates 1,974 leads per month on average

  Our variance from lowest to highest month? Only 30%


See the difference?

When you only have 1-10 leads coming in, you're basically starving.

You take whatever clients you can get.

You can't be picky.

You can't raise your rates.

And you're one bad month away from panic mode.

The answer? Uncomfortably simple:

You need more at-bats. More opportunities. More people in your pipeline who could potentially become clients.

And the best way to fix that?

Paid ads.

In this week's episode, you'll learn:


  The real root cause of feast or famine for 95% of freelancers (and how to fix it for good)

  What a niche photography studio doing $50M/year knows that you don't

  The exact number of ad variations you should be testing (hint: it's 100X more than you think)


Most freelancers aren’t “bad at sales” - they just don’t have enough leads coming in to make their business model work.

Let’s fix that.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/391</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I need to tell you something you probably don't want to hear.</p>
<p><strong>You don't have a marketing problem. You have a leads problem.</strong></p>
<p>Let me prove it to you:</p>
<ul>
  <li>You're generating less than 5 new leads per month</li>
  <li>Some months you get 10 leads, some months you get 1</li>
  <li>That's a 1000% variance from your best month to your worst</li>
  <li>Meanwhile, my business generates 1,974 leads per month on average</li>
  <li>Our variance from lowest to highest month? Only 30%</li>
</ul>
<p>See the difference?</p>
<p>When you only have 1-10 leads coming in, you're basically starving.</p>
<p>You take whatever clients you can get.</p>
<p>You can't be picky.</p>
<p>You can't raise your rates.</p>
<p>And you're one bad month away from panic mode.</p>
<p>The answer? Uncomfortably simple:</p>
<p>You need more at-bats. More opportunities. More people in your pipeline who could potentially become clients.</p>
<p>And the best way to fix that?</p>
<p>Paid ads.</p>
<p>In this week's episode, you'll learn:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The real root cause of feast or famine for 95% of freelancers (and how to fix it for good)</li>
  <li>What a niche photography studio doing $50M/year knows that you don't</li>
  <li>The exact number of ad variations you should be testing (hint: it's 100X more than you think)</li>
</ul>
<p>Most freelancers aren’t “bad at sales” - they just don’t have enough leads coming in to make their business model work.</p>
<p>Let’s fix that.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/391?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_391">https://6figurecreative.com/391</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1367</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4dac6346-cfc2-11f0-a8f7-e3ff3b76faaa]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1099914202.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#390: The 12 Freelance “Muscles” You’re Not Working Out</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/390?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_390</link>
      <description>Just because you're making money doesn't mean you're thriving as a freelancer.

And if you're NOT making money? You're definitely not thriving.

Here's what a thriving freelance business actually looks like: stable income, financial runway so you can take a hit without panicking, no constant fires to put out, and you actually enjoy what you do.

Sound like your business right now?

Yeah. Didn't think so.

The second you started taking money for your skills, 12 critical roles appeared out of thin air in your business:

Fulfillment, sales, marketing, operations, accounting, project management, IT/tech, legal, client relationships, creative direction, management... and CEO.

In a big corporation, each of those has a department head, managers, and entire teams.

As a freelancer? That's all you, baby.

And if your business isn't where you want it to be, you're failing at exercising one (or more) of these muscles.

So how do you fix this?

That’s what this episode is all about.

You’ll discover:


  The "treat it like the gym" framework for consistently working on the hard stuff you've been avoiding for months (or years)

  How to identify which muscle is your biggest bottleneck right now and start strengthening it one hour at a time

  Why emotions make you a great creative but a terrible business owner (and what to do about it)…


Can you make this work?

Wrong question.

The right question is: How can I make this work?

"Can I" is for dabblers. "How can I" is for people who actually succeed.

So pick your mountain. Set your gym time. And start climbing one hour at a time.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/390</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 12 Freelance “Muscles” You’re Not Working Out</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>390</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Just because you're making money doesn't mean you're thriving as a freelancer.

And if you're NOT making money? You're definitely not thriving.

Here's what a thriving freelance business actually looks like: stable income, financial runway so you can take a hit without panicking, no constant fires to put out, and you actually enjoy what you do.

Sound like your business right now?

Yeah. Didn't think so.

The second you started taking money for your skills, 12 critical roles appeared out of thin air in your business:

Fulfillment, sales, marketing, operations, accounting, project management, IT/tech, legal, client relationships, creative direction, management... and CEO.

In a big corporation, each of those has a department head, managers, and entire teams.

As a freelancer? That's all you, baby.

And if your business isn't where you want it to be, you're failing at exercising one (or more) of these muscles.

So how do you fix this?

That’s what this episode is all about.

You’ll discover:


  The "treat it like the gym" framework for consistently working on the hard stuff you've been avoiding for months (or years)

  How to identify which muscle is your biggest bottleneck right now and start strengthening it one hour at a time

  Why emotions make you a great creative but a terrible business owner (and what to do about it)…


Can you make this work?

Wrong question.

The right question is: How can I make this work?

"Can I" is for dabblers. "How can I" is for people who actually succeed.

So pick your mountain. Set your gym time. And start climbing one hour at a time.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/390</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Just because you're making money doesn't mean you're thriving as a freelancer.</p>
<p>And if you're NOT making money? You're definitely not thriving.</p>
<p>Here's what a thriving freelance business actually looks like: stable income, financial runway so you can take a hit without panicking, no constant fires to put out, and you actually enjoy what you do.</p>
<p>Sound like your business right now?</p>
<p>Yeah. Didn't think so.</p>
<p>The second you started taking money for your skills, 12 critical roles appeared out of thin air in your business:</p>
<p>Fulfillment, sales, marketing, operations, accounting, project management, IT/tech, legal, client relationships, creative direction, management... and CEO.</p>
<p>In a big corporation, each of those has a department head, managers, and entire teams.</p>
<p>As a freelancer? That's all you, baby.</p>
<p>And if your business isn't where you want it to be, you're failing at exercising one (or more) of these muscles.</p>
<p>So how do you fix this?</p>
<p>That’s what this episode is all about.</p>
<p>You’ll discover:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The "treat it like the gym" framework for consistently working on the hard stuff you've been avoiding for months (or years)</li>
  <li>How to identify which muscle is your biggest bottleneck right now and start strengthening it one hour at a time</li>
  <li>Why emotions make you a great creative but a terrible business owner (and what to do about it)…</li>
</ul>
<p>Can you make this work?</p>
<p>Wrong question.</p>
<p>The right question is: <strong>How can I make this work?</strong></p>
<p>"Can I" is for dabblers. "How can I" is for people who actually succeed.</p>
<p>So pick your mountain. Set your gym time. And start climbing one hour at a time.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/390?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_390">https://6figurecreative.com/390</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1098</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7fdfaa10-c97f-11f0-ba40-c711f21c1075]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5159824940.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#389: How To Give Yourself A Raise In 2026 (In 4 Steps)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/389?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_389</link>
      <description>You know that massive to-do list in your head?

All those things you're "supposed" to do as a freelancer?

New website. Social media content calendar. Cold outreach. Warm outreach. Lead magnets. Funnels. Pricing revamp. Recurring revenue package. Portfolio update.

It's overwhelming as hell.

And oh by the way, 99% of that list doesn't matter right now.

Because your income isn't capped by all those things.

It's capped by ONE thing.

One bottleneck.

This is something called the Theory of Constraints, and it's the simplest framework I've ever seen for giving yourself a raise as a freelancer.

Your business has exactly ONE constraint holding you back right now.

Maybe it's time (you're booked solid but can't take on more clients).

Maybe it's lead generation (nobody knows you exist).

Maybe it's sales (you get inquiries but can't close them).

Maybe it's your average client value (everyone's worth $1,000 when they should be worth $5,000).

Maybe it's fulfillment (clients leave unhappy and never refer you).

Once you identify that ONE constraint and fix it, you get a raise.

Sometimes a massive one, like 20%, 30%, even 50%+ in a year.

Then a new constraint pops up. You fix that one.

Yay, you just got another raise!

It's literally whack-a-mole with your income, except every time you whack one you make more money.

In this episode, I walk you through:


  The exact framework for identifying YOUR constraint

  The five core functions every freelancer needs to master (in order)

  The most common bottleneck for six-figure earners

  The "Hormozi Holy Trio" that holds most freelancers back

  How fixing one simple number can give yourself a 4x raise


This is one of those episodes where if you actually apply what's in it, you'll look back in 6-12 months and realize it changed everything.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/389</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Give Yourself A Raise In 2026 (In 4 Steps)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>389</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You know that massive to-do list in your head?

All those things you're "supposed" to do as a freelancer?

New website. Social media content calendar. Cold outreach. Warm outreach. Lead magnets. Funnels. Pricing revamp. Recurring revenue package. Portfolio update.

It's overwhelming as hell.

And oh by the way, 99% of that list doesn't matter right now.

Because your income isn't capped by all those things.

It's capped by ONE thing.

One bottleneck.

This is something called the Theory of Constraints, and it's the simplest framework I've ever seen for giving yourself a raise as a freelancer.

Your business has exactly ONE constraint holding you back right now.

Maybe it's time (you're booked solid but can't take on more clients).

Maybe it's lead generation (nobody knows you exist).

Maybe it's sales (you get inquiries but can't close them).

Maybe it's your average client value (everyone's worth $1,000 when they should be worth $5,000).

Maybe it's fulfillment (clients leave unhappy and never refer you).

Once you identify that ONE constraint and fix it, you get a raise.

Sometimes a massive one, like 20%, 30%, even 50%+ in a year.

Then a new constraint pops up. You fix that one.

Yay, you just got another raise!

It's literally whack-a-mole with your income, except every time you whack one you make more money.

In this episode, I walk you through:


  The exact framework for identifying YOUR constraint

  The five core functions every freelancer needs to master (in order)

  The most common bottleneck for six-figure earners

  The "Hormozi Holy Trio" that holds most freelancers back

  How fixing one simple number can give yourself a 4x raise


This is one of those episodes where if you actually apply what's in it, you'll look back in 6-12 months and realize it changed everything.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/389</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You know that massive to-do list in your head?</p>
<p>All those things you're "supposed" to do as a freelancer?</p>
<p>New website. Social media content calendar. Cold outreach. Warm outreach. Lead magnets. Funnels. Pricing revamp. Recurring revenue package. Portfolio update.</p>
<p>It's overwhelming as hell.</p>
<p>And oh by the way, <strong>99% of that list doesn't matter right now</strong>.</p>
<p>Because your income isn't capped by all those things.</p>
<p>It's capped by ONE thing.</p>
<p><em>One</em> bottleneck.</p>
<p>This is something called the Theory of Constraints, and it's the simplest framework I've ever seen for giving yourself a raise as a freelancer.</p>
<p><strong>Your business has exactly ONE constraint holding you back right now.</strong></p>
<p>Maybe it's time (you're booked solid but can't take on more clients).</p>
<p>Maybe it's lead generation (nobody knows you exist).</p>
<p>Maybe it's sales (you get inquiries but can't close them).</p>
<p>Maybe it's your average client value (everyone's worth $1,000 when they should be worth $5,000).</p>
<p>Maybe it's fulfillment (clients leave unhappy and never refer you).</p>
<p><strong>Once you identify that ONE constraint and fix it, you get a raise.</strong></p>
<p>Sometimes a massive one, like 20%, 30%, even 50%+ in a year.</p>
<p>Then a new constraint pops up. You fix that one.</p>
<p>Yay, you just got another raise!</p>
<p>It's literally whack-a-mole with your income, except every time you whack one you make more money.</p>
<p><strong>In this episode, I walk you through:</strong></p>
<ul>
  <li>The exact framework for identifying YOUR constraint</li>
  <li>The five core functions every freelancer needs to master (in order)</li>
  <li>The most common bottleneck for six-figure earners</li>
  <li>The "Hormozi Holy Trio" that holds most freelancers back</li>
  <li>How fixing one simple number can give yourself a 4x raise</li>
</ul>
<p>This is one of those episodes where if you actually apply what's in it, you'll look back in 6-12 months and realize it changed everything.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/389?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_389">https://6figurecreative.com/389</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1883</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7411eec8-c3f3-11f0-846f-a3e49d487d36]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3751259305.mp3?updated=1763411648" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#388: The 5 Hidden Dangers That Can Wipe Out a 6-Figure Freelance Business</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/388?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_388</link>
      <description>You can spend years building a wildly successful six-figure (or multi-six-figure) freelance business...

Only to watch it crumble to dust.

Not because you sucked at your craft.

Not because you weren't talented enough.

But because you didn't defend yourself properly against a handful of silent killers.

One of these silent killers once cost me five weeks of work I had to make up for free.

(Could've been prevented. Wasn't. Sucked.)

So in this week's episode, I'm breaking down the five hidden dangers that can wipe out a six-figure freelance business (and more importantly, exactly how to defend yourself against each one).

Here's what we're tackling:


  How to prevent burnout (you know, when you basically hate your clients and want to burn down your entire business) and recognize the warning signs before that happens.

  The “give-a-mouse-a-cookie” problem that sucks away your profit (and one simple phrase that stops it).

  The simple systems that keep you safe from the tax man (no, you can’t outsmart the system. Don’t try).

  
Legal essentials that protect your business (rare, but when they strike, they can wipe you out completely. Here’s how to stay out of the danger zone).

  And the #1 completely preventable “silent killer” - payment issues.



You've worked too hard to build your business to let it get taken down by something completely avoidable.

Let's make sure that doesn't happen.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/388</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Hidden Dangers That Can Wipe Out a 6-Figure Freelance Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>388</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You can spend years building a wildly successful six-figure (or multi-six-figure) freelance business...

Only to watch it crumble to dust.

Not because you sucked at your craft.

Not because you weren't talented enough.

But because you didn't defend yourself properly against a handful of silent killers.

One of these silent killers once cost me five weeks of work I had to make up for free.

(Could've been prevented. Wasn't. Sucked.)

So in this week's episode, I'm breaking down the five hidden dangers that can wipe out a six-figure freelance business (and more importantly, exactly how to defend yourself against each one).

Here's what we're tackling:


  How to prevent burnout (you know, when you basically hate your clients and want to burn down your entire business) and recognize the warning signs before that happens.

  The “give-a-mouse-a-cookie” problem that sucks away your profit (and one simple phrase that stops it).

  The simple systems that keep you safe from the tax man (no, you can’t outsmart the system. Don’t try).

  
Legal essentials that protect your business (rare, but when they strike, they can wipe you out completely. Here’s how to stay out of the danger zone).

  And the #1 completely preventable “silent killer” - payment issues.



You've worked too hard to build your business to let it get taken down by something completely avoidable.

Let's make sure that doesn't happen.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/388</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can spend years building a wildly successful six-figure (or multi-six-figure) freelance business...</p>
<p>Only to watch it crumble to dust.</p>
<p>Not because you sucked at your craft.</p>
<p>Not because you weren't talented enough.</p>
<p>But because you didn't defend yourself properly against a handful of silent killers.</p>
<p>One of these silent killers once cost me five weeks of work I had to make up for free.</p>
<p>(Could've been prevented. Wasn't. Sucked.)</p>
<p>So in this week's episode, I'm breaking down the five hidden dangers that can wipe out a six-figure freelance business (and more importantly, exactly how to defend yourself against each one).</p>
<p><strong>Here's what we're tackling:</strong></p>
<ul>
  <li>How to <strong>prevent burnout</strong> (you know, when you basically hate your clients and want to burn down your entire business) and recognize the warning signs before that happens.</li>
  <li>The <strong>“give-a-mouse-a-cookie” problem</strong> that sucks away your profit (and one simple phrase that stops it).</li>
  <li>The simple systems that keep you <strong>safe from the tax man</strong> (no, you can’t outsmart the system. Don’t try).</li>
  <li>
<strong>Legal essentials</strong> that protect your business (rare, but when they strike, they can wipe you out completely. Here’s how to stay out of the danger zone).</li>
  <li>And the #1 completely preventable “silent killer” - <strong>payment issues.</strong>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You've worked too hard to build your business to let it get taken down by something completely avoidable.</p>
<p>Let's make sure that doesn't happen.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/388?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_388">https://6figurecreative.com/388</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1994</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[79095ab6-bbf0-11f0-8327-137a26cde9e3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7002253737.mp3?updated=1762530760" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#387: How to Build a Portfolio That Attracts High-Paying Clients</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/387?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_387</link>
      <description>Most freelancers think: "The more work I show, the more clients I'll attract."

But if you have a level 10 skillset working with level 5 clients…

Your portfolio is gonna look level 6 at best.

And it’s hard to level up your clients if your portfolio doesn’t match.

Is your portfolio all over the place?

Not showcasing work at the level you want to attract clients?

This week’s podcast episode will fix that.

You’ll learn:


  How to beef up your portfolio if it’s still light or you’re just starting out

  How to curate and uplevel your current portfolio to attract higher level clients

  The secret ingredient that instantly makes your work look 10x more impressive



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/387</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to Build a Portfolio That Attracts High-Paying Clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>387</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers think: "The more work I show, the more clients I'll attract."

But if you have a level 10 skillset working with level 5 clients…

Your portfolio is gonna look level 6 at best.

And it’s hard to level up your clients if your portfolio doesn’t match.

Is your portfolio all over the place?

Not showcasing work at the level you want to attract clients?

This week’s podcast episode will fix that.

You’ll learn:


  How to beef up your portfolio if it’s still light or you’re just starting out

  How to curate and uplevel your current portfolio to attract higher level clients

  The secret ingredient that instantly makes your work look 10x more impressive



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/387</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers think: "The more work I show, the more clients I'll attract."</p>
<p>But if you have a <strong>level 10 skillset working with level 5 clients…</strong></p>
<p><strong>Your portfolio is gonna look level 6 at best.</strong></p>
<p>And it’s hard to level up your clients if your portfolio doesn’t match.</p>
<p>Is your portfolio all over the place?</p>
<p>Not showcasing work at the level you want to attract clients?</p>
<p>This week’s podcast episode will fix that.</p>
<p>You’ll learn:</p>
<ul>
  <li>How to <strong>beef up your portfolio</strong> if it’s still light or you’re just starting out</li>
  <li>How to curate and <strong>uplevel your current portfolio</strong> to attract higher level clients</li>
  <li>The secret ingredient that instantly makes your work look <strong>10x more impressive</strong>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/387?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_387">https://6figurecreative.com/387</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1790</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ef2473ee-b8ed-11f0-9fcb-5f9f41f9f0e2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3453983835.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#386: The Goldilocks Pricing Rule for Freelancers (Not Too High, Not Too Low)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/386?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_386</link>
      <description>“Raise your gosh darn rates.”

I literally have a podcast episode with this title.

But that advice is not for everyone because raising your prices isn’t always the answer.

Every freelancer has a “Goldilocks sweet spot” for their pricing.

The perfect balance of rates that keep you booked, profitable, and sane.

Charge too much? You've got the "luxury mirage"… premium prices, but an empty calendar.

Charge too little? Welcome to the "bargain bin trap"… a packed calendar full of soul-sucking projects where you resent your clients and can barely keep your head above water.

This week’s episode is all about finding that pricing sweet spot that keeps you booked with better clients.

I’ll give you…


  4 steps.

  and 3 important metrics.


I break it all down on Episode #386: The Goldilocks Pricing Rule for Freelancers (Not Too High, Not Too Low)

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/386</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Goldilocks Pricing Rule for Freelancers (Not Too High, Not Too Low)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>386</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>“Raise your gosh darn rates.”

I literally have a podcast episode with this title.

But that advice is not for everyone because raising your prices isn’t always the answer.

Every freelancer has a “Goldilocks sweet spot” for their pricing.

The perfect balance of rates that keep you booked, profitable, and sane.

Charge too much? You've got the "luxury mirage"… premium prices, but an empty calendar.

Charge too little? Welcome to the "bargain bin trap"… a packed calendar full of soul-sucking projects where you resent your clients and can barely keep your head above water.

This week’s episode is all about finding that pricing sweet spot that keeps you booked with better clients.

I’ll give you…


  4 steps.

  and 3 important metrics.


I break it all down on Episode #386: The Goldilocks Pricing Rule for Freelancers (Not Too High, Not Too Low)

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/386</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Raise your gosh darn rates.”</em></p>
<p>I literally have a podcast episode with this title.</p>
<p>But that advice is <em><strong>not</strong></em> for everyone because raising your prices isn’t <em>always</em> the answer.</p>
<p>Every freelancer has a “Goldilocks sweet spot” for their pricing.</p>
<p>The perfect balance of rates that keep you booked, profitable, and sane.</p>
<p><strong>Charge too much?</strong> You've got the "luxury mirage"… premium prices, but an empty calendar.</p>
<p><strong>Charge too little?</strong> Welcome to the "bargain bin trap"… a packed calendar full of soul-sucking projects where you resent your clients and can barely keep your head above water.</p>
<p>This week’s episode is all about <strong>finding that pricing sweet spot</strong> that keeps you booked with better clients.</p>
<p>I’ll give you…</p>
<ul>
  <li><strong>4 steps.</strong></li>
  <li><strong>and 3 important metrics.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>I break it all down on <strong>Episode #386: The Goldilocks Pricing Rule for Freelancers (Not Too High, Not Too Low)</strong></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/386?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_386">https://6figurecreative.com/386</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2085</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[76bee816-b01f-11f0-9368-63b05d35aaf7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6328601864.mp3?updated=1761231645" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#385: Booked Solid? Here’s What Comes Next for (Some) Serious Creatives</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/385?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_385</link>
      <description>The vast majority of freelancers want one thing: more clients.

But what if that’s not your biggest problem?

What if you’re booked solid…

And now the “good problem to have” is that you can’t ever take a vacation because your income is tied to the hours you work?

It’s a dollars-for-hours trap.

No work = no money.

Vacation? You're not making money.

Get sick? Not making money.

In the hospital? Not making money.

Your income is handcuffed to the hours you work.

And there's a ceiling. A theoretical maximum. You can inch it up by raising your rates, but eventually... that's it.

That's your max.

Some people are cool with that.

If you’d like a future where you’re making great money NOT trading dollars for hours…

Where you “outgrow” freelancing and transition your expertise into something more scalable…

This episode is for you.


  Should I start an agency?

  Sell software/products?

  Or - should I start teaching what I know and build a coaching business?


In this episode, I talk about the pros and cons of each, and why I think creating a scalable coaching offer is the way to go (spoiler alert: it’s the one I’ve gone all in on, which is why you’re reading this).

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/385</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Booked Solid? Here’s What Comes Next for (Some) Serious Creatives</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>385</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The vast majority of freelancers want one thing: more clients.

But what if that’s not your biggest problem?

What if you’re booked solid…

And now the “good problem to have” is that you can’t ever take a vacation because your income is tied to the hours you work?

It’s a dollars-for-hours trap.

No work = no money.

Vacation? You're not making money.

Get sick? Not making money.

In the hospital? Not making money.

Your income is handcuffed to the hours you work.

And there's a ceiling. A theoretical maximum. You can inch it up by raising your rates, but eventually... that's it.

That's your max.

Some people are cool with that.

If you’d like a future where you’re making great money NOT trading dollars for hours…

Where you “outgrow” freelancing and transition your expertise into something more scalable…

This episode is for you.


  Should I start an agency?

  Sell software/products?

  Or - should I start teaching what I know and build a coaching business?


In this episode, I talk about the pros and cons of each, and why I think creating a scalable coaching offer is the way to go (spoiler alert: it’s the one I’ve gone all in on, which is why you’re reading this).

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/385</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <em>vast majority</em> of freelancers want one thing: more clients.</p>
<p>But what if that’s not your biggest problem?</p>
<p>What if you’re booked solid…</p>
<p>And now the “good problem to have” is that you <em>can’t ever take a vacation</em> because your income is tied to the hours you work?</p>
<p><em>It’s a dollars-for-hours trap.</em></p>
<p>No work = no money.</p>
<p>Vacation? You're not making money.</p>
<p>Get sick? Not making money.</p>
<p>In the hospital? <em>Not making money.</em></p>
<p>Your income is handcuffed to the hours you work.</p>
<p>And there's a ceiling. A theoretical maximum. You can inch it up by raising your rates, but eventually... that's it.</p>
<p><strong>That's your max.</strong></p>
<p>Some people are cool with that.</p>
<p>If you’d like a future where you’re making great money <strong>NOT trading dollars for hours</strong>…</p>
<p>Where you “outgrow” freelancing and transition your expertise into something more scalable…</p>
<p>This episode is for you.</p>
<ul>
  <li>Should I start an agency?</li>
  <li>Sell software/products?</li>
  <li>Or - should I start teaching what I know and build a coaching business?</li>
</ul>
<p>In this episode, I talk about the pros and cons of each, and why I think creating a scalable coaching offer is the way to go (spoiler alert: it’s the one I’ve gone all in on, which is why you’re reading this).</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/385?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_385">https://6figurecreative.com/385</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2071</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a3fff578-ab69-11f0-af08-4f311110411f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5656656436.mp3?updated=1760713955" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#384: The “Power Hour” Method (How Smart Freelancers Work)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/384?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_384</link>
      <description>We all get the same 24 hours in a day.

So why can some people get more done in that 24 hours than others?

It’s not ALWAYS about doing more.

In many cases it’s about doing the RIGHT things consistently (at the right time of day).

My day starts at 5:30 AM with 15 minutes of reading and straight to the gym for a workout.

It’s a non-negotiable for me, whether I feel like it or not.

So my advice for you:

Set aside “power hours” to work ON your business every day - as a non-negotiable.

Just like going to the gym, it’s a “business booty bootcamp” that directly adds junk to your trunk (aka revenue to your bank account) when you do it consistently.

(Oh, and DO NOT check emails first thing in the morning. Ever.)

This week’s episode is all about how to know WHAT to work on and how to prioritize it so you can actually have the business and the life that you want.

Things like:


  Micro-routines that help you knock out the important stuff quickly

  How I structure my day based on my energy levels, and my best “hacks” for creative focus

  The “hate-charity” trick that helps me accomplish my goals

  The 3 biggest issues that keep you from prioritizing (even when you want to)


Listen now to Episode #384: The “Power Hour” Method (How Smart Freelancers Work)

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/384</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The “Power Hour” Method (How Smart Freelancers Work)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>384</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We all get the same 24 hours in a day.

So why can some people get more done in that 24 hours than others?

It’s not ALWAYS about doing more.

In many cases it’s about doing the RIGHT things consistently (at the right time of day).

My day starts at 5:30 AM with 15 minutes of reading and straight to the gym for a workout.

It’s a non-negotiable for me, whether I feel like it or not.

So my advice for you:

Set aside “power hours” to work ON your business every day - as a non-negotiable.

Just like going to the gym, it’s a “business booty bootcamp” that directly adds junk to your trunk (aka revenue to your bank account) when you do it consistently.

(Oh, and DO NOT check emails first thing in the morning. Ever.)

This week’s episode is all about how to know WHAT to work on and how to prioritize it so you can actually have the business and the life that you want.

Things like:


  Micro-routines that help you knock out the important stuff quickly

  How I structure my day based on my energy levels, and my best “hacks” for creative focus

  The “hate-charity” trick that helps me accomplish my goals

  The 3 biggest issues that keep you from prioritizing (even when you want to)


Listen now to Episode #384: The “Power Hour” Method (How Smart Freelancers Work)

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/384</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We all get the same 24 hours in a day.</p>
<p>So why can some people get more done in that 24 hours than others?</p>
<p>It’s not ALWAYS about doing more.</p>
<p>In many cases it’s about doing the RIGHT things consistently (at the right time of day).</p>
<p>My day starts at 5:30 AM with 15 minutes of reading and straight to the gym for a workout.</p>
<p>It’s a non-negotiable for me, whether I feel like it or not.</p>
<p>So my advice for you:</p>
<p>Set aside “power hours” to work ON your business every day - as a non-negotiable.</p>
<p>Just like going to the gym, it’s a “business booty bootcamp” that directly adds junk to your trunk (aka revenue to your bank account) when you do it consistently.</p>
<p><em>(Oh, and DO NOT check emails first thing in the morning. Ever.)</em></p>
<p>This week’s episode is all about how to know WHAT to work on and how to prioritize it so you can actually have the business and the life that you want.</p>
<p>Things like:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Micro-routines that help you knock out the important stuff quickly</li>
  <li>How I structure my day based on my energy levels, and my best “hacks” for creative focus</li>
  <li>The “hate-charity” trick that helps me accomplish my goals</li>
  <li>The 3 biggest issues that keep you from prioritizing (even when you want to)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Listen now to Episode #384: The “Power Hour” Method (How Smart Freelancers Work)</strong></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/384?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_384">https://6figurecreative.com/384</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1912</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c073de22-a493-11f0-85b3-e38fea05116c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6737963496.mp3?updated=1759962064" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#383: What Are You Willing to Give Up to Grow Your Freelance Business?</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/383?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_383</link>
      <description>“I'd love to be jacked.”

“I'd love to be great at pottery.”

“I’d love to be a scratch golfer.” ← this one’s me.

You can say you wanna be good at something, but if you’re not willing to do what it takes to get there, you don’t really want it enough.

And sometimes that’s okay.

But when it comes to your freelance business, I hear a lot of people say, “I want to be making 6 figures, charging $10k per project, etc etc.”

And yet when it comes time to do the work - they “don’t have time” for it.

That time excuse? We know it’s not really true.

I've seen people juggling full-time jobs, families, community roles, even taking care of extended family... and they STILL make massive progress in their businesses.

Then I see freelancers with literally zero responsibilities (single, no kids, no clients, hell, some even just got laid off and have nothing but time) and they're STILL using "lack of time" as their excuse.

We all have the same 24 hours.

So what are you willing to do to make time and space for progress?

That’s the question I tackle on this week’s episode: What Are You Willing to Give Up to Grow Your Freelance Business?

Don't just SAY you want to grow your freelance business. Show it with your choices.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/383</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What Are You Willing to Give Up to Grow Your Freelance Business?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>383</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>“I'd love to be jacked.”

“I'd love to be great at pottery.”

“I’d love to be a scratch golfer.” ← this one’s me.

You can say you wanna be good at something, but if you’re not willing to do what it takes to get there, you don’t really want it enough.

And sometimes that’s okay.

But when it comes to your freelance business, I hear a lot of people say, “I want to be making 6 figures, charging $10k per project, etc etc.”

And yet when it comes time to do the work - they “don’t have time” for it.

That time excuse? We know it’s not really true.

I've seen people juggling full-time jobs, families, community roles, even taking care of extended family... and they STILL make massive progress in their businesses.

Then I see freelancers with literally zero responsibilities (single, no kids, no clients, hell, some even just got laid off and have nothing but time) and they're STILL using "lack of time" as their excuse.

We all have the same 24 hours.

So what are you willing to do to make time and space for progress?

That’s the question I tackle on this week’s episode: What Are You Willing to Give Up to Grow Your Freelance Business?

Don't just SAY you want to grow your freelance business. Show it with your choices.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/383</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>“I'd love to be <em>jacked</em>.”</p>
<p>“I'd love to be great at pottery.”</p>
<p>“I’d love to be a scratch golfer.” ← this one’s me.</p>
<p>You can say you wanna be good at something, but if you’re not willing to do what it takes to get there, you don’t <em>really</em> want it enough.</p>
<p>And sometimes that’s okay.</p>
<p>But when it comes to your freelance business, I hear a lot of people say, “I want to be making 6 figures, charging $10k per project, etc etc.”</p>
<p>And yet when it comes time to do the work - they “don’t have time” for it.</p>
<p>That time excuse? We know it’s not <em>really</em> true.</p>
<p>I've seen people juggling full-time jobs, families, community roles, even taking care of extended family... and they STILL make massive progress in their businesses.</p>
<p>Then I see freelancers with literally zero responsibilities (single, no kids, no clients, hell, some even just got laid off and have nothing but time) and they're STILL using "lack of time" as their excuse.</p>
<p><strong>We all have the same 24 hours.</strong></p>
<p>So what are you willing to do to make time and space for progress?</p>
<p>That’s the question I tackle on this week’s episode: What Are You Willing to Give Up to Grow Your Freelance Business?</p>
<p>Don't just SAY you want to grow your freelance business. <strong>Show it with your choices.</strong></p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/383?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_383">https://6figurecreative.com/383</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1002</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[db2bc978-9eda-11f0-85b3-0b8ab9611d4a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7508302882.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#382: The Top 5 Ways Freelancers Land Clients (And What Actually Works)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/382?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_382</link>
      <description>If you've ever thought to yourself, "I need more clients, please God, rain them down out of the sky" - I'm probably gonna piss you off today.

Hopefully in a good way.

Some numbers I found interesting and concerning:

68% of freelancers rely on passive methods to get clients.

58% said client acquisition was their number one challenge.

🤨 Hmmmm…I wonder why that is?

Now, when I say “passive methods” I mean things like word of mouth and referrals, networking, and social media.

If you’re waiting and hoping for a potential client to reach out to you…

EVEN if you’re on the freelance marketplaces or showing up to networking events…

You still have a passive client acquisition system.

And it sucks @$$ for several reasons…

First: For every freelancer that's out there, there hundreds (or thousands) of clients that need your services who never hire anyone (or hire the wrong person) simply because they didn't know you exist.

Second: By ****waiting around for clients to find you magically, not only are you hurting yourself and your bank account, you're hurting those potential clients you could have helped (if they just knew you existed).

The solution? Convert passive methods to active ones.

This week’s episode is all about how to do that including:


  How to amp up your referral flow

  A better way to do direct outreach

  Why “freelance marketplaces” are kinda a scam

  The ONE active strategy that works better than anything else


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/382</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Top 5 Ways Freelancers Land Clients (And What Actually Works)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>379</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you've ever thought to yourself, "I need more clients, please God, rain them down out of the sky" - I'm probably gonna piss you off today.

Hopefully in a good way.

Some numbers I found interesting and concerning:

68% of freelancers rely on passive methods to get clients.

58% said client acquisition was their number one challenge.

🤨 Hmmmm…I wonder why that is?

Now, when I say “passive methods” I mean things like word of mouth and referrals, networking, and social media.

If you’re waiting and hoping for a potential client to reach out to you…

EVEN if you’re on the freelance marketplaces or showing up to networking events…

You still have a passive client acquisition system.

And it sucks @$$ for several reasons…

First: For every freelancer that's out there, there hundreds (or thousands) of clients that need your services who never hire anyone (or hire the wrong person) simply because they didn't know you exist.

Second: By ****waiting around for clients to find you magically, not only are you hurting yourself and your bank account, you're hurting those potential clients you could have helped (if they just knew you existed).

The solution? Convert passive methods to active ones.

This week’s episode is all about how to do that including:


  How to amp up your referral flow

  A better way to do direct outreach

  Why “freelance marketplaces” are kinda a scam

  The ONE active strategy that works better than anything else


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/382</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you've ever thought to yourself, "I need more clients, please God, rain them down out of the sky" - I'm probably gonna piss you off today.</p>
<p>Hopefully in a good way.</p>
<p>Some numbers I found interesting and concerning:</p>
<p><strong>68% of freelancers rely on passive methods to get clients.</strong></p>
<p><strong>58% said client acquisition was their number one challenge.</strong></p>
<p>🤨 Hmmmm…I wonder why that is?</p>
<p>Now, when I say “passive methods” I mean things like word of mouth and referrals, networking, and social media.</p>
<p>If you’re waiting and hoping for a potential client to reach out to you…</p>
<p>EVEN if you’re on the freelance marketplaces or showing up to networking events…</p>
<p>You still have a <em><strong>passive</strong></em> client acquisition system.</p>
<p>And it sucks @$$ for several reasons…</p>
<p><strong>First:</strong> For every freelancer that's out there, there hundreds (or thousands) of clients that need your services who never hire anyone (or hire the wrong person) <em>simply because they didn't know you exist.</em></p>
<p><strong>Second:</strong> By ****waiting around for clients to find you magically, not only are you hurting yourself and your bank account, you're hurting those potential clients you <em>could have</em> helped (<strong>if they </strong><em><strong>just</strong></em><strong> knew you existed).</strong></p>
<p><strong>The solution? Convert passive methods to active ones.</strong></p>
<p>This week’s episode is all about how to do that including:</p>
<ul>
  <li>How to amp up your referral flow</li>
  <li>A better way to do direct outreach</li>
  <li>Why “freelance marketplaces” are kinda a scam</li>
  <li>The ONE active strategy that works better than anything else</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/382?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_382">https://6figurecreative.com/382</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1989</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[142fdee2-97e9-11f0-87f2-6ba809ac79d1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1402421334.mp3?updated=1758569955" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#381: Steal These 8 Business Lessons From WAY Smarter Industries</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/381?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_381</link>
      <description>The average freelancer is often absolutely clueless when it comes to running a business.

And I can only say this because I did some of the dumbest possible things for the first five years that I was a freelancer.

Until I started looking at best practices from other successful industries - in many cases who had spent millions (or hundreds of millions) of dollars to figure this stuff out.

When you take what’s already working in other industries and adapt it to your freelance business…

You can charge higher prices, have more predictability, higher close rates, more finished projects without tearing your hair out from the stress.

What lessons exactly?

That’s what this week’s episode is all about:

8 Business Secrets Freelancers Can Steal From Multi-Billion Dollar Industries

If you’re currently:


  Doing most of your work as one-off projects

  Providing a whole bunch of different services and packages

  Relying on referrals and warm leads to get clients


This episode could change your entire business for the better.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/381</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Steal These 8 Business Lessons From WAY Smarter Industries</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>381</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The average freelancer is often absolutely clueless when it comes to running a business.

And I can only say this because I did some of the dumbest possible things for the first five years that I was a freelancer.

Until I started looking at best practices from other successful industries - in many cases who had spent millions (or hundreds of millions) of dollars to figure this stuff out.

When you take what’s already working in other industries and adapt it to your freelance business…

You can charge higher prices, have more predictability, higher close rates, more finished projects without tearing your hair out from the stress.

What lessons exactly?

That’s what this week’s episode is all about:

8 Business Secrets Freelancers Can Steal From Multi-Billion Dollar Industries

If you’re currently:


  Doing most of your work as one-off projects

  Providing a whole bunch of different services and packages

  Relying on referrals and warm leads to get clients


This episode could change your entire business for the better.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/381</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The average freelancer is often absolutely clueless when it comes to running a business.</p>
<p>And I can only say this because I did some of the dumbest possible things for the first five years that I was a freelancer.</p>
<p>Until I started looking at best practices from other successful industries - in many cases who had spent millions (or hundreds of millions) of dollars to figure this stuff out.</p>
<p>When you <em>take what’s already working in other industries</em> and adapt it to your freelance business…</p>
<p>You can charge higher prices, have more predictability, higher close rates, more finished projects without tearing your hair out from the stress.</p>
<p>What lessons exactly?</p>
<p>That’s what this week’s episode is all about:</p>
<p><strong>8 Business Secrets Freelancers Can Steal From Multi-Billion Dollar Industries</strong></p>
<p>If you’re currently:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Doing most of your work as one-off projects</li>
  <li>Providing a whole bunch of different services and packages</li>
  <li>Relying on referrals and warm leads to get clients</li>
</ul>
<p>This episode could change your entire business for the better.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/381?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_381">https://6figurecreative.com/381</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2712</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[316b036a-9582-11f0-b824-03f97e27a796]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4128256946.mp3?updated=1758305708" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#380: What I Use Instead of Proposals (And Why It Works Better)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/380?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_380</link>
      <description>Traditional proposals are a massive waste of time.

You put all this time and effort into a long, fancy 10-page proposal that you THINK is going to impress your clients…

When in reality, there’s a better way to close that deal.

This week’s episode is for you if you rely on proposals to do the heavy lifting for you.

Instead, use my 4-step “anti-proposal sales process” that lands you more clients:

HINT: Don’t sell them the flight and logistics, sell them the vacation.

This episode will dive into:


  What to do instead of sending proposals

  Why proposals = ghosted clients

  My BAMFAM follow-up tip that always works

  BONUS - how to turn your “proposal” into a paid product (this one is genius)


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/380</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What I Use Instead of Proposals (And Why It Works Better)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>380</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Traditional proposals are a massive waste of time.

You put all this time and effort into a long, fancy 10-page proposal that you THINK is going to impress your clients…

When in reality, there’s a better way to close that deal.

This week’s episode is for you if you rely on proposals to do the heavy lifting for you.

Instead, use my 4-step “anti-proposal sales process” that lands you more clients:

HINT: Don’t sell them the flight and logistics, sell them the vacation.

This episode will dive into:


  What to do instead of sending proposals

  Why proposals = ghosted clients

  My BAMFAM follow-up tip that always works

  BONUS - how to turn your “proposal” into a paid product (this one is genius)


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/380</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Traditional proposals are a massive waste of time.</p>
<p>You put all this time and effort into a long, fancy 10-page proposal that you THINK is going to impress your clients…</p>
<p>When in reality, there’s a better way to close that deal.</p>
<p>This week’s episode is for you if you rely on proposals to do the heavy lifting for you.</p>
<p>Instead, use my 4-step “anti-proposal sales process” that lands you more clients:</p>
<p>HINT: Don’t sell them the flight and logistics, sell them the vacation.</p>
<p>This episode will dive into:</p>
<ul>
  <li>What to do instead of sending proposals</li>
  <li>Why proposals = ghosted clients</li>
  <li>My BAMFAM follow-up tip that always works</li>
  <li>BONUS - how to turn your “proposal” into a paid product (this one is genius)</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/380?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_380">https://6figurecreative.com/380</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2476</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[954cdd08-9277-11f0-81aa-bba3a65eeb68]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4775684383.mp3?updated=1757972159" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#379: The 6‑Star Client Experience That Doubles Referrals &amp; Repeat Work</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/379?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_379</link>
      <description>Let me make something clear:

Referrals aren’t BAD.

Just don’t rely on them as your ONLY source of leads.

But a client is a client, and if people are sending them your way, you’re not gonna say no!

And the best way to bring in more referrals is to deliver a “6 Star Client Experience.”

If you’ve ever been to a 5-star hotel, you know it’s the little details that make it luxury:

The chocolate on your pillow, the handwritten note, how your bags somehow appear in your room while you're checking in…

There's no such thing as a 6-star hotel. It doesn't officially exist.

Which is exactly why, as a freelancer, you should be aiming to create a 6-star experience SO smooth and thoughtful that your clients would feel stupid NOT referring you.

This week’s podcast episode is full of ways to create that 6-star client experience.

Easy to implement - but 99% of freelancers will NEVER do it.

I’m breaking down:


  What to do RIGHT after you take payment that instantly reverses any buyer’s remorse


  The surprise and delight offboarding that triggers your client’s “natural referral instinct”


  The post-project nurture system that turns one client into many


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/379</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 6‑Star Client Experience That Doubles Referrals &amp; Repeat Work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>379</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Let me make something clear:

Referrals aren’t BAD.

Just don’t rely on them as your ONLY source of leads.

But a client is a client, and if people are sending them your way, you’re not gonna say no!

And the best way to bring in more referrals is to deliver a “6 Star Client Experience.”

If you’ve ever been to a 5-star hotel, you know it’s the little details that make it luxury:

The chocolate on your pillow, the handwritten note, how your bags somehow appear in your room while you're checking in…

There's no such thing as a 6-star hotel. It doesn't officially exist.

Which is exactly why, as a freelancer, you should be aiming to create a 6-star experience SO smooth and thoughtful that your clients would feel stupid NOT referring you.

This week’s podcast episode is full of ways to create that 6-star client experience.

Easy to implement - but 99% of freelancers will NEVER do it.

I’m breaking down:


  What to do RIGHT after you take payment that instantly reverses any buyer’s remorse


  The surprise and delight offboarding that triggers your client’s “natural referral instinct”


  The post-project nurture system that turns one client into many


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/379</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let me make something clear:</p>
<p>Referrals aren’t BAD.</p>
<p>Just don’t rely on them as your ONLY source of leads.</p>
<p>But a client is a client, and if people are sending them your way, you’re not gonna say no!</p>
<p>And the best way to bring in more referrals is to deliver a <strong>“6 Star Client Experience.”</strong></p>
<p>If you’ve ever been to a 5-star hotel, you know it’s the little details that make it luxury:</p>
<p>The chocolate on your pillow, the handwritten note, how your bags somehow appear in your room while you're checking in…</p>
<p><strong>There's no such thing as a 6-star hotel.</strong> It doesn't officially exist.</p>
<p>Which is exactly why, as a freelancer, you should be aiming to create a 6-star experience SO smooth and thoughtful that your clients would feel stupid NOT referring you.</p>
<p>This week’s podcast episode is full of ways to create that 6-star client experience.</p>
<p>Easy to implement - but 99% of freelancers will NEVER do it.</p>
<p>I’m breaking down:</p>
<ul>
  <li>What to do RIGHT after you take payment that instantly <strong>reverses any buyer’s remorse</strong>
</li>
  <li>The surprise and delight offboarding that triggers your client’s <strong>“natural referral instinct”</strong>
</li>
  <li>The <strong>post-project nurture system</strong> that turns one client into many</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/379?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_379">https://6figurecreative.com/379</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2294</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[72b8d166-8cc8-11f0-8eb0-136381cdae39]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3191891738.mp3?updated=1757349874" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#378: Still Not Getting Leads or Clients? It’s NOT Your Website, Funnels, or Ads...</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/378?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_378</link>
      <description>If you’re not getting the number of leads and clients you want…

It can be tempting to think that you need to DO more.


  No, it’s not time to update your website again.

  No, you don’t need a higher-converting funnel.

  No, you don’t need more content.

  No, the latest AI miracle isn’t going to save you.


None of that matters if your positioning is vague and you’re saying something nobody really cares about…

OR you have zero evidence to back it up.

Quick diagnostic:


  No clicks = you have a positioning problem

  Clicks but no opt-ins = you have a proof problem

  Discovery Calls but no sales = probably a proof + offer problem


Which one are you? Listen to this week’s episode to find out (and how to fix it).



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/378</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Still Not Getting Leads or Clients? It’s NOT Your Website, Funnels, or Ads...</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>378</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re not getting the number of leads and clients you want…

It can be tempting to think that you need to DO more.


  No, it’s not time to update your website again.

  No, you don’t need a higher-converting funnel.

  No, you don’t need more content.

  No, the latest AI miracle isn’t going to save you.


None of that matters if your positioning is vague and you’re saying something nobody really cares about…

OR you have zero evidence to back it up.

Quick diagnostic:


  No clicks = you have a positioning problem

  Clicks but no opt-ins = you have a proof problem

  Discovery Calls but no sales = probably a proof + offer problem


Which one are you? Listen to this week’s episode to find out (and how to fix it).



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/378</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re not getting the number of leads and clients you want…</p>
<p>It can be tempting to think that you need to DO more.</p>
<ul>
  <li>No, it’s not time to update your website again.</li>
  <li>No, you don’t need a higher-converting funnel.</li>
  <li>No, you don’t need more content.</li>
  <li>No, the latest AI miracle isn’t going to save you.</li>
</ul>
<p><em><strong>None</strong></em> of that matters if your positioning is vague and you’re saying something nobody really cares about…</p>
<p>OR you have <em>zero</em> evidence to back it up.</p>
<p><strong>Quick diagnostic:</strong></p>
<ul>
  <li>No clicks = you have a positioning problem</li>
  <li>Clicks but no opt-ins = you have a proof problem</li>
  <li>Discovery Calls but no sales = probably a proof + offer problem</li>
</ul>
<p>Which one are you? Listen to this week’s episode to find out (and how to fix it).</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/378?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_378">https://6figurecreative.com/378</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>899</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bef69242-84ef-11f0-bc80-230bb94f790d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5020827818.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#377: The Best Ad Platforms for Freelancers (Ranked &amp; Explained)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/377?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_377</link>
      <description>If you think that running paid ads for your freelance business is a complete and total waste of time and money, with no chance of ever getting you clients…

Don’t bother reading any further.

I get why many freelancers believe this - especially if you’ve tried to run ads in the past and been burned with low-quality leads, high costs, and NOTHING to show for it.

It can be easy to conclude that “paid ads just don’t work.”

So here’s a fun fact:

Google and Meta made $424 BILLION from ad revenue in 2024.

That’s $48.5 million an hour.

$808,000 per MINUTE.

These platforms are printing money because they work.

So the question isn’t whether paid ads generate results…

It’s whether you know how to use them properly.

That $808k a minute?

It’s coming from businesses who figured out how to make the math work (and that includes my business).

Most freelancers are burning money on the wrong platforms with the wrong strategy.

We’re here to fix that.

We broke it all down in this week’s episode:

Meta vs. LinkedIn vs. YouTube vs. Google.

Which one’s best? Which ones to avoid? And how to know if ads make sense for your business.

Joining me is Dennis Schneider, one of our coaches who’s spent over $15 million on ads (not a typo).

He’s also the person running our ads right now.

By the end of this one, you’ll know:


  The exact platform we use to bring in thousands of leads every single month

  Why some ad platforms are a total waste for freelancers

  And 4 specific situations where you should NOT run ads


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/377</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Best Ad Platforms for Freelancers (Ranked &amp; Explained)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>377</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you think that running paid ads for your freelance business is a complete and total waste of time and money, with no chance of ever getting you clients…

Don’t bother reading any further.

I get why many freelancers believe this - especially if you’ve tried to run ads in the past and been burned with low-quality leads, high costs, and NOTHING to show for it.

It can be easy to conclude that “paid ads just don’t work.”

So here’s a fun fact:

Google and Meta made $424 BILLION from ad revenue in 2024.

That’s $48.5 million an hour.

$808,000 per MINUTE.

These platforms are printing money because they work.

So the question isn’t whether paid ads generate results…

It’s whether you know how to use them properly.

That $808k a minute?

It’s coming from businesses who figured out how to make the math work (and that includes my business).

Most freelancers are burning money on the wrong platforms with the wrong strategy.

We’re here to fix that.

We broke it all down in this week’s episode:

Meta vs. LinkedIn vs. YouTube vs. Google.

Which one’s best? Which ones to avoid? And how to know if ads make sense for your business.

Joining me is Dennis Schneider, one of our coaches who’s spent over $15 million on ads (not a typo).

He’s also the person running our ads right now.

By the end of this one, you’ll know:


  The exact platform we use to bring in thousands of leads every single month

  Why some ad platforms are a total waste for freelancers

  And 4 specific situations where you should NOT run ads


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/377</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you think that running paid ads for your freelance business is a complete and total waste of time and money, with no chance of ever getting you clients…</p>
<p>Don’t bother reading any further.</p>
<p>I get why many freelancers believe this - especially if you’ve tried to run ads in the past and been burned with low-quality leads, high costs, and NOTHING to show for it.</p>
<p>It can be easy to conclude that “paid ads just don’t work.”</p>
<p>So here’s a fun fact:</p>
<p>Google and Meta made $424 BILLION from ad revenue in 2024.</p>
<p>That’s $48.5 million an hour.</p>
<p><strong>$808,000 per MINUTE.</strong></p>
<p>These platforms are printing money <strong>because they work.</strong></p>
<p>So the question isn’t whether paid ads generate results…</p>
<p><strong>It’s whether you know how to use them properly.</strong></p>
<p>That $808k a minute?</p>
<p>It’s coming from businesses who figured out how to make the math work (and that includes my business).</p>
<p><strong>Most freelancers are burning money on the </strong><em><strong>wrong platforms</strong></em><strong> with the </strong><em><strong>wrong strategy.</strong></em></p>
<p>We’re here to fix that.</p>
<p>We broke it all down in this week’s episode:</p>
<p><strong>Meta vs. LinkedIn vs. YouTube vs. Google.</strong></p>
<p>Which one’s best? Which ones to avoid? And how to know if ads make sense for <em>your</em> business.</p>
<p>Joining me is Dennis Schneider, one of our coaches who’s spent over <strong>$15 million</strong> on ads (not a typo).</p>
<p>He’s also the person running our ads right now.</p>
<p>By the end of this one, you’ll know:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The <strong>exact platform</strong> we use to bring in <em>thousands</em> of leads every single month</li>
  <li>Why some ad platforms are a <strong>total waste</strong> for freelancers</li>
  <li>And 4 specific situations where you should NOT run ads</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/377?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_377">https://6figurecreative.com/377</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2783</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c705acb4-7f97-11f0-a6a6-b71bc8ec40e7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4938370897.mp3?updated=1755896169" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#376: Meet The 5 Freelancing Villains Secretly Sabotaging Your Results</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/376?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_376</link>
      <description>Every superhero has an arch-nemesis (or two).

Batman’s got the Joker.

Spidey’s got the Green Goblin.

Superman? Lex Luthor.

But you?

You’ve got five freelancing villains quietly sabotaging your business.

There’s no maniacal laughter or evil stare.

They’re not wearing capes or threatening to destroy the world with a giant-ass laser.

These villains are more subtle:

“Just one more YouTube video…”

“I’ll do those reachouts tomorrow…”

“I need to fix my portfolio first…”

And before you know it?

They’ve stolen another week of progress.

If there’s one thing I’ve learned working 1 on 1 with hundreds of creative freelancers, it’s this:

You don’t rise to the level of your strategy…You fall to the level of your patterns.

I've seen clients with a flawless strategy that they're trying to execute…

And yet they can't get out of their own damn way to execute it.

Because when things get hard, or new, or uncomfortable…

We default down to whatever survival pattern we’ve always used to cope.

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by one of the Clients by Design coaches, Josh Love, to call out all 5 of those freelancing villains (and how to finally defeat them).

We’ll dive into:


  how these patterns form

  how they masquerade as productivity

  what to do when you catch yourself spiraling.


The first step to defeating your particular villain is knowing which one you’re dealing with.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/376</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Meet The 5 Freelancing Villains Secretly Sabotaging Your Results</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>376</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Every superhero has an arch-nemesis (or two).

Batman’s got the Joker.

Spidey’s got the Green Goblin.

Superman? Lex Luthor.

But you?

You’ve got five freelancing villains quietly sabotaging your business.

There’s no maniacal laughter or evil stare.

They’re not wearing capes or threatening to destroy the world with a giant-ass laser.

These villains are more subtle:

“Just one more YouTube video…”

“I’ll do those reachouts tomorrow…”

“I need to fix my portfolio first…”

And before you know it?

They’ve stolen another week of progress.

If there’s one thing I’ve learned working 1 on 1 with hundreds of creative freelancers, it’s this:

You don’t rise to the level of your strategy…You fall to the level of your patterns.

I've seen clients with a flawless strategy that they're trying to execute…

And yet they can't get out of their own damn way to execute it.

Because when things get hard, or new, or uncomfortable…

We default down to whatever survival pattern we’ve always used to cope.

In this week’s episode, I’m joined by one of the Clients by Design coaches, Josh Love, to call out all 5 of those freelancing villains (and how to finally defeat them).

We’ll dive into:


  how these patterns form

  how they masquerade as productivity

  what to do when you catch yourself spiraling.


The first step to defeating your particular villain is knowing which one you’re dealing with.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/376</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Every superhero has an arch-nemesis (or two).</strong></p>
<p>Batman’s got the Joker.</p>
<p>Spidey’s got the Green Goblin.</p>
<p>Superman? Lex Luthor.</p>
<p>But you?</p>
<p>You’ve got five freelancing villains quietly sabotaging your business.</p>
<p>There’s no maniacal laughter or evil stare.</p>
<p>They’re not wearing capes or threatening to destroy the world with a giant-ass laser.</p>
<p>These villains are more subtle:</p>
<p><em>“Just one more YouTube video…”</em></p>
<p><em>“I’ll do those reachouts tomorrow…”</em></p>
<p><em>“I need to fix my portfolio first…”</em></p>
<p>And before you know it?</p>
<p>They’ve stolen another week of progress.</p>
<p>If there’s one thing I’ve learned working 1 on 1 with hundreds of creative freelancers, it’s this:</p>
<p><strong>You don’t rise to the level of your strategy…You fall to the level of your patterns.</strong></p>
<p>I've seen clients with a flawless strategy that they're trying to execute…</p>
<p>And yet they can't <strong>get out of their own damn way</strong> to execute it.</p>
<p>Because when things get hard, or new, or uncomfortable…</p>
<p>We default down <strong>to whatever survival pattern we’ve always used to cope.</strong></p>
<p>In this week’s episode, I’m joined by one of the <strong>Clients by Design coaches, Josh Love,</strong> to call out all 5 of those freelancing villains (and how to finally defeat them).</p>
<p>We’ll dive into:</p>
<ul>
  <li>how these patterns form</li>
  <li>how they <em>masquerade</em> as productivity</li>
  <li>what to do when you catch yourself spiraling.</li>
</ul>
<p>The first step to defeating your particular villain is knowing which one you’re dealing with.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/376?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_376">https://6figurecreative.com/376</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3449</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7d7705ce-7c4b-11f0-8770-53191f81d7f7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2503796662.mp3?updated=1755533355" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#375: Why Your “Dream Clients” Aren’t Hiring You (And How to Fix It)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/375?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_375</link>
      <description>Back in 2011, I made a list called “My Future Wife.”



A bullet-point breakdown of everything I wanted in…you guessed it…my future wife.



The whole dream package.



But after reading through it, I had a sinking realization:



I wasn't the type of guy who would be attractive to that type of woman.



So I spent the next few years becoming that man.



That list changed my life, and eventually led me to my actual wife who IS the perfect-fit person for me.



I came across that document recently and it made me realize:



Most freelancers never do the same exercise with their business.



They dream about high-paying, low-drama, “perfect-fit” clients…



But never ask the hard question:



Am I the kind of freelancer my dream client is looking for?



In this week’s episode of the podcast, I share the 4 traits that make you magnetic to your dream clients (the things many freelancers completely overlook).



It’s not just about being good at what you do.



It’s about being the kind of person your dream client is drawn to.



Let’s make you irresistible (in business, anyway).



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/375</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Your “Dream Clients” Aren’t Hiring You (And How to Fix It)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>375</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Back in 2011, I made a list called “My Future Wife.”



A bullet-point breakdown of everything I wanted in…you guessed it…my future wife.



The whole dream package.



But after reading through it, I had a sinking realization:



I wasn't the type of guy who would be attractive to that type of woman.



So I spent the next few years becoming that man.



That list changed my life, and eventually led me to my actual wife who IS the perfect-fit person for me.



I came across that document recently and it made me realize:



Most freelancers never do the same exercise with their business.



They dream about high-paying, low-drama, “perfect-fit” clients…



But never ask the hard question:



Am I the kind of freelancer my dream client is looking for?



In this week’s episode of the podcast, I share the 4 traits that make you magnetic to your dream clients (the things many freelancers completely overlook).



It’s not just about being good at what you do.



It’s about being the kind of person your dream client is drawn to.



Let’s make you irresistible (in business, anyway).



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/375</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Back in 2011, I made a list called “My Future Wife.”</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>A bullet-point breakdown of everything I wanted in…you guessed it…my future wife.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>The whole dream package.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>But after reading through it, I had a sinking realization:</p>
<p><br></p>
<p><strong>I wasn't the type of guy who would be attractive to that type of woman.</strong></p>
<p><br></p>
<p>So I spent the next few years becoming that man.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>That list changed my life, and eventually led me to my actual wife who IS the perfect-fit person for me.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>I came across that document recently and it made me realize:</p>
<p><br></p>
<p><strong>Most freelancers never do the same exercise with their business.</strong></p>
<p><br></p>
<p>They dream about high-paying, low-drama, “perfect-fit” clients…</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>But never ask the hard question:</p>
<p><br></p>
<p><em>Am I the kind of freelancer my dream client is looking for?</em></p>
<p><br></p>
<p>In this week’s episode of the podcast, I share the 4 traits that make you <em>magnetic</em> to your dream clients (the things many freelancers completely overlook).</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>It’s not just about being good at what you do.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>It’s about being the <em>kind</em> of person your dream client is drawn to.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Let’s make you irresistible (in business, anyway).</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/375?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_375">https://6figurecreative.com/375</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2107</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[581a483e-73d3-11f0-a811-77f328bb814d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3088013826.mp3?updated=1754602099" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#374: The 3 Emails That Could Add $10K+ to Your Freelance Business | With Danielle Weil</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/374?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_374</link>
      <description>“I don’t want to bother people.”

That one thought has killed more freelancers than bad pricing ever has.

“I don’t want to bother people with emails.”

“I don’t want to follow up too soon.”

“I don’t want to come off pushy.”

Translation?

You’re broke because you’re assuming you’re bothering people…

When in reality?

They’re probably happy to be bothered.

I would rather be annoying than irrelevant.

That’s why for this episode I brought in Danielle Weil (our in-house email marketing strategist)  to break down 3 simple emails that stop leads from slipping through your fingers without being pushy or annoying.

These aren’t newsletters.

They’re not long, complicated sequences.

They’re short, strategic, and designed to put money back in your pocket.

If you’re not doing email marketing (or doing it badly), this is your wake-up call.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/374</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 3 Emails That Could Add $10K+ to Your Freelance Business | With Danielle Weil</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>374</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>“I don’t want to bother people.”

That one thought has killed more freelancers than bad pricing ever has.

“I don’t want to bother people with emails.”

“I don’t want to follow up too soon.”

“I don’t want to come off pushy.”

Translation?

You’re broke because you’re assuming you’re bothering people…

When in reality?

They’re probably happy to be bothered.

I would rather be annoying than irrelevant.

That’s why for this episode I brought in Danielle Weil (our in-house email marketing strategist)  to break down 3 simple emails that stop leads from slipping through your fingers without being pushy or annoying.

These aren’t newsletters.

They’re not long, complicated sequences.

They’re short, strategic, and designed to put money back in your pocket.

If you’re not doing email marketing (or doing it badly), this is your wake-up call.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/374</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I don’t want to bother people.”</em></p>
<p>That one thought has killed more freelancers than bad pricing ever has.</p>
<p><em>“I don’t want to bother people with emails.”</em></p>
<p><em>“I don’t want to follow up too soon.”</em></p>
<p><em>“I don’t want to come off pushy.”</em></p>
<p>Translation?</p>
<p><strong>You’re broke because you’re assuming you’re bothering people…</strong></p>
<p>When in reality?</p>
<p>They’re probably happy to be bothered.</p>
<p>I would rather be annoying than irrelevant.</p>
<p>That’s why for this episode I brought in Danielle Weil (our in-house email marketing strategist)  to break down <strong>3 simple emails</strong> that stop leads from slipping through your fingers <em>without</em> being pushy or annoying.</p>
<p>These aren’t newsletters.</p>
<p>They’re not long, complicated sequences.</p>
<p>They’re short, strategic, and designed to <strong>put money back in your pocket</strong>.</p>
<p>If you’re not doing email marketing (or doing it badly), this is your wake-up call.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/374?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_374">https://6figurecreative.com/374</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2335</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[90f7b98c-6e17-11f0-8906-6bcfb5f305a6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1242870020.mp3?updated=1753971768" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#373: The Best Way to Answer “How Much Do You Charge?” (Without Undervaluing Yourself or Scaring Clients Off)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/373?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_373</link>
      <description>"How much do you charge?"

Six simple words.

But if you're like most freelancers, that question makes your stomach drop. You freeze. You ramble. You undercharge. You regret it.

Why?

Because it’s a trap.

And if you’re not paying attention, you’ll walk right into it.

This week’s episode breaks down exactly how to answer this question without sounding desperate, unsure, or cheap (no matter whether it comes via DM, email, or awkward in-person moment.)


  The 4 scenarios where you never give a number

  
My actual templates you can use to stay in control

  How to filter out bad-fit clients without scaring off the good ones



If you’ve ever fumbled this question (or avoided it completely), this is the episode that will fix it.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/373</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Best Way to Answer “How Much Do You Charge?” (Without Undervaluing Yourself or Scaring Clients Off)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>373</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>"How much do you charge?"

Six simple words.

But if you're like most freelancers, that question makes your stomach drop. You freeze. You ramble. You undercharge. You regret it.

Why?

Because it’s a trap.

And if you’re not paying attention, you’ll walk right into it.

This week’s episode breaks down exactly how to answer this question without sounding desperate, unsure, or cheap (no matter whether it comes via DM, email, or awkward in-person moment.)


  The 4 scenarios where you never give a number

  
My actual templates you can use to stay in control

  How to filter out bad-fit clients without scaring off the good ones



If you’ve ever fumbled this question (or avoided it completely), this is the episode that will fix it.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/373</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>"How much do you charge?"</em></p>
<p>Six simple words.</p>
<p>But if you're like most freelancers, that question makes your stomach drop. You freeze. You ramble. You undercharge. You regret it.</p>
<p>Why?</p>
<p>Because it’s a trap.</p>
<p>And if you’re not paying attention, you’ll walk right into it.</p>
<p>This week’s episode breaks down <strong>exactly how to answer this question without sounding desperate, unsure, or cheap</strong> (no matter whether it comes via DM, email, or awkward in-person moment.)</p>
<ul>
  <li>The 4 scenarios where you <strong>never</strong> give a number</li>
  <li>
<strong>My actual</strong> templates you can use to stay in control</li>
  <li>How to filter out bad-fit clients <em>without scaring off the good ones</em>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’ve ever fumbled this question (or avoided it completely), this is the episode that will fix it.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/373</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1283</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[85f066b6-67f9-11f0-ba50-1fc1b449f63e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9588618981.mp3?updated=1753932557" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#372: Offer Crafting | How To Build a Service So Clear It Practically Sells Itself</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/372?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_372</link>
      <description>Hard to explain. Not specific enough. Too wide an audience.

Freelancers kinda suck at crafting offers.

Even the good ones.

Especially the good ones.

If your best-fit clients cannot easily repeat back who you help, the results you promise, and how you deliver it…

You're probably doing this wrong.

We’ve worked with hundreds of freelancers at this point, and if WE have no idea what the heck it is you do…

How are your clients gonna know?

Congratulations, you just killed the sale with confusion.

In this week’s episode, I bring on our Clients by Design coach Stephen Hutson to break down the five pieces every great offer needs.

We show you:


  Why your Franken-service is repelling clients

  How to instantly raise your rates without changing your service

  The one litmus test to see if your offer actually makes sense


Crafting a great offer is both an art and a science, and it’s one of the first steps to building a Client Acquisition Machine.

Get this right, and great clients will instantly know what you do, why you’re worth the price, and how to say “hell yes.”

Get this wrong, and you’ll keep selling the what… while they walk away confused about the why.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/372</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Offer Crafting | How To Build a Service So Clear It Practically Sells Itself</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>372</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Hard to explain. Not specific enough. Too wide an audience.

Freelancers kinda suck at crafting offers.

Even the good ones.

Especially the good ones.

If your best-fit clients cannot easily repeat back who you help, the results you promise, and how you deliver it…

You're probably doing this wrong.

We’ve worked with hundreds of freelancers at this point, and if WE have no idea what the heck it is you do…

How are your clients gonna know?

Congratulations, you just killed the sale with confusion.

In this week’s episode, I bring on our Clients by Design coach Stephen Hutson to break down the five pieces every great offer needs.

We show you:


  Why your Franken-service is repelling clients

  How to instantly raise your rates without changing your service

  The one litmus test to see if your offer actually makes sense


Crafting a great offer is both an art and a science, and it’s one of the first steps to building a Client Acquisition Machine.

Get this right, and great clients will instantly know what you do, why you’re worth the price, and how to say “hell yes.”

Get this wrong, and you’ll keep selling the what… while they walk away confused about the why.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/372</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>Hard to explain. Not specific enough. Too wide an audience.</em></p>
<p>Freelancers kinda suck at crafting offers.</p>
<p>Even the good ones.</p>
<p><em>Especially</em> the good ones.</p>
<p>If your best-fit clients cannot easily repeat back who you help, the results you promise, and how you deliver it…</p>
<p>You're probably doing this wrong.</p>
<p>We’ve worked with hundreds of freelancers at this point, and if WE have no idea what the heck it is you do…</p>
<p>How are your clients gonna know?</p>
<p>Congratulations, you just killed the sale with confusion.</p>
<p>In this week’s episode, I bring on our Clients by Design coach Stephen Hutson to break down the <em>five pieces</em> every great offer needs.</p>
<p>We show you:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Why your Franken-service is repelling clients</li>
  <li>How to instantly raise your rates <em>without</em> changing your service</li>
  <li>The one litmus test to see if your offer <em>actually</em> makes sense</li>
</ul>
<p>Crafting a great offer is both an art and a science, and it’s one of the first steps to building a Client Acquisition Machine.</p>
<p><strong>Get this right</strong>, and great clients will <em>instantly</em> know what you do, why you’re worth the price, and how to say “hell yes.”</p>
<p><strong>Get this wrong</strong>, and you’ll keep selling the <em>what</em>… while they walk away confused about the <em>why.</em></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/372?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_372">https://6figurecreative.com/372</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2897aac6-6347-11f0-8ed9-1bff2f7cd065]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6339760634.mp3?updated=1753919529" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#371: Why The Most Talented Freelancers Sabotage Their Own Progress</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/371?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_371</link>
      <description>If you’re great at what you do…

If people look up to you, hire you, refer you…

And you’re still struggling with client acquisition…

You know what you SHOULD be doing.

So what’s holding you back?

Sometimes, after being so good at what you do for so long, the idea of starting something you might not be great at right away can feel uncomfortable.

We forget what it’s like to be a newbie, making mistakes.

And now? That fear of sucking again is keeping you stuck.

I get it… “marketing” can feel like a wild west with zero rhyme or reason.

Paid ads? I could end up donating money to Zuck for nothing.

Building funnels and automations? Seems complicated.

So it’s easier to stick with what you know.

Even if it’s not working like it used to.

How much is that inaction costing you? How much longer can you afford to NOT fix this?

But guess what… The people who grow the fastest are the ones willing to look dumb for a while. Willing to dare to suck.

This week’s episode is all about that feeling (and why being okay with sucking again is often the first step toward real growth.)

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/371</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why The Most Talented Freelancers Sabotage Their Own Progress</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>371</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re great at what you do…

If people look up to you, hire you, refer you…

And you’re still struggling with client acquisition…

You know what you SHOULD be doing.

So what’s holding you back?

Sometimes, after being so good at what you do for so long, the idea of starting something you might not be great at right away can feel uncomfortable.

We forget what it’s like to be a newbie, making mistakes.

And now? That fear of sucking again is keeping you stuck.

I get it… “marketing” can feel like a wild west with zero rhyme or reason.

Paid ads? I could end up donating money to Zuck for nothing.

Building funnels and automations? Seems complicated.

So it’s easier to stick with what you know.

Even if it’s not working like it used to.

How much is that inaction costing you? How much longer can you afford to NOT fix this?

But guess what… The people who grow the fastest are the ones willing to look dumb for a while. Willing to dare to suck.

This week’s episode is all about that feeling (and why being okay with sucking again is often the first step toward real growth.)

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/371</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re <em>great</em> at what you do…</p>
<p>If people look up to you, hire you, refer you…</p>
<p>And you’re still struggling with client acquisition…</p>
<p>You know what you SHOULD be doing.</p>
<p><em>So what’s holding you back?</em></p>
<p>Sometimes, after being so good at what you do for so long, the idea of starting something you <em>might</em> not be great at right away can feel uncomfortable.</p>
<p>We forget what it’s like to be a newbie, making mistakes.</p>
<p>And now? That fear of sucking again is keeping you stuck.</p>
<p>I get it… “marketing” can feel like a wild west with zero rhyme or reason.</p>
<p>Paid ads? I could end up donating money to Zuck for nothing.</p>
<p>Building funnels and automations? Seems complicated.</p>
<p>So it’s easier to stick with what you know.</p>
<p><em><strong>Even if it’s not working like it used to.</strong></em></p>
<p>How much is that inaction costing you? How much longer can you afford to NOT fix this?</p>
<p>But guess what… The people who grow the fastest are the ones willing to look dumb for a while. Willing to <em>dare to suck</em>.</p>
<p>This week’s episode is all about that feeling (and why being <em>okay with sucking again</em> is often the first step toward real growth.)</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/371?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_371">https://6figurecreative.com/371</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2165</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c7d75332-5ceb-11f0-8180-cba8cd7ef273]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6447219582.mp3?updated=1752083757" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#370: Speed is King | Why Your Freelance Business Is A Hot Mess 🤮</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/370?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_370</link>
      <description>You know that meme…

Charlie Day, crazed look, wall of string, pointing at chaos?

That’s the typical freelancer trying to make a decision.

A simple pricing change?
You’re mapping out lifetime value, market benchmarks, “CFO-level cost abstractions” (whatever the hell that means).

Meanwhile, someone else just ran a quick test, got a client, and moved on.

While one person’s “trying to decide on a niche”…

Another one has tested 5 different offers and actually figured out what will sell.

If you’ve been stuck in “procrasturbation”…

Tweaking your logo.

Updating your website.

Getting ready to get ready…

Instead of launching offers, testing, having conversations, and figuring it out by failing fast…

Listen to THIS EPISODE now.

And then DO SOMETHING. Move fast.

Speed is king.

And indecision is the tax you’re paying.

There’s a specific reason I’m bringing this up now…

Because I get so mad when I see freelancers getting stuck on this stuff when there is a simple path that leads directly to the 3% of clients who are ready to hire you right now.

Later this week, we’re offering something special to a handful of freelancers

And it might have something to do with us handing you our entire client acquisition system. That includes funnels, follow-up, CRM. And we're covering the software cost too.

More about that later this week.

In the meantime check out the episode.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/370</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Speed is King | Why Your Freelance Business Is A Hot Mess 🤮</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>370</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You know that meme…

Charlie Day, crazed look, wall of string, pointing at chaos?

That’s the typical freelancer trying to make a decision.

A simple pricing change?
You’re mapping out lifetime value, market benchmarks, “CFO-level cost abstractions” (whatever the hell that means).

Meanwhile, someone else just ran a quick test, got a client, and moved on.

While one person’s “trying to decide on a niche”…

Another one has tested 5 different offers and actually figured out what will sell.

If you’ve been stuck in “procrasturbation”…

Tweaking your logo.

Updating your website.

Getting ready to get ready…

Instead of launching offers, testing, having conversations, and figuring it out by failing fast…

Listen to THIS EPISODE now.

And then DO SOMETHING. Move fast.

Speed is king.

And indecision is the tax you’re paying.

There’s a specific reason I’m bringing this up now…

Because I get so mad when I see freelancers getting stuck on this stuff when there is a simple path that leads directly to the 3% of clients who are ready to hire you right now.

Later this week, we’re offering something special to a handful of freelancers

And it might have something to do with us handing you our entire client acquisition system. That includes funnels, follow-up, CRM. And we're covering the software cost too.

More about that later this week.

In the meantime check out the episode.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/370</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You know that meme…</p>
<p>Charlie Day, crazed look, wall of string, pointing at chaos?</p>
<p><strong>That’s the typical freelancer trying to make a decision.</strong></p>
<p>A simple pricing change?
You’re mapping out lifetime value, market benchmarks, “CFO-level cost abstractions” (whatever the hell that means).</p>
<p>Meanwhile, someone else just ran a quick test, got a client, and moved on.</p>
<p>While one person’s “trying to decide on a niche”…</p>
<p>Another one has tested 5 different offers and actually <em>figured out what will sell.</em></p>
<p>If you’ve been stuck in “procrasturbation”…</p>
<p>Tweaking your logo.</p>
<p>Updating your website.</p>
<p>Getting ready to get ready…</p>
<p>Instead of launching offers, testing, having conversations, and figuring it out by failing fast…</p>
<p>Listen to THIS EPISODE now.</p>
<p>And then DO SOMETHING. Move fast.</p>
<p>Speed is king.</p>
<p>And indecision is the tax you’re paying.</p>
<p><strong>There’s a specific reason I’m bringing this up now…</strong></p>
<p>Because I get so mad when I see freelancers getting stuck on this stuff when there is a <strong>simple path that leads directly to the 3% of clients who are ready to hire you </strong><em><strong>right now</strong></em><strong>.</strong></p>
<p>Later this week, we’re offering something special to a handful of freelancers</p>
<p>And it might have something to do with us handing you our entire client acquisition system. That includes funnels, follow-up, CRM. And we're covering the software cost too.</p>
<p>More about that later this week.</p>
<p>In the meantime <strong>check out the episode.</strong></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/370?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_370">https://6figurecreative.com/370</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1538</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d6b3740a-5b4a-11f0-81ab-0354c2978095]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1659934784.mp3?updated=1751904044" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#369: The CLOWNS Framework | 6 Red Flags That Mean You Should Walk Away From a Client</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/369?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_369</link>
      <description>Just one nightmare client can ruin your business.

One soul-sucking, scope-creeping, micromanaging clown who drains your time, sanity, and confidence.

And the frustrating thing is, you probably felt the red flags on that first call (and ignored them)…

Thinking, “it’ll be fine”…

“I’m probably overreacting…”

“I can manage them, they really do need my help”…

And my favorite: “It’s good money.”

So you said yes (even though your gut said no).

And now they’re making your life miserable.

The solution?

Stop relying on “gut feelings” and use my simple scorecard that filters out the clowns and makes it easy to say “thanks, but no thanks.”

In this week’s episode, I break down the C.L.O.W.N.S. Framework 🤡:

6 red flags you must spot on your next sales call if you want to avoid the clients from hell.

You’ll learn how to sniff out the “red flag” clients that are more trouble than they’re worth.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/369</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The CLOWNS Framework | 6 Red Flags That Mean You Should Walk Away From a Client</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>369</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Just one nightmare client can ruin your business.

One soul-sucking, scope-creeping, micromanaging clown who drains your time, sanity, and confidence.

And the frustrating thing is, you probably felt the red flags on that first call (and ignored them)…

Thinking, “it’ll be fine”…

“I’m probably overreacting…”

“I can manage them, they really do need my help”…

And my favorite: “It’s good money.”

So you said yes (even though your gut said no).

And now they’re making your life miserable.

The solution?

Stop relying on “gut feelings” and use my simple scorecard that filters out the clowns and makes it easy to say “thanks, but no thanks.”

In this week’s episode, I break down the C.L.O.W.N.S. Framework 🤡:

6 red flags you must spot on your next sales call if you want to avoid the clients from hell.

You’ll learn how to sniff out the “red flag” clients that are more trouble than they’re worth.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/369</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Just <em>one</em> nightmare client can ruin your business.</p>
<p>One soul-sucking, scope-creeping, micromanaging <em><strong>clown</strong></em> who drains your time, sanity, and confidence.</p>
<p>And the frustrating thing is, you probably <em>felt</em> the red flags on that first call (and ignored them)…</p>
<p>Thinking, “<em>it’ll be fine</em>”…</p>
<p><em>“I’m probably overreacting…”</em></p>
<p><em>“I can manage them, they really do need my help”…</em></p>
<p>And my favorite: <em>“It’s good money.”</em></p>
<p>So you said yes (even though your gut said no).</p>
<p>And now they’re making your life miserable.</p>
<p>The solution?</p>
<p>Stop relying on “gut feelings” and use my simple scorecard that filters out the clowns and makes it easy to say “thanks, but no thanks.”</p>
<p>In this week’s episode, I break down the <strong>C.L.O.W.N.S. Framework 🤡:</strong></p>
<p>6 red flags you <em>must</em> spot on your next sales call if you want to avoid the clients from hell.</p>
<p>You’ll learn how to sniff out the “red flag” clients that are more trouble than they’re worth.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/369?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_369">https://6figurecreative.com/369</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1256</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f48d7128-5367-11f0-aed6-4b341217b26e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4698585664.mp3?updated=1751036940" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#368: BANT For Freelancers | The Secret BS Detector For Bad Leads</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/368?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_368</link>
      <description>Ever hop on a discovery call…

Only to find out they "might" be ready in 6 months, have no budget, and just want free advice?

Not only did you get your hopes up, you ALSO just wasted your time.

Yeah, it sucks - and today we’re going to fix it.

Way back in the 1960’s, IBM developed a pretty cool framework called BANT to weed out bad leads…

And in this episode, I’ve adapted it for freelance businesses.

This 4-question system will help you spot bad leads before you ever get on a call:


  You’ll save hours each week by not chasing dead-end leads.

  You’ll feel more confident on sales calls because you’re leading the conversation.

  You’ll close more high-quality projects because you’ll be talking to the right people


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/368</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jun 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>BANT For Freelancers | The Secret BS Detector For Bad Leads</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>368</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever hop on a discovery call…

Only to find out they "might" be ready in 6 months, have no budget, and just want free advice?

Not only did you get your hopes up, you ALSO just wasted your time.

Yeah, it sucks - and today we’re going to fix it.

Way back in the 1960’s, IBM developed a pretty cool framework called BANT to weed out bad leads…

And in this episode, I’ve adapted it for freelance businesses.

This 4-question system will help you spot bad leads before you ever get on a call:


  You’ll save hours each week by not chasing dead-end leads.

  You’ll feel more confident on sales calls because you’re leading the conversation.

  You’ll close more high-quality projects because you’ll be talking to the right people


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/368</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever hop on a discovery call…</p>
<p>Only to find out they "might" be ready in 6 months, have no budget, and <em>just</em> want free advice?</p>
<p>Not only did you get your hopes up, you ALSO just wasted your time.</p>
<p>Yeah, it sucks - and today we’re going to fix it.</p>
<p>Way back in the 1960’s, IBM developed a pretty cool framework called BANT to weed out bad leads…</p>
<p>And in this episode, I’ve adapted it for freelance businesses.</p>
<p>This 4-question system will help you spot bad leads <em>before</em> you ever get on a call:</p>
<ul>
  <li>You’ll save hours each week by not chasing dead-end leads.</li>
  <li>You’ll feel more confident on sales calls because <em>you’re</em> leading the conversation.</li>
  <li>You’ll close more high-quality projects because you’ll be talking to the <em>right</em> people</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/368?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_368">https://6figurecreative.com/368</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1621</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1dce762a-4ded-11f0-833b-7bc3630eec46]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3577450790.mp3?updated=1750434426" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#367: You’re Marketing Like A Big Dumb Stupid Idiot… Please Stop</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/367?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_367</link>
      <description>You know those big dumb idiots in high school that pull the fire alarm? Yeah, that was me.

Turns out I was just practicing for my freelance career.

Because most freelancers treat marketing exactly like that fire alarm - you only pull it when everything's already on fire.

When the clients have dried up, the leads have dried up, and you're in full-blown panic mode.

Then things get busy again, the money starts flowing again, and something in your brain says, “We’re good, we don’t need to do this terrible ‘marketing’ thing anymore.”

So you stop. Throw yourself into the work. Deliver for clients. Ghost your social media and your leads…

3 months later? Things are on fire again. Cue the alarm bells and the frantic panic-posting.

This is the feast-and-famine cycle that is SO common - and that you yourself are fueling.

You know it’s dumb. Let’s fix it.

This week’s podcast episode is the third and final part in the “Big Dumb Stupid Idiot” Series, where I break down the 5 things that most creative freelancers are doing that keeps them stuck in the agonizing feast-or-famine cycle.

We’ll talk about:


  Why most creative freelancers are SO allergic to marketing (and yet so very susceptible to it)

  
The truth about lead magnets (and other ridiculous marketing myths)

  
The "1-2-3" marketing routine that’s doable every day (even when you're swamped with client work)


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/367</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>You’re Marketing Like A Big Dumb Stupid Idiot… Please Stop</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>367</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You know those big dumb idiots in high school that pull the fire alarm? Yeah, that was me.

Turns out I was just practicing for my freelance career.

Because most freelancers treat marketing exactly like that fire alarm - you only pull it when everything's already on fire.

When the clients have dried up, the leads have dried up, and you're in full-blown panic mode.

Then things get busy again, the money starts flowing again, and something in your brain says, “We’re good, we don’t need to do this terrible ‘marketing’ thing anymore.”

So you stop. Throw yourself into the work. Deliver for clients. Ghost your social media and your leads…

3 months later? Things are on fire again. Cue the alarm bells and the frantic panic-posting.

This is the feast-and-famine cycle that is SO common - and that you yourself are fueling.

You know it’s dumb. Let’s fix it.

This week’s podcast episode is the third and final part in the “Big Dumb Stupid Idiot” Series, where I break down the 5 things that most creative freelancers are doing that keeps them stuck in the agonizing feast-or-famine cycle.

We’ll talk about:


  Why most creative freelancers are SO allergic to marketing (and yet so very susceptible to it)

  
The truth about lead magnets (and other ridiculous marketing myths)

  
The "1-2-3" marketing routine that’s doable every day (even when you're swamped with client work)


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/367</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You know those big dumb idiots in high school that pull the fire alarm? Yeah, that was me.</p>
<p>Turns out I was just practicing for my freelance career.</p>
<p>Because most freelancers treat marketing <em>exactly</em> like that fire alarm - you only pull it when <em>everything's already on fire</em>.</p>
<p>When the clients have dried up, the leads have dried up, and you're in full-blown panic mode.</p>
<p>Then things get busy again, the money starts flowing again, and something in your brain says, <strong>“We’re good, we don’t need to do this terrible ‘marketing’ thing anymore.”</strong></p>
<p>So you stop. Throw yourself into the work. Deliver for clients. Ghost your social media and your leads…</p>
<p>3 months later? <em>Things are on fire again.</em> <strong>Cue the alarm bells and the frantic panic-posting.</strong></p>
<p>This is the feast-and-famine cycle that is SO common - and that you yourself are fueling.</p>
<p><strong>You know it’s dumb. Let’s fix it.</strong></p>
<p>This week’s podcast episode is the third and final part in the <strong>“Big Dumb Stupid Idiot” Series</strong>, where I break down the 5 things that most creative freelancers are doing that keeps them stuck in the agonizing feast-or-famine cycle.</p>
<p>We’ll talk about:</p>
<ul>
  <li>Why most creative freelancers are SO <strong>allergic to marketing</strong> (and yet so very susceptible to it)</li>
  <li>
<strong>The truth about lead magnets</strong> (and other ridiculous marketing myths)</li>
  <li>
<strong>The "1-2-3" marketing routine</strong> that’s doable every day (even when you're swamped with client work)</li>
</ul>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/367?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_367">https://6figurecreative.com/367</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1474</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c1d27df2-47b2-11f0-a334-dfb8602120e3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5777655935.mp3?updated=1749749654" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#366: Stop Pricing Like A Big Dumb Stupid Idiot</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/366?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_366</link>
      <description>”Oh look — Bronze, Silver, and Gold. Because what this $5,000 problem really needed was a damn menu.”

When you offer three-tiered pricing because “that’s how pricing psychology works, right?”…

All you’re doing is giving your best clients more questions, more confusion, and a way to spend less money.

You’re not a SaaS.

You’re not a wedding cake.

And tiered pricing? That's just ONE of six "big, dumb stupid idiot" pricing mistakes in this week's podcast episode.

Step into the “Pricing Confessional” with me to talk about the mistakes we’re all kinda ashamed of:

“I’m in a place where I say yes to anything I can get my hands on.”

“I’ve generally undercharged throughout my career.”

“I’ve allowed clients to negotiate lower rates.”

“I would love to raise that rate but this is what I’m comfortable with right now.”

“I have not had a very consistent pricing structure — everything has been too custom.”

Sound familiar?

You know it’s dumb. Let’s fix it.

It’s time to STOP pricing like a big dumb stupid idiot and START being smarter about your pricing so you can actually attract and close those high-end clients you want.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/366</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Stop Pricing Like A Big Dumb Stupid Idiot</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>366</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>”Oh look — Bronze, Silver, and Gold. Because what this $5,000 problem really needed was a damn menu.”

When you offer three-tiered pricing because “that’s how pricing psychology works, right?”…

All you’re doing is giving your best clients more questions, more confusion, and a way to spend less money.

You’re not a SaaS.

You’re not a wedding cake.

And tiered pricing? That's just ONE of six "big, dumb stupid idiot" pricing mistakes in this week's podcast episode.

Step into the “Pricing Confessional” with me to talk about the mistakes we’re all kinda ashamed of:

“I’m in a place where I say yes to anything I can get my hands on.”

“I’ve generally undercharged throughout my career.”

“I’ve allowed clients to negotiate lower rates.”

“I would love to raise that rate but this is what I’m comfortable with right now.”

“I have not had a very consistent pricing structure — everything has been too custom.”

Sound familiar?

You know it’s dumb. Let’s fix it.

It’s time to STOP pricing like a big dumb stupid idiot and START being smarter about your pricing so you can actually attract and close those high-end clients you want.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/366</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>”Oh look — Bronze, Silver, and Gold. Because what this $5,000 problem really needed was a damn </em><em><strong>menu</strong></em><em>.”</em></p>
<p>When you offer three-tiered pricing because “that’s how pricing psychology works, right?”…</p>
<p>All you’re doing is giving your best clients more questions, more confusion, <em>and a way to spend less money.</em></p>
<p>You’re not a SaaS.</p>
<p>You’re not a wedding cake.</p>
<p>And tiered pricing? That's just ONE of six <em>"big, dumb stupid idiot"</em> pricing mistakes in this week's podcast episode<strong>.</strong></p>
<p>Step into the “Pricing Confessional” with me to talk about the mistakes we’re all kinda ashamed of:</p>
<p><em>“I’m in a place where I say </em><em><strong>yes to anything</strong></em><em> I can get my hands on.”</em></p>
<p><em>“I’ve generally </em><em><strong>undercharged</strong></em><em> throughout my career.”</em></p>
<p><em>“I’ve allowed clients to </em><em><strong>negotiate</strong></em><em> lower rates.”</em></p>
<p><em>“I would love to </em><em><strong>raise that rate but</strong></em><em> this is what I’m comfortable with right now.”</em></p>
<p><em>“I have not had a very consistent pricing structure — everything has been </em><em><strong>too custom</strong></em><em>.”</em></p>
<p>Sound familiar?</p>
<p>You know it’s dumb. Let’s fix it.</p>
<p>It’s time to STOP pricing like a big dumb stupid idiot and START being smarter about your pricing so you can <em>actually</em> attract and close those high-end clients you want.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/366?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_366">https://6figurecreative.com/366</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1596</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4e552b36-4541-11f0-b210-0740ccedfae5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1428065474.mp3?updated=1749481025" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#365: How to Not Sell Your Services Like a Big, Dumb, Stupid Idiot</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/365?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_365</link>
      <description>You ever say things like…



"Let me know if there's anything I can do"



Or



"Just keep me in mind"?



Then you might be selling your services like a big, dumb, stupid idiot.



(Yes, those were my exact words.)



This episode kicks off a savage new series where I break down 8 ways freelancers ruin sales without realizing it. 



You'll learn:


  
Why your “nice guy” language is killing deals



  
The simple question that filters time-wasters from real buyers



  
How to stop being ghosted forever (seriously)






If you’ve ever felt weird about sales or struggled to land high-paying clients, this episode will sting… in a good way.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/365</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to Not Sell Your Services Like a Big, Dumb, Stupid Idiot</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>365</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You ever say things like…



"Let me know if there's anything I can do"



Or



"Just keep me in mind"?



Then you might be selling your services like a big, dumb, stupid idiot.



(Yes, those were my exact words.)



This episode kicks off a savage new series where I break down 8 ways freelancers ruin sales without realizing it. 



You'll learn:


  
Why your “nice guy” language is killing deals



  
The simple question that filters time-wasters from real buyers



  
How to stop being ghosted forever (seriously)






If you’ve ever felt weird about sales or struggled to land high-paying clients, this episode will sting… in a good way.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/365</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You ever say things like…</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>"Let me know if there's anything I can do"</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Or</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>"Just keep me in mind"?</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Then you might be selling your services like a big, dumb, stupid idiot.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>(Yes, those were my exact words.)</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>This episode kicks off a savage new series where I break down 8 ways freelancers ruin sales without realizing it. </p>
<p><br></p>
<p>You'll learn:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<p>Why your “nice guy” language is killing deals</p>
</li>
  <li>
<p>The simple question that filters time-wasters from real buyers</p>
</li>
  <li>
<p>How to stop being ghosted forever (seriously)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p><br></p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt weird about sales or struggled to land high-paying clients, this episode will sting… in a good way.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/365?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_365">https://6figurecreative.com/365</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1445</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b9fb8f14-3fca-11f0-a51a-6be90c0aabef]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7023269668.mp3?updated=1748880339" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#364: Your Portfolio Looks Like a Cheesecake Factory Menu and It’s Embarrassing | The Portfolio Paradox</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/364?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_364</link>
      <description>Hey quick gut check: Is your portfolio a "highlight reel" or a "dumping ground"?

If it’s the latter, you’re making the same mistake most freelancers make.

You’re trying to be the Cheesecake Factory, with its 21-page menu with 250+ items on it.

Your thought process is "there's something for everyone". And yet… no one knows what you’re actually great at.

In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I call this out for what it is:

The Portfolio Paradox: the more work you show, the fewer clients you actually land.

In this episode, I’ll show you:


  
Why your “impressive” portfolio isn’t converting



  
The silent signals a cluttered portfolio sends to clients



  
And how to fix it with a Greatest Hits-style approach that builds trust fast




If you want clients saying “hell yes” instead of “next!"... listen to this episode.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/364</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Your Portfolio Looks Like a Cheesecake Factory Menu and It’s Embarrassing | The Portfolio Paradox</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>364</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Hey quick gut check: Is your portfolio a "highlight reel" or a "dumping ground"?

If it’s the latter, you’re making the same mistake most freelancers make.

You’re trying to be the Cheesecake Factory, with its 21-page menu with 250+ items on it.

Your thought process is "there's something for everyone". And yet… no one knows what you’re actually great at.

In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I call this out for what it is:

The Portfolio Paradox: the more work you show, the fewer clients you actually land.

In this episode, I’ll show you:


  
Why your “impressive” portfolio isn’t converting



  
The silent signals a cluttered portfolio sends to clients



  
And how to fix it with a Greatest Hits-style approach that builds trust fast




If you want clients saying “hell yes” instead of “next!"... listen to this episode.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/364</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey quick gut check: <strong>Is your portfolio a "highlight reel" or a "dumping ground"?</strong></p>
<p>If it’s the latter, you’re making the same mistake most freelancers make.</p>
<p>You’re trying to be the Cheesecake Factory, with its 21-page menu with 250+ items on it.</p>
<p>Your thought process is "there's something for everyone". And yet… no one knows what you’re actually great at.</p>
<p>In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I call this out for what it is:</p>
<p><strong>The Portfolio Paradox: the more work you show, the fewer clients you actually land.</strong></p>
<p>In this episode, I’ll show you:</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<p>Why your “impressive” portfolio isn’t converting</p>
</li>
  <li>
<p>The silent signals a cluttered portfolio sends to clients</p>
</li>
  <li>
<p>And how to fix it with a Greatest Hits-style approach that builds trust fast</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you want clients saying <em>“hell yes”</em> instead of <em>“next!"... </em>listen to this episode.</p>
<p><br>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/364?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_364">https://6figurecreative.com/364</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1101</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[63112312-3809-11f0-a0e2-270d5c0f4ef3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3444253506.mp3?updated=1748027642" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#363: If You're Giving Your Client Options, You're Losing Gigs (Here's What To Do Instead)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/363?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_363</link>
      <description>Ever been to a spa?

 

You get a menu with 12 fancy options… and no idea which one you actually need.

 

Do you need the Ocean Quartz Detox Wrap for $149 or the Rejuvenating Himalayan Sound Bath Experience for $399?

 

You have no idea.

 

Now imagine you're about to spend $5K to $10K (or more), and you’re handed the same kind of “pick-your-own-adventure” PDF.

 

This is exactly what I've seen freelancers do in their sales process, and it's losing you clients you should’ve closed.

 

In this week’s episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down the “spa menu pricing” trap, and show you how to sell like a doctor instead.

 

Doctors don’t give you options. They listen, diagnose, and prescribe.

 

That’s what your clients want too (bc you're the expert of your domain).

 

If you want to...


  
Close more gigs



  
Speed up your sales cycle (i.e. how long it takes to close a client)



  
Charge what you’re truly worth




...then don’t miss this one.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/363</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>If You're Giving Your Client Options, You're Losing Gigs (Here's What To Do Instead)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>360</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever been to a spa?

 

You get a menu with 12 fancy options… and no idea which one you actually need.

 

Do you need the Ocean Quartz Detox Wrap for $149 or the Rejuvenating Himalayan Sound Bath Experience for $399?

 

You have no idea.

 

Now imagine you're about to spend $5K to $10K (or more), and you’re handed the same kind of “pick-your-own-adventure” PDF.

 

This is exactly what I've seen freelancers do in their sales process, and it's losing you clients you should’ve closed.

 

In this week’s episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down the “spa menu pricing” trap, and show you how to sell like a doctor instead.

 

Doctors don’t give you options. They listen, diagnose, and prescribe.

 

That’s what your clients want too (bc you're the expert of your domain).

 

If you want to...


  
Close more gigs



  
Speed up your sales cycle (i.e. how long it takes to close a client)



  
Charge what you’re truly worth




...then don’t miss this one.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/363</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever been to a spa?</p>
<p> </p>
<p>You get a menu with 12 fancy options… and no idea which one you <em>actually</em> need.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Do you need <strong>the Ocean Quartz Detox Wrap</strong> for $149 or the <strong>Rejuvenating Himalayan Sound Bath Experience</strong><em> for $399?</em></p>
<p> </p>
<p>You have no idea.</p>
<p> </p>
<p>Now imagine you're about to spend $5K to $10K (or more), and you’re handed the same kind of “pick-your-own-adventure” PDF.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>This is exactly what I've seen freelancers do in their sales process, and it's losing you clients you should’ve closed.</strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p>In this week’s episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down <strong>the “spa menu pricing” trap, </strong>and show you how to sell like a doctor instead.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Doctors don’t give you options. </strong>They listen, diagnose, and prescribe.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><em>That’s</em> what your clients want too (bc <em>you're</em> the expert of your domain).</p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you want to...</p>
<ul>
  <li>
<p>Close more gigs</p>
</li>
  <li>
<p>Speed up your sales cycle (i.e. how long it takes to close a client)</p>
</li>
  <li>
<p>Charge what you’re <em>truly</em> worth</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p>...then don’t miss this one.</p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/363?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_363">https://6figurecreative.com/363</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1096</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ece1fe04-3269-11f0-9c15-4303fbd7bdc6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6782242432.mp3?updated=1747409398" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#362: The Ultimate Playbook for Risk Reversal &amp; Guarantees That Close Clients (Without Getting Burned)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/362?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_362</link>
      <description>Most freelancers aren’t selling to strangers.



They’re stuck relying on referrals and word-of-mouth… So they never realize how fragile their business actually is.



Because when that word-of-mouth dries up and you finally try to reach outside your cozy little network?



Suddenly the “no’s” and ghosting start piling up.



And it’s not because your work isn’t good.



It’s not because your prices are too high.



It’s because you’re asking people to take a leap… With no parachute.



This week’s episode is about fixing that with Risk Reversal and Guarantees.



And it’s one of the most powerful ways to get more “hell yes” responses—even from people you just met.



This episode breaks down:


  The types of risk clients are actually worried about

  How to flip that fear into your biggest sales asset

  Real examples from other freelancers using these tactics to close faster and stand out

  How to NOT screw yourself over with a bad guarantee




If you want more clients, faster closes, and fewer “let me think about it” replies…



This episode will change how you pitch, forever.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/362</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Ultimate Playbook for Risk Reversal &amp; Guarantees That Close Clients (Without Getting Burned)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>362</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers aren’t selling to strangers.



They’re stuck relying on referrals and word-of-mouth… So they never realize how fragile their business actually is.



Because when that word-of-mouth dries up and you finally try to reach outside your cozy little network?



Suddenly the “no’s” and ghosting start piling up.



And it’s not because your work isn’t good.



It’s not because your prices are too high.



It’s because you’re asking people to take a leap… With no parachute.



This week’s episode is about fixing that with Risk Reversal and Guarantees.



And it’s one of the most powerful ways to get more “hell yes” responses—even from people you just met.



This episode breaks down:


  The types of risk clients are actually worried about

  How to flip that fear into your biggest sales asset

  Real examples from other freelancers using these tactics to close faster and stand out

  How to NOT screw yourself over with a bad guarantee




If you want more clients, faster closes, and fewer “let me think about it” replies…



This episode will change how you pitch, forever.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/362</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers <strong>aren’t</strong> selling to strangers.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>They’re stuck relying on referrals and word-of-mouth… So they never realize how fragile their business actually is.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Because when that word-of-mouth dries up and you finally try to reach outside your cozy little network?</p>
<p><br></p>
<p><strong>Suddenly the “no’s” and ghosting start piling up.</strong></p>
<p><br></p>
<p>And it’s not because your work isn’t good.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>It’s not because your prices are too high.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>It’s because you’re asking people to take a leap… <strong>With no parachute</strong>.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>This week’s episode is about fixing that with <em>Risk Reversal and Guarantees.</em></p>
<p><br></p>
<p>And it’s one of the most powerful ways to get more “hell yes” responses—<strong>even from people you just met</strong>.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>This episode breaks down:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The types of risk clients are actually worried about</li>
  <li>How to flip that fear into your biggest sales asset</li>
  <li>Real examples from other freelancers using these tactics to close faster and stand out</li>
  <li>How to NOT screw yourself over with a bad guarantee</li>
</ul>
<p><br></p>
<p>If you want more clients, faster closes, and fewer “let me think about it” replies…</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>This episode will change how you pitch, forever.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/362?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_362">https://6figurecreative.com/362</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2241</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[95fd912a-2cf6-11f0-bd53-e3cba93f2053]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7567442839.mp3?updated=1746811122" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#361: He Had 20,000 Website Visitors and A Broken Sales Process | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/361?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_361</link>
      <description>One of my clients has the dream setup:


  A solid YouTube following

  Tens of thousands of people visiting his site every month

  A clean, self-checkout flow for his freelance services


Sounds awesome, right?



But when we looked under the hood… He was making just $0.23 per visitor.



Twenty. Three. Cents.



Let that sink in.



That’s LESS than $5k/month from 20,000 website visitors.



I nearly threw my laptop.



That same traffic, with a real sales process? Could be worth $20k… even $50k.



This is the myth of passive sales. It feels efficient. It looks scalable.



But for service businesses? It’s an income-killer.



Passive sales feel great… until you realize you’re leaving tens of thousands of dollars on the table.



Every. Single. Month.



Your income per website visitor is way more important than your total traffic.



That single metric—earnings per visitor—exposes how effective (or broken) your sales process really is. 



Most freelancers think more eyeballs = more money.



In this episode, I break down why you don’t need more traffic. You need more $$$ per visitor.



I’m talking:


  The full sales strategy spectrum (passive → async → real convos)

  How to balance your time and make more per visitor

  And how a small tweak to your sales flow can 10x your earnings per visitor




If you’re serious about hitting $100k, $250k, or beyond, this is the lever to pull.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/361</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>He Had 20,000 Website Visitors and A Broken Sales Process | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>361</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>One of my clients has the dream setup:


  A solid YouTube following

  Tens of thousands of people visiting his site every month

  A clean, self-checkout flow for his freelance services


Sounds awesome, right?



But when we looked under the hood… He was making just $0.23 per visitor.



Twenty. Three. Cents.



Let that sink in.



That’s LESS than $5k/month from 20,000 website visitors.



I nearly threw my laptop.



That same traffic, with a real sales process? Could be worth $20k… even $50k.



This is the myth of passive sales. It feels efficient. It looks scalable.



But for service businesses? It’s an income-killer.



Passive sales feel great… until you realize you’re leaving tens of thousands of dollars on the table.



Every. Single. Month.



Your income per website visitor is way more important than your total traffic.



That single metric—earnings per visitor—exposes how effective (or broken) your sales process really is. 



Most freelancers think more eyeballs = more money.



In this episode, I break down why you don’t need more traffic. You need more $$$ per visitor.



I’m talking:


  The full sales strategy spectrum (passive → async → real convos)

  How to balance your time and make more per visitor

  And how a small tweak to your sales flow can 10x your earnings per visitor




If you’re serious about hitting $100k, $250k, or beyond, this is the lever to pull.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/361</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of my clients has the dream setup:</p>
<ul>
  <li>A solid YouTube following</li>
  <li>Tens of thousands of people visiting his site every month</li>
  <li>A clean, self-checkout flow for his freelance services</li>
</ul>
<p>Sounds awesome, right?</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>But when we looked under the hood… He was making just $0.23 per visitor.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Twenty. Three. Cents.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Let that sink in.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>That’s LESS than $5k/month from 20,000 website visitors.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>I nearly threw my laptop.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>That same traffic, with a real sales process? Could be worth $20k… even $50k.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>This is the myth of passive sales. It feels efficient. It looks scalable.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>But for service businesses? It’s an income-killer.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Passive sales feel great… until you realize you’re leaving tens of thousands of dollars on the table.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Every. Single. Month.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Your income per website visitor is way more important than your total traffic.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>That single metric—earnings per visitor—exposes how effective (or broken) your sales process really is. </p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Most freelancers think more eyeballs = more money.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>In this episode, I break down why you don’t need more traffic. You need more $$$ per visitor.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>I’m talking:</p>
<ul>
  <li>The full sales strategy spectrum (passive → async → real convos)</li>
  <li>How to balance your time and make more per visitor</li>
  <li>And how a small tweak to your sales flow can 10x your earnings per visitor</li>
</ul>
<p><br></p>
<p>If you’re serious about hitting $100k, $250k, or beyond, this is the lever to pull.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/361?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_361">https://6figurecreative.com/361</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1251</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0faab2be-277f-11f0-acff-834528524918]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4643739612.mp3?updated=1746209593" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#360: You’re the Bottleneck — Here’s the Fix | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/360?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_360</link>
      <description>As you scale past $100k as a creative freelancer, something starts to break:



YOU become the bottleneck.


  You’re managing every email. 

  Sending every invoice. 

  Doing every project from scratch.

  Waking up at 3am remembering something you forgot to send.


No wonder things feel chaotic.



But here’s the good news: You can fix this without hiring a team.In this episode of the 6FC Podcast, I walk you through the 3 systems that multiply your output (and your income) — without adding a single person to your payroll.

✅ Client onboarding systems

✅ Project delivery systems

✅ Communication systems



Set these up once, and you’ll never look back.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/360</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Apr 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>You’re the Bottleneck — Here’s the Fix | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>360</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As you scale past $100k as a creative freelancer, something starts to break:



YOU become the bottleneck.


  You’re managing every email. 

  Sending every invoice. 

  Doing every project from scratch.

  Waking up at 3am remembering something you forgot to send.


No wonder things feel chaotic.



But here’s the good news: You can fix this without hiring a team.In this episode of the 6FC Podcast, I walk you through the 3 systems that multiply your output (and your income) — without adding a single person to your payroll.

✅ Client onboarding systems

✅ Project delivery systems

✅ Communication systems



Set these up once, and you’ll never look back.



For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/360</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As you scale past $100k as a creative freelancer, something starts to break:</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>YOU become the bottleneck.</p>
<ul>
  <li>You’re managing every email. </li>
  <li>Sending every invoice. </li>
  <li>Doing every project from scratch.</li>
  <li>Waking up at 3am remembering something you forgot to send.</li>
</ul>
<p>No wonder things feel chaotic.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>But here’s the good news: <strong>You can fix this </strong><em><strong>without</strong></em><strong> hiring a team.</strong>In this episode of the 6FC Podcast, I walk you through the 3 systems that multiply your output (and your income) — without adding a single person to your payroll.</p>
<p>✅ Client onboarding systems</p>
<p>✅ Project delivery systems</p>
<p>✅ Communication systems</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>Set these up once, and you’ll never look back.</p>
<p><br></p>
<p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/360?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_360">https://6figurecreative.com/360</a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2416</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[eb1d72c2-2456-11f0-a511-bf54008e3211]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6019848208.mp3?updated=1745862434" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#359: The 5-Step Client Filter Every High-Earning Freelancer Needs | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/359?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_359</link>
      <description>At first, every new lead feels like a win.
(Finally, people want to work with me!)
 
But if you actually want to break into multi-six figures? You need to say "no" more than ever.
 
Because every bad-fit client you say yes to drains your creativity, clogs your calendar, and burns you out before you even realize it’s happening.
 
In this week’s episode, I'm breaking down The 5-Step Client Filter Every High-Earning Freelancer Needs — so you can stop wasting time on the wrong projects and start building the freelance business you actually want.
 
Because getting clients isn’t the finish line. It’s where we really need to start protecting our time, our creativity, and our sanity.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/359</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5-Step Client Filter Every High-Earning Freelancer Needs | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>359</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>At first, every new lead feels like a win.
(Finally, people want to work with me!)
 
But if you actually want to break into multi-six figures? You need to say "no" more than ever.
 
Because every bad-fit client you say yes to drains your creativity, clogs your calendar, and burns you out before you even realize it’s happening.
 
In this week’s episode, I'm breaking down The 5-Step Client Filter Every High-Earning Freelancer Needs — so you can stop wasting time on the wrong projects and start building the freelance business you actually want.
 
Because getting clients isn’t the finish line. It’s where we really need to start protecting our time, our creativity, and our sanity.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/359</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>At first, every new lead feels like a win.</p><p>(<em>Finally, people want to work with me!</em>)</p><p> </p><p>But if you actually want to break into multi-six figures? <strong>You need to say "no" more than ever.</strong></p><p> </p><p>Because every bad-fit client you say yes to <strong><em>drains</em></strong> your creativity, <strong><em>clogs</em></strong> your calendar, and <strong><em>burns you out</em></strong> before you even realize it’s happening.</p><p> </p><p>In this week’s episode, I'm breaking down <strong>The 5-Step Client Filter Every High-Earning Freelancer Needs</strong> — so you can stop wasting time on the wrong projects and start building the freelance business you actually want.</p><p> </p><p>Because <strong>getting clients isn’t the finish line. </strong>It’s where we <em>really</em> need to start protecting our time, our creativity, and our sanity.</p><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/359?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_359">https://6figurecreative.com/359</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1480</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[640f9994-1ed5-11f0-9571-bb252c326a27]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1146198425.mp3?updated=1745256531" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#358: Building A Demand Engine That Takes You From $100k to $250k+ | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/358?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_358</link>
      <description>Every freelancer knows the feeling…
 
One week, you’re slammed with work.
 
The next? Crickets.
 
And in those quiet weeks, you’re either putting out fires or you panic and slash your rates to get anything booked.
 
But here’s the truth:
 
Those “lulls” are the reason you’re stuck under $200k.
 
Not your talent.
Not your pricing.
Not the economy.
 
If you want to consistently hit multi-six figures, you need what I call a Demand Engine — a 4-part system that keeps your inbox full and your calendar booked before the slow weeks hit.
 
In this episode, I’ll walk you through exactly how to build it — using tools, automations, and strategies we’ve battle-tested across dozens of six-figure+ freelancers.
 
Let’s fix your “calendar problem” once and for all.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/358</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Building A Demand Engine That Takes You From $100k to $250k+ | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>358</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Every freelancer knows the feeling…
 
One week, you’re slammed with work.
 
The next? Crickets.
 
And in those quiet weeks, you’re either putting out fires or you panic and slash your rates to get anything booked.
 
But here’s the truth:
 
Those “lulls” are the reason you’re stuck under $200k.
 
Not your talent.
Not your pricing.
Not the economy.
 
If you want to consistently hit multi-six figures, you need what I call a Demand Engine — a 4-part system that keeps your inbox full and your calendar booked before the slow weeks hit.
 
In this episode, I’ll walk you through exactly how to build it — using tools, automations, and strategies we’ve battle-tested across dozens of six-figure+ freelancers.
 
Let’s fix your “calendar problem” once and for all.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/358</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Every freelancer knows the feeling…</p><p> </p><p>One week, you’re slammed with work.</p><p> </p><p>The next? Crickets.</p><p> </p><p>And in those quiet weeks, you’re either putting out fires or you panic and slash your rates to get <em>anything</em> booked.</p><p> </p><p>But here’s the truth:</p><p> </p><p><strong>Those “lulls” are the reason you’re stuck under $200k.</strong></p><p> </p><p>Not your talent.</p><p>Not your pricing.</p><p>Not the economy.</p><p> </p><p>If you want to <em>consistently</em> hit multi-six figures, you need what I call a <strong>Demand Engine</strong> — a 4-part system that keeps your inbox full and your calendar booked <em><u>before</u></em> the slow weeks hit.</p><p> </p><p>In this episode, I’ll walk you through exactly how to build it — using tools, automations, and strategies we’ve battle-tested across dozens of six-figure+ freelancers.</p><p> </p><p>Let’s fix your “calendar problem” once and for all.</p><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/358?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_358">https://6figurecreative.com/358</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1777</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a4944c1a-1955-11f0-b38c-0f8810760a3b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4544230719.mp3?updated=1744651908" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#357: Designing A Service That Scales | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/357?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_357</link>
      <description>If you're trying to break into multi-six figures as a freelancer, this might sound familiar:

You're good at what you do.

You’ve got clients.

You’ve raised your rates.

But somehow… you’re still stuck around $100k–$150k.
The problem? It’s not your pricing. It’s not your marketing.
It’s that your service isn’t built to scale.
In this episode, I’ll walk you through how to package what you already do into a clear, repeatable service that sells easier, delivers faster, and actually scales.

No more reinventing the wheel every project

No more delivery chaos

No more guessing at what to charge

This is the path to breaking through the $200k, $300k, even $500k+ ceiling - without burning out.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/357</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Designing A Service That Scales | The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>357</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you're trying to break into multi-six figures as a freelancer, this might sound familiar:

You're good at what you do.

You’ve got clients.

You’ve raised your rates.

But somehow… you’re still stuck around $100k–$150k.
The problem? It’s not your pricing. It’s not your marketing.
It’s that your service isn’t built to scale.
In this episode, I’ll walk you through how to package what you already do into a clear, repeatable service that sells easier, delivers faster, and actually scales.

No more reinventing the wheel every project

No more delivery chaos

No more guessing at what to charge

This is the path to breaking through the $200k, $300k, even $500k+ ceiling - without burning out.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/357</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're trying to break into <strong>multi-six figures</strong> as a freelancer, this might sound familiar:</p><ul>
<li>You're good at what you do.</li>
<li>You’ve got clients.</li>
<li>You’ve raised your rates.</li>
</ul><p>But somehow… you’re still stuck around $100k–$150k.</p><p>The problem? It’s <strong><em>not</em></strong> your pricing. It’s <strong><em>not</em></strong> your marketing.</p><p>It’s that your service <em>isn’t built to scale.</em></p><p>In this episode, I’ll walk you through how to package what you already do into a clear, repeatable service that <strong>sells easier, delivers faster, and <em>actually</em> scales</strong>.</p><ul>
<li>No more reinventing the wheel every project</li>
<li>No more delivery chaos</li>
<li>No more guessing at what to charge</li>
</ul><p><strong>This is the path to breaking through the $200k, $300k, even $500k+ ceiling - <em>without</em> burning out.</strong></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/357?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_357">https://6figurecreative.com/357</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2333</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f8473118-1321-11f0-acaf-33730b6e13de]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3440145906.mp3?updated=1743970356" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#356: The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Playbook Series | Part 1</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/356?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_356</link>
      <description>Most freelancers plateau at $50K.

You start by getting a few clients

Those clients turn into a few more referrals

You get just enough referrals to hover in the $50k plateau

Some break six figures "by accident". Same thing as $50k, but you just stay a bit busier (usually because you have a larger network or are in a better niche).
But multi six-figures? No one stumbles in a $300k+ per year freelance business. That takes a whole new approach.
In this new podcast series, I’m breaking down what separates the $50K freelancer from the $300K+ business owner.
It starts with 7 hard-hitting mindset shifts.
Like:
→ The overlooked reason most freelancers never hit $200K
→ The silent killer keeping most freelancers stuck at average income
→ The “business owner lens” that multiplies your revenue without working more hours
→ Why “doing great work” isn’t the thing that gets you paid more
This is Part 1 of The Multi-6-Figure Freelancer Playbook, and if you're stuck at a plateau, this is your next move.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/356</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Multi 6-Figure Freelancer Playbook Series | Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>356</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers plateau at $50K.

You start by getting a few clients

Those clients turn into a few more referrals

You get just enough referrals to hover in the $50k plateau

Some break six figures "by accident". Same thing as $50k, but you just stay a bit busier (usually because you have a larger network or are in a better niche).
But multi six-figures? No one stumbles in a $300k+ per year freelance business. That takes a whole new approach.
In this new podcast series, I’m breaking down what separates the $50K freelancer from the $300K+ business owner.
It starts with 7 hard-hitting mindset shifts.
Like:
→ The overlooked reason most freelancers never hit $200K
→ The silent killer keeping most freelancers stuck at average income
→ The “business owner lens” that multiplies your revenue without working more hours
→ Why “doing great work” isn’t the thing that gets you paid more
This is Part 1 of The Multi-6-Figure Freelancer Playbook, and if you're stuck at a plateau, this is your next move.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/356</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers plateau at $50K.</p><ul>
<li>You start by getting a few clients</li>
<li>Those clients turn into a few more referrals</li>
<li>You get <em>just </em>enough referrals to hover in the $50k plateau</li>
</ul><p>Some break six figures "by accident". Same thing as $50k, but you just stay a bit busier (usually because you have a larger network or are in a better niche).</p><p>But <strong><em>multi</em></strong> six-figures? No one stumbles in a $300k+ per year freelance business. That takes a whole new approach.</p><p>In this new podcast series, I’m breaking down what separates the $50K freelancer from the $300K+ business owner.</p><p>It starts with <strong>7 hard-hitting mindset shifts</strong>.</p><p>Like:</p><p>→ The overlooked reason most freelancers never hit $200K</p><p>→ The silent killer keeping most freelancers stuck at average income</p><p>→ The “business owner lens” that multiplies your revenue without working more hours</p><p>→ Why “doing great work” isn’t the thing that gets you paid more</p><p>This is Part 1 of<strong> The Multi-6-Figure Freelancer Playbook</strong>, and if you're stuck at a plateau, this is your next move.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/356?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_356">https://6figurecreative.com/356</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1758</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2dafbcf2-0be4-11f0-995e-0f071c5e84bc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7213938432.mp3?updated=1743173810" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#355: You’re Booked Solid. Now What? | The Real Reason You’re Stuck at $100K</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/355?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_355</link>
      <description>Let’s say you hired a personal trainer with the goal of "getting into shape"…
But instead of coaching you, they literally did the workouts for you.
They ran the miles. They lifted the weights. They meal-prepped and tracked every calorie.
Meanwhile, you’re on the sofa binging White Lotus... and somehow you get in the best shape of your life.
That would break the entire fitness industry.
But in business, that’s exactly how it works. You hire people. They do the work. You get the results.
Yet most 6 figure freelancers stay stuck. Overbooked. Overwhelmed. Dropping the ball on clients because they can’t take on more work… but also can’t say no to more money.
If that sounds familiar, this episode is for you.
I’m breaking down exactly how to scale beyond that low six-figure plateau - without drowning in work.
Whether you want to build a micro-agency to multiple six figures or a full-blown team to seven figures, this is the roadmap to hiring smart, working less, and making more.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/355</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Mar 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>You’re Booked Solid. Now What? | The Real Reason You’re Stuck at $100K</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>355</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Let’s say you hired a personal trainer with the goal of "getting into shape"…
But instead of coaching you, they literally did the workouts for you.
They ran the miles. They lifted the weights. They meal-prepped and tracked every calorie.
Meanwhile, you’re on the sofa binging White Lotus... and somehow you get in the best shape of your life.
That would break the entire fitness industry.
But in business, that’s exactly how it works. You hire people. They do the work. You get the results.
Yet most 6 figure freelancers stay stuck. Overbooked. Overwhelmed. Dropping the ball on clients because they can’t take on more work… but also can’t say no to more money.
If that sounds familiar, this episode is for you.
I’m breaking down exactly how to scale beyond that low six-figure plateau - without drowning in work.
Whether you want to build a micro-agency to multiple six figures or a full-blown team to seven figures, this is the roadmap to hiring smart, working less, and making more.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/355</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s say you hired a personal trainer with the goal of "getting into shape"…</p><p>But instead of coaching you, they <em>literally</em> did the workouts for you.</p><p>They ran the miles. They lifted the weights. They meal-prepped and tracked every calorie.</p><p><strong>Meanwhile, you’re on the sofa binging White Lotus... and somehow <em>you</em> get in the best shape of your life.</strong></p><p>That would break the entire fitness industry.</p><p><strong>But in business, that’s exactly how it works. You hire people. They do the work. You get the results.</strong></p><p>Yet most 6 figure freelancers stay stuck. Overbooked. Overwhelmed. Dropping the ball on clients because they can’t take on more work… but also can’t say no to more money.</p><p>If that sounds familiar, this episode is for you.</p><p>I’m breaking down exactly how to scale beyond that low six-figure plateau - without drowning in work.</p><p>Whether you want to build a micro-agency to multiple six figures or a full-blown team to seven figures, this is the roadmap to hiring smart, working less, and making more.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/355?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_355">https://6figurecreative.com/355</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1686</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[33ea9002-08dc-11f0-b372-f7f68b10f31d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7781815104.mp3?updated=1742840531" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#354: Why Perfectionism Is Killing Your Income—The $92/hr vs. $462/hr Problem</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/354?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_354</link>
      <description>Creatives LOVE making things "perfect".
We obsess over the tiny details, tweak endlessly, and burn hours and hours and hours... and hours trying to craft the "perfect" final product for our clients.
But here’s what sucks: Perfectionism is keeping you broke.
Spending 40 hours on something that should take 8? That’s the difference between making $92/hr and $462/hr. 
The most successful freelancers aren’t the ones who make things perfect. They’re the ones who get things done efficiently - without sacrificing quality.
In this episode, I break down:

How to go from $92/hour to $462/hour—without working harder or cutting corners.

How to spot inefficiencies in your workflow—and fix them without lowering the quality of your work.

Simple strategies to work faster, charge smarter, and win more gigs—so you can finally stop feeling overworked and underpaid.

If you're tired of working longer hours for less money, this one's for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/354</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Perfectionism Is Killing Your Income—The $92/hr vs. $462/hr Problem</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>354</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Creatives LOVE making things "perfect".
We obsess over the tiny details, tweak endlessly, and burn hours and hours and hours... and hours trying to craft the "perfect" final product for our clients.
But here’s what sucks: Perfectionism is keeping you broke.
Spending 40 hours on something that should take 8? That’s the difference between making $92/hr and $462/hr. 
The most successful freelancers aren’t the ones who make things perfect. They’re the ones who get things done efficiently - without sacrificing quality.
In this episode, I break down:

How to go from $92/hour to $462/hour—without working harder or cutting corners.

How to spot inefficiencies in your workflow—and fix them without lowering the quality of your work.

Simple strategies to work faster, charge smarter, and win more gigs—so you can finally stop feeling overworked and underpaid.

If you're tired of working longer hours for less money, this one's for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/354</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Creatives <strong>LOVE</strong> making things "perfect".</p><p>We obsess over the tiny details, tweak endlessly, and burn hours and hours and hours... and <em>hours</em> trying to craft the "perfect" final product for our clients.</p><p>But here’s what sucks: <strong>Perfectionism is keeping you broke.</strong></p><p>Spending 40 hours on something that should take 8? <strong>That’s the difference between making $92/hr and $462/hr. </strong></p><p><strong>The most successful freelancers <em>aren’t</em> the ones who make things perfect.</strong> They’re the ones who get things done efficiently - <em>without</em> sacrificing quality.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I break down:</strong></p><ul>
<li>How to go from $92/hour to $462/hour—without working harder or cutting corners.</li>
<li>How to spot inefficiencies in your workflow—and fix them without lowering the quality of your work.</li>
<li>Simple strategies to work faster, charge smarter, and win more gigs—so you can finally stop feeling overworked and underpaid.</li>
</ul><p>If you're tired of working longer hours for less money, this one's for you.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/354?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_354">https://6figurecreative.com/354</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1348</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2925a266-002a-11f0-b277-d3c823066f10]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4604772352.mp3?updated=1741884453" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#353: The Unexpected Benefits of Paid Ads (It’s More Than Just Leads)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/353?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_353</link>
      <description>You already know that paid ads bring in clients. Duh.
But what if I told you the real magic isn’t just in the ROI?
But what if I told you some of the biggest benefits of paid ads have nothing to do with advertising ROI?

Instant market feedback (know what actually resonates with clients)

A sales process that improves fast (because you’re getting more at-bats)

Pricing confidence (no more second-guessing your rates)

Higher perceived authority (people will start recognizing your name)

Predictability (goodbye, feast-or-famine cycle)

These benefits are so powerful that they’re worth running ads even if you’re losing money at first.
I break it all down in this episode.
If you’ve ever considered running ads but hesitated, this is the episode that might change your mind.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/353</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Mar 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Unexpected Benefits of Paid Ads (It’s More Than Just Leads)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>353</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You already know that paid ads bring in clients. Duh.
But what if I told you the real magic isn’t just in the ROI?
But what if I told you some of the biggest benefits of paid ads have nothing to do with advertising ROI?

Instant market feedback (know what actually resonates with clients)

A sales process that improves fast (because you’re getting more at-bats)

Pricing confidence (no more second-guessing your rates)

Higher perceived authority (people will start recognizing your name)

Predictability (goodbye, feast-or-famine cycle)

These benefits are so powerful that they’re worth running ads even if you’re losing money at first.
I break it all down in this episode.
If you’ve ever considered running ads but hesitated, this is the episode that might change your mind.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/353</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You already know that paid ads bring in clients. Duh.</p><p>But what if I told you the <strong><em>real</em></strong> magic isn’t just in the ROI?</p><p>But what if I told you <strong>some of the biggest benefits of paid ads have nothing to do with advertising ROI?</strong></p><ul>
<li>Instant market feedback (know what actually resonates with clients)</li>
<li>A sales process that improves fast (because you’re getting more at-bats)</li>
<li>Pricing confidence (no more second-guessing your rates)</li>
<li>Higher perceived authority (people will start recognizing your name)</li>
<li>Predictability (goodbye, feast-or-famine cycle)</li>
</ul><p>These benefits are so powerful that they’re worth running ads even if you’re losing money at first.</p><p>I break it all down in this episode.</p><p>If you’ve ever considered running ads but hesitated, this is the episode that might change your mind.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/353?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_353">https://6figurecreative.com/353</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1199</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[17efd6ea-fdd9-11ef-917c-1727fb51d803]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9027263893.mp3?updated=1741629733" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#352: These 13 Counterintuitive Truths About Freelancing Will Change How You Work</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/352?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_352</link>
      <description>Most freelancers think success comes from being great at their craft.
It doesn’t.
I’ve seen average freelancers with solid marketing dominate their industry while insanely talented ones struggle to get clients.
Being the best doesn’t matter if no one knows you exist.
I’ve also watched freelancers waste hours crafting detailed proposals, only to get ghosted. Proposals don’t close deals - real conversations do.
If you’re hiding behind a PDF, you’re losing before you even start.
That “stable” 9-to-5 job you think is safer than freelancing? That’s one paycheck, one boss, one decision away from being gone.
A well-run freelance business with multiple income sources is actually more secure than a day job - if you do it right.
Most freelancers are playing the game all wrong. That’s why I put together this episode, breaking down the 13 counterintuitive truths about freelancing will change how you work.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/352</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>These 13 Counterintuitive Truths About Freelancing Will Change How You Work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>352</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers think success comes from being great at their craft.
It doesn’t.
I’ve seen average freelancers with solid marketing dominate their industry while insanely talented ones struggle to get clients.
Being the best doesn’t matter if no one knows you exist.
I’ve also watched freelancers waste hours crafting detailed proposals, only to get ghosted. Proposals don’t close deals - real conversations do.
If you’re hiding behind a PDF, you’re losing before you even start.
That “stable” 9-to-5 job you think is safer than freelancing? That’s one paycheck, one boss, one decision away from being gone.
A well-run freelance business with multiple income sources is actually more secure than a day job - if you do it right.
Most freelancers are playing the game all wrong. That’s why I put together this episode, breaking down the 13 counterintuitive truths about freelancing will change how you work.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/352</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers think success comes from being <strong><em>great</em></strong> at their craft.</p><p>It doesn’t.</p><p>I’ve seen average freelancers with solid marketing dominate their industry while insanely talented ones struggle to get clients.</p><p><strong><u>Being the best doesn’t matter if no one knows you exist.</u></strong></p><p>I’ve also watched freelancers waste hours crafting detailed proposals, only to get ghosted. Proposals don’t close deals - <strong><em>real conversations do</em></strong>.</p><p><strong><u>If you’re hiding behind a PDF, you’re losing before you even start.</u></strong></p><p>That “stable” 9-to-5 job you think is safer than freelancing? That’s one paycheck, one boss, one decision away from being gone.</p><p><strong><u>A well-run freelance business with multiple income sources is actually </u><em><u>more</u></em><u> secure than a day job - if you do it right.</u></strong></p><p>Most freelancers are playing the game all wrong. That’s why I put together this episode, breaking down the 13 counterintuitive truths about freelancing will change how you work.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/352?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_352">https://6figurecreative.com/352</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2545</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[61c11c08-f86a-11ef-b6f4-5b2fc3f03b47]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5877353529.mp3?updated=1741034104" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#351: How to Be the Highest-Paid Freelancer in Your Niche | The Value Equation</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/351?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_351</link>
      <description>Want to know the equation that’s made me literally millions of dollars? (I did the math)
It’s simple. It’s powerful. And if you dismiss it because you think your business is “different,” you’re screwing yourself.
It’s called The Value Equation.
This ONE framework will show you exactly why some freelancers struggle to close deals while others charge more and have clients lined up to pay them.
And yes, it applies to you.
If you’re stuck in a feast-or-famine cycle, struggling to raise your rates, or constantly hearing “I can’t afford that” from potential clients—this episode will flip the way you think about your business.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/351</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to Be the Highest-Paid Freelancer in Your Niche | The Value Equation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>351</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Want to know the equation that’s made me literally millions of dollars? (I did the math)
It’s simple. It’s powerful. And if you dismiss it because you think your business is “different,” you’re screwing yourself.
It’s called The Value Equation.
This ONE framework will show you exactly why some freelancers struggle to close deals while others charge more and have clients lined up to pay them.
And yes, it applies to you.
If you’re stuck in a feast-or-famine cycle, struggling to raise your rates, or constantly hearing “I can’t afford that” from potential clients—this episode will flip the way you think about your business.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/351</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to know the equation that’s made me <strong>literally</strong> millions of dollars? (I did the math)</p><p>It’s simple. It’s powerful. And if you dismiss it because you think your business is “different,” you’re screwing yourself.</p><p>It’s called <strong>The Value Equation.</strong></p><p>This ONE framework will show you exactly why some freelancers struggle to close deals while others charge more and have clients lined up to pay them.</p><p>And yes, it applies to you.</p><p>If you’re stuck in a feast-or-famine cycle, struggling to raise your rates, or constantly hearing “I can’t afford that” from potential clients—this episode will flip the way you think about your business.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/351?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_351">https://6figurecreative.com/351</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1961</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c4efa186-f2fd-11ef-bcf4-bfb7d7344df0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4396012381.mp3?updated=1740437362" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#350: What 1,600 Sales Calls Taught Me About Closing Complete Strangers (7 Laws)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/350?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_350</link>
      <description>Over the last couple of years, my team and I completed over 1,600 sales calls.
That kind of volume exposes what actually works in sales - and what doesn’t.
The brutal truth is that many freelancers think they’re decent at sales… But they’re actually just bad at lead generation.
You’re only talking to the hottest of hot referral leads - the easy layups. The real challenge? Turning strangers into clients.
That’s why I put together 7 sales laws to help you close more deals, land more clients, and stop relying on luck.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/350</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What 1,600 Sales Calls Taught Me About Closing Complete Strangers (7 Laws)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>350</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Over the last couple of years, my team and I completed over 1,600 sales calls.
That kind of volume exposes what actually works in sales - and what doesn’t.
The brutal truth is that many freelancers think they’re decent at sales… But they’re actually just bad at lead generation.
You’re only talking to the hottest of hot referral leads - the easy layups. The real challenge? Turning strangers into clients.
That’s why I put together 7 sales laws to help you close more deals, land more clients, and stop relying on luck.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/350</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Over the last couple of years, my team and I completed over 1,600 sales calls.</p><p>That kind of volume exposes <strong>what actually works in sales - and what doesn’t.</strong></p><p>The brutal truth is that many freelancers think they’re decent at sales… <strong>But they’re actually just bad at lead generation.</strong></p><p>You’re only talking to the hottest of hot referral leads - the easy layups. <strong>The real challenge? Turning strangers into clients.</strong></p><p>That’s why I put together <strong>7 sales laws</strong> to help you close more deals, land more clients, and stop relying on luck.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/350?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_350">https://6figurecreative.com/350</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2207</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5314f94a-ed57-11ef-ba8f-6396c0bc6d66]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4356644521.mp3?updated=1739815721" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#349: Why SaaS Is Best for Freelancers to Model</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/349?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_349</link>
      <description>Most freelancers are making things hard than they need be by just "winging it" - stumbling through their business like they’re lost in the woods with no GPS.
But here’s the thing: nearly every problem you have with your business has already been solved.
The smartest minds in the world have figured out how to create predictable revenue, retain clients longer, and escape the feast-or-famine cycle. And they’re doing it in one of the most lucrative industries out there: SaaS (Software as a Service).
Here's what it looks like if your freelance business ran like a SaaS company:

Clients paying you every month (instead of one-and-done projects).

A machine that brings leads in (instead of just relying on word-of-mouth).

Your entire onboarding process is automated (instead of chasing emails, contracts, or invoices).

Clients stick around for years (instead of disappearing after one project).

You actually know all your important numbers (instead of just going by "gut")

This episode breaks down exactly how to apply these SaaS strategies to your freelance business.
Just steal what works instead of fumbling around in the dark.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/349</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why SaaS Is Best for Freelancers to Model</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>349</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers are making things hard than they need be by just "winging it" - stumbling through their business like they’re lost in the woods with no GPS.
But here’s the thing: nearly every problem you have with your business has already been solved.
The smartest minds in the world have figured out how to create predictable revenue, retain clients longer, and escape the feast-or-famine cycle. And they’re doing it in one of the most lucrative industries out there: SaaS (Software as a Service).
Here's what it looks like if your freelance business ran like a SaaS company:

Clients paying you every month (instead of one-and-done projects).

A machine that brings leads in (instead of just relying on word-of-mouth).

Your entire onboarding process is automated (instead of chasing emails, contracts, or invoices).

Clients stick around for years (instead of disappearing after one project).

You actually know all your important numbers (instead of just going by "gut")

This episode breaks down exactly how to apply these SaaS strategies to your freelance business.
Just steal what works instead of fumbling around in the dark.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/349</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers are making things hard than they need be by just "winging it" - stumbling through their business like they’re lost in the woods with no GPS.</p><p>But here’s the thing: <strong>nearly every problem you have with your business has already been solved.</strong></p><p>The smartest minds in the world have figured out how to create predictable revenue, retain clients longer, and escape the feast-or-famine cycle. And they’re doing it in one of the most lucrative industries out there: <strong>SaaS (Software as a Service).</strong></p><p><strong>Here's what it looks like if your freelance business ran like a SaaS company:</strong></p><ul>
<li>Clients paying you every month (instead of one-and-done projects).</li>
<li>A machine that brings leads in (instead of just relying on word-of-mouth).</li>
<li>Your entire onboarding process is automated (instead of chasing emails, contracts, or invoices).</li>
<li>Clients stick around for <em>years</em> (instead of disappearing after one project).</li>
<li>You actually know all your important numbers (instead of just going by "gut")</li>
</ul><p><a href="https://6figurecreative.com/349?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_349">This episode</a> breaks down <em>exactly</em> how to apply these SaaS strategies to your freelance business.</p><p>Just steal what works instead of fumbling around in the dark.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/349?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_349">https://6figurecreative.com/349</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2847</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ea7b346e-e566-11ef-979e-d32088d016ae]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7755412284.mp3?updated=1738942473" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#348: My top 4 lessons from 2024</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/348?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_348</link>
      <description>"Growth at all costs" can be dangerous. It's a CRAZY thing to try to grow only to sacrifice everything else in your life.
Here's my 2024 in bullet points:
→ 2X’d the business (third year in a row)
→ Took my mom to Europe for a month (her first trip abroad)
→ Shut down operations for 2 weeks straight (paid the team to do nothing)
→ Zero 9pm work marathons (I never work past 5pm and never work weekends)
→ My wife still loves (and likes) me (because I prioritize her over the business)
But let’s be clear—I didn’t just coast. This isn’t some “sit on a beach and brag about my life” kind of business.
I worked hard when I worked. And I actually enjoyed my life when I didn’t.
This week I’m sharing the four biggest lessons that made this possible—so you can grow your business without working yourself into the ground.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/348</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>My top 4 lessons from 2024</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>348</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>"Growth at all costs" can be dangerous. It's a CRAZY thing to try to grow only to sacrifice everything else in your life.
Here's my 2024 in bullet points:
→ 2X’d the business (third year in a row)
→ Took my mom to Europe for a month (her first trip abroad)
→ Shut down operations for 2 weeks straight (paid the team to do nothing)
→ Zero 9pm work marathons (I never work past 5pm and never work weekends)
→ My wife still loves (and likes) me (because I prioritize her over the business)
But let’s be clear—I didn’t just coast. This isn’t some “sit on a beach and brag about my life” kind of business.
I worked hard when I worked. And I actually enjoyed my life when I didn’t.
This week I’m sharing the four biggest lessons that made this possible—so you can grow your business without working yourself into the ground.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/348</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>"Growth at all costs" can be dangerous. It's a CRAZY thing to try to grow only to sacrifice everything else in your life.</p><p>Here's my 2024 in bullet points:</p><p>→ <strong>2X’d the business</strong> (third year in a row)</p><p>→ <strong>Took my mom to Europe for a month</strong> (her first trip abroad)</p><p>→ <strong>Shut down operations for 2 weeks straight </strong>(paid the team to do nothing)</p><p>→ <strong>Zero 9pm work marathons </strong>(I never work past 5pm and never work weekends)</p><p>→ <strong>My wife still loves (and likes) me </strong>(because I prioritize her over the business)</p><p>But let’s be clear—I didn’t just coast. This isn’t some “sit on a beach and brag about my life” kind of business.</p><p>I worked hard when I worked. And I actually enjoyed my life when I didn’t.</p><p>This week I’m sharing the four biggest lessons that made this possible—so you can grow your business without working yourself into the ground.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/348?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_348">https://6figurecreative.com/348</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1712</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0a442cd0-e24f-11ef-aaa1-83a7164d8d06]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8105631154.mp3?updated=1738601758" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#347: Before Spending $1 On Paid Ads, Ask Yourself These 6 Questions</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/347?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_347</link>
      <description>Most freelancers make one of two big mistakes when it comes to paid ads:

They dive in before they’re ready and burn cash they didn’t need to spend.

They avoid ads like the plague—even when it’s their best option to make more money.

If either one of those sounds familiar, this episode is for you. I break down 6 simple ways to know if ads are right for you right now.
No more guessing. No more wasted money. No more leaving cash on the table.
Listen now to see if ads are the secret weapon your business needs, or if there are better options for getting clients.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/347</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Before Spending $1 On Paid Ads, Ask Yourself These 6 Questions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>347</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers make one of two big mistakes when it comes to paid ads:

They dive in before they’re ready and burn cash they didn’t need to spend.

They avoid ads like the plague—even when it’s their best option to make more money.

If either one of those sounds familiar, this episode is for you. I break down 6 simple ways to know if ads are right for you right now.
No more guessing. No more wasted money. No more leaving cash on the table.
Listen now to see if ads are the secret weapon your business needs, or if there are better options for getting clients.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/347</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers make one of two big mistakes when it comes to paid ads:</p><ol>
<li>They dive in before they’re ready and burn cash they didn’t need to spend.</li>
<li>They avoid ads like the plague—even when it’s their best option to make more money.</li>
</ol><p>If either one of those sounds familiar, this episode is for you. I break down 6 simple ways to know if ads are right for you <em>right now.</em></p><p>No more guessing. No more wasted money. No more leaving cash on the table.</p><p><strong>Listen now</strong> to see if ads are the secret weapon your business needs, or if there are better options for getting clients.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/347?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_347">https://6figurecreative.com/347</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1159</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1cec1884-dcdc-11ef-ab67-d7ea5f413111]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7197091932.mp3?updated=1738002642" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#346: The $3/Day Paid Ads Strategy That Could Change Your Business</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/346?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_346</link>
      <description>$3 a day.
That’s all it took for one of my clients to add $140,000 to their income last year.
Sound crazy? It's not.
This strategy is simple, low-risk, and requires no complicated funnels or tech setup. And the best part? You can set it and forget it.
In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down step-by-step how to turn tiny ad spends into new clients using a straightforward strategy.
Stop overthinking. Stop making excuses. Start seeing results.
Let’s make this the year your calendar is finally booked solid.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/346</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The $3/Day Paid Ads Strategy That Could Change Your Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>346</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>$3 a day.
That’s all it took for one of my clients to add $140,000 to their income last year.
Sound crazy? It's not.
This strategy is simple, low-risk, and requires no complicated funnels or tech setup. And the best part? You can set it and forget it.
In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down step-by-step how to turn tiny ad spends into new clients using a straightforward strategy.
Stop overthinking. Stop making excuses. Start seeing results.
Let’s make this the year your calendar is finally booked solid.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/346</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>$3 a day.</p><p>That’s all it took for one of my clients to add $140,000 to their income last year.</p><p>Sound crazy? It's not.</p><p>This strategy is simple, low-risk, and requires no complicated funnels or tech setup. And the best part? You can set it and forget it.</p><p>In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down step-by-step how to turn tiny ad spends into new clients using a straightforward strategy.</p><p>Stop overthinking. Stop making excuses. Start seeing results.</p><p>Let’s make this the year your calendar is finally booked solid.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/346?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_346">https://6figurecreative.com/346</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1204</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[338e500a-d4eb-11ef-b2ec-635474040d1d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9277809267.mp3?updated=1737129513" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#345: The Only 6 Methods For Getting Clients in 2025</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/345?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_345</link>
      <description>Today we're continuing with our "Back to Basics" journey by focusing on something that's often overlooked by freelancers - promotion.
Promotion is super important to keep the clients coming in, but a lot of freelancers think they just need to be good at what they do.
They admire those who seem to have endless work, thinking it all comes from word-of-mouth alone. But, in the early days of freelancing, just relying on referrals can be risky, leading to the scary "feast or famine" cycle.
This situation can force freelancers to scramble, taking any job they can just to pay the bills. These "bill-paying" clients might not always be a good match, and we might not even want to work with them, but bills gotta be paid, right?
I've been there, and I can tell you it's a quick way to burn out and start resenting your clients.
In our chat today, we're going to help you avoid getting stuck with just bill-paying clients by sharing six ways to promote your freelance work effectively. If you're having trouble finding enough clients, it's probably because people just don't know you're there. 
That's where knowing how to effectively promote yourself comes in. By trying out one or two of the methods we're going to talk about today, you can bring stability to your work. More clients mean less stress, which lets you cherry-pick the projects you really love.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to avoid "bill paying work"

Six promotion methods for freelancers

How client value affects your business' needs

Why referral programs work

The benefits of paid promotion

Why owned assets are so vital to your business

Why Clients By Design is for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/345</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2025 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Only 6 Methods For Getting Clients in 2025</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>345</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Today we're continuing with our "Back to Basics" journey by focusing on something that's often overlooked by freelancers - promotion.
Promotion is super important to keep the clients coming in, but a lot of freelancers think they just need to be good at what they do.
They admire those who seem to have endless work, thinking it all comes from word-of-mouth alone. But, in the early days of freelancing, just relying on referrals can be risky, leading to the scary "feast or famine" cycle.
This situation can force freelancers to scramble, taking any job they can just to pay the bills. These "bill-paying" clients might not always be a good match, and we might not even want to work with them, but bills gotta be paid, right?
I've been there, and I can tell you it's a quick way to burn out and start resenting your clients.
In our chat today, we're going to help you avoid getting stuck with just bill-paying clients by sharing six ways to promote your freelance work effectively. If you're having trouble finding enough clients, it's probably because people just don't know you're there. 
That's where knowing how to effectively promote yourself comes in. By trying out one or two of the methods we're going to talk about today, you can bring stability to your work. More clients mean less stress, which lets you cherry-pick the projects you really love.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to avoid "bill paying work"

Six promotion methods for freelancers

How client value affects your business' needs

Why referral programs work

The benefits of paid promotion

Why owned assets are so vital to your business

Why Clients By Design is for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/345</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today we're continuing with our "Back to Basics" journey by focusing on something that's often overlooked by freelancers - <strong>promotion.</strong></p><p>Promotion is <em>super</em> important to keep the clients coming in, but a lot of freelancers think they just need to be good at what they do.</p><p>They admire those who seem to have endless work, thinking it all comes from word-of-mouth alone. <strong>But, in the early days of freelancing, just relying on referrals can be risky, leading to the scary "feast or famine" cycle.</strong></p><p>This situation can force freelancers to scramble, taking any job they can just to pay the bills. These "bill-paying" clients might not always be a good match, and we might not even want to work with them, but bills gotta be paid, right?</p><p>I've been there, and I can tell you it's a quick way to burn out and start resenting your clients.</p><p>In our chat today, we're going to help you avoid getting stuck with just bill-paying clients by sharing six ways to promote your freelance work effectively.<strong> If you're having trouble finding enough clients, it's probably because people just don't know you're there. </strong></p><p>That's where knowing how to effectively promote yourself comes in. By trying out one or two of the methods we're going to talk about today, you can bring stability to your work. More clients mean less stress, which lets you cherry-pick the projects you <em>really</em> love.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to avoid "bill paying work"</li>
<li>Six promotion methods for freelancers</li>
<li>How client value affects your business' needs</li>
<li>Why referral programs work</li>
<li>The benefits of paid promotion</li>
<li>Why owned assets are so vital to your business</li>
<li>Why Clients By Design is for you</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/345?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_345">https://6figurecreative.com/345</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1465</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5649814c-ced7-11ef-b586-6f723ea4b911]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5543888492.mp3?updated=1736461274" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#344: Why Freelancers Need to Stop Believing These 6 Paid Ad Myths ASAP</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/344?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_344</link>
      <description>You are AMAZING at what you do as a creative. You create stunning designs, produce incredible music, or breathe life into visual media like photos or videos. Paid ads aren’t for you, right?
The truth is, paid ads can work for anyone, including freelancers. 
This has been proven time and time again, in industry after industry… Paid ads are one of the quickest ways to multiply your income and bring in more clients.
The beauty of paid ads is that you have complete control over them.
It’s not like referrals, where you’re sitting around waiting for someone else to send you clients.
It’s not like cold outreach, where you feel like you’re spamming people.
It’s not like social media, where you’re relying on the algorithm gods to put your content in front of people.
By using paid ads, you can take matters into your own hands and steer your business in the direction you want.
If you’ve tried paid ads before and they “didn’t work,” don’t give up just yet. 
In this episode, I debunk 6 paid ads myths that are holding you back from using this powerful lead-generation tool.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The pros of paid ads

Why survivorship bias is bad for business

How paid ads can boost your business with real leads

Why it's your fault if a client hires someone else and has a bad experience

"Paid ads don't work for me" - nah, you just didn't try

The perks of Client Financed Acquisition

Building a long-term snowball using paid ads

Looking to other industries to learn how to use paid ads for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/344</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2025 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Freelancers Need to Stop Believing These 6 Paid Ad Myths ASAP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>344</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You are AMAZING at what you do as a creative. You create stunning designs, produce incredible music, or breathe life into visual media like photos or videos. Paid ads aren’t for you, right?
The truth is, paid ads can work for anyone, including freelancers. 
This has been proven time and time again, in industry after industry… Paid ads are one of the quickest ways to multiply your income and bring in more clients.
The beauty of paid ads is that you have complete control over them.
It’s not like referrals, where you’re sitting around waiting for someone else to send you clients.
It’s not like cold outreach, where you feel like you’re spamming people.
It’s not like social media, where you’re relying on the algorithm gods to put your content in front of people.
By using paid ads, you can take matters into your own hands and steer your business in the direction you want.
If you’ve tried paid ads before and they “didn’t work,” don’t give up just yet. 
In this episode, I debunk 6 paid ads myths that are holding you back from using this powerful lead-generation tool.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The pros of paid ads

Why survivorship bias is bad for business

How paid ads can boost your business with real leads

Why it's your fault if a client hires someone else and has a bad experience

"Paid ads don't work for me" - nah, you just didn't try

The perks of Client Financed Acquisition

Building a long-term snowball using paid ads

Looking to other industries to learn how to use paid ads for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/344</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You are AMAZING at what you do as a creative. You create stunning designs, produce incredible music, or breathe life into visual media like photos or videos. Paid ads aren’t for you, right?</p><p>The truth is, paid ads can work for <em>anyone</em>, <strong>including</strong> freelancers. </p><p>This has been proven time and time again, in industry after industry… Paid ads are one of the quickest ways to multiply your income and bring in more clients.</p><p>The beauty of paid ads is that you have complete control over them.</p><p><strong>It’s not like referrals</strong>, where you’re sitting around waiting for <em>someone else</em> to send you clients.</p><p><strong>It’s not like cold outreach</strong>, where you feel like you’re spamming people.</p><p><strong>It’s not like social media</strong>, where you’re relying on the algorithm gods to put your content in front of people.</p><p>By using paid ads, <strong>you</strong> can take matters into your own hands and steer your business in the direction <strong>you</strong> want.</p><p>If you’ve tried paid ads before and they “didn’t work,” <strong>don’t give up just yet. </strong></p><p>In this episode, I debunk 6 paid ads myths that are holding you back from using this powerful lead-generation tool.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The pros of paid ads</li>
<li>Why survivorship bias is bad for business</li>
<li>How paid ads can boost your business with <em>real</em> leads</li>
<li>Why it's <strong>your fault</strong> if a client hires someone else and has a bad experience</li>
<li>"Paid ads don't work for me" - nah, you just didn't try</li>
<li>The perks of Client Financed Acquisition</li>
<li>Building a long-term snowball using paid ads</li>
<li>Looking to other industries to learn how to use paid ads for your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/344?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_344">https://6figurecreative.com/344</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1657</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f5e17ee4-cc48-11ef-af06-138cdd839ff0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6573167669.mp3?updated=1736180222" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#343: The Secret Weapon For 6 Figure Freelancers: Email Marketing</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/343?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_343</link>
      <description>Love it or hate it, email marketing is the closest thing there has ever been to a "magic pill" for anyone looking for stability in their month-to-month income.
The sucky thing is...most of us "fall victim" to email marketing ALL THE TIME. You get tons of tons of emails from people offering their products and services, but you never make use of this powerful tool yourself.
Most freelancers I see are making one (or more) of these mistakes:

They think social media is the best long-term play (it's not)

They think they can have the same success and stability 1 on 1 (you can't)

They think "join my newsletter" is a great way to build their email list (it's not)

They're actually building their list, but they're never sending emails (not good)

If you want a time-tested, surefire way to stay top-of-mind, build trust, and actually reach the audience you've built, email marketing is where it's at.
If you're having success on social media right now, I'm begging you to take this time to build an email list so you're safe/secure in the long run.
Social media has historically always become a "pay to play" world for business owners, and Tiktok is already making that shift. Don't make the mistake of thinking that party is going to last much longer.
If you're open to the idea of building, growing, and using an email list to grow your reach, and you like the idea of building trust in a one-to-many setting, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/343</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret Weapon For 6 Figure Freelancers: Email Marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>343</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Love it or hate it, email marketing is the closest thing there has ever been to a "magic pill" for anyone looking for stability in their month-to-month income.
The sucky thing is...most of us "fall victim" to email marketing ALL THE TIME. You get tons of tons of emails from people offering their products and services, but you never make use of this powerful tool yourself.
Most freelancers I see are making one (or more) of these mistakes:

They think social media is the best long-term play (it's not)

They think they can have the same success and stability 1 on 1 (you can't)

They think "join my newsletter" is a great way to build their email list (it's not)

They're actually building their list, but they're never sending emails (not good)

If you want a time-tested, surefire way to stay top-of-mind, build trust, and actually reach the audience you've built, email marketing is where it's at.
If you're having success on social media right now, I'm begging you to take this time to build an email list so you're safe/secure in the long run.
Social media has historically always become a "pay to play" world for business owners, and Tiktok is already making that shift. Don't make the mistake of thinking that party is going to last much longer.
If you're open to the idea of building, growing, and using an email list to grow your reach, and you like the idea of building trust in a one-to-many setting, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/343</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Love it or hate it, email marketing is <strong><em>the</em></strong> closest thing there has ever been to a "magic pill" for anyone looking for stability in their month-to-month income.</p><p>The sucky thing is...most of us "fall victim" to email marketing ALL THE TIME. You get tons of tons of emails from people offering their products and services, <strong><em>but you never make use of this powerful tool yourself</em></strong>.</p><p>Most freelancers I see are making one (or more) of these mistakes:</p><ul>
<li>They think social media is the best long-term play (it's not)</li>
<li>They think they can have the same success and stability 1 on 1 (you can't)</li>
<li>They think "join my newsletter" is a great way to build their email list (it's not)</li>
<li>They're <em>actually</em> building their list, but they're never sending emails (not good)</li>
</ul><p>If you want a time-tested, surefire way to stay top-of-mind, build trust, and <strong>actually reach the audience you've built</strong>, email marketing is where it's at.</p><p><strong>If you're having success on social media right now</strong>, I'm begging you to take this time to build an email list so you're safe/secure in the long run.</p><p>Social media has historically <em>always</em> become a "pay to play" world for business owners, and Tiktok is already making that shift. Don't make the mistake of thinking that party is going to last much longer.</p><p>If you're open to the idea of building, growing, and <em>using</em> an email list to grow your reach, and you like the idea of building trust in a one-to-many setting, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/343?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_343">https://6figurecreative.com/343</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3305</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2b9e316a-bd64-11ef-956c-b744600afbc6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6860925820.mp3?updated=1734543709" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#342: Freelancers: 8 Things You’re Too Afraid To Ask For</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/342?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_342</link>
      <description>Freelancers lose out on so much.

Not because they aren’t talented.

Not because they aren’t working hard.

But because they never ask.


In this week's podcast episode, I’m diving into the single most overlooked skill that can unlock more clients, more money, and more freedom in your business.
It’s simple, it’s uncomfortable, and it works.
Stop waiting for good things to happen.
Go ask for them.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/342</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Freelancers: 8 Things You’re Too Afraid To Ask For</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>342</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Freelancers lose out on so much.

Not because they aren’t talented.

Not because they aren’t working hard.

But because they never ask.


In this week's podcast episode, I’m diving into the single most overlooked skill that can unlock more clients, more money, and more freedom in your business.
It’s simple, it’s uncomfortable, and it works.
Stop waiting for good things to happen.
Go ask for them.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/342</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Freelancers lose out on so much.</p><ul>
<li>Not because they aren’t talented.</li>
<li>Not because they aren’t working hard.</li>
<li>But because they <em>never ask.</em>
</li>
</ul><p>In this week's podcast episode, I’m diving into the single most overlooked skill that can unlock more clients, more money, and more freedom in your business.</p><p>It’s simple, it’s uncomfortable, and it works.</p><p>Stop waiting for good things to happen.</p><p>Go <strong><em>ask</em></strong> for them.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/342?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_342">https://6figurecreative.com/342</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1261</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[22f2582c-bca4-11ef-9e76-cff3b20ceb1e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1293091589.mp3?updated=1734460163" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#341: What To Do If 2024 Was A Freelancing Sh*tshow</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/341?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_341</link>
      <description>Was this year amazing for you?
...Or were you caught in a freelancing feast-or-famine sh*tshow where you felt like you were slamming your head into a wall over and over and over and over?
If this wasn’t your best year ever as a freelancer, I need you to ask yourself one question:
Do you actually have a plan for next year, or are you still hoping referrals magically fall into your inbox?
That “wait-and-see” approach is why most freelancers stay stuck in feast-or-famine mode. One month, you’re making bank. The next? Crickets.
It doesn’t have to be this way.
I recorded a new episode breaking down the exact system you need to:

Consistently attract high-value clients.

Predict your income every month.

Finally say no to those nightmare gigs that drain your soul.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/341</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What To Do If 2024 Was A Freelancing Sh*tshow</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>341</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Was this year amazing for you?
...Or were you caught in a freelancing feast-or-famine sh*tshow where you felt like you were slamming your head into a wall over and over and over and over?
If this wasn’t your best year ever as a freelancer, I need you to ask yourself one question:
Do you actually have a plan for next year, or are you still hoping referrals magically fall into your inbox?
That “wait-and-see” approach is why most freelancers stay stuck in feast-or-famine mode. One month, you’re making bank. The next? Crickets.
It doesn’t have to be this way.
I recorded a new episode breaking down the exact system you need to:

Consistently attract high-value clients.

Predict your income every month.

Finally say no to those nightmare gigs that drain your soul.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/341</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Was this year <em>amazing </em>for you?</p><p>...Or were you caught in a freelancing feast-or-famine sh*tshow where you felt like you were slamming your head into a wall over and over and over and over?</p><p>If this wasn’t your <em>best</em> year ever as a freelancer, I need you to ask yourself one question:</p><p><strong>Do you actually have a plan for next year, or are you still hoping referrals magically fall into your inbox?</strong></p><p>That “wait-and-see” approach is why most freelancers stay stuck in feast-or-famine mode. One month, you’re making bank. The next? Crickets.</p><p>It doesn’t have to be this way.</p><p>I recorded a new episode breaking down the <em>exact</em> system you need to:</p><ul>
<li>Consistently attract high-value clients.</li>
<li>Predict your income every month.</li>
<li>Finally say no to those nightmare gigs that drain your soul.</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/341?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_341">https://6figurecreative.com/341</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1427</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0b9b4ce8-bbcc-11ef-90fd-5f2c7dc9f5ba]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1806086438.mp3?updated=1734367352" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#340: The Freelancer’s Survival Guide | 25 Tips for Payments, Productivity, and Profit</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/340?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_340</link>
      <description>Freelancing can make you feel like SUCH a failure sometimes (myself included).
Whether you’ve been in the game for a month or a decade, there are always things you don’t know that you don’t know – until it’s too late.
This week, I’m sharing 25 tips that can save you time, money, and a whole lot of frustration in your freelance career.
From automating tedious tasks to upping your payment game, you’ll learn:
✔️ How to get paid on time (every time) without playing debt collector.
✔️ Learn the #1 thing my wife is doing in her business that could save YOU hours
✔️ The shift that makes clients magically find your rate “affordable.”
✔️ How to save hours with simple automations.
✔️ Why a $19/month software might make (or break) your workflow
Freelancing doesn’t come with a survival guide – until now.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/340</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Freelancer’s Survival Guide | 25 Tips for Payments, Productivity, and Profit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>340</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Freelancing can make you feel like SUCH a failure sometimes (myself included).
Whether you’ve been in the game for a month or a decade, there are always things you don’t know that you don’t know – until it’s too late.
This week, I’m sharing 25 tips that can save you time, money, and a whole lot of frustration in your freelance career.
From automating tedious tasks to upping your payment game, you’ll learn:
✔️ How to get paid on time (every time) without playing debt collector.
✔️ Learn the #1 thing my wife is doing in her business that could save YOU hours
✔️ The shift that makes clients magically find your rate “affordable.”
✔️ How to save hours with simple automations.
✔️ Why a $19/month software might make (or break) your workflow
Freelancing doesn’t come with a survival guide – until now.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/340</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Freelancing can make you feel like SUCH a failure sometimes (myself included).</p><p>Whether you’ve been in the game for a month or a decade, there are <strong><em>always</em></strong> things <strong><em>you don’t know that you don’t know</em></strong><em> – </em>until it’s too late.</p><p>This week, I’m sharing <strong>25 tips that can save you time, money, and a whole lot of frustration</strong> in your freelance career.</p><p><strong>From automating tedious tasks to upping your payment game, you’ll learn:</strong></p><p class="ql-indent-1">✔️ How to get paid on time (every time) without playing debt collector.</p><p class="ql-indent-1">✔️ Learn the #1 thing my wife is doing in her business that could save YOU hours</p><p class="ql-indent-1">✔️ The shift that makes clients magically find your rate “affordable.”</p><p class="ql-indent-1">✔️ How to save hours with simple automations.</p><p class="ql-indent-1">✔️ Why a $19/month software might make (or break) your workflow</p><p>Freelancing doesn’t come with a survival guide – until now.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/340?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_340">https://6figurecreative.com/340</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2204</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[14e7dabc-b65b-11ef-a023-67eb2752216e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4292317487.mp3?updated=1733769818" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#339: How Freelancers Can Win Without Competing on Price | The Blue Ocean Trio</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/339?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_339</link>
      <description>Tired of fighting for scraps?
The endless price wars. The brutal grind. The feeling that clients can’t tell you apart from a dozen other freelancers offering the exact same thing as you.
It’s exhausting and soul-crushing, but you don’t have to play this game.
There’s a way to escape the bloody red waters of competition and step into a blue ocean where you’re one of the only options.
No price wars. No burnout. Just high-value clients who choose you because you’re the only obvious choice
In this episode, I’m breaking down the Blue Ocean Trio—three simple ways to:
✅ Escape the red ocean.
✅ Command higher rates.
✅ Build a freelancing business you actually enjoy.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to stand out and avoid competing on price alone.

Three key strategies to attract high-paying clients.

Shifting from selling services to offering unique outcomes.

How to find untapped niches with less competition.

How to package services in ways that make price irrelevant

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/339</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Freelancers Can Win Without Competing on Price | The Blue Ocean Trio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>339</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Tired of fighting for scraps?
The endless price wars. The brutal grind. The feeling that clients can’t tell you apart from a dozen other freelancers offering the exact same thing as you.
It’s exhausting and soul-crushing, but you don’t have to play this game.
There’s a way to escape the bloody red waters of competition and step into a blue ocean where you’re one of the only options.
No price wars. No burnout. Just high-value clients who choose you because you’re the only obvious choice
In this episode, I’m breaking down the Blue Ocean Trio—three simple ways to:
✅ Escape the red ocean.
✅ Command higher rates.
✅ Build a freelancing business you actually enjoy.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to stand out and avoid competing on price alone.

Three key strategies to attract high-paying clients.

Shifting from selling services to offering unique outcomes.

How to find untapped niches with less competition.

How to package services in ways that make price irrelevant

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/339</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tired of fighting for scraps?</p><p>The endless price wars. The brutal grind. The feeling that clients can’t tell you apart from a dozen other freelancers offering the <em>exact</em> same thing as you.</p><p>It’s exhausting and soul-crushing, <strong>but you don’t have to play this game.</strong></p><p>There’s a way to escape the bloody red waters of competition and step into a <em>blue ocean</em> where you’re one of the <em>only</em> options.</p><p>No price wars. No burnout. Just high-value clients who <em>choose you</em> because you’re the <em>only</em> obvious choice</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the <strong>Blue Ocean Trio</strong>—three simple ways to:</p><p>✅ Escape the red ocean.</p><p>✅ Command higher rates.</p><p>✅ Build a freelancing business you actually enjoy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to stand out and avoid competing on price alone.</li>
<li>Three key strategies to attract high-paying clients.</li>
<li>Shifting from selling services to offering unique outcomes.</li>
<li>How to find untapped niches with less competition.</li>
<li>How to package services in ways that make price irrelevant</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/339?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_339">https://6figurecreative.com/339</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2235</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[14af3b12-b098-11ef-8ee9-cbfb64b63e43]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4945542883.mp3?updated=1733135908" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#338: The 5 Building Blocks Of Client Acquisition | Keys To Consistency</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/338?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_338</link>
      <description>Ever been through a "famine" as a freelancer? It suckkkkks.
The feast or famine life is pretty miserable. One month you're flush with clients, the next you're scrambling, hoping for a random referral to pop into your inbox.
Here's a hard truth for you: If you don’t have a full client acquisition system, you don’t have a real business.
The good news is that once you nail this, it’s like flipping a switch. You quickly see that consistently getting new leads means predictable income, and higher-paying clients.
In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down the five essential building blocks of a client acquisition machine - updated for 2025. I’m giving you the blueprint you need to keep your business running like clockwork.
Your next client shouldn’t be a mystery. Let’s fix that.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The best lead generation methods you can use

How to get the attention of leads at the right time - in a small window when they need your service

Why one-time promotions are working against you

How to build trust with leads

The best ways to nurture leads over time

Understanding and optimizing your sales process

The perks of a good follow up sequence

Why freelancers need to provide a good service (or receive negative word of mouth)

Increasing your business' MRR

How to get a plan created just for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/338</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Building Blocks Of Client Acquisition | Keys To Consistency</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>338</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever been through a "famine" as a freelancer? It suckkkkks.
The feast or famine life is pretty miserable. One month you're flush with clients, the next you're scrambling, hoping for a random referral to pop into your inbox.
Here's a hard truth for you: If you don’t have a full client acquisition system, you don’t have a real business.
The good news is that once you nail this, it’s like flipping a switch. You quickly see that consistently getting new leads means predictable income, and higher-paying clients.
In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down the five essential building blocks of a client acquisition machine - updated for 2025. I’m giving you the blueprint you need to keep your business running like clockwork.
Your next client shouldn’t be a mystery. Let’s fix that.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The best lead generation methods you can use

How to get the attention of leads at the right time - in a small window when they need your service

Why one-time promotions are working against you

How to build trust with leads

The best ways to nurture leads over time

Understanding and optimizing your sales process

The perks of a good follow up sequence

Why freelancers need to provide a good service (or receive negative word of mouth)

Increasing your business' MRR

How to get a plan created just for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/338</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever been through a "famine" as a freelancer? It suckkkkks.</p><p>The feast or famine life is pretty miserable. One month you're flush with clients, the next you're scrambling, hoping for a random referral to pop into your inbox.</p><p><strong>Here's a hard truth for you: </strong>If you don’t have a full client acquisition system, you don’t have a real business.</p><p>The good news is that once you nail this, it’s like flipping a switch. You quickly see that consistently getting new leads means predictable income, and higher-paying clients.</p><p>In this week’s episode, I’m breaking down <strong>the five essential building blocks of a client acquisition machine - </strong>updated for 2025. I’m giving you the blueprint you need to keep your business running like clockwork.</p><p>Your next client shouldn’t be a mystery. Let’s fix that.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The best lead generation methods you can use</li>
<li>How to get the attention of leads at the <em>right</em> time - in a small window when they need your service</li>
<li>Why one-time promotions are working against you</li>
<li>How to build trust with leads</li>
<li>The best ways to nurture leads over time</li>
<li>Understanding and optimizing your sales process</li>
<li>The perks of a good follow up sequence</li>
<li>Why freelancers <em>need</em> to provide a good service (or receive negative word of mouth)</li>
<li>Increasing your business' MRR</li>
<li>How to get a plan created just for you</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/338?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_338">https://6figurecreative.com/338</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2886</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[20cfe156-a8b1-11ef-8d2a-739b89a75488]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7559977970.mp3?updated=1732267728" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#337: The Step-by-Step Process for Solving Any Business Roadblock</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/337?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_337</link>
      <description>You know that meme where everything is on fire, and the dog just sits there saying, “This is fine”?
Yeah… that’s how most freelancers handle their business problems.

Empty calendar? Nah it's cool.

Terrible pricing? Meh.

Awful clients? It’s fiiiiine. 🔥

Spoiler: It’s NOT fine.
Here’s where I'll state the obvious: if you don’t actually solve these problems, they don’t magically disappear. They compound.
But there’s good news: every single one of these problems is solvable.
In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast, I’m breaking down the one proven way to actually fix your problems for good. It’s time-tested. It’s genius-level simple.
So you can stop pretending everything is fine and start putting the fire out. 🧯🔥
Your problems don’t solve themselves. But you can.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The best method for solving your biggest problems

Why ignoring or half-solving problems creates a snowball of chaos—and how to reverse it.

The #1 question to ask yourself to uncover your real business bottleneck.

A simple framework to test, track, and tweak solutions until they stick.

How to analyze your results and make data-driven decisions (even if math isn’t your strong suit).

Why solving your biggest problem first creates unstoppable momentum in your business.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/337</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Step-by-Step Process for Solving Any Business Roadblock</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>337</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You know that meme where everything is on fire, and the dog just sits there saying, “This is fine”?
Yeah… that’s how most freelancers handle their business problems.

Empty calendar? Nah it's cool.

Terrible pricing? Meh.

Awful clients? It’s fiiiiine. 🔥

Spoiler: It’s NOT fine.
Here’s where I'll state the obvious: if you don’t actually solve these problems, they don’t magically disappear. They compound.
But there’s good news: every single one of these problems is solvable.
In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast, I’m breaking down the one proven way to actually fix your problems for good. It’s time-tested. It’s genius-level simple.
So you can stop pretending everything is fine and start putting the fire out. 🧯🔥
Your problems don’t solve themselves. But you can.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The best method for solving your biggest problems

Why ignoring or half-solving problems creates a snowball of chaos—and how to reverse it.

The #1 question to ask yourself to uncover your real business bottleneck.

A simple framework to test, track, and tweak solutions until they stick.

How to analyze your results and make data-driven decisions (even if math isn’t your strong suit).

Why solving your biggest problem first creates unstoppable momentum in your business.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/337</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You know that meme where everything is on fire, and the dog just sits there saying, <em>“This is fine”?</em></p><p>Yeah… that’s how most freelancers handle their business problems.</p><ul>
<li>Empty calendar? Nah it's cool.</li>
<li>Terrible pricing? Meh.</li>
<li>Awful clients? It’s fiiiiine. 🔥</li>
</ul><p>Spoiler: It’s NOT fine.</p><p>Here’s where I'll state the obvious: if you don’t <em>actually</em> solve these problems, <strong>they don’t magically disappear. They compound.</strong></p><p>But there’s good news: <strong>every single one of these problems is solvable.</strong></p><p>In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast, I’m breaking down <strong>the <em>one</em> proven way to actually fix your problems for good</strong>. It’s time-tested. It’s genius-level simple.</p><p>So you can stop pretending everything is fine and start putting the fire out. 🧯🔥</p><p>Your problems don’t solve themselves. But you can.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The best method for solving your biggest problems</li>
<li>Why ignoring or half-solving problems creates a snowball of chaos—and how to reverse it.</li>
<li>The #1 question to ask yourself to uncover your <em>real</em> business bottleneck.</li>
<li>A simple framework to test, track, and tweak solutions until they stick.</li>
<li>How to analyze your results and make data-driven decisions (even if math isn’t your strong suit).</li>
<li>Why solving your <em>biggest problem</em> first creates unstoppable momentum in your business.</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/337?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_337">https://6figurecreative.com/337</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1359</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[442f00f8-a5de-11ef-b40d-3bf53a690e43]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7485530763.mp3?updated=1731956252" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#336: Let’s Talk Profit | When $130k Per Year Isn’t Enough</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/336?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_336</link>
      <description>Imagine pulling in $130,000 a year as a freelancer… And still struggling to make ends meet. Sounds crazy, right? But it’s happening. And I’ll tell you why.
The truth? Income is just one piece of the puzzle. If you’re not focused on profit, that big income number means nothing.
In the latest episode of 6 Figure Creative, we dive deep into why chasing revenue alone can actually sink your business—and how to flip the focus so that what you keep is actually worth your time.
Don’t let your income be just a “vanity metric.” Get the details on how to make sure you're actually keeping what you make.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why $130k/yr wasn't enough for one freelancer

The "old way" vs the "new way" of being profitable

Why opportunity cost means you may need to kill some services

Making $300+ per hour as a freelancer

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/336</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Let’s Talk Profit | When $130k Per Year Isn’t Enough</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>336</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Imagine pulling in $130,000 a year as a freelancer… And still struggling to make ends meet. Sounds crazy, right? But it’s happening. And I’ll tell you why.
The truth? Income is just one piece of the puzzle. If you’re not focused on profit, that big income number means nothing.
In the latest episode of 6 Figure Creative, we dive deep into why chasing revenue alone can actually sink your business—and how to flip the focus so that what you keep is actually worth your time.
Don’t let your income be just a “vanity metric.” Get the details on how to make sure you're actually keeping what you make.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why $130k/yr wasn't enough for one freelancer

The "old way" vs the "new way" of being profitable

Why opportunity cost means you may need to kill some services

Making $300+ per hour as a freelancer

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/336</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Imagine pulling in <em>$130,000 a year</em> as a freelancer… And still <em>struggling to make ends meet</em>. Sounds crazy, right? But it’s happening. And I’ll tell you why.</p><p>The truth? Income is just <em>one</em> piece of the puzzle. If you’re not focused on <strong>profit</strong>, that big income number means nothing.</p><p>In the latest episode of 6 Figure Creative, we dive deep into why chasing revenue alone can actually sink your business—and how to flip the focus so that what you <em>keep</em> is actually worth your time.</p><p>Don’t let your income be just a “vanity metric.” Get the details on how to make sure you're actually keeping what you make.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why $130k/yr wasn't enough for one freelancer</li>
<li>The "old way" vs the "new way" of being profitable</li>
<li>Why opportunity cost means you may need to kill some services</li>
<li>Making $300+ per hour as a freelancer</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/336?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_336">https://6figurecreative.com/336</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1142</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8eff8e1a-a028-11ef-9e30-fb8123eb64bf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7254425824.mp3?updated=1731328474" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#335: My Favorite 7 Ways To Make Every Client Worth More</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/335?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_335</link>
      <description>How much is one client worth to you? Not just per project—but over the next 12 months? What about the next 12 YEARS?
Most freelancers leave a ton of money on the table because they don’t know how to boost client value.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I'm breaking down seven ways to make each client worth more—without overhauling your whole business.
And here’s the best part...
Just ONE of these tactics could be worth $10,000-$25,000+ to you over the next 12 months. Imagine if you implemented all seven.
Whether it’s adding more services, nailing a sales process, or simply raising your rates, there’s a goldmine of potential in your current clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to give yourself a $25,000 per year raise

The essential terms for client value

Re-selling your service to past clients

Revamping your offering to close more sales

Expanding your offering to benefit your clients

Finding the right clients for your service

Offering broader services for a narrower client base

When to charge an onboarding fee

Why you need to use a great sales process

How to make more money when you don't have enough leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/335</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>My Favorite 7 Ways To Make Every Client Worth More</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>335</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How much is one client worth to you? Not just per project—but over the next 12 months? What about the next 12 YEARS?
Most freelancers leave a ton of money on the table because they don’t know how to boost client value.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I'm breaking down seven ways to make each client worth more—without overhauling your whole business.
And here’s the best part...
Just ONE of these tactics could be worth $10,000-$25,000+ to you over the next 12 months. Imagine if you implemented all seven.
Whether it’s adding more services, nailing a sales process, or simply raising your rates, there’s a goldmine of potential in your current clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to give yourself a $25,000 per year raise

The essential terms for client value

Re-selling your service to past clients

Revamping your offering to close more sales

Expanding your offering to benefit your clients

Finding the right clients for your service

Offering broader services for a narrower client base

When to charge an onboarding fee

Why you need to use a great sales process

How to make more money when you don't have enough leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/335</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How much is one client worth to you? Not just per project—but over the next 12 months? What about the next 12 YEARS?</p><p>Most freelancers leave a ton of money on the table because they don’t know how to boost client value.</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I'm breaking down seven ways to make each client worth more—without overhauling your whole business.</p><p>And here’s the best part...</p><p>Just ONE of these tactics could be worth $10,000-$25,000+ to you over the next 12 months. Imagine if you implemented all seven.</p><p>Whether it’s adding more services, nailing a sales process, or simply raising your rates, there’s a goldmine of potential in your current clients.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to give yourself a $25,000 per year raise</li>
<li>The essential terms for client value</li>
<li>Re-selling your service to past clients</li>
<li>Revamping your offering to close more sales</li>
<li>Expanding your offering to benefit your clients</li>
<li>Finding the right clients for your service</li>
<li>Offering broader services for a narrower client base</li>
<li>When to charge an onboarding fee</li>
<li>Why you need to use a great sales process</li>
<li>How to make more money when you don't have enough leads</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/335?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_335">https://6figurecreative.com/335</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2374</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[11f93e64-9ad0-11ef-9a7a-a3f54e576147]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4462395714.mp3?updated=1730741246" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#334: Why All Those Half-built Bridges Are Killing Your Business | The Dangers Of Dabbling</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/334?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_334</link>
      <description>Level with me for a second... Are you actually moving forward in your business, or just dabbling?
My freelancers fall into the trap of trying to do everything. The result? Ten half-built bridges leading absolutely nowhere.
It can be tempting to jump on every new, fun, shiny object you hear about.

Ohhh that CRM looks awesome

That direct offer funnel strategy Brian talked about was 🤌🏻

It's time I start productizing my services so I'm not reinventing the wheel with every project

I should probably start taking social media seriously

Oh... what's this "Boost Post" button do on IG?? (i.e. the "donate your money to Zuck" button)

In our latest podcast episode, I’m breaking down the dangers of dabbling and how this approach is costing you time, energy, and income.
It's time to stop chasing shiny objects and start building a plan you actually stick to.
It’s nearing the end of the year and you’ve got two months left to finish the year strong. Let’s make it count.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why podcasts can be a distraction for freelancers

Creating a plan and following it until it's done

Why you shouldn't work for free out of pity

The theory of constraints

The four main constraints on your business

Options you're facing right now

How we can help you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/334</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why All Those Half-built Bridges Are Killing Your Business | The Dangers Of Dabbling</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>334</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Level with me for a second... Are you actually moving forward in your business, or just dabbling?
My freelancers fall into the trap of trying to do everything. The result? Ten half-built bridges leading absolutely nowhere.
It can be tempting to jump on every new, fun, shiny object you hear about.

Ohhh that CRM looks awesome

That direct offer funnel strategy Brian talked about was 🤌🏻

It's time I start productizing my services so I'm not reinventing the wheel with every project

I should probably start taking social media seriously

Oh... what's this "Boost Post" button do on IG?? (i.e. the "donate your money to Zuck" button)

In our latest podcast episode, I’m breaking down the dangers of dabbling and how this approach is costing you time, energy, and income.
It's time to stop chasing shiny objects and start building a plan you actually stick to.
It’s nearing the end of the year and you’ve got two months left to finish the year strong. Let’s make it count.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why podcasts can be a distraction for freelancers

Creating a plan and following it until it's done

Why you shouldn't work for free out of pity

The theory of constraints

The four main constraints on your business

Options you're facing right now

How we can help you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/334</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Level with me for a second... Are you actually moving forward in your business, or just dabbling?</p><p>My freelancers fall into the trap of <strong>trying to do <em>everything</em></strong>. The result? Ten half-built bridges leading absolutely nowhere.</p><p>It can be tempting to jump on every new, fun, shiny object you hear about.</p><ul>
<li>Ohhh that CRM looks awesome</li>
<li>That direct offer funnel strategy Brian talked about was 🤌🏻</li>
<li>It's time I start productizing my services so I'm not reinventing the wheel with every project</li>
<li>I should probably start taking social media seriously</li>
<li>Oh... what's this "Boost Post" button do on IG?? (i.e. the "donate your money to Zuck" button)</li>
</ul><p>In our latest podcast episode, I’m breaking down the dangers of dabbling and how this approach is costing you time, energy, and income.</p><p>It's time to stop chasing shiny objects and start building a plan you actually stick to.</p><p>It’s nearing the end of the year and you’ve got two months left to finish the year strong. Let’s make it count.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why podcasts can be a distraction for freelancers</li>
<li>Creating a plan and following it until it's done</li>
<li>Why you shouldn't work for free out of pity</li>
<li>The theory of constraints</li>
<li>The four main constraints on your business</li>
<li>Options you're facing right now</li>
<li>How we can help you</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/334?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_334">https://6figurecreative.com/334</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1115</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8278bba6-92fb-11ef-b5ef-0f3b66840535]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3295504483.mp3?updated=1729879740" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#333: Why You’re Stuck On The Feast Or Famine Roller Coaster (And How To Get Off)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/333?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_333</link>
      <description>Are you stuck on the world's worst rollercoaster? You know, the one that goes from feast to famine every few months?
If your freelance business is 100% relying on referrals and word of mouth, you might have unknowingly fallen into what I call the "Word of Mouth Death Trap"—where your income swings wildly, and you’ve got zero control.
In this week's episode of 6 Figure Creative, I break down why this happens and, more importantly, how you can escape it. The solution? It’s all about controlling your inputs to create predictable outputs...
Sounds boring, but the results are not.
Learn the six strategies to take control of your client acquisition and build a business that doesn’t leave your financial future up to chance.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Avoiding the feast or famine income flow that leads to lifestyle creep

Putting your business in your control rather than using "hope marketing"

Using processes to gain more clients

Finding marketing methods that work at scale

What to track to understand your email marketing and sales numbers

Using follow-up routines to stay top of mind with clients

Nurturing leads long-term to warm them up for a sale

How to get help for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/333</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You’re Stuck On The Feast Or Famine Roller Coaster (And How To Get Off)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>333</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are you stuck on the world's worst rollercoaster? You know, the one that goes from feast to famine every few months?
If your freelance business is 100% relying on referrals and word of mouth, you might have unknowingly fallen into what I call the "Word of Mouth Death Trap"—where your income swings wildly, and you’ve got zero control.
In this week's episode of 6 Figure Creative, I break down why this happens and, more importantly, how you can escape it. The solution? It’s all about controlling your inputs to create predictable outputs...
Sounds boring, but the results are not.
Learn the six strategies to take control of your client acquisition and build a business that doesn’t leave your financial future up to chance.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Avoiding the feast or famine income flow that leads to lifestyle creep

Putting your business in your control rather than using "hope marketing"

Using processes to gain more clients

Finding marketing methods that work at scale

What to track to understand your email marketing and sales numbers

Using follow-up routines to stay top of mind with clients

Nurturing leads long-term to warm them up for a sale

How to get help for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/333</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you stuck on the world's worst rollercoaster? You know, the one that goes from feast to famine every few months?</p><p>If your freelance business is 100% relying on referrals and word of mouth, you might have unknowingly fallen into what I call the "Word of Mouth Death Trap"—where your income swings wildly, and you’ve got zero control.</p><p>In this week's episode of 6 Figure Creative, I break down why this happens and, more importantly, how you can escape it. The solution? It’s all about controlling your inputs to create predictable outputs...</p><p>Sounds boring, but the results are not.</p><p>Learn the six strategies to take control of your client acquisition and build a business that doesn’t leave your financial future up to chance.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Avoiding the feast or famine income flow that leads to lifestyle creep</li>
<li>Putting your business in your control rather than using "hope marketing"</li>
<li>Using processes to gain more clients</li>
<li>Finding marketing methods that work at scale</li>
<li>What to track to understand your email marketing and sales numbers</li>
<li>Using follow-up routines to stay top of mind with clients</li>
<li>Nurturing leads long-term to warm them up for a sale</li>
<li>How to get help for your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/333?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_333">https://6figurecreative.com/333</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1774</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c7b6acbe-8fdb-11ef-bd19-ffbfd85a1005]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9862531174.mp3?updated=1729536260" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#332: 7 Must-Track Metrics That Will Make You More Money In 2025</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/332?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_332</link>
      <description>If you’re not tracking these seven key metrics in your business, you’re leaving money on the table.
Seriously—most freelancers don’t bother, and it’s why they never hit the income goals they SAY they want.
I just dropped a new episode breaking down the 7 metrics you need to track. If you focus on these, you’ll make more money AND do it consistently—plain and simple.
It's not hard to do, but you DO need to know which 7 numbers actually matter.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Understanding lagging vs. leading indicators

What kind of leads to seek

Key benchmarks for your business

Eliminating low-paying aspects of your work

Getting recurring revenue rather than new clients

Why raising your rates is ok, even if you lose clients

How to progress in your business with a personalized roadmap

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/332</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>7 Must-Track Metrics That Will Make You More Money In 2025</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>332</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re not tracking these seven key metrics in your business, you’re leaving money on the table.
Seriously—most freelancers don’t bother, and it’s why they never hit the income goals they SAY they want.
I just dropped a new episode breaking down the 7 metrics you need to track. If you focus on these, you’ll make more money AND do it consistently—plain and simple.
It's not hard to do, but you DO need to know which 7 numbers actually matter.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Understanding lagging vs. leading indicators

What kind of leads to seek

Key benchmarks for your business

Eliminating low-paying aspects of your work

Getting recurring revenue rather than new clients

Why raising your rates is ok, even if you lose clients

How to progress in your business with a personalized roadmap

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/332</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re not tracking these seven key metrics in your business, you’re leaving money on the table.</p><p>Seriously—most freelancers don’t bother, and it’s why they never hit the income goals they SAY they want.</p><p>I just dropped a new episode breaking down the 7 metrics you need to track. If you focus on these, you’ll make more money AND do it consistently—plain and simple.</p><p>It's not hard to do, but you DO need to know which 7 numbers actually matter.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Understanding lagging vs. leading indicators</li>
<li>What kind of leads to seek</li>
<li>Key benchmarks for your business</li>
<li>Eliminating low-paying aspects of your work</li>
<li>Getting recurring revenue rather than new clients</li>
<li>Why raising your rates is ok, even if you lose clients</li>
<li>How to progress in your business with a personalized roadmap</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/332?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_332">https://6figurecreative.com/332</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2455</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ef60f208-8a43-11ef-8835-a70bf256f022]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3493566171.mp3?updated=1728922694" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#331: The Secret to Less Stress and More Progress</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/331?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_331</link>
      <description>Ever feel like you're drowning in things you can't control?
I get it. It's frustrating when life throws curveballs like that potentially AMAZING lead ghosting you...
Or that toxic client failing to pay you what they owe. But here's the reality: You have way more power than you think.
This week’s podcast is all about "Controlling the Controllables". It’s simple—stop wasting energy on what you can't change, and laser-focus on what you can.
Funny enough this is something I learned from my 3-year-old niece, and now it's your turn to apply this to your life.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How great parenting relates to you and your business

How to adjust your attitude and actions when....

Why you need more leads

Toxic attitudes to avoid

Setting aside time to work on your business

Taking ownership of everything in your business

How to set up your notifications to focus on productivity

Setting goals for your business and personal life

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/331</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret to Less Stress and More Progress</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>331</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever feel like you're drowning in things you can't control?
I get it. It's frustrating when life throws curveballs like that potentially AMAZING lead ghosting you...
Or that toxic client failing to pay you what they owe. But here's the reality: You have way more power than you think.
This week’s podcast is all about "Controlling the Controllables". It’s simple—stop wasting energy on what you can't change, and laser-focus on what you can.
Funny enough this is something I learned from my 3-year-old niece, and now it's your turn to apply this to your life.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How great parenting relates to you and your business

How to adjust your attitude and actions when....

Why you need more leads

Toxic attitudes to avoid

Setting aside time to work on your business

Taking ownership of everything in your business

How to set up your notifications to focus on productivity

Setting goals for your business and personal life

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/331</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you're drowning in things you can't control?</p><p>I get it. It's frustrating when life throws curveballs like that potentially AMAZING lead ghosting you...</p><p>Or that toxic client failing to pay you what they owe. But here's the reality: <strong>You have way more power than you think.</strong></p><p>This week’s podcast is all about "Controlling the Controllables". It’s simple—stop wasting energy on what you can't change, and laser-focus on what you can.</p><p>Funny enough this is something I learned from my 3-year-old niece, and now it's your turn to apply this to your life.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How great parenting relates to you and your business</li>
<li>How to adjust your attitude and actions when....</li>
<li>Why you need more leads</li>
<li>Toxic attitudes to avoid</li>
<li>Setting aside time to work on your business</li>
<li>Taking ownership of everything in your business</li>
<li>How to set up your notifications to focus on productivity</li>
<li>Setting goals for your business and personal life</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/331?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_331">https://6figurecreative.com/331</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1327</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[54edb902-84d2-11ef-aa3a-fbe0ceaa5e2d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7028480354.mp3?updated=1728322739" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#330: What’s Working Now For Client Acquisition (A Guide For Freelancers)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/330?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_330</link>
      <description>Tired of chasing clients like it’s a never-ending treadmill?
Here’s the truth: Only ~3% of your potential clients are ready to hire you right now. The other 97%? They’re not even thinking about you.
Think about it like car shopping. You're either part of the ~3% who are in the market for a new car and noticing cars EVERYWHERE, or you're part of the 97% where cars aren't even remotely on your mind.
In today's episode, we dive into a no-BS strategy to target that golden 3%—the clients who want what you offer NOW.
No cold outreach, no content grind, no relying on inconsistent word-of-mouth. Just a simple, repeatable way to land clients ready to pay today.
Let’s turn that 3% into a full calendar of paying clients.

In this episode you’ll discover:

Why various types of marketing don't work anymore

How to get the 3% of leads that are ready to buy right now


How to turn on the "lead" faucet that you control

Reducing risk to increase sales

How to determine if your leads are a good fit

Using a sales process to increase your close rate

How to escape a red ocean market

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/330</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What’s Working Now For Client Acquisition (A Guide For Freelancers)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>330</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Tired of chasing clients like it’s a never-ending treadmill?
Here’s the truth: Only ~3% of your potential clients are ready to hire you right now. The other 97%? They’re not even thinking about you.
Think about it like car shopping. You're either part of the ~3% who are in the market for a new car and noticing cars EVERYWHERE, or you're part of the 97% where cars aren't even remotely on your mind.
In today's episode, we dive into a no-BS strategy to target that golden 3%—the clients who want what you offer NOW.
No cold outreach, no content grind, no relying on inconsistent word-of-mouth. Just a simple, repeatable way to land clients ready to pay today.
Let’s turn that 3% into a full calendar of paying clients.

In this episode you’ll discover:

Why various types of marketing don't work anymore

How to get the 3% of leads that are ready to buy right now


How to turn on the "lead" faucet that you control

Reducing risk to increase sales

How to determine if your leads are a good fit

Using a sales process to increase your close rate

How to escape a red ocean market

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/330</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tired of chasing clients like it’s a never-ending treadmill?</p><p>Here’s the truth: Only ~3% of your potential clients are ready to hire you right now. The other 97%? They’re not even <em>thinking</em> about you.</p><p>Think about it like car shopping. You're either part of the ~3% who are in the market for a new car and noticing cars EVERYWHERE, or you're part of the 97% where cars aren't even <em>remotely</em> on your mind.</p><p>In today's episode, we dive into a no-BS strategy to target that golden 3%—the clients who want what you offer NOW.</p><p>No cold outreach, no content grind, no relying on inconsistent word-of-mouth. Just a simple, repeatable way to land clients ready to pay today.</p><p>Let’s turn that 3% into a full calendar of paying clients.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why various types of marketing <em>don't</em> work anymore</li>
<li>How to get the 3% of leads that are ready to buy <strong>right now</strong>
</li>
<li>How to turn on the "lead" faucet that you control</li>
<li>Reducing risk to increase sales</li>
<li>How to determine if your leads are a good fit</li>
<li>Using a sales process to increase your close rate</li>
<li>How to escape a red ocean market</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/330?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_330">https://6figurecreative.com/330</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1866</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5d3db906-7d0f-11ef-877f-e3a79e5ee653]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4110948232.mp3?updated=1727470338" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#329: The 5 Major Pricing Mistakes That Keep You Broke</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/329?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_329</link>
      <description>NOTE: Sorry about the audio quality here. The mic cable had a short in it 😭
If you're working non-stop but still struggling to make ends meet, you're probably making one of these five major pricing mistakes. I just dropped an episode that breaks down 5 pricing traps freelancers fall into—and how to fix them before they burn you out.
Here's the hard truth: you could be the great at what you do, great at keeping yourself booked solid, BUT still broke because of any ONE of these mistakes.
Fix your pricing, and you'll be amazed how much more enjoyable your life gets (and your savings account will thank you).
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to match clients to your skillset

Getting stuck with hourly rates and bespoke services

Delivering the same service to clients on a repeatable basis

Separating your pricing from your time

Using "up to" language to protect yourself

How and when to raise your rates

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/329</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Major Pricing Mistakes That Keep You Broke</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>329</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>NOTE: Sorry about the audio quality here. The mic cable had a short in it 😭
If you're working non-stop but still struggling to make ends meet, you're probably making one of these five major pricing mistakes. I just dropped an episode that breaks down 5 pricing traps freelancers fall into—and how to fix them before they burn you out.
Here's the hard truth: you could be the great at what you do, great at keeping yourself booked solid, BUT still broke because of any ONE of these mistakes.
Fix your pricing, and you'll be amazed how much more enjoyable your life gets (and your savings account will thank you).
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to match clients to your skillset

Getting stuck with hourly rates and bespoke services

Delivering the same service to clients on a repeatable basis

Separating your pricing from your time

Using "up to" language to protect yourself

How and when to raise your rates

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/329</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>NOTE: Sorry about the audio quality here. The mic cable had a short in it 😭</p><p>If you're working non-stop but still struggling to make ends meet, you're probably making one of these five major pricing mistakes. I just dropped an episode that breaks down 5 pricing traps freelancers fall into—and how to fix them before they burn you out.</p><p>Here's the hard truth: you could be the great at what you do, great at keeping yourself booked solid, BUT still broke because of any ONE of these mistakes.</p><p>Fix your pricing, and you'll be amazed how much more enjoyable your life gets (and your savings account will thank you).</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to match clients to your skillset</li>
<li>Getting stuck with hourly rates and bespoke services</li>
<li>Delivering the same service to clients on a repeatable basis</li>
<li>Separating your pricing from your time</li>
<li>Using "up to" language to protect yourself</li>
<li>How and when to raise your rates</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/329?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_329">https://6figurecreative.com/329</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2003</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6c291c16-79c3-11ef-bb3f-db6b34d0f3d2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7056371661.mp3?updated=1727107802" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#328: I Paid Alex Hormozi A Bunch Of Money To Spend A Day With Him</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/328?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_328</link>
      <description>Imagine getting your business ripped apart by a guy who runs a $250M empire.
That’s exactly what happened to me when I spent an entire day locked in a room with Alex Hormozi and 9 other entrepreneurs.
Alex didn’t hold back—he showed us exactly why we were stuck, why we were plateauing, and how to fix it. The biggest takeaways?
I break them all down in this 38 min episode
If you’re constantly juggling 10 different projects and can’t seem to break through your income ceiling, this episode is for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/328</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>I Paid Alex Hormozi A Bunch Of Money To Spend A Day With Him</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>328</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Imagine getting your business ripped apart by a guy who runs a $250M empire.
That’s exactly what happened to me when I spent an entire day locked in a room with Alex Hormozi and 9 other entrepreneurs.
Alex didn’t hold back—he showed us exactly why we were stuck, why we were plateauing, and how to fix it. The biggest takeaways?
I break them all down in this 38 min episode
If you’re constantly juggling 10 different projects and can’t seem to break through your income ceiling, this episode is for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/328</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Imagine getting your business ripped apart by a guy who runs a $250M empire.</p><p>That’s exactly what happened to me when I spent an entire day locked in a room with Alex Hormozi and 9 other entrepreneurs.</p><p>Alex didn’t hold back—he showed us exactly why we were stuck, why we were plateauing, and how to fix it. The biggest takeaways?</p><p>I break them all down in this 38 min episode</p><p>If you’re constantly juggling 10 different projects and can’t seem to break through your income ceiling, this episode is for you.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/328?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_328">https://6figurecreative.com/328</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2411</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[de3ffb3e-706e-11ef-a172-271e26d02b5b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8026451972.mp3?updated=1726081934" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#327: Mastering The Art Of Self-Promotion | The Lead Generation Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/327?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_327</link>
      <description>Raise your hand if you suck at self-promotion...
🙋🏻‍♂️ 🙋🏼 🙋🏿‍♂️ 🙋🏻‍♀️🙋🏽‍♀️ (←that's probably you.)
Sadly, self-promotion is where most freelancers hit a wall.
It's one thing to create an amazing service or irresistible lead magnet, but it's entirely another to promote it effectively.
If your calendar isn't booked solid with projects from ideal clients, then you likely suck at self-promotion. (just being real with you 🤷🏻‍♂️)
For those naysayers who think, "self-promotion!? You shouldn't have to self-promote if you're good at what you do!", I urge you to kill that thought with the fire of a thousand suns.
That's a self-imposed limitation. If promotion is a "normal thing" across every other industry, why should freelancers be the exception?
At its core, lead generation isn't about making lead magnets or revamping your freelance services. It's about mastering the art of self-promotion. 
So, whether you're a seasoned freelancer or a newbie, we're about to dive into the nitty-gritty of self-promotion. We need to make sure your service (or lead magnets) doesn't go to waste.
By the end of it, you'll be armed with the tools to make your freelance business self-sustaining.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your lead magnets aren't working

The six types of traffic

The "core four" types of marketing Brian uses

Using earned media to grow relationships

Why only 3% of your audience is ready to purchase from you right now

How hackers make money with stolen ad accounts

Demand creation vs. demand harvesting

Harnessing referrals and word-of-mouth marketing

Using a referral circle to help fellow freelancers

How to get a plan for your lead generation efforts

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/327</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Mastering The Art Of Self-Promotion | The Lead Generation Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>327</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Raise your hand if you suck at self-promotion...
🙋🏻‍♂️ 🙋🏼 🙋🏿‍♂️ 🙋🏻‍♀️🙋🏽‍♀️ (←that's probably you.)
Sadly, self-promotion is where most freelancers hit a wall.
It's one thing to create an amazing service or irresistible lead magnet, but it's entirely another to promote it effectively.
If your calendar isn't booked solid with projects from ideal clients, then you likely suck at self-promotion. (just being real with you 🤷🏻‍♂️)
For those naysayers who think, "self-promotion!? You shouldn't have to self-promote if you're good at what you do!", I urge you to kill that thought with the fire of a thousand suns.
That's a self-imposed limitation. If promotion is a "normal thing" across every other industry, why should freelancers be the exception?
At its core, lead generation isn't about making lead magnets or revamping your freelance services. It's about mastering the art of self-promotion. 
So, whether you're a seasoned freelancer or a newbie, we're about to dive into the nitty-gritty of self-promotion. We need to make sure your service (or lead magnets) doesn't go to waste.
By the end of it, you'll be armed with the tools to make your freelance business self-sustaining.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your lead magnets aren't working

The six types of traffic

The "core four" types of marketing Brian uses

Using earned media to grow relationships

Why only 3% of your audience is ready to purchase from you right now

How hackers make money with stolen ad accounts

Demand creation vs. demand harvesting

Harnessing referrals and word-of-mouth marketing

Using a referral circle to help fellow freelancers

How to get a plan for your lead generation efforts

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/327</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Raise your hand if you suck at self-promotion...</p><p>🙋🏻‍♂️ 🙋🏼 🙋🏿‍♂️ 🙋🏻‍♀️🙋🏽‍♀️ (←that's probably you.)</p><p>Sadly, self-promotion is where most freelancers hit a wall.</p><p>It's one thing to create an <em>amazing</em> service or <em>irresistible</em> lead magnet, but it's entirely another to promote it effectively.</p><p><strong>If your calendar isn't booked solid with projects from ideal clients, then you likely suck at self-promotion. </strong>(just being real with you 🤷🏻‍♂️)</p><p>For those naysayers who think, "self-promotion!? You shouldn't have to self-promote if you're good at what you do!", I urge you to kill that thought with the fire of a thousand suns.</p><p>That's a self-imposed limitation. If promotion is a "normal thing" across every other industry, why should freelancers be the exception?</p><p>At its core, lead generation isn't about making lead magnets or revamping your freelance services. <strong>It's about mastering the art of self-promotion. </strong></p><p>So, whether you're a seasoned freelancer or a newbie, we're about to dive into the nitty-gritty of self-promotion. We need to make sure your service (or lead magnets) doesn't go to waste.</p><p>By the end of it, you'll be armed with the tools to make your freelance business self-sustaining.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why your lead magnets aren't working</li>
<li>The six types of traffic</li>
<li>The "core four" types of marketing Brian uses</li>
<li>Using earned media to grow relationships</li>
<li>Why only 3% of your audience is ready to purchase from you right now</li>
<li>How hackers make money with stolen ad accounts</li>
<li>Demand creation vs. demand harvesting</li>
<li>Harnessing referrals and word-of-mouth marketing</li>
<li>Using a referral circle to help fellow freelancers</li>
<li>How to get a plan for your lead generation efforts</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/327?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_327">https://6figurecreative.com/327</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1905</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dbe358be-6ebf-11ef-ba12-3b7e1f6d7be7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7134115241.mp3?updated=1725897374" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#326: The 4 Types of Lead Magnets That Actually Work | The Lead Generation Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/326?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_326</link>
      <description>Let’s dive into a crucial piece of the freelancer's marketing toolkit: The Lead Magnet.
Imagine your lead magnet as an introductory handshake in the online world. It's your first impression, and we all know how vital that is.
Your lead magnet isn’t merely a "hello"... it’s an "I understand your problems and I know how to help."
Every lead is a person looking for a solution, and your lead magnet is the first step in proving that YOU are that solution.
What we’re crafting isn’t just a freebie or a basic tool. Your lead magnet is proof that you don’t just talk the talk but you walk the walk. It demonstrates up front that you bring real value to the table.
And no, a lead magnet isn’t just another PDF or ebook – it can be, but it doesn’t have to be. It can be a tool, a resource, or a guide. It might even be a paid service or workshop.
The shape of a lead magnet is flexible, but its purpose is rigid: to provide immense, undeniable value.
This isn’t about merely generating leads or adding names to an email list. It’s about connecting with a person, and proving that you have the solution they’ve been hunting for.
Ready to create something amazing? Let’s dive into this...
In this episode you’ll discover:

The power of paid lead magnets

Solving problems for your leads

People who have more time than money, vs more money than time

Using your services to bring in new clients

Why taking a loss in the short term can be a benefit in the long term

Using information as a lead magnet

The questions to ask when offering a free consultation

The four main ways to fully solve the problem your leads are facing

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/326</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Types of Lead Magnets That Actually Work | The Lead Generation Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>326</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Let’s dive into a crucial piece of the freelancer's marketing toolkit: The Lead Magnet.
Imagine your lead magnet as an introductory handshake in the online world. It's your first impression, and we all know how vital that is.
Your lead magnet isn’t merely a "hello"... it’s an "I understand your problems and I know how to help."
Every lead is a person looking for a solution, and your lead magnet is the first step in proving that YOU are that solution.
What we’re crafting isn’t just a freebie or a basic tool. Your lead magnet is proof that you don’t just talk the talk but you walk the walk. It demonstrates up front that you bring real value to the table.
And no, a lead magnet isn’t just another PDF or ebook – it can be, but it doesn’t have to be. It can be a tool, a resource, or a guide. It might even be a paid service or workshop.
The shape of a lead magnet is flexible, but its purpose is rigid: to provide immense, undeniable value.
This isn’t about merely generating leads or adding names to an email list. It’s about connecting with a person, and proving that you have the solution they’ve been hunting for.
Ready to create something amazing? Let’s dive into this...
In this episode you’ll discover:

The power of paid lead magnets

Solving problems for your leads

People who have more time than money, vs more money than time

Using your services to bring in new clients

Why taking a loss in the short term can be a benefit in the long term

Using information as a lead magnet

The questions to ask when offering a free consultation

The four main ways to fully solve the problem your leads are facing

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/326</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s dive into a crucial piece of the freelancer's marketing toolkit: The Lead Magnet.</p><p>Imagine your lead magnet as an introductory handshake in the online world. It's your first impression, and we all know how vital that is.</p><p>Your lead magnet isn’t merely a "<em>hello</em>"... it’s an <em>"I understand your problems and I know how to help."</em></p><p>Every lead is a person looking for a solution, and your lead magnet is the first step in proving that YOU are that solution.</p><p>What we’re crafting isn’t <em>just</em> a freebie or a basic tool. Your lead magnet is proof that<strong> you don’t just talk the talk but you walk the walk</strong>. It demonstrates up front that you bring real value to the table.</p><p>And no, <strong>a lead magnet isn’t just another PDF or ebook </strong>– it can be, but it doesn’t have to be. It can be a tool, a resource, or a guide. It might even be a paid service or workshop.</p><p>The shape of a lead magnet is flexible, but its purpose is rigid: to provide immense, undeniable value.</p><p>This isn’t about merely generating leads or adding names to an email list. It’s about connecting with a person, and proving that you have the solution they’ve been hunting for.</p><p>Ready to create something amazing? Let’s dive into this...</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The power of <em>paid</em> lead magnets</li>
<li>Solving problems for your leads</li>
<li>People who have more time than money, vs more money than time</li>
<li>Using your services to bring in new clients</li>
<li>Why taking a loss in the short term can be a benefit in the long term</li>
<li>Using information as a lead magnet</li>
<li>The questions to ask when offering a free consultation</li>
<li>The four main ways to fully solve the problem your leads are facing</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/326?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_326">https://6figurecreative.com/326</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1969</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6a7d0b5a-695d-11ef-a7a1-1375e4bac941]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6067864345.mp3?updated=1725305227" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#325: The Secret to Consistent Clients | The Lead Generation Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/325?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_325</link>
      <description>Listen, I've heard it a hundred times, and I bet you have, too...
"If you're good enough, you can just wait for clients to come to you." They say.
"Word of mouth is all you need." They say.
But here's the deal: sitting on your hands and hoping for that magical email notification of a new client isn't a strategy—it's a death trap.
Let me paint a picture...
You're a talented freelancer. You've had some good months, even great ones.
But then there's that one sobering month. The inquiries dry up, the referrals dwindle, and your inbox is eerily silent. Panic sets in.
That, my friend, is the terrifying "word-of-mouth death trap".
There's a common myth in the freelance world. Some folks will have you believe that the only way to thrive is through word of mouth.
But here’s the truth bomb: Anyone saying "word-of-mouth is best" is unqualified to give you that advice. They are just coasting along nicely with it, having never tasted the desperation of the dry season.
Many still end up taking on gigs they aren’t passionate about, just to keep the lights on.
And sure, referrals are fabulous. If you're great at what you do, you'll 100% get them.
 But if you're banking solely on word of mouth to keep your calendar booked with clients, then you're setting yourself up for a rocky ride.
So, what's the antidote to this feast or famine nightmare? Two words: Lead Generation.
Here's the breakdown: Leads become inquiries. Inquiries become clients. And when you have a consistent influx of leads every month, you've got a buffer against those terrifying dry spells.
Suddenly, your business isn't about hoping for clients—it's about choosing them.
In the coming series, we'll dive deep into the nuts and bolts of lead generation, tailored specifically for freelancers. Because here's the truth: understanding and mastering lead generation is like handing yourself the keys to consistency.
Ready to escape the word-of-mouth death trap? Click here to start the Lead Generation Series.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Brian has had a horrible week thanks to Meta

Different methods of lead generation, and how your business type changes your lead acquisition

The importance of a solid lead magnet

Keys to a valuable lead magnet

What to do if you're struggling

Understanding what your clients need

Using the Three-Tier-Outcome Map

Diagnosing problems to add value to leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/325</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret to Consistent Clients | The Lead Generation Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>325</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Listen, I've heard it a hundred times, and I bet you have, too...
"If you're good enough, you can just wait for clients to come to you." They say.
"Word of mouth is all you need." They say.
But here's the deal: sitting on your hands and hoping for that magical email notification of a new client isn't a strategy—it's a death trap.
Let me paint a picture...
You're a talented freelancer. You've had some good months, even great ones.
But then there's that one sobering month. The inquiries dry up, the referrals dwindle, and your inbox is eerily silent. Panic sets in.
That, my friend, is the terrifying "word-of-mouth death trap".
There's a common myth in the freelance world. Some folks will have you believe that the only way to thrive is through word of mouth.
But here’s the truth bomb: Anyone saying "word-of-mouth is best" is unqualified to give you that advice. They are just coasting along nicely with it, having never tasted the desperation of the dry season.
Many still end up taking on gigs they aren’t passionate about, just to keep the lights on.
And sure, referrals are fabulous. If you're great at what you do, you'll 100% get them.
 But if you're banking solely on word of mouth to keep your calendar booked with clients, then you're setting yourself up for a rocky ride.
So, what's the antidote to this feast or famine nightmare? Two words: Lead Generation.
Here's the breakdown: Leads become inquiries. Inquiries become clients. And when you have a consistent influx of leads every month, you've got a buffer against those terrifying dry spells.
Suddenly, your business isn't about hoping for clients—it's about choosing them.
In the coming series, we'll dive deep into the nuts and bolts of lead generation, tailored specifically for freelancers. Because here's the truth: understanding and mastering lead generation is like handing yourself the keys to consistency.
Ready to escape the word-of-mouth death trap? Click here to start the Lead Generation Series.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Brian has had a horrible week thanks to Meta

Different methods of lead generation, and how your business type changes your lead acquisition

The importance of a solid lead magnet

Keys to a valuable lead magnet

What to do if you're struggling

Understanding what your clients need

Using the Three-Tier-Outcome Map

Diagnosing problems to add value to leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/325</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Listen, I've heard it a hundred times, and I bet you have, too...</p><p>"If you're good enough, you can just wait for clients to come to you." They say.</p><p>"Word of mouth is all you need." They say.</p><p>But here's the deal: sitting on your hands and hoping for that magical email notification of a new client isn't a strategy—it's a death trap.</p><p>Let me paint a picture...</p><p>You're a talented freelancer. You've had some good months, even great ones.</p><p><strong>But then there's that one sobering month.</strong> The inquiries dry up, the referrals dwindle, and your inbox is eerily silent. Panic sets in.</p><p>That, my friend, is the terrifying "word-of-mouth death trap".</p><p>There's a common myth in the freelance world. Some folks will have you believe that the only way to thrive is through word of mouth.</p><p><strong>But here’s the truth bomb: </strong>Anyone saying "word-of-mouth is best" is unqualified to give you that advice. They are just coasting along nicely with it, <strong>having never tasted the desperation of the dry season.</strong></p><p>Many still end up taking on gigs they aren’t passionate about, just to keep the lights on.</p><p>And sure, referrals are fabulous. If you're great at what you do, you'll 100% get them.</p><p><strong> But if you're banking solely on word of mouth to keep your calendar booked with clients, then you're setting yourself up for a rocky ride.</strong></p><p>So, what's the antidote to this feast or famine nightmare? Two words: <strong>Lead Generation.</strong></p><p>Here's the breakdown: Leads become inquiries. Inquiries become clients. And when you have a consistent influx of leads every month, you've got a buffer against those terrifying dry spells.</p><p><strong>Suddenly, your business isn't about <em>hoping</em> for clients—it's about <em>choosing</em> them.</strong></p><p>In the coming series, we'll dive deep into the nuts and bolts of lead generation, tailored specifically for freelancers. Because here's the truth: understanding and mastering lead generation is like handing yourself the keys to consistency.</p><p>Ready to escape the word-of-mouth death trap? Click here to start the Lead Generation Series.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why Brian has had a horrible week thanks to Meta</li>
<li>Different methods of lead generation, and how your business type changes your lead acquisition</li>
<li>The importance of a solid lead magnet</li>
<li>Keys to a valuable lead magnet</li>
<li>What to do if you're struggling</li>
<li>Understanding what your clients need</li>
<li>Using the Three-Tier-Outcome Map</li>
<li>Diagnosing problems to add value to leads</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/325?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_325">https://6figurecreative.com/325</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1969</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c6c35f3e-63dd-11ef-b30b-93a5d8f40990]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5198514803.mp3?updated=1724699829" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#324: The Secret Ingredient To Higher Paying Gigs | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/324?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_324</link>
      <description>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.
Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to move from four/five figures to six figures+

Why you aren't full time yet

How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer

The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers

Why you should be producing more than consuming


How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/324</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret Ingredient To Higher Paying Gigs | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>324</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.
Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to move from four/five figures to six figures+

Why you aren't full time yet

How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer

The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers

Why you should be producing more than consuming


How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/324</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.</p><p>Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to move from four/five figures to six figures+</li>
<li>Why you <em>aren't</em> full time yet</li>
<li>How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer</li>
<li>The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers</li>
<li>Why you should be <em>producing</em> more than <em>consuming</em>
</li>
<li>How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/324?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_324">https://6figurecreative.com/324</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2617</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[313fd428-5e52-11ef-b55d-a78d774b7fb1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4783955040.mp3?updated=1724090400" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#323: How To Build Your Own Client Acquisition Machine (And Make 2025 Your Best Year Ever)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/323?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_323</link>
      <description>If you've ever felt like your freelance life has been a neverending feast-or-famine roller coaster, chances are you're missing one (or more) pieces of a full client acquisition machine.
You've likely "dabbled" with bits and pieces here and there, but you've never fully built each of the individual parts and refined them to the point where everything is working as a well-oiled machine bringing you high-quality clients every single month.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down each of the major parts of your Client Acquisition Machine, as well as what specific numbers you should be aiming for as a benchmark.
If you've ever wanted more stability and predictability in your business, and you want a clear roadmap for how to make 2025 your best year ever, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to solve a consistency issue in your business

Why dabbling is slowly destroying your income stream

The foundation of your Client Acquisition Machine

Creating a transformational outcome for your clients

Building your Marketing Mothership

Your responsibility to sell to those who need your service

The parallels between software and freelancing

Nurturing your leads for a long-term relationship

Fine-tuning your Client Acquisition Machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/323</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Build Your Own Client Acquisition Machine (And Make 2025 Your Best Year Ever)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>323</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you've ever felt like your freelance life has been a neverending feast-or-famine roller coaster, chances are you're missing one (or more) pieces of a full client acquisition machine.
You've likely "dabbled" with bits and pieces here and there, but you've never fully built each of the individual parts and refined them to the point where everything is working as a well-oiled machine bringing you high-quality clients every single month.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down each of the major parts of your Client Acquisition Machine, as well as what specific numbers you should be aiming for as a benchmark.
If you've ever wanted more stability and predictability in your business, and you want a clear roadmap for how to make 2025 your best year ever, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to solve a consistency issue in your business

Why dabbling is slowly destroying your income stream

The foundation of your Client Acquisition Machine

Creating a transformational outcome for your clients

Building your Marketing Mothership

Your responsibility to sell to those who need your service

The parallels between software and freelancing

Nurturing your leads for a long-term relationship

Fine-tuning your Client Acquisition Machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/323</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you've ever felt like your freelance life has been a neverending feast-or-famine roller coaster, chances are you're missing one (or more) pieces of a full client acquisition machine.</p><p>You've likely "dabbled" with bits and pieces here and there, but you've never fully built each of the individual parts <em>and</em> refined them to the point where everything is working as a well-oiled machine bringing you high-quality clients every single month.</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down each of the major parts of your Client Acquisition Machine, as well as what specific numbers you should be aiming for as a benchmark.</p><p>If you've <em>ever</em> wanted more stability and predictability in your business, and you want a clear roadmap for how to make 2025 your best year ever, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to solve a consistency issue in your business</li>
<li>Why dabbling is slowly destroying your income stream</li>
<li>The foundation of your Client Acquisition Machine</li>
<li>Creating a <em>transformational outcome</em> for your clients</li>
<li>Building your Marketing Mothership</li>
<li>Your responsibility to sell to those who need your service</li>
<li>The parallels between software and freelancing</li>
<li>Nurturing your leads for a long-term relationship</li>
<li>Fine-tuning your Client Acquisition Machine</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/323?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_323">https://6figurecreative.com/323</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3222</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d31bdb2e-58d6-11ef-b927-2f67e7de860c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1815164393.mp3?updated=1723488906" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#322: The 4 Major Missing Pieces Of Your Marketing Plan | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/322?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_322</link>
      <description>Here are a few of the biggest lies when it comes to marketing your freelance business.

"If I'm good enough, people will find me and hire me"

"The only marketing I need is word-of-mouth"

"If I market myself, I'll come across as desperate"

"This sort of stuff doesn't work for freelancers"

If any of that sounds like you, my guess would be you likely have very little predictability in your income.
You might go from having more gigs than you can handle, followed by extreme famine periods where your calendar dries up (along with your bank account).
If you want steady, predictable income for your business every single month, there are 4 key things you need in place.
If you're even missing one of these four pieces, you're making your path to predictability extremely difficult (or impossible).
In this episode you’ll discover:

Marketing plans for freelancers

When email lists are vital, vs. when they're optional

"Proposing" via text message

The "3% rule" and the "80/19/1 rule"

How your niche affects your marketing needs

Swiping or dating: lead generation and lead nurture

How to create a business you rarely *(if ever) have to market 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/322</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2024 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Major Missing Pieces Of Your Marketing Plan | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>322</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here are a few of the biggest lies when it comes to marketing your freelance business.

"If I'm good enough, people will find me and hire me"

"The only marketing I need is word-of-mouth"

"If I market myself, I'll come across as desperate"

"This sort of stuff doesn't work for freelancers"

If any of that sounds like you, my guess would be you likely have very little predictability in your income.
You might go from having more gigs than you can handle, followed by extreme famine periods where your calendar dries up (along with your bank account).
If you want steady, predictable income for your business every single month, there are 4 key things you need in place.
If you're even missing one of these four pieces, you're making your path to predictability extremely difficult (or impossible).
In this episode you’ll discover:

Marketing plans for freelancers

When email lists are vital, vs. when they're optional

"Proposing" via text message

The "3% rule" and the "80/19/1 rule"

How your niche affects your marketing needs

Swiping or dating: lead generation and lead nurture

How to create a business you rarely *(if ever) have to market 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/322</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here are a few of the <strong><em>biggest lies</em></strong> when it comes to marketing your freelance business.</p><ul>
<li>"If I'm good enough, people will find me and hire me"</li>
<li>"The only marketing I need is word-of-mouth"</li>
<li>"If I market myself, I'll come across as desperate"</li>
<li>"This sort of stuff doesn't work for freelancers"</li>
</ul><p>If any of that sounds like you, my guess would be you likely have <em>very</em> little predictability in your income.</p><p>You might go from having more gigs than you can handle, followed by extreme famine periods where your calendar dries up (along with your bank account).</p><p>If you want steady, predictable income for your business every single month, there are 4 key things you need in place.</p><p>If you're even missing <em>one</em> of these four pieces, you're making your path to predictability extremely difficult (or impossible).</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Marketing plans for freelancers</li>
<li>When email lists are vital, vs. when they're optional</li>
<li>"Proposing" via text message</li>
<li>The "3% rule" and the "80/19/1 rule"</li>
<li>How your niche affects your marketing needs</li>
<li>Swiping or dating: lead generation and lead nurture</li>
<li>How to create a business you rarely *(if ever) have to market </li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/322?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_322">https://6figurecreative.com/322</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2086</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c3df1810-534f-11ef-a71a-b76fd5219b85]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5182050569.mp3?updated=1722880114" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#321: How To Generate 1000 Inquiries Per Year As A Logo Designer | With James Martin</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/321?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_321</link>
      <description>Ever felt like your industry is just too saturated to stand out? Like you're just a tiny drop in a massive ocean? You're not alone.
Nearly every freelancer has a moment (or ten) where they doubt themselves and their ability to stand out in a crowded "red ocean".
That's why I was so excited to talk to James Martin from Made By James.
James is a designer who's had immense success in the crowded niche of logo design. 
He's found a way to not just stand out, but thrive in an incredibly competitive niche. James is averaging around 1,000 inquiries from potential clients every single year, and this has allowed him to cherry-pick the best gigs and reject the "bill paying work" that many freelancers are forced to say yes to.
Whether you're a designer or not, this episode will contain a lot of fantastic advice from someone who's built an incredible, long-lasting career as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How James Martin has thrived for nearly 2 decades as a creative

Why niching down too early is worse than not niching at all

How to stand out in a saturated market

Passion vs. systems and habit

Why it's dangerous to rely on social media

Giving your clients the most value they can afford

Why it's time to raise your prices right now


Relationships in business

The difference between survival and thriving

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/321</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Generate 1000 Inquiries Per Year As A Logo Designer | With James Martin</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>321</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever felt like your industry is just too saturated to stand out? Like you're just a tiny drop in a massive ocean? You're not alone.
Nearly every freelancer has a moment (or ten) where they doubt themselves and their ability to stand out in a crowded "red ocean".
That's why I was so excited to talk to James Martin from Made By James.
James is a designer who's had immense success in the crowded niche of logo design. 
He's found a way to not just stand out, but thrive in an incredibly competitive niche. James is averaging around 1,000 inquiries from potential clients every single year, and this has allowed him to cherry-pick the best gigs and reject the "bill paying work" that many freelancers are forced to say yes to.
Whether you're a designer or not, this episode will contain a lot of fantastic advice from someone who's built an incredible, long-lasting career as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How James Martin has thrived for nearly 2 decades as a creative

Why niching down too early is worse than not niching at all

How to stand out in a saturated market

Passion vs. systems and habit

Why it's dangerous to rely on social media

Giving your clients the most value they can afford

Why it's time to raise your prices right now


Relationships in business

The difference between survival and thriving

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/321</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like your industry is just too saturated to stand out? Like you're just a tiny drop in a massive ocean? You're not alone.</p><p>Nearly every freelancer has a moment (or ten) where they doubt themselves and their ability to stand out in a crowded "red ocean".</p><p>That's why I was so excited to talk to James Martin from <a href="https://www.instagram.com/made.by.james/">Made By James.</a></p><p>James is a designer who's had immense success in the crowded niche of <strong>logo design. </strong></p><p>He's found a way to not just stand out, but <em>thrive</em> in an incredibly competitive niche. James is averaging around 1,000 inquiries from potential clients every single year, and this has allowed him to cherry-pick the best gigs and reject the "bill paying work" that many freelancers are forced to say yes to.</p><p>Whether you're a designer or not, this episode will contain a <em>lot</em> of fantastic advice from someone who's built an incredible, long-lasting career as a freelancer.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How James Martin has thrived for nearly 2 decades as a creative</li>
<li>Why niching down too early is worse than not niching at all</li>
<li>How to stand out in a saturated market</li>
<li>Passion vs. systems and habit</li>
<li>Why it's dangerous to rely on social media</li>
<li>Giving your clients the most value they can afford</li>
<li>Why it's time to <strong>raise your prices <em>right now</em></strong>
</li>
<li>Relationships in business</li>
<li>The difference between survival and thriving</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/321?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_321">https://6figurecreative.com/321</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3717</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[90b10f18-4b73-11ef-9dcb-ffcdaf0de763]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5324050455.mp3?updated=1722016088" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#320: Our Favorite 3 Methods For Creating Awareness | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/320?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_320</link>
      <description>"I need more clients".
That's the #1 problem our community has in every single poll we run.
The issue with getting clients is that no matter how good you are at what you do, you will never be able to get enough clients if no one knows you exist. 
That's why we wanted to dedicate an entire episode to discussing our favorite 3 methods for building awareness and growing your business.
Creatives have to learn this stuff if they ever want to get out of the "feast or famine" lifestyle.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make an offer so good people feel stupid saying no

How to harness three of the six different lead sources

The thousand true fans model

How you can advertise for free

Why an email list is crucial to more and more freelancers

The importance of cleaning your mailing list

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/320</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Our Favorite 3 Methods For Creating Awareness | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>320</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>"I need more clients".
That's the #1 problem our community has in every single poll we run.
The issue with getting clients is that no matter how good you are at what you do, you will never be able to get enough clients if no one knows you exist. 
That's why we wanted to dedicate an entire episode to discussing our favorite 3 methods for building awareness and growing your business.
Creatives have to learn this stuff if they ever want to get out of the "feast or famine" lifestyle.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make an offer so good people feel stupid saying no

How to harness three of the six different lead sources

The thousand true fans model

How you can advertise for free

Why an email list is crucial to more and more freelancers

The importance of cleaning your mailing list

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/320</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>"I need more clients".</p><p>That's the #1 problem our community has in every single poll we run.</p><p>The issue with getting clients is that no matter how good you are at what you do, <strong>you will never be able to get enough clients if no one knows you exist. </strong></p><p>That's why we wanted to dedicate an entire episode to discussing our favorite 3 methods for building awareness and growing your business.</p><p>Creatives <em>have</em> to learn this stuff if they ever want to get out of the "feast or famine" lifestyle.</p><h3>
<strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</h3><ul>
<li>How to make an offer so good people feel stupid saying no</li>
<li>How to harness three of the six different lead sources</li>
<li>The thousand true fans model</li>
<li>How you can advertise for free</li>
<li>Why an email list is crucial to more and more freelancers</li>
<li>The importance of cleaning your mailing list</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/320?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_320">https://6figurecreative.com/320</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2593</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f9cd59ca-483f-11ef-8cbf-97cf40145c70]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5269708164.mp3?updated=1721663833" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#319: How To Attract Your Dream Clients | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/319?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_319</link>
      <description>Here are the two rules for attracting your dream clients.
Rule #1: Be attractive.
Rule #2: Don't be unattractive.
That's literally it.
The hard part comes when you actually look at what is "attractive" to your dream clients.
I'd bet you have a long list of alllll the things you want to see in their dream clients/projects, but very few people take the time to look at themselves and ask the most important question...
"Am I the type of person that would attract this sort of dream client/project?" 
In many cases, that answer is, unfortunately, no. You're not anywhere close to being attractive to your dream clients.
In other cases, you might be attractive to them, but you're doing little to nothing when it comes to communicating all the attractive things you have to offer them.
In this continuation of our Client Acquisition Series, we dive into what it takes to attract your dream clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Guitar Center is the worst place to buy gear (unless they sponsor us)

How Mark closed a half-million-dollar deal

Why different clients need different approaches

Setting expectations in advance

High ticket vs. low ticket sales

How to become attractive to your dream clients

How to stay top of mind without being cringy

Why red ocean businesses struggle

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/319</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Attract Your Dream Clients | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>319</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here are the two rules for attracting your dream clients.
Rule #1: Be attractive.
Rule #2: Don't be unattractive.
That's literally it.
The hard part comes when you actually look at what is "attractive" to your dream clients.
I'd bet you have a long list of alllll the things you want to see in their dream clients/projects, but very few people take the time to look at themselves and ask the most important question...
"Am I the type of person that would attract this sort of dream client/project?" 
In many cases, that answer is, unfortunately, no. You're not anywhere close to being attractive to your dream clients.
In other cases, you might be attractive to them, but you're doing little to nothing when it comes to communicating all the attractive things you have to offer them.
In this continuation of our Client Acquisition Series, we dive into what it takes to attract your dream clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Guitar Center is the worst place to buy gear (unless they sponsor us)

How Mark closed a half-million-dollar deal

Why different clients need different approaches

Setting expectations in advance

High ticket vs. low ticket sales

How to become attractive to your dream clients

How to stay top of mind without being cringy

Why red ocean businesses struggle

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/319</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here are <strong>the</strong> two rules for attracting your dream clients.</p><p><strong>Rule #1:</strong> Be attractive.</p><p><strong>Rule #2: </strong>Don't be unattractive.</p><p>That's literally it.</p><p>The hard part comes when you actually look at what is "attractive" to your dream clients.</p><p>I'd bet you have a long list of alllll the things you want to see in their dream clients/projects, but <em>very</em> few people take the time to look at themselves and ask the <em>most</em> important question...</p><p><em>"Am I the type of person that would attract this sort of dream client/project?" </em></p><p>In many cases, that answer is, unfortunately, no. You're not anywhere<em> close</em> to being attractive to your dream clients.</p><p>In other cases, you might be attractive to them, but you're doing <em>little to nothing</em> when it comes to communicating all the attractive things you have to offer them.</p><p>In this continuation of our Client Acquisition Series, we dive into what it takes to attract your dream clients.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why Guitar Center is the <em>worst</em> place to buy gear (unless they sponsor us)</li>
<li>How Mark closed a half-million-dollar deal</li>
<li>Why different clients need different approaches</li>
<li>Setting expectations in advance</li>
<li>High ticket vs. low ticket sales</li>
<li>How to become attractive to your dream clients</li>
<li>How to stay top of mind without being cringy</li>
<li>Why red ocean businesses struggle</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/319?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_319">https://6figurecreative.com/319</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2440</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[808f8d9a-4456-11ef-8f76-ebc2a9903e1f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3905149709.mp3?updated=1721234716" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#318: The 7 Key Topics To Cover With Every Client BEFORE The Sale | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/318?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_318</link>
      <description>Have you ever had one of those awkward situations with a crush where you were TOTALLY into them, but you weren’t sure if they were into you?
Yeah... That sucks. Unfortunately, there’s nothing we can do to help you there since we give business advice instead of dating advice.
What we CAN help you with is the client equivalent of that situation. Here’s what I mean...
You’re talking to a dream client. You’re way into working with them, but you’re just not sure if they’re into you.
There are actually 7 key points to cover with every potential client, and if each point is a “positive”, then they’re giving you their permission to pitch/sell them (i.e. take the relationship to the next level).
This framework was shared with us by someone earning multiple millions per year, and it works perfectly in the freelance world.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to help your clients better by determining their needs

When closing a deal comes down to good timing

What to do if a client isn't sure they want to hire you

Why being open and honest with clients is the only way to run a healthy business

How to discuss your workflow and delivery with clients before closing a deal

Why it's vital that clients trust you implicitly

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/318</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 7 Key Topics To Cover With Every Client BEFORE The Sale | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>318</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you ever had one of those awkward situations with a crush where you were TOTALLY into them, but you weren’t sure if they were into you?
Yeah... That sucks. Unfortunately, there’s nothing we can do to help you there since we give business advice instead of dating advice.
What we CAN help you with is the client equivalent of that situation. Here’s what I mean...
You’re talking to a dream client. You’re way into working with them, but you’re just not sure if they’re into you.
There are actually 7 key points to cover with every potential client, and if each point is a “positive”, then they’re giving you their permission to pitch/sell them (i.e. take the relationship to the next level).
This framework was shared with us by someone earning multiple millions per year, and it works perfectly in the freelance world.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to help your clients better by determining their needs

When closing a deal comes down to good timing

What to do if a client isn't sure they want to hire you

Why being open and honest with clients is the only way to run a healthy business

How to discuss your workflow and delivery with clients before closing a deal

Why it's vital that clients trust you implicitly

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/318</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever had one of those awkward situations with a crush where you were TOTALLY into them, but you weren’t sure if they were into you?</p><p>Yeah... That sucks. Unfortunately, there’s nothing we can do to help you there since we give business advice instead of dating advice.</p><p>What we <strong><em>CAN</em></strong> help you with is the client equivalent of that situation. Here’s what I mean...</p><p>You’re talking to a dream client. You’re <em>way</em> into working with them, but you’re just not sure if they’re into you.</p><p>There are actually 7 key points to cover with every potential client, and if each point is a “positive”, then <strong><em>they’re giving you their permission to pitch/sell them</em></strong> (i.e. take the relationship to the next level).</p><p>This framework was shared with us by someone earning multiple millions per year, and it works <em>perfectly</em> in the freelance world.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to help your clients better by determining their needs</li>
<li>When closing a deal comes down to good timing</li>
<li>What to do if a client isn't sure they want to hire you</li>
<li>Why being open and honest with clients is the <em>only</em> way to run a healthy business</li>
<li>How to discuss your workflow and delivery with clients before closing a deal</li>
<li>Why it's vital that clients trust you implicitly</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/318?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_318">https://6figurecreative.com/318</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2340</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[30d7a070-438a-11ef-bbcf-2741795cffb2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1166562217.mp3?updated=1721145748" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#317: How To Get A Complete Stranger To Hire You | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/317?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_317</link>
      <description>Client acquisition is a nerdy marketing term that basically boils down to one thing: getting clients.
While the idea is simple, our freelance community seems to be deathly allergic to client acquisition.
I get it... None of us got into this game because we wanted to become marketers. We do this because we love spending all day every day doing what we love by being creative.
Unfortunately, that's not how it works. Unless you simply want this to be your hobby, client acquisition is a skill and a process you have to learn, develop, and grow.
The alternative is to keep doing what you're likely doing now... sit around and hope a client finds you.
If your current "strategy" is "hope marketing", this episode gives you the big picture view of how you can get complete strangers to hire you instead of waiting around for a miracle.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why people will never hire you if they don't know you

How to build trust with potential customers

When it's time to be yourself

How dating and business are closely related

Why Mark is was more of a ladies' man than Brian

How adding value in the long term sets you up for success

Why our "comfort zone" is holding us back

Why we need to be ourselves and not be afraid of alienating some people

How appealing to everyone is a bad thing for our businesses

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/317</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get A Complete Stranger To Hire You | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>317</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Client acquisition is a nerdy marketing term that basically boils down to one thing: getting clients.
While the idea is simple, our freelance community seems to be deathly allergic to client acquisition.
I get it... None of us got into this game because we wanted to become marketers. We do this because we love spending all day every day doing what we love by being creative.
Unfortunately, that's not how it works. Unless you simply want this to be your hobby, client acquisition is a skill and a process you have to learn, develop, and grow.
The alternative is to keep doing what you're likely doing now... sit around and hope a client finds you.
If your current "strategy" is "hope marketing", this episode gives you the big picture view of how you can get complete strangers to hire you instead of waiting around for a miracle.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why people will never hire you if they don't know you

How to build trust with potential customers

When it's time to be yourself

How dating and business are closely related

Why Mark is was more of a ladies' man than Brian

How adding value in the long term sets you up for success

Why our "comfort zone" is holding us back

Why we need to be ourselves and not be afraid of alienating some people

How appealing to everyone is a bad thing for our businesses

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/317</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Client acquisition is a nerdy marketing term that basically boils down to one thing: getting clients.</p><p>While the <em>idea</em> is simple, our freelance community seems to be deathly allergic to client acquisition.</p><p>I get it... None of us got into this game because we wanted to become marketers. We do this because we love spending all day every day doing what we love by being creative.</p><p>Unfortunately, that's not how it works. Unless you simply want this to be your hobby, client acquisition is a skill and a process you have to learn, develop, and grow.</p><p>The alternative is to keep doing what you're likely doing now... sit around and <em>hope</em> a client finds you.</p><p>If your current "strategy" is "hope marketing", this episode gives you the big picture view of how you can get complete strangers to hire you instead of waiting around for a miracle.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why people will never hire you if they don't know you</li>
<li>How to build trust with potential customers</li>
<li>When it's time to be yourself</li>
<li>How dating and business are closely related</li>
<li>Why Mark is was more of a ladies' man than Brian</li>
<li>How adding value in the long term sets you up for success</li>
<li>Why our "comfort zone" is holding us back</li>
<li>Why we need to be ourselves and not be afraid of alienating some people</li>
<li>How appealing to everyone is a <em>bad</em> thing for our businesses</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/317?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_317">https://6figurecreative.com/317</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2290</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[30e6ff9c-3fb7-11ef-88e9-0f9b0438352e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2046594895.mp3?updated=1720725195" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#316: Contracting Is For Suckers | There’s A Better Way To Freelance</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/316?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_316</link>
      <description>Ever been offered a gig where a company or agency is hiring you on as a contractor (or subcontractor)?
To anyone desperate for work it an sound like a dream, but here's the catch – it's actually a trap.
In our latest podcast episode, I break down why contracting can seem like a godsend for freelancers desperate for gigs, but it often becomes a nightmare that's impossible to escape.
So, what’s the alternative? This week I dive into:

The 10% rule every freelancer should follow.

The illusion of security in contracting gigs

A stable freelancing model with diversified income streams, stackable projects, and flat-rate pricing

For anyone who's currently contracting under another company, I hope by the end of this episode, you get away from the "dark side" and learn how much better a stable freelancing model can work for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/316</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Contracting Is For Suckers | There’s A Better Way To Freelance</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>316</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever been offered a gig where a company or agency is hiring you on as a contractor (or subcontractor)?
To anyone desperate for work it an sound like a dream, but here's the catch – it's actually a trap.
In our latest podcast episode, I break down why contracting can seem like a godsend for freelancers desperate for gigs, but it often becomes a nightmare that's impossible to escape.
So, what’s the alternative? This week I dive into:

The 10% rule every freelancer should follow.

The illusion of security in contracting gigs

A stable freelancing model with diversified income streams, stackable projects, and flat-rate pricing

For anyone who's currently contracting under another company, I hope by the end of this episode, you get away from the "dark side" and learn how much better a stable freelancing model can work for you.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/316</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever been offered a gig where a company or agency is hiring you on as a contractor (or subcontractor)?</p><p>To anyone desperate for work it an sound like a dream, but here's the catch – it's actually a trap.</p><p>In our latest podcast episode, I break down why contracting can seem like a godsend for freelancers desperate for gigs, but it often becomes a nightmare that's impossible to escape.</p><p>So, what’s the alternative? This week I dive into:</p><ul>
<li>The <strong>10% rule</strong> every freelancer should follow.</li>
<li>The illusion of security in contracting gigs</li>
<li>A stable freelancing model with diversified income streams, stackable projects, and flat-rate pricing</li>
</ul><p>For anyone who's currently contracting under another company, I hope by the end of this episode, you get away from the "dark side" and learn how much better a stable freelancing model can work for you.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/316?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_316">https://6figurecreative.com/316</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1988</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[72391dd8-3d3f-11ef-ab65-0b59d0b03de2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3229310475.mp3?updated=1720454729" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#315: The REAL “Secret” to Consistent Clients (and Income) as a Freelancer</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/315?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_315</link>
      <description>Ever feel like you're stuck on a rollercoaster of feast or famine with freelance work? You land a big project, then... crickets.
We've spoken to over 800 freelancers 1 on 1 this past year, and nearly EVERY one of those freelancers was in the same boat... lack of consistency, and lack of any real plan.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I'm hitting you with some tough love to break that cycle and give you the real "secret" to consistent clients and income. (Hint: It's not a magic trick.)
The secret to earning consistent income and landing premium clients isn’t what you think. It won’t be found in sporadic social media posts or half-baked marketing efforts. It’s about changing who you are.
This episode is for YOU if:

You're tired of the inconsistent income struggle.

You're ready to take your freelancing seriously and build a real business.

You're open to ditching the "dream client" fantasy and attracting clients who are a perfect fit.

Ready to finally ditch the feast or famine cycle?
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/315</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The REAL “Secret” to Consistent Clients (and Income) as a Freelancer</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>315</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever feel like you're stuck on a rollercoaster of feast or famine with freelance work? You land a big project, then... crickets.
We've spoken to over 800 freelancers 1 on 1 this past year, and nearly EVERY one of those freelancers was in the same boat... lack of consistency, and lack of any real plan.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I'm hitting you with some tough love to break that cycle and give you the real "secret" to consistent clients and income. (Hint: It's not a magic trick.)
The secret to earning consistent income and landing premium clients isn’t what you think. It won’t be found in sporadic social media posts or half-baked marketing efforts. It’s about changing who you are.
This episode is for YOU if:

You're tired of the inconsistent income struggle.

You're ready to take your freelancing seriously and build a real business.

You're open to ditching the "dream client" fantasy and attracting clients who are a perfect fit.

Ready to finally ditch the feast or famine cycle?
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/315</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you're stuck on a rollercoaster of feast or famine with freelance work? You land a big project, then... crickets.</p><p>We've spoken to over 800 freelancers 1 on 1 this past year, and nearly EVERY one of those freelancers was in the same boat... lack of consistency, and lack of any <em>real </em>plan.</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I'm hitting you with some tough love to break that cycle and give you the <em>real</em> "secret" to consistent clients and income. (Hint: It's not a magic trick.)</p><p>The secret to earning consistent income and landing premium clients <strong><em>isn’t</em></strong> what you think. It won’t be found in sporadic social media posts or half-baked marketing efforts. <strong>It’s about changing who you are.</strong></p><p><strong>This episode is for YOU if:</strong></p><ul>
<li>You're tired of the inconsistent income struggle.</li>
<li>You're ready to take your freelancing seriously and build a real business.</li>
<li>You're open to ditching the "dream client" fantasy and attracting clients who are a perfect fit.</li>
</ul><p><strong>Ready to finally ditch the feast or famine cycle?</strong></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/315?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_315">https://6figurecreative.com/315</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1317</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee9a869c-37d5-11ef-9785-ef36f6ec2e28]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6102626139.mp3?updated=1719858045" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#314: How to Find the Right Balance Between "Niching Down" and "Maximizing Value"</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/314?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_314</link>
      <description>Ever feel like finding the perfect niche is like walking a tightrope? One wrong step, and you're either too broad and get lost in the crowd, or too narrow and miss out on opportunities.
In our latest episode, we unravel this tricky dilemma. Whether you're worried about losing clients by niching down or spreading yourself too thin, we've devoted an entire episode to helping you find that perfect sweet spot!
🎧 Listen Now to learn:

How to avoid being too broad or too niche.

Real strategies to keep your services appealing and effective.

The secret sauce to being known for what you do best without pigeonholing yourself.

Don’t miss this episode if you want to become sought-after while still offering enough to attract and retain clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

When you should niche down

Why outcomes are more important than services

Avoiding common mistakes when niching down

Pitching your services effectively

Using the agency model vs. the collective model

Why services shouldn't be the focus

Helping clients achieve their vision

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/314</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to Find the Right Balance Between "Niching Down" and "Maximizing Value"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>314</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever feel like finding the perfect niche is like walking a tightrope? One wrong step, and you're either too broad and get lost in the crowd, or too narrow and miss out on opportunities.
In our latest episode, we unravel this tricky dilemma. Whether you're worried about losing clients by niching down or spreading yourself too thin, we've devoted an entire episode to helping you find that perfect sweet spot!
🎧 Listen Now to learn:

How to avoid being too broad or too niche.

Real strategies to keep your services appealing and effective.

The secret sauce to being known for what you do best without pigeonholing yourself.

Don’t miss this episode if you want to become sought-after while still offering enough to attract and retain clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

When you should niche down

Why outcomes are more important than services

Avoiding common mistakes when niching down

Pitching your services effectively

Using the agency model vs. the collective model

Why services shouldn't be the focus

Helping clients achieve their vision

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/314</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like finding the perfect niche is like walking a tightrope? One wrong step, and you're either too broad and get lost in the crowd, or too narrow and miss out on opportunities.</p><p>In our latest episode, we unravel this tricky dilemma. Whether you're worried about losing clients by niching down or spreading yourself too thin, we've devoted an entire episode to helping you find that perfect sweet spot!</p><p>🎧 Listen Now to learn:</p><ul>
<li>How to avoid being too broad or too niche.</li>
<li>Real strategies to keep your services appealing and effective.</li>
<li>The secret sauce to being known for what you do best without pigeonholing yourself.</li>
</ul><p>Don’t miss this episode if you want to become sought-after while still offering enough to attract and retain clients.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>When you should niche down</li>
<li>Why outcomes are more important than services</li>
<li>Avoiding common mistakes when niching down</li>
<li>Pitching your services effectively</li>
<li>Using the agency model vs. the collective model</li>
<li>Why services shouldn't be the focus</li>
<li>Helping clients achieve their vision</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/314?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_314">https://6figurecreative.com/314</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1460</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[eda55266-3259-11ef-9959-eb9f33ab4194]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4620966742.mp3?updated=1719255030" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#313: Case Study: The Solo Freelancer Earning $1 Million Per Year</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/313?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_313</link>
      <description>I recently came across one of the coolest freelance businesses I've ever seen, and I wanted to bring this to the 6 Figure Creative audience.
I'm not going to spoil anything, but this freelancer is earning over $1 Million per year without a staff, without contractors, and he's able to accomplish this just by taking inspiration from a totally different industry than his own.
If you're feeling stagnant, stuck, uninspired, or you're simply not earning what you think you should be in your own business, this episode is absolutely for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you shouldn't rely on a single point of failure

Taking influence from other businesses outside of your industry

Creating income stability with a better business model

How to stay away from becoming an "inbred business"

How successful entrepreneurs deal with roadblocks

Sharing knowledge with your "competition"

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/313</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Case Study: The Solo Freelancer Earning $1 Million Per Year</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>313</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I recently came across one of the coolest freelance businesses I've ever seen, and I wanted to bring this to the 6 Figure Creative audience.
I'm not going to spoil anything, but this freelancer is earning over $1 Million per year without a staff, without contractors, and he's able to accomplish this just by taking inspiration from a totally different industry than his own.
If you're feeling stagnant, stuck, uninspired, or you're simply not earning what you think you should be in your own business, this episode is absolutely for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you shouldn't rely on a single point of failure

Taking influence from other businesses outside of your industry

Creating income stability with a better business model

How to stay away from becoming an "inbred business"

How successful entrepreneurs deal with roadblocks

Sharing knowledge with your "competition"

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/313</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently came across one of the coolest freelance businesses I've ever seen, and I wanted to bring this to the 6 Figure Creative audience.</p><p>I'm not going to spoil anything, but this freelancer is earning over $1 Million per year without a staff, without contractors, and he's able to accomplish this just by taking inspiration from a totally different industry than his own.</p><p>If you're feeling stagnant, stuck, uninspired, or you're simply not earning what you think you should be in your own business, this episode is absolutely for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you shouldn't rely on a single point of failure</li>
<li>Taking influence from other businesses <em>outside</em> of your industry</li>
<li>Creating income stability with a better business model</li>
<li>How to stay away from becoming an "inbred business"</li>
<li>How successful entrepreneurs deal with roadblocks</li>
<li>Sharing knowledge with your "competition"</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/313?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_313">https://6figurecreative.com/313</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1736</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2980b15c-28f2-11ef-a65b-e3f550306972]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4991010931.mp3?updated=1718220902" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#312: How To Stop The "Feast Or Famine Cycle"</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/312?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_312</link>
      <description>Ever felt trapped in the feast-or-famine cycle as a freelancer? I've been there, and it's brutal. But what if I told you there's a way out?
I just got back from Alex Hormozi’s amazing workshop in Vegas. Spending two days at Acquisition.com HQ with Alex, Leila, and their leadership team was nothing short of eye-opening.
Surrounded by business owners of all types, from an 18-year-old with a $250K landscaping business to people bringing in $10M+, I soaked in anything and everything that's working in business today.
My big takeaway?
Hormozi and his team harped on one core principle – finding and fixing the root cause of business bottlenecks.
And for 95% of freelancers, this boils down to one thing... lead generation.
In our latest podcast episode, I break down Hormozi's method that helped scale businesses to millions.
Don't let the feast-or-famine cycle continue for the rest of your life. Learn how to generate a steady stream of leads so you get to take control of your income.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What I learned from the Hormozi's retreat

Why it's important to find and eliminate bottlenecks in your business

The things holding your business back

Using paid ads for your business

Testing ads the way the Hormozi's do

Why this is all worth the effort

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/312</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Stop The "Feast Or Famine Cycle"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>312</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever felt trapped in the feast-or-famine cycle as a freelancer? I've been there, and it's brutal. But what if I told you there's a way out?
I just got back from Alex Hormozi’s amazing workshop in Vegas. Spending two days at Acquisition.com HQ with Alex, Leila, and their leadership team was nothing short of eye-opening.
Surrounded by business owners of all types, from an 18-year-old with a $250K landscaping business to people bringing in $10M+, I soaked in anything and everything that's working in business today.
My big takeaway?
Hormozi and his team harped on one core principle – finding and fixing the root cause of business bottlenecks.
And for 95% of freelancers, this boils down to one thing... lead generation.
In our latest podcast episode, I break down Hormozi's method that helped scale businesses to millions.
Don't let the feast-or-famine cycle continue for the rest of your life. Learn how to generate a steady stream of leads so you get to take control of your income.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What I learned from the Hormozi's retreat

Why it's important to find and eliminate bottlenecks in your business

The things holding your business back

Using paid ads for your business

Testing ads the way the Hormozi's do

Why this is all worth the effort

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/312</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt trapped in the feast-or-famine cycle as a freelancer? I've been there, and it's brutal. But what if I told you there's a way out?</p><p>I just got back from Alex Hormozi’s amazing workshop in Vegas. Spending two days at Acquisition.com HQ with Alex, Leila, and their leadership team was nothing short of eye-opening.</p><p>Surrounded by business owners of all types, from an 18-year-old with a $250K landscaping business to people bringing in $10M+, I soaked in anything and everything that's working in business today.</p><p>My big takeaway?</p><p>Hormozi and his team harped on one core principle – finding and fixing the root cause of business bottlenecks.</p><p>And for 95% of freelancers, this boils down to one thing... <strong>lead generation.</strong></p><p>In our latest podcast episode, I break down Hormozi's method that helped scale businesses to millions.</p><p>Don't let the feast-or-famine cycle continue for the rest of your life. Learn how to generate a steady stream of leads so <em>you</em> get to take control of your income.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What I learned from the Hormozi's retreat</li>
<li>Why it's important to find and eliminate bottlenecks in your business</li>
<li>The things holding your business back</li>
<li>Using paid ads for your business</li>
<li>Testing ads the way the Hormozi's do</li>
<li>Why this is all worth the effort</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/312?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_312">https://6figurecreative.com/312</a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1368</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f96c5ec6-2748-11ef-977a-f7dffe5c68b7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2980403505.mp3?updated=1718038285" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> #311: The 4 BIGGEST Things That Will Help You Charge More</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/311?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_311</link>
      <description>I'm super excited to share this with you today because this is the stuff that really moves the needle in your business.
This is how you can charge more without losing clients or getting rejected.
This is how you make your clients SO happy that they refer all their friends to you.
This is how you become more attractive to your "dream clients".
And this framework comes from a business owner earning over $100,000,000 per year... so you know this stuff works.
Today's episode breaks down the 4 BEST ways to become more valuable, and if you get this right, you'll completely transform how you show up to clients.
99% of the freelancers I know neglect all 4 of these areas to their own detriment. As a result, they're losing gigs to their competitors, they get constant pushback on pricing, and they're not generating nearly enough referrals to keep their calendars full.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Focusing on the end goal, not the short term

The value exchange

The importance of social proof and perceived likelihood of achievement

How to close bigger deals

How time delay affects pricing and client acquisition

The expert wins: why experts get the job 9 times out of 10

Why adding friction is a recipe for losing clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/311</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 BIGGEST Things That Will Help You Charge More</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>311</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I'm super excited to share this with you today because this is the stuff that really moves the needle in your business.
This is how you can charge more without losing clients or getting rejected.
This is how you make your clients SO happy that they refer all their friends to you.
This is how you become more attractive to your "dream clients".
And this framework comes from a business owner earning over $100,000,000 per year... so you know this stuff works.
Today's episode breaks down the 4 BEST ways to become more valuable, and if you get this right, you'll completely transform how you show up to clients.
99% of the freelancers I know neglect all 4 of these areas to their own detriment. As a result, they're losing gigs to their competitors, they get constant pushback on pricing, and they're not generating nearly enough referrals to keep their calendars full.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Focusing on the end goal, not the short term

The value exchange

The importance of social proof and perceived likelihood of achievement

How to close bigger deals

How time delay affects pricing and client acquisition

The expert wins: why experts get the job 9 times out of 10

Why adding friction is a recipe for losing clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/311</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I'm super excited to share this with you today because <em>this</em> is the stuff that really moves the needle in your business.</p><p><strong><em>This</em></strong> is how you can charge more <em>without</em> losing clients or getting rejected.</p><p><strong><em>This</em></strong> is how you make your clients SO happy that they refer all their friends to you.</p><p><strong><em>This</em></strong> is how you become more attractive to your "dream clients".</p><p>And this framework comes from a business owner earning over $100,000,000 per year... so you know this stuff works.</p><p>Today's episode breaks down the 4 BEST ways to become more valuable, and if you get this right, <strong>you'll completely transform how you show up to clients</strong>.</p><p>99% of the freelancers I know neglect all 4 of these areas to their own detriment. As a result, they're losing gigs to their competitors, they get constant pushback on pricing, and they're not generating nearly enough referrals to keep their calendars full.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Focusing on the end goal, not the short term</li>
<li>The value exchange</li>
<li>The importance of social proof and perceived likelihood of achievement</li>
<li>How to close bigger deals</li>
<li>How time delay affects pricing and client acquisition</li>
<li>The expert wins: why experts get the job 9 times out of 10</li>
<li>Why adding friction is a recipe for losing clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/311?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_311">https://6figurecreative.com/311</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3044</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[52c7536a-21c0-11ef-b1e6-27cfcdad58cd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4313930849.mp3?updated=1717430382" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#310: How To Budget When Your Income Is Inconsistent</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/310?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_310</link>
      <description>Ever had a $20k month followed by a $1,200 month? Freelancing can be a wild ride. Even with solid client acquisition, those feast-or-famine cycles can stress anyone out.
In our latest podcast episode, we're diving into something called dynamic budgeting. 
This is the secret to turning chaos into consistency.
This is what creates a financial buffer in your business.
This is what gives you the breathing room to say no to bad projects and yes to those projects you love.
Listen now to learn:

How to create a realistic budget as a freelancer

The best tools for tracking expenses without the headache.

Strategies to build an "oh sh*t" fund

No more financial roller coasters. Let’s make freelancing sustainable and stress-free.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/310</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Budget When Your Income Is Inconsistent</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>310</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever had a $20k month followed by a $1,200 month? Freelancing can be a wild ride. Even with solid client acquisition, those feast-or-famine cycles can stress anyone out.
In our latest podcast episode, we're diving into something called dynamic budgeting. 
This is the secret to turning chaos into consistency.
This is what creates a financial buffer in your business.
This is what gives you the breathing room to say no to bad projects and yes to those projects you love.
Listen now to learn:

How to create a realistic budget as a freelancer

The best tools for tracking expenses without the headache.

Strategies to build an "oh sh*t" fund

No more financial roller coasters. Let’s make freelancing sustainable and stress-free.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/310</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever had a $20k month followed by a $1,200 month? Freelancing can be a wild ride. Even with solid client acquisition, those feast-or-famine cycles can stress anyone out.</p><p>In our latest podcast episode, we're diving into something called <strong>dynamic budgeting. </strong></p><p>This is the secret to turning chaos into consistency.</p><p><em>This</em> is what creates a financial buffer in your business.</p><p><strong><em>This</em></strong> is what gives you the breathing room to say no to bad projects and yes to those projects you love.</p><p>Listen now to learn:</p><ul>
<li>How to create a realistic budget as a freelancer</li>
<li>The best tools for tracking expenses without the headache.</li>
<li>Strategies to build an "<em>oh sh*t</em>" fund</li>
</ul><p>No more financial roller coasters. Let’s make freelancing sustainable and stress-free.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/310?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_310">https://6figurecreative.com/310</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2056</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dca6428a-19dc-11ef-9a7d-3fa4c142323f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2252622708.mp3?updated=1716562683" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#309: 12 Things You Can't Ignore If You Want to Thrive as a Freelancer</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/309?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_309</link>
      <description>Ready for some tough love? This week's episode of the Six Figure Creative Podcast is a wake-up call for freelancers stuck in "survival mode".
Here's the big question... are you letting your emotions run your business? If the answer is yes, it’s time to change that.
In this episode, I break down:

The 12 things you can't ignore to build a thriving freelance business.

The brutal truth about why most freelancers fail.

A powerful mindset shift to turn your business struggles into triumphs.

Stop letting feast-or-famine cycles dictate your life. It's time to build a sustainable, fulfilling freelance business that doesn't crumble at the first sign of trouble.
🎧 Listen to Episode 309 Now
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why emotions are ruining our businesses

How running a business adds tasks to your plate

The 12 roles and responsibilities of any business owner

Why Brian almost passed out during his first gym session

Your choices if you can't go back to a day job

Getting a personal trainer for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/309</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>12 Things You Can't Ignore If You Want to Thrive as a Freelancer</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>309</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ready for some tough love? This week's episode of the Six Figure Creative Podcast is a wake-up call for freelancers stuck in "survival mode".
Here's the big question... are you letting your emotions run your business? If the answer is yes, it’s time to change that.
In this episode, I break down:

The 12 things you can't ignore to build a thriving freelance business.

The brutal truth about why most freelancers fail.

A powerful mindset shift to turn your business struggles into triumphs.

Stop letting feast-or-famine cycles dictate your life. It's time to build a sustainable, fulfilling freelance business that doesn't crumble at the first sign of trouble.
🎧 Listen to Episode 309 Now
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why emotions are ruining our businesses

How running a business adds tasks to your plate

The 12 roles and responsibilities of any business owner

Why Brian almost passed out during his first gym session

Your choices if you can't go back to a day job

Getting a personal trainer for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/309</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ready for some tough love? This week's episode of the Six Figure Creative Podcast is a wake-up call for freelancers stuck in "survival mode".</p><p>Here's the big question... <strong>are you letting your emotions run your business?</strong> If the answer is yes, it’s time to change that.</p><p>In this episode, I break down:</p><ul>
<li>The 12 things you can't ignore to build a thriving freelance business.</li>
<li>The brutal truth about why most freelancers fail.</li>
<li>A powerful mindset shift to turn your business struggles into triumphs.</li>
</ul><p>Stop letting feast-or-famine cycles dictate your life. It's time to build a sustainable, fulfilling freelance business that doesn't crumble at the first sign of trouble.</p><p><a href="https://6figurecreative.com/309?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_309">🎧 Listen to Episode 309 Now</a></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why emotions are ruining our businesses</li>
<li>How running a business adds tasks to your plate</li>
<li>The 12 roles and responsibilities of any business owner</li>
<li>Why Brian almost passed out during his first gym session</li>
<li>Your choices if you can't go back to a day job</li>
<li>Getting a personal trainer for your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/309?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_309">https://6figurecreative.com/309</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1098</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0704ee7e-1482-11ef-b75e-bba549e837f3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5947967247.mp3?updated=1715973717" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#308: How To Give Yourself A Raise This Year (In 4 Steps)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/308?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_308</link>
      <description>For two grueling years in my early 20s, I poured my heart into a day job at Gamestop, never missing a day and always showing up on time.
Despite the love from regulars and kudos from my boss, my financial reward after all that hustle? A laughable jump from $5.15/hr to $5.50/hr. That's right, a whole $0.35/hr raise after two years.
Sound painfully familiar? Unfortunately, many of us have been undervalued at some point, struggling to secure that well-deserved raise.
But here's the flip side... when you're self-employed, you call the shots on your "salary".
No more waiting years for a significant raise - freelancers can see substantial income increases in a matter of weeks or months if you play your cards right.
Ready to find out how? Check out this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast for a super-tactical and engaging session where we explore four actionable steps to give yourself a raise this year.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to "get a raise" as a freelancer

The limits on our businesses as freelancers

Overcoming the constraints on your business

Keeping your clients happy - and tracking repeat clients

Eliminating a constraint to give yourself a pay bump

Why whales are a risk to your business

Improving your skills, beliefs, and character traits

Finding the answers to your roadblocks

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/308</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Give Yourself A Raise This Year (In 4 Steps)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>308</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>For two grueling years in my early 20s, I poured my heart into a day job at Gamestop, never missing a day and always showing up on time.
Despite the love from regulars and kudos from my boss, my financial reward after all that hustle? A laughable jump from $5.15/hr to $5.50/hr. That's right, a whole $0.35/hr raise after two years.
Sound painfully familiar? Unfortunately, many of us have been undervalued at some point, struggling to secure that well-deserved raise.
But here's the flip side... when you're self-employed, you call the shots on your "salary".
No more waiting years for a significant raise - freelancers can see substantial income increases in a matter of weeks or months if you play your cards right.
Ready to find out how? Check out this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast for a super-tactical and engaging session where we explore four actionable steps to give yourself a raise this year.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to "get a raise" as a freelancer

The limits on our businesses as freelancers

Overcoming the constraints on your business

Keeping your clients happy - and tracking repeat clients

Eliminating a constraint to give yourself a pay bump

Why whales are a risk to your business

Improving your skills, beliefs, and character traits

Finding the answers to your roadblocks

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/308</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>For two grueling years in my early 20s, I poured my heart into a day job at Gamestop, never missing a day and always showing up on time.</p><p>Despite the love from regulars and kudos from my boss, my financial reward after all that hustle? A laughable jump from $5.15/hr to $5.50/hr. <strong>That's right, a whole $0.35/hr raise after two years.</strong></p><p>Sound painfully familiar? Unfortunately, many of us have been undervalued at some point, struggling to secure that well-deserved raise.</p><p>But here's the flip side... when you're self-employed, <strong><em>you</em></strong> call the shots on your "salary".</p><p>No more waiting years for a significant raise - freelancers can see substantial income increases in a matter of weeks or months if you play your cards right.</p><p>Ready to find out how? Check out this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast for a super-tactical and engaging session where we explore four actionable steps to give yourself a raise this year.</p><h3>
<strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</h3><ul>
<li>How to "get a raise" as a freelancer</li>
<li>The limits on our businesses as freelancers</li>
<li>Overcoming the constraints on your business</li>
<li>Keeping your clients happy - and tracking repeat clients</li>
<li>Eliminating a constraint to give yourself a pay bump</li>
<li>Why whales are a risk to your business</li>
<li>Improving your skills, beliefs, and character traits</li>
<li>Finding the answers to your roadblocks</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/308?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_308">https://6figurecreative.com/308</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1882</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[da1a91a8-113d-11ef-b6ee-2b253a244633]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9122228632.mp3?updated=1715614873" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#307: 7 Pricing Strategies For Recurring Subscription Freelance Clients</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/307?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_307</link>
      <description>For freelancers, subscription pricing is like finding the holy grail. It changes the feast &amp; famine nature of project-based work into a steady, reliable income stream.
Last week, we kicked off this conversation, exploring how freelancers could shift from one-time gigs to recurring revenue models. The topic struck a chord, leading to an influx of interest and discussions.
This week we’re going deeper into why this approach is also notoriously challenging for freelancers, and what you can do to have the best shot of making it work.
Without knowing what you're doing, you might try to move to recurring packages only to find yourself overworked and underpaid.
On top of that, clients are often hesitant to commit to recurring packages, fearing long-term commitments when they're used to paying for specific, one-off tasks.
While the transition might be difficult, the payoff is absolutely worth it. Check out this week's podcast where I dive into 7 Pricing Strategies For Recurring Subscription Freelance Clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why subscription packages are the holy grail for freelancers

The advantages of value-based pricing

Understanding that value isn't always financial

Monthly pricing options to protect yourself

Creating bundles for your pricing

When (and how) to charge an onboarding fee

Price increases over time

Should you have a contract or not?

How to offer incentives for clients to sign up for a subscription

Safeguarding yourself from becoming overworked

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/307</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>7 Pricing Strategies For Recurring Subscription Freelance Clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>307</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>For freelancers, subscription pricing is like finding the holy grail. It changes the feast &amp; famine nature of project-based work into a steady, reliable income stream.
Last week, we kicked off this conversation, exploring how freelancers could shift from one-time gigs to recurring revenue models. The topic struck a chord, leading to an influx of interest and discussions.
This week we’re going deeper into why this approach is also notoriously challenging for freelancers, and what you can do to have the best shot of making it work.
Without knowing what you're doing, you might try to move to recurring packages only to find yourself overworked and underpaid.
On top of that, clients are often hesitant to commit to recurring packages, fearing long-term commitments when they're used to paying for specific, one-off tasks.
While the transition might be difficult, the payoff is absolutely worth it. Check out this week's podcast where I dive into 7 Pricing Strategies For Recurring Subscription Freelance Clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why subscription packages are the holy grail for freelancers

The advantages of value-based pricing

Understanding that value isn't always financial

Monthly pricing options to protect yourself

Creating bundles for your pricing

When (and how) to charge an onboarding fee

Price increases over time

Should you have a contract or not?

How to offer incentives for clients to sign up for a subscription

Safeguarding yourself from becoming overworked

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/307</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>For freelancers, subscription pricing is like finding <strong>the holy grail</strong>. It changes the feast &amp; famine nature of project-based work into a steady, reliable income stream.</p><p><a href="https://6figurecreative.com/offering-recurring-subscriptions-as-a-freelancer-the-holy-grail-of-freelancing/">Last week</a>, we kicked off this conversation, exploring how freelancers could shift from one-time gigs to recurring revenue models. The topic struck a chord, leading to an influx of interest and discussions.</p><p>This week we’re going deeper into why this approach is also notoriously challenging for freelancers, and what you can do to have the best shot of making it work.</p><p>Without knowing what you're doing, you might try to move to recurring packages only to find yourself overworked and underpaid.</p><p>On top of that, clients are often hesitant to commit to recurring packages, fearing long-term commitments when they're used to paying for specific, one-off tasks.</p><p>While the transition might be difficult, the payoff is <em>absolutely</em> worth it. Check out this week's podcast where I dive into <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/307?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_307">7 Pricing Strategies For Recurring Subscription Freelance Clients</a>.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why subscription packages are the holy grail for freelancers</li>
<li>The advantages of value-based pricing</li>
<li>Understanding that value isn't always financial</li>
<li>Monthly pricing options to protect yourself</li>
<li>Creating bundles for your pricing</li>
<li>When (and how) to charge an onboarding fee</li>
<li>Price increases over time</li>
<li>Should you have a contract or not?</li>
<li>How to offer incentives for clients to sign up for a subscription</li>
<li>Safeguarding yourself from becoming overworked</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/307?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_307">https://6figurecreative.com/307</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1996</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e73b802-0bb8-11ef-afda-b747de9a3117]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4847269119.mp3?updated=1715008149" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#306: Offering Recurring Subscriptions As A Freelancer | The Holy Grail Of Freelancing</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/306?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_306</link>
      <description>The life of a freelancer sounds amazing on the surface....
The freedom of being your own boss and setting your own hours. The flexibility of working when you want. For some, even traveling the world as a digital nomad is a possibility.
While that can all be true, the dark side is that there can also be a lot of unpredictability. 
What if you could change that? Imagine knowing how much you're going to earn each month and having a clear picture of who you're working for in the coming months.
This isn’t just a nice thought... It's a reality for freelancers offering recurring services - think subscriptions, retainers, or monthly packages.
When you do this, you move from always hunting for the next client to having "automatic clients." This idea comes from turning one-time gigs into ongoing relationships where clients pay regularly for continued services.
Typically, freelancing is a one-and-done deal. You get a project, you do the work, you get paid, and that’s the end of the story. You start each month at zero—no guaranteed money, no clients waiting. It's like hitting the reset button every 30 days, which can make budgeting a nightmare and stability a pipe dream.
But does it have to be this way? Not really. This constant chase for new gigs is a trap many fall into by only taking on one-off projects. There’s a better strategy that can help smooth out the highs and lows: setting up a recurring revenue model.
If you’re tired of the freelance rollercoaster, check out this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast where I dive into recurring revenue for freelancers.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Creating a stable income stream by using recurring offers

Identifying industries that work well with recurring (or reoccurring) models

Helping your clients with a recurring service

Selling unlimited packages on a subscription basis

Making recurring packages valuable to your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/306</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Offering Recurring Subscriptions As A Freelancer | The Holy Grail Of Freelancing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>306</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The life of a freelancer sounds amazing on the surface....
The freedom of being your own boss and setting your own hours. The flexibility of working when you want. For some, even traveling the world as a digital nomad is a possibility.
While that can all be true, the dark side is that there can also be a lot of unpredictability. 
What if you could change that? Imagine knowing how much you're going to earn each month and having a clear picture of who you're working for in the coming months.
This isn’t just a nice thought... It's a reality for freelancers offering recurring services - think subscriptions, retainers, or monthly packages.
When you do this, you move from always hunting for the next client to having "automatic clients." This idea comes from turning one-time gigs into ongoing relationships where clients pay regularly for continued services.
Typically, freelancing is a one-and-done deal. You get a project, you do the work, you get paid, and that’s the end of the story. You start each month at zero—no guaranteed money, no clients waiting. It's like hitting the reset button every 30 days, which can make budgeting a nightmare and stability a pipe dream.
But does it have to be this way? Not really. This constant chase for new gigs is a trap many fall into by only taking on one-off projects. There’s a better strategy that can help smooth out the highs and lows: setting up a recurring revenue model.
If you’re tired of the freelance rollercoaster, check out this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast where I dive into recurring revenue for freelancers.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Creating a stable income stream by using recurring offers

Identifying industries that work well with recurring (or reoccurring) models

Helping your clients with a recurring service

Selling unlimited packages on a subscription basis

Making recurring packages valuable to your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/306</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The life of a freelancer sounds amazing on the surface....</p><p>The freedom of being your own boss and setting your own hours. The flexibility of working when you want. For some, even traveling the world as a digital nomad is a possibility.</p><p>While that can all be true, <strong>the dark side is that there can also be a <em>lot</em> of unpredictability. </strong></p><p>What if you could change that? Imagine knowing how much you're going to earn each month and having a clear picture of who you're working for in the coming months.</p><p>This isn’t just a nice thought... It's a reality for freelancers offering recurring services - think subscriptions, retainers, or monthly packages.</p><p>When you do this, you move from always hunting for the next client to having "automatic clients." This idea comes from turning one-time gigs into ongoing relationships where clients pay regularly for continued services.</p><p>Typically, freelancing is a one-and-done deal. You get a project, you do the work, you get paid, and that’s the end of the story. You start each month at zero—no guaranteed money, no clients waiting. It's like hitting the reset button every 30 days, which can make budgeting a nightmare and stability a pipe dream.</p><p>But does it have to be this way? Not really. This constant chase for new gigs is a trap many fall into by only taking on one-off projects. There’s a better strategy that can help smooth out the highs and lows: setting up a recurring revenue model.</p><p>If you’re tired of the freelance rollercoaster, check out this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast where I dive into recurring revenue for freelancers.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Creating a stable income stream by using recurring offers</li>
<li>Identifying industries that work well with recurring (or reoccurring) models</li>
<li>Helping your clients with a recurring service</li>
<li>Selling unlimited packages on a subscription basis</li>
<li>Making recurring packages valuable to your clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/306?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_306">https://6figurecreative.com/306</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1872</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[29a0c7ac-0652-11ef-aad2-33142d221917]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7836732234.mp3?updated=1714414536" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#305: There Might Be A Good Argument For Selling Your Soul For $$$</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/305?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_305</link>
      <description>Navigating life as a creative freelancer is all about balancing what you love doing with what pays the bills.
It's often framed as "selling your soul", but really, it's about making tough choices: do you follow your passion or chase the cash?
For creatives, this dilemma is pretty intense. You've got the classic 'starving artist' on one side. They're rich in satisfaction but often struggle financially.
Then there's the other side - the freelancers who focus mainly on what brings in money. Sure, they might be doing better financially, but at what cost?
This week's episode explores each side in a search for finding a healthy balance between money and passion or the seasons of life that may be the right time to focus on money instead of passion.
Whether you're the classic "starving artist" or the money-focused freelancer, this episode is worth a listen.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Hobbies vs businesses

Are you motivated by passion or profit?

The importance of focusing on what your clients want

Giving yourself more free time by being profit-driven

Reducing your stress by becoming a profit-driven creative

Why passion-driven creatives need to change

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/305</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>There Might Be A Good Argument For Selling Your Soul For $$$</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>305</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Navigating life as a creative freelancer is all about balancing what you love doing with what pays the bills.
It's often framed as "selling your soul", but really, it's about making tough choices: do you follow your passion or chase the cash?
For creatives, this dilemma is pretty intense. You've got the classic 'starving artist' on one side. They're rich in satisfaction but often struggle financially.
Then there's the other side - the freelancers who focus mainly on what brings in money. Sure, they might be doing better financially, but at what cost?
This week's episode explores each side in a search for finding a healthy balance between money and passion or the seasons of life that may be the right time to focus on money instead of passion.
Whether you're the classic "starving artist" or the money-focused freelancer, this episode is worth a listen.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Hobbies vs businesses

Are you motivated by passion or profit?

The importance of focusing on what your clients want

Giving yourself more free time by being profit-driven

Reducing your stress by becoming a profit-driven creative

Why passion-driven creatives need to change

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/305</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Navigating life as a creative freelancer is all about balancing what you love doing with what pays the bills.</p><p>It's often framed as "selling your soul", but really, it's about making tough choices: <strong>do you follow your passion or chase the cash?</strong></p><p>For creatives, this dilemma is pretty intense. You've got the classic 'starving artist' on one side. They're rich in satisfaction but often struggle financially.</p><p>Then there's the other side - the freelancers who focus mainly on what brings in money. Sure, they might be doing better financially, but at what cost?</p><p>This week's episode explores each side in a search for finding a healthy balance between money and passion <em>or</em> the seasons of life that <em>may</em> be the right time to focus on money instead of passion.</p><p>Whether you're the classic "starving artist" or the money-focused freelancer, this episode is worth a listen.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Hobbies vs businesses</li>
<li>Are you motivated by passion or profit?</li>
<li>The importance of focusing on what your clients want</li>
<li>Giving yourself <em>more</em> free time by being profit-driven</li>
<li>Reducing your stress by becoming a profit-driven creative</li>
<li>Why passion-driven creatives need to change</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/305?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_305">https://6figurecreative.com/305</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>864</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8ae1ded2-00be-11ef-b0d4-2bd381d2e4d1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7945503279.mp3?updated=1713800685" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#304: The 10 Most Brutal Client Acquisition Mistakes That Are Wrecking Your Earning Potential</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/304?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_304</link>
      <description>Client acquisition is obviously an important part of running a freelance business because it’s how you make sure you keep getting paid every month.
Despite how obvious this is, many freelancers don’t take this seriously enough... and it shows when work dries up and you're back into the dreaded feast-or-famine cycle.
If you worked in a day job that decided to stop paying you for weeks or months at a time, you'd probably do something about it. However, many freelancers never do anything about this in their own business.
They just keep showing up to "work" week after week, month after month, accepting their fate.
If you'd like to be a better "boss" to yourself and actually make sure you get paid every month, this week's episode is all about avoiding some of the most common client acquisition mistakes
If you stop making these mistakes and start taking client acquisition seriously, you’ll have more stability, better projects, and fewer dry spells. What’s not to like about that?
In this episode you’ll discover:

Avoiding the basic mistakes that you make during client acquisition

Adding value as a freelancer

Why a high close rate is dangerous for your business

How to increase your sales with a high-quality follow-up sequence

Fix your pricing model!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/304</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 10 Most Brutal Client Acquisition Mistakes That Are Wrecking Your Earning Potential</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>304</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Client acquisition is obviously an important part of running a freelance business because it’s how you make sure you keep getting paid every month.
Despite how obvious this is, many freelancers don’t take this seriously enough... and it shows when work dries up and you're back into the dreaded feast-or-famine cycle.
If you worked in a day job that decided to stop paying you for weeks or months at a time, you'd probably do something about it. However, many freelancers never do anything about this in their own business.
They just keep showing up to "work" week after week, month after month, accepting their fate.
If you'd like to be a better "boss" to yourself and actually make sure you get paid every month, this week's episode is all about avoiding some of the most common client acquisition mistakes
If you stop making these mistakes and start taking client acquisition seriously, you’ll have more stability, better projects, and fewer dry spells. What’s not to like about that?
In this episode you’ll discover:

Avoiding the basic mistakes that you make during client acquisition

Adding value as a freelancer

Why a high close rate is dangerous for your business

How to increase your sales with a high-quality follow-up sequence

Fix your pricing model!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/304</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Client acquisition is obviously an important part of running a freelance business because it’s how you make sure you keep getting paid every month.</p><p>Despite how obvious this is, many freelancers don’t take this seriously enough... and it shows when work dries up and you're back into the dreaded feast-or-famine cycle.</p><p>If you worked in a day job that decided to stop paying you for weeks or months at a time, you'd probably do something about it. However, <strong>many freelancers <em>never</em> do anything about this in their own business.</strong></p><p>They just keep showing up to "work" week after week, month after month, accepting their fate.</p><p>If you'd like to be a better "boss" to yourself and <em>actually</em> make sure you get paid every month, this week's episode is all about avoiding some of the most common client acquisition mistakes</p><p>If you stop making these mistakes and start taking client acquisition seriously, you’ll have more stability, better projects, and fewer dry spells. What’s not to like about that?</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Avoiding the basic mistakes that you make during client acquisition</li>
<li>Adding value as a freelancer</li>
<li>Why a high close rate is dangerous for your business</li>
<li>How to increase your sales with a high-quality follow-up sequence</li>
<li>Fix your pricing model!</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/304?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_304">https://6figurecreative.com/304</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2497</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8ee00f64-fb36-11ee-876b-67de98af0c27]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2980229019.mp3?updated=1713192897" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#303: How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 4</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/303?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_303</link>
      <description>In the final episode of this 4-part series, we're diving into one of the most powerful but often misunderstood methods of standing out from the crowd.
I saved the best for last.
This has been the "secret sauce" behind my all of my successful businesses, from freelancing, to Airbnb, to multiple software companies, and even podcasting.
Without this last piece of the puzzle, nothing I've tried would have worked, and I'd likely still be working at Gamestop for minimum wage (missing out on millions of $ in the process)
If you're ready to become absolutely indispensable to your clients, listen to this week's episode to the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The importance of specialization

Why niches work better than others

Conversion-focused web design as a differentiation method

Niching down vs. niching out

The advantages of pushing bad leads away

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/303</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 4</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>303</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In the final episode of this 4-part series, we're diving into one of the most powerful but often misunderstood methods of standing out from the crowd.
I saved the best for last.
This has been the "secret sauce" behind my all of my successful businesses, from freelancing, to Airbnb, to multiple software companies, and even podcasting.
Without this last piece of the puzzle, nothing I've tried would have worked, and I'd likely still be working at Gamestop for minimum wage (missing out on millions of $ in the process)
If you're ready to become absolutely indispensable to your clients, listen to this week's episode to the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The importance of specialization

Why niches work better than others

Conversion-focused web design as a differentiation method

Niching down vs. niching out

The advantages of pushing bad leads away

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/303</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the <em>final</em> episode of this 4-part series, we're diving into one of the most powerful but often misunderstood methods of standing out from the crowd.</p><p>I saved the best for last.</p><p>This has been the "secret sauce" behind my all of my successful businesses, from freelancing, to Airbnb, to multiple software companies, and even podcasting.</p><p>Without this last piece of the puzzle, <strong><em>nothing</em></strong> I've tried would have worked, and I'd likely still be working at Gamestop for minimum wage (missing out on millions of $ in the process)</p><p>If you're ready to become absolutely indispensable to your clients, listen to this week's episode to the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The importance of specialization</li>
<li>Why niches work better than others</li>
<li>Conversion-focused web design as a differentiation method</li>
<li>Niching down vs. niching out</li>
<li>The advantages of pushing bad leads away</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/303?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_303">https://6figurecreative.com/303</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1880</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[db642262-f361-11ee-8430-1705dd313af2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8926216989.mp3?updated=1712334380" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#302: How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 3</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/302?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_302</link>
      <description>Want to know the 3 golden rules for winning more clients than your competition?
First off, forget about competing on price. It’s a dead-end street. Instead, focus on adding value in unique ways that don’t undercut your worth. It’s about quality, not the lowest bid.
Second, make sure your stand-out factors are visible from the get-go. Qualities like a "great client experience" or a "cool vibe" are awesome, but they only shine through after you’re hired.
You need something that grabs attention before that stage, something that makes potential clients think, “Yes, THIS is the right person for us,” before they even talk to you.
Third, K.I.S.S. (keep it stupid simple). Focus on one differentiator at a time.
In a sea of sameness, one well-defined trait can be your ticket to standing out. It’s not about being a jack-of-all-trades but a master of one.
Last week, we talked about the ways you can differentiate by brute force, which can be tough and pricey.
This week, let’s get into something more accessible yet equally powerful: building trust and credibility, especially through social proof. It’s about showing, not just telling, that you’re the real deal.
Social proof, like glowing testimonials or endorsements, can be a game-changer. It’s about having others vouch for you, and showing potential clients that you’ve delivered 🤩amazing🤩 work before.
This kind of proof doesn’t need to break the bank but does require effort and intentionality to gather and showcase.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Using social proof for differentiation

The impact of reviews on your business.

Asking for feedback and reviews

How to get case studies for social proof

Content creation to generate quote requests

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/302</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 3</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>302</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Want to know the 3 golden rules for winning more clients than your competition?
First off, forget about competing on price. It’s a dead-end street. Instead, focus on adding value in unique ways that don’t undercut your worth. It’s about quality, not the lowest bid.
Second, make sure your stand-out factors are visible from the get-go. Qualities like a "great client experience" or a "cool vibe" are awesome, but they only shine through after you’re hired.
You need something that grabs attention before that stage, something that makes potential clients think, “Yes, THIS is the right person for us,” before they even talk to you.
Third, K.I.S.S. (keep it stupid simple). Focus on one differentiator at a time.
In a sea of sameness, one well-defined trait can be your ticket to standing out. It’s not about being a jack-of-all-trades but a master of one.
Last week, we talked about the ways you can differentiate by brute force, which can be tough and pricey.
This week, let’s get into something more accessible yet equally powerful: building trust and credibility, especially through social proof. It’s about showing, not just telling, that you’re the real deal.
Social proof, like glowing testimonials or endorsements, can be a game-changer. It’s about having others vouch for you, and showing potential clients that you’ve delivered 🤩amazing🤩 work before.
This kind of proof doesn’t need to break the bank but does require effort and intentionality to gather and showcase.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Using social proof for differentiation

The impact of reviews on your business.

Asking for feedback and reviews

How to get case studies for social proof

Content creation to generate quote requests

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/302</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to know the 3 golden rules for winning more clients than your competition?</p><p><u>First off</u>, forget about competing on price. It’s a dead-end street. Instead, focus on adding value in unique ways that don’t undercut your worth. It’s about quality, not the lowest bid.</p><p><u>Second</u>, make sure your stand-out factors are visible from the get-go. Qualities like a "great client experience" or a "cool vibe" are awesome, but they only shine through <strong><em>after</em></strong> you’re hired.</p><p>You need something that grabs attention before that stage, something that makes potential clients think, “Yes, THIS is the right person for us,” <strong><em><u>before</u></em> they even talk to you.</strong></p><p><u>Third</u>, K.I.S.S. (keep it stupid simple). Focus on <strong><em>one</em></strong> differentiator at a time.</p><p>In a sea of sameness, one well-defined trait can be your ticket to standing out. It’s not about being a jack-of-all-trades but a master of one.</p><p>Last week, we talked about the ways you can differentiate by brute force, which can be tough and pricey.</p><p>This week, let’s get into something more accessible yet equally powerful: building trust and credibility, especially through social proof. It’s about showing, not just telling, that you’re the real deal.</p><p>Social proof, like glowing testimonials or endorsements, can be a game-changer. It’s about having others vouch for you, and showing potential clients that you’ve delivered 🤩<em>amazing</em>🤩 work before.</p><p>This kind of proof doesn’t need to break the bank but does require effort and intentionality to gather and showcase.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Using social proof for differentiation</li>
<li>The impact of reviews on your business.</li>
<li>Asking for feedback and reviews</li>
<li>How to get case studies for social proof</li>
<li>Content creation to generate quote requests</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/302?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_302">https://6figurecreative.com/302</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1455</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[500be5ac-edf2-11ee-af81-cbc3fd384fb4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4195266678.mp3?updated=1711733848" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#301: How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 2</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/301?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_301</link>
      <description>Why should someone hire you vs alllll the other options they have?
If you don't have a good answer to that question yet, it's time to start working on it before the estimated 500 Million freelancers come online by the end of this decade.
This week I broke down 5 "Brute Force Differentiators" you can use to set yourself apart.
If you're trying to find more ways to stand out, this is a great start!
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three rules of differentiation

Why lowering your price will never help you


When you need to stand out to close the deal

Focusing on one point so you aren't spread thin

Types of differentiators

Why being the best doesn't matter

Why gear is not a good differentiator

Growing a better network to stand out

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/301</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>301</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Why should someone hire you vs alllll the other options they have?
If you don't have a good answer to that question yet, it's time to start working on it before the estimated 500 Million freelancers come online by the end of this decade.
This week I broke down 5 "Brute Force Differentiators" you can use to set yourself apart.
If you're trying to find more ways to stand out, this is a great start!
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three rules of differentiation

Why lowering your price will never help you


When you need to stand out to close the deal

Focusing on one point so you aren't spread thin

Types of differentiators

Why being the best doesn't matter

Why gear is not a good differentiator

Growing a better network to stand out

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/301</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why should someone hire <strong><em>you</em></strong> vs alllll the other options they have?</p><p>If you don't have a good answer to that question yet, it's time to start working on it before the estimated <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/jonyounger/2022/02/01/the-freelance-revolution-is-just-getting-started-key-trends-in-2022/?sh=24a39a1a118b">500 <strong><em>Million</em></strong> freelancers</a> come online by the end of this decade.</p><p>This week I broke down 5 "Brute Force Differentiators" you can use to set yourself apart.</p><p>If you're trying to find more ways to stand out, this is a great start!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The three rules of differentiation</li>
<li>Why lowering your price will <em>never</em> help you</li>
<li>
<em>When</em> you need to stand out to close the deal</li>
<li>Focusing on one point so you aren't spread thin</li>
<li>Types of differentiators</li>
<li>Why being the best doesn't matter</li>
<li>Why gear is <strong>not</strong> a good differentiator</li>
<li>Growing a better network to stand out</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/301?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_301">https://6figurecreative.com/301</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1539</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9a2ec9ca-eab3-11ee-af7f-63fc8fb38222]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1640631402.mp3?updated=1711377062" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#300: How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 1</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/300?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_300</link>
      <description>"But they do it for less".

If you've heard lines like that over the past year, get ready to hear it even more over the next 5-10 years.

Why? 

Well here's a terrifying stat: There are an estimated 500,000,000 freelancers "coming online" by the end of this decade.

WTF can we do to set ourselves apart from all those people WITHOUT resorting to dropping our rates? 

It all comes down to one unsexy word: Differentiation. 

Why should someone hire YOU vs alllll the other options they have? 

If you don't have a damn good answer for that, you're going to have a bad time...

Stick around for this new series where I'll dive into all the nitty-gritty on how to stand out, earn more, and keep doing what we love for the rest of your life.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How freelancing grew in recent years

Why should someone hire you?

How low pricing hurts you and all other creatives

The dangers of trying to appeal to everyone

Making sure we don't lose our creativity while running a business

The importance of differentiation in your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/300</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Set Yourself Apart From The Other 500,000,000 Freelancers In The World | Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>300</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>"But they do it for less".

If you've heard lines like that over the past year, get ready to hear it even more over the next 5-10 years.

Why? 

Well here's a terrifying stat: There are an estimated 500,000,000 freelancers "coming online" by the end of this decade.

WTF can we do to set ourselves apart from all those people WITHOUT resorting to dropping our rates? 

It all comes down to one unsexy word: Differentiation. 

Why should someone hire YOU vs alllll the other options they have? 

If you don't have a damn good answer for that, you're going to have a bad time...

Stick around for this new series where I'll dive into all the nitty-gritty on how to stand out, earn more, and keep doing what we love for the rest of your life.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How freelancing grew in recent years

Why should someone hire you?

How low pricing hurts you and all other creatives

The dangers of trying to appeal to everyone

Making sure we don't lose our creativity while running a business

The importance of differentiation in your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/300</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>"But <strong><em>they</em></strong> do it for less".</p><p><br></p><p>If you've heard lines like that over the past year, get ready to hear it even more over the next 5-10 years.</p><p><br></p><p>Why? </p><p><br></p><p>Well here's a terrifying stat: There are an estimated 500,000,000 freelancers "<a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/jonyounger/2022/02/01/the-freelance-revolution-is-just-getting-started-key-trends-in-2022/?sh=24a39a1a118b">coming online</a>" by the end of this decade.</p><p><br></p><p>WTF can we do to set ourselves apart from all those people WITHOUT resorting to dropping our rates? </p><p><br></p><p>It all comes down to one unsexy word: <strong>Differentiation</strong>. </p><p><br></p><p>Why should someone hire YOU vs alllll the other options they have? </p><p><br></p><p>If you don't have a damn good answer for that, you're going to have a bad time...</p><p><br></p><p>Stick around for this new series where I'll dive into all the nitty-gritty on how to stand out, earn more, and keep doing what we love for the rest of your life.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ol>
<li>How freelancing grew in recent years</li>
<li>Why should someone hire <em>you</em>?</li>
<li>How low pricing hurts you and all other creatives</li>
<li>The dangers of trying to appeal to everyone</li>
<li>Making sure we don't lose our creativity while running a business</li>
<li>The importance of differentiation in your business</li>
</ol><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/300?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_300">https://6figurecreative.com/300</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1233</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[293c4790-e542-11ee-a639-5f0049e4c6fd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8233033382.mp3?updated=1710778582" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#299: Why You Should Ask Your Clients For Feedback After Every Single Project | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/299?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_299</link>
      <description>If you're an obsessive learner (or ADHD) like me, there's probably a long list of new things you've learned and implemented as a freelancer over the past year.
Maybe you've set up that rock-solid client contract, nailed down an onboarding process that's smooth as butter, or started following those essential tips for staying top-of-mind with clients without driving them or yourself crazy.
Or perhaps you've been working on your project management skills to keep all your ducks in a row or taken a page out of Michael Janda's playbook to become someone people just can't help but like.
And let's not forget about setting those boundaries to keep things professional and sane.
But here's the kicker: doing all these things isn't the end of the road. 
It's not about ticking boxes and moving on. The real magic happens when you stop and ask yourself...

"Is all this stuff actually making a difference to my clients?

"Am I getting better at this?"

That's what keeps the wheel turning and what makes you better month after month, year after year.
Now, when most freelancers wrap up a project, it's usually a quick "thanks and goodbye" deal. Maybe you're a bit more proactive and ask for a referral, but I bet asking for feedback isn't high on your list.
It might be because you don't know you should, or maybe you're just scared of what your clients might say. And hey, that's totally understandable.
But here's the problem: not asking for feedback is a missed opportunity.
Sure, "asking clients for feedback" doesn't sound as flashy as "marketing" or "client acquisition," but by the time we're done here, you'll see it in a new light.
Feedback can be your secret weapon. It's not just about finding out what you're doing right or wrong; it's about showing your clients that you care, and that you're committed to being the best you can be.
So, even though it might seem scary or unexciting, collecting and using feedback can reshape how everything in your business is done.
In this week's episode, I give you specific questions to ask your clients at the end of every single project. THIS will forever change how you spot weak points and make improvements on the most important things.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why asking for feedback from clients is so important

How clients' wounds can fester

Using feedback to continuously improve your business

Building your feedback flywheel

The two main types of businesses

How to collect your data

Share your feedback with us!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/299</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You Should Ask Your Clients For Feedback After Every Single Project | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>299</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you're an obsessive learner (or ADHD) like me, there's probably a long list of new things you've learned and implemented as a freelancer over the past year.
Maybe you've set up that rock-solid client contract, nailed down an onboarding process that's smooth as butter, or started following those essential tips for staying top-of-mind with clients without driving them or yourself crazy.
Or perhaps you've been working on your project management skills to keep all your ducks in a row or taken a page out of Michael Janda's playbook to become someone people just can't help but like.
And let's not forget about setting those boundaries to keep things professional and sane.
But here's the kicker: doing all these things isn't the end of the road. 
It's not about ticking boxes and moving on. The real magic happens when you stop and ask yourself...

"Is all this stuff actually making a difference to my clients?

"Am I getting better at this?"

That's what keeps the wheel turning and what makes you better month after month, year after year.
Now, when most freelancers wrap up a project, it's usually a quick "thanks and goodbye" deal. Maybe you're a bit more proactive and ask for a referral, but I bet asking for feedback isn't high on your list.
It might be because you don't know you should, or maybe you're just scared of what your clients might say. And hey, that's totally understandable.
But here's the problem: not asking for feedback is a missed opportunity.
Sure, "asking clients for feedback" doesn't sound as flashy as "marketing" or "client acquisition," but by the time we're done here, you'll see it in a new light.
Feedback can be your secret weapon. It's not just about finding out what you're doing right or wrong; it's about showing your clients that you care, and that you're committed to being the best you can be.
So, even though it might seem scary or unexciting, collecting and using feedback can reshape how everything in your business is done.
In this week's episode, I give you specific questions to ask your clients at the end of every single project. THIS will forever change how you spot weak points and make improvements on the most important things.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why asking for feedback from clients is so important

How clients' wounds can fester

Using feedback to continuously improve your business

Building your feedback flywheel

The two main types of businesses

How to collect your data

Share your feedback with us!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/299</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're an obsessive learner (or ADHD) like me, there's probably a long list of new things you've learned and implemented as a freelancer over the past year.</p><p>Maybe you've <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/the-rock-solid-8-part-client-agreement-for-starting-every-project-off-right-the-infinite-client-series/">set up that rock-solid client contract</a>, nailed down <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/the-5-step-blueprint-for-perfect-client-onboarding-the-infinite-client-series/">an onboarding process that's smooth as butter</a>, or started following those <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/the-6-bare-minimum-rules-for-solid-client-communication-the-infinite-client-series/">essential tips for staying top-of-mind with clients without driving them or yourself crazy</a>.</p><p>Or perhaps you've been working on <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/how-to-create-an-external-brain-that-helps-you-finish-projects-on-time-every-time-the-infinite-client-series/">your project management skills</a> to keep all your ducks in a row or <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/how-michael-janda-built-a-30000000-design-agency-from-one-super-power-the-infinite-client-series/">taken a page out of Michael Janda's playbook</a> to become someone people just can't help but like.</p><p>And let's not forget about <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/6-client-boundaries-to-keep-you-healthy-happy-stress-free-and-profitable-the-infinite-clients-series/">setting those boundaries to keep things professional and sane</a>.</p><p><strong>But here's the kicker</strong>:<strong> doing all these things isn't the end of the road. </strong></p><p><strong>I</strong>t's <em>not</em> about ticking boxes and moving on. The real magic happens when you stop and ask yourself...</p><ul>
<li>"Is all this stuff <em>actually</em> making a difference to my clients?</li>
<li>"Am I getting better at this?"</li>
</ul><p><em>That's</em> what keeps the wheel turning and what makes you better month after month, year after year.</p><p>Now, when most freelancers wrap up a project, it's usually a quick "thanks and goodbye" deal. Maybe you're a bit more proactive and ask for a referral, but I bet asking for feedback isn't high on your list.</p><p>It might be because you don't know you should, or maybe you're just scared of what your clients might say. And hey, that's totally understandable.</p><p>But here's the problem: <strong><em>not</em></strong> asking for feedback is a missed opportunity.</p><p>Sure, "asking clients for feedback" doesn't sound as flashy as "marketing" or "client acquisition," but by the time we're done here, you'll see it in a new light.</p><p>Feedback can be your secret weapon. It's not just about finding out what you're doing right or wrong; it's about showing your clients that you care, and that you're committed to being the best you can be.</p><p>So, even though it might seem scary or unexciting, collecting and <em>using</em> feedback can reshape how everything in your business is done.</p><p>In this week's episode, I give you specific questions to ask your clients at the end of every single project. THIS will forever change how you spot weak points and make improvements on the most important things.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why asking for feedback from clients is so important</li>
<li>How clients' wounds can fester</li>
<li>Using feedback to continuously improve your business</li>
<li>Building your feedback flywheel</li>
<li>The two main types of businesses</li>
<li>How to collect your data</li>
<li>Share your feedback with us!</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/299?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_299">https://6figurecreative.com/299</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1678</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[93a8f134-dfd2-11ee-83a3-6708402fa0b3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9537031875.mp3?updated=1710180903" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#298: 6 Client Boundaries to Keep You Healthy, Happy, Stress-free, and Profitable | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/298?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_298</link>
      <description>So you made it to $100,000+ per year... Congrats. Too bad you made so many sacrifices that you're constantly stressed out, you're missing out on time with friends and family, and you resent your business.
The irony is that you became a freelancer because you hated your day job and you wanted to work for yourself. Now, you feel like you have 50 "little bosses", and you hate your life a little bit more with each new client you gain.
If this sounds like you, it may be time to put boundaries into place to get to that sweet spot between hitting your income goals while also enjoying your life and business.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I give you 6 different boundaries you should have with your clients so you can actually stay happy, healthy, and profitable.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Maintaining mental and physical health while you're running a business

How to handle revision requests without losing your mind

Eliminating one of the most painful freelance experiences

How to keep your clients from taking advantage of your kindness

Boundaries for corporate/agency clients

Using boundaries to avoid scope creep

Avoiding stress with payment issues

How to learn more about building your client acquisition machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/298</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>6 Client Boundaries to Keep You Healthy, Happy, Stress-free, and Profitable | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>295</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>So you made it to $100,000+ per year... Congrats. Too bad you made so many sacrifices that you're constantly stressed out, you're missing out on time with friends and family, and you resent your business.
The irony is that you became a freelancer because you hated your day job and you wanted to work for yourself. Now, you feel like you have 50 "little bosses", and you hate your life a little bit more with each new client you gain.
If this sounds like you, it may be time to put boundaries into place to get to that sweet spot between hitting your income goals while also enjoying your life and business.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I give you 6 different boundaries you should have with your clients so you can actually stay happy, healthy, and profitable.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Maintaining mental and physical health while you're running a business

How to handle revision requests without losing your mind

Eliminating one of the most painful freelance experiences

How to keep your clients from taking advantage of your kindness

Boundaries for corporate/agency clients

Using boundaries to avoid scope creep

Avoiding stress with payment issues

How to learn more about building your client acquisition machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/298</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>So you made it to $100,000+ per year... Congrats. Too bad you made so many sacrifices that you're constantly stressed out, you're missing out on time with friends and family, and you resent your business.</p><p>The irony is that you became a freelancer because you <em>hated</em> your day job and you wanted to work for yourself. Now, you feel like you have 50 "little bosses", and you hate your life a little bit more with each new client you gain.</p><p>If this sounds like you, it may be time to put boundaries into place to get to that sweet spot between hitting your income goals while also enjoying your life and business.</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I give you 6 different boundaries you should have with your clients so you can actually stay happy, healthy, <em>and </em>profitable.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Maintaining mental and physical health while you're running a business</li>
<li>How to handle revision requests without losing your mind</li>
<li>Eliminating one of the most painful freelance experiences</li>
<li>How to keep your clients from taking advantage of your kindness</li>
<li>Boundaries for corporate/agency clients</li>
<li>Using boundaries to avoid scope creep</li>
<li>Avoiding stress with payment issues</li>
<li>How to learn more about building your client acquisition machine</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/298?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_298">https://6figurecreative.com/298</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2155</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[22665a2e-da42-11ee-8ea1-733300db32c5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5929351913.mp3?updated=1709569770" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#297: The Best Method For Avoiding "Revision Hell" For The Rest Of Your Life | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/297?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_297</link>
      <description>You have had one of those projects that went south fast? You're cruising along, and then boom, you hit the revisions stage, and it's like hitting a brick wall.
Emotions run high, lists of changes start flying in, and what was supposed to be a quick fix turns into a never-ending nightmare. If you've been freelancing for a while, then I'm sure you've been there.
This is the make-or-break moment in your quest for repeat clients and referrals. 
If the revisions process feels like a battleground, you're in trouble. It's supposed to be about making things better, but instead, it can end up being the thing that drives you and your client apart (sometimes forever).
But here's the good news... It doesn't have to be this way. 
The revisions stage can actually be a chance to show your clients that you're 100% on their side and that you have their best interest in mind.
Instead of dreading feedback, see it as a way to make the project even better. It's about getting organized, setting clear expectations, and most importantly, keeping your cool.
So, how do you go from Revisions Hell to Revisions Nirvana? That's the topic of this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Making a flawless revisions process to keep your clients happy and create a viral business

The rules of efficient, effective revisions

How to politely stay firm on your project scope

Creating client guidelines

Why freelancers drop the ball

Refining your processes once you have data

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/297</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Best Method For Avoiding "Revision Hell" For The Rest Of Your Life | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>297</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You have had one of those projects that went south fast? You're cruising along, and then boom, you hit the revisions stage, and it's like hitting a brick wall.
Emotions run high, lists of changes start flying in, and what was supposed to be a quick fix turns into a never-ending nightmare. If you've been freelancing for a while, then I'm sure you've been there.
This is the make-or-break moment in your quest for repeat clients and referrals. 
If the revisions process feels like a battleground, you're in trouble. It's supposed to be about making things better, but instead, it can end up being the thing that drives you and your client apart (sometimes forever).
But here's the good news... It doesn't have to be this way. 
The revisions stage can actually be a chance to show your clients that you're 100% on their side and that you have their best interest in mind.
Instead of dreading feedback, see it as a way to make the project even better. It's about getting organized, setting clear expectations, and most importantly, keeping your cool.
So, how do you go from Revisions Hell to Revisions Nirvana? That's the topic of this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Making a flawless revisions process to keep your clients happy and create a viral business

The rules of efficient, effective revisions

How to politely stay firm on your project scope

Creating client guidelines

Why freelancers drop the ball

Refining your processes once you have data

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/297</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You have had one of those projects that went south fast? You're cruising along, and then <strong>boom</strong>, you hit the revisions stage, and it's like hitting a brick wall.</p><p>Emotions run high, lists of changes start flying in, and what was supposed to be a quick fix turns into a never-ending nightmare. If you've been freelancing for a while, then I'm sure you've been there.</p><p><strong>This is the make-or-break moment in your quest for repeat clients and referrals. </strong></p><p>If the revisions process feels like a battleground, you're in trouble. It's supposed to be about making things better, but instead, it can end up being the thing that drives you and your client apart (sometimes forever).</p><p>But here's the good news... <strong>It doesn't have to be this way. </strong></p><p>The revisions stage can actually be a chance to show your clients that you're 100% on their side and that you have their best interest in mind.</p><p>Instead of dreading feedback, see it as a way to make the project even better. It's about getting organized, setting clear expectations, <strong>and most importantly, keeping your cool.</strong></p><p>So, how do you go from Revisions Hell to Revisions Nirvana? That's the topic of this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Making a flawless revisions process to keep your clients happy and create a viral business</li>
<li>The rules of efficient, effective revisions</li>
<li>How to politely stay firm on your project scope</li>
<li>Creating client guidelines</li>
<li>Why freelancers drop the ball</li>
<li>Refining your processes once you have data</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/297?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_297">https://6figurecreative.com/297</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2040</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0639ed62-d4bf-11ee-b527-5f88f1a13234]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6576870402.mp3?updated=1708963463" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#296: How Michael Janda Built A $30,000,000 Design Agency From One Super Power | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/296?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_296</link>
      <description>Being likable is a super power for freelancers, and here's why...
This business is all about making a great first impression, keeping your clients coming back for more, and getting them to tell their friends about you.
When you meet a new client, hitting it off right away can make a huge difference. Just like when you meet anyone new and instantly click — you just want to hang out more.
For freelancers, being more likable means clients are more likely to pick you over someone else, and stick around AND refer more work your way.
See why this matters?
Here's what sucks...
Some people are just bad at being likable. If that's the case, what can you do? 
To help us all out with this, I brought back one of the most likable people I've ever had on the show: Michael Janda.
Michael joined us back on episode 207 and walked us through how brought in 6 figures his first year freelancing, and went on to bring in over $30,000,000 from his design agency before he ultimately sold it.
Those numbers show proof that he knows his stuff, and this episode, he'll walk us through what we can do to become the person people WANT to be around (and hire).
No matter who you are, there is something you need to hear in my conversion with Michael Janda.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why relationships are so important to building your business

Building your reputation vs. building relationships

How he landed a $500,000 client just by being nice

Getting out of your shell when interacting with people

What skills to work on to grow your business

Asking people about themselves to win them over

Why playing games with your business is bad

Creating goodwill with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/296</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Michael Janda Built A $30,000,000 Design Agency From One Super Power | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>296</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Being likable is a super power for freelancers, and here's why...
This business is all about making a great first impression, keeping your clients coming back for more, and getting them to tell their friends about you.
When you meet a new client, hitting it off right away can make a huge difference. Just like when you meet anyone new and instantly click — you just want to hang out more.
For freelancers, being more likable means clients are more likely to pick you over someone else, and stick around AND refer more work your way.
See why this matters?
Here's what sucks...
Some people are just bad at being likable. If that's the case, what can you do? 
To help us all out with this, I brought back one of the most likable people I've ever had on the show: Michael Janda.
Michael joined us back on episode 207 and walked us through how brought in 6 figures his first year freelancing, and went on to bring in over $30,000,000 from his design agency before he ultimately sold it.
Those numbers show proof that he knows his stuff, and this episode, he'll walk us through what we can do to become the person people WANT to be around (and hire).
No matter who you are, there is something you need to hear in my conversion with Michael Janda.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why relationships are so important to building your business

Building your reputation vs. building relationships

How he landed a $500,000 client just by being nice

Getting out of your shell when interacting with people

What skills to work on to grow your business

Asking people about themselves to win them over

Why playing games with your business is bad

Creating goodwill with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/296</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Being likable is a super power for freelancers, and here's why...</p><p>This business is all about making a great first impression, keeping your clients coming back for more, and getting them to tell their friends about you.</p><p>When you meet a new client, hitting it off right away can make a huge difference. Just like when you meet <em>anyone</em> new and <strong>instantly</strong> click — you just want to hang out more.</p><p>For freelancers, being more likable means clients are more likely to pick you over someone else, <strong>and</strong> stick around <strong>AND</strong> refer more work your way.</p><p>See why this matters?</p><p>Here's what sucks...</p><p><strong>Some people are just <em>bad</em> at being likable. If that's the case, what can you do? </strong></p><p>To help us all out with this, I brought back one of the most likable people I've ever had on the show: Michael Janda.</p><p>Michael joined us back on <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/how-freelancers-can-use-the-rule-of-7-to-ethically-get-more-clients-with-mike-janda/">episode 207</a> and walked us through how brought in 6 figures his first year freelancing, and went on to bring in over $30,000,000 from his design agency before he ultimately sold it.</p><p>Those numbers show proof that he knows his stuff, and this episode, he'll walk us through what we can do to become the person people WANT to be around (and hire).</p><p>No matter who you are, there is <em>something</em> you need to hear in my conversion with Michael Janda.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why relationships are so important to building your business</li>
<li>Building your reputation vs. building relationships</li>
<li>How he landed a $500,000 client just by being nice</li>
<li>Getting out of your shell when interacting with people</li>
<li>What skills to work on to grow your business</li>
<li>Asking people about themselves to win them over</li>
<li>Why playing games with your business is bad</li>
<li>Creating goodwill with your clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/296?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_296">https://6figurecreative.com/296</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3160</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9fb45856-cf42-11ee-92ce-83b1029edbea]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6770572560.mp3?updated=1708455085" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#295: How To Create An "External Brain" That Helps You Finish Projects On Time Every Time | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/295?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_295</link>
      <description>Today, let's chat about a struggle that hits home for a lot of us creatives... We kind of have a bad rep for getting projects across the finish line on time without dropping the ball.
You know the drill – underestimating how long things will take, forgetting those tiny yet crucial details, and then, bam, you've dropped the ball... Again.
Then we get those fun 3 AM panic attacks about that thing you forgot to send off to your client. Yep, been there, done that.
Here's why we kinda suck at this:
Trying to store every single tiny little project detail, deadline, and step in your head is a surefire recipe for disaster. There's just no way for our brains to keep track of this.
It's a common trap, thinking you can wing it because you've done similar projects before.
"I've got this," you say... Until you don't. 
But what if you didn't have to rely on your beautiful creative scatterbrain to keep everything straight? 
Enter the concept of an "external brain."
This isn't sci-fi; it's about using tools and systems outside your head to keep track of all the moving parts of your projects.
Your "external brain" never forgets, always keeps you on track, and is the difference between a smooth project delivery and a midnight meltdown.
Switching to an "external brain" means you can focus on what you do best – being creative – without the added stress of remembering every little detail.
So, if you're nodding along, thinking, "Yep, that's me," it's time to make a change.
Listen to this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast to dive into the world of project management tools and find your perfect match. Your brain (and your clients) will thank you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make sure you hit your deadlines without stretching yourself thin

Creating your project checklist

Checklists vs SOPs

Handling client revision requests

The different types of project structures

Why templates will make your life easier

Using project management for data tracking

Brainstorming your tasks to create your delivery lists

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/295</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Create An "External Brain" That Helps You Finish Projects On Time Every Time | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>295</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Today, let's chat about a struggle that hits home for a lot of us creatives... We kind of have a bad rep for getting projects across the finish line on time without dropping the ball.
You know the drill – underestimating how long things will take, forgetting those tiny yet crucial details, and then, bam, you've dropped the ball... Again.
Then we get those fun 3 AM panic attacks about that thing you forgot to send off to your client. Yep, been there, done that.
Here's why we kinda suck at this:
Trying to store every single tiny little project detail, deadline, and step in your head is a surefire recipe for disaster. There's just no way for our brains to keep track of this.
It's a common trap, thinking you can wing it because you've done similar projects before.
"I've got this," you say... Until you don't. 
But what if you didn't have to rely on your beautiful creative scatterbrain to keep everything straight? 
Enter the concept of an "external brain."
This isn't sci-fi; it's about using tools and systems outside your head to keep track of all the moving parts of your projects.
Your "external brain" never forgets, always keeps you on track, and is the difference between a smooth project delivery and a midnight meltdown.
Switching to an "external brain" means you can focus on what you do best – being creative – without the added stress of remembering every little detail.
So, if you're nodding along, thinking, "Yep, that's me," it's time to make a change.
Listen to this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast to dive into the world of project management tools and find your perfect match. Your brain (and your clients) will thank you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make sure you hit your deadlines without stretching yourself thin

Creating your project checklist

Checklists vs SOPs

Handling client revision requests

The different types of project structures

Why templates will make your life easier

Using project management for data tracking

Brainstorming your tasks to create your delivery lists

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/295</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today, let's chat about a struggle that hits home for a lot of us creatives... We kind of have a bad rep for getting projects across the finish line on time <em>without</em> dropping the ball.</p><p>You know the drill – underestimating how long things will take, forgetting those tiny yet crucial details, and then, bam, you've dropped the ball... Again.</p><p>Then we get those fun 3 AM panic attacks about that thing you forgot to send off to your client. Yep, been there, done that.</p><p>Here's why we kinda suck at this:</p><p>Trying to store every single tiny little project detail, deadline, and step in your head is a surefire recipe for disaster. There's just no way for our brains to keep track of this.</p><p>It's a common trap, thinking you can wing it because you've done similar projects before.</p><p><em>"I've got this,</em>" you say...<strong> Until you don't. </strong></p><p><strong>But what if you didn't have to rely on your beautiful creative scatterbrain to keep everything straight? </strong></p><p>Enter the concept of an "<strong>external brain."</strong></p><p>This isn't sci-fi; it's about using tools and systems outside your head to keep track of all the moving parts of your projects.</p><p>Your "<strong>external brain" </strong>never forgets, always keeps you on track, and is the difference between a smooth project delivery and a midnight meltdown.</p><p>Switching to an "external brain" means you can focus on what you do best – being creative – without the added stress of remembering every little detail.</p><p>So, if you're nodding along, thinking, "Yep, that's me," it's time to make a change.</p><p>Listen to this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast to dive into the world of project management tools and find your perfect match. Your brain (and your clients) will thank you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to make sure you hit your deadlines without stretching yourself thin</li>
<li>Creating your project checklist</li>
<li>Checklists vs SOPs</li>
<li>Handling client revision requests</li>
<li>The different types of project structures</li>
<li>Why templates will make your life easier</li>
<li>Using project management for data tracking</li>
<li>Brainstorming your tasks to create your delivery lists</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/295?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_295">https://6figurecreative.com/295</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1912</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[77224eb4-c76a-11ee-804b-cb156a8b1422]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1177408666.mp3?updated=1708455095" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#294: The 6 BARE MINIMUM Rules For Solid Client Communication | The Infinite Client Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/294?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_294</link>
      <description>Pretty much all of us got into this "trading creativity for $$$" thing because we absolutely love what we do. It's easy to forget that there's more to the game than just passion + being good at your craft.
The whole "client communication" thing usually isn't the most thrilling part of your day. It's like, we get so caught up in the excitement of creating and learning new things in our field that we kind of let the whole talking-to-clients thing slide.
It's not because we want to be bad at it, and it's not because we're terrible people... But because we're just not wired that way, especially if your background is anything like mine.
Before freelancing, here was my entire job history:

A janitor at a water park

Flipping burgers at Burger King

Selling video games at GameStop

Corporate world? Never heard of her.
Team meetings and office politics? Nope.
So when it comes to wearing the "professional communicator hat", it's something I had to learn the hard way.
I had no clear boundaries, no set times for chats, no structure. It was chaos.
Messages got lost, things got forgotten, and before I knew it, I was that flaky freelancer nobody wanted to deal with. 
If that's anything like you, it becomes a stressful, awful mess FAST....not just for you but for your clients too.
Think about it from their side. They've just dropped thousands of dollars on hiring you, pumped to see what you'll create together.
But if they're left in the dark, not knowing when they'll hear from you or what's happening, that excitement turns to anxiety, then frustration, and maybe even anger. No one wants to work in that kind of vibe.
Bottom line... If you want to keep doing what you love (and get paid for it without losing your mind), you've got to get a handle on the whole communication thing.
To help with this, I've got 6 rules for client communication for you to follow. Think of this as the bare minimum any good freelancer should be doing.
It's about setting clear rules for when and how you'll talk to your clients, making sure everyone's on the same page, and keeping things running smoothly.
It's about making your clients feel taken care of and avoiding that whole excitement &gt; anxiety &gt; anger cycle that can lead to horrible projects (and no referrals).
Check out the episode, and IMPLEMENT ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How we can learn the skills we need to have healthy, effective communication with clients

Six rules to keep your clients happy (and yourself sane)

Internal business communication tools vs. external communication tools

Why clients want plain, simple English

Keeping your clients up to date

Using feedback loops to make sure your clients are happy, without overworking

Turning a client's outlook around by going the extra mile

Communicating expectations to leads and clients

Conflict resolution techniques to use with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/294</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 6 BARE MINIMUM Rules For Solid Client Communication | The Infinite Client Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>294</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Pretty much all of us got into this "trading creativity for $$$" thing because we absolutely love what we do. It's easy to forget that there's more to the game than just passion + being good at your craft.
The whole "client communication" thing usually isn't the most thrilling part of your day. It's like, we get so caught up in the excitement of creating and learning new things in our field that we kind of let the whole talking-to-clients thing slide.
It's not because we want to be bad at it, and it's not because we're terrible people... But because we're just not wired that way, especially if your background is anything like mine.
Before freelancing, here was my entire job history:

A janitor at a water park

Flipping burgers at Burger King

Selling video games at GameStop

Corporate world? Never heard of her.
Team meetings and office politics? Nope.
So when it comes to wearing the "professional communicator hat", it's something I had to learn the hard way.
I had no clear boundaries, no set times for chats, no structure. It was chaos.
Messages got lost, things got forgotten, and before I knew it, I was that flaky freelancer nobody wanted to deal with. 
If that's anything like you, it becomes a stressful, awful mess FAST....not just for you but for your clients too.
Think about it from their side. They've just dropped thousands of dollars on hiring you, pumped to see what you'll create together.
But if they're left in the dark, not knowing when they'll hear from you or what's happening, that excitement turns to anxiety, then frustration, and maybe even anger. No one wants to work in that kind of vibe.
Bottom line... If you want to keep doing what you love (and get paid for it without losing your mind), you've got to get a handle on the whole communication thing.
To help with this, I've got 6 rules for client communication for you to follow. Think of this as the bare minimum any good freelancer should be doing.
It's about setting clear rules for when and how you'll talk to your clients, making sure everyone's on the same page, and keeping things running smoothly.
It's about making your clients feel taken care of and avoiding that whole excitement &gt; anxiety &gt; anger cycle that can lead to horrible projects (and no referrals).
Check out the episode, and IMPLEMENT ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How we can learn the skills we need to have healthy, effective communication with clients

Six rules to keep your clients happy (and yourself sane)

Internal business communication tools vs. external communication tools

Why clients want plain, simple English

Keeping your clients up to date

Using feedback loops to make sure your clients are happy, without overworking

Turning a client's outlook around by going the extra mile

Communicating expectations to leads and clients

Conflict resolution techniques to use with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/294</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Pretty much <em>all</em> of us got into this "trading creativity for $$$" thing because we absolutely <em>love</em> what we do. It's easy to forget that there's more to the game than just passion + being good at your craft.</p><p>The whole "client communication" thing usually isn't the most thrilling part of your day. It's like, we get so caught up in the excitement of <strong>creating</strong> and <strong>learning new things</strong> in our field that <strong>we kind of let the whole talking-to-clients thing slid</strong>e.</p><p>It's not because we <strong><em>want</em></strong> to be bad at it, and it's not because we're terrible people... But because we're just not wired that way, <strong><em>especially </em>if your background is anything like mine.</strong></p><p>Before freelancing, here was my entire job history:</p><ul>
<li>A janitor at a water park</li>
<li>Flipping burgers at Burger King</li>
<li>Selling video games at GameStop</li>
</ul><p>Corporate world? Never heard of her.</p><p>Team meetings and office politics? Nope.</p><p>So when it comes to wearing the "professional communicator hat", it's something I had to learn the hard way.</p><p>I had no clear boundaries, no set times for chats, no structure. It was chaos.</p><p><strong>Messages got lost, things got forgotten, and before I knew it, I was that flaky freelancer nobody wanted to deal with. </strong></p><p>If that's anything like you, it becomes a stressful, <em>awful</em> mess FAST....not just for you but for your clients too.</p><p>Think about it from their side. They've just dropped <strong><em>thousands of dollars</em></strong> on hiring you, pumped to see what you'll create together.</p><p>But if they're left in the dark, not knowing when they'll hear from you or what's happening, that excitement turns to anxiety, then frustration, and maybe even anger. No one wants to work in that kind of vibe.</p><p>Bottom line... If you want to keep doing what you love (and get paid for it without losing your mind), you've got to get a handle on the whole communication thing.</p><p>To help with this, I've got 6 rules for client communication for you to follow. Think of this as the <strong>bare minimum </strong>any good freelancer should be doing.</p><p>It's about setting clear rules for when and how you'll talk to your clients, making sure everyone's on the same page, and keeping things running smoothly.</p><p>It's about making your clients feel taken care of and avoiding that whole excitement &gt; anxiety &gt; anger cycle that can lead to horrible projects (and no referrals).</p><p>Check out the episode, and IMPLEMENT ASAP.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How we can learn the skills we need to have healthy, effective communication with clients</li>
<li>Six rules to keep your clients happy (and yourself sane)</li>
<li>Internal business communication tools vs. external communication tools</li>
<li>Why clients want plain, simple English</li>
<li>Keeping your clients up to date</li>
<li>Using feedback loops to make sure your clients are happy, without overworking</li>
<li>Turning a client's outlook around by going the extra mile</li>
<li>Communicating expectations to leads and clients</li>
<li>Conflict resolution techniques to use with your clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/294?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_294">https://6figurecreative.com/294</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2093</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[139fbc5c-c43e-11ee-92cf-93d8522b527d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3382864749.mp3?updated=1707148851" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#293: The 5-Step Blueprint for Perfect Client Onboarding | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/293?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_293</link>
      <description>When you're freelancing, those first steps with a brand new client are absolutely crucial to nail.
It's like when you're trying out a new app and everything from the welcome screen to the first few clicks just flows effortlessly. You instantly know you're going to enjoy using it.
That's the smooth, user-friendly vibe you want your client onboarding system to have.
So, why is it such a big deal?
For starters, it's all about building trust. We're in a world where a lot of our interactions happen over emails or messages, making it tough to really feel a connection. A smooth onboarding experience can help make your client feel like they've made the right choice in picking you.
It also helps avoid those awkward "that's not what I thought we agreed on" moments. Getting everyone clear on what's what from the start means less back-and-forth later on. It's choosing the right playlist before a long drive – it sets the tone and keeps the vibes good all the way.
But it's not just about avoiding mix-ups. An awesome onboarding process shows you're a pro who cares about your clients' experiences.
This can lead to more work from the same clients and even some word-of-mouth recommendations (i.e. "infinite clients"). And let's be honest, who doesn't want that?
Plus, a slick onboarding system can save you a ton of time on the admin stuff, giving you more time to focus on the actual work. It's about being prepared to be creative vs frantically scrambling for things.
So, if you're nodding along and thinking, "Yeah, I need to get my onboarding game on point," then you'll want to check this week's podcast episode.
We break down a 5-part client onboarding process that's straightforward and effective. It's packed with practical tips and insights that could really make a difference in your freelancing journey. Give it a listen and let me know what you think!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to build a great client onboarding questionnaire

Why bad onboarding destroys relationships

Organizing your data to avoid embarrassing moments

Creating a kickass kickoff call

Why it's easier to fire a client earlier rather than later

JUST USE A CALENDAR LINK

Make your kickoff calls as short as possible - while still covering everything needed

Setting expectations properly

Remember to show excitement!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/293</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5-Step Blueprint for Perfect Client Onboarding | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>293</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>When you're freelancing, those first steps with a brand new client are absolutely crucial to nail.
It's like when you're trying out a new app and everything from the welcome screen to the first few clicks just flows effortlessly. You instantly know you're going to enjoy using it.
That's the smooth, user-friendly vibe you want your client onboarding system to have.
So, why is it such a big deal?
For starters, it's all about building trust. We're in a world where a lot of our interactions happen over emails or messages, making it tough to really feel a connection. A smooth onboarding experience can help make your client feel like they've made the right choice in picking you.
It also helps avoid those awkward "that's not what I thought we agreed on" moments. Getting everyone clear on what's what from the start means less back-and-forth later on. It's choosing the right playlist before a long drive – it sets the tone and keeps the vibes good all the way.
But it's not just about avoiding mix-ups. An awesome onboarding process shows you're a pro who cares about your clients' experiences.
This can lead to more work from the same clients and even some word-of-mouth recommendations (i.e. "infinite clients"). And let's be honest, who doesn't want that?
Plus, a slick onboarding system can save you a ton of time on the admin stuff, giving you more time to focus on the actual work. It's about being prepared to be creative vs frantically scrambling for things.
So, if you're nodding along and thinking, "Yeah, I need to get my onboarding game on point," then you'll want to check this week's podcast episode.
We break down a 5-part client onboarding process that's straightforward and effective. It's packed with practical tips and insights that could really make a difference in your freelancing journey. Give it a listen and let me know what you think!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to build a great client onboarding questionnaire

Why bad onboarding destroys relationships

Organizing your data to avoid embarrassing moments

Creating a kickass kickoff call

Why it's easier to fire a client earlier rather than later

JUST USE A CALENDAR LINK

Make your kickoff calls as short as possible - while still covering everything needed

Setting expectations properly

Remember to show excitement!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/293</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you're freelancing, those first steps with a brand new client are absolutely crucial to nail.</p><p>It's like when you're trying out a new app and everything from the welcome screen to the first few clicks just flows effortlessly. You instantly know you're going to enjoy using it.</p><p><strong><em>That's</em></strong> the smooth, user-friendly vibe you want your client onboarding system to have.</p><p>So, why is it such a big deal?</p><p>For starters, it's all about building trust. We're in a world where a lot of our interactions happen over emails or messages, making it tough to really feel a connection. A smooth onboarding experience can help make your client feel like they've made the right choice in picking you.</p><p>It also helps avoid those awkward "that's not what I thought we agreed on" moments. Getting everyone clear on what's what from the start means less back-and-forth later on. It's choosing the right playlist before a long drive – it sets the tone and keeps the vibes good all the way.</p><p>But it's not just about avoiding mix-ups. An awesome onboarding process shows you're a pro who cares about your clients' experiences.</p><p>This can lead to more work from the same clients and even some word-of-mouth recommendations (i.e. "infinite clients"). And let's be honest, who doesn't want that?</p><p>Plus, a slick onboarding system can save you a ton of time on the admin stuff, giving you more time to focus on the actual work. It's about being prepared to be creative vs frantically scrambling for things.</p><p>So, if you're nodding along and thinking, "Yeah, I need to get my onboarding game on point," then you'll want to check this week's podcast episode.</p><p>We break down a 5-part client onboarding process that's straightforward and effective. It's packed with practical tips and insights that could really make a difference in your freelancing journey. Give it a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to build a great client onboarding questionnaire</li>
<li>Why bad onboarding destroys relationships</li>
<li>Organizing your data to avoid embarrassing moments</li>
<li>Creating a kickass kickoff call</li>
<li>Why it's easier to fire a client earlier rather than later</li>
<li>JUST USE A CALENDAR LINK</li>
<li>Make your kickoff calls as short as possible - while still covering everything needed</li>
<li>Setting expectations properly</li>
<li>Remember to show excitement!</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/293?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_293">https://6figurecreative.com/293</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2038</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee15742e-bec8-11ee-82dc-c3d0f94d694e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1590846686.mp3?updated=1708455104" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#292: The Rock-Solid 8 Part Client Agreement For Starting Every Project Off Right | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/292?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_292</link>
      <description>We're now rolling into the first real episode of this new "Infinite Clients" series, and my goal is to set up each episode in this series with a new rule... or better yet, a commandment.
Maybe we'll have a full "10 Commandments For Infinite Clients" by the end, but let's just start with #1:
Thou Shalt Put It All In Writing.
If you want a guaranteed way to lose a client for life (including any referrals they might have sent), start by putting nothing in writing.
Mismatched expectations are a killer of client happiness. The client might expect one thing, and they get something totally different.
That's why a rock-solid client agreement is so important.
This isn't about them simply being slightly annoyed. It can lead to bigger issues like losing clients for life or even running into legal disputes (Yuck 🤮).
The goal IS NOT to lock them into some sort of "legalese" contract they hardly understand... it's to write it all out in plain, easy-to-understand English (or your whatever your native language is) so they understand what IS and IS NOT included.
This is the first step to infinite clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why setting expectations accurately is vital to your business

How to use a client agreement to ensure you and your clients are on the same page

The key elements of a client agreement

How setting timelines keeps your projects on schedule

Who owns the created work

Credit and cancellation policies

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/292</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Rock-Solid 8 Part Client Agreement For Starting Every Project Off Right | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>292</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We're now rolling into the first real episode of this new "Infinite Clients" series, and my goal is to set up each episode in this series with a new rule... or better yet, a commandment.
Maybe we'll have a full "10 Commandments For Infinite Clients" by the end, but let's just start with #1:
Thou Shalt Put It All In Writing.
If you want a guaranteed way to lose a client for life (including any referrals they might have sent), start by putting nothing in writing.
Mismatched expectations are a killer of client happiness. The client might expect one thing, and they get something totally different.
That's why a rock-solid client agreement is so important.
This isn't about them simply being slightly annoyed. It can lead to bigger issues like losing clients for life or even running into legal disputes (Yuck 🤮).
The goal IS NOT to lock them into some sort of "legalese" contract they hardly understand... it's to write it all out in plain, easy-to-understand English (or your whatever your native language is) so they understand what IS and IS NOT included.
This is the first step to infinite clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why setting expectations accurately is vital to your business

How to use a client agreement to ensure you and your clients are on the same page

The key elements of a client agreement

How setting timelines keeps your projects on schedule

Who owns the created work

Credit and cancellation policies

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/292</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're now rolling into the first <em>real</em> episode of this new "Infinite Clients" series, and my goal is to set up each episode in this series with a new rule... or better yet, a <em>commandment</em>.</p><p>Maybe we'll have a full "10 Commandments For Infinite Clients" by the end, but let's just start with #1:</p><ol><li>Thou Shalt Put It <strong><u>All</u></strong> In Writing.</li></ol><p>If you want a guaranteed way to lose a client for life (including any referrals they might have sent), start by putting <em>nothing</em> in writing.</p><p>Mismatched expectations are a killer of client happiness. The client might expect one thing, and they get something totally different.</p><p><strong>That's why a rock-solid client agreement is so important.</strong></p><p>This isn't about them simply being slightly annoyed. It can lead to bigger issues like losing clients for life or even running into legal disputes (Yuck 🤮).</p><p>The goal IS NOT to lock them into some sort of "legalese" contract they hardly understand... it's to write it all out in plain, easy-to-understand English (or your whatever your native language is) so they understand what IS and IS NOT included.</p><p><strong>This</strong> is the first step to infinite clients.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why setting expectations accurately is vital to your business</li>
<li>How to use a client agreement to ensure you and your clients are on the same page</li>
<li>The key elements of a client agreement</li>
<li>How setting timelines keeps your projects on schedule</li>
<li>Who owns the created work</li>
<li>Credit and cancellation policies</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/292?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_292">https://6figurecreative.com/292</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1237</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dc8bc4ec-b93c-11ee-8d1d-1f1c61082d6a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2287871750.mp3?updated=1708455114" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#291: How To Create A Viral Freelancing Business That Gives You "Infinite" Clients | The Infinite Clients Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/291?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_291</link>
      <description>The phrase "Infinite clients" sounds like one of those terrible, cheesy, late-night infomercials, but is something like that really possible?
Absolutely not. Infinite? Come on...
Here's what I love about that phrase, though. If you HAD to come up with a way to create an "infinite" supply of clients, how would that look?
It's essentially what "hope marketing" would look like in a perfect world, and it's something we should always be striving for. Here's what I mean...
Imagine being a freelancer whose work is so awesome that your clients can't stop talking about you. Every single client you work with refers someone else, then THEY refer someone else... and suddenly, you have more clients than you could possibly handle.
Imagine doing such killer work that your clients do the marketing for you. That's the idea behind the "Viral Coefficient" of freelancing. Every happy client you have brings in another one, creating a chain reaction of a growing, "infinite", client base.
Now, let's get real. Freelancers usually have a lot on their plates – marketing, sales, dealing with clients, admin stuff, and oh, actually doing the work.
The reality of making this happen is incredibly hard but it's a goal worth putting a lot of thought and energy into.
THAT'S what this new series is all about: How can you create such an incredible client experience that every single client refers at least one new client to you?
That's the key to building a "viral" freelancing business. While "infinite clients" may be an impossible goal, it's worth every single ounce of time and effort you put into it.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Brian's journey to increased fitness

Important January deadlines

The balance between marketing and fulfillment

Keeping your clients happy

Knocking it out of the park for your clients

The five phases of business

Minding your boundaries

Where to share your feedback and ideas for the podcast

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/291</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Create A Viral Freelancing Business That Gives You "Infinite" Clients | The Infinite Clients Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>291</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The phrase "Infinite clients" sounds like one of those terrible, cheesy, late-night infomercials, but is something like that really possible?
Absolutely not. Infinite? Come on...
Here's what I love about that phrase, though. If you HAD to come up with a way to create an "infinite" supply of clients, how would that look?
It's essentially what "hope marketing" would look like in a perfect world, and it's something we should always be striving for. Here's what I mean...
Imagine being a freelancer whose work is so awesome that your clients can't stop talking about you. Every single client you work with refers someone else, then THEY refer someone else... and suddenly, you have more clients than you could possibly handle.
Imagine doing such killer work that your clients do the marketing for you. That's the idea behind the "Viral Coefficient" of freelancing. Every happy client you have brings in another one, creating a chain reaction of a growing, "infinite", client base.
Now, let's get real. Freelancers usually have a lot on their plates – marketing, sales, dealing with clients, admin stuff, and oh, actually doing the work.
The reality of making this happen is incredibly hard but it's a goal worth putting a lot of thought and energy into.
THAT'S what this new series is all about: How can you create such an incredible client experience that every single client refers at least one new client to you?
That's the key to building a "viral" freelancing business. While "infinite clients" may be an impossible goal, it's worth every single ounce of time and effort you put into it.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Brian's journey to increased fitness

Important January deadlines

The balance between marketing and fulfillment

Keeping your clients happy

Knocking it out of the park for your clients

The five phases of business

Minding your boundaries

Where to share your feedback and ideas for the podcast

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/291</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The phrase "Infinite clients" sounds like one of those terrible, cheesy, late-night infomercials, but is something like that <em>really</em> possible?</p><p>Absolutely not. <strong><em>Infinite</em></strong>? Come on...</p><p>Here's what I love about that phrase, though. If you HAD to come up with a way to create an "infinite" supply of clients, how would that look?</p><p><strong>It's essentially what "hope marketing" would look like in a perfect world, and it's something we should<em> always </em>be striving for. Here's what I mean...</strong></p><p>Imagine being a freelancer whose work is so awesome that your clients can't stop talking about you. <em>Every single</em> client you work with refers someone else, then THEY refer someone else... and suddenly, you have more clients than you could possibly handle.</p><p>Imagine doing such killer work that your clients do the marketing for you. That's the idea behind the "Viral Coefficient" of freelancing. Every happy client you have brings in another one, creating a chain reaction of a growing, "infinite", client base.</p><p>Now, let's get real. Freelancers usually have a lot on their plates – marketing, sales, dealing with clients, admin stuff, and oh, actually doing the work.</p><p>The reality of making this happen is <strong>incredibly hard </strong>but it's a goal worth putting a lot of thought and energy into.</p><p><strong>THAT'S what this new series is all about:</strong> How can you create such an incredible client experience that every single client refers at least <em>one</em> new client to you?</p><p>That's the key to building a "viral" freelancing business. While "infinite clients" may be an impossible goal, it's worth every single ounce of time and effort you put into it.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Brian's journey to increased fitness</li>
<li>Important January deadlines</li>
<li>The balance between marketing and fulfillment</li>
<li>Keeping your clients happy</li>
<li>Knocking it out of the park for your clients</li>
<li>The five phases of business</li>
<li>Minding your boundaries</li>
<li>Where to share your feedback and ideas for the podcast</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/291?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_291">https://6figurecreative.com/291</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>970</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[041a6bbe-b3c3-11ee-afe6-83e66bf89750]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2490157846.mp3?updated=1708455119" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#290: Here Are 11 Big (And Small) Projects You Can Take On In 2024 To Bring In Big Money</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/290?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_290</link>
      <description>January can be a slowwwwww season for a lot of freelancers. There are two approaches you can take if this is the case for you...
Approach #1: Chill. Rest. Maybe complain a little. Play a lot of video games. Pout a lot.
Approach #2: Realize that you're the captain of your ship, and you're the only one who can make 2024 your best year ever.
You can view any "slow season" as a reason to complain, OR you can view it as a chance for major progress, rather than a setback. This is a perfect time for taking on big projects that can lead to both significant progress and (potentially) big money.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I've got 11 projects for you to consider taking on to make this year your best ever...
Think back to the biggest jumps in your business – whether it was when you were getting this thing off the ground, or you finally did that big thing you were scared sh*tless about... 
I'd be willing to be some of your biggest step changes in your business were the result of something big you took on.
So if this is a slow season for you, don't waste it! This is a hidden opportunity to tackle those big projects. And with it comes big money.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why big projects are the best sources of income

How to develop a new offer

Helping your clients reach their dream outcome

When to explore a new niche

Client calls: why you need them

RAISE YOUR RATES

Using SOPs to make sure your business runs smoothly

Staying top of mind with your network

Using micro-gigs and upsells to grow your business

Building your personal brand

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/290</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Here Are 11 Big (And Small) Projects You Can Take On In 2024 To Bring In Big Money</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>290</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>January can be a slowwwwww season for a lot of freelancers. There are two approaches you can take if this is the case for you...
Approach #1: Chill. Rest. Maybe complain a little. Play a lot of video games. Pout a lot.
Approach #2: Realize that you're the captain of your ship, and you're the only one who can make 2024 your best year ever.
You can view any "slow season" as a reason to complain, OR you can view it as a chance for major progress, rather than a setback. This is a perfect time for taking on big projects that can lead to both significant progress and (potentially) big money.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I've got 11 projects for you to consider taking on to make this year your best ever...
Think back to the biggest jumps in your business – whether it was when you were getting this thing off the ground, or you finally did that big thing you were scared sh*tless about... 
I'd be willing to be some of your biggest step changes in your business were the result of something big you took on.
So if this is a slow season for you, don't waste it! This is a hidden opportunity to tackle those big projects. And with it comes big money.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why big projects are the best sources of income

How to develop a new offer

Helping your clients reach their dream outcome

When to explore a new niche

Client calls: why you need them

RAISE YOUR RATES

Using SOPs to make sure your business runs smoothly

Staying top of mind with your network

Using micro-gigs and upsells to grow your business

Building your personal brand

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/290</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>January can be a slowwwwww season for a lot of freelancers. There are two approaches you can take if this is the case for you...</p><p><strong>Approach #1:</strong> Chill. Rest. Maybe complain a little. Play a lot of video games. Pout a lot.</p><p><strong>Approach #2</strong>: Realize that you're the captain of your ship, and <strong><em>you're</em></strong> the only one who can make 2024 your best year ever.</p><p>You can view any "slow season" as a reason to complain, OR you can view it as a chance for major progress, rather than a setback. This is a perfect time for taking on big projects that can lead to both significant progress and (potentially) big money.</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I've got <strong>11 projects </strong>for you to consider taking on to make this year your best ever...</p><p>Think back to the biggest jumps in your business – whether it was when you were getting this thing off the ground, or you <em>finally</em> did that big thing you were scared sh*tless about...<em> </em></p><p>I'd be willing to be some of your biggest step changes in your business were the result of something big you took on.</p><p>So if this is a slow season for you, don't waste it! This is a hidden opportunity to tackle those big projects. And with it comes big money.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why big projects are the best sources of income</li>
<li>How to develop a new offer</li>
<li>Helping your clients reach their dream outcome</li>
<li>When to explore a new niche</li>
<li>Client calls: why you need them</li>
<li>RAISE YOUR RATES</li>
<li>Using SOPs to make sure your business runs smoothly</li>
<li>Staying top of mind with your network</li>
<li>Using micro-gigs and upsells to grow your business</li>
<li>Building your personal brand</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/290?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_290">https://6figurecreative.com/290</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1852</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[011d39fe-ae3d-11ee-aeb5-eb980a47448b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6506924679.mp3?updated=1704730733" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#289: How To Create A 2024 Plan For Your Business (That You'll ACTUALLY Use)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/289?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_289</link>
      <description>I've just returned from my year-end planning retreat in Chattanooga, TN, and DAMN it was awesome. 
This is only my 3rd year doing this and considering I started my freelance journey back in 2009, I discovered this secret WAY too late...
Planning is the secret sauce to having your best year ever (which 2023 was for my businesses).
But here's the kicker – it doesn't have to be a mind-boggling, complex ordeal. A stupidly simple plan that you actually use is worth its weight in gold compared to some over-the-top, convoluted plan that just gathers dust.
Let me share a little secret with you. I tend to be the king of "overcomplication".
I'd plan so intensely that I'd lose sight of the actual execution. But I learned my lesson, and now I'm all about finding that sweet spot in planning – the perfect balance.
As entrepreneurs, if we're just meandering through life without a plan, we're like driftwood caught in someone else's current. We get pulled INTO other people's plans, and that's not where we want to be.
In the world of freelancing, hanging out with that person with the plan often means working for an agency at a fraction of the price they're charging their big-shot clients. You become the outsourced work, not the mastermind behind the project.
That's probably not the dream you're chasing.
So, what's the alternative? We're going to craft our annual plan. This plan is going to be your North Star, your guiding light, pointing you in a direction that's infinitely better than aimlessly drifting along.
We're going to be intentional in our pursuits, not aimless wanderers.
That's the goal here, and it's a goal worth pursuing with all your freelance might.
So, let's create a plan that'll help 2024 be your best year ever, because remember... if you don't have a plan, you'll end up in someone else's plan.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you need a plan

Analyzing your income and expenses for a better business

Viewing your lifestyle with a realistic approach

Brain dumping the current year - and the future

Setting goals realistically

Looking at what areas of your business have room for growth

Understanding when your goals are completed, and creating milestones

Why you miss your goals

Planning ahead for your whole year

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/289</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jan 2024 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Create A 2024 Plan For Your Business (That You'll ACTUALLY Use)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>289</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I've just returned from my year-end planning retreat in Chattanooga, TN, and DAMN it was awesome. 
This is only my 3rd year doing this and considering I started my freelance journey back in 2009, I discovered this secret WAY too late...
Planning is the secret sauce to having your best year ever (which 2023 was for my businesses).
But here's the kicker – it doesn't have to be a mind-boggling, complex ordeal. A stupidly simple plan that you actually use is worth its weight in gold compared to some over-the-top, convoluted plan that just gathers dust.
Let me share a little secret with you. I tend to be the king of "overcomplication".
I'd plan so intensely that I'd lose sight of the actual execution. But I learned my lesson, and now I'm all about finding that sweet spot in planning – the perfect balance.
As entrepreneurs, if we're just meandering through life without a plan, we're like driftwood caught in someone else's current. We get pulled INTO other people's plans, and that's not where we want to be.
In the world of freelancing, hanging out with that person with the plan often means working for an agency at a fraction of the price they're charging their big-shot clients. You become the outsourced work, not the mastermind behind the project.
That's probably not the dream you're chasing.
So, what's the alternative? We're going to craft our annual plan. This plan is going to be your North Star, your guiding light, pointing you in a direction that's infinitely better than aimlessly drifting along.
We're going to be intentional in our pursuits, not aimless wanderers.
That's the goal here, and it's a goal worth pursuing with all your freelance might.
So, let's create a plan that'll help 2024 be your best year ever, because remember... if you don't have a plan, you'll end up in someone else's plan.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you need a plan

Analyzing your income and expenses for a better business

Viewing your lifestyle with a realistic approach

Brain dumping the current year - and the future

Setting goals realistically

Looking at what areas of your business have room for growth

Understanding when your goals are completed, and creating milestones

Why you miss your goals

Planning ahead for your whole year

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/289</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I've just returned from my year-end planning retreat in Chattanooga, TN, and DAMN it was awesome. </p><p>This is only my 3rd year doing this and considering I started my freelance journey back in 2009, I discovered this secret WAY too late...</p><p>Planning is the secret sauce to having your best year ever (which 2023 was for my businesses).</p><p>But here's the kicker – it doesn't have to be a mind-boggling, complex ordeal. A <strong>stupidly simple plan that you <em>actually</em> use is worth its weight in gold</strong> compared to some over-the-top, convoluted plan that just gathers dust.</p><p>Let me share a little secret with you. I tend to be the king of "overcomplication".</p><p>I'd plan so intensely that I'd lose sight of the actual execution. But I learned my lesson, and now I'm all about <strong>finding that sweet spot</strong> in planning – the perfect balance.</p><p>As entrepreneurs, if we're just meandering through life without a plan, we're like driftwood caught in someone else's current. <strong>We get pulled INTO other people's plans,</strong> and that's not where we want to be.</p><p>In the world of freelancing, hanging out with that person with the plan often means working for an agency at a fraction of the price they're charging their big-shot clients. You become the outsourced work, not the mastermind behind the project.</p><p>That's probably not the dream you're chasing.</p><p>So, what's the alternative? We're going to craft our annual plan. <strong>This plan is going to be your North Star</strong>, your guiding light, pointing you in a direction that's infinitely better than aimlessly drifting along.</p><p>We're going to be intentional in our pursuits, not aimless wanderers.</p><p><em>That's</em> the goal here, and it's a goal worth pursuing with all your freelance might.</p><p>So, let's create a plan that'll help 2024 be your best year ever, because remember... <strong>if you don't have a plan, you'll end up in someone else's plan</strong>.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you <em>need</em> a plan</li>
<li>Analyzing your income and expenses for a better business</li>
<li>Viewing your lifestyle with a realistic approach</li>
<li>Brain dumping the current year - and the future</li>
<li>Setting goals realistically</li>
<li>Looking at what areas of your business have room for growth</li>
<li>Understanding when your goals are completed, and creating milestones</li>
<li>Why you miss your goals</li>
<li>Planning ahead for your whole year</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/289?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_289">https://6figurecreative.com/289</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1875</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e3c72b42-a8c1-11ee-98c5-abdae2693175]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1766914494.mp3?updated=1704126695" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#288: He Turned His 6 Figure Freelance Design Business Into A 7 Figure Agency | With Michael Janda</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/288?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_288</link>
      <description>Ever felt like you wanted to reach out to someone, but didn't want to bother them?
Maybe it was an old acquaintance, a past client, or even a prospective client you've had your eyes on for a while...
Creatives typically have this voice inside our heads that says "don't do that... you'll just be bothering them".
Here's something that may surprise you: That voice is usually a lying, thieving, horrible bastard who's simply holding you back from getting what you want...
What's even worse is that this voice is holding your prospective clients back from the rich experience of connecting with you and all of the value you could potentially bring to their lives.
If you want proof, just look at your own life. How many other people are constantly reaching out to you, bothering you with offers you don't want?

How many other freelancers are "bothering" you about hiring them?

How many old acquaintances are reaching out to you about meeting up for dinner or drinks to catch up?

Hell, how many potential love interests are sliding into your DMs?

If you're like 99% of the rest of us, those things are rarely (if ever) happening.
There's a better way to handle this stuff.
It's something called The Rule of 7, and it's one of the keys to the incredible success of this week's guest.
This week I got to speak to a "7-figure creative" who turned his 6-figure freelance business into a 7-figure agency (which he eventually sold).
He's used the Rule of 7 ethically to get more clients, stay top of mind, build trust, win more projects, and ultimately, earn millions and millions of dollars through his creative business as a designer. 
This is what separates struggling creatives from multi-million dollar powerhouse guests like Mike Janda.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to prepare yourself for an economic downturn

Positioning yourself as a freelancer to replace your day job

Solving problems as a method of sales

The rule of 7

The importance of meeting people in person

Competition at the top levels of freelancing

Understanding the market you're in to provide a valuable offer

Balancing between big city freelancers and "cheap" options in other countries

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/288</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>He Turned His 6 Figure Freelance Design Business Into A 7 Figure Agency | With Michael Janda</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>288</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever felt like you wanted to reach out to someone, but didn't want to bother them?
Maybe it was an old acquaintance, a past client, or even a prospective client you've had your eyes on for a while...
Creatives typically have this voice inside our heads that says "don't do that... you'll just be bothering them".
Here's something that may surprise you: That voice is usually a lying, thieving, horrible bastard who's simply holding you back from getting what you want...
What's even worse is that this voice is holding your prospective clients back from the rich experience of connecting with you and all of the value you could potentially bring to their lives.
If you want proof, just look at your own life. How many other people are constantly reaching out to you, bothering you with offers you don't want?

How many other freelancers are "bothering" you about hiring them?

How many old acquaintances are reaching out to you about meeting up for dinner or drinks to catch up?

Hell, how many potential love interests are sliding into your DMs?

If you're like 99% of the rest of us, those things are rarely (if ever) happening.
There's a better way to handle this stuff.
It's something called The Rule of 7, and it's one of the keys to the incredible success of this week's guest.
This week I got to speak to a "7-figure creative" who turned his 6-figure freelance business into a 7-figure agency (which he eventually sold).
He's used the Rule of 7 ethically to get more clients, stay top of mind, build trust, win more projects, and ultimately, earn millions and millions of dollars through his creative business as a designer. 
This is what separates struggling creatives from multi-million dollar powerhouse guests like Mike Janda.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to prepare yourself for an economic downturn

Positioning yourself as a freelancer to replace your day job

Solving problems as a method of sales

The rule of 7

The importance of meeting people in person

Competition at the top levels of freelancing

Understanding the market you're in to provide a valuable offer

Balancing between big city freelancers and "cheap" options in other countries

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/288</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like you <em>wanted</em> to reach out to someone, but didn't want to bother them?</p><p>Maybe it was an old acquaintance, a past client, or even a prospective client you've had your eyes on for a while...</p><p>Creatives typically have this voice inside our heads that says <strong><em>"don't do that... you'll just be bothering them"</em></strong>.</p><p>Here's something that may surprise you: <strong>That voice is usually a lying, thieving, horrible bastard who's simply holding you back from getting what you want...</strong></p><p>What's even worse is that this voice is holding your prospective clients back from the rich experience of connecting with you and all of the value you could potentially bring to their lives.</p><p>If you want proof, just look at your own life. <strong>How many other people are constantly reaching out to you, bothering you with offers you don't want?</strong></p><ul>
<li>How many other freelancers are "bothering" you about hiring them?</li>
<li>How many old acquaintances are reaching out to you about meeting up for dinner or drinks to catch up?</li>
<li>Hell, how many potential love interests are sliding into your DMs?</li>
</ul><p>If you're like 99% of the rest of us, those things are rarely (if ever) happening.</p><p><strong>There's a better way to handle this stuff.</strong></p><p>It's something called <strong>The Rule of 7,</strong> and it's one of the keys to the incredible success of this week's guest.</p><p>This week I got to speak to a "7-figure creative" who turned his 6-figure freelance business into a 7-figure agency (which he eventually sold).</p><p>He's used the Rule of 7 ethically to get more clients, stay top of mind, build trust, win more projects, and ultimately, <strong>earn millions and millions of dollars through his creative business as a designer. </strong></p><p>This is what separates struggling creatives from multi-million dollar powerhouse guests like Mike Janda.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to prepare yourself for an economic downturn</li>
<li>Positioning yourself as a freelancer to replace your day job</li>
<li>Solving problems as a method of sales</li>
<li>The rule of 7</li>
<li>The importance of meeting people in person</li>
<li>Competition at the top levels of freelancing</li>
<li>Understanding the market you're in to provide a valuable offer</li>
<li>Balancing between big city freelancers and "cheap" options in other countries</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/288?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_288">https://6figurecreative.com/288</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3021</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[07c200c8-a041-11ee-b3f6-3b3a4cd1a6e4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9246904360.mp3?updated=1703192020" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#287: The Follow Up Process That Helped Me Double My Freelance Business | The Sales Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/287?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_287</link>
      <description>"This ONE trick doubled my income". As dumb and clickbaity as that sounds, it's kinda true.
Here's what I mean... the last time I did a deep dive into my freelance business, I realized something interesting...

More than 50% of my annual income was directly attributed to following up with leads who never replied. 


About 20% of my income came from following up 4 or more times in a row (with zero response).

That's pretty wild if you ask me, especially considering that most freelancers only follow up one time (if that).
Seriously, this is the "secret sauce" that could double your income if you're willing to commit and do it right.
Now, I know what you're thinking – "Follow up? That's it?"
It's way more powerful than it sounds because it's easy to do, yet so few actually do it.
Even if you're currently making just $10k a year. Imagine turning that into $20k just by implementing what I teach you in this week's podcast episode.
Today, we're diving deep into the world of short term and long-term follow-ups.
But here's the best part – you can automate the heck out of this. Most good CRMs (Customer Relationship Management software, in case you're not in the know) can make this easy.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to follow up with you leads in an appropriate way

When to follow up

Getting people to show up to your sales calls

Scheduling follow-up calls before getting off the call you're on

Cross-selling your other services to clients

Getting unambiguous answers

Brian's "Fibonacci Follow-up" process

The advantage of "last chance" follow-ups

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/287</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Follow Up Process That Helped Me Double My Freelance Business | The Sales Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>284</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>"This ONE trick doubled my income". As dumb and clickbaity as that sounds, it's kinda true.
Here's what I mean... the last time I did a deep dive into my freelance business, I realized something interesting...

More than 50% of my annual income was directly attributed to following up with leads who never replied. 


About 20% of my income came from following up 4 or more times in a row (with zero response).

That's pretty wild if you ask me, especially considering that most freelancers only follow up one time (if that).
Seriously, this is the "secret sauce" that could double your income if you're willing to commit and do it right.
Now, I know what you're thinking – "Follow up? That's it?"
It's way more powerful than it sounds because it's easy to do, yet so few actually do it.
Even if you're currently making just $10k a year. Imagine turning that into $20k just by implementing what I teach you in this week's podcast episode.
Today, we're diving deep into the world of short term and long-term follow-ups.
But here's the best part – you can automate the heck out of this. Most good CRMs (Customer Relationship Management software, in case you're not in the know) can make this easy.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to follow up with you leads in an appropriate way

When to follow up

Getting people to show up to your sales calls

Scheduling follow-up calls before getting off the call you're on

Cross-selling your other services to clients

Getting unambiguous answers

Brian's "Fibonacci Follow-up" process

The advantage of "last chance" follow-ups

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/287</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>"This ONE trick doubled my income". As dumb and clickbaity as that sounds, it's kinda true.</p><p>Here's what I mean... the last time I did a deep dive into my freelance business, I realized something interesting...</p><ul>
<li>More than 50% of my annual income was directly attributed to <strong>following up with leads who never replied. </strong>
</li>
<li>About 20% of my income came from <strong>following up 4 or more times in a row (with zero response)</strong>.</li>
</ul><p>That's pretty wild if you ask me, especially considering that most freelancers<em> </em>only follow up one time (if that).</p><p>Seriously, this is the "secret sauce" that could double your income if you're willing to commit and do it right.</p><p>Now, I know what you're thinking – "Follow up? That's it?"</p><p>It's way more powerful than it sounds because it's easy to do, yet so few actually do it.</p><p>Even if you're currently making just $10k a year. Imagine turning that into $20k just by implementing what I teach you in this week's podcast episode.</p><p>Today, we're diving deep into the world of short term and long-term follow-ups.</p><p>But here's the best part – you can automate the heck out of this. Most good CRMs (Customer Relationship Management software, in case you're not in the know) can make this easy.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to follow up with you leads in an appropriate way</li>
<li>When to follow up</li>
<li>Getting people to <em>show up</em> to your sales calls</li>
<li>Scheduling follow-up calls <em>before</em> getting off the call you're on</li>
<li>Cross-selling your other services to clients</li>
<li>Getting unambiguous answers</li>
<li>Brian's <strong>"Fibonacci Follow-up"</strong> process</li>
<li>The advantage of "last chance" follow-ups</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/287?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_287">https://6figurecreative.com/287</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1981</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d64846ba-9dc5-11ee-805c-6b2435a09e4e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3953893091.mp3?updated=1702918948" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#286: The SUPER Simple 4 Part Process For Sales Calls | The Sales Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/286?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_286</link>
      <description>Here's one of the biggest traps I see freelancers fall into when it comes to sales calls:
They think they're good at them, but they're really not...
Why?
Two reasons:
1. They've never actually tried to close anything other than friends/family/referrals (the easiest to close, but rarely enough to keep someone 100% booked solid)
2. They've never actually seen how a real sales call is done
If you ever want to get to the point where you can stay booked solid, then you need to know how to get strangers to hire you.
Understanding how to run a great sales call is a huge piece of that puzzle.
The good news? You can just start super simple and then get more fancy as you learn more.
This week's episode will walk you through a super simple four-part sales process.
But here's the kicker: the big goal isn't just to make a sale... it's more about really getting to the heart of what the client needs.
And when you get to the heart of what they need, it's way easier to actually close clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Starting simple: your first sales process

The four key parts of a sales process: connect, diagnose, prescribe, collect

What clients want vs. what they actually need to get from point A to point B

Asking for money on the call to eliminate objections

The most common objections

Is it a disqualifier or an objection?

Educating your clients to close the sale

Why I no longer recommend proposals

Next steps after listening to this episode

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/286</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The SUPER Simple 4 Part Process For Sales Calls | The Sales Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>286</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here's one of the biggest traps I see freelancers fall into when it comes to sales calls:
They think they're good at them, but they're really not...
Why?
Two reasons:
1. They've never actually tried to close anything other than friends/family/referrals (the easiest to close, but rarely enough to keep someone 100% booked solid)
2. They've never actually seen how a real sales call is done
If you ever want to get to the point where you can stay booked solid, then you need to know how to get strangers to hire you.
Understanding how to run a great sales call is a huge piece of that puzzle.
The good news? You can just start super simple and then get more fancy as you learn more.
This week's episode will walk you through a super simple four-part sales process.
But here's the kicker: the big goal isn't just to make a sale... it's more about really getting to the heart of what the client needs.
And when you get to the heart of what they need, it's way easier to actually close clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Starting simple: your first sales process

The four key parts of a sales process: connect, diagnose, prescribe, collect

What clients want vs. what they actually need to get from point A to point B

Asking for money on the call to eliminate objections

The most common objections

Is it a disqualifier or an objection?

Educating your clients to close the sale

Why I no longer recommend proposals

Next steps after listening to this episode

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/286</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's one of the biggest traps I see freelancers fall into when it comes to sales calls:</p><p><em>They </em><strong><em>think</em></strong><em> they're </em><strong><em>good</em></strong><em> at them, but they're really not...</em></p><p>Why?</p><p>Two reasons:</p><p>1. They've never actually tried to close anything other than friends/family/referrals (the easiest to close, but rarely enough to keep someone 100% booked solid)</p><p>2. They've never actually seen how a real sales call is done</p><p>If you ever want to get to the point where you can stay booked solid, then you need to know <strong>how to</strong> <strong>get strangers to hire you.</strong></p><p>Understanding how to run a great sales call is a huge piece of that puzzle.</p><p>The good news? You can just start super simple and then get more fancy as you learn more.</p><p>This week's episode will walk you through a super simple four-part sales process.</p><p>But here's the kicker: the big goal isn't just to make a sale... it's more about <em>really</em> getting to the heart of what the client needs.</p><p>And when you get to the heart of what they need, it's <em>way</em> easier to actually close clients.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Starting simple: your first sales process</li>
<li>The four key parts of a sales process: connect, diagnose, prescribe, collect</li>
<li>What clients want vs. what they actually need to get from point A to point B</li>
<li>Asking for money on the call to eliminate objections</li>
<li>The most common objections</li>
<li>Is it a disqualifier or an objection?</li>
<li>Educating your clients to close the sale</li>
<li>Why I no longer recommend proposals</li>
<li>Next steps after listening to this episode</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/286?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_286">https://6figurecreative.com/286</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2316</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9c55105c-984b-11ee-b839-7f779bdb1745]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6189687173.mp3?updated=1702316957" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#285: The Entire Freelance Sales Process From Beginning To End | The Sales Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/285?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_285</link>
      <description>If you're a freelancer who's ever felt like sales is a foreign language, prepare to have your mind changed.
First, it starts with understanding what sales really is. Sales is not just about persuasion... it's a process.
In this new podcast series, I'm going to give you a comprehensive guide to the entire sales process for freelancers.
Here's what's in store for this new Sales Series:

Lead qualification (because let's face it, not every lead is a good fit)

The all-important CRM setup

How to do the discovery call (i.e. your first real dance with a potential client)

The proposal process

The art of follow-up (Yes, it's an art that balances persistence with respect)

Closing the deal

Cross-selling and upselling.

And so much more...

My goal with this series is to go deep into each topic, making sure you come out the other side not just understanding sales, but loving it.
Why?
Because mastering sales is not just about closing deals... it's about opening doors – to better projects, higher pay, and greater confidence in pricing your services.
If you've ever felt like sales is your Achilles' heel, this might be your time to turn it into a secret weapon.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you're missing out on clients - and you don't know it

Sales leads vs marketing leads

Why a leaky funnel is detrimental for your business

Avoiding burnout by rejecting leads who are a bad fit

Setting up your systems for success

The important features to look for in a CRM

Why business owners need to wear many hats

Moving projects through stages in your CRM

Opportunities and tracking pipeline value

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/285</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Entire Freelance Sales Process From Beginning To End | The Sales Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>285</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you're a freelancer who's ever felt like sales is a foreign language, prepare to have your mind changed.
First, it starts with understanding what sales really is. Sales is not just about persuasion... it's a process.
In this new podcast series, I'm going to give you a comprehensive guide to the entire sales process for freelancers.
Here's what's in store for this new Sales Series:

Lead qualification (because let's face it, not every lead is a good fit)

The all-important CRM setup

How to do the discovery call (i.e. your first real dance with a potential client)

The proposal process

The art of follow-up (Yes, it's an art that balances persistence with respect)

Closing the deal

Cross-selling and upselling.

And so much more...

My goal with this series is to go deep into each topic, making sure you come out the other side not just understanding sales, but loving it.
Why?
Because mastering sales is not just about closing deals... it's about opening doors – to better projects, higher pay, and greater confidence in pricing your services.
If you've ever felt like sales is your Achilles' heel, this might be your time to turn it into a secret weapon.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you're missing out on clients - and you don't know it

Sales leads vs marketing leads

Why a leaky funnel is detrimental for your business

Avoiding burnout by rejecting leads who are a bad fit

Setting up your systems for success

The important features to look for in a CRM

Why business owners need to wear many hats

Moving projects through stages in your CRM

Opportunities and tracking pipeline value

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/285</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're a freelancer who's ever felt like sales is a foreign language, prepare to have your mind changed.</p><p>First, it starts with understanding what sales <em>really</em> is. Sales is not just about persuasion... <strong><u>it's a process</u></strong>.</p><p>In this new podcast series, I'm going to give you a comprehensive guide to the entire sales process for freelancers.</p><p><strong>Here's what's in store for this new Sales Series:</strong></p><ul>
<li>Lead qualification (because let's face it, not every lead is a good fit)</li>
<li>The all-important CRM setup</li>
<li>How to do the discovery call (i.e. your first real dance with a potential client)</li>
<li>The proposal process</li>
<li>The art of follow-up (Yes, it's an art that balances persistence with respect)</li>
<li>Closing the deal</li>
<li>Cross-selling and upselling.</li>
<li>And so much more...</li>
</ul><p>My goal with this series is to go deep into each topic, making sure you come out the other side <strong>not just understanding sales, but loving it.</strong></p><p>Why?</p><p>Because mastering sales is not just about closing deals... it's about opening doors – to better projects, higher pay, and greater confidence in pricing your services.</p><p>If you've ever felt like sales is your Achilles' heel, this might be your time to turn it into a secret weapon.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you're missing out on clients - and you don't know it</li>
<li>Sales leads vs marketing leads</li>
<li>Why a leaky funnel is detrimental for your business</li>
<li>Avoiding burnout by rejecting leads who are a bad fit</li>
<li>Setting up your systems for success</li>
<li>The important features to look for in a CRM</li>
<li>Why business owners need to wear many hats</li>
<li>Moving projects through stages in your CRM</li>
<li>Opportunities and tracking pipeline value</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/285?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_285">https://6figurecreative.com/285</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2684</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[359fd4ac-92b8-11ee-91fd-efbc2dd202ef]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8475776254.mp3?updated=1701703695" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#284: Stuck With Low $$$ Projects? Here's How To Level Up To $50,000 Projects | With Ryan Koral (Replay)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/284?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_284</link>
      <description>The dark side of freelancing (that no one wants to discuss) is the wasteland of low-dollar "Fiverr Freelancers" charging bottom-dollar rates for "butt-in-seat" projects.
Whether you're on Fiverr or not, you may still be trapped in this low-dollar wasteland that is essentially just another soulless day job you've created for yourself.
These projects tend to be unfulfilling and draining, and you end up in a horrible financial place.
This is what so many newbies and struggling creatives do, and many never make it out of this trap. 
I know this might sound painfully obvious, but you can't build a sustainable freelance business out of low-dollar, unfulfilling work where you're competing with hundreds (or thousands) of copycat competitors willing to work longer hours for less money than you.
This is why I wanted to bring on Ryan Koral from Tell Studios to talk about how he successfully transitioned from $500 projects to regular $50,000 projects, eventually scaling his freelance business to over $1,000,000 per year.
Ryan shared a ton of incredible info, including one of my new favorite strategies for closing high-dollar projects, so do not skip this week's interview.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Ryan pivoted from a full-time job earning $23,000/year to a becoming a full time freelancer

How "yes mode" affects the start of your business

Why you don't hire significant others for your business

Dealing with employees who don't have the right expectation

The benefits of delegating tasks to others

Why your employees aren't the idiots you think they are

Your value vs. how your clients value your work

How to sell a low $$$ workshop that leads to a $50k project (with a 100% success rate). 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/284</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Stuck With Low $$$ Projects? Here's How To Level Up To $50,000 Projects | With Ryan Koral (Replay)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>284</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The dark side of freelancing (that no one wants to discuss) is the wasteland of low-dollar "Fiverr Freelancers" charging bottom-dollar rates for "butt-in-seat" projects.
Whether you're on Fiverr or not, you may still be trapped in this low-dollar wasteland that is essentially just another soulless day job you've created for yourself.
These projects tend to be unfulfilling and draining, and you end up in a horrible financial place.
This is what so many newbies and struggling creatives do, and many never make it out of this trap. 
I know this might sound painfully obvious, but you can't build a sustainable freelance business out of low-dollar, unfulfilling work where you're competing with hundreds (or thousands) of copycat competitors willing to work longer hours for less money than you.
This is why I wanted to bring on Ryan Koral from Tell Studios to talk about how he successfully transitioned from $500 projects to regular $50,000 projects, eventually scaling his freelance business to over $1,000,000 per year.
Ryan shared a ton of incredible info, including one of my new favorite strategies for closing high-dollar projects, so do not skip this week's interview.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Ryan pivoted from a full-time job earning $23,000/year to a becoming a full time freelancer

How "yes mode" affects the start of your business

Why you don't hire significant others for your business

Dealing with employees who don't have the right expectation

The benefits of delegating tasks to others

Why your employees aren't the idiots you think they are

Your value vs. how your clients value your work

How to sell a low $$$ workshop that leads to a $50k project (with a 100% success rate). 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/284</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The dark side of freelancing (that no one wants to discuss) is the wasteland of low-dollar "Fiverr Freelancers" charging bottom-dollar rates for "butt-in-seat" projects.</p><p>Whether you're on Fiverr or not, you may still be trapped in this low-dollar wasteland that is essentially <em>just</em> another soulless day job you've created for yourself.</p><p>These projects tend to be unfulfilling and draining, and you end up in a horrible financial place.</p><p><strong>This is what so many newbies and struggling creatives do, and many never make it out of this trap. </strong></p><p>I know this might sound painfully obvious, but you can't build a sustainable freelance business out of low-dollar, unfulfilling work where you're competing with hundreds (or thousands) of copycat competitors willing to work longer hours for less money than you.</p><p>This is why I wanted to bring on<strong> Ryan Koral from Tell Studios </strong>to talk about how he successfully transitioned from $500 projects to regular $50,000 projects, eventually scaling his freelance business to over $1,000,000 per year.</p><p>Ryan shared a ton of incredible info, including one of my new favorite strategies for closing high-dollar projects, so <em>do not</em> skip this week's interview.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why Ryan pivoted from a full-time job earning $23,000/year to a becoming a full time freelancer</li>
<li>How "yes mode" affects the start of your business</li>
<li>Why you don't hire significant others for your business</li>
<li>Dealing with employees who don't have the right expectation</li>
<li>The benefits of delegating tasks to others</li>
<li>Why your employees <em>aren't</em> the idiots you think they are</li>
<li>Your value vs. how your clients value your work</li>
<li>How to sell a low $$$ workshop that leads to a $50k project (with a 100% success rate). </li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/284?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_284">https://6figurecreative.com/284</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4219</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b3dc01b2-8b0e-11ee-87bd-0fdf61bf3cf2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4914749728.mp3?updated=1701023052" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#283: The 3 Strategies For Staying Top-of-Mind &amp; Getting More Gigs | The Lead Nurture Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/283?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_283</link>
      <description>As we wrap up The Lead Generation series, you likely already know how important staying top-of-mind is.
If you're not top-of-mind when the client is ready to hire someone, you won't get the gig. Period. 
So what are the 3 best strategies for nurturing your leads, and ultimately getting more gigs?
That's what this week's episode is all about!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Nurturing leads the way you nurture a garden

The three unofficial buckets of lead nurture strategies

What being "known well" should mean to you

Choosing a type of content for your content marketing

Discovery content vs. nurture content

Why paid ads are content marketing

Using retargeting to nurture your leads

The difference between a marketing lead and a sales lead

Why you need to go all in on your chosen content area

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/283</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 3 Strategies For Staying Top-of-Mind &amp; Getting More Gigs | The Lead Nurture Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>283</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As we wrap up The Lead Generation series, you likely already know how important staying top-of-mind is.
If you're not top-of-mind when the client is ready to hire someone, you won't get the gig. Period. 
So what are the 3 best strategies for nurturing your leads, and ultimately getting more gigs?
That's what this week's episode is all about!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Nurturing leads the way you nurture a garden

The three unofficial buckets of lead nurture strategies

What being "known well" should mean to you

Choosing a type of content for your content marketing

Discovery content vs. nurture content

Why paid ads are content marketing

Using retargeting to nurture your leads

The difference between a marketing lead and a sales lead

Why you need to go all in on your chosen content area

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/283</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As we wrap up The Lead Generation series, you likely already know how important staying top-of-mind is.</p><p><strong>If you're not top-of-mind when the client is ready to hire someone, you won't get the gig. Period. </strong></p><p>So what are the 3 best strategies for nurturing your leads, and ultimately getting more gigs?</p><p>That's what this week's episode is all about!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Nurturing leads the way you nurture a garden</li>
<li>The three unofficial buckets of lead nurture strategies</li>
<li>What being "known well" <em>should</em> mean to you</li>
<li>Choosing a type of content for your content marketing</li>
<li>Discovery content vs. nurture content</li>
<li>Why paid ads are content marketing</li>
<li>Using retargeting to nurture your leads</li>
<li>The difference between a marketing lead and a sales lead</li>
<li>Why you need to go all in on your chosen content area</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/283?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_283">https://6figurecreative.com/283</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2187</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f58d8a08-8579-11ee-bd40-9f226758eea0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3501543454.mp3?updated=1700247654" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#282: Mapping Out The 7 Essential Stages Of The Complete Client Journey | The Lead Nurture Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/282?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_282</link>
      <description>Want to know the biggest sticking point in a freelancer's career? It's when you run out of friends and family to sell your services to.
The moment you move into the world of getting strangers to hire you is the moment you find out what you're made of.
It's honestly a scary place to be, but most people don't have large enough personal networks to stay booked solid with friends and family alone.
Enter The Complete Client Journey: this is the 7 stages you need to walk someone through as they move from stranger to repeat client.
This is what most freelancers are missing. They haven't mapped out their own personal journey for their business.
This week I have a special episode that walks you through mapping out each of the 7 stages for your own business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The seven stages of the client journey

Answering the right questions so people don't reject you

Retargeting leads based on video views or other triggers

Handling objections from your leads

Looking at average annual client value vs. average project value

The crucial key to following up with people

How to get great referrals to grow your business

Where to get your own template for this worksheet

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/282</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Mapping Out The 7 Essential Stages Of The Complete Client Journey | The Lead Nurture Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>282</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Want to know the biggest sticking point in a freelancer's career? It's when you run out of friends and family to sell your services to.
The moment you move into the world of getting strangers to hire you is the moment you find out what you're made of.
It's honestly a scary place to be, but most people don't have large enough personal networks to stay booked solid with friends and family alone.
Enter The Complete Client Journey: this is the 7 stages you need to walk someone through as they move from stranger to repeat client.
This is what most freelancers are missing. They haven't mapped out their own personal journey for their business.
This week I have a special episode that walks you through mapping out each of the 7 stages for your own business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The seven stages of the client journey

Answering the right questions so people don't reject you

Retargeting leads based on video views or other triggers

Handling objections from your leads

Looking at average annual client value vs. average project value

The crucial key to following up with people

How to get great referrals to grow your business

Where to get your own template for this worksheet

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/282</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to know the biggest sticking point in a freelancer's career? It's when you run out of friends and family to sell your services to.</p><p><strong>The moment you move into the world of getting <u>strangers</u> to hire you</strong> is the moment you find out what you're made of.</p><p>It's honestly a scary place to be, but most people don't have large enough personal networks to stay booked solid with friends and family alone.</p><p>Enter <strong>The Complete Client Journey: </strong>this is the 7 stages you need to walk someone through as they move from stranger to repeat client.</p><p>This is what most freelancers are missing. They haven't mapped out their own personal journey for <em>their </em>business.</p><p>This week I have a special episode that walks you through mapping out each of the 7 stages for your own business.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The seven stages of the client journey</li>
<li>Answering the right questions so people don't reject you</li>
<li>Retargeting leads based on video views or other triggers</li>
<li>Handling objections from your leads</li>
<li>Looking at average <em>annual</em> client value vs. average project value</li>
<li>The crucial key to following up with people</li>
<li>How to get great referrals to grow your business</li>
<li>Where to get your own template for this worksheet</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/282?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_282">https://6figurecreative.com/282</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2715</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[819dc1e8-7fda-11ee-8d28-6bbc59d92f5b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5016714981.mp3?updated=1699629478" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#281: The 4 Building Blocks of Turning Strangers Into Clients | The Lead Nurture Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/281?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_281</link>
      <description>Ah, freelancing, my friend! Let's talk about the art of nurturing relations in this wild, wonderful, sometimes impossibly difficult world.
You see, it's a bit like trying to find love on a dating app (which is where I met my wife 8 years ago). You don't just swipe right and immediately pop the big question, do you? No, no. It all begins with that elusive, deep connection.
In the dating world, you chat, you laugh, and you get to know each other. You share stories, experiences, and maybe even a few secrets. It's a dance, a beautiful journey... and it can take years. 
You nurture romantic relationships because you know that without a real, genuine connection, no amount of swiping or proposing is going to land you a lifelong partner.
And so it is with freelancing. You don't just send out proposals left and right, expecting clients to fall into your lap.
You take time, effort, and energy to build relationships and connect with people. You listen to their needs, understand their pain points, and offer genuine solutions.
Like a budding romance, it's about showing that you care. Just as you wouldn't propose on a first date, you don't rush into relationships with your clients.
Instead, you showcase your expertise and your passion for what you do. You build trust, foster connections, and, over time, you become their go-to person. That is the true art of nurturing leads.
This week marks the start of our three-part Lead Nurture Series. Listen now to learn The 4 Building Blocks of Turning Strangers Into Clients. Let's get started!
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/281</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Building Blocks of Turning Strangers Into Clients | The Lead Nurture Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>281</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ah, freelancing, my friend! Let's talk about the art of nurturing relations in this wild, wonderful, sometimes impossibly difficult world.
You see, it's a bit like trying to find love on a dating app (which is where I met my wife 8 years ago). You don't just swipe right and immediately pop the big question, do you? No, no. It all begins with that elusive, deep connection.
In the dating world, you chat, you laugh, and you get to know each other. You share stories, experiences, and maybe even a few secrets. It's a dance, a beautiful journey... and it can take years. 
You nurture romantic relationships because you know that without a real, genuine connection, no amount of swiping or proposing is going to land you a lifelong partner.
And so it is with freelancing. You don't just send out proposals left and right, expecting clients to fall into your lap.
You take time, effort, and energy to build relationships and connect with people. You listen to their needs, understand their pain points, and offer genuine solutions.
Like a budding romance, it's about showing that you care. Just as you wouldn't propose on a first date, you don't rush into relationships with your clients.
Instead, you showcase your expertise and your passion for what you do. You build trust, foster connections, and, over time, you become their go-to person. That is the true art of nurturing leads.
This week marks the start of our three-part Lead Nurture Series. Listen now to learn The 4 Building Blocks of Turning Strangers Into Clients. Let's get started!
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/281</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ah, freelancing, my friend! Let's talk about the art of nurturing relations in this wild, wonderful, sometimes impossibly difficult world.</p><p>You see, it's a bit like trying to find love on a dating app (which is where I met my wife 8 years ago). You don't just swipe right and <em>immediately</em> pop the big question, do you? No, no. It all begins with that elusive, deep connection.</p><p>In the dating world, you chat, you laugh, and you get to know each other. You share stories, experiences, and maybe even a few secrets. It's a dance, a beautiful journey... and it can take <em>years. </em></p><p><strong>You nurture romantic relationships because you know that without a real, genuine connection, no amount of swiping or proposing is going to land you a lifelong partner.</strong></p><p>And so it is with freelancing. You don't just send out proposals left and right, expecting clients to fall into your lap.</p><p>You take time, effort, and energy to build relationships and <em>connect</em> with people. You listen to their needs, understand their pain points, and offer genuine solutions.</p><p>Like a budding romance, it's about showing that you care. Just as you wouldn't propose on a first date, you don't rush into relationships with your clients.</p><p>Instead, you showcase your expertise and your passion for what you do. You build trust, foster connections, and, over time, you become their go-to person. <em>That</em> is the true art of nurturing leads.</p><p>This week marks the start of our three-part Lead Nurture Series. Listen now to learn The 4 Building Blocks of Turning Strangers Into Clients. Let's get started!</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/281?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_281">https://6figurecreative.com/281</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1904</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[48e56812-7a79-11ee-b6f1-dfff5ec75bd7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8658942959.mp3?updated=1699038231" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#280: Hackers Spent $3k Of My Money Promoting Elderly Women's Bras, And Here's What I Learned | Cyber Security Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/280?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_280</link>
      <description>And on September 29th, someone played dirty and swiped access to my ads account. 19 days, folks. Nineteen. That's how long I was locked out, twiddling my thumbs while some hacker ran ads for elderly women’s bras on MY dime.

As hilarious as that sounds, they threw a huge wrench into my marketing machine that cranks out thousands of leads monthly.
Now, I’m no mathematician, but those 19 days of darkness cost me. We're not just talking about the pocket change of $3,000 they blew on those bra ads.
We're talking about tens of thousands of dollars with of lost opportunity because my ads were MIA. With paid ads, you can earn big if you spend big. Now, cut the 'spend' part out for nearly three weeks. Ouch!
But let’s back up... Why am I even bringing up this drama?
Because we’re in an era where one simple digital slip can cascade into a financial avalanche. And here's the kicker: I thought I had my bases covered.
I had digital walls, moats, and guard dogs, all in the form of complex passwords and two-factor authentication. And yet, someone found that one unguarded window and climbed right in.
This isn’t a story for sympathy, but a plea for every freelancer out there. Those shiny digital tools and platforms that feel like extensions of our brains and hands? They're double-edged swords. One day, they're helping you dominate your niche, and the next, they're the nail in your financial coffin.
It doesn’t matter if you’re into paid ads, content creation, or just plain ol' social media engagement. Let this be a wake-up call. Our digital tools have multiple doors, and we need to make damn sure each one's bolted tight.
This week I'm sharing some insights on cyber security risks, including the one that got me, even though I thought I was secure.
The main takeaway is to be careful online. Small mistakes can lead to big problems.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Brian's Meta account was hacked, and why that cost lots of money

Four ways your accounts are vulnerable to attack

The importance of two factor authentication

How phishing attacks work

Why keyloggers are dangerous to your accounts

The importance of using a VPN whenever you are not using a secure network

How to protect your accounts from attack

The two most important ways to protect your account

Additional steps to secure your accounts

Performing regular security checkups

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/280</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Hackers Spent $3k Of My Money Promoting Elderly Women's Bras, And Here's What I Learned | Cyber Security Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>280</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>And on September 29th, someone played dirty and swiped access to my ads account. 19 days, folks. Nineteen. That's how long I was locked out, twiddling my thumbs while some hacker ran ads for elderly women’s bras on MY dime.

As hilarious as that sounds, they threw a huge wrench into my marketing machine that cranks out thousands of leads monthly.
Now, I’m no mathematician, but those 19 days of darkness cost me. We're not just talking about the pocket change of $3,000 they blew on those bra ads.
We're talking about tens of thousands of dollars with of lost opportunity because my ads were MIA. With paid ads, you can earn big if you spend big. Now, cut the 'spend' part out for nearly three weeks. Ouch!
But let’s back up... Why am I even bringing up this drama?
Because we’re in an era where one simple digital slip can cascade into a financial avalanche. And here's the kicker: I thought I had my bases covered.
I had digital walls, moats, and guard dogs, all in the form of complex passwords and two-factor authentication. And yet, someone found that one unguarded window and climbed right in.
This isn’t a story for sympathy, but a plea for every freelancer out there. Those shiny digital tools and platforms that feel like extensions of our brains and hands? They're double-edged swords. One day, they're helping you dominate your niche, and the next, they're the nail in your financial coffin.
It doesn’t matter if you’re into paid ads, content creation, or just plain ol' social media engagement. Let this be a wake-up call. Our digital tools have multiple doors, and we need to make damn sure each one's bolted tight.
This week I'm sharing some insights on cyber security risks, including the one that got me, even though I thought I was secure.
The main takeaway is to be careful online. Small mistakes can lead to big problems.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Brian's Meta account was hacked, and why that cost lots of money

Four ways your accounts are vulnerable to attack

The importance of two factor authentication

How phishing attacks work

Why keyloggers are dangerous to your accounts

The importance of using a VPN whenever you are not using a secure network

How to protect your accounts from attack

The two most important ways to protect your account

Additional steps to secure your accounts

Performing regular security checkups

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/280</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>And on September 29th, someone played dirty and swiped access to my ads account. 19 days, folks. Nineteen. That's how long I was locked out, twiddling my thumbs while some hacker ran ads for <strong>elderly women’s bras</strong> on MY dime.</p><p></p><p>As hilarious as that sounds, they threw a huge wrench into my marketing machine that cranks out thousands of leads monthly.</p><p>Now, I’m no mathematician, but those 19 days of darkness cost me. We're not just talking about the pocket change of $3,000 they blew on those bra ads.</p><p>We're talking about tens of thousands of dollars with of lost opportunity because my ads were MIA. With paid ads, you can earn big if you spend big. Now, cut the 'spend' part out for nearly three weeks. Ouch!</p><p>But let’s back up... Why am I even bringing up this drama?</p><p>Because we’re in an era where one simple digital slip can cascade into a financial avalanche. And here's the kicker: I thought I had my bases covered.</p><p>I had digital walls, moats, and guard dogs, all in the form of complex passwords and two-factor authentication. And yet, someone found that one unguarded window and climbed right in.</p><p>This isn’t a story for sympathy, but a plea for every freelancer out there. Those shiny digital tools and platforms that feel like extensions of our brains and hands? They're double-edged swords. One day, they're helping you dominate your niche, and the next, they're the nail in your financial coffin.</p><p>It doesn’t matter if you’re into paid ads, content creation, or just plain ol' social media engagement. Let this be a wake-up call. Our digital tools have multiple doors, and we need to make damn sure each one's bolted tight.</p><p>This week I'm sharing some insights on cyber security risks, including the one that got me, even though I thought I was secure.</p><p>The main takeaway is to be careful online. Small mistakes can lead to big problems.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Brian's Meta account was hacked, and why that cost lots of money</li>
<li>Four ways your accounts are vulnerable to attack</li>
<li>The importance of two factor authentication</li>
<li>How phishing attacks work</li>
<li>Why keyloggers are dangerous to your accounts</li>
<li>The importance of using a VPN whenever you are not using a secure network</li>
<li>How to protect your accounts from attack</li>
<li>The two most important ways to protect your account</li>
<li>Additional steps to secure your accounts</li>
<li>Performing regular security checkups</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/280?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_280">https://6figurecreative.com/280</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1663</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4b82e3ce-7736-11ee-83fe-6b9a7947cf35]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7306053199.mp3?updated=1698678858" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#279: Mastering The Art Of Self-Promotion | The Lead Generation Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/279?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_279</link>
      <description>Raise your hand if you suck at self-promotion...
🙋🏻‍♂️ 🙋🏼 🙋🏿‍♂️ 🙋🏻‍♀️🙋🏽‍♀️ (←that's probably you.)
Sadly, self-promotion is where most freelancers hit a wall.
It's one thing to create an amazing service or irresistible lead magnet, but it's entirely another to promote it effectively.
If your calendar isn't booked solid with projects from ideal clients, then you likely suck at self-promotion. (just being real with you 🤷🏻‍♂️)
For those naysayers who think, "self-promotion!? You shouldn't have to self-promote if you're good at what you do!", I urge you to kill that thought with the fire of a thousand suns.
That's a self-imposed limitation. If promotion is a "normal thing" across every other industry, why should freelancers be the exception?
At its core, lead generation isn't about making lead magnets or revamping your freelance services. It's about mastering the art of self-promotion. 
So, whether you're a seasoned freelancer or a newbie, we're about to dive into the nitty-gritty of self-promotion. We need to make sure your service (or lead magnets) doesn't go to waste.
By the end of it, you'll be armed with the tools to make your freelance business self-sustaining.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your lead magnets aren't working

The six types of traffic

The "core four" types of marketing Brian uses

Using earned media to grow relationships

Why only 3% of your audience is ready to purchase from you right now

How hackers make money with stolen ad accounts

Demand creation vs. demand harvesting

Harnessing referrals and word-of-mouth marketing

Using a referral circle to help fellow freelancers

How to get a plan for your lead generation efforts

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/279</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Mastering The Art Of Self-Promotion | The Lead Generation Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>279</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Raise your hand if you suck at self-promotion...
🙋🏻‍♂️ 🙋🏼 🙋🏿‍♂️ 🙋🏻‍♀️🙋🏽‍♀️ (←that's probably you.)
Sadly, self-promotion is where most freelancers hit a wall.
It's one thing to create an amazing service or irresistible lead magnet, but it's entirely another to promote it effectively.
If your calendar isn't booked solid with projects from ideal clients, then you likely suck at self-promotion. (just being real with you 🤷🏻‍♂️)
For those naysayers who think, "self-promotion!? You shouldn't have to self-promote if you're good at what you do!", I urge you to kill that thought with the fire of a thousand suns.
That's a self-imposed limitation. If promotion is a "normal thing" across every other industry, why should freelancers be the exception?
At its core, lead generation isn't about making lead magnets or revamping your freelance services. It's about mastering the art of self-promotion. 
So, whether you're a seasoned freelancer or a newbie, we're about to dive into the nitty-gritty of self-promotion. We need to make sure your service (or lead magnets) doesn't go to waste.
By the end of it, you'll be armed with the tools to make your freelance business self-sustaining.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your lead magnets aren't working

The six types of traffic

The "core four" types of marketing Brian uses

Using earned media to grow relationships

Why only 3% of your audience is ready to purchase from you right now

How hackers make money with stolen ad accounts

Demand creation vs. demand harvesting

Harnessing referrals and word-of-mouth marketing

Using a referral circle to help fellow freelancers

How to get a plan for your lead generation efforts

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/279</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Raise your hand if you suck at self-promotion...</p><p>🙋🏻‍♂️ 🙋🏼 🙋🏿‍♂️ 🙋🏻‍♀️🙋🏽‍♀️ (←that's probably you.)</p><p>Sadly, self-promotion is where most freelancers hit a wall.</p><p>It's one thing to create an <em>amazing</em> service or <em>irresistible</em> lead magnet, but it's entirely another to promote it effectively.</p><p><strong>If your calendar isn't booked solid with projects from ideal clients, then you likely suck at self-promotion. </strong>(just being real with you 🤷🏻‍♂️)</p><p>For those naysayers who think, "self-promotion!? You shouldn't have to self-promote if you're good at what you do!", I urge you to kill that thought with the fire of a thousand suns.</p><p>That's a self-imposed limitation. If promotion is a "normal thing" across every other industry, why should freelancers be the exception?</p><p>At its core, lead generation isn't about making lead magnets or revamping your freelance services. <strong>It's about mastering the art of self-promotion. </strong></p><p>So, whether you're a seasoned freelancer or a newbie, we're about to dive into the nitty-gritty of self-promotion. We need to make sure your service (or lead magnets) doesn't go to waste.</p><p>By the end of it, you'll be armed with the tools to make your freelance business self-sustaining.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why your lead magnets aren't working</li>
<li>The six types of traffic</li>
<li>The "core four" types of marketing Brian uses</li>
<li>Using earned media to grow relationships</li>
<li>Why only 3% of your audience is ready to purchase from you right now</li>
<li>How hackers make money with stolen ad accounts</li>
<li>Demand creation vs. demand harvesting</li>
<li>Harnessing referrals and word-of-mouth marketing</li>
<li>Using a referral circle to help fellow freelancers</li>
<li>How to get a plan for your lead generation efforts</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/279?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_279">https://6figurecreative.com/279</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1905</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9a3883b8-6f5a-11ee-ba71-2faef2483796]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6825312856.mp3?updated=1697815229" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#278: The 4 Types of Lead Magnets That Actually Work | The Lead Generation Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/278?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_278</link>
      <description>Let’s dive into a crucial piece of the freelancer's marketing toolkit: The Lead Magnet.
Imagine your lead magnet as an introductory handshake in the online world. It's your first impression, and we all know how vital that is.
Your lead magnet isn’t merely a "hello"... it’s an "I understand your problems and I know how to help."
Every lead is a person looking for a solution, and your lead magnet is the first step in proving that YOU are that solution.
What we’re crafting isn’t just a freebie or a basic tool. Your lead magnet is proof that you don’t just talk the talk but you walk the walk. It demonstrates up front that you bring real value to the table.
And no, a lead magnet isn’t just another PDF or ebook – it can be, but it doesn’t have to be. It can be a tool, a resource, or a guide. It might even be a paid service or workshop.
The shape of a lead magnet is flexible, but its purpose is rigid: to provide immense, undeniable value.
This isn’t about merely generating leads or adding names to an email list. It’s about connecting with a person, and proving that you have the solution they’ve been hunting for.
Ready to create something amazing? Let’s dive into this...
In this episode you’ll discover:

The power of paid lead magnets

Solving problems for your leads

People who have more time than money, vs more money than time

Using your services to bring in new clients

Why taking a loss in the short term can be a benefit in the long term

Using information as a lead magnet

The questions to ask when offering a free consultation

The four main ways to fully solve the problem your leads are facing

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/278</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Types of Lead Magnets That Actually Work | The Lead Generation Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>278</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Let’s dive into a crucial piece of the freelancer's marketing toolkit: The Lead Magnet.
Imagine your lead magnet as an introductory handshake in the online world. It's your first impression, and we all know how vital that is.
Your lead magnet isn’t merely a "hello"... it’s an "I understand your problems and I know how to help."
Every lead is a person looking for a solution, and your lead magnet is the first step in proving that YOU are that solution.
What we’re crafting isn’t just a freebie or a basic tool. Your lead magnet is proof that you don’t just talk the talk but you walk the walk. It demonstrates up front that you bring real value to the table.
And no, a lead magnet isn’t just another PDF or ebook – it can be, but it doesn’t have to be. It can be a tool, a resource, or a guide. It might even be a paid service or workshop.
The shape of a lead magnet is flexible, but its purpose is rigid: to provide immense, undeniable value.
This isn’t about merely generating leads or adding names to an email list. It’s about connecting with a person, and proving that you have the solution they’ve been hunting for.
Ready to create something amazing? Let’s dive into this...
In this episode you’ll discover:

The power of paid lead magnets

Solving problems for your leads

People who have more time than money, vs more money than time

Using your services to bring in new clients

Why taking a loss in the short term can be a benefit in the long term

Using information as a lead magnet

The questions to ask when offering a free consultation

The four main ways to fully solve the problem your leads are facing

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/278</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s dive into a crucial piece of the freelancer's marketing toolkit: The Lead Magnet.</p><p>Imagine your lead magnet as an introductory handshake in the online world. It's your first impression, and we all know how vital that is.</p><p>Your lead magnet isn’t merely a "<em>hello</em>"... it’s an <em>"I understand your problems and I know how to help."</em></p><p>Every lead is a person looking for a solution, and your lead magnet is the first step in proving that YOU are that solution.</p><p>What we’re crafting isn’t <em>just</em> a freebie or a basic tool. Your lead magnet is proof that<strong> you don’t just talk the talk but you walk the walk</strong>. It demonstrates up front that you bring real value to the table.</p><p>And no, <strong>a lead magnet isn’t just another PDF or ebook </strong>– it can be, but it doesn’t have to be. It can be a tool, a resource, or a guide. It might even be a paid service or workshop.</p><p>The shape of a lead magnet is flexible, but its purpose is rigid: to provide immense, undeniable value.</p><p>This isn’t about merely generating leads or adding names to an email list. It’s about connecting with a person, and proving that you have the solution they’ve been hunting for.</p><p>Ready to create something amazing? Let’s dive into this...</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The power of <em>paid</em> lead magnets</li>
<li>Solving problems for your leads</li>
<li>People who have more time than money, vs more money than time</li>
<li>Using your services to bring in new clients</li>
<li>Why taking a loss in the short term can be a benefit in the long term</li>
<li>Using information as a lead magnet</li>
<li>The questions to ask when offering a free consultation</li>
<li>The four main ways to fully solve the problem your leads are facing</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/278?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_278">https://6figurecreative.com/278</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1969</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f082bf00-6c4d-11ee-9115-d36250bd36ff]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8007836504.mp3?updated=1697481683" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#277: The Secret to Consistent Clients | The Lead Generation Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/277?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_277</link>
      <description>Listen, I've heard it a hundred times, and I bet you have, too...
"If you're good enough, you can just wait for clients to come to you." They say.
"Word of mouth is all you need." They say.
But here's the deal: sitting on your hands and hoping for that magical email notification of a new client isn't a strategy—it's a death trap.
Let me paint a picture...
You're a talented freelancer. You've had some good months, even great ones.
But then there's that one sobering month. The inquiries dry up, the referrals dwindle, and your inbox is eerily silent. Panic sets in.
That, my friend, is the terrifying "word-of-mouth death trap".
There's a common myth in the freelance world. Some folks will have you believe that the only way to thrive is through word of mouth.
But here’s the truth bomb: Anyone saying "word-of-mouth is best" is unqualified to give you that advice. They are just coasting along nicely with it, having never tasted the desperation of the dry season.
Many still end up taking on gigs they aren’t passionate about, just to keep the lights on.
And sure, referrals are fabulous. If you're great at what you do, you'll 100% get them.
 But if you're banking solely on word of mouth to keep your calendar booked with clients, then you're setting yourself up for a rocky ride.
So, what's the antidote to this feast or famine nightmare? Two words: Lead Generation.
Here's the breakdown: Leads become inquiries. Inquiries become clients. And when you have a consistent influx of leads every month, you've got a buffer against those terrifying dry spells.
Suddenly, your business isn't about hoping for clients—it's about choosing them.
In the coming series, we'll dive deep into the nuts and bolts of lead generation, tailored specifically for freelancers. Because here's the truth: understanding and mastering lead generation is like handing yourself the keys to consistency.
Ready to escape the word-of-mouth death trap? Click here to start the Lead Generation Series. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Brian has had a horrible week thanks to Meta

Different methods of lead generation, and how your business type changes your lead acquisition

The importance of a solid lead magnet

Keys to a valuable lead magnet

What to do if you're struggling

Understanding what your clients need

Using the Three-Tier-Outcome Map

Diagnosing problems to add value to leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/277</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret to Consistent Clients | The Lead Generation Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>277</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Listen, I've heard it a hundred times, and I bet you have, too...
"If you're good enough, you can just wait for clients to come to you." They say.
"Word of mouth is all you need." They say.
But here's the deal: sitting on your hands and hoping for that magical email notification of a new client isn't a strategy—it's a death trap.
Let me paint a picture...
You're a talented freelancer. You've had some good months, even great ones.
But then there's that one sobering month. The inquiries dry up, the referrals dwindle, and your inbox is eerily silent. Panic sets in.
That, my friend, is the terrifying "word-of-mouth death trap".
There's a common myth in the freelance world. Some folks will have you believe that the only way to thrive is through word of mouth.
But here’s the truth bomb: Anyone saying "word-of-mouth is best" is unqualified to give you that advice. They are just coasting along nicely with it, having never tasted the desperation of the dry season.
Many still end up taking on gigs they aren’t passionate about, just to keep the lights on.
And sure, referrals are fabulous. If you're great at what you do, you'll 100% get them.
 But if you're banking solely on word of mouth to keep your calendar booked with clients, then you're setting yourself up for a rocky ride.
So, what's the antidote to this feast or famine nightmare? Two words: Lead Generation.
Here's the breakdown: Leads become inquiries. Inquiries become clients. And when you have a consistent influx of leads every month, you've got a buffer against those terrifying dry spells.
Suddenly, your business isn't about hoping for clients—it's about choosing them.
In the coming series, we'll dive deep into the nuts and bolts of lead generation, tailored specifically for freelancers. Because here's the truth: understanding and mastering lead generation is like handing yourself the keys to consistency.
Ready to escape the word-of-mouth death trap? Click here to start the Lead Generation Series. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Brian has had a horrible week thanks to Meta

Different methods of lead generation, and how your business type changes your lead acquisition

The importance of a solid lead magnet

Keys to a valuable lead magnet

What to do if you're struggling

Understanding what your clients need

Using the Three-Tier-Outcome Map

Diagnosing problems to add value to leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/277</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Listen, I've heard it a hundred times, and I bet you have, too...</p><p>"If you're good enough, you can just wait for clients to come to you." They say.</p><p>"Word of mouth is all you need." They say.</p><p>But here's the deal: sitting on your hands and hoping for that magical email notification of a new client isn't a strategy—it's a death trap.</p><p>Let me paint a picture...</p><p>You're a talented freelancer. You've had some good months, even great ones.</p><p><strong>But then there's that one sobering month.</strong> The inquiries dry up, the referrals dwindle, and your inbox is eerily silent. Panic sets in.</p><p>That, my friend, is the terrifying "word-of-mouth death trap".</p><p>There's a common myth in the freelance world. Some folks will have you believe that the only way to thrive is through word of mouth.</p><p><strong>But here’s the truth bomb: </strong>Anyone saying "word-of-mouth is best" is unqualified to give you that advice. They are just coasting along nicely with it, <strong>having never tasted the desperation of the dry season.</strong></p><p>Many still end up taking on gigs they aren’t passionate about, just to keep the lights on.</p><p>And sure, referrals are fabulous. If you're great at what you do, you'll 100% get them.</p><p><strong> But if you're banking solely on word of mouth to keep your calendar booked with clients, then you're setting yourself up for a rocky ride.</strong></p><p>So, what's the antidote to this feast or famine nightmare? Two words: <strong>Lead Generation.</strong></p><p>Here's the breakdown: Leads become inquiries. Inquiries become clients. And when you have a consistent influx of leads every month, you've got a buffer against those terrifying dry spells.</p><p><strong>Suddenly, your business isn't about <em>hoping</em> for clients—it's about <em>choosing</em> them.</strong></p><p>In the coming series, we'll dive deep into the nuts and bolts of lead generation, tailored specifically for freelancers. Because here's the truth: understanding and mastering lead generation is like handing yourself the keys to consistency.</p><p>Ready to escape the word-of-mouth death trap? Click here to start the Lead Generation Series. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why Brian has had a horrible week thanks to Meta</li>
<li>Different methods of lead generation, and how your business type changes your lead acquisition</li>
<li>The importance of a solid lead magnet</li>
<li>Keys to a valuable lead magnet</li>
<li>What to do if you're struggling</li>
<li>Understanding what your clients need</li>
<li>Using the Three-Tier-Outcome Map</li>
<li>Diagnosing problems to add value to leads</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/277?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_277">https://6figurecreative.com/277</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1970</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[980d0e0a-66cd-11ee-95f6-43e10832db5e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3182648798.mp3?updated=1696875418" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#276: Shifting Your Clients From One-Time Projects To Monthly Recurring Subscriptions | With Annemie Tonken</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/276?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_276</link>
      <description>How much is an average client worth to you? Whatever that number is, imagine how much more they'd be worth to you and your freelance business if they were paying you that amount every single year. 
Now imagine how successful you'd be if every single client you've ever had was paying you the amount every year for the rest of your career. 
That's the reality for those who run recurring subscription businesses, however, most freelancers only offer one-and-done packages. 
Whether you call it a retainer, subscription, or simply a "monthly fee", most who follow this podcast would love the idea of acquiring a client one time and having them keep paying you every single month.
But... What if your service just "doesn't make sense" as a recurring subscription? 
If that's you, I'd challenge you to listen to this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast. No matter what service you offer, there's likely some way to shift your clients to a recurring income model.
Our guest this week, Annemie Tonken, has managed to build her family photography business to 6 figures per year from 6 hours of work per week. 
If you want to learn how she's managed this, and how she's launched a highly successful recurring-subscription photography service in an industry where very few others are doing the same, listen to episode 223 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast ASAP. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Transitioning your freelance business to a recurring revenue model

Becoming a more efficient business-manager

Solving your clients' ultimate needs so you can earn more on each project

The hidden benefits of a recurring revenue model

Average client value and the impact this stat has on your business

How to keep your subscribers happy, active, and paying

The key factors of adding value to your client's lives (for maximum profit)

How she earns a 6-figure income from 6 hours of work per week


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/276</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Shifting Your Clients From One-Time Projects To Monthly Recurring Subscriptions | With Annemie Tonken</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>276</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How much is an average client worth to you? Whatever that number is, imagine how much more they'd be worth to you and your freelance business if they were paying you that amount every single year. 
Now imagine how successful you'd be if every single client you've ever had was paying you the amount every year for the rest of your career. 
That's the reality for those who run recurring subscription businesses, however, most freelancers only offer one-and-done packages. 
Whether you call it a retainer, subscription, or simply a "monthly fee", most who follow this podcast would love the idea of acquiring a client one time and having them keep paying you every single month.
But... What if your service just "doesn't make sense" as a recurring subscription? 
If that's you, I'd challenge you to listen to this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast. No matter what service you offer, there's likely some way to shift your clients to a recurring income model.
Our guest this week, Annemie Tonken, has managed to build her family photography business to 6 figures per year from 6 hours of work per week. 
If you want to learn how she's managed this, and how she's launched a highly successful recurring-subscription photography service in an industry where very few others are doing the same, listen to episode 223 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast ASAP. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Transitioning your freelance business to a recurring revenue model

Becoming a more efficient business-manager

Solving your clients' ultimate needs so you can earn more on each project

The hidden benefits of a recurring revenue model

Average client value and the impact this stat has on your business

How to keep your subscribers happy, active, and paying

The key factors of adding value to your client's lives (for maximum profit)

How she earns a 6-figure income from 6 hours of work per week


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/276</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How much is an average client worth to you? Whatever that number is, imagine how much more they'd be worth to you and your freelance business if they were paying you that amount<strong> every single year. </strong></p><p><strong>Now imagine how successful you'd be if every single client you've ever had was paying you the amount every year for the rest of your career. </strong></p><p><strong>That's the reality for those who run recurring subscription businesses, however, most freelancers only offer one-and-done packages. </strong></p><p><strong>Whether you call it a retainer, subscription, or simply a "monthly fee", most who follow this podcast would </strong><em>love</em> the idea of acquiring a client one time <em>and</em> having them keep paying you every single month.</p><p>But... <strong>What if your service just "doesn't make sense" as a recurring subscription? </strong></p><p><strong>If that's you, I'd challenge you to listen to this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast. No matter what service you offer, there's likely </strong><em>some</em> way to shift your clients to a recurring income model.</p><p>Our guest this week, Annemie Tonken, has managed to build her family photography business to <strong>6 figures per year from 6 hours of work per week. </strong></p><p><strong>If you want to learn how she's managed this, and how she's launched a highly successful recurring-subscription photography service in an industry where very few others are doing the same, listen to episode 223 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast ASAP. </strong></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Transitioning your freelance business to a recurring revenue model</li>
<li>Becoming a more efficient business-manager</li>
<li>Solving your clients' ultimate needs so you can <em>earn more</em> on each project</li>
<li>The hidden benefits of a recurring revenue model</li>
<li>Average client value and the impact this stat has on your business</li>
<li>How to keep your subscribers happy, active, and paying</li>
<li>The key factors of adding value to your client's lives (for maximum profit)</li>
<li>How she earns a 6-figure income from <u>6 hours of work </u><em><u>per week</u></em>
</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/276?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_276">https://6figurecreative.com/276</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2703</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7325882e-5f02-11ee-89ee-c3da2cb192a4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4455244390.mp3?updated=1696018612" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#275: Time Management For Freelancers | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/275?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_275</link>
      <description>Hey, you... The one out there juggling a thousand tasks, feeling overwhelmed by how much needs to be done, all while trying to meet client expectations — let's chat.
You've probably heard a topic as mundane sounding as "time management" and just tuned out. That's fair because this topic is usually boring as hell.
"Time management" can feel like something invented by spreadsheet nerds who want to crush your creativity. There's some truth to that.
The problem is is, what seems boring is usually the medicine you need.
This is my attempt at discussing time management in a way that won't crush your soul.
So let's start with the basics. How did you get to this place of overwhelm in the first place?
Two things:
1. The Emotional Tug-of-War
Creatives, like you and me, we're in a unique dilemma. On one hand, our emotions drive our art. We can channel passion, sadness, or elation into something magical. But here’s the downside: sometimes, our emotions run us instead of the other way around.
Think about that task you've been putting off just because you "don't feel like it." Yep, I’ve been there. Procrastinating on this very podcast, to be exact.
But here's the thing: by letting our fleeting feelings decide our to-do list, we end up sidelining those high-priority tasks.
2. The Ping of Doom
While being led by emotions is one pitfall, the other, equally treacherous one is becoming a puppet to others' whims.
Picture this: You're deep into a project, and ping — an email arrives. A client needs revisions, and suddenly you're derailed. Sound familiar?
Freelancers, admit it. We suck at this. I do too.
There's this urge to leap at every client request. While it might give them instant gratification, it leaves our personal and professional needs in the dust.
This frantic jumping between tasks, known as context switching, doesn’t just break our rhythm; it exhausts us. And trying to refocus afterward? A time-wasting task.
Mastering Your Day with a Simple Hack
Now that we've painted a pretty bleak picture, let’s flip the script. The secret? A strategy I've been leaning on for years: Plan tomorrow today.
It’s not just about jotting down tasks. It's about proactively designing a day that balances what you want and what others need from you. 
In this week's episode of 6 Figure Creative, I give you the full framework I've been using for years to set up my day for success.
This works in any industry for any service.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why freelancers struggle with time management

How to control our own time, rather than letting others dictate our schedule

People making requests aren't trying to hurt you

Blocking out your daily schedule

Big brain vs. small brain

Batching your tasks or sticking to a routine

The benefits of using Do Not Disturb on your devices

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/275</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Time Management For Freelancers | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>275</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Hey, you... The one out there juggling a thousand tasks, feeling overwhelmed by how much needs to be done, all while trying to meet client expectations — let's chat.
You've probably heard a topic as mundane sounding as "time management" and just tuned out. That's fair because this topic is usually boring as hell.
"Time management" can feel like something invented by spreadsheet nerds who want to crush your creativity. There's some truth to that.
The problem is is, what seems boring is usually the medicine you need.
This is my attempt at discussing time management in a way that won't crush your soul.
So let's start with the basics. How did you get to this place of overwhelm in the first place?
Two things:
1. The Emotional Tug-of-War
Creatives, like you and me, we're in a unique dilemma. On one hand, our emotions drive our art. We can channel passion, sadness, or elation into something magical. But here’s the downside: sometimes, our emotions run us instead of the other way around.
Think about that task you've been putting off just because you "don't feel like it." Yep, I’ve been there. Procrastinating on this very podcast, to be exact.
But here's the thing: by letting our fleeting feelings decide our to-do list, we end up sidelining those high-priority tasks.
2. The Ping of Doom
While being led by emotions is one pitfall, the other, equally treacherous one is becoming a puppet to others' whims.
Picture this: You're deep into a project, and ping — an email arrives. A client needs revisions, and suddenly you're derailed. Sound familiar?
Freelancers, admit it. We suck at this. I do too.
There's this urge to leap at every client request. While it might give them instant gratification, it leaves our personal and professional needs in the dust.
This frantic jumping between tasks, known as context switching, doesn’t just break our rhythm; it exhausts us. And trying to refocus afterward? A time-wasting task.
Mastering Your Day with a Simple Hack
Now that we've painted a pretty bleak picture, let’s flip the script. The secret? A strategy I've been leaning on for years: Plan tomorrow today.
It’s not just about jotting down tasks. It's about proactively designing a day that balances what you want and what others need from you. 
In this week's episode of 6 Figure Creative, I give you the full framework I've been using for years to set up my day for success.
This works in any industry for any service.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why freelancers struggle with time management

How to control our own time, rather than letting others dictate our schedule

People making requests aren't trying to hurt you

Blocking out your daily schedule

Big brain vs. small brain

Batching your tasks or sticking to a routine

The benefits of using Do Not Disturb on your devices

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/275</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey, you... The one out there juggling a thousand tasks, feeling overwhelmed by how much needs to be done, all while trying to meet client expectations — let's chat.</p><p>You've probably heard a topic as mundane sounding as "time management" and just tuned out. That's fair because this topic is usually boring as hell.</p><p>"Time management" can feel like something invented by spreadsheet nerds who want to crush your creativity. There's <em>some</em> truth to that.</p><p>The problem is is, <strong>what seems boring is usually the medicine you need.</strong></p><p>This is my attempt at discussing time management in a way that won't crush your soul.</p><p>So let's start with the basics. How did you get to this place of overwhelm in the first place?</p><p>Two things:</p><p><strong>1. The Emotional Tug-of-War</strong></p><p>Creatives, like you and me, we're in a unique dilemma. On one hand, our emotions drive our art. We can channel passion, sadness, or elation into something magical. But here’s the downside: sometimes, our emotions run us instead of the other way around.</p><p>Think about that task you've been putting off just because you "don't feel like it." Yep, I’ve been there. Procrastinating on this very podcast, to be exact.</p><p>But here's the thing: by letting our fleeting feelings decide our to-do list, we end up sidelining those high-priority tasks.</p><p><strong>2. The Ping of Doom</strong></p><p>While being led by emotions is one pitfall, the other, equally treacherous one is becoming a puppet to others' whims.</p><p>Picture this: You're deep into a project, and <em>ping</em> — an email arrives. A client needs revisions, and suddenly you're derailed. Sound familiar?</p><p>Freelancers, admit it. We suck at this. I do too.</p><p>There's this urge to leap at every client request. While it might give them instant gratification, it leaves our personal and professional needs in the dust.</p><p>This frantic jumping between tasks, known as context switching, doesn’t just break our rhythm; it exhausts us. And trying to refocus afterward? A time-wasting task.</p><p><strong>Mastering Your Day with a Simple Hack</strong></p><p>Now that we've painted a pretty bleak picture, let’s flip the script. The secret? A strategy I've been leaning on for years: Plan tomorrow today.</p><p>It’s not just about jotting down tasks.<strong> It's about proactively designing a day that balances what <em>you</em> want and what others need from you. </strong></p><p>In this week's episode of 6 Figure Creative, I give you the full framework I've been using for <em>years</em> to set up my day for success.</p><p>This works in any industry for any service.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why freelancers struggle with time management</li>
<li>How to control our own time, rather than letting others dictate our schedule</li>
<li>People making requests <em>aren't</em> trying to hurt you</li>
<li>Blocking out your daily schedule</li>
<li>Big brain vs. small brain</li>
<li>Batching your tasks or sticking to a routine</li>
<li>The benefits of using Do Not Disturb on your devices</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/275?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_275">https://6figurecreative.com/275</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>935</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fc52029e-57e1-11ee-b5c0-7f720d687451]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2297911773.mp3?updated=1695234162" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#274: Dare To Suck | Why You Make More Money When You're Bad At Things</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/274?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_274</link>
      <description>Have you ever taken a pause and really thought about the significance of being willing to “suck” at something?
We creatives often find ourselves cocooned in this small world of what we're already good at.
We spend our time in areas that come naturally to us. The zone where our creative juices flow and your hands complete the task with ease.
It's our safe space, and damn, doesn't it feel good to be there?
But... here's the twist – this very zone, this "comfort bubble" is also our biggest limitation. 
The moment a challenge pops up or a task gets too tricky, we recoil. We can't bear the thought that we're not good at something. 
We've all been there, right? The first signs of a struggle or roadblock and our instincts go, "Abort! Abort!"
It’s as if the territory outside of our comfort zone is a minefield we should avoid at all costs.
And that's the crux of this week's podcast episode...
"Dare To Suck".
Those words have been on my mind for the past 5 years because of a past podcast guest.
We often forget that every G.O.A.T., every expert we admire, first sucked before they succeeded. 
By giving ourselves the freedom to be imperfect, to suck at something, we open up a world of possibilities.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why perseverance is important in business

Everyone sucked when they first started learning

How age affects fear of judgment

The problem with an instant-gratification world

Relating your experience to levels in a video game

The four levels of incompetence

Why people give up before they get good

Learning the skills you need to learn, while you still suck

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/274</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Dare To Suck | Why You Make More Money When You're Bad At Things</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>274</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you ever taken a pause and really thought about the significance of being willing to “suck” at something?
We creatives often find ourselves cocooned in this small world of what we're already good at.
We spend our time in areas that come naturally to us. The zone where our creative juices flow and your hands complete the task with ease.
It's our safe space, and damn, doesn't it feel good to be there?
But... here's the twist – this very zone, this "comfort bubble" is also our biggest limitation. 
The moment a challenge pops up or a task gets too tricky, we recoil. We can't bear the thought that we're not good at something. 
We've all been there, right? The first signs of a struggle or roadblock and our instincts go, "Abort! Abort!"
It’s as if the territory outside of our comfort zone is a minefield we should avoid at all costs.
And that's the crux of this week's podcast episode...
"Dare To Suck".
Those words have been on my mind for the past 5 years because of a past podcast guest.
We often forget that every G.O.A.T., every expert we admire, first sucked before they succeeded. 
By giving ourselves the freedom to be imperfect, to suck at something, we open up a world of possibilities.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why perseverance is important in business

Everyone sucked when they first started learning

How age affects fear of judgment

The problem with an instant-gratification world

Relating your experience to levels in a video game

The four levels of incompetence

Why people give up before they get good

Learning the skills you need to learn, while you still suck

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/274</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever taken a pause and <em>really</em> thought about the significance of being willing to “suck” at something?</p><p>We creatives often find ourselves cocooned in this small world of what we're <strong>already</strong> good at.</p><p>We spend our time in areas that come naturally to us. The zone where our creative juices flow and your hands complete the task with ease.</p><p>It's our safe space, and damn, doesn't it feel good to be there?</p><p>But... here's the twist – this very zone, <strong>this "comfort bubble" is also our biggest limitation. </strong></p><p>The moment a challenge pops up or a task gets too tricky, we recoil. <strong>We can't bear the thought that we're not good at something. </strong></p><p>We've all been there, right? The first signs of a struggle or roadblock and our instincts go, "Abort! Abort!"</p><p>It’s as if the territory outside of our comfort zone is a minefield we should avoid at all costs.</p><p>And that's the crux of this week's podcast episode...</p><p><strong>"Dare To Suck".</strong></p><p>Those words have been on my mind for the past 5 years because of a past podcast guest.</p><p><strong>We often forget that every G.O.A.T., every expert we admire, first sucked before they succeeded. </strong></p><p>By giving ourselves the freedom to be imperfect, to suck at something, we open up a world of possibilities.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why perseverance is important in business</li>
<li>Everyone sucked when they first started learning</li>
<li>How age affects fear of judgment</li>
<li>The problem with an instant-gratification world</li>
<li>Relating your experience to levels in a video game</li>
<li>The four levels of incompetence</li>
<li>Why people give up before they get good</li>
<li>Learning the skills you <em>need</em> to learn, while you still suck</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/274?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_274">https://6figurecreative.com/274</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1441</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[78ec5c4a-563a-11ee-90fa-a714b3b4e9b6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4762200491.mp3?updated=1695052264" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#273: Why Freelancers Are Vulnerable To "The Inbred Business Trap" (And What That Means For You)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/273?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_273</link>
      <description>We often look up to the biggest names in our field and think, "Wow, I want to be just like them", but we rarely consider the consequences.
While it can be great to take inspiration from others, it can also backfire...
Why?
Because the top 1% in our field are really, really good at some things (like taking the perfect photo or creating a memorable logo), but that doesn't mean they're experts at EVERYTHING.
In this episode, we dig into what I call "inbred businesses."
This is when everyone looks to the top 1% in their industry for how everything "should" be done... leading to a bland, tasteless copy of a copy of a copy of a copy.
We're all creatives, so we (of all people) cannot simply accept the excuse, "Well, that's just how it's done in my industry".
You need your own special sauce, which (much like the restaurant industry) is best found outside of your industry's bubble.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why the top businesses in your industry aren't the businesses to learn from

The advantage of looking to other industries to learn and grow

The biggest cop-out you could make: "That's not how we do things in my industry"

What a website exists for

The difference between what you want and what you need

Using the "template of the internet" for your website

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/273</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Freelancers Are Vulnerable To "The Inbred Business Trap" (And What That Means For You)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>273</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We often look up to the biggest names in our field and think, "Wow, I want to be just like them", but we rarely consider the consequences.
While it can be great to take inspiration from others, it can also backfire...
Why?
Because the top 1% in our field are really, really good at some things (like taking the perfect photo or creating a memorable logo), but that doesn't mean they're experts at EVERYTHING.
In this episode, we dig into what I call "inbred businesses."
This is when everyone looks to the top 1% in their industry for how everything "should" be done... leading to a bland, tasteless copy of a copy of a copy of a copy.
We're all creatives, so we (of all people) cannot simply accept the excuse, "Well, that's just how it's done in my industry".
You need your own special sauce, which (much like the restaurant industry) is best found outside of your industry's bubble.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why the top businesses in your industry aren't the businesses to learn from

The advantage of looking to other industries to learn and grow

The biggest cop-out you could make: "That's not how we do things in my industry"

What a website exists for

The difference between what you want and what you need

Using the "template of the internet" for your website

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/273</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We often look up to the biggest names in our field and think, "Wow, I want to be <em>just </em>like them", but we rarely consider the consequences.</p><p>While it <em>can</em> be great to take inspiration from others, it can also backfire...</p><p>Why?</p><p>Because the top 1% in our field are really, really good at <em>some</em> things (like taking the perfect photo or creating a memorable logo), but that doesn't mean they're experts at EVERYTHING.</p><p>In this episode, we dig into what I call "<strong>inbred businesses.</strong>"</p><p>This is when everyone looks to the top 1% in their industry for how everything "should" be done... leading to a bland, tasteless copy of a copy of a copy of a copy.</p><p>We're all <strong>creatives</strong>, so we (of all people) cannot simply accept the excuse, "Well, that's just how it's done in my industry".</p><p><strong>You need your own special sauce,</strong> which (much like the restaurant industry) is best found <em>outside</em> of your industry's bubble.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why the top businesses in your industry <em>aren't</em> the businesses to learn from</li>
<li>The advantage of looking to <em>other</em> industries to learn and grow</li>
<li>The biggest cop-out you could make: "That's not how we do things in my industry"</li>
<li>What a website exists for</li>
<li>The difference between what you want and what you need</li>
<li>Using the "template of the internet" for your website</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/273?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_273">https://6figurecreative.com/273</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1618</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6b046908-50bb-11ee-9c13-2fe001d65733]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9282142690.mp3?updated=1694447939" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#272: The Freelancer's Guide To Automating Your Business | Part 2</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/272?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_272</link>
      <description>Last week we did a deep dive into the world of automation and talked about how it can help take care of boring, tedious, and repetitive tasks.
Well, this week, we're taking it a step further and discussing how to automate some of the client acquisition and marketing tasks in your freelance business.
In this episode, we'll explore the three core areas of marketing: lead generation, lead nurture, and sales, and discuss the numerous opportunities within these areas where you can implement automation.
From the moment someone first finds you to the moment they hand over their hard-earned dollars and become a client, automation can play a crucial role in streamlining the process.
I know that marketing can sometimes feel overwhelming, but by automating certain aspects of your marketing, you can...

Stay top of mind,

Build trust and credibility

Turn leads into actual paying clients...

...all without breaking a sweat!
I truly believe that this episode will provide you with practical ideas and actionable steps to start automating your marketing and make your freelance business more efficient. So grab a cup of coffee, put on your headphones, and let's dive in!
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three main steps of marketing

Automating each step of your marketing funnel

Linking your website to your CRM

Using automation to nurture your marketing leads

Defining a lead for your business

Automating your social media accounts

How to automate your sales process

The disadvantage of having someone set up automations for you

How to reject leads automatically

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/272</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Freelancer's Guide To Automating Your Business | Part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>272</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Last week we did a deep dive into the world of automation and talked about how it can help take care of boring, tedious, and repetitive tasks.
Well, this week, we're taking it a step further and discussing how to automate some of the client acquisition and marketing tasks in your freelance business.
In this episode, we'll explore the three core areas of marketing: lead generation, lead nurture, and sales, and discuss the numerous opportunities within these areas where you can implement automation.
From the moment someone first finds you to the moment they hand over their hard-earned dollars and become a client, automation can play a crucial role in streamlining the process.
I know that marketing can sometimes feel overwhelming, but by automating certain aspects of your marketing, you can...

Stay top of mind,

Build trust and credibility

Turn leads into actual paying clients...

...all without breaking a sweat!
I truly believe that this episode will provide you with practical ideas and actionable steps to start automating your marketing and make your freelance business more efficient. So grab a cup of coffee, put on your headphones, and let's dive in!
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three main steps of marketing

Automating each step of your marketing funnel

Linking your website to your CRM

Using automation to nurture your marketing leads

Defining a lead for your business

Automating your social media accounts

How to automate your sales process

The disadvantage of having someone set up automations for you

How to reject leads automatically

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/272</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Last week we did a deep dive into the world of automation and talked about how it can help take care of boring, tedious, and repetitive tasks.</p><p>Well, this week, we're taking it a step further and discussing how to automate some of the client acquisition and marketing tasks in your freelance business.</p><p>In this episode, we'll explore the three core areas of marketing: lead generation, lead nurture, and sales, and discuss the numerous opportunities within these areas where you can implement automation.</p><p>From the moment someone first finds you to the moment they hand over their hard-earned dollars and become a client, automation can play a crucial role in streamlining the process.</p><p>I know that marketing can sometimes feel overwhelming, but <strong>by automating certain aspects of your marketing,</strong> you can...</p><ul>
<li>Stay top of mind,</li>
<li>Build trust and credibility</li>
<li>Turn leads into actual paying clients...</li>
</ul><p>...all without breaking a sweat!</p><p>I truly believe that this episode will provide you with practical ideas and actionable steps to start automating your marketing and make your freelance business more efficient. So grab a cup of coffee, put on your headphones, and let's dive in!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The three main steps of marketing</li>
<li>Automating each step of your marketing funnel</li>
<li>Linking your website to your CRM</li>
<li>Using automation to nurture your marketing leads</li>
<li>Defining a lead for your business</li>
<li>Automating your social media accounts</li>
<li>How to automate your sales process</li>
<li>The disadvantage of having someone set up automations for you</li>
<li>How to reject leads automatically</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/272?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_272">https://6figurecreative.com/272</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2067</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[68a70f24-4825-11ee-b2f1-7fcfe1ca41c8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3363149377.mp3?updated=1693505466" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#271: The Freelancer's Guide To Automating Your Business | Part 1</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/271?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_271</link>
      <description>You know those tedious, terrible tasks you keep putting off? Yeah, we all have those. 🙄
Imagine if they could get done without you lifting a finger.
Sounds magical, right?
Well, in our latest episode, I dive deep into the magic world of automation. 🪄
No, it's not as scary as it sounds. In fact, many of us are doing it without even realizing it!


Ever wondered what automation actually is? I've broken it down into three simple steps: a trigger, an action, and a result. 🔄


Curious about how automation can help you make more money? I chat about how it aids in attracting more clients and maximizing their value. 💰


And if you're thinking, "Brian, where do I even begin with all this?", don't fret! My goal for this episode is to open your eyes to the possibilities. Not to overwhelm you with too many details. We're keeping it big picture, friend! 🖼️

Sometimes, simply knowing what's possible is the key, so I can't wait for you to listen and see what ideas you have! 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Using automation in your business to eliminate tasks you don't want to do

Understanding what's possible when using automation

Setting yourself up for automation success

The tools you can use to automate your business

Using fulfillment automation to provide better service to your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/271</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Freelancer's Guide To Automating Your Business | Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>271</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You know those tedious, terrible tasks you keep putting off? Yeah, we all have those. 🙄
Imagine if they could get done without you lifting a finger.
Sounds magical, right?
Well, in our latest episode, I dive deep into the magic world of automation. 🪄
No, it's not as scary as it sounds. In fact, many of us are doing it without even realizing it!


Ever wondered what automation actually is? I've broken it down into three simple steps: a trigger, an action, and a result. 🔄


Curious about how automation can help you make more money? I chat about how it aids in attracting more clients and maximizing their value. 💰


And if you're thinking, "Brian, where do I even begin with all this?", don't fret! My goal for this episode is to open your eyes to the possibilities. Not to overwhelm you with too many details. We're keeping it big picture, friend! 🖼️

Sometimes, simply knowing what's possible is the key, so I can't wait for you to listen and see what ideas you have! 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Using automation in your business to eliminate tasks you don't want to do

Understanding what's possible when using automation

Setting yourself up for automation success

The tools you can use to automate your business

Using fulfillment automation to provide better service to your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/271</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You know those tedious, terrible tasks you keep putting off? Yeah, we <em>all</em> have those. 🙄</p><p>Imagine if they could get done without you lifting a finger.</p><p>Sounds magical, right?</p><p>Well, in our latest episode, I dive deep into the magic world of <strong>automation</strong>. 🪄</p><p>No, it's not as scary as it sounds. In fact, many of us are doing it without even realizing it!</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Ever wondered what automation actually is?</strong> I've broken it down into three simple steps: a trigger, an action, and a result. 🔄</li>
<li>
<strong>Curious about how automation can help <em>you</em> make more money?</strong> I chat about how it aids in attracting more clients and maximizing their value. 💰</li>
<li>
<strong>And if you're thinking, "Brian, where do I even begin with all this?",</strong> don't fret! My goal for this episode is to open your eyes to the possibilities. Not to overwhelm you with too many details. We're keeping it big picture, friend! 🖼️</li>
</ul><p>Sometimes, simply knowing what's possible is the key, so I can't wait for you to listen and see what ideas you have! </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Using automation in your business to eliminate tasks you don't want to do</li>
<li>Understanding what's possible when using automation</li>
<li>Setting yourself up for automation success</li>
<li>The tools you can use to automate your business</li>
<li>Using fulfillment automation to provide better service to your clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/271?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_271">https://6figurecreative.com/271</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1353</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[77aac694-45cf-11ee-a803-0b7bccb56c5e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6968776769.mp3?updated=1693247087" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#270: The 3 Best Ways To Graduate From "Simple Freelancer" To A "True Entrepreneur" With Multiple Income Streams</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/270?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_270</link>
      <description>Feeling like you've hit a ceiling in your freelancing career? Ready to take the leap into True Entrepreneurship but unsure where to begin? You're not alone, and I've got the perfect resource for you!
I recently recorded a podcast episode all about what it means to graduate from freelancing.
This episode is tailored for creative freelancers like you who might feel stagnant or limited in their current roles and are seeking new challenges, broader impact, and diversified income streams.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The six levels of freelancing

What it takes to master the "agency model"

How to build your "offer ladder"

Creating tools for your industry

And more...

If you're ready to explore the idea of transitioning from freelancer to entrepreneur, this episode is a must-listen.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/270</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 3 Best Ways To Graduate From "Simple Freelancer" To A "True Entrepreneur" With Multiple Income Streams</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>270</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Feeling like you've hit a ceiling in your freelancing career? Ready to take the leap into True Entrepreneurship but unsure where to begin? You're not alone, and I've got the perfect resource for you!
I recently recorded a podcast episode all about what it means to graduate from freelancing.
This episode is tailored for creative freelancers like you who might feel stagnant or limited in their current roles and are seeking new challenges, broader impact, and diversified income streams.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The six levels of freelancing

What it takes to master the "agency model"

How to build your "offer ladder"

Creating tools for your industry

And more...

If you're ready to explore the idea of transitioning from freelancer to entrepreneur, this episode is a must-listen.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/270</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Feeling like you've hit a ceiling in your freelancing career? Ready to take the leap into True Entrepreneurship but unsure where to begin? You're not alone, and I've got the perfect resource for you!</p><p>I recently recorded a podcast episode all about what it means to graduate from freelancing.</p><p>This episode is tailored for creative freelancers like you who might feel stagnant or limited in their current roles and are seeking new challenges, broader impact, and diversified income streams.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The six levels of freelancing</li>
<li>What it takes to master the "agency model"</li>
<li>How to build your "offer ladder"</li>
<li>Creating tools for your industry</li>
<li>And more...</li>
</ul><p>If you're ready to explore the idea of transitioning from freelancer to entrepreneur, this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/270?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_270">https://6figurecreative.com/270</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1446</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aea687b8-4049-11ee-a8f9-a35d12a53786]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2538072749.mp3?updated=1692639871" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#269: The Creative Vs The Entrepreneur | Which Side Wins?</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/269?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_269</link>
      <description>In today's episode, I'm dedicating the entire discussion to the creative versus the entrepreneur. We'll explore the pros and cons of each side, helping you navigate the battle within and find that sweet spot in the middle—the balance that leads to a happier, healthier, and more prosperous freelance career.
First, let's really understand your creative side. As freelancers, most of us start as creatives at heart. We stumble upon a skill or a passion that sparks our imagination, ignites our creativity, and propels us to share our art with the world. It's what drives us to be here in the first place.
But to become a successful creative freelancer, it takes more than just passion and raw talent. It takes a truly entrepreneurial approach. This is where the magic happens, where we turn our creativity into a viable business.
Remember, both the creative and the entrepreneur are essential elements of your freelance business. Embrace the good parts of both and avoid the dark sides of both.
By finding that sweet spot in the middle, you'll find the ideal balance for running a happier, healthier, and more profitable freelance business.
So, if you're a creative freelancer who wants to earn more from your creative skills (without selling your soul), this episode is an absolute must-listen.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Balancing the creative and entrepreneurial sides of your brain

Why creatives are selfish

Creatives and speed to finishing a project

What entrepreneurs understand that creatives don't

Using people, processes, and systems, to create value

Keeping your creative spark alive

Scheduling time for creative and entrepreneurial tasks

Expanding your horizons by joining communities and finding mentors

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/269</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Creative Vs The Entrepreneur | Which Side Wins?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>269</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In today's episode, I'm dedicating the entire discussion to the creative versus the entrepreneur. We'll explore the pros and cons of each side, helping you navigate the battle within and find that sweet spot in the middle—the balance that leads to a happier, healthier, and more prosperous freelance career.
First, let's really understand your creative side. As freelancers, most of us start as creatives at heart. We stumble upon a skill or a passion that sparks our imagination, ignites our creativity, and propels us to share our art with the world. It's what drives us to be here in the first place.
But to become a successful creative freelancer, it takes more than just passion and raw talent. It takes a truly entrepreneurial approach. This is where the magic happens, where we turn our creativity into a viable business.
Remember, both the creative and the entrepreneur are essential elements of your freelance business. Embrace the good parts of both and avoid the dark sides of both.
By finding that sweet spot in the middle, you'll find the ideal balance for running a happier, healthier, and more profitable freelance business.
So, if you're a creative freelancer who wants to earn more from your creative skills (without selling your soul), this episode is an absolute must-listen.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Balancing the creative and entrepreneurial sides of your brain

Why creatives are selfish

Creatives and speed to finishing a project

What entrepreneurs understand that creatives don't

Using people, processes, and systems, to create value

Keeping your creative spark alive

Scheduling time for creative and entrepreneurial tasks

Expanding your horizons by joining communities and finding mentors

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/269</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's episode, I'm dedicating the entire discussion to the creative versus the entrepreneur. We'll explore the pros and cons of each side, helping you navigate the battle within and find that sweet spot in the middle—the balance that leads to a happier, healthier, and more prosperous freelance career.</p><p>First, let's really understand your creative side. As freelancers, most of us start as creatives at heart. We stumble upon a skill or a passion that sparks our imagination, ignites our creativity, and propels us to share our art with the world. It's what drives us to be here in the first place.</p><p>But to become a successful creative freelancer, <strong>it takes more than just passion</strong> <strong>and raw talent.</strong> It takes a truly entrepreneurial approach. This is where the magic happens, where we turn our creativity into a viable business.</p><p>Remember, both the creative and the entrepreneur are <em>essential</em> elements of your freelance business. Embrace the good parts of both and avoid the dark sides of both.</p><p>By finding that sweet spot in the middle, you'll find the ideal balance for running a happier, healthier, and more profitable freelance business.</p><p>So, if you're a creative freelancer who wants to earn more from your creative skills (without selling your soul), this episode is an absolute must-listen.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Balancing the creative and entrepreneurial sides of your brain</li>
<li>Why creatives are selfish</li>
<li>Creatives and speed to finishing a project</li>
<li>What entrepreneurs understand that creatives don't</li>
<li>Using people, processes, and systems, to create value</li>
<li>Keeping your creative spark alive</li>
<li>Scheduling time for creative <em>and</em> entrepreneurial tasks</li>
<li>Expanding your horizons by joining communities and finding mentors</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/269?utm_source=podcast-app&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=podcast_269">https://6figurecreative.com/269</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2260</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d81a152e-3ab8-11ee-956e-d37fcd9486ac]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7563112383.mp3?updated=1692035387" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#268: How To Guide Your Clients Through The Six Stages Of The Client Journey | Funnels For Freelancers</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/268</link>
      <description>I get how it feels when your website doesn't bring those sought-after leads. It's frustrating to spend so much time and care building a beautiful site, only to be greeted with crickets.
The thing is, your website is likely more like a confusing labyrinth for potential clients... All those options, paths, and choices can be overwhelming.
It's like a choose-your-own-adventure novel, where you're never quite sure if you're heading for the jackpot or a dead end.
So what happens when your clients can't navigate this maze? When they're faced with too many options, they don't stick around.
They abandon your site before even reaching out. It's a lose-lose situation, and it's costing you leads and clients.
Fortunately, there's a better way...
Did you know you could guide your clients purposefully through their journey instead of leaving them stranded?
The key is understanding the six critical stages of the client journey. And once you master that, you can use carefully crafted funnels to guide your clients through each stage.
Curious about these funnels? You'll be excited to learn they are two of the best-performing funnels for freelancers - the Lead Gen Funnel and the Opportunity Funnel. They're no magic tricks but clear, straightforward strategies to turn more leads into clients.
This week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast talks all about the 6 Steps of the Client Journey and the two best funnels for freelancers. Learn about this, and you'll be on your way to creating a great experience for your clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why websites are not optional in 2023

The reasons your funnel may be leaking

Three types of funnels for your business

The importance of explaining your offer to leads

Manipulation vs. influencing

Proving you have the solution

Explaining next steps

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/268</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Guide Your Clients Through The Six Stages Of The Client Journey | Funnels For Freelancers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>268</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I get how it feels when your website doesn't bring those sought-after leads. It's frustrating to spend so much time and care building a beautiful site, only to be greeted with crickets.
The thing is, your website is likely more like a confusing labyrinth for potential clients... All those options, paths, and choices can be overwhelming.
It's like a choose-your-own-adventure novel, where you're never quite sure if you're heading for the jackpot or a dead end.
So what happens when your clients can't navigate this maze? When they're faced with too many options, they don't stick around.
They abandon your site before even reaching out. It's a lose-lose situation, and it's costing you leads and clients.
Fortunately, there's a better way...
Did you know you could guide your clients purposefully through their journey instead of leaving them stranded?
The key is understanding the six critical stages of the client journey. And once you master that, you can use carefully crafted funnels to guide your clients through each stage.
Curious about these funnels? You'll be excited to learn they are two of the best-performing funnels for freelancers - the Lead Gen Funnel and the Opportunity Funnel. They're no magic tricks but clear, straightforward strategies to turn more leads into clients.
This week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast talks all about the 6 Steps of the Client Journey and the two best funnels for freelancers. Learn about this, and you'll be on your way to creating a great experience for your clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why websites are not optional in 2023

The reasons your funnel may be leaking

Three types of funnels for your business

The importance of explaining your offer to leads

Manipulation vs. influencing

Proving you have the solution

Explaining next steps

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/268</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I get how it feels when your website doesn't bring those sought-after leads. It's frustrating to spend so much time and care building a beautiful site, only to be greeted with crickets.</p><p>The thing is, your website is likely more like a confusing labyrinth for potential clients... All those options, paths, and choices can be overwhelming.</p><p>It's like a choose-your-own-adventure novel, where you're never quite sure if you're heading for the jackpot or a dead end.</p><p>So what happens when your clients can't navigate this maze? When they're faced with too many options, they don't stick around.</p><p>They abandon your site before even reaching out. It's a lose-lose situation, and it's costing you leads and clients.</p><p>Fortunately, there's a better way...</p><p>Did you know you could guide your clients <em>purposefully</em> through their journey instead of leaving them stranded?</p><p>The key is understanding<strong> the six critical stages of the client journey. </strong>And once you master that, you can use carefully crafted funnels to guide your clients through each stage.</p><p>Curious about these funnels? You'll be excited to learn they are two of the best-performing funnels for freelancers - the Lead Gen Funnel and the Opportunity Funnel. They're no magic tricks but clear, straightforward strategies to turn more leads into clients.</p><p>This week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast talks all about the 6 Steps of the Client Journey and the two best funnels for freelancers. Learn about this, and you'll be on your way to creating a great experience for your clients.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why websites are not optional in 2023</li>
<li>The reasons your funnel may be leaking</li>
<li>Three types of funnels for your business</li>
<li>The importance of explaining your offer to leads</li>
<li>Manipulation vs. influencing</li>
<li>Proving you have the solution</li>
<li>Explaining next steps</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/268">https://6figurecreative.com/268</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1926</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4f8a8704-2d73-11ee-9e93-a389b0581979]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9771885334.mp3?updated=1690569009" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#267: Turn Your Hours Into More Dollars By Fixing All 5 Parts Of Your Freelance Machine</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/267</link>
      <description>Here's a concept that will make you more money - everything in business is based on inputs and outputs.
Yes, this sounds soulless, and yes this seems to take away the creativity, but stick with me.
It's all about understanding how your freelance business operates, just like any other machine out there.
Picture this: When you work a regular job, you know your input is your time, and the output is your hard-earned cash, right? It's simple.
Similarly, with a car, you put in gasoline, and you get mileage or horsepower as the output. Easy peasy.
But here's the thing: Many freelancers forget about this essential concept of inputs and outputs, and it's holding them back.
You see, the more input you put in, the greater the output...

Work more hours, get more dollars.

Pump more gas, get more miles.

Rob more stores, get more jail time

Makes sense so far, right?
But here's the kicker: It's not just about two-dimensional thinking...
There's a crucial factor determining your output more than anything else, and that's the actual machine. 
Better job = more $$ for the same hours.
Better car = more miles for the same amount of gas.
Your freelance business is the machine in question here. Just how well-oiled is it?
Here's where things get interesting - the better your freelance business machine, the higher your income and the less you'll need to work on things you don't want to do. Leverage is the name of the game.
But let's be real. Some of you might be working for less than you could earn at McDonald's.
Nothing's worse than pouring your heart and soul into your work and feeling under-compensated.
So on this episode, we're breaking your freelance machine down into five major pieces, then talking about the inputs and outputs of every individual part.
Bring your toolbox, and let's start tinkering.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The inputs and outputs of your business

Using leverage to increase your hourly earnings

Generating leads via inputs and outputs

How to nurture leads in your ecosystem

Choosing the right leads to work with

Focusing on client success

Tripling your income by adjusting your pricing

Why taking action is so important

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/267</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Turn Your Hours Into More Dollars By Fixing All 5 Parts Of Your Freelance Machine</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>267</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here's a concept that will make you more money - everything in business is based on inputs and outputs.
Yes, this sounds soulless, and yes this seems to take away the creativity, but stick with me.
It's all about understanding how your freelance business operates, just like any other machine out there.
Picture this: When you work a regular job, you know your input is your time, and the output is your hard-earned cash, right? It's simple.
Similarly, with a car, you put in gasoline, and you get mileage or horsepower as the output. Easy peasy.
But here's the thing: Many freelancers forget about this essential concept of inputs and outputs, and it's holding them back.
You see, the more input you put in, the greater the output...

Work more hours, get more dollars.

Pump more gas, get more miles.

Rob more stores, get more jail time

Makes sense so far, right?
But here's the kicker: It's not just about two-dimensional thinking...
There's a crucial factor determining your output more than anything else, and that's the actual machine. 
Better job = more $$ for the same hours.
Better car = more miles for the same amount of gas.
Your freelance business is the machine in question here. Just how well-oiled is it?
Here's where things get interesting - the better your freelance business machine, the higher your income and the less you'll need to work on things you don't want to do. Leverage is the name of the game.
But let's be real. Some of you might be working for less than you could earn at McDonald's.
Nothing's worse than pouring your heart and soul into your work and feeling under-compensated.
So on this episode, we're breaking your freelance machine down into five major pieces, then talking about the inputs and outputs of every individual part.
Bring your toolbox, and let's start tinkering.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The inputs and outputs of your business

Using leverage to increase your hourly earnings

Generating leads via inputs and outputs

How to nurture leads in your ecosystem

Choosing the right leads to work with

Focusing on client success

Tripling your income by adjusting your pricing

Why taking action is so important

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/267</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a concept that will make you more money - <strong>everything in business is based on inputs and outputs</strong>.</p><p>Yes, this <strong><em>sounds</em></strong> soulless, and yes this <strong><em>seems</em></strong> to take away the creativity, but stick with me.</p><p>It's all about understanding how your freelance business operates, just like any other machine out there.</p><p>Picture this: When you work a regular job, you know your input is your time, and the output is your hard-earned cash, right? It's simple.</p><p>Similarly, with a car, you put in gasoline, and you get mileage or horsepower as the output. Easy peasy.</p><p>But here's the thing: Many freelancers forget about this essential concept of inputs and outputs, and it's holding them back.</p><p>You see, the more input you put in, the greater the output...</p><ul>
<li>Work more hours, get more dollars.</li>
<li>Pump more gas, get more miles.</li>
<li>Rob more stores, get more jail time</li>
</ul><p>Makes sense so far, right?</p><p>But here's the kicker: It's not <em>just</em> about two-dimensional thinking...</p><p><strong>There's a crucial factor determining your output more than anything else, and that's the actual machine. </strong></p><p>Better job = more $$ for the same hours.</p><p>Better car = more miles for the same amount of gas.</p><p>Your freelance business is the machine in question here. Just how well-oiled is it?</p><p>Here's where things get interesting - the better your freelance business machine, the higher your income and the less you'll need to work on things you don't want to do. Leverage is the name of the game.</p><p>But let's be real. Some of you might be working for less than you could earn at McDonald's.</p><p>Nothing's worse than pouring your heart and soul into your work and feeling under-compensated.</p><p>So on this episode, we're breaking your freelance machine down into five major pieces, then talking about the inputs and outputs of every individual part.</p><p>Bring your toolbox, and let's start tinkering.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The inputs and outputs of your business</li>
<li>Using leverage to increase your hourly earnings</li>
<li>Generating leads via inputs and outputs</li>
<li>How to nurture leads in your ecosystem</li>
<li>Choosing the right leads to work with</li>
<li>Focusing on client success</li>
<li>Tripling your income by adjusting your pricing</li>
<li>Why <em>taking action</em> is so important</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/267">https://6figurecreative.com/267</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2331</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7537872e-2a4c-11ee-8d12-13f08fd78a69]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4439394820.mp3?updated=1690222461" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#266: How To Stay Top-Of-Mind By Being Impossible To Ignore | The Omnipresence Strategy</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/266</link>
      <description>Have you ever had an amazing potential client reach out to you? They seem really interested and they look perfect for you... But then, poof! They just vanish.
Time goes by, the job doesn't happen, and you're left scratching your head, wondering, "wtf did I do wrong?" This can be really frustrating, but guess what? We can fix it!
If this sounds like something that's happened to you, here's how you fix it: Be impossible to ignore. 
The truth is, if this part is hard for you, you're likely only getting 50% of the clients you could be getting, which means you're flushing money down the drain.
How do I know? Well, when I looked at my own business, I found out that half of my earnings in a year came from clients I had to check back with five times or more.
In this week's podcast episode, I'll give you five effective strategies on how to stay top-of-mind and be impossible to ignore. 
Ready to dive in?
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why following up is vital to your success

How to followup without bothering someone

Benefiting your customers by following up

Nurturing relationships one-to-many

Establishing expertise as a creative

Email's not dead!

Using retargeting to nurture leads and stay top-of-mind

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/266</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Stay Top-Of-Mind By Being Impossible To Ignore | The Omnipresence Strategy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>266</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you ever had an amazing potential client reach out to you? They seem really interested and they look perfect for you... But then, poof! They just vanish.
Time goes by, the job doesn't happen, and you're left scratching your head, wondering, "wtf did I do wrong?" This can be really frustrating, but guess what? We can fix it!
If this sounds like something that's happened to you, here's how you fix it: Be impossible to ignore. 
The truth is, if this part is hard for you, you're likely only getting 50% of the clients you could be getting, which means you're flushing money down the drain.
How do I know? Well, when I looked at my own business, I found out that half of my earnings in a year came from clients I had to check back with five times or more.
In this week's podcast episode, I'll give you five effective strategies on how to stay top-of-mind and be impossible to ignore. 
Ready to dive in?
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why following up is vital to your success

How to followup without bothering someone

Benefiting your customers by following up

Nurturing relationships one-to-many

Establishing expertise as a creative

Email's not dead!

Using retargeting to nurture leads and stay top-of-mind

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/266</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever had an amazing potential client reach out to you? They seem really interested and they look perfect for you... But then, poof! They just vanish.</p><p>Time goes by, the job doesn't happen, and you're left scratching your head, wondering, "wtf did I do wrong?" This can be really frustrating, but guess what? We can fix it!</p><p>If this sounds like something that's happened to you, here's how you fix it: <strong>Be impossible to ignore. </strong></p><p>The truth is, if this part is hard for you, you're likely only getting 50% of the clients you <em>could</em> be getting, which means you're flushing money down the drain.</p><p>How do I know? Well, when I looked at my own business, I found out that half of my earnings in a year came from clients I had to check back with five times or more.</p><p>In this week's podcast episode, I'll give you five effective strategies on how to stay top-of-mind and <strong>be impossible to ignore. </strong></p><p>Ready to dive in?</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why following up is vital to your success</li>
<li>How to followup without bothering someone</li>
<li>Benefiting your customers by following up</li>
<li>Nurturing relationships one-to-many</li>
<li>Establishing expertise as a creative</li>
<li>Email's not dead!</li>
<li>Using retargeting to nurture leads and stay top-of-mind</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/266">https://6figurecreative.com/266</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1886</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ece6a170-2a46-11ee-aef3-8f09e8a9f8e5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4962695330.mp3?updated=1690219760" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#265: Make Your Clients Worth More $$$$ By Avoiding These 6 Mistakes | The Freelance F*ckups Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/265</link>
      <description>In any freelance business, there are two ways to increase your income:

Get more clients

Make each client worth more.

While most freelancers focus on the first method, most of us ignore blatantly obvious ways you can make each and every client worth more $$$ to your business.
The beauty of focusing on how you can make each and every client worth more is that the improvements you make here can have a massive impact for the rest of your life.
Despite this, few freelancers spend time thinking about how they can better monetize the clients they already have. And that's where this episode comes in handy.
So, if you're maxed out on clients, and you're looking for ways to still increase your income (without burning yourself out), this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why knowing your AACV is vital to your business

Focusing on outcomes rather than hours worked

Why you might have to start working for someone else

The pitfall of offering low-value services

Methods you can use to increase your AACV

Why you struggle with pricing your offering

The difference between working with people vs. businesses

Why you should work for rich clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/265</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Make Your Clients Worth More $$$$ By Avoiding These 6 Mistakes | The Freelance F*ckups Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>265</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In any freelance business, there are two ways to increase your income:

Get more clients

Make each client worth more.

While most freelancers focus on the first method, most of us ignore blatantly obvious ways you can make each and every client worth more $$$ to your business.
The beauty of focusing on how you can make each and every client worth more is that the improvements you make here can have a massive impact for the rest of your life.
Despite this, few freelancers spend time thinking about how they can better monetize the clients they already have. And that's where this episode comes in handy.
So, if you're maxed out on clients, and you're looking for ways to still increase your income (without burning yourself out), this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why knowing your AACV is vital to your business

Focusing on outcomes rather than hours worked

Why you might have to start working for someone else

The pitfall of offering low-value services

Methods you can use to increase your AACV

Why you struggle with pricing your offering

The difference between working with people vs. businesses

Why you should work for rich clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/265</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In any freelance business, there are two ways to increase your income:</p><ol>
<li>Get more clients</li>
<li>Make each client worth more.</li>
</ol><p>While most freelancers focus on the first method, most of us ignore blatantly obvious ways you can make each and every client worth more $$$ to your business.</p><p>The beauty of focusing on how you can make each and every client worth more is that the improvements you make here can have a massive impact for the rest of your life.</p><p>Despite this, few freelancers spend time thinking about how they can better monetize the clients they already have. And that's where this episode comes in handy.</p><p>So, if you're maxed out on clients, and you're looking for ways to <em>still</em> increase your income (without burning yourself out), this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why knowing your AACV is vital to your business</li>
<li>Focusing on outcomes rather than hours worked</li>
<li>Why you might have to start working for someone else</li>
<li>The pitfall of offering low-value services</li>
<li>Methods you can use to increase your AACV</li>
<li>Why you struggle with pricing your offering</li>
<li>The difference between working with people vs. businesses</li>
<li>Why you should work for rich clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/265">https://6figurecreative.com/265</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1958</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ae14d19a-24b7-11ee-87e6-7f0af357ada1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4881832696.mp3?updated=1689609834" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#264: The 6 Ways To RUIN Your Freelance Services | The Freelance F*ckups Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/264</link>
      <description>On today's podcast episode, I wanted to have a candid chat about something critical to your success as a freelancer...
It's a topic that's often glossed over, but it's the backbone of your entire business: Fulfilling the services you're paid for as a freelancer.
Have you ever wondered why some clients never return, or why they don't refer your services to others? Maybe you're finding that more and more of your clients and projects are becoming a pain in the 🍑?
If so, it might be time to take a good, hard look at your fulfillment processes.
In this episode, I dive deep into the six common mistakes that can completely derail your fulfillment experience as a freelancer. Spoiler alert: if you're committing any of these, especially the first one, you might be setting yourself up for a nauseating ride.
Here's why... As a freelancer, you are literally getting paid to deliver on your promises. When you mess up fulfillment, you're inadvertently sabotaging your own business. This can lead to fewer referrals, less repeat business, and the potential for some seriously stressful interactions with clients.
The good news is that this episode isn't just about identifying the problems; it's about finding solutions and paving the way for smoother, more satisfying client relationships and more rewarding freelance projects.
I can't wait for you to join me in this discussion. We'll go through these six pitfalls, figure out where you might be going wrong, and most importantly, talk about how to right those wrongs.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Reframing from "to do" to "don't do"

Why offering more services is the opposite of what you need to do

The pain caused by avoiding SOPs

Focusing on an outcome rather than a service

Keeping communications clean

Setting healthy boundaries

Missing the mark with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/264</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 6 Ways To RUIN Your Freelance Services | The Freelance F*ckups Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>264</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>On today's podcast episode, I wanted to have a candid chat about something critical to your success as a freelancer...
It's a topic that's often glossed over, but it's the backbone of your entire business: Fulfilling the services you're paid for as a freelancer.
Have you ever wondered why some clients never return, or why they don't refer your services to others? Maybe you're finding that more and more of your clients and projects are becoming a pain in the 🍑?
If so, it might be time to take a good, hard look at your fulfillment processes.
In this episode, I dive deep into the six common mistakes that can completely derail your fulfillment experience as a freelancer. Spoiler alert: if you're committing any of these, especially the first one, you might be setting yourself up for a nauseating ride.
Here's why... As a freelancer, you are literally getting paid to deliver on your promises. When you mess up fulfillment, you're inadvertently sabotaging your own business. This can lead to fewer referrals, less repeat business, and the potential for some seriously stressful interactions with clients.
The good news is that this episode isn't just about identifying the problems; it's about finding solutions and paving the way for smoother, more satisfying client relationships and more rewarding freelance projects.
I can't wait for you to join me in this discussion. We'll go through these six pitfalls, figure out where you might be going wrong, and most importantly, talk about how to right those wrongs.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Reframing from "to do" to "don't do"

Why offering more services is the opposite of what you need to do

The pain caused by avoiding SOPs

Focusing on an outcome rather than a service

Keeping communications clean

Setting healthy boundaries

Missing the mark with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/264</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On today's podcast episode, I wanted to have a candid chat about something critical to your success as a freelancer...</p><p>It's a topic that's often glossed over, but it's the backbone of your entire business: <strong>Fulfilling the services you're paid for as a freelancer.</strong></p><p>Have you ever wondered why some clients never return, or why they don't refer your services to others? Maybe you're finding that more and more of your clients and projects are becoming a pain in the 🍑?</p><p>If so, it might be time to take a good, hard look at your fulfillment processes.</p><p>In this episode,<strong> I dive deep into the six common mistakes that can completely derail your fulfillment experience as a freelancer</strong>. Spoiler alert: if you're committing any of these, especially the first one, you might be setting yourself up for a nauseating ride.</p><p>Here's why... As a freelancer, you are literally getting paid to deliver on your promises. When you mess up fulfillment, you're inadvertently sabotaging your own business. This can lead to fewer referrals, less repeat business, and the potential for some seriously stressful interactions with clients.</p><p>The good news is that this episode <strong><em>isn't</em></strong> just about identifying the problems; it's about finding solutions and paving the way for smoother, more satisfying client relationships and more rewarding freelance projects.</p><p>I can't wait for you to join me in this discussion. We'll go through these six pitfalls, figure out where you might be going wrong, and most importantly, talk about how to right those wrongs.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Reframing from "to do" to "don't do"</li>
<li>Why offering more services is the opposite of what you need to do</li>
<li>The pain caused by avoiding SOPs</li>
<li>Focusing on an outcome rather than a service</li>
<li>Keeping communications clean</li>
<li>Setting healthy boundaries</li>
<li>Missing the mark with your clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/264">https://6figurecreative.com/264</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1472</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[58ab1d9a-1f49-11ee-a9fc-7f4e04d68a6f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6161197884.mp3?updated=1689011337" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#263: Let's Talk About 7 Things NOT To Do | The Freelance F*ckups Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/263</link>
      <description>Today, we're kickstarting a new podcast series. We're calling it the "Freelance F*ckups" series - because, let's be real, we all have those moments.
This series is special because it aims to address one of the main issues we face when listening to advice-rich podcasts - information overload.
Picture it as an "Advice Buffet" where you're trying to juggle countless pieces of advice, strategies, and tips. It's overwhelming, isn't it?
For a lot of us, this all-you-can-eat Advice Buffet leaves us frozen in Analysis Paralysis Mode instead of actually helping us move forward.
What if we can switch the narrative from what you should do to what you should avoid?
This, my friends, is the vision behind our Freelance F*ckups series. Each episode will focus on major pitfalls that freelancers encounter, areas where we commonly trip up, and how to sidestep these mistakes.
So, let's navigate these bumps in the road together, step by step, week by week. This series won't be about adding new tasks to your ever-growing to-do list. Instead, we'll examine the habits, practices, and mindsets that might be tripping you up, allowing you to pivot, adapt, and avoid these missteps in the future.
Let's get started!
In this episode you’ll discover:

The snowflake fallacy

Why businesses are often inbred

The pitfall of staying in bill-paying mode

Acquiring new clients

Working in fits and spurts

Building bridges half-way vs. all the way

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/263</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Let's Talk About 7 Things NOT To Do | The Freelance F*ckups Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>263</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Today, we're kickstarting a new podcast series. We're calling it the "Freelance F*ckups" series - because, let's be real, we all have those moments.
This series is special because it aims to address one of the main issues we face when listening to advice-rich podcasts - information overload.
Picture it as an "Advice Buffet" where you're trying to juggle countless pieces of advice, strategies, and tips. It's overwhelming, isn't it?
For a lot of us, this all-you-can-eat Advice Buffet leaves us frozen in Analysis Paralysis Mode instead of actually helping us move forward.
What if we can switch the narrative from what you should do to what you should avoid?
This, my friends, is the vision behind our Freelance F*ckups series. Each episode will focus on major pitfalls that freelancers encounter, areas where we commonly trip up, and how to sidestep these mistakes.
So, let's navigate these bumps in the road together, step by step, week by week. This series won't be about adding new tasks to your ever-growing to-do list. Instead, we'll examine the habits, practices, and mindsets that might be tripping you up, allowing you to pivot, adapt, and avoid these missteps in the future.
Let's get started!
In this episode you’ll discover:

The snowflake fallacy

Why businesses are often inbred

The pitfall of staying in bill-paying mode

Acquiring new clients

Working in fits and spurts

Building bridges half-way vs. all the way

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/263</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today, we're kickstarting a new podcast series. We're calling it the "Freelance F*ckups" series - because, let's be real, we all have those moments.</p><p>This series is special because it aims to address one of the main issues we face when listening to advice-rich podcasts - information overload.</p><p>Picture it as an "Advice Buffet" where you're trying to juggle countless pieces of advice, strategies, and tips. It's overwhelming, isn't it?</p><p>For a lot of us, this all-you-can-eat Advice Buffet leaves us frozen in Analysis Paralysis Mode instead of <em>actually</em> helping us move forward.</p><p>What if we can switch the narrative from what you <strong><em>should</em></strong> do to <strong><em>what you should avoid</em></strong>?</p><p>This, my friends, is the vision behind our Freelance F*ckups series. Each episode will focus on major pitfalls that freelancers encounter, areas where we commonly trip up, and how to sidestep these mistakes.</p><p>So, let's navigate these bumps in the road together, step by step, week by week. This series won't be about adding new tasks to your ever-growing to-do list. Instead, we'll examine the habits, practices, and mindsets that might be tripping you up, allowing you to pivot, adapt, and avoid these missteps in the future.</p><p>Let's get started!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The snowflake fallacy</li>
<li>Why businesses are often inbred</li>
<li>The pitfall of staying in bill-paying mode</li>
<li>Acquiring new clients</li>
<li>Working in fits and spurts</li>
<li>Building bridges half-way vs. all the way</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/263">https://6figurecreative.com/263</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1460</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4abb5e4a-19b6-11ee-8e8f-abb402a2f6e6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3394540170.mp3?updated=1688398422" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#262: Why $100k Per Year Is The New Minimum Wage For Freelancers</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/262</link>
      <description>I've been talking to a lot of freelancers recently, and I'm a bit troubled by their underwhelming financial goals. It's not about being greedy, it's about being realistic...
This is why I am presenting a bold idea: $100k should be the new minimum wage for freelancers.
Many freelancers look at $100k as their most ambitious goal, while I look at it as merely the start.
Hear me out.
Gross income as a freelancer is vastly different from a salary in a day job. The reason is simple: expenses. They're part and parcel of being a freelancer, and I'm not just talking about pencils and paper here.
I'm talking about substantial, often overlooked, expenses that can take a big chunk out of your earnings. In this episode, we're going to delve into those figures, so you can gain a clearer understanding of where your money goes, why $100k should be your new minimum goal, and what you should be doing to get yourself there.
The aim of this episode is to challenge your thinking and to help you set yourself up for a better, more stable life as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your expenses should be factored into your income goals

Costs you need to consider off the top of your income

Considerations for your pricing

When it may be time to shift niches

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/262</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why $100k Per Year Is The New Minimum Wage For Freelancers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>262</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I've been talking to a lot of freelancers recently, and I'm a bit troubled by their underwhelming financial goals. It's not about being greedy, it's about being realistic...
This is why I am presenting a bold idea: $100k should be the new minimum wage for freelancers.
Many freelancers look at $100k as their most ambitious goal, while I look at it as merely the start.
Hear me out.
Gross income as a freelancer is vastly different from a salary in a day job. The reason is simple: expenses. They're part and parcel of being a freelancer, and I'm not just talking about pencils and paper here.
I'm talking about substantial, often overlooked, expenses that can take a big chunk out of your earnings. In this episode, we're going to delve into those figures, so you can gain a clearer understanding of where your money goes, why $100k should be your new minimum goal, and what you should be doing to get yourself there.
The aim of this episode is to challenge your thinking and to help you set yourself up for a better, more stable life as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your expenses should be factored into your income goals

Costs you need to consider off the top of your income

Considerations for your pricing

When it may be time to shift niches

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/262</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I've been talking to a <strong><em>lot</em></strong> of freelancers recently, and I'm a bit troubled by their underwhelming financial goals. It's not about being greedy, it's about being realistic...</p><p>This is why I am presenting a bold idea: <strong>$100k should be the new minimum wage for freelancers.</strong></p><p>Many freelancers look at $100k as their <em>most</em> ambitious goal, while I look at it as merely the start.</p><p>Hear me out.</p><p>Gross income as a freelancer is <em>vastly</em> different from a salary in a day job. The reason is simple: expenses. They're part and parcel of being a freelancer, and I'm not just talking about pencils and paper here.</p><p>I'm talking about substantial, often overlooked, expenses that can take a big chunk out of your earnings. In this episode, we're going to delve into those figures, so you can gain a clearer understanding of where your money goes, why $100k should be your new minimum goal, and what you should be doing to get yourself there.</p><p>The aim of this episode is to challenge your thinking and to help you set yourself up for a better, more stable life as a freelancer.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why your expenses should be factored into your income goals</li>
<li>Costs you need to consider off the top of your income</li>
<li>Considerations for your pricing</li>
<li>When it may be time to shift niches</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/262">https://6figurecreative.com/262</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1256</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f110f8fe-142f-11ee-a734-273584bf00a5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8332116774.mp3?updated=1687790963" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#261: Overcoming Overwhelm: A Guide For Freelancers To Fix The Root Cause And Stop Treating The Symptoms</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/261</link>
      <description>We all know the life of a freelancer isn't easy. There's an unending list of tasks to tackle, clients to please, and portfolios to build. On top of that, we juggle personal commitments and the oh-so-precious "me time" that often gets squeezed out.
So, it's no surprise that we often find ourselves feeling overwhelmed, the creativity squashed out of us, and, at times, a sense of exhaustion that doesn't seem to let up.
Sound familiar? It does to me.
In our latest episode, I dove headfirst into this ocean of overwhelm in response to a heartfelt listener question.
They wrote in, juggling a 60-hour work week, a freelance business, a spouse, and the all-important quest for sleep. And their question was, "how do I battle exhaustion and overwhelm when I need to use any free time to transition to working for myself?"
I know this will likely resonate with you. It certainly did with me.
Now I'm not about to pretend to be some sort of authority on managing overwhelm, but I am someone who's experienced these struggles and found ways to manage.
I hope that by sharing my experiences and insights, I can help you navigate your own journey a bit more smoothly.
This episode isn't about quick fixes or short-term solutions. We won't be tackling overwhelm as if it's a symptom to be temporarily alleviated. Instead, we'll be diving into the root causes, aiming to unearth lasting solutions that help you overcome this persistent roadblock.
If you're constantly feeling overwhelmed (or if you're the one who submitted the original question) this episode is for you.
I hope it brings some clarity, perhaps even sparks some realizations, about your own experience of overwhelm and how to overcome it.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Treating symptoms vs. treating the cause

The golden handcuffs keeping you stuck

How a lack of boundaries affects your time

Why boundaries are one of the most important things in your life

Avoiding your problems and letting those fires burn

Breaking down large tasks into small, bite-sized chunks

The seasons of overwhelm

The benefits of asking for help

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/261</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Overcoming Overwhelm: A Guide For Freelancers To Fix The Root Cause And Stop Treating The Symptoms</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>261</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We all know the life of a freelancer isn't easy. There's an unending list of tasks to tackle, clients to please, and portfolios to build. On top of that, we juggle personal commitments and the oh-so-precious "me time" that often gets squeezed out.
So, it's no surprise that we often find ourselves feeling overwhelmed, the creativity squashed out of us, and, at times, a sense of exhaustion that doesn't seem to let up.
Sound familiar? It does to me.
In our latest episode, I dove headfirst into this ocean of overwhelm in response to a heartfelt listener question.
They wrote in, juggling a 60-hour work week, a freelance business, a spouse, and the all-important quest for sleep. And their question was, "how do I battle exhaustion and overwhelm when I need to use any free time to transition to working for myself?"
I know this will likely resonate with you. It certainly did with me.
Now I'm not about to pretend to be some sort of authority on managing overwhelm, but I am someone who's experienced these struggles and found ways to manage.
I hope that by sharing my experiences and insights, I can help you navigate your own journey a bit more smoothly.
This episode isn't about quick fixes or short-term solutions. We won't be tackling overwhelm as if it's a symptom to be temporarily alleviated. Instead, we'll be diving into the root causes, aiming to unearth lasting solutions that help you overcome this persistent roadblock.
If you're constantly feeling overwhelmed (or if you're the one who submitted the original question) this episode is for you.
I hope it brings some clarity, perhaps even sparks some realizations, about your own experience of overwhelm and how to overcome it.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Treating symptoms vs. treating the cause

The golden handcuffs keeping you stuck

How a lack of boundaries affects your time

Why boundaries are one of the most important things in your life

Avoiding your problems and letting those fires burn

Breaking down large tasks into small, bite-sized chunks

The seasons of overwhelm

The benefits of asking for help

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/261</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We all know the life of a freelancer isn't easy. There's an unending list of tasks to tackle, clients to please, and portfolios to build. On top of that, we juggle personal commitments and the oh-so-precious "me time" that often gets squeezed out.</p><p>So, it's no surprise that we often find ourselves feeling <strong>overwhelmed</strong>, the creativity squashed out of us, and, at times, a sense of exhaustion that doesn't seem to let up.</p><p>Sound familiar? It does to me.</p><p>In our latest episode, I dove headfirst into this ocean of overwhelm in response to a heartfelt listener question.</p><p>They wrote in, juggling a 60-hour work week, a freelance business, a spouse, and the all-important quest for sleep. And their question was, <em>"how do I battle exhaustion and overwhelm when I need to use any free time to transition to working for myself?"</em></p><p>I know this will likely resonate with you. It certainly did with me.</p><p>Now I'm <em>not</em> about to pretend to be some sort of authority on managing overwhelm, but I <em>am</em> someone who's experienced these struggles and found ways to manage.</p><p>I hope that by sharing my experiences and insights, I can help you navigate your own journey a bit more smoothly.</p><p>This episode isn't about quick fixes or short-term solutions. We won't be tackling overwhelm as if it's a symptom to be temporarily alleviated. Instead, we'll be diving into<strong> the root causes</strong>, aiming to unearth lasting solutions that help you overcome this persistent roadblock.</p><p>If you're constantly feeling overwhelmed (or if you're the one who submitted the original question) this episode is for you.</p><p>I hope it brings some clarity, perhaps even sparks some realizations, about your own experience of overwhelm and how to overcome it.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Treating symptoms vs. treating the cause</li>
<li>The golden handcuffs keeping you stuck</li>
<li>How a lack of boundaries affects your time</li>
<li>Why boundaries are one of the most important things in your life</li>
<li>Avoiding your problems and letting those fires burn</li>
<li>Breaking down large tasks into small, bite-sized chunks</li>
<li>The seasons of overwhelm</li>
<li>The benefits of asking for help</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/261">https://6figurecreative.com/261</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1387</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8de6dab4-0ead-11ee-8ee6-f74aed12863a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3795177916.mp3?updated=1687185207" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#260: How To Set SMART Marketing Goals For Client Acquisition | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/260</link>
      <description>Here's a wild guess: I bet you've never set a real marketing goal for your business. 
Since most freelancers struggle to consider themselves a "business", this really isn't a big surprise.
When it comes to the 10th episode of this "Back to Basics" series, marketing goals are about as basic as things get when it comes to marketing.
How are you going to put together any sort of marketing plan without setting marketing goals? 
Now, I get it. I'm sure you have plenty of ideas fluttering around in your head about what you want from your business... Maybe it's a certain income level, a specific rate per project, or attracting a certain type of client.
But here's the reality check: these are more like vague wishes than concrete, achievable goals.
Without shaping those vague ideas into SMART goals, you may find yourself in what I call "plateau hell."
Do you know that frustrating state where your business seems stuck? Perhaps you've hit a certain revenue mark - often around the $50,000 to $60,000 range - and you just can't seem to break through. You might even feel like you're regressing.
I've been there before, and it's not a fun place to live.
In this episode, I am sharing a tried and tested approach to goal-setting that can help you escape from the Freelancer Plateau Hell.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why the basics matter

The business goals to aim for

Increasing client value

SMART goals for marketing

The importance of promoting your business

Using reviews to build trust and authority

Why high conversion rates are a bad sign

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/260</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Set SMART Marketing Goals For Client Acquisition | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>260</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here's a wild guess: I bet you've never set a real marketing goal for your business. 
Since most freelancers struggle to consider themselves a "business", this really isn't a big surprise.
When it comes to the 10th episode of this "Back to Basics" series, marketing goals are about as basic as things get when it comes to marketing.
How are you going to put together any sort of marketing plan without setting marketing goals? 
Now, I get it. I'm sure you have plenty of ideas fluttering around in your head about what you want from your business... Maybe it's a certain income level, a specific rate per project, or attracting a certain type of client.
But here's the reality check: these are more like vague wishes than concrete, achievable goals.
Without shaping those vague ideas into SMART goals, you may find yourself in what I call "plateau hell."
Do you know that frustrating state where your business seems stuck? Perhaps you've hit a certain revenue mark - often around the $50,000 to $60,000 range - and you just can't seem to break through. You might even feel like you're regressing.
I've been there before, and it's not a fun place to live.
In this episode, I am sharing a tried and tested approach to goal-setting that can help you escape from the Freelancer Plateau Hell.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why the basics matter

The business goals to aim for

Increasing client value

SMART goals for marketing

The importance of promoting your business

Using reviews to build trust and authority

Why high conversion rates are a bad sign

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/260</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a wild guess:<strong> I bet you've never set a real marketing goal for your business. </strong></p><p>Since most freelancers struggle to consider themselves a "business", this really isn't a big surprise.</p><p>When it comes to the 10th episode of this "Back to Basics" series, marketing goals are about as basic as things get when it comes to marketing.</p><p>How are you going to put together any sort of <strong>marketing plan</strong> <em>without</em> <strong>setting marketing goals? </strong></p><p>Now, I get it. I'm sure you have plenty of <em>ideas </em>fluttering around in your head about what you want from your business... Maybe it's a certain income level, a specific rate per project, or attracting a certain type of client.</p><p>But here's the reality check: <strong>these are more like vague wishes than concrete, achievable goals</strong>.</p><p>Without shaping those vague ideas into SMART goals, you may find yourself in what I call "plateau hell."</p><p>Do you know that frustrating state where your business seems stuck? Perhaps you've hit a certain revenue mark - often around the $50,000 to $60,000 range - and you just can't seem to break through. You might even feel like you're regressing.</p><p>I've been there before, and it's not a fun place to live.</p><p>In this episode, I am sharing a tried and tested approach to goal-setting that can help you escape from the Freelancer Plateau Hell.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why the basics matter</li>
<li>The business goals to aim for</li>
<li>Increasing client value</li>
<li>SMART goals for marketing</li>
<li>The importance of promoting your business</li>
<li>Using reviews to build trust and authority</li>
<li>Why high conversion rates are a bad sign</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/260">https://6figurecreative.com/260</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1374</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[beae8168-093c-11ee-9295-0fd0833da28b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2901573965.mp3?updated=1686586999" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#259: How To Stop Being A Copycat Freelancer | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/259</link>
      <description>In the latest installment of our Back to Basics series, we're diving headfirst into an often overlooked yet vital subject: carving out your unique niche as a freelancer. Today's exploration centers on what I term "The Copycat Freelancer" dilemma.
Don't get me wrong... I’m not here to criticize. Instead, I want to guide you past this hurdle that's probably been holding you back for years. 
Imagine I asked you, 'Why should a client choose you over your competitor?' What would your response be?
Most freelancers are stumped by that question, and if you're being honest with yourself, you probably aren’t doing anything unique that sets you apart.
The result? You end up competing on price alone, setting your rates based on what competitors are charging. Ultimately, it's a race to the bottom that builds zero client loyalty and makes your freelancing journey tougher than it needs to be.
In the episode, I delve deeper into the issue of differentiation and give you some help with carving out a unique place in your industry. Of course, this topic is nuanced, and there's a lot more to unpack.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why a UVP is important to your business

The paperclip vs. the Prada bag

Having an outcome-focused business

How I got an unfair advantage (and you can, too)

Setting yourself up as a specialized business

Examples of well-differentiated businesses

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/259</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Stop Being A Copycat Freelancer | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>259</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In the latest installment of our Back to Basics series, we're diving headfirst into an often overlooked yet vital subject: carving out your unique niche as a freelancer. Today's exploration centers on what I term "The Copycat Freelancer" dilemma.
Don't get me wrong... I’m not here to criticize. Instead, I want to guide you past this hurdle that's probably been holding you back for years. 
Imagine I asked you, 'Why should a client choose you over your competitor?' What would your response be?
Most freelancers are stumped by that question, and if you're being honest with yourself, you probably aren’t doing anything unique that sets you apart.
The result? You end up competing on price alone, setting your rates based on what competitors are charging. Ultimately, it's a race to the bottom that builds zero client loyalty and makes your freelancing journey tougher than it needs to be.
In the episode, I delve deeper into the issue of differentiation and give you some help with carving out a unique place in your industry. Of course, this topic is nuanced, and there's a lot more to unpack.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why a UVP is important to your business

The paperclip vs. the Prada bag

Having an outcome-focused business

How I got an unfair advantage (and you can, too)

Setting yourself up as a specialized business

Examples of well-differentiated businesses

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/259</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the latest installment of our Back to Basics series, we're diving headfirst into an often overlooked yet vital subject: carving out your unique niche as a freelancer. Today's exploration centers on what I term "The Copycat Freelancer" dilemma.</p><p>Don't get me wrong... I’m not here to criticize. Instead, I want to guide you past this hurdle that's probably been holding you back for <em>years. </em></p><p>Imagine I asked you, <em>'Why should a client choose you over your competitor?</em>' What would your response be?</p><p>Most freelancers are stumped by that question, and if you're being honest with yourself, you probably aren’t doing anything unique that sets you apart.</p><p>The result? You end up competing on price alone, setting your rates based on what competitors are charging. Ultimately, <strong>it's a race to the bottom </strong>that builds <em>zero</em> client loyalty and makes your freelancing journey tougher than it needs to be.</p><p>In the episode, I delve deeper into the issue of differentiation and give you some help with carving out a unique place in your industry. Of course, this topic is nuanced, and there's a lot more to unpack.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why a UVP is important to your business</li>
<li>The paperclip vs. the Prada bag</li>
<li>Having an outcome-focused business</li>
<li>How I got an unfair advantage (and you can, too)</li>
<li>Setting yourself up as a specialized business</li>
<li>Examples of well-differentiated businesses</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/259">https://6figurecreative.com/259</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1043</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bc44557e-03ce-11ee-8ade-4bb9dd2e90e4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4895282306.mp3?updated=1685989995" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#258: 6 Methods For Promoting Your Freelance Business | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/258</link>
      <description>Today we're continuing with our "Back to Basics" journey by focusing on something that's often overlooked by freelancers - promotion.
Promotion is super important to keep the clients coming in, but a lot of freelancers think they just need to be good at what they do.
They admire those who seem to have endless work, thinking it all comes from word-of-mouth alone. But, in the early days of freelancing, just relying on referrals can be risky, leading to the scary "feast or famine" cycle.
This situation can force freelancers to scramble, taking any job they can just to pay the bills. These "bill-paying" clients might not always be a good match, and we might not even want to work with them, but bills gotta be paid, right?
I've been there, and I can tell you it's a quick way to burn out and start resenting your clients.
In our chat today, we're going to help you avoid getting stuck with just bill-paying clients by sharing six ways to promote your freelance work effectively. If you're having trouble finding enough clients, it's probably because people just don't know you're there. 
That's where knowing how to effectively promote yourself comes in. By trying out one or two of the methods we're going to talk about today, you can bring stability to your work. More clients mean less stress, which lets you cherry-pick the projects you really love.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to avoid "bill paying work"

Six promotion methods for freelancers

How client value affects your business' needs

Why referral programs work

The benefits of paid promotion

Why owned assets are so vital to your business

Why Clients By Design is for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/258</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>6 Methods For Promoting Your Freelance Business | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>258</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Today we're continuing with our "Back to Basics" journey by focusing on something that's often overlooked by freelancers - promotion.
Promotion is super important to keep the clients coming in, but a lot of freelancers think they just need to be good at what they do.
They admire those who seem to have endless work, thinking it all comes from word-of-mouth alone. But, in the early days of freelancing, just relying on referrals can be risky, leading to the scary "feast or famine" cycle.
This situation can force freelancers to scramble, taking any job they can just to pay the bills. These "bill-paying" clients might not always be a good match, and we might not even want to work with them, but bills gotta be paid, right?
I've been there, and I can tell you it's a quick way to burn out and start resenting your clients.
In our chat today, we're going to help you avoid getting stuck with just bill-paying clients by sharing six ways to promote your freelance work effectively. If you're having trouble finding enough clients, it's probably because people just don't know you're there. 
That's where knowing how to effectively promote yourself comes in. By trying out one or two of the methods we're going to talk about today, you can bring stability to your work. More clients mean less stress, which lets you cherry-pick the projects you really love.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to avoid "bill paying work"

Six promotion methods for freelancers

How client value affects your business' needs

Why referral programs work

The benefits of paid promotion

Why owned assets are so vital to your business

Why Clients By Design is for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/258</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today we're continuing with our "Back to Basics" journey by focusing on something that's often overlooked by freelancers - <strong>promotion.</strong></p><p>Promotion is <em>super</em> important to keep the clients coming in, but a lot of freelancers think they just need to be good at what they do.</p><p>They admire those who seem to have endless work, thinking it all comes from word-of-mouth alone. <strong>But, in the early days of freelancing, just relying on referrals can be risky, leading to the scary "feast or famine" cycle.</strong></p><p>This situation can force freelancers to scramble, taking any job they can just to pay the bills. These "bill-paying" clients might not always be a good match, and we might not even want to work with them, but bills gotta be paid, right?</p><p>I've been there, and I can tell you it's a quick way to burn out and start resenting your clients.</p><p>In our chat today, we're going to help you avoid getting stuck with just bill-paying clients by sharing six ways to promote your freelance work effectively.<strong> If you're having trouble finding enough clients, it's probably because people just don't know you're there. </strong></p><p>That's where knowing how to effectively promote yourself comes in. By trying out one or two of the methods we're going to talk about today, you can bring stability to your work. More clients mean less stress, which lets you cherry-pick the projects you <em>really</em> love.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to avoid "bill paying work"</li>
<li>Six promotion methods for freelancers</li>
<li>How client value affects your business' needs</li>
<li>Why referral programs work</li>
<li>The benefits of paid promotion</li>
<li>Why owned assets are so vital to your business</li>
<li>Why Clients By Design is for you</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/258">https://6figurecreative.com/258</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1532</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e4c31bda-fe50-11ed-abf9-eff779872fbc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1996014710.mp3?updated=1685386190" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#257: Pricing For Freelancers: 5 Ways To Set Your Rates | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/257</link>
      <description>This week we're tackling a challenge we all face as creatives: how should we price our work? Getting this right is a huge deal, but damn it can be tricky!
Pricing your services isn't just about picking a random number. A lot of us tend to set our rates by looking at what others charge or by trusting our gut.
If that sounds like you, no shame, but this is the #1 way you end up undervaluing your work and undercharging. Part of this is about self-confidence, part of it's the fear of losing a gig.
If you're thinking, "That's totally me, always underpricing", it's all good. We've all been there. The key is to recognize this pattern and aim to break it. You've got to develop a solid strategy for setting rates that truly reflect your worth.
So, are you ready to take a deep dive into the sometimes-intimidating world of pricing? Let's kick the undercharging habit in the A$$ and figure out a better way to price your services.
In this episode, we'll walk through five different ways you can price your services. We'll dive into each method, discuss the pros and cons, and give you the tools you need to decide which one works best for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The minimum income goal for any freelancer

The consequences you face as a low-earning creative

Overworking yourself with low rates

How to price your services

Using value-based pricing for your business

Protecting yourself with flat rate pricing

How to keep clients consistently coming back

The gutsy payment method that big agencies can use

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/257</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Pricing For Freelancers: 5 Ways To Set Your Rates | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>257</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This week we're tackling a challenge we all face as creatives: how should we price our work? Getting this right is a huge deal, but damn it can be tricky!
Pricing your services isn't just about picking a random number. A lot of us tend to set our rates by looking at what others charge or by trusting our gut.
If that sounds like you, no shame, but this is the #1 way you end up undervaluing your work and undercharging. Part of this is about self-confidence, part of it's the fear of losing a gig.
If you're thinking, "That's totally me, always underpricing", it's all good. We've all been there. The key is to recognize this pattern and aim to break it. You've got to develop a solid strategy for setting rates that truly reflect your worth.
So, are you ready to take a deep dive into the sometimes-intimidating world of pricing? Let's kick the undercharging habit in the A$$ and figure out a better way to price your services.
In this episode, we'll walk through five different ways you can price your services. We'll dive into each method, discuss the pros and cons, and give you the tools you need to decide which one works best for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The minimum income goal for any freelancer

The consequences you face as a low-earning creative

Overworking yourself with low rates

How to price your services

Using value-based pricing for your business

Protecting yourself with flat rate pricing

How to keep clients consistently coming back

The gutsy payment method that big agencies can use

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/257</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This week we're tackling a challenge we all face as creatives: how should we price our work? Getting this right is a huge deal, but damn it can be tricky!</p><p>Pricing your services isn't just about picking a random number. A lot of us tend to set our rates by looking at what others charge or by trusting our gut.</p><p>If that sounds like you, no shame, but this is the #1 way you end up undervaluing your work and undercharging. Part of this is about self-confidence, part of it's the fear of losing a gig.</p><p>If you're thinking, "That's totally me, always underpricing", it's all good. We've all been there. The key is to recognize this pattern and aim to break it. You've got to develop a solid strategy for setting rates that truly reflect your worth.</p><p>So, are you ready to take a deep dive into the sometimes-intimidating world of pricing? Let's kick the undercharging habit in the A$$ and figure out a better way to price your services.</p><p>In this episode, we'll walk through five different ways you can price your services. We'll dive into each method, discuss the pros and cons, and give you the tools you need to decide which one works best for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The minimum income goal for any freelancer</li>
<li>The consequences you face as a low-earning creative</li>
<li>Overworking yourself with low rates</li>
<li>How to price your services</li>
<li>Using value-based pricing for your business</li>
<li>Protecting yourself with flat rate pricing</li>
<li>How to keep clients consistently coming back</li>
<li>The gutsy payment method that big agencies can use</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/257">https://6figurecreative.com/257</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1837</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6299c01e-fa4a-11ed-bcaa-6fade8d534c2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4129022515.mp3?updated=1684943591" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#256: Choosing The Right Services To Sell As A Freelancer | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/256</link>
      <description>Our ongoing series, Back to Basics, is all about diving deep into the foundation of freelancing. Today's focus is on the services (i.e. products) we offer as freelancers. This is the biggest difference between successful and struggling freelancers.
All too often, we choose our services based on what WE want, while putting little to no thought into what our clients want. It's like trying to sell a product with a flaw. Think of any garbage Amazon purchase you've made, where the only review you'd give is a warning to others.
That's certainly not the reputation we want for our services, right?
In this episode, we break it down into three distinct levels of service that you can offer. While there are many facets to this, sticking to the basics keeps us grounded, and honestly, it's a lot less overwhelming.
As an entrepreneur, I know how easy it is to leap into the complexity of advanced strategies. However, for this episode, we're keeping it straightforward and accessible.
My hope is that this episode provides a moment of clarity - an "Aha!" if you will. A moment that sparks fresh perspective, prompting you to say, "Hot damn, I hadn't thought about it that way. I've been doing this wrong."
After all, a single shift in perspective can be the game-changer that propels your freelance journey forward.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three tiers of freelancing

Selling flawed services or products

The basic Fiverr freelancer

Providing an outcome rather than a service

Why this episode is a lesson to our editor

The damage ChatGPT is doing to butt-in-seat jobs

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/256</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Choosing The Right Services To Sell As A Freelancer | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>256</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Our ongoing series, Back to Basics, is all about diving deep into the foundation of freelancing. Today's focus is on the services (i.e. products) we offer as freelancers. This is the biggest difference between successful and struggling freelancers.
All too often, we choose our services based on what WE want, while putting little to no thought into what our clients want. It's like trying to sell a product with a flaw. Think of any garbage Amazon purchase you've made, where the only review you'd give is a warning to others.
That's certainly not the reputation we want for our services, right?
In this episode, we break it down into three distinct levels of service that you can offer. While there are many facets to this, sticking to the basics keeps us grounded, and honestly, it's a lot less overwhelming.
As an entrepreneur, I know how easy it is to leap into the complexity of advanced strategies. However, for this episode, we're keeping it straightforward and accessible.
My hope is that this episode provides a moment of clarity - an "Aha!" if you will. A moment that sparks fresh perspective, prompting you to say, "Hot damn, I hadn't thought about it that way. I've been doing this wrong."
After all, a single shift in perspective can be the game-changer that propels your freelance journey forward.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three tiers of freelancing

Selling flawed services or products

The basic Fiverr freelancer

Providing an outcome rather than a service

Why this episode is a lesson to our editor

The damage ChatGPT is doing to butt-in-seat jobs

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/256</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our ongoing series, Back to Basics, is all about diving deep into the foundation of freelancing. Today's focus is on the services (i.e. products) we offer as freelancers. This is the biggest difference between successful and struggling freelancers.</p><p>All too often, we choose our services based on what WE want, while putting little to no thought into what our clients want. It's like trying to sell a product with a flaw. Think of any garbage Amazon purchase you've made, where the only review you'd give is a warning to others.</p><p>That's certainly not the reputation we want for our services, right?</p><p>In this episode, we break it down into three distinct levels of service that you can offer. While there are many facets to this, sticking to the basics keeps us grounded, and honestly, it's a lot less overwhelming.</p><p>As an entrepreneur, I know how easy it is to leap into the complexity of advanced strategies. However, for this episode, we're keeping it straightforward and accessible.</p><p>My hope is that this episode provides a moment of clarity - an "Aha!" if you will. A moment that sparks fresh perspective, prompting you to say, "Hot damn, I hadn't thought about it that way. I've been doing this wrong."</p><p>After all, a single shift in perspective can be the game-changer that propels your freelance journey forward.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The three tiers of freelancing</li>
<li>Selling flawed services or products</li>
<li>The basic Fiverr freelancer</li>
<li>Providing an <em>outcome</em> rather than a service</li>
<li>Why this episode is a lesson to our editor</li>
<li>The damage ChatGPT is doing to butt-in-seat jobs</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/256">https://6figurecreative.com/256</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>990</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[369eaeee-f8b9-11ed-af27-37d6d0a51baf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3501888254.mp3?updated=1684771289" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#255: Marketing... WTF Is It, And Do Freelancers Even Need To Worry About It? | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/255</link>
      <description>We're navigating a series right now that we've lovingly titled "Back to the Basics." I'm particularly excited about today's episode where we peel back the layers on a topic that's often shrouded in mystique, over-complication, or sometimes, just plain neglect: Marketing.
You might ask, what exactly is marketing? Well, let's simplify it. As I've mentioned in previous episodes, the core of marketing is about presenting the right message, to the right person, at the right time.
Yes, it really can be as straightforward as that. When you unpack and understand each element of this mantra, you're well on your way to attracting more clients and growing your income from your creative prowess.
Now, I know what you're thinking. Many of you creatives might be wondering, "Marketing? Isn't that for big businesses??" Well, yes, and no.
Let's put it this way: To truly thrive in your freelance career, you need to embrace both the creative and the entrepreneurial spirit.
Also, you may be apprehensive about the idea of marketing, worried that it's a slippery slope toward becoming one of those overly pushy salespeople. I get it. But here's the good news - marketing doesn't have to be an "icky" process. Quite the opposite, in fact...
It can be a natural, authentic way of expressing the value you bring to your clients, without compromising your integrity or your creative soul.
So, for all of you freelancers who are passionate about your craft and want to learn how to generate a healthy income without feeling like you're selling out, this episode is designed for you.
We're going to break down the basics of marketing, helping you understand its core principles and showing you how it can be a positive, empowering part of your business.
Join us on this journey back to the basics, and let's redefine marketing together. No jargon, no fluff, just the essentials.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The definition of marketing

Marketing vs advertising

Advertising vs. marketing

The four Ps

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/255</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Marketing... WTF Is It, And Do Freelancers Even Need To Worry About It? | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>255</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We're navigating a series right now that we've lovingly titled "Back to the Basics." I'm particularly excited about today's episode where we peel back the layers on a topic that's often shrouded in mystique, over-complication, or sometimes, just plain neglect: Marketing.
You might ask, what exactly is marketing? Well, let's simplify it. As I've mentioned in previous episodes, the core of marketing is about presenting the right message, to the right person, at the right time.
Yes, it really can be as straightforward as that. When you unpack and understand each element of this mantra, you're well on your way to attracting more clients and growing your income from your creative prowess.
Now, I know what you're thinking. Many of you creatives might be wondering, "Marketing? Isn't that for big businesses??" Well, yes, and no.
Let's put it this way: To truly thrive in your freelance career, you need to embrace both the creative and the entrepreneurial spirit.
Also, you may be apprehensive about the idea of marketing, worried that it's a slippery slope toward becoming one of those overly pushy salespeople. I get it. But here's the good news - marketing doesn't have to be an "icky" process. Quite the opposite, in fact...
It can be a natural, authentic way of expressing the value you bring to your clients, without compromising your integrity or your creative soul.
So, for all of you freelancers who are passionate about your craft and want to learn how to generate a healthy income without feeling like you're selling out, this episode is designed for you.
We're going to break down the basics of marketing, helping you understand its core principles and showing you how it can be a positive, empowering part of your business.
Join us on this journey back to the basics, and let's redefine marketing together. No jargon, no fluff, just the essentials.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The definition of marketing

Marketing vs advertising

Advertising vs. marketing

The four Ps

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/255</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're navigating a series right now that we've lovingly titled "Back to the Basics." I'm particularly excited about today's episode where we peel back the layers on a topic that's often shrouded in mystique, over-complication, or sometimes, just plain neglect: Marketing.</p><p>You might ask, what exactly is marketing? Well, let's simplify it. As I've mentioned in previous episodes, the core of marketing is about presenting the right message, to the right person, at the right time.</p><p>Yes, it really can be as straightforward as that. When you unpack and understand each element of this mantra, you're well on your way to attracting more clients and growing your income from your creative prowess.</p><p>Now, I know what you're thinking. Many of you creatives might be wondering, <strong><em>"Marketing? Isn't that for big businesses??"</em></strong> Well, yes, and no.</p><p>Let's put it this way: To truly thrive in your freelance career, you need to embrace both the creative and the entrepreneurial spirit.</p><p>Also, you may be apprehensive about the idea of marketing, worried that it's a slippery slope toward becoming one of those overly pushy salespeople. I get it. But here's the good news - marketing doesn't have to be an "icky" process. Quite the opposite, in fact...</p><p>It can be a natural, authentic way of expressing the value you bring to your clients, without compromising your integrity or your creative soul.</p><p>So, for all of you freelancers who are passionate about your craft and want to learn how to generate a healthy income without feeling like you're selling out, this episode is designed for you.</p><p>We're going to break down the basics of marketing, helping you understand its core principles and showing you how it can be a positive, empowering part of your business.</p><p>Join us on this journey back to the basics, and let's redefine marketing together. No jargon, no fluff, just the essentials.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The definition of marketing</li>
<li>Marketing vs advertising</li>
<li>Advertising vs. marketing</li>
<li>The four Ps</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/255">https://6figurecreative.com/255</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>562</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[188b63c8-f4e7-11ed-b632-8bea78ec5ab5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7875515494.mp3?updated=1684351191" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#254: Cash Flow Management: How To Never Run Out Of Money | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/254</link>
      <description>We all know that the freelancing world is thrilling, fulfilling, and at times, let's be real, a bit terrifying. One of the most daunting parts of freelancing (and one that I've grappled with myself) is cash flow management.
In today's episode, we're diving deep into this crucial topic. The one thing I want you to take away from this episode is how to skillfully manage your cash flow so you never have to see your bank balance hit zero.
I'm sure you've heard this saying before: "Businesses don't fail, they simply run out of money". 
This isn't just some platitude, it's backed up by data.
A study cited by Business Insider tells us that 82% of small businesses (freelancers included) fail because of cash flow issues. That's right - they ran out of money. That's why today's episode is so crucial.
As someone who's seen my income swing wildly from one month to the next (like when I made $20,000 in January 2015, then just $1,200 in February 2015), I've learned first-hand the stress of getting this wrong.
You might be thinking, "But Brian, I'm just a freelancer. I don't have a big business with tons of employees and overheads. Do I really need to worry about cash flow?"
The answer is a resounding YES.
It doesn't matter if you're a solo freelancer or a big business, managing your cash flow is vital to keeping your business afloat and making sure you're not living paycheck to paycheck.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The detrimental effect of fluctuating income on a small business

Why freelancers need to invoice quickly and accurately

Building up a strong cash position to avoid cash flow issues

How to avoid your business shutting down

Collecting payments for unpaid invoices

Why waiting for payments is killing your business

Being responsible with credit

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/254</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Cash Flow Management: How To Never Run Out Of Money | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>254</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>Cash Flow Management: How To Never Run Out Of Money | Back To Basics</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We all know that the freelancing world is thrilling, fulfilling, and at times, let's be real, a bit terrifying. One of the most daunting parts of freelancing (and one that I've grappled with myself) is cash flow management.
In today's episode, we're diving deep into this crucial topic. The one thing I want you to take away from this episode is how to skillfully manage your cash flow so you never have to see your bank balance hit zero.
I'm sure you've heard this saying before: "Businesses don't fail, they simply run out of money". 
This isn't just some platitude, it's backed up by data.
A study cited by Business Insider tells us that 82% of small businesses (freelancers included) fail because of cash flow issues. That's right - they ran out of money. That's why today's episode is so crucial.
As someone who's seen my income swing wildly from one month to the next (like when I made $20,000 in January 2015, then just $1,200 in February 2015), I've learned first-hand the stress of getting this wrong.
You might be thinking, "But Brian, I'm just a freelancer. I don't have a big business with tons of employees and overheads. Do I really need to worry about cash flow?"
The answer is a resounding YES.
It doesn't matter if you're a solo freelancer or a big business, managing your cash flow is vital to keeping your business afloat and making sure you're not living paycheck to paycheck.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The detrimental effect of fluctuating income on a small business

Why freelancers need to invoice quickly and accurately

Building up a strong cash position to avoid cash flow issues

How to avoid your business shutting down

Collecting payments for unpaid invoices

Why waiting for payments is killing your business

Being responsible with credit

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/254</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We all know that the freelancing world is thrilling, fulfilling, and at times, let's be real, a bit terrifying. One of the most daunting parts of freelancing (and one that I've grappled with myself) is cash flow management.</p><p>In today's episode, we're diving deep into this crucial topic. The one thing I want you to take away from this episode is how to skillfully manage your cash flow <strong><em>so you never have to see your bank balance hit zero</em></strong>.</p><p>I'm sure you've heard this saying before: <em>"Businesses don't fail, they simply run out of money". </em></p><p>This isn't just some platitude, it's backed up by data.</p><p>A study cited by Business Insider tells us that <strong>82% of small businesses (freelancers included) fail because of cash flow issues</strong>. That's right - they ran out of money. That's why today's episode is so crucial.</p><p>As someone who's seen my income swing <em>wildly</em> from one month to the next (like when I made $20,000 in January 2015, then just $1,200 in February 2015), I've learned first-hand the stress of getting this wrong.</p><p>You might be thinking, <strong><em>"But Brian, I'm just a freelancer. I don't have a big business with tons of employees and overheads. Do I really need to worry about cash flow?</em></strong>"</p><p>The answer is a resounding YES.</p><p>It doesn't matter if you're a solo freelancer or a big business, managing your cash flow is vital to keeping your business afloat and making sure you're not living paycheck to paycheck.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The detrimental effect of fluctuating income on a small business</li>
<li>Why freelancers need to invoice quickly and accurately</li>
<li>Building up a strong cash position to avoid cash flow issues</li>
<li>How to avoid your business shutting down</li>
<li>Collecting payments for unpaid invoices</li>
<li>Why waiting for payments is killing your business</li>
<li>Being responsible with credit</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/254">https://6figurecreative.com/254</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1394</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0d2c8b24-f32a-11ed-9163-8fbb9470b26e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5104074361.mp3?updated=1684161348" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#253: The Freelancer's Guide to Automated Budgeting | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/253</link>
      <description>Here's how most freelancers manage their money...
Step 1: They check their bank account
Step 2: They wonder where all their money went.
If that sounds like you, then I want to help you avoid running your business like that.
I've taken the time to simplify the budgeting process for you, focusing on creating an easy, actionable system that you can actually use. This episode is short, sweet, and perfect for those who are looking to get a handle on where all your damn money is going.
My goal is to help you be more intentional with your money and avoid that dreaded feeling of having your hard-earned cash just disappear. In this episode, I'll teach you how to automate your budgeting process so that you never spend what you don't have.
This podcast is specifically tailored for business owners and freelancers, but I believe anyone can benefit from the process I share in this episode. So, whether you're new to the show or a returning listener, I hope you'll join me on this journey back to the basics of budgeting.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to budget and plan for your money

The pitfalls of not creating a budget

Splitting your funds into multiple accounts to ensure your liquidity

The limits of your operating expense account

Using the Profit First system for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/253</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Freelancer's Guide to Automated Budgeting | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>253</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here's how most freelancers manage their money...
Step 1: They check their bank account
Step 2: They wonder where all their money went.
If that sounds like you, then I want to help you avoid running your business like that.
I've taken the time to simplify the budgeting process for you, focusing on creating an easy, actionable system that you can actually use. This episode is short, sweet, and perfect for those who are looking to get a handle on where all your damn money is going.
My goal is to help you be more intentional with your money and avoid that dreaded feeling of having your hard-earned cash just disappear. In this episode, I'll teach you how to automate your budgeting process so that you never spend what you don't have.
This podcast is specifically tailored for business owners and freelancers, but I believe anyone can benefit from the process I share in this episode. So, whether you're new to the show or a returning listener, I hope you'll join me on this journey back to the basics of budgeting.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to budget and plan for your money

The pitfalls of not creating a budget

Splitting your funds into multiple accounts to ensure your liquidity

The limits of your operating expense account

Using the Profit First system for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/253</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's how most freelancers manage their money...</p><p><strong>Step 1:</strong> They check their bank account</p><p><strong>Step 2:</strong> They wonder where all their money went.</p><p>If that sounds like you, then I want to help you avoid running your business like that.</p><p>I've taken the time to simplify the budgeting process for you, focusing on creating an easy, actionable system that you can actually use. This episode is short, sweet, and perfect for those who are looking to get a handle on where all your damn money is going.</p><p><strong>My goal is to help you be more intentional with your money</strong> and <u>avoid that dreaded feeling of having your hard-earned cash just disappear</u>. In this episode, I'll teach you how to automate your budgeting process so that you never spend what you don't have.</p><p>This podcast is specifically tailored for business owners and freelancers, but I believe anyone can benefit from the process I share in this episode. So, whether you're new to the show or a returning listener, I hope you'll join me on this journey back to the basics of budgeting.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to budget and plan for your money</li>
<li>The pitfalls of not creating a budget</li>
<li>Splitting your funds into multiple accounts to ensure your liquidity</li>
<li>The limits of your operating expense account</li>
<li>Using the Profit First system for your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/253">https://6figurecreative.com/253</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1003</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[baa54546-ee81-11ed-ad4d-6fb850630932]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8907019419.mp3?updated=1683647947" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#252: Choosing The Right Bank For Your Business (And Why Your Bank Probably Sucks) | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/252</link>
      <description>We're continuing our "Back to Basics" series, and in this episode, we're diving into the not-so-exciting world of business banking for freelancers. But before you think about skipping this one, let me tell you why it's a must-listen.
As someone who's gone through more than 10 different banks over my freelancing journey, I've learned a thing or two about what it takes to find the right bank for your freelance business.
Why is this so important?
Well, if you're unhappy with your current bank or just starting your freelance journey, this episode will save you from the frustration and headaches of dealing with subpar banks that just don't meet your needs. Plus, it might even save you from making the same mistakes as "dumb Brian" (that's me!).
So, if you're ready to learn how to choose the right bank for your freelance business and avoid those dreaded deal-breakers, give this episode a listen.
I promise to keep it short, sweet, and to the point – even for those of you who think you couldn't care less about banking. You might just be surprised by how much this knowledge can impact your journey toward a happier, healthier, and more profitable freelance business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why to avoid big banks and local banks

What to look for in a business bank account

Fees to avoid on your next bank account

The importance of creating a separate business account

Set up your bank account today!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/252</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Choosing The Right Bank For Your Business (And Why Your Bank Probably Sucks) | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>252</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We're continuing our "Back to Basics" series, and in this episode, we're diving into the not-so-exciting world of business banking for freelancers. But before you think about skipping this one, let me tell you why it's a must-listen.
As someone who's gone through more than 10 different banks over my freelancing journey, I've learned a thing or two about what it takes to find the right bank for your freelance business.
Why is this so important?
Well, if you're unhappy with your current bank or just starting your freelance journey, this episode will save you from the frustration and headaches of dealing with subpar banks that just don't meet your needs. Plus, it might even save you from making the same mistakes as "dumb Brian" (that's me!).
So, if you're ready to learn how to choose the right bank for your freelance business and avoid those dreaded deal-breakers, give this episode a listen.
I promise to keep it short, sweet, and to the point – even for those of you who think you couldn't care less about banking. You might just be surprised by how much this knowledge can impact your journey toward a happier, healthier, and more profitable freelance business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why to avoid big banks and local banks

What to look for in a business bank account

Fees to avoid on your next bank account

The importance of creating a separate business account

Set up your bank account today!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/252</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're continuing our "Back to Basics" series, and in this episode, we're diving into the not-so-exciting world of business banking for freelancers. But before you think about skipping this one, let me tell you why it's a must-listen.</p><p>As someone who's gone through more than 10 different banks over my freelancing journey, I've learned a thing or two about what it takes to find the right bank for your freelance business.</p><p>Why is this so important?</p><p>Well, if you're unhappy with your current bank or just starting your freelance journey, this episode will save you from the frustration and headaches of dealing with subpar banks that just don't meet your needs. Plus, it might even save you from making the same mistakes as "dumb Brian" (that's me!).</p><p>So, if you're ready to learn how to choose the right bank for your freelance business and avoid those dreaded deal-breakers, give this episode a listen.</p><p>I promise to keep it short, sweet, and to the point – even for those of you who think you couldn't care less about banking. You might just be surprised by how much this knowledge can impact your journey toward a happier, healthier, and more profitable freelance business.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why to avoid big banks <em>and</em> local banks</li>
<li>What to look for in a business bank account</li>
<li>Fees to avoid on your next bank account</li>
<li>The importance of creating a separate business account</li>
<li>Set up your bank account today!</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/252">https://6figurecreative.com/252</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>916</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e964ff4e-eb6f-11ed-9da3-2bd9be3c4c47]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2531286991.mp3?updated=1683310441" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#251: LLC vs Sole Proprietor: Which Is Best For Freelancers | Back To Basics</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/251</link>
      <description>If you've ever wondered whether you should operate as a sole proprietor or form an LLC, this episode is just for you! We'll dive into my own personal journey, why I avoided LLCs for so long, and ultimately, how you can make the best decision for your freelance business.
Now, I want to point out that this discussion is specifically for US-based freelancers. I wish I could cover every business entity in every country, but my knowledge is limited to what's available in the US. So, if you're based elsewhere, I apologize, and I hope you still find value in the conversation.
In this episode, we'll explore the key differences between a sole proprietor and an LLC, and how they can sometimes look and feel the same. I'll also share some recent insights I've gained to help you make a more informed decision for your business.
I truly believe that this episode will provide you with a better understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of both sole proprietorships and LLCs, ultimately helping you choose the best path for your freelance business. So, grab a cup of coffee, get comfortable, and let's dive into this (not so) exciting topic together!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Which business structures to consider for your business

The advantages of running an LLC

How to set up your LLC

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/251</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>LLC vs Sole Proprietor: Which Is Best For Freelancers | Back To Basics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>251</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you've ever wondered whether you should operate as a sole proprietor or form an LLC, this episode is just for you! We'll dive into my own personal journey, why I avoided LLCs for so long, and ultimately, how you can make the best decision for your freelance business.
Now, I want to point out that this discussion is specifically for US-based freelancers. I wish I could cover every business entity in every country, but my knowledge is limited to what's available in the US. So, if you're based elsewhere, I apologize, and I hope you still find value in the conversation.
In this episode, we'll explore the key differences between a sole proprietor and an LLC, and how they can sometimes look and feel the same. I'll also share some recent insights I've gained to help you make a more informed decision for your business.
I truly believe that this episode will provide you with a better understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of both sole proprietorships and LLCs, ultimately helping you choose the best path for your freelance business. So, grab a cup of coffee, get comfortable, and let's dive into this (not so) exciting topic together!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Which business structures to consider for your business

The advantages of running an LLC

How to set up your LLC

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/251</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you've ever wondered whether you should operate as a sole proprietor or form an LLC, this episode is just for you! We'll dive into my own personal journey, why I avoided LLCs for so long, and ultimately, how you can make the best decision for your freelance business.</p><p>Now, I want to point out that this discussion is specifically for US-based freelancers. I wish I could cover every business entity in every country, but my knowledge is limited to what's available in the US. So, if you're based elsewhere, I apologize, and I hope you still find value in the conversation.</p><p>In this episode, we'll explore the key differences between a sole proprietor and an LLC, and how they can sometimes look and feel the same. I'll also share some recent insights I've gained to help you make a more informed decision for your business.</p><p>I truly believe that this episode will provide you with a better understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of both sole proprietorships and LLCs, ultimately helping you choose the best path for your freelance business. So, grab a cup of coffee, get comfortable, and let's dive into this (not so) exciting topic together!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Which business structures to consider for your business</li>
<li>The advantages of running an LLC</li>
<li>How to set up your LLC</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/251">https://6figurecreative.com/251</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>648</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8b9bae52-e9b3-11ed-b29b-63a580c50a06]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6497950585.mp3?updated=1683119587" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#250: Back To Basics: Avoiding The Common Mistakes of Self-Taught Freelancing</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/250</link>
      <description>I wanted to share something with you that's been on my mind lately... as a self-taught entrepreneur, I skipped SO many of the basics when it comes to running a healthy business.
This dawned on me when I found myself looking up answers to things most people should know when they first start their businesses.
This made me realize that the vast majority of freelancers probably have similar blind spots in their own businesses, so I've decided to do something to celebrate our 250th episode...
We're taking a step back from our normal "advanced" topics to revisit the fundamental basics of freelancing, and I'm inviting you to join me on this journey. No matter your experience level or income, we all have something to learn and improve.
In this episode (and the upcoming series), I'll be sharing my own experiences as a self-taught freelancer who's made multiple millions but still needs to figure out some of the basic things I've skipped.
My goal is for us, the 6 Figure Creative Community, to come together and create healthier, happier businesses. And I believe that starts by focusing on the fundamentals.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/250</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Back To Basics: Avoiding The Common Mistakes of Self-Taught Freelancing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>250</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I wanted to share something with you that's been on my mind lately... as a self-taught entrepreneur, I skipped SO many of the basics when it comes to running a healthy business.
This dawned on me when I found myself looking up answers to things most people should know when they first start their businesses.
This made me realize that the vast majority of freelancers probably have similar blind spots in their own businesses, so I've decided to do something to celebrate our 250th episode...
We're taking a step back from our normal "advanced" topics to revisit the fundamental basics of freelancing, and I'm inviting you to join me on this journey. No matter your experience level or income, we all have something to learn and improve.
In this episode (and the upcoming series), I'll be sharing my own experiences as a self-taught freelancer who's made multiple millions but still needs to figure out some of the basic things I've skipped.
My goal is for us, the 6 Figure Creative Community, to come together and create healthier, happier businesses. And I believe that starts by focusing on the fundamentals.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/250</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I wanted to share something with you that's been on my mind lately... as a self-taught entrepreneur, I skipped SO many of the basics when it comes to running a healthy business.</p><p>This dawned on me when I found myself looking up answers to things most people should know when they <em>first</em> start their businesses.</p><p>This made me realize that the vast majority of freelancers probably have similar blind spots in their own businesses, so I've decided to do something to celebrate our 250th episode...</p><p>We're taking a step back from our normal "advanced" topics to revisit the fundamental basics of freelancing, and I'm inviting you to join me on this journey. No matter your experience level or income, we all have something to learn and improve.</p><p>In this episode (and the upcoming series), <strong>I'll be sharing my own experiences as a self-taught freelancer who's made multiple millions but still needs to figure out some of the basic things I've skipped</strong>.</p><p>My goal is for us, the 6 Figure Creative Community, to come together and create healthier, happier businesses. And I believe that starts by focusing on the fundamentals.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/250">https://6figurecreative.com/250</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>873</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f00c3a52-e84e-11ed-8e3e-0b9a249bc0eb]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3233815120.mp3?updated=1682966425" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#249: Streamlining Your Freelance Workflow: How Mike Cervantes Manages Thousands of Projects Per Year</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/249</link>
      <description>This week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast is part 2 of my in-depth discussion with Mike Cervantes.
Mike is a highly successful freelance mastering engineer who has collaborated with renowned artists such as Dolly Parton, Avril Lavigne, and Snoop Dogg. His impressive achievements include over 23 Billboard #1s and at least two gold records.
In this episode, Mike shares his secrets on how he's built out systems to manage and fulfill thousands of projects per year. He also discusses the future of his business (including Dolby Atmos &amp; AI) and what he thinks it takes to become a one-person 7 figure freelancer.
This episode is jam-packed with valuable insights and practical advice from one of the most successful creatives in the industry. Whether you're an audio engineer, a graphic designer, a videographer, or any other type of creative freelancer, you'll find something to take away from this episode.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Dealing with growing pains in your business

Why a second set of gear is only worthwhile if you're running in-the-box

Setting yourself up for a long career while having a home life

The future of mastering and AI

Atmos vs. stereo audio

Competing in a market where tens of thousands of songs are added to Spotify daily

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/249</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Streamlining Your Freelance Workflow: How Mike Cervantes Manages Thousands of Projects Per Year</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>246</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast is part 2 of my in-depth discussion with Mike Cervantes.
Mike is a highly successful freelance mastering engineer who has collaborated with renowned artists such as Dolly Parton, Avril Lavigne, and Snoop Dogg. His impressive achievements include over 23 Billboard #1s and at least two gold records.
In this episode, Mike shares his secrets on how he's built out systems to manage and fulfill thousands of projects per year. He also discusses the future of his business (including Dolby Atmos &amp; AI) and what he thinks it takes to become a one-person 7 figure freelancer.
This episode is jam-packed with valuable insights and practical advice from one of the most successful creatives in the industry. Whether you're an audio engineer, a graphic designer, a videographer, or any other type of creative freelancer, you'll find something to take away from this episode.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Dealing with growing pains in your business

Why a second set of gear is only worthwhile if you're running in-the-box

Setting yourself up for a long career while having a home life

The future of mastering and AI

Atmos vs. stereo audio

Competing in a market where tens of thousands of songs are added to Spotify daily

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/249</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast is part 2 of my in-depth discussion with Mike Cervantes.</p><p>Mike is a highly successful freelance mastering engineer who has collaborated with renowned artists such as Dolly Parton, Avril Lavigne, and Snoop Dogg. His impressive achievements include over 23 Billboard #1s and at least two gold records.</p><p>In this episode, Mike shares his secrets on how he's built out systems to manage and fulfill <strong>thousands</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>projects per year</strong>. He also discusses the future of his business (including Dolby Atmos &amp; AI) and what he thinks it takes to become a one-person 7 figure freelancer.</p><p>This episode is jam-packed with valuable insights and practical advice from one of the most successful creatives in the industry. Whether you're an audio engineer, a graphic designer, a videographer, or any other type of creative freelancer, you'll find something to take away from this episode.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Dealing with growing pains in your business</li>
<li>Why a second set of gear is only worthwhile if you're running in-the-box</li>
<li>Setting yourself up for a long career while having a home life</li>
<li>The future of mastering and AI</li>
<li>Atmos vs. stereo audio</li>
<li>Competing in a market where tens of thousands of songs are added to Spotify daily</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/249">https://6figurecreative.com/249</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1989</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[359f432a-e057-11ed-9fcc-abb01745df9b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1300192810.mp3?updated=1682093608" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#248: Client Acquisition For Mastering Engineers: How To Win, Maintain, And Organize Thousands Of Clients | With Mike Cervantes Of The Foxboro</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/248</link>
      <description>Ever felt like you're a tiny fish who's struggling to stand out in a vast ocean? Like you're drowning in the "sea of sameness" in an overcompetitive industry? If that's you, here's the good news: There's hope...
You can still succeed... even when you're starting out as a "copycat" in a highly competitive market. This week's episode is a must-listen for anyone looking to make a name for themselves in the audio industry (or any competitive industry, for that matter)
Meet Mike, a multi-six-figure freelance mastering engineer who's swum with the big fish, working with A-list clients like Dolly Parton, Avril Lavigne, and Snoop Dogg. With over 23 Billboard #1s and at least two gold records under his belt, Mike's here to help you navigate the choppy waters of freelancing success.
In this must-listen episode, Mike shares his insights on:

How he got traction early in his career despite the competition

The importance of choosing a business name vs. going under his personal name

His evolving approach to client acquisition from his early days until now

The art of juggling thousands of projects per year without losing sight of quality and passion

Whether you're an audio professional, or just someone interested in the behind-the-scenes of the music industry, this conversation with Mike Cervantes is packed with valuable insights and actionable advice.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/248</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Client Acquisition For Mastering Engineers: How To Win, Maintain, And Organize Thousands Of Clients | With Mike Cervantes Of The Foxboro</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>248</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever felt like you're a tiny fish who's struggling to stand out in a vast ocean? Like you're drowning in the "sea of sameness" in an overcompetitive industry? If that's you, here's the good news: There's hope...
You can still succeed... even when you're starting out as a "copycat" in a highly competitive market. This week's episode is a must-listen for anyone looking to make a name for themselves in the audio industry (or any competitive industry, for that matter)
Meet Mike, a multi-six-figure freelance mastering engineer who's swum with the big fish, working with A-list clients like Dolly Parton, Avril Lavigne, and Snoop Dogg. With over 23 Billboard #1s and at least two gold records under his belt, Mike's here to help you navigate the choppy waters of freelancing success.
In this must-listen episode, Mike shares his insights on:

How he got traction early in his career despite the competition

The importance of choosing a business name vs. going under his personal name

His evolving approach to client acquisition from his early days until now

The art of juggling thousands of projects per year without losing sight of quality and passion

Whether you're an audio professional, or just someone interested in the behind-the-scenes of the music industry, this conversation with Mike Cervantes is packed with valuable insights and actionable advice.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/248</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like you're a tiny fish who's struggling to stand out in a vast ocean? Like you're drowning in the "sea of sameness" in an overcompetitive industry? If that's you, here's the good news: There's hope...</p><p>You can still succeed... even when you're starting out as a "copycat" in a highly competitive market. This week's episode is a must-listen for anyone looking to make a name for themselves in the audio industry (or any competitive industry, for that matter)</p><p>Meet Mike, a multi-six-figure freelance mastering engineer who's swum with the big fish, working with A-list clients like <strong>Dolly Parton</strong>, <strong>Avril Lavigne</strong>, and <strong>Snoop Dogg</strong>. With over 23 Billboard #1s and at least two gold records under his belt, Mike's here to help you navigate the choppy waters of freelancing success.</p><p><strong>In this must-listen episode, Mike shares his insights on:</strong></p><ul>
<li>How he got traction early in his career despite the competition</li>
<li>The importance of choosing a business name vs. going under his personal name</li>
<li>His evolving approach to client acquisition from his early days until now</li>
<li>The art of juggling thousands of projects per year without losing sight of quality and passion</li>
</ul><p>Whether you're an audio professional, or just someone interested in the behind-the-scenes of the music industry, this conversation with Mike Cervantes is packed with valuable insights and actionable advice.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/248">https://6figurecreative.com/248</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3183</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e7c4d93a-dd4f-11ed-87fe-f72be9fcc8ab]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9747604702.mp3?updated=1681757972" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#247: The 3 Building Blocks of a Fine-Tuned Freelance Business</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/247</link>
      <description>Do you ever feel like your freelance business could be so much more, but you're missing a few key ingredients? Imagine a world where your perfect clients are eager to work with you, your rates keep climbing, projects run like a well-oiled machine, and clients keep coming back for more. We've got just the right insights for you in our latest podcast episode!
In this episode, we'll explore the essential elements needed to create a thriving, successful freelance business. Just like a photographer needs a camera, lens, and the perfect lighting, your business calls for specific components to flourish and grow.
We'll dive into the three core building blocks that will help you craft a complete, well-rounded freelance business:


An exceptional "product": Sharpen your creative skills, set yourself apart from the sea of sameness, perfect your onboarding process, and streamline the fulfillment, revision, and delivery stages.


A proven business model: Uncover the pros and cons of four appetizing business models - hourly billing, project-based, retainer/subscription, and commission-based - and choose the one that best suits your niche and goals.


A process for attracting clients: Learn the art of lead generation, lead nurturing, sales, and referral processes that will keep your pipeline full and draw the clients you've always wanted.

As a passion-driven freelancer, you might find it challenging to think of your work as a "well-oiled machine." But embracing this mindset will unlock more income, fewer headaches, and consistent growth for your creative business.
Don't miss the chance to tap into your full creative potential and turn your creative skills into a thriving, fulfilling business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How your business is like a car

The three machines to improve your business

Tailoring the experience of every client for the ultimate luxury

Using systems and processes for consistency

Offering a productized service vs. a bespoke service

Subscription vs. single-sale businesses

Creating your lead generation process

Staying top of mind with lead nurture

How to qualify your leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/247</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 3 Building Blocks of a Fine-Tuned Freelance Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>247</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you ever feel like your freelance business could be so much more, but you're missing a few key ingredients? Imagine a world where your perfect clients are eager to work with you, your rates keep climbing, projects run like a well-oiled machine, and clients keep coming back for more. We've got just the right insights for you in our latest podcast episode!
In this episode, we'll explore the essential elements needed to create a thriving, successful freelance business. Just like a photographer needs a camera, lens, and the perfect lighting, your business calls for specific components to flourish and grow.
We'll dive into the three core building blocks that will help you craft a complete, well-rounded freelance business:


An exceptional "product": Sharpen your creative skills, set yourself apart from the sea of sameness, perfect your onboarding process, and streamline the fulfillment, revision, and delivery stages.


A proven business model: Uncover the pros and cons of four appetizing business models - hourly billing, project-based, retainer/subscription, and commission-based - and choose the one that best suits your niche and goals.


A process for attracting clients: Learn the art of lead generation, lead nurturing, sales, and referral processes that will keep your pipeline full and draw the clients you've always wanted.

As a passion-driven freelancer, you might find it challenging to think of your work as a "well-oiled machine." But embracing this mindset will unlock more income, fewer headaches, and consistent growth for your creative business.
Don't miss the chance to tap into your full creative potential and turn your creative skills into a thriving, fulfilling business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How your business is like a car

The three machines to improve your business

Tailoring the experience of every client for the ultimate luxury

Using systems and processes for consistency

Offering a productized service vs. a bespoke service

Subscription vs. single-sale businesses

Creating your lead generation process

Staying top of mind with lead nurture

How to qualify your leads

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/247</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you ever feel like your freelance business could be so much more, but you're missing a few key ingredients? Imagine a world where your perfect clients are eager to work with you, your rates keep climbing, projects run like a well-oiled machine, and clients keep coming back for more. We've got just the right insights for you in our latest podcast episode!</p><p>In this episode, we'll explore the essential elements needed to create a thriving, successful freelance business. Just like a photographer needs a camera, lens, and the perfect lighting, your business calls for specific components to flourish and grow.</p><p>We'll dive into the three core building blocks that will help you craft a complete, well-rounded freelance business:</p><ol>
<li>
<strong>An exceptional "product":</strong> Sharpen your creative skills, set yourself apart from the sea of sameness, perfect your onboarding process, and streamline the fulfillment, revision, and delivery stages.</li>
<li>
<strong>A proven business model: </strong>Uncover the pros and cons of four appetizing business models - hourly billing, project-based, retainer/subscription, and commission-based - and choose the one that best suits your niche and goals.</li>
<li>
<strong>A process for attracting clients</strong>: Learn the art of lead generation, lead nurturing, sales, and referral processes that will keep your pipeline full and draw the clients you've always wanted.</li>
</ol><p>As a passion-driven freelancer, you might find it challenging to think of your work as a "well-oiled machine." But embracing this mindset will unlock more income, fewer headaches, and consistent growth for your creative business.</p><p>Don't miss the chance to tap into your full creative potential and turn your creative skills into a thriving, fulfilling business.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How your business is like a car</li>
<li>The three machines to improve your business</li>
<li>Tailoring the experience of every client for the ultimate luxury</li>
<li>Using systems and processes for consistency</li>
<li>Offering a productized service vs. a bespoke service</li>
<li>Subscription vs. single-sale businesses</li>
<li>Creating your lead generation process</li>
<li>Staying top of mind with lead nurture</li>
<li>How to qualify your leads</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/247">https://6figurecreative.com/247</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2290</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8bdff4e8-d556-11ed-9fd5-4fdc43383b59]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4114698508.mp3?updated=1680881147" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#246: A Freelancer's Guide to Working Smarter, Not Harder | Cracking the 80/20 Code</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/246</link>
      <description>Ever stumbled upon someone who's basically a human ATM, overflowing with cash, and still living the dream without a care in the world? No? Well, neither have I, but let's talk about them for a sec.
These super successful, carefree people seem almost mythical, don't they?
It feels like people are either working 24/7, kissing their social lives goodbye, or they're partying non-stop, leaving their businesses to collect cobwebs.
And then there's the majority whose lives are just a hot mess in general. But what about those exceptional folks who've got everything under control? Well, they follow this little thing called The 80/20 Rule.
You've probably heard of The 80/20 Rule before, but maybe you haven't given it much thought (like those New Year's resolutions or that gym membership card you never used).
If you're wondering what The 80/20 Rule is or you just need a reminder on how to use this magical life hack, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What is the 80/20 principle, anyway?

How the 80/20 principle affects your business

Maximizing your profits by reducing your workload

Enriching your personal life using the 80/20 principle

How to review your business through the 80/20 lens

What not to do when you have a “f*¢k it” moment

Dealing with shiny object syndrome using the 80/20 principle

Prioritizing the pillars of your life

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/246</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>A Freelancer's Guide to Working Smarter, Not Harder | Cracking the 80/20 Code</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>246</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever stumbled upon someone who's basically a human ATM, overflowing with cash, and still living the dream without a care in the world? No? Well, neither have I, but let's talk about them for a sec.
These super successful, carefree people seem almost mythical, don't they?
It feels like people are either working 24/7, kissing their social lives goodbye, or they're partying non-stop, leaving their businesses to collect cobwebs.
And then there's the majority whose lives are just a hot mess in general. But what about those exceptional folks who've got everything under control? Well, they follow this little thing called The 80/20 Rule.
You've probably heard of The 80/20 Rule before, but maybe you haven't given it much thought (like those New Year's resolutions or that gym membership card you never used).
If you're wondering what The 80/20 Rule is or you just need a reminder on how to use this magical life hack, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What is the 80/20 principle, anyway?

How the 80/20 principle affects your business

Maximizing your profits by reducing your workload

Enriching your personal life using the 80/20 principle

How to review your business through the 80/20 lens

What not to do when you have a “f*¢k it” moment

Dealing with shiny object syndrome using the 80/20 principle

Prioritizing the pillars of your life

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/246</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever stumbled upon someone who's basically a human ATM, overflowing with cash, and still living the dream without a care in the world? No? Well, neither have I, but let's talk about them for a sec.</p><p>These super successful, carefree people seem almost mythical, don't they?</p><p>It feels like people are either working 24/7, kissing their social lives goodbye, or they're partying non-stop, leaving their businesses to collect cobwebs.</p><p>And then there's the majority whose lives are just a hot mess in general. But what about those exceptional folks who've got everything under control? Well, they follow this little thing called The 80/20 Rule.</p><p>You've probably heard of The 80/20 Rule before, but maybe you haven't given it much thought (like those New Year's resolutions or that gym membership card you never used).</p><p>If you're wondering what The 80/20 Rule is or you just need a reminder on how to use this magical life hack, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What is the 80/20 principle, anyway?</li>
<li>How the 80/20 principle affects your business</li>
<li>Maximizing your profits by reducing your workload</li>
<li>Enriching your personal life using the 80/20 principle</li>
<li>How to review your business through the 80/20 lens</li>
<li>What not to do when you have a “f*¢k it” moment</li>
<li>Dealing with shiny object syndrome using the 80/20 principle</li>
<li>Prioritizing the pillars of your life</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/246">https://6figurecreative.com/246</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2648</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dc990624-d24d-11ed-8a76-d7b08ee2af15]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1242796178.mp3?updated=1680547387" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#245: Unleash Your Freelance Superpowers: Revolutionize Your Creative Business with the TOTS Playbook Method</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/245</link>
      <description>Are you ready to make your freelance life more efficient, enjoyable, and, let's face it, less chaotic? Our latest podcast episode is the perfect companion for your creative journey!
Discover the secrets to organizing your freelance business for more consistency and room to grow. Say goodbye to flying by the seat of your pants and welcome the magic of creating your very own "recipes" using the TOTS Playbook Method.
In this episode, we explore:

Starting small: Pinpoint the tasks that zap your energy and learn to map out your client journey from start to finish.

Crafting your recipe: Master the TOTS Playbook Method (Training Video, Outline, Timing, and Specifics) and capture your creative process with our favorite tools.

Fine-tuning your masterpiece: Gather feedback, make tweaks, and keep polishing your process for outstanding results.

Growing your creative world: Embrace the benefits of systems and processes to take on more projects without losing your sanity.

Don't miss this opportunity to level up your freelance adventure and tap into your full creative potential. Experience the difference that a little organization can make for your creative work and well-being.
🎧 Are you ready to unleash your creative superpowers? Click here to listen now!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why creatives are prone to inconsistent results

Creating playbooks to give your clients great final products every time

What's top of mind for you to outsource?

Breaking down TOTS

The creative mindset vs the entrepreneurial mindset

Creating replicable results for your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/245</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Unleash Your Freelance Superpowers: Revolutionize Your Creative Business with the TOTS Playbook Method</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>245</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are you ready to make your freelance life more efficient, enjoyable, and, let's face it, less chaotic? Our latest podcast episode is the perfect companion for your creative journey!
Discover the secrets to organizing your freelance business for more consistency and room to grow. Say goodbye to flying by the seat of your pants and welcome the magic of creating your very own "recipes" using the TOTS Playbook Method.
In this episode, we explore:

Starting small: Pinpoint the tasks that zap your energy and learn to map out your client journey from start to finish.

Crafting your recipe: Master the TOTS Playbook Method (Training Video, Outline, Timing, and Specifics) and capture your creative process with our favorite tools.

Fine-tuning your masterpiece: Gather feedback, make tweaks, and keep polishing your process for outstanding results.

Growing your creative world: Embrace the benefits of systems and processes to take on more projects without losing your sanity.

Don't miss this opportunity to level up your freelance adventure and tap into your full creative potential. Experience the difference that a little organization can make for your creative work and well-being.
🎧 Are you ready to unleash your creative superpowers? Click here to listen now!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why creatives are prone to inconsistent results

Creating playbooks to give your clients great final products every time

What's top of mind for you to outsource?

Breaking down TOTS

The creative mindset vs the entrepreneurial mindset

Creating replicable results for your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/245</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you ready to make your freelance life more efficient, enjoyable, and, let's face it, less chaotic? Our latest podcast episode is the perfect companion for your creative journey!</p><p>Discover the secrets to organizing your freelance business for more consistency and room to grow. Say goodbye to flying by the seat of your pants and welcome the magic of creating your very own "recipes" using the TOTS Playbook Method.</p><p>In this episode, we explore:</p><ul>
<li>Starting small: Pinpoint the tasks that zap your energy and learn to map out your client journey from start to finish.</li>
<li>Crafting your recipe: Master the TOTS Playbook Method (Training Video, Outline, Timing, and Specifics) and capture your creative process with our favorite tools.</li>
<li>Fine-tuning your masterpiece: Gather feedback, make tweaks, and keep polishing your process for outstanding results.</li>
<li>Growing your creative world: Embrace the benefits of systems and processes to take on more projects without losing your sanity.</li>
</ul><p>Don't miss this opportunity to level up your freelance adventure and tap into your full creative potential. Experience the difference that a little organization can make for your creative work and well-being.</p><p>🎧 Are you ready to unleash your creative superpowers? Click here to listen now!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why creatives are prone to inconsistent results</li>
<li>Creating playbooks to give your clients great final products every time</li>
<li>What's top of mind for you to outsource?</li>
<li>Breaking down TOTS</li>
<li>The creative mindset vs the entrepreneurial mindset</li>
<li>Creating replicable results for your clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/245">https://6figurecreative.com/245</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1686</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c7ece0e0-ca57-11ed-b53b-f3f0e8f74472]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8588777192.mp3?updated=1679672065" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#244: Unlock Your Potential: How Defying Conventional Wisdom Leads to Unprecedented Success | With Paco de Leon</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/244</link>
      <description>What if breaking the rules and embracing your uniqueness could revolutionize an entire industry? 🤯
Meet Paco de Leon, a trailblazer who defied conventional wisdom and turned the world of finance on its head by being unapologetically herself.
As the author of Finance for the People and founder of The Hell Yeah Group, Paco has leveraged her personal brand to create an irresistible appeal that sets her miles apart from the competition.
Her unconventional approach has landed her features on TED, New York Times, Forbes, Business Insider, NPR, Vice, Bloomberg, Good Morning America, and countless others.
How did Paco achieve such success in an industry as notoriously bland as finance? She wholeheartedly embraced her uniqueness and used the 80/20 principle to make everything she touches turn to gold.
Feeling like you're putting in endless hours of work but not gaining any traction? Let Paco de Leon be your guide! Join our conversation to make this year a resounding "Hell Yeah!" year 🚀
In this episode, you'll uncover:

How Paco's unique approach distinguishes her from "regular" bookkeepers 📚

The secret to maintaining a low client number while maximizing revenue 💰

How to repel the wrong clients through strategic branding 🚫

Running a thriving business without constant self-promotion 🌱

The art of practicing energy efficiency in your brain 🧠

Utilizing processes and procedures to scale your company 📈

Learning business skills from playing in a band 🎸

Overcoming fears and obstacles in your entrepreneurial journey 👊

Crafting a career-focused marketing plan for long-term success 🎯

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/244</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Unlock Your Potential: How Defying Conventional Wisdom Leads to Unprecedented Success | With Paco de Leon</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>238</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What if breaking the rules and embracing your uniqueness could revolutionize an entire industry? 🤯
Meet Paco de Leon, a trailblazer who defied conventional wisdom and turned the world of finance on its head by being unapologetically herself.
As the author of Finance for the People and founder of The Hell Yeah Group, Paco has leveraged her personal brand to create an irresistible appeal that sets her miles apart from the competition.
Her unconventional approach has landed her features on TED, New York Times, Forbes, Business Insider, NPR, Vice, Bloomberg, Good Morning America, and countless others.
How did Paco achieve such success in an industry as notoriously bland as finance? She wholeheartedly embraced her uniqueness and used the 80/20 principle to make everything she touches turn to gold.
Feeling like you're putting in endless hours of work but not gaining any traction? Let Paco de Leon be your guide! Join our conversation to make this year a resounding "Hell Yeah!" year 🚀
In this episode, you'll uncover:

How Paco's unique approach distinguishes her from "regular" bookkeepers 📚

The secret to maintaining a low client number while maximizing revenue 💰

How to repel the wrong clients through strategic branding 🚫

Running a thriving business without constant self-promotion 🌱

The art of practicing energy efficiency in your brain 🧠

Utilizing processes and procedures to scale your company 📈

Learning business skills from playing in a band 🎸

Overcoming fears and obstacles in your entrepreneurial journey 👊

Crafting a career-focused marketing plan for long-term success 🎯

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/244</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if breaking the rules and embracing your uniqueness could revolutionize an entire industry? 🤯</p><p>Meet Paco de Leon, a trailblazer who defied conventional wisdom and turned the world of finance on its head by being unapologetically herself.</p><p>As the author of Finance for the People and founder of The Hell Yeah Group, Paco has leveraged her personal brand to create an irresistible appeal that sets her miles apart from the competition.</p><p>Her unconventional approach has landed her features on TED, New York Times, Forbes, Business Insider, NPR, Vice, Bloomberg, Good Morning America, and countless others.</p><p>How did Paco achieve such success in an industry as notoriously bland as finance? She wholeheartedly embraced her uniqueness and used the 80/20 principle to make everything she touches turn to gold.</p><p>Feeling like you're putting in endless hours of work but not gaining any traction? Let Paco de Leon be your guide! Join our conversation to make this year a resounding "Hell Yeah!" year 🚀</p><p><strong>In this episode, you'll uncover:</strong></p><ul>
<li>How Paco's unique approach distinguishes her from "regular" bookkeepers 📚</li>
<li>The secret to maintaining a low client number while maximizing revenue 💰</li>
<li>How to repel the wrong clients through strategic branding 🚫</li>
<li>Running a thriving business without constant self-promotion 🌱</li>
<li>The art of practicing energy efficiency in your brain 🧠</li>
<li>Utilizing processes and procedures to scale your company 📈</li>
<li>Learning business skills from playing in a band 🎸</li>
<li>Overcoming fears and obstacles in your entrepreneurial journey 👊</li>
<li>Crafting a career-focused marketing plan for long-term success 🎯</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/244">https://6figurecreative.com/244</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2475</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[00078eee-c4cc-11ed-8094-9b804c46d2cd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7359649420.mp3?updated=1679062534" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#243: From Hourly to $10K: The Package Pricing Strategy That Will Revolutionize Your Freelance Business | With Brandi Mowles</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/243</link>
      <description>The Freelancer's Guide to Escaping the Hourly Grind and Scaling to $10k Months with Package Pricing
From Hourly to $10K: The Package Pricing Strategy That Will Revolutionize Your Freelance Business
You’ve probably heard my rants on hourly vs. project-based pricing before…
Yet you're still charging by the hour or day.
I've heard all the excuses at this point"

“Well yeah Brian, project pricing works for some people, but not me.”

“What if I spend too much time and I lose money?”

“What if my client wants all this extra random stuff done after we start the project?”

“I do WAY too many things to bundle them into one project price!”


Well, Brandi Mowles, from the Serve Scale Soar Podcast, is here to show you that you can simplify your packages, without a bunch of added work... and the best part is that you can do it more profitably than hourly projects.
Brandi debunks the common myths, mistakes, and reservations freelancers have on switching from hourly to package pricing, and helps them hit the $10k per month mark without a team.
If you’re ready to get out of the day-to-day hourly grind, and truly soar in your business, listen in on my conversation with Brandi Mowles!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make your marriage last (hint: pick the right person)

Why package pricing is advantageous if you set it up properly

Avoiding the pitfalls of package pricing

What "package hacking" does for your business

How to set your pricing for packages

Using "up to" language in your pricing

What's the most important to you?

Why package pricing should not be based on your time

Raising your prices on existing clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/243</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>From Hourly to $10K: The Package Pricing Strategy That Will Revolutionize Your Freelance Business | With Brandi Mowles</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>243</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The Freelancer's Guide to Escaping the Hourly Grind and Scaling to $10k Months with Package Pricing
From Hourly to $10K: The Package Pricing Strategy That Will Revolutionize Your Freelance Business
You’ve probably heard my rants on hourly vs. project-based pricing before…
Yet you're still charging by the hour or day.
I've heard all the excuses at this point"

“Well yeah Brian, project pricing works for some people, but not me.”

“What if I spend too much time and I lose money?”

“What if my client wants all this extra random stuff done after we start the project?”

“I do WAY too many things to bundle them into one project price!”


Well, Brandi Mowles, from the Serve Scale Soar Podcast, is here to show you that you can simplify your packages, without a bunch of added work... and the best part is that you can do it more profitably than hourly projects.
Brandi debunks the common myths, mistakes, and reservations freelancers have on switching from hourly to package pricing, and helps them hit the $10k per month mark without a team.
If you’re ready to get out of the day-to-day hourly grind, and truly soar in your business, listen in on my conversation with Brandi Mowles!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make your marriage last (hint: pick the right person)

Why package pricing is advantageous if you set it up properly

Avoiding the pitfalls of package pricing

What "package hacking" does for your business

How to set your pricing for packages

Using "up to" language in your pricing

What's the most important to you?

Why package pricing should not be based on your time

Raising your prices on existing clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/243</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Freelancer's Guide to Escaping the Hourly Grind and Scaling to $10k Months with Package Pricing</p><p>From Hourly to $10K: The Package Pricing Strategy That Will Revolutionize Your Freelance Business</p><p>You’ve probably heard my rants on hourly vs. project-based pricing before…</p><p>Yet you're still charging by the hour or day.</p><p>I've heard all the excuses at this point"</p><ul>
<li>“Well yeah Brian, project pricing works for <em>some</em> people, but not <em>me.</em>”</li>
<li>“What if I spend too much time and I lose money?”</li>
<li>“What if my client wants all this extra random stuff done <em>after</em> we start the project?”</li>
<li>“I do WAY too many things to bundle them into one project price!”</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>Well, Brandi Mowles, from the Serve Scale Soar Podcast, is here to show you that you can simplify your packages, without a bunch of added work... and the best part is that you can do it more profitably than hourly projects.</p><p>Brandi debunks the common myths, mistakes, and reservations freelancers have on switching from hourly to package pricing, and helps them <strong>hit the $10k per month mark <em>without</em> a team.</strong></p><p>If you’re ready to get out of the day-to-day hourly grind, and truly soar in your business, listen in on my conversation with Brandi Mowles!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to make your marriage last (hint: pick the right person)</li>
<li>Why package pricing is advantageous <em>if</em> you set it up properly</li>
<li>Avoiding the pitfalls of package pricing</li>
<li>What "package hacking" does for your business</li>
<li>How to set your pricing for packages</li>
<li>Using "up to" language in your pricing</li>
<li>What's the most important to you?</li>
<li>Why package pricing should <em>not</em> be based on your time</li>
<li>Raising your prices on existing clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/243">https://6figurecreative.com/243</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3015</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[91d4e642-bd0f-11ed-90f6-a7ee45ad728a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9919518634.mp3?updated=1678212358" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#242: How To Turn Your Website Into A Lead Generation Machine | With Delia Monk</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/242</link>
      <description>Writing all of the different elements for your website is one of the most painful things... especially if you're trying to create a website that turns strangers into clients.
Unless you are a copywriter, typing out a persuasive sentence feels like:
“Selling out”
“Overstating your achievements”
or
“Being another sleazy salesperson”
When these thoughts pop into our heads, it’s important to realize “persuasive” does not mean “sleazy.”
Converting the strangers on your website into paying clients is a massive step towards getting out of the feast-or-famine lifestyle, and you can do it without compromising any of your values.
Whether your website conversions are floundering, your about page is blank, or you just can’t get that client to respond with a testimonial, Delia Monk has answers for us!
As an expert in conversion-focused copy, she helps us turn all of our boring, vanilla website copy into personality-driven, radiant, and most importantly, high-converting websites.
Listen to my conversation with Delia to take the next step toward building your new 24/7 lead-generating machine!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why copywriting is incredibly important for your website's conversion rate

Common copywriting mistakes on freelance websites

Making yourself shine to stand out from your competition

Turning testimonials into copy for your website

Discovering why clients come to you

Reasons to avoid stuffy, corporate copywriting

How to resuscitate your about page

Using stories to sell your services

Staying current on copywriting trends

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/242</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 06:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Turn Your Website Into A Lead Generation Machine | With Delia Monk</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>242</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Writing all of the different elements for your website is one of the most painful things... especially if you're trying to create a website that turns strangers into clients.
Unless you are a copywriter, typing out a persuasive sentence feels like:
“Selling out”
“Overstating your achievements”
or
“Being another sleazy salesperson”
When these thoughts pop into our heads, it’s important to realize “persuasive” does not mean “sleazy.”
Converting the strangers on your website into paying clients is a massive step towards getting out of the feast-or-famine lifestyle, and you can do it without compromising any of your values.
Whether your website conversions are floundering, your about page is blank, or you just can’t get that client to respond with a testimonial, Delia Monk has answers for us!
As an expert in conversion-focused copy, she helps us turn all of our boring, vanilla website copy into personality-driven, radiant, and most importantly, high-converting websites.
Listen to my conversation with Delia to take the next step toward building your new 24/7 lead-generating machine!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why copywriting is incredibly important for your website's conversion rate

Common copywriting mistakes on freelance websites

Making yourself shine to stand out from your competition

Turning testimonials into copy for your website

Discovering why clients come to you

Reasons to avoid stuffy, corporate copywriting

How to resuscitate your about page

Using stories to sell your services

Staying current on copywriting trends

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/242</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Writing all of the different elements for your website is one of the most painful things... <em>especially</em> if you're trying to create a website that turns strangers into clients.</p><p>Unless you <strong><em>are</em></strong> a copywriter, typing out a persuasive sentence feels like:</p><p><em>“Selling out”</em></p><p><em>“Overstating your achievements”</em></p><p>or</p><p><em>“Being another sleazy salesperson”</em></p><p>When these thoughts pop into our heads, it’s important to realize <strong>“persuasive” does not <em>mean</em> “sleazy.”</strong></p><p>Converting the strangers on your website into paying clients is a <strong><em>massive</em></strong> step towards getting out of the feast-or-famine lifestyle, and you can do it without compromising <em>any</em> of <strong>your values.</strong></p><p>Whether your website conversions are floundering, your about page is blank, or you just can’t get that client to respond with a testimonial, Delia Monk has answers for us!</p><p>As an expert in conversion-focused copy, she helps us turn all of our boring, vanilla website copy into personality-driven, radiant, and most importantly, <strong><em>high</em>-<em>converting</em></strong> websites.</p><p>Listen to my conversation with Delia to take the next step toward building your new 24/7 lead-generating machine!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why copywriting is incredibly important for your website's conversion rate</li>
<li>Common copywriting mistakes on freelance websites</li>
<li>Making yourself shine to stand out from your competition</li>
<li>Turning testimonials into copy for your website</li>
<li>Discovering why clients come to you</li>
<li>Reasons to avoid stuffy, corporate copywriting</li>
<li>How to resuscitate your about page</li>
<li>Using stories to sell your services</li>
<li>Staying current on copywriting trends</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/242">https://6figurecreative.com/242</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3011</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cdbad954-bc4d-11ed-9b20-5b1417174987]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1479262809.mp3?updated=1678128604" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#241: Why Freelancers Need to Stop Believing These Paid Ad Myths ASAP</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/241</link>
      <description>You are AMAZING at what you do as a creative. You create stunning designs, produce incredible music, or breathe life into visual media like photos or videos. Paid ads aren’t for you, right?
The truth is, paid ads can work for anyone, including freelancers. 
This has been proven time and time again, in industry after industry… Paid ads are one of the quickest ways to multiply your income and bring in more clients.
The beauty of paid ads is that you have complete control over them.
It’s not like referrals, where you’re sitting around waiting for someone else to send you clients.
It’s not like cold outreach, where you feel like you’re spamming people.
It’s not like social media, where you’re relying on the algorithm gods to put your content in front of people.
By using paid ads, you can take matters into your own hands and steer your business in the direction you want.
If you’ve tried paid ads before and they “didn’t work,” don’t give up just yet. 
In this episode, I debunk 6 paid ads myths that are holding you back from using this powerful lead-generation tool.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The pros of paid ads

Why survivorship bias is bad for business

How paid ads can boost your business with real leads

Why it's your fault if a client hires someone else and has a bad experience

"Paid ads don't work for me" - nah, you just didn't try

The perks of Client Financed Acquisition

Building a long-term snowball using paid ads

Looking to other industries to learn how to use paid ads for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/241</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Freelancers Need to Stop Believing These Paid Ad Myths ASAP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>241</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You are AMAZING at what you do as a creative. You create stunning designs, produce incredible music, or breathe life into visual media like photos or videos. Paid ads aren’t for you, right?
The truth is, paid ads can work for anyone, including freelancers. 
This has been proven time and time again, in industry after industry… Paid ads are one of the quickest ways to multiply your income and bring in more clients.
The beauty of paid ads is that you have complete control over them.
It’s not like referrals, where you’re sitting around waiting for someone else to send you clients.
It’s not like cold outreach, where you feel like you’re spamming people.
It’s not like social media, where you’re relying on the algorithm gods to put your content in front of people.
By using paid ads, you can take matters into your own hands and steer your business in the direction you want.
If you’ve tried paid ads before and they “didn’t work,” don’t give up just yet. 
In this episode, I debunk 6 paid ads myths that are holding you back from using this powerful lead-generation tool.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The pros of paid ads

Why survivorship bias is bad for business

How paid ads can boost your business with real leads

Why it's your fault if a client hires someone else and has a bad experience

"Paid ads don't work for me" - nah, you just didn't try

The perks of Client Financed Acquisition

Building a long-term snowball using paid ads

Looking to other industries to learn how to use paid ads for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/241</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You are AMAZING at what you do as a creative. You create stunning designs, produce incredible music, or breathe life into visual media like photos or videos. Paid ads aren’t for you, right?</p><p>The truth is, paid ads can work for <em>anyone</em>, <strong>including</strong> freelancers. </p><p>This has been proven time and time again, in industry after industry… Paid ads are one of the quickest ways to multiply your income and bring in more clients.</p><p>The beauty of paid ads is that you have complete control over them.</p><p><strong>It’s not like referrals</strong>, where you’re sitting around waiting for <em>someone else</em> to send you clients.</p><p><strong>It’s not like cold outreach</strong>, where you feel like you’re spamming people.</p><p><strong>It’s not like social media</strong>, where you’re relying on the algorithm gods to put your content in front of people.</p><p>By using paid ads, <strong>you</strong> can take matters into your own hands and steer your business in the direction <strong>you</strong> want.</p><p>If you’ve tried paid ads before and they “didn’t work,” <strong>don’t give up just yet. </strong></p><p>In this episode, I debunk 6 paid ads myths that are holding you back from using this powerful lead-generation tool.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The pros of paid ads</li>
<li>Why survivorship bias is bad for business</li>
<li>How paid ads can boost your business with <em>real</em> leads</li>
<li>Why it's <strong>your fault</strong> if a client hires someone else and has a bad experience</li>
<li>"Paid ads don't work for me" - nah, you just didn't try</li>
<li>The perks of Client Financed Acquisition</li>
<li>Building a long-term snowball using paid ads</li>
<li>Looking to other industries to learn how to use paid ads for your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/241">https://6figurecreative.com/241</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1749</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5d3fd1ac-b2ed-11ed-8bab-9f36773493d7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3396730319.mp3?updated=1677097438" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#240: Robots to the Rescue: How AI Can Help Freelancers Land More Clients</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/240</link>
      <description>I know the internet hasn't shut up about AI over the past couple of months, and you're probably thinking “dammit Brian, not another person talking about AI." But, hear me out...
Right now, AI isn't something to be afraid of, but actually, a tool that can be used by freelancers in a bunch of ways...

Having trouble figuring out how to fire a client politely after too many red flags? AI can help you.

Are you struggling to come up with ideas for what to post on social media? Again, AI can help you.

Trying to write an effective, non-cringe "about me" section for your website? AI can help you with that, too!

Of course, you could always do this stuff on your own, but why make things harder for yourself? It’s a hell of a lot easier to let AI do all the heavy lifting and simply go back to tweak some words here and there.
Instead of jumping on the pity party bandwagon of:
 “ChatGPT is going to take our jobs!”
Or brushing it off as:
 “This is just another crypto phase…”
The truth is, AI is here to help you, not to replace you (at least, not yet🤖).
Ready to take advantage of the opportunity that AI tools like ChatGPT can offer your business? Join me as I walk you through 9 ways to make ChatGPT and other AI tools work FOR you as a freelancer, not against you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why AI isn't the end of the world for most freelancers

How to use ChatGPT to respond to emails

Using AI to help choose your business name

Coaching AI to give the output you want

The power of AI in SEO

Creating social media content using AI

Crafting excellent ad copy by using Chat GPT

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/240</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Robots to the Rescue: How AI Can Help Freelancers Land More Clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>240</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I know the internet hasn't shut up about AI over the past couple of months, and you're probably thinking “dammit Brian, not another person talking about AI." But, hear me out...
Right now, AI isn't something to be afraid of, but actually, a tool that can be used by freelancers in a bunch of ways...

Having trouble figuring out how to fire a client politely after too many red flags? AI can help you.

Are you struggling to come up with ideas for what to post on social media? Again, AI can help you.

Trying to write an effective, non-cringe "about me" section for your website? AI can help you with that, too!

Of course, you could always do this stuff on your own, but why make things harder for yourself? It’s a hell of a lot easier to let AI do all the heavy lifting and simply go back to tweak some words here and there.
Instead of jumping on the pity party bandwagon of:
 “ChatGPT is going to take our jobs!”
Or brushing it off as:
 “This is just another crypto phase…”
The truth is, AI is here to help you, not to replace you (at least, not yet🤖).
Ready to take advantage of the opportunity that AI tools like ChatGPT can offer your business? Join me as I walk you through 9 ways to make ChatGPT and other AI tools work FOR you as a freelancer, not against you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why AI isn't the end of the world for most freelancers

How to use ChatGPT to respond to emails

Using AI to help choose your business name

Coaching AI to give the output you want

The power of AI in SEO

Creating social media content using AI

Crafting excellent ad copy by using Chat GPT

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/240</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I know the internet hasn't shut up about AI over the past couple of months, and you're probably thinking “dammit Brian, not another person talking about AI." But, hear me out...</p><p>Right now, AI isn't something to be afraid of, but actually, a tool that can be<strong> used by freelancers</strong> in a bunch of ways...</p><ul>
<li>Having trouble figuring out how to fire a client <em>politely</em> after too many red flags? AI can help you.</li>
<li>Are you struggling to come up with ideas for what to post on social media? Again, AI can help you.</li>
<li>Trying to write an effective, non-cringe "about me" section for your website? AI can help you with that, too!</li>
</ul><p>Of course, you could always do this stuff on your own, but why make things harder for yourself? It’s a hell of a lot easier to let AI do all the heavy lifting and simply go back to tweak some words here and there.</p><p>Instead of jumping on the pity party bandwagon of:</p><p><strong><em> “ChatGPT is going to take our jobs!”</em></strong></p><p>Or brushing it off as:</p><p><strong><em> “This is just another crypto phase…”</em></strong></p><p>The truth is, AI is here to help you, not to replace you (at least, not yet🤖).</p><p>Ready to take advantage of the opportunity that AI tools like ChatGPT can offer your business? Join me as I walk you through 9 ways to make ChatGPT and other AI tools work FOR you as a freelancer, not against you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why AI isn't the end of the world for most freelancers</li>
<li>How to use ChatGPT to respond to emails</li>
<li>Using AI to help choose your business name</li>
<li>Coaching AI to give the output you want</li>
<li>The power of AI in SEO</li>
<li>Creating social media content using AI</li>
<li>Crafting excellent ad copy by using Chat GPT</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/240">https://6figurecreative.com/240</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2578</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[93add5e4-adfd-11ed-b4e2-c3ba2a234683]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2068036090.mp3?updated=1676555175" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#239: She Used Puppet Shows And Sea Shanties To Grow Her Agency To $500,000 Per MONTH | With Becca Kingsbury</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/239</link>
      <description>If I were to ask you to think of the most bizarre marketing ideas you could think of to get clients, what would you say?
I'd almost guarantee it doesn't include any of these:

Fax machine marketing…

Writing sea shanties…

Performing puppet shows in client meetings…

Cold outreach with homing pigeons???

These ideas are ridiculous, right?
Well, the creative marketing agency Dingus &amp; Zazzy doesn’t think so. Their mantra is "no idea is a bad idea until we try it". 
And you might say:
“There is no way these methods would work, they’re way too far out there!”
And to that, I'd say JUST LOOK AT THE NUMBERS…
Dingus &amp; Zazzy are bringing in over $500,000 per month in recurring revenue.
Yes, you read that right… per MONTH.
And this isn’t just a good month. This is automatic, recurring revenue every single month!
Whether you have aspirations of earning $500,000 per month, per year, or even $50,000 per year, this conversation has applications for your creative business at any level.
Listen in on my eye-opening conversation with Becca Kingsbury, co-founder and COO at Dingus &amp; Zazzy, about her mastery of the recurring unlimited business model, hiring over 150 creative employees, and scaling to nearly 8 figures per year by using… interesting marketing methods.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The reasons for Dingus &amp; Zazzy's zany name

Offering unlimited work to your clients as a form of differentiation

Finding your pricing by shooting in the dark

Hiring the right people to support your company culture

Encouraging your staff to solve problems proactively

Using whacky ideas to make people remember your

When it's time to fire the customer

Calling your clients proactively to keep them active

Focusing on your newest clients for smooth onboarding

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/239</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>She Used Puppet Shows And Sea Shanties To Grow Her Agency To $500,000 Per MONTH | With Becca Kingsbury</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>211</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If I were to ask you to think of the most bizarre marketing ideas you could think of to get clients, what would you say?
I'd almost guarantee it doesn't include any of these:

Fax machine marketing…

Writing sea shanties…

Performing puppet shows in client meetings…

Cold outreach with homing pigeons???

These ideas are ridiculous, right?
Well, the creative marketing agency Dingus &amp; Zazzy doesn’t think so. Their mantra is "no idea is a bad idea until we try it". 
And you might say:
“There is no way these methods would work, they’re way too far out there!”
And to that, I'd say JUST LOOK AT THE NUMBERS…
Dingus &amp; Zazzy are bringing in over $500,000 per month in recurring revenue.
Yes, you read that right… per MONTH.
And this isn’t just a good month. This is automatic, recurring revenue every single month!
Whether you have aspirations of earning $500,000 per month, per year, or even $50,000 per year, this conversation has applications for your creative business at any level.
Listen in on my eye-opening conversation with Becca Kingsbury, co-founder and COO at Dingus &amp; Zazzy, about her mastery of the recurring unlimited business model, hiring over 150 creative employees, and scaling to nearly 8 figures per year by using… interesting marketing methods.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The reasons for Dingus &amp; Zazzy's zany name

Offering unlimited work to your clients as a form of differentiation

Finding your pricing by shooting in the dark

Hiring the right people to support your company culture

Encouraging your staff to solve problems proactively

Using whacky ideas to make people remember your

When it's time to fire the customer

Calling your clients proactively to keep them active

Focusing on your newest clients for smooth onboarding

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/239</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If I were to ask you to think of the most <strong><em>bizarre</em></strong> marketing ideas you could think of to get clients, what would you say?</p><p>I'd almost guarantee it doesn't include any of these:</p><ul>
<li>Fax machine marketing…</li>
<li>Writing sea shanties…</li>
<li>Performing puppet shows in client meetings…</li>
<li>Cold outreach with homing pigeons???</li>
</ul><p>These ideas are ridiculous, right?</p><p>Well, the creative marketing agency Dingus &amp; Zazzy doesn’t think so. Their mantra is <strong><em>"no idea is a bad idea until we try it". </em></strong></p><p>And you might say:</p><p>“There is no way these methods would work, they’re way too far out there!”</p><p>And to that, I'd say JUST LOOK AT THE NUMBERS…</p><p>Dingus &amp; Zazzy are bringing in over $500,000 per month in recurring revenue.</p><p>Yes, you read that right… <strong>per MONTH.</strong></p><p>And this isn’t just a <em>good</em> month. This is automatic, recurring revenue every single month!</p><p>Whether you have aspirations of earning $500,000 per month, per year, or even $50,000 per year, this conversation has applications for your creative business at any level.</p><p>Listen in on my eye-opening conversation with Becca Kingsbury, co-founder and COO at Dingus &amp; Zazzy, about her mastery of the recurring unlimited business model, hiring over 150 creative employees, and scaling to nearly 8 figures per year by using… <em>interesting</em> marketing methods.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The reasons for Dingus &amp; Zazzy's zany name</li>
<li>Offering unlimited work to your clients as a form of differentiation</li>
<li>Finding your pricing by shooting in the dark</li>
<li>Hiring the right people to support your company culture</li>
<li>Encouraging your staff to solve problems proactively</li>
<li>Using whacky ideas to make people remember your</li>
<li>When it's time to fire the customer</li>
<li>Calling your clients <em>proactively</em> to keep them active</li>
<li>Focusing on your newest clients for smooth onboarding</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/239">https://6figurecreative.com/239</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2908</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9d97f562-a7ea-11ed-8c47-9b65a0093c2e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2359996350.mp3?updated=1675886872" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#238: How One Cold Email Resulted In $60,000 Of Referral Work | With Joana Galvão</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/238</link>
      <description>I see a lot of creatives comparing themselves to their successful peers, saying things like:

“Oh they have more experience than me, that’s why they can charge higher prices…”

“They have a bigger network than me, that’s why they have more clients!”

"They niched down, but I don't want to do that because it's not fun". 

While having experience, a network, and a niche are helpful to becoming a successful creative, I want to show you an example of how those things are NOT all required when you're early in your career.
Meet Joana Galvão.
Joana is the owner of the incredibly successful GiF Design Studios. When she launched her freelance design career straight out of college, her calendar was booked solid for 6 months...
Without years and years of experience…
Without a long list of contacts and relationships built up over time…
Without niching down...
Now that we have those excuses you had out of the way, listen in on my conversation with Joana to break down the concepts of lead generation, referrals, and how to thrive as a creative!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Joana launched her brand new freelance career with a calendar full of paid projects

How she earned $2k in ten days to pay for an unexpected expense

The problems with accepting any request a potential client has

How to stand out (and get clients) as a generalist in a "red ocean"

How she's turned "word of mouth" into a strategy

Asking easy questions to get a response

The $60k cold email

Forming strategic relationships to grow your network

Handling cash flow problems in your business

Asking for referrals the right way

Ways to keep yourself accountable as a business owner

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/238</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How One Cold Email Resulted In $60,000 Of Referral Work | With Joana Galvão</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>238</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I see a lot of creatives comparing themselves to their successful peers, saying things like:

“Oh they have more experience than me, that’s why they can charge higher prices…”

“They have a bigger network than me, that’s why they have more clients!”

"They niched down, but I don't want to do that because it's not fun". 

While having experience, a network, and a niche are helpful to becoming a successful creative, I want to show you an example of how those things are NOT all required when you're early in your career.
Meet Joana Galvão.
Joana is the owner of the incredibly successful GiF Design Studios. When she launched her freelance design career straight out of college, her calendar was booked solid for 6 months...
Without years and years of experience…
Without a long list of contacts and relationships built up over time…
Without niching down...
Now that we have those excuses you had out of the way, listen in on my conversation with Joana to break down the concepts of lead generation, referrals, and how to thrive as a creative!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Joana launched her brand new freelance career with a calendar full of paid projects

How she earned $2k in ten days to pay for an unexpected expense

The problems with accepting any request a potential client has

How to stand out (and get clients) as a generalist in a "red ocean"

How she's turned "word of mouth" into a strategy

Asking easy questions to get a response

The $60k cold email

Forming strategic relationships to grow your network

Handling cash flow problems in your business

Asking for referrals the right way

Ways to keep yourself accountable as a business owner

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/238</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I see a lot of creatives comparing themselves to their successful peers, saying things like:</p><ul>
<li>“Oh they have more experience than me, <em>that’s</em> why they can charge higher prices…”</li>
<li>“They have a bigger network than me, <em>that’s</em> why they have more clients!”</li>
<li><em>"They niched down, but I don't want to do that because it's not fun". </em></li>
</ul><p>While having experience, a network, and a niche<em> are</em> helpful to becoming a successful creative, I want to show you an example of how those things are NOT all required when you're early in your career.</p><p>Meet Joana Galvão.</p><p>Joana is the owner of the incredibly successful GiF Design Studios. When she launched her freelance design career straight out of college, her calendar was booked <em>solid</em> for 6 months...</p><p><strong><em>Without</em></strong> years and years of experience…</p><p><strong><em>Without</em></strong> a long list of contacts and relationships built up over time…</p><p><strong><em>Without</em></strong><em> </em>niching down...</p><p>Now that we have those excuses you had out of the way, listen in on my conversation with Joana to break down the concepts of lead generation, referrals, and how to thrive as a creative!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Joana launched her brand new freelance career with a calendar full of paid projects</li>
<li>How she earned $2k in ten days to pay for an unexpected expense</li>
<li>The problems with accepting <strong><em>any</em></strong> request a potential client has</li>
<li>How to stand out (and get clients) as a generalist in a "red ocean"</li>
<li>How she's turned "word of mouth" into a strategy</li>
<li>Asking easy questions to get a response</li>
<li>The $60k cold email</li>
<li>Forming strategic relationships to grow your network</li>
<li>Handling cash flow problems in your business</li>
<li>Asking for referrals the right way</li>
<li>Ways to keep yourself accountable as a business owner</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/238">https://6figurecreative.com/238</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2751</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[79795624-a279-11ed-895b-abed1b85b773]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2429993109.mp3?updated=1675288716" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#237: The Creative Who Cracked The SEO Cheatcode (And Gets 1 Million Website Visitors Per Month) | With Jacob Cass</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/237</link>
      <description>I know, I know, as soon as you hear “SEO,” you throw your headphones across the room and continue on with whatever fluffy, fun creative task you’ve been working on the past eleven hours.
While the technical jargon of SEO, marketing, and web traffic sounds boring as all hell, I’m here to suggest that you give it a chance.
The reason you should take a second glance:
Infinite…
Money…
OK, that's an over-exaggeration.
But just think about how many problems would be solved for you if you had 1,000,000 people coming to your website Every. Single. Month.
You'd never need to worry about making ends meet again. No more fumbling around on social media. No more endless barrage of cold email pitches.
If you are diligent about the SEO practices in this episode, you can develop completely organic traffic to your website (that means NO paid ads) and even monetize the visitors that show up through affiliate marketing.
Having worked with Disney, Omega, Nintendo, and many more big brands, Jacob Cass is THE guy to listen to when it comes to the secret sauce behind SEO.
If you haven’t quite hit that 1 MILLION site views per month milestone (like Jacob has), give this episode a listen!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Jacob became a digital nomad before it was cool

Growing your business with focus and intent

Using affiliate marketing to boost your income

Scaling your business with SEO

Researching keywords for SEO ranking

The tools you can use for SEO ranking

Understanding domain ratings

Determining your entrepreneurial personality

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/237</description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Jan 2023 13:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Creative Who Cracked The SEO Cheatcode (And Gets 1 Million Website Visitors Per Month) | With Jacob Cass</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>237</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I know, I know, as soon as you hear “SEO,” you throw your headphones across the room and continue on with whatever fluffy, fun creative task you’ve been working on the past eleven hours.
While the technical jargon of SEO, marketing, and web traffic sounds boring as all hell, I’m here to suggest that you give it a chance.
The reason you should take a second glance:
Infinite…
Money…
OK, that's an over-exaggeration.
But just think about how many problems would be solved for you if you had 1,000,000 people coming to your website Every. Single. Month.
You'd never need to worry about making ends meet again. No more fumbling around on social media. No more endless barrage of cold email pitches.
If you are diligent about the SEO practices in this episode, you can develop completely organic traffic to your website (that means NO paid ads) and even monetize the visitors that show up through affiliate marketing.
Having worked with Disney, Omega, Nintendo, and many more big brands, Jacob Cass is THE guy to listen to when it comes to the secret sauce behind SEO.
If you haven’t quite hit that 1 MILLION site views per month milestone (like Jacob has), give this episode a listen!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Jacob became a digital nomad before it was cool

Growing your business with focus and intent

Using affiliate marketing to boost your income

Scaling your business with SEO

Researching keywords for SEO ranking

The tools you can use for SEO ranking

Understanding domain ratings

Determining your entrepreneurial personality

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/237</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I know, I know, as soon as you hear “SEO,” you throw your headphones across the room and continue on with whatever fluffy, fun creative task you’ve been working on the past eleven hours.</p><p>While the technical jargon of SEO, marketing, and web traffic sounds boring as all hell, I’m here to suggest that you give it a chance.</p><p>The reason you should take a second glance:</p><p><strong>Infinite…</strong></p><p><strong>Money…</strong></p><p>OK, that's an over-exaggeration.</p><p><strong>But just think about how many problems would be solved for you if you had 1,000,000 people coming to your website <u>Every. Single. Month.</u></strong></p><p>You'd never need to worry about making ends meet again. No more fumbling around on social media. No more endless barrage of cold email pitches.</p><p>If you are diligent about the SEO practices in this episode, you can develop <em>completely</em> organic traffic to your website (that means NO paid ads) and even monetize the visitors that show up through affiliate marketing.</p><p>Having worked with Disney, Omega, Nintendo, and many more big brands, Jacob Cass is <strong>THE</strong> guy to listen to when it comes to the secret sauce behind SEO.</p><p>If you haven’t quite hit that 1 MILLION site views per month milestone (like Jacob has), give this episode a listen!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Jacob became a digital nomad before it was cool</li>
<li>Growing your business with focus and intent</li>
<li>Using affiliate marketing to boost your income</li>
<li>Scaling your business with SEO</li>
<li>Researching keywords for SEO ranking</li>
<li>The tools you can use for SEO ranking</li>
<li>Understanding domain ratings</li>
<li>Determining your entrepreneurial personality</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/237">https://6figurecreative.com/237</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3375</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7a5255c0-9e71-11ed-9b5a-2f049b6ad712]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5868835283.mp3?updated=1675184350" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#236: 5 Sets Of Skills Every Freelancer Should Be Improving | Full Stack Freelancer Pt. 2</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/236</link>
      <description>After covering the marketing, sales, and problem-solving skill stacks last week, we should be ready to knock our creative business out of the park, right?
Not quite yet...
There are a few more “non-creative” skill stacks that are essential to get right if you want to be a well-rounded and effective freelancer in 2023 and beyond.
Some creatives may look at these skills and say…

“These things don’t inspire me.” 

“I only need to get better at my craft.” 

“I’m bad at these, so I can’t improve them!”

If that sounds like you, then all I can do from the comfort of my sofa as I type this is facepalm. 🤦🏻‍♂️
Do you, your income, your business, and your clients a favor by at least giving this episode a shot. 
I wholeheartedly believe investing time and energy into these 5 skill stacks will improve your relationships, increase your productivity, and help you earn more this year.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Focusing on a wide band of skills rather than the selfish "I band"

Making friends and maintaining relationships

The skill of having self-awareness

Combining focus and discipline

The dilemma of opportunity cost

Using tools to manage your time

Why you need systems and processes

Understanding your business's key performance indicators

Knowing how and when to hire staff

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/236</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>5 Sets Of Skills Every Freelancer Should Be Improving | Full Stack Freelancer Pt. 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>236</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>After covering the marketing, sales, and problem-solving skill stacks last week, we should be ready to knock our creative business out of the park, right?
Not quite yet...
There are a few more “non-creative” skill stacks that are essential to get right if you want to be a well-rounded and effective freelancer in 2023 and beyond.
Some creatives may look at these skills and say…

“These things don’t inspire me.” 

“I only need to get better at my craft.” 

“I’m bad at these, so I can’t improve them!”

If that sounds like you, then all I can do from the comfort of my sofa as I type this is facepalm. 🤦🏻‍♂️
Do you, your income, your business, and your clients a favor by at least giving this episode a shot. 
I wholeheartedly believe investing time and energy into these 5 skill stacks will improve your relationships, increase your productivity, and help you earn more this year.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Focusing on a wide band of skills rather than the selfish "I band"

Making friends and maintaining relationships

The skill of having self-awareness

Combining focus and discipline

The dilemma of opportunity cost

Using tools to manage your time

Why you need systems and processes

Understanding your business's key performance indicators

Knowing how and when to hire staff

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/236</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After covering the marketing, sales, and problem-solving skill stacks last week, we should be ready to knock our creative business out of the park, right?</p><p>Not quite yet...</p><p>There are a few more “non-creative” skill stacks that are essential to get right if you want to be a well-rounded and effective freelancer in 2023 and beyond.</p><p>Some creatives may look at these skills and say…</p><ul>
<li>“These things don’t <em>inspire</em> me.” </li>
<li>“I only need to get better at my craft.” </li>
<li>“I’m <em>bad</em> at these, so I can’t improve them!”</li>
</ul><p>If that sounds like you, then all I can do from the comfort of my sofa as I type this is facepalm. 🤦🏻‍♂️</p><p>Do you, your income, your business, <em>and</em> your clients a favor by a<em>t least</em> giving this episode a shot. </p><p>I wholeheartedly believe investing time and energy into these 5 skill stacks will improve your relationships, increase your productivity, and help you earn more this year.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Focusing on a wide band of skills rather than the selfish "I band"</li>
<li>Making friends and maintaining relationships</li>
<li>The skill of having self-awareness</li>
<li>Combining focus and discipline</li>
<li>The dilemma of opportunity cost</li>
<li>Using tools to manage your time</li>
<li>Why you need systems and processes</li>
<li>Understanding your business's key performance indicators</li>
<li>Knowing how and when to hire staff</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/236">https://6figurecreative.com/236</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2372</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[13b42e04-98e2-11ed-92a1-2f535a14bf4e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1931504858.mp3?updated=1674233893" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#235: Why You DON'T Need To Be A Better Creative in 2023 | Full Stack Freelancer Pt. 1</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/235</link>
      <description>Every year, I'm going to bet that your niche is getting more and more competitive.
There's always another music producer, photographer, designer, copywriter, developer, or videographer popping up out of nowhere... And the scary part is... They're actually really good at what they do.
What can you do to stay ahead of the competition?
Get better at your craft? Probably not...
Instead, you need to become a "Full Stack Freelancer" if you want to be a successful freelancer in 2023 and beyond.
There's a laundry list of other "noncreative" skills that will do so much more for the success of your business, and in this episode, I’m going to delve into 3 of my most essential skill stacks to put you on the road to becoming a competent full stack freelancer this year. 🤘
In this episode you’ll discover:

Becoming a full-stack freelancer

The foundation of being a freelancer

Honing your marketing skills

Copywriting for small businesses

Basic design for freelancers

Understanding paid ads and funnels

The strategy behind your business' marketing plan

Confidence and conviction

Persuading leads that you are the best option (because you are)

FITFO in your full stack

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/235</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 13:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You DON'T Need To Be A Better Creative in 2023 | Full Stack Freelancer Pt. 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>235</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Every year, I'm going to bet that your niche is getting more and more competitive.
There's always another music producer, photographer, designer, copywriter, developer, or videographer popping up out of nowhere... And the scary part is... They're actually really good at what they do.
What can you do to stay ahead of the competition?
Get better at your craft? Probably not...
Instead, you need to become a "Full Stack Freelancer" if you want to be a successful freelancer in 2023 and beyond.
There's a laundry list of other "noncreative" skills that will do so much more for the success of your business, and in this episode, I’m going to delve into 3 of my most essential skill stacks to put you on the road to becoming a competent full stack freelancer this year. 🤘
In this episode you’ll discover:

Becoming a full-stack freelancer

The foundation of being a freelancer

Honing your marketing skills

Copywriting for small businesses

Basic design for freelancers

Understanding paid ads and funnels

The strategy behind your business' marketing plan

Confidence and conviction

Persuading leads that you are the best option (because you are)

FITFO in your full stack

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/235</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Every year, I'm going to <em>bet</em> that your niche is getting more and more competitive.</p><p>There's always another music producer, photographer, designer, copywriter, developer, or videographer popping up out of nowhere... And the scary part is... They're actually <em>really</em> good at what they do.</p><p><strong>What can you do to stay ahead of the competition?</strong></p><p>Get better at your craft?<strong> Probably not...</strong></p><p>Instead, you need to become a "Full Stack Freelancer" if you want to be a successful freelancer in 2023 and beyond.</p><p>There's a laundry list of other "noncreative" skills that will do <strong><em>so</em></strong><em> </em>much more for the success of your business, and in this episode, I’m going to delve into 3 of my most essential skill stacks to put you on the road to becoming a competent full stack freelancer this year. 🤘</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Becoming a full-stack freelancer</li>
<li>The foundation of being a freelancer</li>
<li>Honing your marketing skills</li>
<li>Copywriting for small businesses</li>
<li>Basic design for freelancers</li>
<li>Understanding paid ads and funnels</li>
<li>The strategy behind your business' marketing plan</li>
<li>Confidence and conviction</li>
<li>Persuading leads that you are the best option (because you <em>are</em>)</li>
<li>FITFO in your full stack</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/235">https://6figurecreative.com/235</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1983</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0cf64db0-9386-11ed-aebc-8f9ac788bf94]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3182399867.mp3?updated=1673648911" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#234: 9 Lessons I Learned While Building A New 6-Figure Income Stream In 2022</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/234</link>
      <description>What did I learn building a BRAND new 6 figure income stream last year?
Of course, the idea of building a new 6 figure income stream sounds great right?… until you’re a year in and still not making the progress you wanted to.
It feels like paddling toward an island that never seems to get any closer. Why not chuck the paddle and give up?
The good news is you’re not alone! I’ve been there, and no matter how bad it feels, slow and steady still wins the race.
“But Brian, you’re already successful, how can you relate to us beginner business owners?”
Well, I just started a BRAND new income stream in 2022, and I want to let you in on 9 specific actionable lessons that I learned (and re-learned) while building it to 6 figures.
Enough generic “here’s what I learned in 2022” talk, let’s dive into the nuts and bolts of exactly what I had to learn from $0 to 6 figures revenue in 2022!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why slow and steady wins the race

Removing yourself from bad friendships

Choosing the right pricing

The wins paid advertising can provide

Fixing the bottlenecks you're facing

Keep growing your skills!

Don't run your business alone

Spend time creating a plan

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/234</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>9 Lessons I Learned While Building A New 6-Figure Income Stream In 2022</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>234</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What did I learn building a BRAND new 6 figure income stream last year?
Of course, the idea of building a new 6 figure income stream sounds great right?… until you’re a year in and still not making the progress you wanted to.
It feels like paddling toward an island that never seems to get any closer. Why not chuck the paddle and give up?
The good news is you’re not alone! I’ve been there, and no matter how bad it feels, slow and steady still wins the race.
“But Brian, you’re already successful, how can you relate to us beginner business owners?”
Well, I just started a BRAND new income stream in 2022, and I want to let you in on 9 specific actionable lessons that I learned (and re-learned) while building it to 6 figures.
Enough generic “here’s what I learned in 2022” talk, let’s dive into the nuts and bolts of exactly what I had to learn from $0 to 6 figures revenue in 2022!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why slow and steady wins the race

Removing yourself from bad friendships

Choosing the right pricing

The wins paid advertising can provide

Fixing the bottlenecks you're facing

Keep growing your skills!

Don't run your business alone

Spend time creating a plan

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/234</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What did I learn building a BRAND new 6 figure income stream last year?</p><p>Of course, the idea of building a new 6 figure income stream sounds great right?… until you’re a year in and still not making the progress you wanted to.</p><p>It feels like paddling toward an island that never seems to get any closer. Why not chuck the paddle and give up?</p><p>The good news is you’re not alone! I’ve been there, and no matter how bad it feels, slow and steady still wins the race.</p><p>“But Brian, you’re already successful, how can you relate to us beginner business owners?”</p><p>Well, I just started a BRAND new income stream in 2022, and I want to let you in on 9 specific actionable lessons that I learned (and re-learned) while building it to 6 figures.</p><p>Enough generic “here’s what I learned in 2022” talk, let’s dive into the nuts and bolts of exactly what I had to learn from $0 to 6 figures revenue in 2022!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why slow and steady wins the race</li>
<li>Removing yourself from bad friendships</li>
<li>Choosing the right pricing</li>
<li>The wins paid advertising can provide</li>
<li>Fixing the bottlenecks you're facing</li>
<li>Keep growing your skills!</li>
<li>Don't run your business alone</li>
<li>Spend time creating a plan</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/234">https://6figurecreative.com/234</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2181</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9834118e-9032-11ed-bf56-a3559a17f88b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2460401558.mp3?updated=1673278889" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#233: She Grew Her Freelance Business From $0 To $20k/mo In Under 4 Years | With Lydia Kerr</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/233</link>
      <description>It's officially 2023, and this is the time of year everyone starts looking to the future of what's possible.

Is this the year you finally leave your day job behind?

Is this the year you finally crack $100k in revenue?

Is this the year you finally break $100k in profit? 


Whatever your goal, one of the most helpful things I can do as a podcaster is show you someone who's accomplished all of these things in a relatively short amount of time.
Lydia Kerr of Telltale Design Co made the transition from "side hustle" to $20,000 per month in less than 4 years of starting her design business.
 In this interview, you'll hear her story of how she launched Telltale Design Co while working a full-time day job, and she replaced that day job income within just a few months of freelancing, and ultimately how she made the shift from "low-dollar $500 project" freelancer to a "premium-priced $10k project" business owner.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Lydia went from 0 to full-time in a few short months

Growing your business to multiple six figures in under five years

The difference between living in a small town or big city

Why your $500 client will never be your $5,000 client

Using social media to promote your business

Working within clients' budgets

Being honest with your clients

Creating mutual respect with clients

What tools to use for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/233</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2023 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>She Grew Her Freelance Business From $0 To $20k/mo In Under 4 Years | With Lydia Kerr</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>233</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>It's officially 2023, and this is the time of year everyone starts looking to the future of what's possible.

Is this the year you finally leave your day job behind?

Is this the year you finally crack $100k in revenue?

Is this the year you finally break $100k in profit? 


Whatever your goal, one of the most helpful things I can do as a podcaster is show you someone who's accomplished all of these things in a relatively short amount of time.
Lydia Kerr of Telltale Design Co made the transition from "side hustle" to $20,000 per month in less than 4 years of starting her design business.
 In this interview, you'll hear her story of how she launched Telltale Design Co while working a full-time day job, and she replaced that day job income within just a few months of freelancing, and ultimately how she made the shift from "low-dollar $500 project" freelancer to a "premium-priced $10k project" business owner.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Lydia went from 0 to full-time in a few short months

Growing your business to multiple six figures in under five years

The difference between living in a small town or big city

Why your $500 client will never be your $5,000 client

Using social media to promote your business

Working within clients' budgets

Being honest with your clients

Creating mutual respect with clients

What tools to use for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/233</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's officially 2023, and this is the time of year <em>everyone</em> starts looking to the future of what's possible.</p><ul>
<li>Is this the year you <em>finally</em> leave your day job behind?</li>
<li>Is this the year you finally crack $100k in revenue?</li>
<li>Is this the year you finally break $100k in <strong>profit? </strong>
</li>
</ul><p>Whatever your goal, one of the most helpful things I can do as a podcaster is show you someone who's accomplished all of these things in a relatively short amount of time.</p><p>Lydia Kerr of Telltale Design Co made the transition from "side hustle" to $20,000 per month in less than 4 years of starting her design business.</p><p> In this interview, you'll hear her story of how she launched Telltale Design Co while working a full-time day job, and she replaced that day job income within just a few months of freelancing, and ultimately how she made the shift from "low-dollar $500 project" freelancer to a "premium-priced $10k project" business owner.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Lydia went from 0 to full-time in a few short months</li>
<li>Growing your business to multiple six figures in under five years</li>
<li>The difference between living in a small town or big city</li>
<li>Why your $500 client will never be your $5,000 client</li>
<li>Using social media to promote your business</li>
<li>Working within clients' budgets</li>
<li>Being honest with your clients</li>
<li>Creating mutual respect with clients</li>
<li>What tools to use for your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/233">https://6figurecreative.com/233</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3751</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9abdbf9c-8879-11ed-b4b4-330b4039763d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6096793703.mp3?updated=1672429750" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#232: The 11 Must-Have Tools For Growing And Running A 6 Figure Creative Business In 2023</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/232</link>
      <description>I'm sure you already know how easy it is to get bogged down by the day-to-day tasks and admin work that comes with running a freelance business. You probably don't know all of the amazing tools out there that (when used correctly) will help you focus on what you do best... Create.
By leveraging the right tools, you can increase profits, reduce frustration, and create a sense of calm in your workflow. From project management and invoicing tools to marketing platforms and collaboration apps, we'll discuss my top 11 favorite tools every creative freelancer should have in their toolkit.
Whether you're just starting out as a freelancer or you're looking to take your thriving business to the next level in 2023, this episode is for you.
Listen now to learn how these tools can help you streamline your workflow, stay organized, and grow your business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you should invest in the tools you need

The toxicity of the blue-collar mindset

Solving internal communication for your team

Staying on top of client relationships the easy way

How to keep productivity high as a freelancer

Bookkeeping made simple

Choosing the best payment provider

Saving hours per week on audio/video editing

Using your external brain to stay organized

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/232</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 11 Must-Have Tools For Growing And Running A 6 Figure Creative Business In 2023</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>232</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I'm sure you already know how easy it is to get bogged down by the day-to-day tasks and admin work that comes with running a freelance business. You probably don't know all of the amazing tools out there that (when used correctly) will help you focus on what you do best... Create.
By leveraging the right tools, you can increase profits, reduce frustration, and create a sense of calm in your workflow. From project management and invoicing tools to marketing platforms and collaboration apps, we'll discuss my top 11 favorite tools every creative freelancer should have in their toolkit.
Whether you're just starting out as a freelancer or you're looking to take your thriving business to the next level in 2023, this episode is for you.
Listen now to learn how these tools can help you streamline your workflow, stay organized, and grow your business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you should invest in the tools you need

The toxicity of the blue-collar mindset

Solving internal communication for your team

Staying on top of client relationships the easy way

How to keep productivity high as a freelancer

Bookkeeping made simple

Choosing the best payment provider

Saving hours per week on audio/video editing

Using your external brain to stay organized

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/232</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I'm sure you already know how easy it is to get bogged down by the day-to-day tasks and admin work that comes with running a freelance business. You probably <em>don't </em>know all of the amazing tools out there that (when used correctly) will help you focus on what you do best... <strong>Create</strong>.</p><p>By leveraging the <em>right</em> tools, you can increase profits, reduce frustration, and create a sense of calm in your workflow. From project management and invoicing tools to marketing platforms and collaboration apps, we'll discuss my top 11 favorite tools every creative freelancer should have in their toolkit.</p><p>Whether you're just starting out as a freelancer or you're looking to take your thriving business to the next level in 2023, this episode is for you.</p><p>Listen now to learn how these tools can help you streamline your workflow, stay organized, and grow your business.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you should invest in the tools you need</li>
<li>The toxicity of the blue-collar mindset</li>
<li>Solving internal communication for your team</li>
<li>Staying on top of client relationships the easy way</li>
<li>How to keep productivity high as a freelancer</li>
<li>Bookkeeping made simple</li>
<li>Choosing the best payment provider</li>
<li>Saving hours per week on audio/video editing</li>
<li>Using your external brain to stay organized</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/232">https://6figurecreative.com/232</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2482</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[69d7e766-8209-11ed-ac5c-33cb79fac47a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5476196632.mp3?updated=1671721768" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#231: 6 Ways To Get More Clients In An EXTREMELY Competitive Industry</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/231</link>
      <description>The sad reality for most freelancers is that they're just offering the same "copycat" services as everyone else around them. Because of this, they're stuck in a competitive hell.
This is called a "commoditized service".
Think about how you buy a commodity like salt and pepper... You look at the shelf and buy the first thing you see that matches your pricing expectation. As far as you're concerned, all the options are pretty much the same.
This is what it's like for freelancers. Anyone who's looking to hire a freelancer can literally "shop" Fiverr.com for dozens of different creative services where thousands of freelancers are competing with each other.
In the perfect world, you'd find a way to stand out and become a "monopolized service", but that takes a LOT of time, effort, and energy to develop the necessary skills.
The good news is that you can still thrive in an extremely competitive industry, and this week's episode will give you 6 ways to get more clients even as a copycat freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you need to stand out as a freelancer

The dangers of rock bottom pricing in commoditized services

Reviews vs. testimonials

Providing a premium service for your customers

Finding clients who know, like, and trust you

Digital relationships

The value of good copywriting for your business

Funnels for freelancers

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/231</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>6 Ways To Get More Clients In An EXTREMELY Competitive Industry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>231</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The sad reality for most freelancers is that they're just offering the same "copycat" services as everyone else around them. Because of this, they're stuck in a competitive hell.
This is called a "commoditized service".
Think about how you buy a commodity like salt and pepper... You look at the shelf and buy the first thing you see that matches your pricing expectation. As far as you're concerned, all the options are pretty much the same.
This is what it's like for freelancers. Anyone who's looking to hire a freelancer can literally "shop" Fiverr.com for dozens of different creative services where thousands of freelancers are competing with each other.
In the perfect world, you'd find a way to stand out and become a "monopolized service", but that takes a LOT of time, effort, and energy to develop the necessary skills.
The good news is that you can still thrive in an extremely competitive industry, and this week's episode will give you 6 ways to get more clients even as a copycat freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you need to stand out as a freelancer

The dangers of rock bottom pricing in commoditized services

Reviews vs. testimonials

Providing a premium service for your customers

Finding clients who know, like, and trust you

Digital relationships

The value of good copywriting for your business

Funnels for freelancers

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/231</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The sad reality for most freelancers is that they're just offering the same "copycat" services as everyone else around them. Because of this, they're stuck in a competitive hell.</p><p>This is called a "commoditized service".</p><p>Think about how you buy a commodity like salt and pepper... You look at the shelf and buy the first thing you see that matches your pricing expectation. As far as you're concerned, all the options are pretty much the same.</p><p>This is what it's like for freelancers. Anyone who's looking to hire a freelancer can <em>literally</em> "shop" <a href="http://Fiverr.com">Fiverr.com</a> for dozens of different creative services where thousands of freelancers are competing with each other.</p><p>In the perfect world, you'd find a way to stand out and become a "monopolized service", but that takes a LOT of time, effort, and energy to develop the necessary skills.</p><p>The good news is that <strong>you can still thrive in an extremely competitive industry</strong>, and this week's episode will give you 6 ways to get more clients even as a copycat freelancer.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you need to stand out as a freelancer</li>
<li>The dangers of rock bottom pricing in commoditized services</li>
<li>Reviews vs. testimonials</li>
<li>Providing a premium service for your customers</li>
<li>Finding clients who know, like, and trust you</li>
<li>Digital relationships</li>
<li>The value of <em>good</em> copywriting for your business</li>
<li>Funnels for freelancers</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/231">https://6figurecreative.com/231</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2550</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1d242fee-7f32-11ed-94ee-5f08eaf053c9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2436842002.mp3?updated=1671409518" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#230: Dynamic Pricing: The Secret Weapon Clever Freelancers Are Using To Maximize Their Income</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/230</link>
      <description>Have you ever checked a price for a flight, only to come back later and see that the price increased (or decreased) significantly?
This is something called "dynamic pricing", and it's what some of the largest businesses in the world do to maximize their profits.
This is a technique I learned in 2015 when using a new "dynamic pricing" tool on my Airbnb, and it added a 20% boost to my rental income.
It worked so damn well that I brought the same idea to my freelance business that same year.
If you're looking for clever ways to give yourself a pay raise, maximize your income, and fight against inflation by using supply and demand to your advantage, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you should go fill out our feedback form right now


Using dynamic pricing to make the most profit for your business

How to determine your pricing based on timing and schedule

Why it's ethical to charge annoying clients more

Why last-minute projects are often the worst to work on

Filling your last-minute schedule gaps with "fire sale" rates

Who to blame if you get called out (hint: it's Brian)

Why you deserve this!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/230</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Dynamic Pricing: The Secret Weapon Clever Freelancers Are Using To Maximize Their Income</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you ever checked a price for a flight, only to come back later and see that the price increased (or decreased) significantly?
This is something called "dynamic pricing", and it's what some of the largest businesses in the world do to maximize their profits.
This is a technique I learned in 2015 when using a new "dynamic pricing" tool on my Airbnb, and it added a 20% boost to my rental income.
It worked so damn well that I brought the same idea to my freelance business that same year.
If you're looking for clever ways to give yourself a pay raise, maximize your income, and fight against inflation by using supply and demand to your advantage, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you should go fill out our feedback form right now


Using dynamic pricing to make the most profit for your business

How to determine your pricing based on timing and schedule

Why it's ethical to charge annoying clients more

Why last-minute projects are often the worst to work on

Filling your last-minute schedule gaps with "fire sale" rates

Who to blame if you get called out (hint: it's Brian)

Why you deserve this!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/230</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever checked a price for a flight, only to come back later and see that the price increased (or decreased) significantly?</p><p>This is something called "dynamic pricing", and it's what some of the largest businesses in the world do to maximize their profits.</p><p>This is a technique I learned in 2015 when using a new "dynamic pricing" tool on my Airbnb, and it added a 20% boost to my rental income.</p><p>It worked so damn well that I brought the same idea to my freelance business that same year.</p><p>If you're looking for clever ways to give yourself a pay raise, maximize your income, and fight against inflation by using supply and demand to your advantage, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you should go fill out our feedback form <strong>right now</strong>
</li>
<li>Using dynamic pricing to make the most profit for your business</li>
<li>How to determine your pricing based on timing and schedule</li>
<li>Why it's ethical to charge annoying clients more</li>
<li>Why last-minute projects are often the worst to work on</li>
<li>Filling your last-minute schedule gaps with "fire sale" rates</li>
<li>Who to blame if you get called out (hint: it's Brian)</li>
<li>Why <em>you</em> deserve this!</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/230">https://6figurecreative.com/230</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1318</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d0d4e112-77dc-11ed-8fce-0f64ba554b81]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6214241299.mp3?updated=1670602880" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#229: Raise Your Gosh Darn Rates.</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/229</link>
      <description>The message of this week's episode is simple...
Raise your gosh darn rates. 
There are way too many dangers of perpetually undercharging for your services (which we discuss in this episode).
There are also so many benefits to your life/business when you charge more that you can't keep putting off rate increases.
You might even need to completely restructure your services so you can charge more, but the effort is worth the result.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why low prices are a red flag for clients

Low rates = bad clients

The threshold of raising your rates

Lifetime client value and your business

Why being business-savvy makes you a better creative


The importance of understanding your market and clients

DON'T RUSH your work

Why ignoring people outside your network is a fatal mistake

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/229</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Raise Your Gosh Darn Rates.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The message of this week's episode is simple...
Raise your gosh darn rates. 
There are way too many dangers of perpetually undercharging for your services (which we discuss in this episode).
There are also so many benefits to your life/business when you charge more that you can't keep putting off rate increases.
You might even need to completely restructure your services so you can charge more, but the effort is worth the result.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why low prices are a red flag for clients

Low rates = bad clients

The threshold of raising your rates

Lifetime client value and your business

Why being business-savvy makes you a better creative


The importance of understanding your market and clients

DON'T RUSH your work

Why ignoring people outside your network is a fatal mistake

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/229</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The message of this week's episode is simple...</p><p><strong>Raise your gosh darn rates. </strong></p><p>There are <em>way</em> too many dangers of perpetually undercharging for your services (which we discuss in this episode).</p><p>There are also <em>so </em>many benefits to your life/business when you charge more that you can't keep putting off rate increases.</p><p>You might even need to completely restructure your services so you can charge more, but the effort is worth the result.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why low prices are a red flag for clients</li>
<li>Low rates = bad clients</li>
<li>The threshold of raising your rates</li>
<li>Lifetime client value and your business</li>
<li>Why being business-savvy makes you a <em>better creative</em>
</li>
<li>The importance of understanding your market and clients</li>
<li>DON'T RUSH your work</li>
<li>Why ignoring people <em>outside</em> your network is a fatal mistake</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/229">https://6figurecreative.com/229</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2871</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4683d5fe-725a-11ed-aa30-afe793d8f6b1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4947313454.mp3?updated=1670004436" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#228: The Secret Ingredient To Higher Paying Gigs | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/228</link>
      <description>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.
Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to move from four/five figures to six figures+

Why you aren't full time yet

How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer

The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers

Why you should be producing more than consuming


How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/228</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret Ingredient To Higher Paying Gigs | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.
Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to move from four/five figures to six figures+

Why you aren't full time yet

How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer

The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers

Why you should be producing more than consuming


How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/228</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.</p><p>Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to move from four/five figures to six figures+</li>
<li>Why you <em>aren't</em> full time yet</li>
<li>How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer</li>
<li>The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers</li>
<li>Why you should be <em>producing</em> more than <em>consuming</em>
</li>
<li>How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/228">https://6figurecreative.com/228</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2618</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6cce9b38-6f60-11ed-a701-137447281229]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5760839360.mp3?updated=1669670374" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#227: Your Feast-Or-Famine Roller Coaster: Three Reasons Why Freelancers Never Escape This Vicious Cycle</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/227</link>
      <description>Is your income in a constant feast-or-famine cycle? Some months might look great... But then all of your projects seem to dry up, and you're left scrambling for clients.
This sort of cycle can be brutal for your business, personal life, and mental health, but this cycle doesn't have repeated for the rest of your life.
There are likely 3 things keeping you trapped in this vicious cycle, and this episode breaks down how to finally break the cycle.
If you're ready for more consistency, dependability, and stability in your monthly income, add episode #227 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast to your podcast queue ASAP!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Brian scored $12,000 flights for $200

Why you're comfortable in your day job

Taking responsibility for your business' success (or lack thereof)

What's keeping you on the feast-or-famine rollercoaster

The best solution to an inconsistent business

How to work smart, not hard

The key to consistent client acquisition

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/227</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Your Feast-Or-Famine Roller Coaster: Three Reasons Why Freelancers Never Escape This Vicious Cycle</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Is your income in a constant feast-or-famine cycle? Some months might look great... But then all of your projects seem to dry up, and you're left scrambling for clients.
This sort of cycle can be brutal for your business, personal life, and mental health, but this cycle doesn't have repeated for the rest of your life.
There are likely 3 things keeping you trapped in this vicious cycle, and this episode breaks down how to finally break the cycle.
If you're ready for more consistency, dependability, and stability in your monthly income, add episode #227 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast to your podcast queue ASAP!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Brian scored $12,000 flights for $200

Why you're comfortable in your day job

Taking responsibility for your business' success (or lack thereof)

What's keeping you on the feast-or-famine rollercoaster

The best solution to an inconsistent business

How to work smart, not hard

The key to consistent client acquisition

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/227</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is your income in a constant feast-or-famine cycle? Some months might look great... But then all of your projects seem to dry up, and you're left scrambling for clients.</p><p>This sort of cycle can be brutal for your business, personal life, and mental health, but this cycle doesn't <em>have</em> repeated for the rest of your life.</p><p>There are likely 3 things keeping you trapped in this vicious cycle, and this episode breaks down how to <em>finally</em> break the cycle.</p><p>If you're ready for more consistency, dependability, and stability in your monthly income, add episode #227 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast to your podcast queue ASAP!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Brian scored $12,000 flights for $200</li>
<li>Why you're comfortable in your day job</li>
<li>Taking responsibility for your business' success (or lack thereof)</li>
<li>What's keeping you on the feast-or-famine rollercoaster</li>
<li>The best solution to an inconsistent business</li>
<li>How to work smart, not hard</li>
<li>The key to consistent client acquisition</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/227">https://6figurecreative.com/227</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1732</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[026a4818-675a-11ed-ad97-6f29928aa745]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7505106872.mp3?updated=1668787481" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#226: 6 Client Boundaries To Keep You Healthy, Happy, Stress-free, And Profitable</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/226</link>
      <description>So you made it to $100,000+ per year... Congrats. Too bad you made so many sacrifices that you're constantly stressed out, you're missing out on time with friends and family, and you resent your business.
The irony is that you became a freelancer because you hated your day job and you wanted to work for yourself. Now, you feel like you have 50 "little bosses", and you hate your life a little bit more with each new client you gain.
If this sounds like you, it may be time to put boundaries into place to get to that sweet spot between hitting your income goals while also enjoying your life and business.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I give you 6 different boundaries you should have with your clients so you can actually stay happy, healthy, and profitable.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Maintaining mental and physical health while you're running a business

How to handle revision requests without losing your mind

Eliminating one of the most painful freelance experiences

How to keep your clients from taking advantage of your kindness

Boundaries for corporate/agency clients

Using boundaries to avoid scope creep

Avoiding stress with payment issues

How to learn more about building your client acquisition machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/226</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>6 Client Boundaries To Keep You Healthy, Happy, Stress-free, And Profitable</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>226</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>So you made it to $100,000+ per year... Congrats. Too bad you made so many sacrifices that you're constantly stressed out, you're missing out on time with friends and family, and you resent your business.
The irony is that you became a freelancer because you hated your day job and you wanted to work for yourself. Now, you feel like you have 50 "little bosses", and you hate your life a little bit more with each new client you gain.
If this sounds like you, it may be time to put boundaries into place to get to that sweet spot between hitting your income goals while also enjoying your life and business.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I give you 6 different boundaries you should have with your clients so you can actually stay happy, healthy, and profitable.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Maintaining mental and physical health while you're running a business

How to handle revision requests without losing your mind

Eliminating one of the most painful freelance experiences

How to keep your clients from taking advantage of your kindness

Boundaries for corporate/agency clients

Using boundaries to avoid scope creep

Avoiding stress with payment issues

How to learn more about building your client acquisition machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/226</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>So you made it to $100,000+ per year... Congrats. Too bad you made so many sacrifices that you're constantly stressed out, you're missing out on time with friends and family, and you resent your business.</p><p>The irony is that you became a freelancer because you <em>hated</em> your day job and you wanted to work for yourself. Now, you feel like you have 50 "little bosses", and you hate your life a little bit more with each new client you gain.</p><p>If this sounds like you, it may be time to put boundaries into place to get to that sweet spot between hitting your income goals while also enjoying your life and business.</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I give you 6 different boundaries you should have with your clients so you can actually stay happy, healthy, <em>and </em>profitable.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Maintaining mental and physical health while you're running a business</li>
<li>How to handle revision requests without losing your mind</li>
<li>Eliminating one of the most painful freelance experiences</li>
<li>How to keep your clients from taking advantage of your kindness</li>
<li>Boundaries for corporate/agency clients</li>
<li>Using boundaries to avoid scope creep</li>
<li>Avoiding stress with payment issues</li>
<li>How to learn more about building your client acquisition machine</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/226">https://6figurecreative.com/226</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2084</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8180c74e-6133-11ed-85e5-ab63c6eac50a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6732466685.mp3?updated=1668111507" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#225: How To Build Your Own Client Acquisition Machine (And Make 2023 Your Best Year Ever)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/225</link>
      <description>If you've ever felt like your freelance life has been a neverending feast-or-famine roller coaster, chances are you're missing one (or more) pieces of a full client acquisition machine.
You've likely "dabbled" with bits and pieces here and there, but you've never fully built each of the individual parts and refined them to the point where everything is working as a well-oiled machine bringing you high-quality clients every single month.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down each of the major parts of your Client Acquisition Machine, as well as what specific numbers you should be aiming for as a benchmark.
If you've ever wanted more stability and predictability in your business, and you want a clear roadmap for how to make 2023 your best year ever, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to solve a consistency issue in your business

Why dabbling is slowly destroying your income stream

The foundation of your Client Acquisition Machine

Creating a transformational outcome for your clients

Building your Marketing Mothership

Your responsibility to sell to those who need your service

The parallels between software and freelancing

Nurturing your leads for a long-term relationship

Fine-tuning your Client Acquisition Machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/225</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Build Your Own Client Acquisition Machine (And Make 2023 Your Best Year Ever)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>225</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you've ever felt like your freelance life has been a neverending feast-or-famine roller coaster, chances are you're missing one (or more) pieces of a full client acquisition machine.
You've likely "dabbled" with bits and pieces here and there, but you've never fully built each of the individual parts and refined them to the point where everything is working as a well-oiled machine bringing you high-quality clients every single month.
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down each of the major parts of your Client Acquisition Machine, as well as what specific numbers you should be aiming for as a benchmark.
If you've ever wanted more stability and predictability in your business, and you want a clear roadmap for how to make 2023 your best year ever, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to solve a consistency issue in your business

Why dabbling is slowly destroying your income stream

The foundation of your Client Acquisition Machine

Creating a transformational outcome for your clients

Building your Marketing Mothership

Your responsibility to sell to those who need your service

The parallels between software and freelancing

Nurturing your leads for a long-term relationship

Fine-tuning your Client Acquisition Machine

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/225</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you've ever felt like your freelance life has been a neverending feast-or-famine roller coaster, chances are you're missing one (or more) pieces of a full client acquisition machine.</p><p>You've likely "dabbled" with bits and pieces here and there, but you've never fully built each of the individual parts <em>and</em> refined them to the point where everything is working as a well-oiled machine bringing you high-quality clients every single month.</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down each of the major parts of your Client Acquisition Machine, as well as what specific numbers you should be aiming for as a benchmark.</p><p>If you've <em>ever</em> wanted more stability and predictability in your business, and you want a clear roadmap for how to make 2023 your best year ever, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to solve a consistency issue in your business</li>
<li>Why dabbling is slowly destroying your income stream</li>
<li>The foundation of your Client Acquisition Machine</li>
<li>Creating a <em>transformational outcome</em> for your clients</li>
<li>Building your Marketing Mothership</li>
<li>Your responsibility to sell to those who need your service</li>
<li>The parallels between software and freelancing</li>
<li>Nurturing your leads for a long-term relationship</li>
<li>Fine-tuning your Client Acquisition Machine</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/225">https://6figurecreative.com/225</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3223</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ae31d854-5ba3-11ed-b446-ab99e6b1e151]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4302285487.mp3?updated=1667500875" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#224: Why Your High Sales Conversion Rate Is Actually A BAD Thing</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/224</link>
      <description>Did you know that closing too many clients can be a bad thing?
I know it sounds completely backwards, but a high sales conversion rate (70%+) is usually a sign of an unhealthy business.
In episode 224 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down the two reasons why a high sales conversion rate is a bad thing, and what two actions you can take to build a happier, healthier freelance business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why "winning" too many clients is a bad thing

The ideal close rate for your sales process

What to do if your close rate is too high

Avoiding the scarcity mindset of wanting to win every client

Sales leads vs. marketing leads - and why they are important

When to raise your rates

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/224</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Your High Sales Conversion Rate Is Actually A BAD Thing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Did you know that closing too many clients can be a bad thing?
I know it sounds completely backwards, but a high sales conversion rate (70%+) is usually a sign of an unhealthy business.
In episode 224 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down the two reasons why a high sales conversion rate is a bad thing, and what two actions you can take to build a happier, healthier freelance business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why "winning" too many clients is a bad thing

The ideal close rate for your sales process

What to do if your close rate is too high

Avoiding the scarcity mindset of wanting to win every client

Sales leads vs. marketing leads - and why they are important

When to raise your rates

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/224</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Did you know that closing too many clients can be a <em>bad</em> thing?</p><p>I know it sounds <em>completely </em>backwards, but a high sales conversion rate (70%+) is usually a sign of an unhealthy business.</p><p>In episode 224 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I break down the two reasons why a high sales conversion rate is a bad thing, and what two actions you can take to build a happier, healthier freelance business.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why "winning" too many clients is a <em>bad</em> thing</li>
<li>The ideal close rate for your sales process</li>
<li>What to do if your close rate is too high</li>
<li>Avoiding the scarcity mindset of wanting to win <em>every</em> client</li>
<li>Sales leads vs. marketing leads - and why they are important</li>
<li>When to raise your rates</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/224">https://6figurecreative.com/224</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>931</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[70b22a5c-56cf-11ed-9088-1f5d440b1ad9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3383545729.mp3?updated=1666968861" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#223: Shifting Your Clients From One-Time Projects To Monthly Recurring Subscriptions | With Annemie Tonken</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/223</link>
      <description>How much is an average client worth to you? Whatever that number is, imagine how much more they'd be worth to you and your freelance business if they were paying you that amount every single year. 
Now imagine how successful you'd be if every single client you've ever had was paying you the amount every year for the rest of your career. 
That's the reality for those who run recurring subscription businesses, however, most freelancers only offer one-and-done packages.
Whether you call it a retainer, subscription, or simply a "monthly fee", most who follow this podcast would love the idea of acquiring a client one time and having them keep paying you every single month.
But... What if your service just "doesn't make sense" as a recurring subscription? 
If that's you, I'd challenge you to listen to this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast. No matter what service you offer, there's likely some way to shift your clients to a recurring income model.
Our guest this week, Annemie Tonken, has managed to build her family photography business to 6 figures per year from 6 hours of work per week. 
If you want to learn how she's managed this, and how she's launched a highly-successful recurring-subscription photography service in an industry where very few others are doing the same, listen to episode 223 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Transitioning your freelance business to a recurring revenue model

Becoming a more efficient business-manager

Solving your clients' ultimate needs so you can earn more on each project

The hidden benefits of a recurring revenue model

Average client value and the impact this stat has on your business

How to keep your subscribers happy, active, and paying

The key factors of adding value to your client's lives (for maximum profit)

How she earns a 6-figure income from 6 hours of work per week


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/223</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Shifting Your Clients From One-Time Projects To Monthly Recurring Subscriptions | With Annemie Tonken</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>221</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How much is an average client worth to you? Whatever that number is, imagine how much more they'd be worth to you and your freelance business if they were paying you that amount every single year. 
Now imagine how successful you'd be if every single client you've ever had was paying you the amount every year for the rest of your career. 
That's the reality for those who run recurring subscription businesses, however, most freelancers only offer one-and-done packages.
Whether you call it a retainer, subscription, or simply a "monthly fee", most who follow this podcast would love the idea of acquiring a client one time and having them keep paying you every single month.
But... What if your service just "doesn't make sense" as a recurring subscription? 
If that's you, I'd challenge you to listen to this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast. No matter what service you offer, there's likely some way to shift your clients to a recurring income model.
Our guest this week, Annemie Tonken, has managed to build her family photography business to 6 figures per year from 6 hours of work per week. 
If you want to learn how she's managed this, and how she's launched a highly-successful recurring-subscription photography service in an industry where very few others are doing the same, listen to episode 223 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Transitioning your freelance business to a recurring revenue model

Becoming a more efficient business-manager

Solving your clients' ultimate needs so you can earn more on each project

The hidden benefits of a recurring revenue model

Average client value and the impact this stat has on your business

How to keep your subscribers happy, active, and paying

The key factors of adding value to your client's lives (for maximum profit)

How she earns a 6-figure income from 6 hours of work per week


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/223</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How much is an average client worth to you? Whatever that number is, imagine how much more they'd be worth to you and your freelance business if they were paying you that amount<strong> every single year. </strong></p><p><strong>Now imagine how successful you'd be if every single client you've ever had was paying you the amount every year for the rest of your career. </strong></p><p>That's the reality for those who run recurring subscription businesses, however, most freelancers only offer one-and-done packages.</p><p>Whether you call it a retainer, subscription, or simply a "monthly fee", most who follow this podcast would <em>love</em> the idea of acquiring a client one time <em>and</em> having them keep paying you every single month.</p><p>But... <strong>What if your service just "doesn't make sense" as a recurring subscription? </strong></p><p>If that's you, I'd challenge you to listen to this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast. No matter what service you offer, there's likely <em>some</em> way to shift your clients to a recurring income model.</p><p>Our guest this week, Annemie Tonken, has managed to build her family photography business to <strong>6 figures per year from 6 hours of work per week. </strong></p><p>If you want to learn how she's managed this, and how she's launched a highly-successful recurring-subscription photography service in an industry where very few others are doing the same, listen to episode 223 of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast ASAP.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Transitioning your freelance business to a recurring revenue model</li>
<li>Becoming a more efficient business-manager</li>
<li>Solving your clients' ultimate needs so you can <em>earn more</em> on each project</li>
<li>The hidden benefits of a recurring revenue model</li>
<li>Average client value and the impact this stat has on your business</li>
<li>How to keep your subscribers happy, active, and paying</li>
<li>The key factors of adding value to your client's lives (for maximum profit)</li>
<li>How she earns a 6-figure income from <u>6 hours of work </u><em><u>per week</u></em>
</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/223">https://6figurecreative.com/223</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2703</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c732569a-53af-11ed-83ab-8fabd90babdc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7715815056.mp3?updated=1666625768" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#222: The Secret Weapon For 6 Figure Freelancers: Email Marketing</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/222</link>
      <description>Love it or hate it, email marketing is the closest thing there has ever been to a "magic pill" for anyone looking for stability in their month-to-month income.
The sucky thing is...most of us "fall victim" to email marketing ALL THE TIME. You get tons of tons of emails from people offering their products and services, but you never make use of this powerful tool yourself.
Most freelancers I see are making one (or more) of these mistakes:

They think social media is the best long-term play (it's not)

They think they can have the same success and stability 1 on 1 (you can't)

They think "join my newsletter" is a great way to build their email list (it's not)

They're actually building their list, but they're never sending emails (not good)

If you want a time-tested, surefire way to stay top-of-mind, build trust, and actually reach the audience you've built, email marketing is where it's at.
If you're having success on social media right now, I'm begging you to take this time to build an email list so you're safe/secure in the long run.
Social media has historically always become a "pay to play" world for business owners, and Tiktok is already making that shift. Don't make the mistake of thinking that party is going to last much longer.
If you're open to the idea of building, growing, and using an email list to grow your reach, and you like the idea of building trust in a one-to-many setting, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why social media is not the savior people think it is

The number one platform small businesses need in their toolbelt

Staying top of mind with clients and leads

Setting up your first lead magnet funnel

How to attract email subscribers

The key to a juicy lead magnet

What Yahoo! did wrong with their website (and how it applies to growing your email list)

The math behind running paid advertising

Profitable Facebook ads for freelance creatives

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/222</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret Weapon For 6 Figure Freelancers: Email Marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>222</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Love it or hate it, email marketing is the closest thing there has ever been to a "magic pill" for anyone looking for stability in their month-to-month income.
The sucky thing is...most of us "fall victim" to email marketing ALL THE TIME. You get tons of tons of emails from people offering their products and services, but you never make use of this powerful tool yourself.
Most freelancers I see are making one (or more) of these mistakes:

They think social media is the best long-term play (it's not)

They think they can have the same success and stability 1 on 1 (you can't)

They think "join my newsletter" is a great way to build their email list (it's not)

They're actually building their list, but they're never sending emails (not good)

If you want a time-tested, surefire way to stay top-of-mind, build trust, and actually reach the audience you've built, email marketing is where it's at.
If you're having success on social media right now, I'm begging you to take this time to build an email list so you're safe/secure in the long run.
Social media has historically always become a "pay to play" world for business owners, and Tiktok is already making that shift. Don't make the mistake of thinking that party is going to last much longer.
If you're open to the idea of building, growing, and using an email list to grow your reach, and you like the idea of building trust in a one-to-many setting, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why social media is not the savior people think it is

The number one platform small businesses need in their toolbelt

Staying top of mind with clients and leads

Setting up your first lead magnet funnel

How to attract email subscribers

The key to a juicy lead magnet

What Yahoo! did wrong with their website (and how it applies to growing your email list)

The math behind running paid advertising

Profitable Facebook ads for freelance creatives

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/222</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Love it or hate it, email marketing is <strong><em>the</em></strong> closest thing there has ever been to a "magic pill" for anyone looking for stability in their month-to-month income.</p><p>The sucky thing is...most of us "fall victim" to email marketing ALL THE TIME. You get tons of tons of emails from people offering their products and services, <strong><em>but you never make use of this powerful tool yourself</em></strong>.</p><p>Most freelancers I see are making one (or more) of these mistakes:</p><ul>
<li>They think social media is the best long-term play (it's not)</li>
<li>They think they can have the same success and stability 1 on 1 (you can't)</li>
<li>They think "join my newsletter" is a great way to build their email list (it's not)</li>
<li>They're <em>actually</em> building their list, but they're never sending emails (not good)</li>
</ul><p>If you want a time-tested, surefire way to stay top-of-mind, build trust, and <strong>actually reach the audience you've built</strong>, email marketing is where it's at.</p><p><strong>If you're having success on social media right now</strong>, I'm begging you to take this time to build an email list so you're safe/secure in the long run.</p><p>Social media has historically <em>always</em> become a "pay to play" world for business owners, and Tiktok is already making that shift. Don't make the mistake of thinking that party is going to last much longer.</p><p>If you're open to the idea of building, growing, and <em>using</em> an email list to grow your reach, and you like the idea of building trust in a one-to-many setting, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why social media is <em>not</em> the savior people think it is</li>
<li>The number one platform small businesses need in their toolbelt</li>
<li>Staying top of mind with clients and leads</li>
<li>Setting up your first lead magnet funnel</li>
<li>How to attract email subscribers</li>
<li>The key to a <em>juicy</em> lead magnet</li>
<li>What Yahoo! did <em>wrong</em> with their website (and how it applies to growing your email list)</li>
<li>The math behind running paid advertising</li>
<li>Profitable Facebook ads for freelance creatives</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/222">https://6figurecreative.com/222</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3305</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[17a32450-4b23-11ed-a122-3fb5f047ad48]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6149676862.mp3?updated=1665685779" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#221: The 4 Major Missing Pieces Of Your Marketing Plan | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/221</link>
      <description>Here are a few of the biggest lies when it comes to marketing your freelance business.

"If I'm good enough, people will find me and hire me"

"The only marketing I need is word-of-mouth"

"If I market myself, I'll come across as desperate"

"This sort of stuff doesn't work for freelancers"

If any of that sounds like you, my guess would be you likely have very little predictability in your income.
You might go from having more gigs than you can handle, followed by extreme famine periods where your calendar dries up (along with your bank account).
If you want steady, predictable income for your business every single month, there are 4 key things you need in place.
If you're even missing one of these four pieces, you're making your path to predictability extremely difficult (or impossible).
In this episode you’ll discover:

Marketing plans for freelancers

When email lists are vital, vs. when they're optional

"Proposing" via text message

The "3% rule" and the "80/19/1 rule"

How your niche affects your marketing needs

Swiping or dating: lead generation and lead nurture

How to create a business you rarely *(if ever) have to market 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/221</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Major Missing Pieces Of Your Marketing Plan | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>221</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here are a few of the biggest lies when it comes to marketing your freelance business.

"If I'm good enough, people will find me and hire me"

"The only marketing I need is word-of-mouth"

"If I market myself, I'll come across as desperate"

"This sort of stuff doesn't work for freelancers"

If any of that sounds like you, my guess would be you likely have very little predictability in your income.
You might go from having more gigs than you can handle, followed by extreme famine periods where your calendar dries up (along with your bank account).
If you want steady, predictable income for your business every single month, there are 4 key things you need in place.
If you're even missing one of these four pieces, you're making your path to predictability extremely difficult (or impossible).
In this episode you’ll discover:

Marketing plans for freelancers

When email lists are vital, vs. when they're optional

"Proposing" via text message

The "3% rule" and the "80/19/1 rule"

How your niche affects your marketing needs

Swiping or dating: lead generation and lead nurture

How to create a business you rarely *(if ever) have to market 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/221</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here are a few of the <strong><em>biggest lies</em></strong> when it comes to marketing your freelance business.</p><ul>
<li>"If I'm good enough, people will find me and hire me"</li>
<li>"The only marketing I need is word-of-mouth"</li>
<li>"If I market myself, I'll come across as desperate"</li>
<li>"This sort of stuff doesn't work for freelancers"</li>
</ul><p>If any of that sounds like you, my guess would be you likely have <em>very</em> little predictability in your income.</p><p>You might go from having more gigs than you can handle, followed by extreme famine periods where your calendar dries up (along with your bank account).</p><p>If you want steady, predictable income for your business every single month, there are 4 key things you need in place.</p><p>If you're even missing <em>one</em> of these four pieces, you're making your path to predictability extremely difficult (or impossible).</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Marketing plans for freelancers</li>
<li>When email lists are vital, vs. when they're optional</li>
<li>"Proposing" via text message</li>
<li>The "3% rule" and the "80/19/1 rule"</li>
<li>How your niche affects your marketing needs</li>
<li>Swiping or dating: lead generation and lead nurture</li>
<li>How to create a business you rarely *(if ever) have to market </li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/221">https://6figurecreative.com/221</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2087</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1b5fb22e-44df-11ed-b4f9-5bbae32b6787]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4120515637.mp3?updated=1667392118" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#220: The Busy Freelancer's Guide To Getting Your Time Back (By Building Systems That Scale) | With Rachael Mueller</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/220</link>
      <description>Every successful freelancer has hit that wall where you can't say yes to even ONE more project...this is usually the same time you start getting more inquiries than you've ever seen before.
In these busy seasons of business, there are a few options you could take...

You could turn down all those extra projects (and say goodbye to that extra $$$).

You could say "yes" to those projects and just hate your life for the next few weeks or months while you scramble to deliver (this is the route most of us take).

You take the responsible, profitable, healthy route of building systems that scale.

If you hate money, you'll probably take option 1 and turn down those extra projects. If you're irresponsible and want to live in a state of overwhelm, you'll take option 2.
If you're a responsible, mature business owner, you'll go with option 3 and build systems that help you deliver high-quality work faster, more efficiently, and without dropping the ball or overwhelming yourself. 
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I interviewed systems expert Rachael Mueller. She's a virtual COO that helps service-based business owners plan, create, and manage systems that scale so you can take on more projects in less time.
If you're overwhelmed, working too much, or just feel like you have WAY too many project details floating around in your brain, and you're not sure what to do, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Making your business run smoothly

Unloading your mind to focus on creativity

Flow charts - they're not just for nerds

Setting up your systems for success

The three key systems any business needs

Using templates to cut out wasted time

Logging your time to see where it goes

Why the major CRMs aren't the best for freelancers

Consolidating your tasks for easy reference

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/220</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Busy Freelancer's Guide To Getting Your Time Back (By Building Systems That Scale) | With Rachael Mueller</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>220</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Every successful freelancer has hit that wall where you can't say yes to even ONE more project...this is usually the same time you start getting more inquiries than you've ever seen before.
In these busy seasons of business, there are a few options you could take...

You could turn down all those extra projects (and say goodbye to that extra $$$).

You could say "yes" to those projects and just hate your life for the next few weeks or months while you scramble to deliver (this is the route most of us take).

You take the responsible, profitable, healthy route of building systems that scale.

If you hate money, you'll probably take option 1 and turn down those extra projects. If you're irresponsible and want to live in a state of overwhelm, you'll take option 2.
If you're a responsible, mature business owner, you'll go with option 3 and build systems that help you deliver high-quality work faster, more efficiently, and without dropping the ball or overwhelming yourself. 
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I interviewed systems expert Rachael Mueller. She's a virtual COO that helps service-based business owners plan, create, and manage systems that scale so you can take on more projects in less time.
If you're overwhelmed, working too much, or just feel like you have WAY too many project details floating around in your brain, and you're not sure what to do, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Making your business run smoothly

Unloading your mind to focus on creativity

Flow charts - they're not just for nerds

Setting up your systems for success

The three key systems any business needs

Using templates to cut out wasted time

Logging your time to see where it goes

Why the major CRMs aren't the best for freelancers

Consolidating your tasks for easy reference

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/220</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Every successful freelancer has hit that wall where you can't say yes to even ONE more project...this is usually the same time you start getting more inquiries than you've ever seen before.</p><p>In these busy seasons of business, there are a few options you could take...</p><ol>
<li>You could turn down all those extra projects (and say goodbye to that extra $$$).</li>
<li>You could say "yes" to those projects and just hate your life for the next few weeks or months while you scramble to deliver (this is the route most of us take).</li>
<li>You take the responsible, profitable, healthy route of building systems that scale.</li>
</ol><p>If you hate money, you'll probably take option 1 and turn down those extra projects. If you're irresponsible and want to live in a state of overwhelm, you'll take option 2.</p><p><strong>If you're a responsible, mature business owner, you'll go with option 3 and build systems that help you deliver high-quality work faster, more efficiently, and without dropping the ball or overwhelming yourself. </strong></p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I interviewed systems expert Rachael Mueller. She's a virtual COO that helps service-based business owners plan, create, and manage systems that scale so you can take on more projects in less time.</p><p>If you're overwhelmed, working too much, or just feel like you have WAY too many project details floating around in your brain, and you're not sure what to do, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Making your business run smoothly</li>
<li>Unloading your mind to focus on creativity</li>
<li>Flow charts - they're not just for nerds</li>
<li>Setting up your systems for success</li>
<li>The three key systems <em>any</em> business needs</li>
<li>Using templates to cut out wasted time</li>
<li>Logging your time to see where it goes</li>
<li>Why the major CRMs <em>aren't</em> the best for freelancers</li>
<li>Consolidating your tasks for easy reference</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/220">https://6figurecreative.com/220</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3198</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[37c8a844-3e6d-11ed-8c70-1fb1b4951fb2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1013463744.mp3?updated=1664291179" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#219: How To Land High-caliber Clients By Emailing Strangers | The Cold Outreach Masterclass With Colleen Welsch</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/219</link>
      <description>In this episode, Colleen Welsch breaks down the cold outreach process she used to land some of the biggest brands in the beauty industry.
This email process can work in any industry to start bringing in consistent clients no matter how much experience you have.
If you've ever wanted to see a proven process for cold outreach, this interview is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why failure is not the end

Starting fresh after your business collapses

Working with major brands just by asking


What you need to have in place before emailing strangers

How to face rejection as a freelancer

How to craft a cold email

How many times to follow up if no one replies

Brian and Colleen's original (and embarrassing) AIM usernames


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/219</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Land High-caliber Clients By Emailing Strangers | The Cold Outreach Masterclass With Colleen Welsch</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>219</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Colleen Welsch breaks down the cold outreach process she used to land some of the biggest brands in the beauty industry.
This email process can work in any industry to start bringing in consistent clients no matter how much experience you have.
If you've ever wanted to see a proven process for cold outreach, this interview is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why failure is not the end

Starting fresh after your business collapses

Working with major brands just by asking


What you need to have in place before emailing strangers

How to face rejection as a freelancer

How to craft a cold email

How many times to follow up if no one replies

Brian and Colleen's original (and embarrassing) AIM usernames


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/219</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Colleen Welsch breaks down the cold outreach process she used to land some of the biggest brands in the beauty industry.</p><p>This email process can work in any industry to start bringing in consistent clients no matter how much experience you have.</p><p>If you've ever wanted to see a proven process for cold outreach, this interview is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why failure is not the end</li>
<li>Starting fresh after your business collapses</li>
<li>Working with major brands <em>just by asking</em>
</li>
<li>What you need to have in place before emailing strangers</li>
<li>How to face rejection as a freelancer</li>
<li>How to craft a cold email</li>
<li>How many times to follow up if no one replies</li>
<li>Brian and Colleen's original (and embarrassing) AIM usernames</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/219">https://6figurecreative.com/219</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2953</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[efea990a-39ef-11ed-830b-4333f41ae927]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4099447961.mp3?updated=1663795483" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#218: How To Use Social Media To Start ATTRACTING Clients (Instead Of Chasing Them) | With Chris Smith</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/218</link>
      <description>The most difficult part of freelancing is attracting high-quality clients to you (especially early in your career).
Most people resort to two main "desperation tactics" when their schedules thin out...
Desperation Tactic 1: They start sending cold emails/DMs to people who don't have any idea who they are.
Desperation Tactic 2: They start publishing desperate-looking "hire me" posts on their socials. Things like "50% off THIS MONTH ONLY. HMU".
While they're chasing leads down like a starving troglodyte desperately hunting for food, there's a better way to market your business as a creative.
So what's the better way? That's what Chris Smith—our guest this week—wrote the book on...
While the book is called "The Conversion Code", the tagline says it all: "Stop chasing leads and start attracting clients".
No one wants to be "hunted", but most people want to be attracted to something/someone.
In this episode, Chris breaks down how to use social media to start attracting more clients instead of resorting to desperation tactics.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Overcoming the lead generation bottleneck

The number one key to getting booked

Content marketing as a freelancer

Basing your business model on Disney

Getting booked by posting on TikTok

The ROI of social media content creation

Documenting vs. creating content

Looking to others for inspiration

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/218</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Use Social Media To Start ATTRACTING Clients (Instead Of Chasing Them) | With Chris Smith</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The most difficult part of freelancing is attracting high-quality clients to you (especially early in your career).
Most people resort to two main "desperation tactics" when their schedules thin out...
Desperation Tactic 1: They start sending cold emails/DMs to people who don't have any idea who they are.
Desperation Tactic 2: They start publishing desperate-looking "hire me" posts on their socials. Things like "50% off THIS MONTH ONLY. HMU".
While they're chasing leads down like a starving troglodyte desperately hunting for food, there's a better way to market your business as a creative.
So what's the better way? That's what Chris Smith—our guest this week—wrote the book on...
While the book is called "The Conversion Code", the tagline says it all: "Stop chasing leads and start attracting clients".
No one wants to be "hunted", but most people want to be attracted to something/someone.
In this episode, Chris breaks down how to use social media to start attracting more clients instead of resorting to desperation tactics.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Overcoming the lead generation bottleneck

The number one key to getting booked

Content marketing as a freelancer

Basing your business model on Disney

Getting booked by posting on TikTok

The ROI of social media content creation

Documenting vs. creating content

Looking to others for inspiration

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/218</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The most difficult part of freelancing is attracting high-quality clients to <em>you (</em>especially early in your career).</p><p>Most people resort to two main "desperation tactics" when their schedules thin out...</p><p><strong>Desperation Tactic 1: </strong>They start sending cold emails/DMs to people who don't have any idea who they are.</p><p><strong>Desperation Tactic 2:</strong> They start publishing desperate-looking "hire me" posts on their socials. Things like "50% off THIS MONTH ONLY. HMU".</p><p>While they're chasing leads down like a starving troglodyte desperately hunting for food, there's a better way to market your business as a creative.</p><p>So what's the better way? That's what Chris Smith—our guest this week—wrote the book on...</p><p>While the book is called "<strong>The Conversion Code</strong>", the tagline says it all: "<strong><em>Stop chasing leads and start attracting clients"</em></strong>.</p><p>No one wants to be "hunted", but most people want to be <em>attracted </em>to something/someone.</p><p>In this episode, Chris breaks down how to use social media to start attracting more clients instead of resorting to desperation tactics.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Overcoming the lead generation bottleneck</li>
<li>The number one key to getting booked</li>
<li>Content marketing as a freelancer</li>
<li>Basing your business model on Disney</li>
<li>Getting booked by posting on TikTok</li>
<li>The ROI of social media content creation</li>
<li>Documenting vs. creating content</li>
<li>Looking to others for inspiration</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/218">https://6figurecreative.com/218</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2895</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d9a245b2-35e9-11ed-ad7e-a7c200de98e3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9926264344.mp3?updated=1663352259" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#217: Case Study: The Solo Freelancer Earning $1 Million Per Year (It's Not What You Think)</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/217</link>
      <description>I recently came across one of the coolest freelance businesses I've ever seen, and I wanted to bring this to the 6 Figure Creative audience.
I'm not going to spoil anything, but this freelancer is earning over $1 Million per year without a staff, without contractors, and he's able to accomplish this just by taking inspiration from a totally different industry than his own.
If you're feeling stagnant, stuck, uninspired, or you're simply not earning what you think you should be in your own business, this episode is absolutely for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you shouldn't rely on a single point of failure

Taking influence from other businesses outside of your industry

Creating income stability with a better business model

How to stay away from becoming an "inbred business"

How successful entrepreneurs deal with roadblocks

Sharing knowledge with your "competition"

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/217</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Case Study: The Solo Freelancer Earning $1 Million Per Year (It's Not What You Think)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>217</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I recently came across one of the coolest freelance businesses I've ever seen, and I wanted to bring this to the 6 Figure Creative audience.
I'm not going to spoil anything, but this freelancer is earning over $1 Million per year without a staff, without contractors, and he's able to accomplish this just by taking inspiration from a totally different industry than his own.
If you're feeling stagnant, stuck, uninspired, or you're simply not earning what you think you should be in your own business, this episode is absolutely for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you shouldn't rely on a single point of failure

Taking influence from other businesses outside of your industry

Creating income stability with a better business model

How to stay away from becoming an "inbred business"

How successful entrepreneurs deal with roadblocks

Sharing knowledge with your "competition"

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/217</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently came across one of the coolest freelance businesses I've ever seen, and I wanted to bring this to the 6 Figure Creative audience.</p><p>I'm not going to spoil anything, but this freelancer is earning over $1 Million per year without a staff, without contractors, and he's able to accomplish this just by taking inspiration from a totally different industry than his own.</p><p>If you're feeling stagnant, stuck, uninspired, or you're simply not earning what you think you should be in your own business, this episode is absolutely for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you shouldn't rely on a single point of failure</li>
<li>Taking influence from other businesses <em>outside</em> of your industry</li>
<li>Creating income stability with a better business model</li>
<li>How to stay away from becoming an "inbred business"</li>
<li>How successful entrepreneurs deal with roadblocks</li>
<li>Sharing knowledge with your "competition"</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/217">https://6figurecreative.com/217</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1796</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ba5b8d56-304b-11ed-852e-8fcb122f74de]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3809840430.mp3?updated=1662734643" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#216: How To Spend Less Time Doing The Stuff You Hate | The Easy Ates Framework</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/216</link>
      <description>No matter how much you love doing what you do, there are always going to be things that you hate doing but still need to be done.
This is the life of a business owner, and one of the root causes of burnout.
What if I told you there was a way to spend less time doing the stuff you hate so you can spend more time doing what you love?
There is, and it's something called the "Easy Ates" framework. This episode will break down how to use this framework in your own business so you can avoid burnout, work less, and spend much more time enjoying your creative business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Finding time to work on your business instead of in your business

How successful business owners use the same 24 hours you have

The best app to track your time KPIs

Eliminating the stressors in your business

Brian's 4-step framework for saving time

Systemizing your processes for more efficient business practices

Protecting yourself from outside factors

Procrastinating with perfectionism

Why not all hours are created equal

The "Easy Ates" Framework

Eliminate

Can you remove this from your business entirely?

Automate

Can you set up a system to do this for you?

Delegate

Can someone else do this for you?

Mitigate

How can we make this task less painful if we can't eliminate, automate, or delegate it?

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/216</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Spend Less Time Doing The Stuff You Hate | The Easy Ates Framework</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>216</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>No matter how much you love doing what you do, there are always going to be things that you hate doing but still need to be done.
This is the life of a business owner, and one of the root causes of burnout.
What if I told you there was a way to spend less time doing the stuff you hate so you can spend more time doing what you love?
There is, and it's something called the "Easy Ates" framework. This episode will break down how to use this framework in your own business so you can avoid burnout, work less, and spend much more time enjoying your creative business.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Finding time to work on your business instead of in your business

How successful business owners use the same 24 hours you have

The best app to track your time KPIs

Eliminating the stressors in your business

Brian's 4-step framework for saving time

Systemizing your processes for more efficient business practices

Protecting yourself from outside factors

Procrastinating with perfectionism

Why not all hours are created equal

The "Easy Ates" Framework

Eliminate

Can you remove this from your business entirely?

Automate

Can you set up a system to do this for you?

Delegate

Can someone else do this for you?

Mitigate

How can we make this task less painful if we can't eliminate, automate, or delegate it?

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/216</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>No matter how much you love doing what you do, there are <em>always</em> going to be things that you <em>hate</em> doing but still need to be done.</p><p>This is the life of a business owner, and one of the root causes of burnout.</p><p>What if I told you there was a way to spend <em>less</em> time doing the stuff you hate so you can spend <em>more</em> time doing what you love?</p><p>There is, and it's something called the "Easy Ates" framework. This episode will break down how to use this framework in your own business so you can avoid burnout, work less, and spend <em>much </em>more time enjoying your creative business.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Finding time to work <em>on</em> your business instead of in your business</li>
<li>How successful business owners use the same 24 hours you have</li>
<li>The best app to track your time KPIs</li>
<li>Eliminating the stressors in your business</li>
<li>Brian's 4-step framework for saving time</li>
<li>Systemizing your processes for more efficient business practices</li>
<li>Protecting yourself from outside factors</li>
<li>Procrastinating with perfectionism</li>
<li>Why not all hours are created equal</li>
</ul><h3>The "Easy Ates" Framework</h3><ul>
<li>Eliminate</li>
<li>Can you remove this from your business entirely?</li>
<li>Automate</li>
<li>Can you set up a system to do this for you?</li>
<li>Delegate</li>
<li>Can someone else do this for you?</li>
<li>Mitigate</li>
<li>How can we make this task less painful if we can't eliminate, automate, or delegate it?</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/216">https://6figurecreative.com/216</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2691</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[42c6439e-27c7-11ed-9dcb-3b5e97feb735]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4549944687.mp3?updated=1661799462" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#215: How To Earn Up To $500,000 Per HOUR As A Designer | With Cat Coquillette</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/215</link>
      <description>By FAR the easiest way to monetize your creative skills is by offering freelance services. The only issue with that approach is that it puts a cap on how much you could ever hope to earn per hour.

$50 per hour? Sure.

$500 per hour? Maybe...

$5,000 per hour!? Possibly 


$500,000 per hour? As a freelancer? There's no way that I know of...

The other issue with the freelance business model is that if you're not working, then you're not earning a dime (unless you know some secret hack to get paid time off as a freelancer, in which case hmu).
While freelancing can be a great way to get started as a designer, there's a far better business model that our podcast guest this week has used to earn up to $500k per hour–allowing her to travel the world full-time as a digital nomad.
The business model is partnering with big brands via licensing, and Cat Coquillette has mastered the process of being a prolific creator while also getting her designs placed in some of the biggest stores in the world, including Target, Urban Outfitters, Nordstrom, Bed Bath &amp; Beyond, and more.
Listen now to hear how she built her design business from the ground up while skipping out on the freelance part entirely.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to skip the freelance game and jump into scaleable income

A tax loophole to write off most of your travel expenses

80/20 for creatives - playing the numbers game

Using Print on Demand services to sell your designs

Being open to all opportunities

Handling criticism well

Contract negotiation - give and take

The importance of an active mailing list

Focusing on the important parts of your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/215</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Earn Up To $500,000 Per HOUR As A Designer | With Cat Coquillette</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>215</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>By FAR the easiest way to monetize your creative skills is by offering freelance services. The only issue with that approach is that it puts a cap on how much you could ever hope to earn per hour.

$50 per hour? Sure.

$500 per hour? Maybe...

$5,000 per hour!? Possibly 


$500,000 per hour? As a freelancer? There's no way that I know of...

The other issue with the freelance business model is that if you're not working, then you're not earning a dime (unless you know some secret hack to get paid time off as a freelancer, in which case hmu).
While freelancing can be a great way to get started as a designer, there's a far better business model that our podcast guest this week has used to earn up to $500k per hour–allowing her to travel the world full-time as a digital nomad.
The business model is partnering with big brands via licensing, and Cat Coquillette has mastered the process of being a prolific creator while also getting her designs placed in some of the biggest stores in the world, including Target, Urban Outfitters, Nordstrom, Bed Bath &amp; Beyond, and more.
Listen now to hear how she built her design business from the ground up while skipping out on the freelance part entirely.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to skip the freelance game and jump into scaleable income

A tax loophole to write off most of your travel expenses

80/20 for creatives - playing the numbers game

Using Print on Demand services to sell your designs

Being open to all opportunities

Handling criticism well

Contract negotiation - give and take

The importance of an active mailing list

Focusing on the important parts of your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/215</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>By FAR the easiest way to monetize your creative skills is by offering freelance services. The only issue with that approach is that it puts a cap on how much you could ever hope to earn per hour.</p><ul>
<li>$50 per hour? Sure.</li>
<li>$500 per hour? Maybe...</li>
<li>$5,000 per hour!? <em>Possibly </em>
</li>
<li>$500,000 per hour? As a freelancer? There's no way that I know of...</li>
</ul><p>The other issue with the freelance business model is that if you're not working, then you're not earning a dime (unless you know some secret hack to get paid time off as a freelancer, in which case hmu).</p><p>While freelancing can be a great way to get started as a designer, there's a <em>far</em> better business model that our podcast guest this week has used to earn up to $500k per hour–allowing her to travel the world full-time as a digital nomad.</p><p>The business model is partnering with big brands via licensing, and Cat Coquillette has mastered the process of being a prolific creator while also getting her designs placed in some of the biggest stores in the world, including Target, Urban Outfitters, Nordstrom, Bed Bath &amp; Beyond, and more.</p><p>Listen now to hear how she built her design business from the ground up while skipping out on the freelance part entirely.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to skip the freelance game and jump into scaleable income</li>
<li>A tax loophole to write off most of your travel expenses</li>
<li>80/20 for creatives - playing the numbers game</li>
<li>Using Print on Demand services to sell your designs</li>
<li>Being open to <em>all</em> opportunities</li>
<li>Handling criticism well</li>
<li>Contract negotiation - give and take</li>
<li>The importance of an active mailing list</li>
<li>Focusing on the important parts of your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/215">https://6figurecreative.com/215</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3275</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e849eeac-24b5-11ed-a010-7f2eb757552d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1073594324.mp3?updated=1661460759" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#214: How To Stop Trading Hours For Dollars By Creating An Ascension Ladder | With Rachel Brenke</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/214</link>
      <description>Answer this question: If you don't work today, will you still make money? What if you take the whole week off? Or the whole month?
This is the biggest drawback of being a freelancer. You have to work more if you want to earn more. 
There are a number of consequences for this, but the biggest issue for creatives like us is that the more we work, the more we face burnout. The more we face burnout, the higher the chance that we'll lose the initial passion that drove us to this business in the first place.
That means that the more we earn as freelancers, the more we'll face burnout.
I'm sure you see the issue here... while you may love what you do, I'm sure you want to maintain a healthy balance between maintaining creativity and maintaining your bank account.
None of us want to feel like we're on a hampster wheel of working just to pay the bills, but this is the sad reality of some of the most successful freelancers I know.
They built amazingly successful careers (at least financially), but they unknowingly built a trap for themselves. As their income increased, so did their lifestyle and bills.
As their bills increased, so did their dependency on their freelance income. This created a perpetual cycle of saying "yes" to projects they otherwise would have said "no" to if they didn't need the money.
So how do we get out of this deadly cycle? Well... One method is to just keep your living expenses (and business expenses) as low as humanly possible.
The other method (and one I much prefer) is to break away from directly trading your dollars for hours.
This is the choice that Rachel Brenke took in her own businesses, which have allowed her to scale her income to over $9,000,000.
While she does offer 1-to-1 services just like any typical freelancer, she's also built something called an "ascension ladder", which has allowed her to keep earning money regardless of whether she works this month or not.
If you're still on the hours-for-dollars treadmill, and you want to break away, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The art (and science) of niching down

How to offer services and products in multiple niches

Automating and outsourcing the stuff you don't want to do

How to build an "ascension ladder" as a freelancer

Why relying on a single point of failure can destroy a business

The 80/20 of content marketing that actually brings in clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/214</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Stop Trading Hours For Dollars By Creating An Ascension Ladder | With Rachel Brenke</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>211</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Answer this question: If you don't work today, will you still make money? What if you take the whole week off? Or the whole month?
This is the biggest drawback of being a freelancer. You have to work more if you want to earn more. 
There are a number of consequences for this, but the biggest issue for creatives like us is that the more we work, the more we face burnout. The more we face burnout, the higher the chance that we'll lose the initial passion that drove us to this business in the first place.
That means that the more we earn as freelancers, the more we'll face burnout.
I'm sure you see the issue here... while you may love what you do, I'm sure you want to maintain a healthy balance between maintaining creativity and maintaining your bank account.
None of us want to feel like we're on a hampster wheel of working just to pay the bills, but this is the sad reality of some of the most successful freelancers I know.
They built amazingly successful careers (at least financially), but they unknowingly built a trap for themselves. As their income increased, so did their lifestyle and bills.
As their bills increased, so did their dependency on their freelance income. This created a perpetual cycle of saying "yes" to projects they otherwise would have said "no" to if they didn't need the money.
So how do we get out of this deadly cycle? Well... One method is to just keep your living expenses (and business expenses) as low as humanly possible.
The other method (and one I much prefer) is to break away from directly trading your dollars for hours.
This is the choice that Rachel Brenke took in her own businesses, which have allowed her to scale her income to over $9,000,000.
While she does offer 1-to-1 services just like any typical freelancer, she's also built something called an "ascension ladder", which has allowed her to keep earning money regardless of whether she works this month or not.
If you're still on the hours-for-dollars treadmill, and you want to break away, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The art (and science) of niching down

How to offer services and products in multiple niches

Automating and outsourcing the stuff you don't want to do

How to build an "ascension ladder" as a freelancer

Why relying on a single point of failure can destroy a business

The 80/20 of content marketing that actually brings in clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/214</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Answer this question: If you don't work today, will you still make money? What if you take the whole week off? Or the whole month?</p><p>This is <strong><em>the</em></strong> biggest drawback of being a freelancer. <strong>You have to work more if you want to earn more. </strong></p><p>There are a number of consequences for this, but the biggest issue for creatives like us is that the more we work, the more we face burnout. The more we face burnout, the higher the chance that we'll lose the initial passion that drove us to this business in the first place.</p><p><strong>That means that the more we earn as freelancers, the more we'll face burnout.</strong></p><p>I'm sure you see the issue here... while you may <em>love</em> what you do, I'm sure you want to maintain a healthy balance between maintaining creativity and maintaining your bank account.</p><p>None of us want to feel like we're on a hampster wheel of working <em>just </em>to pay the bills, but this is the sad reality of some of the most successful freelancers I know.</p><p>They built amazingly successful careers (at least financially), but they unknowingly built a trap for themselves. As their income increased, so did their lifestyle and bills.</p><p>As their bills increased, so did their dependency on their freelance income. This created a perpetual cycle of saying "yes" to projects they otherwise would have said "no" to if they didn't need the money.</p><p>So how do we get out of this deadly cycle? Well... One method is to just keep your living expenses (and business expenses) as low as humanly possible.</p><p>The other method (and one I much prefer) is to break away from directly trading your dollars for hours.</p><p>This is the choice that Rachel Brenke took in her own businesses, which have allowed her to scale her income to over $9,000,000.</p><p>While she <em>does</em> offer 1-to-1 services just like any typical freelancer, she's also built something called an "ascension ladder", which has allowed her to keep earning money regardless of whether she works this month or not.</p><p>If you're still on the hours-for-dollars treadmill, and you want to break away, this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The art (and science) of niching down</li>
<li>How to offer services and products in multiple niches</li>
<li>Automating and outsourcing the stuff you don't want to do</li>
<li>How to build an "ascension ladder" as a freelancer</li>
<li>Why relying on a single point of failure can destroy a business</li>
<li>The 80/20 of content marketing that <em>actually</em> brings in clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/214">https://6figurecreative.com/214</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3040</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6ef37912-1efa-11ed-989d-333c4dca5975]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8751359494.mp3?updated=1660830985" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#213: The 4 BEST Ways To Become More Valuable To Your Clients (So You Can Charge More) | Takeaways From $100 Million Offers</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/213</link>
      <description>I'm super excited to share this with you today because this is the stuff that really moves the needle in your business.
This is how you can charge more without losing clients or getting rejected.
This is how you make your clients SO happy that they refer all their friends to you.
This is how you become more attractive to your "dream clients".
And this framework comes from a business owner earning over $100,000,000 per year... so you know this stuff works.
Today's episode breaks down the 4 BEST ways to become more valuable, and if you get this right, you'll completely transform how you show up to clients.
99% of the freelancers I know neglect all 4 of these areas to their own detriment. As a result, they're losing gigs to their competitors, they get constant pushback on pricing, and they're not generating nearly enough referrals to keep their calendars full.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Focusing on the end goal, not the short term

The value exchange

The importance of social proof and perceived likelihood of achievement

How to close bigger deals

How time delay affects pricing and client acquisition

The expert wins: why experts get the job 9 times out of 10

Why adding friction is a recipe for losing clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/213</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 BEST Ways To Become More Valuable To Your Clients (So You Can Charge More) | Takeaways From $100 Million Offers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>213</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I'm super excited to share this with you today because this is the stuff that really moves the needle in your business.
This is how you can charge more without losing clients or getting rejected.
This is how you make your clients SO happy that they refer all their friends to you.
This is how you become more attractive to your "dream clients".
And this framework comes from a business owner earning over $100,000,000 per year... so you know this stuff works.
Today's episode breaks down the 4 BEST ways to become more valuable, and if you get this right, you'll completely transform how you show up to clients.
99% of the freelancers I know neglect all 4 of these areas to their own detriment. As a result, they're losing gigs to their competitors, they get constant pushback on pricing, and they're not generating nearly enough referrals to keep their calendars full.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Focusing on the end goal, not the short term

The value exchange

The importance of social proof and perceived likelihood of achievement

How to close bigger deals

How time delay affects pricing and client acquisition

The expert wins: why experts get the job 9 times out of 10

Why adding friction is a recipe for losing clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/213</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I'm super excited to share this with you today because <em>this</em> is the stuff that really moves the needle in your business.</p><p><strong><em>This</em></strong> is how you can charge more <em>without</em> losing clients or getting rejected.</p><p><strong><em>This</em></strong> is how you make your clients SO happy that they refer all their friends to you.</p><p><strong><em>This</em></strong> is how you become more attractive to your "dream clients".</p><p>And this framework comes from a business owner earning over $100,000,000 per year... so you know this stuff works.</p><p>Today's episode breaks down the 4 BEST ways to become more valuable, and if you get this right, <strong>you'll completely transform how you show up to clients</strong>.</p><p>99% of the freelancers I know neglect all 4 of these areas to their own detriment. As a result, they're losing gigs to their competitors, they get constant pushback on pricing, and they're not generating nearly enough referrals to keep their calendars full.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Focusing on the end goal, not the short term</li>
<li>The value exchange</li>
<li>The importance of social proof and perceived likelihood of achievement</li>
<li>How to close bigger deals</li>
<li>How time delay affects pricing and client acquisition</li>
<li>The expert wins: why experts get the job 9 times out of 10</li>
<li>Why adding friction is a recipe for losing clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/213">https://6figurecreative.com/213</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3045</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[37faee84-1a5b-11ed-b438-5f255da708ef]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2972479467.mp3?updated=1660322532" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#212: How "Growth Hacking" Can Kickstart Your Freelance Business | With Ian Paget</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/212</link>
      <description>Answer this: What have you done this week to bring in new clients? 
99% of freelancers would say "uhhhh....." and proceed to stare at me blankly with a distant look in their eyes.
The sad reality is that most creatives sit around and wait for clients to find them. This is perfectly OK if your business is at the point where you're 100% booked up for the next 6 months with nothing but your ideal clients.
For the rest of us, we have to put in work to fill our calendars.
On this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I interviewed Ian Paget of Logo Geek. Ian has done a lot over the years to bring in clients as a freelancer.
He's executed multiple growth hacks in his business, which lead to over 90,000 followers on social media. He then used that following to launch one of the top design podcasts (despite being a total introvert).
Ian is the master of taking "imperfect action", and he's proven over and over again that anyone can face their fears and get out of their comfort zones in order to bring in new clients to their freelance business. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Ian pivoted from employee to freelancer


Growth hacking social media

The importance of engaging your audience

Overcoming the fears holding you back

Stumbling into success

The tech needed to start a podcast

Launching a podcast with a massive guest

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/212</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How "Growth Hacking" Can Kickstart Your Freelance Business | With Ian Paget</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>202</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Answer this: What have you done this week to bring in new clients? 
99% of freelancers would say "uhhhh....." and proceed to stare at me blankly with a distant look in their eyes.
The sad reality is that most creatives sit around and wait for clients to find them. This is perfectly OK if your business is at the point where you're 100% booked up for the next 6 months with nothing but your ideal clients.
For the rest of us, we have to put in work to fill our calendars.
On this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I interviewed Ian Paget of Logo Geek. Ian has done a lot over the years to bring in clients as a freelancer.
He's executed multiple growth hacks in his business, which lead to over 90,000 followers on social media. He then used that following to launch one of the top design podcasts (despite being a total introvert).
Ian is the master of taking "imperfect action", and he's proven over and over again that anyone can face their fears and get out of their comfort zones in order to bring in new clients to their freelance business. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Ian pivoted from employee to freelancer


Growth hacking social media

The importance of engaging your audience

Overcoming the fears holding you back

Stumbling into success

The tech needed to start a podcast

Launching a podcast with a massive guest

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/212</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Answer this: <strong>What have you done this week to bring in new clients? </strong></p><p>99% of freelancers would say "uhhhh....." and proceed to stare at me blankly with a distant look in their eyes.</p><p>The sad reality is that<strong> most creatives sit around and wait for clients to find them.</strong> This is perfectly OK if your business is at the point where you're 100% booked up for the next 6 months with nothing but your ideal clients.</p><p>For the rest of us, <u>we have to put in work to fill our calendars.</u></p><p>On this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, I interviewed Ian Paget of Logo Geek. Ian has done a <em>lot</em> over the years to bring in clients as a freelancer.</p><p>He's executed multiple growth hacks in his business, which lead to over 90,000 followers on social media. He then used that following to launch one of the top design podcasts (despite being a total introvert).</p><p>Ian is the master of taking "imperfect action", and he's proven over and over again that<strong> anyone can face their fears and get out of their comfort zones in order to bring in new clients to their freelance business. </strong></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Ian pivoted <strong>from employee to freelancer</strong>
</li>
<li>Growth hacking social media</li>
<li>The importance of engaging your audience</li>
<li>Overcoming the fears holding you back</li>
<li>Stumbling into success</li>
<li>The tech needed to start a podcast</li>
<li>Launching a podcast with a <em>massive</em> guest</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/212">https://6figurecreative.com/212</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3642</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4d1008de-1409-11ed-8867-57626ec14990]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2980324527.mp3?updated=1659627662" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#211: The Missing Skills You Need For Surviving (And Thriving) As A Freelancer | With Sarah Townsend</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/211</link>
      <description>You're finally out on your own as a freelancer... no more bosses, offices, fluorescent lights, and no more commute. 🥳
That also means you're now responsible for your own survival. No more regular paychecks, retirement accounts, paid time off, or coworkers who can cover for you.
Do you have all of the skills that it takes to make survive as a freelancer? If not, this is going to be a rough ride on the entrepreneurial roller coaster...
On this episode of 6 Figure Creative, I sat down to talk to Sarah Townsend, the author of "Survival Skills for Freelancers". She broke down the skills she had to develop to survive (and thrive) for the past 2 years as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The importance of saying no

How to politely turn down a lead

Why working with the wrong people hurts you more than you think

Coping with self-doubt - you're not alone

How social media can be positive or negative for freelancers

Picking the right social media platforms for you


Managing your social media presence effectively

Why you shouldn't expect your followers to know who you are

How to focus on work as a freelancer

Separating personal and work time

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/211</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Missing Skills You Need For Surviving (And Thriving) As A Freelancer | With Sarah Townsend</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You're finally out on your own as a freelancer... no more bosses, offices, fluorescent lights, and no more commute. 🥳
That also means you're now responsible for your own survival. No more regular paychecks, retirement accounts, paid time off, or coworkers who can cover for you.
Do you have all of the skills that it takes to make survive as a freelancer? If not, this is going to be a rough ride on the entrepreneurial roller coaster...
On this episode of 6 Figure Creative, I sat down to talk to Sarah Townsend, the author of "Survival Skills for Freelancers". She broke down the skills she had to develop to survive (and thrive) for the past 2 years as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The importance of saying no

How to politely turn down a lead

Why working with the wrong people hurts you more than you think

Coping with self-doubt - you're not alone

How social media can be positive or negative for freelancers

Picking the right social media platforms for you


Managing your social media presence effectively

Why you shouldn't expect your followers to know who you are

How to focus on work as a freelancer

Separating personal and work time

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/211</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You're <strong><em>finally</em></strong> out on your own as a freelancer... no more bosses, offices, fluorescent lights, and no more commute. 🥳</p><p>That also means <strong><em>you're now responsible for your own survival.</em></strong> No more regular paychecks, retirement accounts, paid time off, or coworkers who can cover for you.</p><p>Do you have all of the skills that it takes to make survive as a freelancer? If not, this is going to be a rough ride on the entrepreneurial roller coaster...</p><p>On this episode of 6 Figure Creative, I sat down to talk to Sarah Townsend, the author of "Survival Skills for Freelancers". She broke down the skills she had to develop to survive (and thrive) for the past 2 years as a freelancer.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The importance of saying no</li>
<li>How to politely turn down a lead</li>
<li>Why working with the wrong people hurts you more than you think</li>
<li>Coping with self-doubt - you're not alone</li>
<li>How social media can be positive or negative for freelancers</li>
<li>Picking the right social media platforms for <em>you</em>
</li>
<li>Managing your social media presence effectively</li>
<li>Why you shouldn't expect your followers to know who you are</li>
<li>How to focus on work as a freelancer</li>
<li>Separating personal and work time</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/211">https://6figurecreative.com/211</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3796</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e84687e-0de9-11ed-89ed-4bd1f3227852]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1947635993.mp3?updated=1658953835" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#210: Annihilating Fear So You Can Step Into Your True Power As A Creative | With James Victore</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/210</link>
      <description>If you struggle with low self-worth, perfectionism, procrastination, or self-doubt, then you might be making the mistake of letting fear into the driver's seat of your business.
Fear is a plague in our creative community.
So many of us let fear...

drive our rates down to pitiful levels (and keep us from ever raising them)

drive us working extra hours for free (so we don't "ruffle feathers" by asking to be compensated)

drive us to keep tweaking things for hours until they're "perfect" (even though there's no such thing as perfection)

trap us in a state of perpetual procrastination for all of those big things we know will push our business forward

It probably sounds obvious that fear is a terrible thing for you and your business, yet so many of us keep allowing fear to drive us every single day. 
That's why I wanted to bring on someone who's literally written the book on this. The author of "Feck Perfuction" is a world-renowned artist named James Victore.
You may have seen his work in The Louvre or the Museum of Modern Art in New York, and I think it goes without saying that you don't make it to that level as a creative without annihilating fear.
James has managed to break free of fear and build an incredible name for himself, and this episode dives into his process for what he does when the "fear demon" tries to sit on his shoulders and tell him how to live his life.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The importance of overcoming your fears

Perfection and procrastination: your silent enemies

How to get over our physical and mental ailments

How childhood trauma, no matter how mild, affects your life/business

Learning how to love yourself

Finding clients who fit what you want to create

Why failing more is good

Taking risks to make your work stand out

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/210</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Annihilating Fear So You Can Step Into Your True Power As A Creative | With James Victore</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you struggle with low self-worth, perfectionism, procrastination, or self-doubt, then you might be making the mistake of letting fear into the driver's seat of your business.
Fear is a plague in our creative community.
So many of us let fear...

drive our rates down to pitiful levels (and keep us from ever raising them)

drive us working extra hours for free (so we don't "ruffle feathers" by asking to be compensated)

drive us to keep tweaking things for hours until they're "perfect" (even though there's no such thing as perfection)

trap us in a state of perpetual procrastination for all of those big things we know will push our business forward

It probably sounds obvious that fear is a terrible thing for you and your business, yet so many of us keep allowing fear to drive us every single day. 
That's why I wanted to bring on someone who's literally written the book on this. The author of "Feck Perfuction" is a world-renowned artist named James Victore.
You may have seen his work in The Louvre or the Museum of Modern Art in New York, and I think it goes without saying that you don't make it to that level as a creative without annihilating fear.
James has managed to break free of fear and build an incredible name for himself, and this episode dives into his process for what he does when the "fear demon" tries to sit on his shoulders and tell him how to live his life.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The importance of overcoming your fears

Perfection and procrastination: your silent enemies

How to get over our physical and mental ailments

How childhood trauma, no matter how mild, affects your life/business

Learning how to love yourself

Finding clients who fit what you want to create

Why failing more is good

Taking risks to make your work stand out

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/210</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you struggle with low self-worth, perfectionism, procrastination, or self-doubt, then you might be making the mistake of letting fear into the driver's seat of your business.</p><p>Fear is a plague in our creative community.</p><p>So many of us let <strong><em>fear...</em></strong></p><ul>
<li>drive our rates down to pitiful levels (and keep us from ever raising them)</li>
<li>drive us working extra hours for free (so we don't "ruffle feathers" by asking to be compensated)</li>
<li>drive us to keep tweaking things for <em>hours</em> until they're "perfect" (even though there's no such thing as perfection)</li>
<li>trap us in a state of perpetual procrastination for all of those big things we know will push our business forward</li>
</ul><p>It probably sounds obvious that fear is a terrible thing for you and your business, yet so many of us keep allowing fear to drive us <em>every single day. </em></p><p>That's why I wanted to bring on someone who's literally written the book on this. The author of "Feck Perfuction" is a world-renowned artist named James Victore.</p><p>You may have seen his work in The Louvre or the Museum of Modern Art in New York, and I think it goes without saying that you don't make it to that level as a creative without annihilating fear.</p><p>James has managed to break free of fear and build an incredible name for himself, and this episode dives into his process for what he does when the "fear demon" tries to sit on his shoulders and tell him how to live his life.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The importance of overcoming your fears</li>
<li>Perfection and procrastination: your silent enemies</li>
<li>How to get over our physical and mental ailments</li>
<li>How childhood trauma, no matter how mild, affects your life/business</li>
<li>Learning how to love yourself</li>
<li>Finding clients who fit what <em>you</em> want to create</li>
<li>Why failing <em>more</em> is good</li>
<li>Taking risks to make your work stand out</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/210">https://6figurecreative.com/210</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2251</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e8066880-0917-11ed-98b2-cfe03eacaa05]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1810562740.mp3?updated=1658424677" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#209: Choosing A Niche That Attracts Your Best Clients (And Repels The Worst) | With Micah Woods</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/209</link>
      <description>Are you one of those bland, boring, vanilla freelancers who are trying to appeal to everyone? Are you terrified of the thought of offending someone or pushing away "potential" clients?
The problem with being a "Vanilla Freelancer" that is you're invisible to the vast majority of people because you have nothing interesting to say, and you likely stand for nothing. 
You're not alone. There's a massive chunk of the creative world that's fallen into the trap of trying to appeal to everyone, and instead, you appeal to absolutely no one.
Why would I choose to work with you when there's someone who specializes in exactly what I'm looking for?
Why would I pick your plain vanilla business over another one that perfectly aligns with my values?
The irony is that you're costing yourself clients who would be perfect for you simply because you're too afraid to stand out.
The result is you get the bottom-of-the-barrel clients who were rejected by all the specialists who decided to choose a niche and own it.
Many industries have figured this out, but somehow we creatives seem to latch onto the bland, boring, and vanilla.
That's why I wanted to bring on Micah Woods to talk about his non-traditional niche.
Micah is a branding and web designer who's forged his own path with a unique niche I haven't seen from any other freelancer, and it's done wonders for his business.
Not only has it attracted his ideal clients to him, but it's also allowed him to reliably repel the worst types of clients for his business.
The result is that he's able to enjoy a quiet, peaceful, blue ocean in the branding and design world while others are fighting for scraps in the red ocean of bland vanilla creatives.
You do not want to miss this week's episode, so set time aside to listen ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The impact of knowing you're about to lose your job

Why you shouldn't care if you're "bothering" people

It's all a matter of timing: cold outreach

Choosing your niche before you start your business

Launching a business and getting traction right away

How you can get clients with a small social media presence

Thriving in a blue ocean

The value of paying others to handle tasks for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/209</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Choosing A Niche That Attracts Your Best Clients (And Repels The Worst) | With Micah Woods</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are you one of those bland, boring, vanilla freelancers who are trying to appeal to everyone? Are you terrified of the thought of offending someone or pushing away "potential" clients?
The problem with being a "Vanilla Freelancer" that is you're invisible to the vast majority of people because you have nothing interesting to say, and you likely stand for nothing. 
You're not alone. There's a massive chunk of the creative world that's fallen into the trap of trying to appeal to everyone, and instead, you appeal to absolutely no one.
Why would I choose to work with you when there's someone who specializes in exactly what I'm looking for?
Why would I pick your plain vanilla business over another one that perfectly aligns with my values?
The irony is that you're costing yourself clients who would be perfect for you simply because you're too afraid to stand out.
The result is you get the bottom-of-the-barrel clients who were rejected by all the specialists who decided to choose a niche and own it.
Many industries have figured this out, but somehow we creatives seem to latch onto the bland, boring, and vanilla.
That's why I wanted to bring on Micah Woods to talk about his non-traditional niche.
Micah is a branding and web designer who's forged his own path with a unique niche I haven't seen from any other freelancer, and it's done wonders for his business.
Not only has it attracted his ideal clients to him, but it's also allowed him to reliably repel the worst types of clients for his business.
The result is that he's able to enjoy a quiet, peaceful, blue ocean in the branding and design world while others are fighting for scraps in the red ocean of bland vanilla creatives.
You do not want to miss this week's episode, so set time aside to listen ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The impact of knowing you're about to lose your job

Why you shouldn't care if you're "bothering" people

It's all a matter of timing: cold outreach

Choosing your niche before you start your business

Launching a business and getting traction right away

How you can get clients with a small social media presence

Thriving in a blue ocean

The value of paying others to handle tasks for you

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/209</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you one of those bland, boring, vanilla freelancers who are trying to appeal to everyone? Are you terrified of the thought of offending someone or pushing away "potential" clients?</p><p>The problem with being a "Vanilla Freelancer" that is you're invisible to the vast majority of people because <strong>you have nothing interesting to say, and you likely stand for nothing. </strong></p><p>You're not alone. There's a massive chunk of the creative world that's fallen into the trap of trying to appeal to everyone, and instead, you appeal to absolutely no one.</p><p><u>Why would I choose to work with you when there's someone who specializes in </u><em><u>exactly </u></em><u>what I'm looking for?</u></p><p><u>Why would I pick your plain vanilla business over another one that perfectly aligns with my values?</u></p><p>The irony is that you're costing yourself clients who would be <em>perfect</em> for you simply because you're too afraid to stand out.</p><p>The result is you get the bottom-of-the-barrel clients who were rejected by all the specialists who decided to choose a niche and own it.</p><p>Many industries have figured this out, but somehow we creatives seem to latch onto the bland, boring, and vanilla.</p><p>That's why I wanted to bring on Micah Woods to talk about his non-traditional niche.</p><p>Micah is a branding and web designer who's forged his own path with a unique niche I haven't seen from any other freelancer, and it's done wonders for his business.</p><p>Not only has it attracted his ideal clients to him, but it's also<em> </em>allowed him to reliably repel the worst types of clients for his business.</p><p>The result is that he's able to enjoy a quiet, peaceful, blue ocean in the branding and design world while others are fighting for scraps in the red ocean of bland vanilla creatives.</p><p>You do not want to miss this week's episode, so set time aside to listen ASAP.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The impact of <em>knowing</em> you're about to lose your job</li>
<li>Why you shouldn't care if you're "bothering" people</li>
<li>It's all a matter of timing: cold outreach</li>
<li>Choosing your niche <em>before</em> you start your business</li>
<li>Launching a business and getting traction right away</li>
<li>How you can get clients with a small social media presence</li>
<li>Thriving in a blue ocean</li>
<li>The value of paying others to handle tasks for you</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/209">https://6figurecreative.com/209</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3735</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[327321ba-03af-11ed-9f2b-8fbc3b832a7d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1714008306.mp3?updated=1657829734" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#208: Building A Flawless Experience For Your Clients | With Nicholas Di Lorenzo</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/208</link>
      <description>Have you obsessively perfected every single step of what your clients experience before, during, and after working with you?
Most of the struggling freelancers I know have failed to do this, and it's costing them client, after client, after client, that they could have otherwise gained.
The reason should be obvious: clients might forget the details of what it was like to work with you, but they will never forget how you made them feel.
If you create a frustrating experience for them, you'll forever be remembered as "that one person who was incredibly frustrating to work with".
If you create a confusing experience, they'll remember how they always felt lost during their experience with you.
All of the most successful business owners I know have put tons of time, effort, and energy into perfecting their client experience for every single project.
A well-executed client experience means happier clients, more referrals, more repeat projects, and an overall better reputation for your business.
This is what my guest Nicholas Di Lorenzo has obsessed over in his business. He's built a fantastic client experience that has kept him booked solid in one of the most notoriously difficult business models in the audio industry.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The advantages of starting as someone's assistant

How to grow your own business after working for someone else

Finding the techniques that stick


Making your clients' life as easy as possible

Keeping your workspace clean to help focus

Freeing up time to explore new areas of your business

How bad (or no) systems can cost opportunities

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/208</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Building A Flawless Experience For Your Clients | With Nicholas Di Lorenzo</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>208</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you obsessively perfected every single step of what your clients experience before, during, and after working with you?
Most of the struggling freelancers I know have failed to do this, and it's costing them client, after client, after client, that they could have otherwise gained.
The reason should be obvious: clients might forget the details of what it was like to work with you, but they will never forget how you made them feel.
If you create a frustrating experience for them, you'll forever be remembered as "that one person who was incredibly frustrating to work with".
If you create a confusing experience, they'll remember how they always felt lost during their experience with you.
All of the most successful business owners I know have put tons of time, effort, and energy into perfecting their client experience for every single project.
A well-executed client experience means happier clients, more referrals, more repeat projects, and an overall better reputation for your business.
This is what my guest Nicholas Di Lorenzo has obsessed over in his business. He's built a fantastic client experience that has kept him booked solid in one of the most notoriously difficult business models in the audio industry.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The advantages of starting as someone's assistant

How to grow your own business after working for someone else

Finding the techniques that stick


Making your clients' life as easy as possible

Keeping your workspace clean to help focus

Freeing up time to explore new areas of your business

How bad (or no) systems can cost opportunities

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/208</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you obsessively perfected every single step of what your clients experience before, during, and after working with you?</p><p>Most of the struggling freelancers I know have failed to do this, and it's costing them client, after client, after client, that they could have otherwise gained.</p><p>The reason should be obvious: clients might forget the details of what it was like to work with you, but they will <em>never</em> forget how you made them feel.</p><p>If you create a frustrating experience for them, you'll forever be remembered as "that one person who was incredibly frustrating to work with".</p><p>If you create a confusing experience, they'll remember how they always felt lost during their experience with you.</p><p><em>All</em> of the most successful business owners I know have put tons of time, effort, and energy into perfecting their client experience for every single project.</p><p>A well-executed client experience means happier clients, more referrals, more repeat projects, and an overall better reputation for your business.</p><p>This is what my guest Nicholas Di Lorenzo has obsessed over in his business. He's built a fantastic client experience that has kept him booked solid in one of the most notoriously difficult business models in the audio industry.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The advantages of starting as someone's assistant</li>
<li>How to grow your own business after working for someone else</li>
<li>Finding the techniques that <em>stick</em>
</li>
<li>Making your clients' life as easy as possible</li>
<li>Keeping your workspace clean to help focus</li>
<li>Freeing up time to explore new areas of your business</li>
<li>How bad (or no) systems can cost opportunities</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/208">https://6figurecreative.com/208</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2873</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8faa561e-0120-11ed-b82f-db25bbaaf279]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1757349120.mp3?updated=1657548761" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#207: How Freelancers Can Use "The Rule Of 7" To Ethically Get More Clients | With Mike Janda</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/207</link>
      <description>Ever felt like you wanted to reach out to someone, but didn't want to bother them?
Maybe it was an old acquaintance, a past client, or even a prospective client you've had your eyes on for a while...
Creatives typically have this voice inside our heads that say "don't do that... you'll just be bothering them".
Here's something that may surprise you: That voice is usually a lying, thieving, horrible bastard who's simply holding you back from getting what you want...
What's even worse is that this voice is holding your prospective clients back from the rich experience of connecting with you and all of the value you could potentially bring to their lives.
If you want proof, just look at your own life. How many other people are constantly reaching out to you, bothering you with offers you don't want?

How many other freelancers are "bothering" you about hiring them?

How many old acquaintances are reaching out to you about meeting up for dinner or drinks to catch up?

Hell, how many potential love interests are sliding into your DMs?

If you're like 99% of the rest of us, those things are rarely (if ever) happening.
There's a better way to handle this stuff.
It's something called The Rule of 7, and it's one of the keys to the incredible success of this week's guest.
This week I got to speak to a "7-figure creative" who turned his 6-figure freelance business into a 7-figure agency (which he eventually sold).
He's used the Rule of 7 ethically to get more clients, stay top of mind, build trust, win more projects, and ultimately, earn millions and millions of dollars through his creative business as a designer. 
This is what separates struggling creatives from multi-million dollar powerhouse guests like Mike Janda.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to prepare yourself for an economic downturn

Positioning yourself as a freelancer to replace your day job

Solving problems as a method of sales

The rule of 7

The importance of meeting people in person

Competition at the top levels of freelancing

Understanding the market you're in to provide a valuable offer

Balancing between big city freelancers and "cheap" options in other countries

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/207</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Freelancers Can Use "The Rule Of 7" To Ethically Get More Clients | With Mike Janda</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>207</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever felt like you wanted to reach out to someone, but didn't want to bother them?
Maybe it was an old acquaintance, a past client, or even a prospective client you've had your eyes on for a while...
Creatives typically have this voice inside our heads that say "don't do that... you'll just be bothering them".
Here's something that may surprise you: That voice is usually a lying, thieving, horrible bastard who's simply holding you back from getting what you want...
What's even worse is that this voice is holding your prospective clients back from the rich experience of connecting with you and all of the value you could potentially bring to their lives.
If you want proof, just look at your own life. How many other people are constantly reaching out to you, bothering you with offers you don't want?

How many other freelancers are "bothering" you about hiring them?

How many old acquaintances are reaching out to you about meeting up for dinner or drinks to catch up?

Hell, how many potential love interests are sliding into your DMs?

If you're like 99% of the rest of us, those things are rarely (if ever) happening.
There's a better way to handle this stuff.
It's something called The Rule of 7, and it's one of the keys to the incredible success of this week's guest.
This week I got to speak to a "7-figure creative" who turned his 6-figure freelance business into a 7-figure agency (which he eventually sold).
He's used the Rule of 7 ethically to get more clients, stay top of mind, build trust, win more projects, and ultimately, earn millions and millions of dollars through his creative business as a designer. 
This is what separates struggling creatives from multi-million dollar powerhouse guests like Mike Janda.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to prepare yourself for an economic downturn

Positioning yourself as a freelancer to replace your day job

Solving problems as a method of sales

The rule of 7

The importance of meeting people in person

Competition at the top levels of freelancing

Understanding the market you're in to provide a valuable offer

Balancing between big city freelancers and "cheap" options in other countries

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/207</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like you <em>wanted</em> to reach out to someone, but didn't want to bother them?</p><p>Maybe it was an old acquaintance, a past client, or even a prospective client you've had your eyes on for a while...</p><p>Creatives typically have this voice inside our heads that say <strong><em>"don't do that... you'll just be bothering them"</em></strong>.</p><p>Here's something that may surprise you: <strong>That voice is usually a lying, thieving, horrible bastard who's simply holding you back from getting what you want...</strong></p><p>What's even worse is that this voice is holding your prospective clients back from the rich experience of connecting with you and all of the value you could potentially bring to their lives.</p><p>If you want proof, just look at your own life. <strong>How many other people are constantly reaching out to you, bothering you with offers you don't want?</strong></p><ul>
<li>How many other freelancers are "bothering" you about hiring them?</li>
<li>How many old acquaintances are reaching out to you about meeting up for dinner or drinks to catch up?</li>
<li>Hell, how many potential love interests are sliding into your DMs?</li>
</ul><p>If you're like 99% of the rest of us, those things are rarely (if ever) happening.</p><p><strong>There's a better way to handle this stuff.</strong></p><p>It's something called <strong>The Rule of 7,</strong> and it's one of the keys to the incredible success of this week's guest.</p><p>This week I got to speak to a "7-figure creative" who turned his 6-figure freelance business into a 7-figure agency (which he eventually sold).</p><p>He's used the Rule of 7 ethically to get more clients, stay top of mind, build trust, win more projects, and ultimately, <strong>earn millions and millions of dollars through his creative business as a designer. </strong></p><p>This is what separates struggling creatives from multi-million dollar powerhouse guests like Mike Janda.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to prepare yourself for an economic downturn</li>
<li>Positioning yourself as a freelancer to replace your day job</li>
<li>Solving problems as a method of sales</li>
<li>The rule of 7</li>
<li>The importance of meeting people in person</li>
<li>Competition at the top levels of freelancing</li>
<li>Understanding the market you're in to provide a valuable offer</li>
<li>Balancing between big city freelancers and "cheap" options in other countries</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/207">https://6figurecreative.com/207</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3081</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bede8750-f7ea-11ec-ba67-d7002e9c5964]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5110243217.mp3?updated=1656535490" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#206: Stuck With Low $$$ Projects? Here's How To Level Up To $50,000 Projects | With Ryan Koral</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/206</link>
      <description>The dark side of freelancing (that no one wants to discuss) is the wasteland of low-dollar "Fiverr Freelancers" charging bottom-dollar rates for "butt-in-seat" projects.
Whether you're on Fiverr or not, you may still be trapped in this low-dollar wasteland that is essentially just another soulless day job you've created for yourself.
These projects tend to be unfulfilling and draining, and you end up in a horrible financial place.
This is what so many newbies and struggling creatives do, and many never make it out of this trap. 
I know this might sound painfully obvious, but you can't build a sustainable freelance business out of low-dollar, unfulfilling work where you're competing with hundreds (or thousands) of copycat competitors willing to work longer hours for less money than you.
This is why I wanted to bring on Ryan Koral from Tell Studios to talk about how he successfully transitioned from $500 projects to regular $50,000 projects, eventually scaling his freelance business to over $1,000,000 per year.
Ryan shared a ton of incredible info, including one of my new favorite strategies for closing high-dollar projects, so do not skip this week's interview.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Ryan pivoted from a full-time job earning $23,000/year to a becoming a full time freelancer

How "yes mode" affects the start of your business

Why you don't hire significant others for your business

Dealing with employees who don't have the right expectation

The benefits of delegating tasks to others

Why your employees aren't the idiots you think they are

Your value vs. how your clients value your work

How to sell a low $$$ workshop that leads to a $50k project (with a 100% success rate). 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/206</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Stuck With Low $$$ Projects? Here's How To Level Up To $50,000 Projects | With Ryan Koral</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The dark side of freelancing (that no one wants to discuss) is the wasteland of low-dollar "Fiverr Freelancers" charging bottom-dollar rates for "butt-in-seat" projects.
Whether you're on Fiverr or not, you may still be trapped in this low-dollar wasteland that is essentially just another soulless day job you've created for yourself.
These projects tend to be unfulfilling and draining, and you end up in a horrible financial place.
This is what so many newbies and struggling creatives do, and many never make it out of this trap. 
I know this might sound painfully obvious, but you can't build a sustainable freelance business out of low-dollar, unfulfilling work where you're competing with hundreds (or thousands) of copycat competitors willing to work longer hours for less money than you.
This is why I wanted to bring on Ryan Koral from Tell Studios to talk about how he successfully transitioned from $500 projects to regular $50,000 projects, eventually scaling his freelance business to over $1,000,000 per year.
Ryan shared a ton of incredible info, including one of my new favorite strategies for closing high-dollar projects, so do not skip this week's interview.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Ryan pivoted from a full-time job earning $23,000/year to a becoming a full time freelancer

How "yes mode" affects the start of your business

Why you don't hire significant others for your business

Dealing with employees who don't have the right expectation

The benefits of delegating tasks to others

Why your employees aren't the idiots you think they are

Your value vs. how your clients value your work

How to sell a low $$$ workshop that leads to a $50k project (with a 100% success rate). 

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/206</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The dark side of freelancing (that no one wants to discuss) is the wasteland of low-dollar "Fiverr Freelancers" charging bottom-dollar rates for "butt-in-seat" projects.</p><p>Whether you're on Fiverr or not, you may still be trapped in this low-dollar wasteland that is essentially <em>just</em> another soulless day job you've created for yourself.</p><p>These projects tend to be unfulfilling and draining, and you end up in a horrible financial place.</p><p><strong>This is what so many newbies and struggling creatives do, and many never make it out of this trap. </strong></p><p>I know this might sound painfully obvious, but you can't build a sustainable freelance business out of low-dollar, unfulfilling work where you're competing with hundreds (or thousands) of copycat competitors willing to work longer hours for less money than you.</p><p>This is why I wanted to bring on<strong> Ryan Koral from Tell Studios </strong>to talk about how he successfully transitioned from $500 projects to regular $50,000 projects, eventually scaling his freelance business to over $1,000,000 per year.</p><p>Ryan shared a ton of incredible info, including one of my new favorite strategies for closing high-dollar projects, so <em>do not</em> skip this week's interview.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why Ryan pivoted from a full-time job earning $23,000/year to a becoming a full time freelancer</li>
<li>How "yes mode" affects the start of your business</li>
<li>Why you don't hire significant others for your business</li>
<li>Dealing with employees who don't have the right expectation</li>
<li>The benefits of delegating tasks to others</li>
<li>Why your employees <em>aren't</em> the idiots you think they are</li>
<li>Your value vs. how your clients value your work</li>
<li>How to sell a low $$$ workshop that leads to a $50k project (with a 100% success rate). </li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/206">https://6figurecreative.com/206</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4220</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8d36eea0-f61d-11ec-a301-dbf9e0cec2f7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8421254494.mp3?updated=1656337573" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#205: How To Be "The Full Package" 6 Figure Creative | With Toby Lloyd</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/205</link>
      <description>If you ever want to break 6 figures as a freelancer (or whatever your goal is), let me ask you something important...
Are you running your business (and life) like a 6 figure creative?
Most people think they can keep acting like a 4 or 5-figure freelancer and that eventually (with enough hard work and perseverance), you'll somehow break that elusive 6-figure goal.
The reality is that you have to BE a 6 figure creative before you can earn 6 figures. 
Confused? Here's what I mean...
Every 6 Figure Creative I know has these characteristics:

They're intentional in their personal life and business.

They have specific goals AND take consistent actions working towards those goals

They let opportunity and possibility drive their decisions instead of fear and self-doubt.

They're not afraid to show the world exactly who they are and are not.


The thing that most people don't understand is that these other 6 Figure Creatives already had these qualities and characteristics before they ever cracked 6 figures.
You are the same. Until you have the qualities and characteristics of a 6 figure creative, you will not crack that number (or whatever number you're trying to reach).
Our guest in this week's interview is the perfect example of someone who has all of these qualities. Toby Lloyd has been a freelancer for the past 15 years, and he's put a lot of care and intention into being the type of person he needed to be in order to be successful.
Toby's results speak for themselves. If you want to learn what "the full package" looks like as a true 6 Figure Creative, this interview is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Toby Lloyd transitioned from a full-time job in the film industry to a 6-figure home studio owner

Using competitions to create awareness for your business

Qualifying leads to make sure you're the best fit for the project

Why you need to get leads first and then focus on growth

The mindset of a good producer

How to nurture long-term relationships with your clients

Using flat-rate pricing to keep artists at ease in the studio

The difference between a Kiwi accent and an Aussie accent

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/205</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Be "The Full Package" 6 Figure Creative | With Toby Lloyd</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>205</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you ever want to break 6 figures as a freelancer (or whatever your goal is), let me ask you something important...
Are you running your business (and life) like a 6 figure creative?
Most people think they can keep acting like a 4 or 5-figure freelancer and that eventually (with enough hard work and perseverance), you'll somehow break that elusive 6-figure goal.
The reality is that you have to BE a 6 figure creative before you can earn 6 figures. 
Confused? Here's what I mean...
Every 6 Figure Creative I know has these characteristics:

They're intentional in their personal life and business.

They have specific goals AND take consistent actions working towards those goals

They let opportunity and possibility drive their decisions instead of fear and self-doubt.

They're not afraid to show the world exactly who they are and are not.


The thing that most people don't understand is that these other 6 Figure Creatives already had these qualities and characteristics before they ever cracked 6 figures.
You are the same. Until you have the qualities and characteristics of a 6 figure creative, you will not crack that number (or whatever number you're trying to reach).
Our guest in this week's interview is the perfect example of someone who has all of these qualities. Toby Lloyd has been a freelancer for the past 15 years, and he's put a lot of care and intention into being the type of person he needed to be in order to be successful.
Toby's results speak for themselves. If you want to learn what "the full package" looks like as a true 6 Figure Creative, this interview is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Toby Lloyd transitioned from a full-time job in the film industry to a 6-figure home studio owner

Using competitions to create awareness for your business

Qualifying leads to make sure you're the best fit for the project

Why you need to get leads first and then focus on growth

The mindset of a good producer

How to nurture long-term relationships with your clients

Using flat-rate pricing to keep artists at ease in the studio

The difference between a Kiwi accent and an Aussie accent

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/205</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you ever want to break 6 figures as a freelancer (or whatever your goal is), let me ask you something important...</p><p>Are <em>you</em> running your business (and life) like a 6 figure creative?</p><p>Most people think they can keep acting like a 4 or 5-figure freelancer and that <em>eventually</em> (with enough hard work and perseverance), you'll somehow break that elusive 6-figure goal.</p><p><strong>The reality is that <u>you</u> have to BE a 6 figure creative before you can earn 6 figures. </strong></p><p>Confused? Here's what I mean...</p><p><strong>Every 6 Figure Creative I know has these characteristics:</strong></p><ul>
<li>They're intentional in their personal life and business.</li>
<li>They have specific goals AND take consistent actions working towards those goals</li>
<li>They let <em>opportunity</em> and <em>possibility</em> drive their decisions instead of fear and self-doubt.</li>
<li>They're not afraid to show the world <em>exactly</em> who they are <em>and</em> are <em><u>not</u>.</em>
</li>
</ul><p>The thing that most people don't understand is that these other 6 Figure Creatives <em>already</em> had these qualities and characteristics <em>before</em> they ever cracked 6 figures.</p><p>You are the same. Until you have the qualities and characteristics of a 6 figure creative, you will not crack that number (or whatever number you're trying to reach).</p><p>Our guest in this week's interview is the <em>perfect</em> example of someone who has all of these qualities. Toby Lloyd has been a freelancer for the past 15 years, and he's put a <em>lot</em> of care and intention into <strong><em>being</em></strong> the type of person he needed to be in order to be successful.</p><p>Toby's results speak for themselves. If you want to learn what "the full package" looks like as a true 6 Figure Creative, this interview is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Toby Lloyd transitioned from a full-time job in the film industry to a 6-figure home studio owner</li>
<li>Using competitions to create awareness for your business</li>
<li>Qualifying leads to make sure you're the best fit for the project</li>
<li>Why you need to get leads <em>first</em> and then focus on growth</li>
<li>The mindset of a good producer</li>
<li>How to nurture long-term relationships with your clients</li>
<li>Using flat-rate pricing to keep artists at ease in the studio</li>
<li>The difference between a Kiwi accent and an Aussie accent</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/205">https://6figurecreative.com/205</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3068</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ede80a64-ed98-11ec-bccd-2bfd6fc62650]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3899137595.mp3?updated=1655400941" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#204: How To Generate 1000 Inquiries Per Year As A Logo Designer | With James Martin</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/204</link>
      <description>Ever felt like your industry is just too saturated to stand out? Like you're just a tiny drop in a massive ocean? You're not alone.
Nearly every freelancer has a moment (or ten) where they doubt themselves and their ability to stand out in a crowded "red ocean".
That's why I was so excited to talk to James Martin from Made By James.
James is a designer who's had immense success in the crowded niche of logo design. 
He's found a way to not just stand out, but thrive in an incredibly competitive niche. James is averaging around 1,000 inquiries from potential clients every single year, and this has allowed him to cherry-pick the best gigs and reject the "bill paying work" that many freelancers are forced to say yes to.
Whether you're a designer or not, this episode will contain a lot of fantastic advice from someone who's built an incredible, long-lasting career as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How James Martin has thrived for nearly 2 decades as a creative

Why niching down too early is worse than not niching at all

How to stand out in a saturated market

Passion vs. systems and habit

Why it's dangerous to rely on social media

Giving your clients the most value they can afford

Why it's time to raise your prices right now


Relationships in business

The difference between survival and thriving

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/204</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Generate 1000 Inquiries Per Year As A Logo Designer | With James Martin</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever felt like your industry is just too saturated to stand out? Like you're just a tiny drop in a massive ocean? You're not alone.
Nearly every freelancer has a moment (or ten) where they doubt themselves and their ability to stand out in a crowded "red ocean".
That's why I was so excited to talk to James Martin from Made By James.
James is a designer who's had immense success in the crowded niche of logo design. 
He's found a way to not just stand out, but thrive in an incredibly competitive niche. James is averaging around 1,000 inquiries from potential clients every single year, and this has allowed him to cherry-pick the best gigs and reject the "bill paying work" that many freelancers are forced to say yes to.
Whether you're a designer or not, this episode will contain a lot of fantastic advice from someone who's built an incredible, long-lasting career as a freelancer.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How James Martin has thrived for nearly 2 decades as a creative

Why niching down too early is worse than not niching at all

How to stand out in a saturated market

Passion vs. systems and habit

Why it's dangerous to rely on social media

Giving your clients the most value they can afford

Why it's time to raise your prices right now


Relationships in business

The difference between survival and thriving

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/204</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like your industry is just too saturated to stand out? Like you're just a tiny drop in a massive ocean? You're not alone.</p><p>Nearly every freelancer has a moment (or ten) where they doubt themselves and their ability to stand out in a crowded "red ocean".</p><p>That's why I was so excited to talk to James Martin from <a href="https://www.instagram.com/made.by.james/">Made By James.</a></p><p>James is a designer who's had immense success in the crowded niche of <strong>logo design. </strong></p><p>He's found a way to not just stand out, but <em>thrive</em> in an incredibly competitive niche. James is averaging around 1,000 inquiries from potential clients every single year, and this has allowed him to cherry-pick the best gigs and reject the "bill paying work" that many freelancers are forced to say yes to.</p><p>Whether you're a designer or not, this episode will contain a <em>lot</em> of fantastic advice from someone who's built an incredible, long-lasting career as a freelancer.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How James Martin has thrived for nearly 2 decades as a creative</li>
<li>Why niching down too early is worse than not niching at all</li>
<li>How to stand out in a saturated market</li>
<li>Passion vs. systems and habit</li>
<li>Why it's dangerous to rely on social media</li>
<li>Giving your clients the most value they can afford</li>
<li>Why it's time to <strong>raise your prices <em>right now</em></strong>
</li>
<li>Relationships in business</li>
<li>The difference between survival and thriving</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/204">https://6figurecreative.com/204</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3717</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cff26c6a-e9ac-11ec-bfa7-ff70ca850674]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8913042051.mp3?updated=1654969589" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#203: Our Favorite 3 Methods For Creating Awareness | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/203</link>
      <description>"I need more clients".
That's the #1 problem our community has in every single poll we run.
The issue with getting clients is that no matter how good you are at what you do, you will never be able to get enough clients if no one knows you exist. 
That's why we wanted to dedicate an entire episode to discussing our favorite 3 methods for building awareness and growing your business.
Creatives have to learn this stuff if they ever want to get out of the "feast or famine" lifestyle.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make an offer so good people feel stupid saying no

How to harness three of the six different lead sources

The thousand true fans model

How you can advertise for free

Why an email list is crucial to more and more freelancers

The importance of cleaning your mailing list

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/203</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Our Favorite 3 Methods For Creating Awareness | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>"I need more clients".
That's the #1 problem our community has in every single poll we run.
The issue with getting clients is that no matter how good you are at what you do, you will never be able to get enough clients if no one knows you exist. 
That's why we wanted to dedicate an entire episode to discussing our favorite 3 methods for building awareness and growing your business.
Creatives have to learn this stuff if they ever want to get out of the "feast or famine" lifestyle.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How to make an offer so good people feel stupid saying no

How to harness three of the six different lead sources

The thousand true fans model

How you can advertise for free

Why an email list is crucial to more and more freelancers

The importance of cleaning your mailing list

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/203</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>"I need more clients".</p><p>That's the #1 problem our community has in every single poll we run.</p><p>The issue with getting clients is that no matter how good you are at what you do, <strong>you will never be able to get enough clients if no one knows you exist. </strong></p><p>That's why we wanted to dedicate an entire episode to discussing our favorite 3 methods for building awareness and growing your business.</p><p>Creatives <em>have</em> to learn this stuff if they ever want to get out of the "feast or famine" lifestyle.</p><h3>
<strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</h3><ul>
<li>How to make an offer so good people feel stupid saying no</li>
<li>How to harness three of the six different lead sources</li>
<li>The thousand true fans model</li>
<li>How you can advertise for free</li>
<li>Why an email list is crucial to more and more freelancers</li>
<li>The importance of cleaning your mailing list</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/203">https://6figurecreative.com/203</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2593</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[da5cbdbc-e110-11ec-baeb-dfa6a391cd60]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3982126990.mp3?updated=1654023274" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#202: How To Attract Your Dream Clients | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/202</link>
      <description>Here are the two rules for attracting your dream clients.
Rule #1: Be attractive.
Rule #2: Don't be unattractive.
That's literally it.
The hard part comes when you actually look at what is "attractive" to your dream clients.
I'd bet you have a long list of alllll the things you want to see in their dream clients/projects, but very few people take the time to look at themselves and ask the most important question...
"Am I the type of person that would attract this sort of dream client/project?" 
In many cases, that answer is, unfortunately, no. You're not anywhere close to being attractive to your dream clients.
In other cases, you might be attractive to them, but you're doing little to nothing when it comes to communicating all the attractive things you have to offer them.
In this continuation of our Client Acquisition Series, we dive into what it takes to attract your dream clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Guitar Center is the worst place to buy gear (unless they sponsor us)

How Mark closed a half-million-dollar deal

Why different clients need different approaches

Setting expectations in advance

High ticket vs. low ticket sales

How to become attractive to your dream clients

How to stay top of mind without being cringy

Why red ocean businesses struggle

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/202</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Attract Your Dream Clients | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>197</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here are the two rules for attracting your dream clients.
Rule #1: Be attractive.
Rule #2: Don't be unattractive.
That's literally it.
The hard part comes when you actually look at what is "attractive" to your dream clients.
I'd bet you have a long list of alllll the things you want to see in their dream clients/projects, but very few people take the time to look at themselves and ask the most important question...
"Am I the type of person that would attract this sort of dream client/project?" 
In many cases, that answer is, unfortunately, no. You're not anywhere close to being attractive to your dream clients.
In other cases, you might be attractive to them, but you're doing little to nothing when it comes to communicating all the attractive things you have to offer them.
In this continuation of our Client Acquisition Series, we dive into what it takes to attract your dream clients.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Guitar Center is the worst place to buy gear (unless they sponsor us)

How Mark closed a half-million-dollar deal

Why different clients need different approaches

Setting expectations in advance

High ticket vs. low ticket sales

How to become attractive to your dream clients

How to stay top of mind without being cringy

Why red ocean businesses struggle

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/202</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here are <strong>the</strong> two rules for attracting your dream clients.</p><p><strong>Rule #1:</strong> Be attractive.</p><p><strong>Rule #2: </strong>Don't be unattractive.</p><p>That's literally it.</p><p>The hard part comes when you actually look at what is "attractive" to your dream clients.</p><p>I'd bet you have a long list of alllll the things you want to see in their dream clients/projects, but <em>very</em> few people take the time to look at themselves and ask the <em>most</em> important question...</p><p><em>"Am I the type of person that would attract this sort of dream client/project?" </em></p><p>In many cases, that answer is, unfortunately, no. You're not anywhere<em> close</em> to being attractive to your dream clients.</p><p>In other cases, you might be attractive to them, but you're doing <em>little to nothing</em> when it comes to communicating all the attractive things you have to offer them.</p><p>In this continuation of our Client Acquisition Series, we dive into what it takes to attract your dream clients.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why Guitar Center is the <em>worst</em> place to buy gear (unless they sponsor us)</li>
<li>How Mark closed a half-million-dollar deal</li>
<li>Why different clients need different approaches</li>
<li>Setting expectations in advance</li>
<li>High ticket vs. low ticket sales</li>
<li>How to become attractive to your dream clients</li>
<li>How to stay top of mind without being cringy</li>
<li>Why red ocean businesses struggle</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/202">https://6figurecreative.com/202</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2440</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[16921ccc-dd25-11ec-808e-a7d5e2f67e23]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6566670925.mp3?updated=1653592048" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#201: How Creatives Can Shamelessly (And Tastefully) Self-promote | With Peggy Dean</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/201</link>
      <description>As a creative, what have you done recently to promote your work?
If you're like most, you might have posted on social media a few times (if even that)... but that's about it.
Unfortunately, self-promotion doesn't come naturally for most creatives, and it's to our own detriment.
We might be the best in the world at what we do, but if no one knows we exist, we'll never make a living from our creative talents.
That's why I invited Peggy Dean onto the podcast to discuss a subject she's become the master of; Self-promotion as a creative.
Peggy has managed to amass an Instagram following of 184,000 people and an email list of over 75,000 people, and she's showing no signs of slowing down.
If you're good at what you do, but you struggle to let the world know about everything you have to offer, this interview is a must-listen.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why failure isn't necessarily a bad thing

Prioritizing your time and energy to become more creative

How Peggy finished high school a year and a half early

Using project management tools to stay focused

Tackling your ideal client's biggest struggles

Batching work to keep content flowing smoothly

How emotion controls a buyer's actions

Why email subscribers are worth 10x your social media following

The 90/10 mindset to solve your problems

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/201</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Creatives Can Shamelessly (And Tastefully) Self-promote | With Peggy Dean</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>201</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As a creative, what have you done recently to promote your work?
If you're like most, you might have posted on social media a few times (if even that)... but that's about it.
Unfortunately, self-promotion doesn't come naturally for most creatives, and it's to our own detriment.
We might be the best in the world at what we do, but if no one knows we exist, we'll never make a living from our creative talents.
That's why I invited Peggy Dean onto the podcast to discuss a subject she's become the master of; Self-promotion as a creative.
Peggy has managed to amass an Instagram following of 184,000 people and an email list of over 75,000 people, and she's showing no signs of slowing down.
If you're good at what you do, but you struggle to let the world know about everything you have to offer, this interview is a must-listen.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why failure isn't necessarily a bad thing

Prioritizing your time and energy to become more creative

How Peggy finished high school a year and a half early

Using project management tools to stay focused

Tackling your ideal client's biggest struggles

Batching work to keep content flowing smoothly

How emotion controls a buyer's actions

Why email subscribers are worth 10x your social media following

The 90/10 mindset to solve your problems

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/201</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a creative, what have you done recently to promote your work?</p><p>If you're like most, you <em>might</em> have posted on social media a few times (if even that)... but that's about it.</p><p>Unfortunately, self-promotion doesn't come naturally for most creatives, and it's to our own detriment.</p><p>We might be the best in the world at what we do, but if no one knows we exist, we'll never make a living from our creative talents.</p><p>That's why I invited Peggy Dean onto the podcast to discuss a subject she's become the master of; Self-promotion as a creative.</p><p>Peggy has managed to amass an Instagram following of 184,000 people and an email list of over 75,000 people, and she's showing no signs of slowing down.</p><p>If you're good at what you do, but you struggle to let the world know about everything you have to offer, this interview is a must-listen.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why failure isn't necessarily a bad thing</li>
<li>Prioritizing your time and energy to become more creative</li>
<li>How Peggy finished high school a year and a half early</li>
<li>Using project management tools to stay focused</li>
<li>Tackling your ideal client's biggest struggles</li>
<li>Batching work to keep content flowing smoothly</li>
<li>How emotion controls a buyer's actions</li>
<li>Why email subscribers are worth 10x your social media following</li>
<li>The 90/10 mindset to solve your problems</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/201">https://6figurecreative.com/201</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3103</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a9f7c34c-dad5-11ec-8ccc-4fd3151969ab]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9777249334.mp3?updated=1653338218" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#200: The 7 Key Topics To Cover With Every Client BEFORE The Sale | The Client Acquisition Series</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/200</link>
      <description>Have you ever had one of those awkward situations with a crush where you were TOTALLY into them, but you weren’t sure if they were into you?
Yeah... That sucks. Unfortunately, there’s nothing we can do to help you there since we give business advice instead of dating advice.
What we CAN help you with is the client equivalent of that situation. Here’s what I mean...
You’re talking to a dream client. You’re way into working with them, but you’re just not sure if they’re into you.
There are actually 7 key points to cover with every potential client, and if each point is a “positive”, then they’re giving you their permission to pitch/sell them (i.e. take the relationship to the next level).
This framework was shared with us by someone earning multiple millions per year, and it works perfectly in the freelance world.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to help your clients better by determining their needs

When closing a deal comes down to good timing

What to do if a client isn't sure they want to hire you

Why being open and honest with clients is the only way to run a healthy business

How to discuss your workflow and delivery with clients before closing a deal

Why it's vital that clients trust you implicitly

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/200</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 7 Key Topics To Cover With Every Client BEFORE The Sale | The Client Acquisition Series</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>200</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you ever had one of those awkward situations with a crush where you were TOTALLY into them, but you weren’t sure if they were into you?
Yeah... That sucks. Unfortunately, there’s nothing we can do to help you there since we give business advice instead of dating advice.
What we CAN help you with is the client equivalent of that situation. Here’s what I mean...
You’re talking to a dream client. You’re way into working with them, but you’re just not sure if they’re into you.
There are actually 7 key points to cover with every potential client, and if each point is a “positive”, then they’re giving you their permission to pitch/sell them (i.e. take the relationship to the next level).
This framework was shared with us by someone earning multiple millions per year, and it works perfectly in the freelance world.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to help your clients better by determining their needs

When closing a deal comes down to good timing

What to do if a client isn't sure they want to hire you

Why being open and honest with clients is the only way to run a healthy business

How to discuss your workflow and delivery with clients before closing a deal

Why it's vital that clients trust you implicitly

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/200</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever had one of those awkward situations with a crush where you were TOTALLY into them, but you weren’t sure if they were into you?</p><p>Yeah... That sucks. Unfortunately, there’s nothing we can do to help you there since we give business advice instead of dating advice.</p><p>What we <strong><em>CAN</em></strong> help you with is the client equivalent of that situation. Here’s what I mean...</p><p>You’re talking to a dream client. You’re <em>way</em> into working with them, but you’re just not sure if they’re into you.</p><p>There are actually 7 key points to cover with every potential client, and if each point is a “positive”, then <strong><em>they’re giving you their permission to pitch/sell them</em></strong> (i.e. take the relationship to the next level).</p><p>This framework was shared with us by someone earning multiple millions per year, and it works <em>perfectly</em> in the freelance world.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to help your clients better by determining their needs</li>
<li>When closing a deal comes down to good timing</li>
<li>What to do if a client isn't sure they want to hire you</li>
<li>Why being open and honest with clients is the <em>only</em> way to run a healthy business</li>
<li>How to discuss your workflow and delivery with clients before closing a deal</li>
<li>Why it's vital that clients trust you implicitly</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/200">https://6figurecreative.com/200</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2340</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ea7420ca-d542-11ec-99f7-675592c3167a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3733097897.mp3?updated=1652725414" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#199: How To Get A Complete Stranger To Hire You | Client Acquisition For Freelancers</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/199</link>
      <description>Client acquisition is a nerdy marketing term that basically boils down to one thing: getting clients.
While the idea is simple, our freelance community seems to be deathly allergic to client acquisition.
I get it... None of us got into this game because we wanted to become marketers. We do this because we love spending all day every day doing what we love by being creative.
Unfortunately, that's not how it works. Unless you simply want this to be your hobby, client acquisition is a skill and a process you have to learn, develop, and grow.
The alternative is to keep doing what you're likely doing now... sit around and hope a client finds you.
If your current "strategy" is "hope marketing", this episode gives you the big picture view of how you can get complete strangers to hire you instead of waiting around for a miracle.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why people will never hire you if they don't know you

How to build trust with potential customers

When it's time to be yourself

How dating and business are closely related

Why Mark is was more of a ladies' man than Brian

How adding value in the long term sets you up for success

Why our "comfort zone" is holding us back

Why we need to be ourselves and not be afraid of alienating some people

How appealing to everyone is a bad thing for our businesses

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/199</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get A Complete Stranger To Hire You | Client Acquisition For Freelancers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>199</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Client acquisition is a nerdy marketing term that basically boils down to one thing: getting clients.
While the idea is simple, our freelance community seems to be deathly allergic to client acquisition.
I get it... None of us got into this game because we wanted to become marketers. We do this because we love spending all day every day doing what we love by being creative.
Unfortunately, that's not how it works. Unless you simply want this to be your hobby, client acquisition is a skill and a process you have to learn, develop, and grow.
The alternative is to keep doing what you're likely doing now... sit around and hope a client finds you.
If your current "strategy" is "hope marketing", this episode gives you the big picture view of how you can get complete strangers to hire you instead of waiting around for a miracle.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why people will never hire you if they don't know you

How to build trust with potential customers

When it's time to be yourself

How dating and business are closely related

Why Mark is was more of a ladies' man than Brian

How adding value in the long term sets you up for success

Why our "comfort zone" is holding us back

Why we need to be ourselves and not be afraid of alienating some people

How appealing to everyone is a bad thing for our businesses

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/199</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Client acquisition is a nerdy marketing term that basically boils down to one thing: getting clients.</p><p>While the <em>idea</em> is simple, our freelance community seems to be deathly allergic to client acquisition.</p><p>I get it... None of us got into this game because we wanted to become marketers. We do this because we love spending all day every day doing what we love by being creative.</p><p>Unfortunately, that's not how it works. Unless you simply want this to be your hobby, client acquisition is a skill and a process you have to learn, develop, and grow.</p><p>The alternative is to keep doing what you're likely doing now... sit around and <em>hope</em> a client finds you.</p><p>If your current "strategy" is "hope marketing", this episode gives you the big picture view of how you can get complete strangers to hire you instead of waiting around for a miracle.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why people will never hire you if they don't know you</li>
<li>How to build trust with potential customers</li>
<li>When it's time to be yourself</li>
<li>How dating and business are closely related</li>
<li>Why Mark is was more of a ladies' man than Brian</li>
<li>How adding value in the long term sets you up for success</li>
<li>Why our "comfort zone" is holding us back</li>
<li>Why we need to be ourselves and not be afraid of alienating some people</li>
<li>How appealing to everyone is a <em>bad</em> thing for our businesses</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/199">https://6figurecreative.com/199</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2291</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[33c3741c-cfd3-11ec-a74d-db909f40050c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5017073545.mp3?updated=1653577561" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#198: Dealing With Burnout, Mental Exhaustion, And Low Creative Juices</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/198</link>
      <description>If you're doing anything worth a damn, you will eventually hit a point of burnout. There's literally no way to avoid this happening from time to time.
The question is "how do you handle it"?
Some of us just put our heads down and keep working, trying to pretend we're fine.
Others completely withdraw to "recover", but they lose all momentum.
This episode explores the wide range of "gray" areas...
This is the area beyond simple black and white thinking.
It's this non-binary thinking that can help us navigate the most difficult roadblocks in our creative lives.
If you're going through burnout, or you feel like you just don't have anything left to give creatively, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to handle burnout

Why you might be facing burnout

Wearing all the hats as a business owner

The damage of over-saturating yourself in one aspect of life

Pacing yourself for success

How your well being is a sum of your life, not just one part

Why the four bottlenecks discussed in episode 188 are important to understand

Avoiding water in your gas tank

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/198</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Dealing With Burnout, Mental Exhaustion, And Low Creative Juices</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you're doing anything worth a damn, you will eventually hit a point of burnout. There's literally no way to avoid this happening from time to time.
The question is "how do you handle it"?
Some of us just put our heads down and keep working, trying to pretend we're fine.
Others completely withdraw to "recover", but they lose all momentum.
This episode explores the wide range of "gray" areas...
This is the area beyond simple black and white thinking.
It's this non-binary thinking that can help us navigate the most difficult roadblocks in our creative lives.
If you're going through burnout, or you feel like you just don't have anything left to give creatively, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to handle burnout

Why you might be facing burnout

Wearing all the hats as a business owner

The damage of over-saturating yourself in one aspect of life

Pacing yourself for success

How your well being is a sum of your life, not just one part

Why the four bottlenecks discussed in episode 188 are important to understand

Avoiding water in your gas tank

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/198</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're doing <em>anything</em> worth a damn, you will eventually hit a point of burnout. There's literally no way to avoid this happening from time to time.</p><p>The question is "how do <em>you</em> handle it"?</p><p>Some of us just put our heads down and keep working, trying to pretend we're fine.</p><p>Others completely withdraw to "recover", but they lose all momentum.</p><p>This episode explores the wide range of "gray" areas...</p><p>This is the area beyond simple black and white thinking.</p><p>It's this non-binary thinking that can help us navigate the most difficult roadblocks in our creative lives.</p><p>If you're going through burnout, or you feel like you just don't have anything left to give creatively, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to handle burnout</li>
<li>Why you might be facing burnout</li>
<li>Wearing all the hats as a business owner</li>
<li>The damage of over-saturating yourself in one aspect of life</li>
<li>Pacing yourself for success</li>
<li>How your well being is a sum of your life, not just one part</li>
<li>Why the four bottlenecks discussed in episode 188 are important to understand</li>
<li>Avoiding water in your gas tank</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/198">https://6figurecreative.com/198</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2255</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9ed58a9c-ca56-11ec-9a4b-37b9ebe1dcd9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9314792906.mp3?updated=1651524346" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#197: Failure, Motivation, And What To Do When You Want To Give Up | With Andy J. Pizza</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/197</link>
      <description>“I’m a failure. I should just give up. This industry is oversaturated. I could never compete with the other people in this city. I will never be good enough”
If you’ve ever had thoughts like this, then you may have a dangerous condition known as a “Fixed Mindset.”
This is where you believe your skills, abilities, and talents are capped. 
“I can never get better than this at these things”.
If you allow a Fixed Mindset to take over, then your career may be over before you even started.
It’s extremely important for your business, your career, and your life, that you don’t wave a white flag before you even try!
Instead, there’s something called a Growth Mindset. 
In this episode, Andy J. Pizza explains how to make the switch from a Fixed Mindset to a Growth Mindset. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

What toxic creative mythology is and how it hurts your career

Fixed mindset vs. growth mindset

What the TV show Oak Island has to do with your career

Why you can’t let roadblocks discourage you

How a mindset can boost your life exponentially

Why making your goals SMART is key to your success

Why you need to live a life that your kids want to know about

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/197</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Failure, Motivation, And What To Do When You Want To Give Up | With Andy J. Pizza</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>197</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>“I’m a failure. I should just give up. This industry is oversaturated. I could never compete with the other people in this city. I will never be good enough”
If you’ve ever had thoughts like this, then you may have a dangerous condition known as a “Fixed Mindset.”
This is where you believe your skills, abilities, and talents are capped. 
“I can never get better than this at these things”.
If you allow a Fixed Mindset to take over, then your career may be over before you even started.
It’s extremely important for your business, your career, and your life, that you don’t wave a white flag before you even try!
Instead, there’s something called a Growth Mindset. 
In this episode, Andy J. Pizza explains how to make the switch from a Fixed Mindset to a Growth Mindset. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

What toxic creative mythology is and how it hurts your career

Fixed mindset vs. growth mindset

What the TV show Oak Island has to do with your career

Why you can’t let roadblocks discourage you

How a mindset can boost your life exponentially

Why making your goals SMART is key to your success

Why you need to live a life that your kids want to know about

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/197</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I’m a failure. I should just give up. This industry is oversaturated. I could never compete with the other people in this city. I will never be good enough”</em></p><p>If you’ve ever had thoughts like this, then you may have a dangerous condition known as a “<strong>Fixed Mindset.”</strong></p><p>This is where you believe your skills, abilities, and talents are capped. </p><p><em>“I can never get better than </em><strong><em>this</em></strong><em> at </em><strong><em>these</em></strong><em> </em><strong><em>things</em></strong><em>”.</em></p><p>If you allow a <strong>Fixed Mindset</strong> to take over, then your career may be over <em>before you even started.</em></p><p>It’s extremely important for your business, your career, and your life, that you <strong>don’t wave a white flag before you even try!</strong></p><p>Instead, there’s something called a <strong>Growth Mindset. </strong></p><p>In this episode, Andy J. Pizza explains how to make the switch from a <strong>Fixed Mindset </strong>to a <strong>Growth Mindset. </strong></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What <em>toxic creative mythology</em> is and how it hurts your career</li>
<li>Fixed mindset vs. growth mindset</li>
<li>What the TV show <em>Oak Island</em> has to do with your career</li>
<li>Why you can’t let roadblocks discourage you</li>
<li>How a mindset can boost your life exponentially</li>
<li>Why making your goals <strong>SMART</strong> is key to your success</li>
<li>Why you need to live a life that your kids <em>want</em> to know about</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/197">https://6figurecreative.com/197</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3028</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c449eae0-c4aa-11ec-9ae5-7f251c238ff6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2106733914.mp3?updated=1650901326" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#196: The 80/20 Rule: How To Make More, Work Less, And Get Rid Of Bad Clients</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/196</link>
      <description>Ever meet someone who's able to earn more than they need while still having time to enjoy their lives...without stress weighing them down?
A successful, carefree person is a surprisingly rare person to meet.
It seems like people are either constantly working while neglecting their personal lives, or their personal life seems solid but their business is stagnant.
Even more common seems to be the person whose life is in shambles in all areas (I mean that's the norm post-2020, yeah?).
Here's the "secret" behind success for those few who seem to have it all together...those people live by The 80/20 Rule. 
Most of us already know (or have some vague idea) of what The 80/20 Rule is, but very few people actually use that as their "north star."
If you have no idea what The 80/20 Rule is, or you need a reminder of how you can use that magical rule to "refresh" your life, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What is the 80/20 principle, anyway?

How the 80/20 principle affects your business

Maximizing your profits by reducing your workload

Enriching your personal life using the 80/20 principle

How to review your business through the 80/20 lens

What not to do when you have a "f*¢k it" moment

Dealing with shiny object syndrome using the 80/20 principle

Prioritizing the pillars of your life

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/196</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 80/20 Rule: How To Make More, Work Less, And Get Rid Of Bad Clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>196</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever meet someone who's able to earn more than they need while still having time to enjoy their lives...without stress weighing them down?
A successful, carefree person is a surprisingly rare person to meet.
It seems like people are either constantly working while neglecting their personal lives, or their personal life seems solid but their business is stagnant.
Even more common seems to be the person whose life is in shambles in all areas (I mean that's the norm post-2020, yeah?).
Here's the "secret" behind success for those few who seem to have it all together...those people live by The 80/20 Rule. 
Most of us already know (or have some vague idea) of what The 80/20 Rule is, but very few people actually use that as their "north star."
If you have no idea what The 80/20 Rule is, or you need a reminder of how you can use that magical rule to "refresh" your life, this episode is for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What is the 80/20 principle, anyway?

How the 80/20 principle affects your business

Maximizing your profits by reducing your workload

Enriching your personal life using the 80/20 principle

How to review your business through the 80/20 lens

What not to do when you have a "f*¢k it" moment

Dealing with shiny object syndrome using the 80/20 principle

Prioritizing the pillars of your life

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/196</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever meet someone who's able to earn <em>more</em> than they need while still having time to enjoy their lives...<em>without</em> stress weighing them down?</p><p>A successful, carefree person is a surprisingly rare person to meet.</p><p>It seems like people are either <em>constantly </em>working while neglecting their personal lives, <strong>or</strong> their personal life seems solid but their business is stagnant.</p><p>Even more common seems to be the person whose life is in shambles in all areas (I mean that's the norm post-2020, yeah?).</p><p>Here's the "secret" behind success for those few who seem to have it all together...those people live by <strong>The 80/20 Rule. </strong></p><p>Most of us already know (or have some vague idea) of what The 80/20 Rule is, but very few people actually use that as their "north star."</p><p>If you have no idea what The 80/20 Rule is, <em>or</em> you need a reminder of how you can use that magical rule to "refresh" your life, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What is the 80/20 principle, anyway?</li>
<li>How the 80/20 principle affects your business</li>
<li>Maximizing your profits by reducing your workload</li>
<li>Enriching your personal life using the 80/20 principle</li>
<li>How to review your business through the 80/20 lens</li>
<li>What <em>not</em> to do when you have a "f*¢k it" moment</li>
<li>Dealing with shiny object syndrome using the 80/20 principle</li>
<li>Prioritizing the pillars of your life</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/196">https://6figurecreative.com/196</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2648</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[63e64a46-bf59-11ec-984a-031410eddafd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6349116372.mp3?updated=1650315762" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#195: How To Break Through An 8-Year Income Plateau To FINALLY Hit 6 Figures | With Stephen Helvig</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/195</link>
      <description>What do you do when your income hits a plateau?
Do you...
(A). Give up and move on to a new career
(B). Keep going but try something new in your business
(C). Keep doing the exact same thing for 8 years straight and keep getting the same result
If you chose option C, then congrats, you're probably in what we call "zombie land".
This is the place where your business is earning just enough to survive, but not enough to thrive.
Our guest this week, Steven Helvig, is a music producer who was in "zombie land" for 8 straight years before he found a way out of it.
Eventually, he went from a stagnating 5 figure income to a steady 6 figure income, and in this episode, he gives us the details of what he did to finally get out of zombie land.
If you've been struggling to break through your income plateau as a freelancer, this episode is the perfect dose of practical inspiration and information to help you break the cycle and grow your business ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The transformation from goal-less zombie to 6 figure studio owner

Mindset shifts needed to run a healthy business

Why charging more is good for your customers

Educating yourself so you can work smart, not hard

Hobbyist vs. professional mindsets

How niching down your messaging can attract your ideal clients

Using the 80/20 principle to eliminate pain points in your business

The importance of following up

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/195</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Break Through An 8-Year Income Plateau To FINALLY Hit 6 Figures | With Stephen Helvig</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What do you do when your income hits a plateau?
Do you...
(A). Give up and move on to a new career
(B). Keep going but try something new in your business
(C). Keep doing the exact same thing for 8 years straight and keep getting the same result
If you chose option C, then congrats, you're probably in what we call "zombie land".
This is the place where your business is earning just enough to survive, but not enough to thrive.
Our guest this week, Steven Helvig, is a music producer who was in "zombie land" for 8 straight years before he found a way out of it.
Eventually, he went from a stagnating 5 figure income to a steady 6 figure income, and in this episode, he gives us the details of what he did to finally get out of zombie land.
If you've been struggling to break through your income plateau as a freelancer, this episode is the perfect dose of practical inspiration and information to help you break the cycle and grow your business ASAP.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The transformation from goal-less zombie to 6 figure studio owner

Mindset shifts needed to run a healthy business

Why charging more is good for your customers

Educating yourself so you can work smart, not hard

Hobbyist vs. professional mindsets

How niching down your messaging can attract your ideal clients

Using the 80/20 principle to eliminate pain points in your business

The importance of following up

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/195</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you do when your income hits a plateau?</p><p>Do you...</p><p>(A). Give up and move on to a new career</p><p>(B). Keep going but try something new in your business</p><p>(C). Keep doing the exact same thing for 8 years straight and keep getting the same result</p><p>If you chose option C, then congrats, you're probably in what we call "zombie land".</p><p>This is the place where your business is earning <em>just </em>enough to survive, but not enough to thrive.</p><p>Our guest this week, Steven Helvig, is a music producer who was in "zombie land" for 8 straight years before he found a way out of it.</p><p>Eventually, he went from a stagnating 5 figure income to a steady 6 figure income, and in this episode, he gives us the details of what he did to <em>finally</em> get out of zombie land.</p><p>If you've been struggling to break through your income plateau as a freelancer, this episode is the perfect dose of practical inspiration and information to help you break the cycle and grow your business ASAP.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The transformation from goal-less zombie to 6 figure studio owner</li>
<li>Mindset shifts needed to run a healthy business</li>
<li>Why charging <em>more</em> is good for your customers</li>
<li>Educating yourself so you can work smart, not hard</li>
<li>Hobbyist vs. professional mindsets</li>
<li>How niching down your messaging can attract your ideal clients</li>
<li>Using the 80/20 principle to eliminate pain points in your business</li>
<li>The importance of following up</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/195">https://6figurecreative.com/195</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3646</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[18430b6a-b1e9-11ec-af17-3f68e18ae961]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8433213505.mp3?updated=1648838223" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#194: Growing From 5 Figures To 6 Figures As A Freelancer | The Secret Ingredient</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/194</link>
      <description>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.
Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to move from four/five figures to six figures+

Why you aren't full time yet

How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer

The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers

Why you should be producing more than consuming


How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/194</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Growing From 5 Figures To 6 Figures As A Freelancer | The Secret Ingredient</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>194</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.
Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).
In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to move from four/five figures to six figures+

Why you aren't full time yet

How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer

The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers

Why you should be producing more than consuming


How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/194</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you've been stuck at 4 or 5 figures per year as a freelancer, there's likely one ingredient that is holding you back from growth.</p><p>Without this ingredient, it is 100% impossible to get clients, grow your income, and get past the 6 figure mark (if that's your goal).</p><p>In this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast, my buddy Mark Eckert and I map out the path you can take to overcoming all of the hurdles between you and this incredibly important missing ingredient.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to move from four/five figures to six figures+</li>
<li>Why you <em>aren't</em> full time yet</li>
<li>How to revamp your entire public-facing identity as a freelancer</li>
<li>The difference between advertising vs. content marketing and why this matters for freelancers</li>
<li>Why you should be <em>producing</em> more than <em>consuming</em>
</li>
<li>How sticking to a schedule or routine can tie all of this together</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/194">https://6figurecreative.com/194</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2538</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f5c35872-b1d1-11ec-a5a9-9fe1813e0590]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3480437236.mp3?updated=1648828356" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#193: Leveling Up From A Freelancer To A Business Owner To Make $20k/mo | With Lydia Kerr Of Telltale Design Co</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/193</link>
      <description>How do you go from "nickel and dime" $200-$500 projects to premium $10,000-$20,000 projects as a freelancer?
To be honest, the answer is "you don't". You first need to make the shift from "freelancer" to "business owner".
Lydia Kerr of Telltale Design Co made this transition in her highly-saturated market, and the results are jaw-dropping.
Within 4 years of starting her design business, she grew it to over $20k/mo.
In this interview, you'll hear her story of how she launched Telltale Design Co while working a full-time day job, and she replaced that day job income within just a few months of freelancing, and ultimately how she made the shift from low-dollar freelancer to a premium-priced business owner.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Lydia went from 0 to full time in a few short months

Growing your business to multiple six figures in under five years

The difference between living in a small town or big city

Why your $500 client will never be your $5,000 client

Using social media to promote your business

Working within clients' budgets

Being honest with your clients

Creating mutual respect with clients

What tools to use for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/193</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Leveling Up From A Freelancer To A Business Owner To Make $20k/mo | With Lydia Kerr Of Telltale Design Co</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>193</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How do you go from "nickel and dime" $200-$500 projects to premium $10,000-$20,000 projects as a freelancer?
To be honest, the answer is "you don't". You first need to make the shift from "freelancer" to "business owner".
Lydia Kerr of Telltale Design Co made this transition in her highly-saturated market, and the results are jaw-dropping.
Within 4 years of starting her design business, she grew it to over $20k/mo.
In this interview, you'll hear her story of how she launched Telltale Design Co while working a full-time day job, and she replaced that day job income within just a few months of freelancing, and ultimately how she made the shift from low-dollar freelancer to a premium-priced business owner.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Lydia went from 0 to full time in a few short months

Growing your business to multiple six figures in under five years

The difference between living in a small town or big city

Why your $500 client will never be your $5,000 client

Using social media to promote your business

Working within clients' budgets

Being honest with your clients

Creating mutual respect with clients

What tools to use for your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/193</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How do you go from "nickel and dime" $200-$500 projects to premium $10,000-$20,000 projects as a freelancer?</p><p>To be honest, the answer is "you don't". You first need to make the shift from "freelancer" to "business owner".</p><p>Lydia Kerr of Telltale Design Co made this transition in her highly-saturated market, and the results are jaw-dropping.</p><p>Within 4 years of starting her design business, she grew it to over $20k/mo.</p><p>In this interview, you'll hear her story of how she launched Telltale Design Co while working a full-time day job, and she replaced that day job income within just a few months of freelancing, and ultimately how she made the shift from low-dollar freelancer to a premium-priced business owner.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Lydia went from 0 to full time in a few short months</li>
<li>Growing your business to multiple six figures in under five years</li>
<li>The difference between living in a small town or big city</li>
<li>Why your $500 client will never be your $5,000 client</li>
<li>Using social media to promote your business</li>
<li>Working within clients' budgets</li>
<li>Being honest with your clients</li>
<li>Creating mutual respect with clients</li>
<li>What tools to use for your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/193">https://6figurecreative.com/193</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3465</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[284d356c-aba9-11ec-8c82-fb08e8a0e0ab]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4239175007.mp3?updated=1648151023" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#192: 5 Ways To Give Yourself A Raise Today</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/192</link>
      <description>In my last day job, I busted my ass for two years slinging video games at a chain called Gamestop. I never missed a day of work, I always hit my upsell targets each month (getting people into our rewards program), our regulars like me, and my manager loved me.
After two solid years of "kissing ass and kicking ass" there, I had worked my way up from $5.15/hr to a staggering $5.50/hr. Truly life-changing money, for sure🙄
Two years...$0.35/hr raise.
While I hope you can't relate to that, chances are you've had some issue in your past where you (or maybe someone you know) didn't get the raise you worked hard for.
It sucks.
You know what's awesome, though?
One of the biggest advantages of being self-employed is that you can literally give yourself a raise today. There are no gatekeepers holding you back. You are the one in charge of your income now🤘🏼
So in today's super-tactical, fun episode, we break down 5 different ways you can give yourself a raise today.
One of the things we covered in this episode is one I used in my recording studio in 2015 to give myself a raise from $100/hr to over $300/hr.
It's time to take your income into your own hands by listening to this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you're more than good enough to freelance

How to go viral on TikTok with bad math

Hiring virtual assistants to increase your hourly wage

Why a "F**k you, pay me!" attitude is toxic in business

Following up to close more sales

CRMs and business success

Staying top of mind with potential clients

Offering appealing packages instead of piecemeal services

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/192</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>5 Ways To Give Yourself A Raise Today</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>192</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In my last day job, I busted my ass for two years slinging video games at a chain called Gamestop. I never missed a day of work, I always hit my upsell targets each month (getting people into our rewards program), our regulars like me, and my manager loved me.
After two solid years of "kissing ass and kicking ass" there, I had worked my way up from $5.15/hr to a staggering $5.50/hr. Truly life-changing money, for sure🙄
Two years...$0.35/hr raise.
While I hope you can't relate to that, chances are you've had some issue in your past where you (or maybe someone you know) didn't get the raise you worked hard for.
It sucks.
You know what's awesome, though?
One of the biggest advantages of being self-employed is that you can literally give yourself a raise today. There are no gatekeepers holding you back. You are the one in charge of your income now🤘🏼
So in today's super-tactical, fun episode, we break down 5 different ways you can give yourself a raise today.
One of the things we covered in this episode is one I used in my recording studio in 2015 to give myself a raise from $100/hr to over $300/hr.
It's time to take your income into your own hands by listening to this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you're more than good enough to freelance

How to go viral on TikTok with bad math

Hiring virtual assistants to increase your hourly wage

Why a "F**k you, pay me!" attitude is toxic in business

Following up to close more sales

CRMs and business success

Staying top of mind with potential clients

Offering appealing packages instead of piecemeal services

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/192</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In my last day job, I busted my ass for two years slinging video games at a chain called Gamestop. I never missed a day of work, I always hit my upsell targets each month (getting people into our rewards program), our regulars like me, and my manager <em>loved </em>me.</p><p>After two solid years of "kissing ass and kicking ass" there, I had worked my way up from $5.15/hr to a staggering <strong>$5.50/hr. </strong>Truly life-changing money, for sure🙄</p><p>Two years...$0.35/hr raise.</p><p>While I hope you <em>can't</em> relate to that, chances are you've had some issue in your past where you (or maybe someone you know) <em>didn't</em> get the raise you worked hard for.</p><p>It sucks.</p><p>You know what's awesome, though?</p><p>One of the biggest advantages of being self-employed is that <strong>you can literally give yourself a raise <em>today. </em></strong>There are no gatekeepers holding you back. <em>You</em> are the one in charge of your income now🤘🏼</p><p>So in today's super-tactical, fun episode, we break down 5 different ways you can give yourself a raise today.</p><p>One of the things we covered in this episode is one I used in my recording studio in 2015 to give myself a raise from $100/hr to over $300/hr.</p><p>It's time to take your income into your own hands by listening to this week's episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you're <em>more</em> than good enough to freelance</li>
<li>How to go viral on TikTok with bad math</li>
<li>Hiring virtual assistants to increase your hourly wage</li>
<li>Why a "F**k you, pay me!" attitude is toxic in business</li>
<li>Following up to close more sales</li>
<li>CRMs and business success</li>
<li>Staying top of mind with potential clients</li>
<li>Offering appealing packages instead of piecemeal services</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/192">https://6figurecreative.com/192</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3578</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c2b9d4f6-a92f-11ec-81ee-c353b2aabe0e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6983333213.mp3?updated=1647880425" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#191: How To Turn Your Knowledge, Passion, And Experience Into An Income Stream | With Graham Cochrane</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/191</link>
      <description>You probably got into the freelance world based on something you were passionate about, however, you likely know by now that it takes more than passion to create a real income.
Making the move from passion-led freelancer to "6 figure creative" takes a brand new set of skills, beliefs, and character traits that no university or trade school will bother teaching you.
One person who's successfully navigated the entire journey from "broke to millionaire" is Graham Cochrane.
Graham started out as a passionate young musician who failed to achieve his dream of launching a successful band. From there, he sank into an unfulfilling day job while trying to build a freelance career on the side.
Along the way, through many ups and downs, he's actually used all of his accumulated skills, experiences, and lessons to launch two separate 7-figure businesses.
Graham came onto the podcast to share some of these lessons with us in an incredible interview.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why passion isn't everything

Elements you need to succeed in business

Listening to Gary V? Don't. (sometimes)

How you're over-optimizing your business

Separating you from your job


Where to get the next 6FC favorite book

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/191</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Turn Your Knowledge, Passion, And Experience Into An Income Stream | With Graham Cochrane</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You probably got into the freelance world based on something you were passionate about, however, you likely know by now that it takes more than passion to create a real income.
Making the move from passion-led freelancer to "6 figure creative" takes a brand new set of skills, beliefs, and character traits that no university or trade school will bother teaching you.
One person who's successfully navigated the entire journey from "broke to millionaire" is Graham Cochrane.
Graham started out as a passionate young musician who failed to achieve his dream of launching a successful band. From there, he sank into an unfulfilling day job while trying to build a freelance career on the side.
Along the way, through many ups and downs, he's actually used all of his accumulated skills, experiences, and lessons to launch two separate 7-figure businesses.
Graham came onto the podcast to share some of these lessons with us in an incredible interview.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why passion isn't everything

Elements you need to succeed in business

Listening to Gary V? Don't. (sometimes)

How you're over-optimizing your business

Separating you from your job


Where to get the next 6FC favorite book

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/191</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You probably got into the freelance world based on something you were passionate about, however, you likely know by now that it takes more than passion to create a real income.</p><p>Making the move from passion-led freelancer to "6 figure creative" takes a brand new set of skills, beliefs, and character traits that no university or trade school will bother teaching you.</p><p>One person who's successfully navigated the entire journey from "broke to millionaire" is Graham Cochrane.</p><p>Graham started out as a passionate young musician who failed to achieve his dream of launching a successful band. From there, he sank into an unfulfilling day job while trying to build a freelance career on the side.</p><p>Along the way, through many ups and downs, he's actually used all of his accumulated skills, experiences, and lessons to launch two separate 7-figure businesses.</p><p>Graham came onto the podcast to share some of these lessons with us in an incredible interview.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why passion isn't everything</li>
<li>Elements you need to succeed in business</li>
<li>Listening to Gary V? Don't. (sometimes)</li>
<li>How you're over-optimizing your business</li>
<li>Separating <em>you</em> from <em>your job</em>
</li>
<li>Where to get the next 6FC favorite book</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/191">https://6figurecreative.com/191</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2937</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9aa5bae6-8e88-11ec-8fbf-4f5f8f649f6b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2489475422.mp3?updated=1644948799" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#190: How To Be Consistently Creative So You Can Do What You Love For The Rest Of Your Life | With Todd Henry</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/190</link>
      <description>Ever had an off day where you just didn't feel creative? What about an off week, or an off month? Where things can get dangerous is when our income depends on us being creative on-demand, but we're just...off.
The great thing is that there are certain actions we can take to stay consistently and brilliantly creative for a long, long time.
This week we interviewed Toddy Henry, author of the best-selling book "The Accidental Creative: How To Be Brilliant At A Moment's Notice". We discussed how creatives can create consistency in their work so that they're able to consistently put out their best work.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three most important things in your life as a creative entrepreneur

Taking a step back to think


Where to look for inspiration

Forming healthy habits

Reacting vs. thinking

Setting (and respecting) boundaries

Being aware of our shortcomings

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/190</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Be Consistently Creative So You Can Do What You Love For The Rest Of Your Life | With Todd Henry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>190</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Ever had an off day where you just didn't feel creative? What about an off week, or an off month? Where things can get dangerous is when our income depends on us being creative on-demand, but we're just...off.
The great thing is that there are certain actions we can take to stay consistently and brilliantly creative for a long, long time.
This week we interviewed Toddy Henry, author of the best-selling book "The Accidental Creative: How To Be Brilliant At A Moment's Notice". We discussed how creatives can create consistency in their work so that they're able to consistently put out their best work.
In this episode you’ll discover:

The three most important things in your life as a creative entrepreneur

Taking a step back to think


Where to look for inspiration

Forming healthy habits

Reacting vs. thinking

Setting (and respecting) boundaries

Being aware of our shortcomings

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/190</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever had an off day where you just didn't <em>feel</em> creative? What about an off week, or an off month? Where things can get dangerous is when our income depends on us <em>being</em> creative on-demand, but we're just...<em>off</em>.</p><p>The great thing is that there are certain actions we can take to stay consistently and brilliantly creative for a long, long time.</p><p>This week we interviewed Toddy Henry, author of the best-selling book "The Accidental Creative: How To Be Brilliant At A Moment's Notice". We discussed how creatives can create consistency in their work so that they're able to consistently put out their best work.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>The three most important things in your life as a creative entrepreneur</li>
<li>Taking a step back to <em>think</em>
</li>
<li>Where to look for inspiration</li>
<li>Forming healthy habits</li>
<li>Reacting vs. thinking</li>
<li>Setting (and respecting) boundaries</li>
<li>Being aware of our shortcomings</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/190">https://6figurecreative.com/190</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2315</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[eabd893c-9bd5-11ec-b6aa-63f96c1b795a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5631225200.mp3?updated=1646410969" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#189: The 5 Business Bottlenecks Holding You Back From $100,000 Per Year</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/189</link>
      <description>Want to know the secret that separates failing freelancers from 6 figure freelancers? It's this one concept:
6 Figure freelancers constantly solved their business bottlenecks. If it sounds stupidly simple, it is, but it's definitely easier said than done. Let me break it down real quick...
There are 5 main parts of any real business (freelancers included). Here they are:


Part 1: Lead generation - This is the part of your business where new people find out you exist and that you offer a (hopefully) valuable service.




Part 2: Lead Nurture - This is the part of your business where you're staying top-of-mind over a long period of time until the lead is ready to hire you. According to studies, only about 3% of any market is ready to buy "now", so nurturing them until they're ready is crucial to getting hired.




Part 3: Sales - This is where conversations turn into clients (i.e. dollars in the bank).




Part 4: Fulfillment - This is where you're actually doing what you've been paid for.




Part 5: Lifetime Value - This is how much one client is worth to your over your lifetime. It can be determined by how much you charge, how often they come back for more, how many people they refer to you, etc.

The issue is that ONE of these five areas is your bottleneck right now. Until that bottleneck has been fixed, there's no point in improving anything else in your business.
The freelancers who make it to $100k/year are the ones who constantly solved their ONE bottleneck, took a step back, re-assed their business to see what the next bottleneck was, and dove all-in on that bottleneck until it's solved. Rinse and repeat.
This week's podcast episode dives into each of these 5 areas and what you can do to solve the bottlenecks in your own business.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/189</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Business Bottlenecks Holding You Back From $100,000 Per Year</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>189</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Want to know the secret that separates failing freelancers from 6 figure freelancers? It's this one concept:
6 Figure freelancers constantly solved their business bottlenecks. If it sounds stupidly simple, it is, but it's definitely easier said than done. Let me break it down real quick...
There are 5 main parts of any real business (freelancers included). Here they are:


Part 1: Lead generation - This is the part of your business where new people find out you exist and that you offer a (hopefully) valuable service.




Part 2: Lead Nurture - This is the part of your business where you're staying top-of-mind over a long period of time until the lead is ready to hire you. According to studies, only about 3% of any market is ready to buy "now", so nurturing them until they're ready is crucial to getting hired.




Part 3: Sales - This is where conversations turn into clients (i.e. dollars in the bank).




Part 4: Fulfillment - This is where you're actually doing what you've been paid for.




Part 5: Lifetime Value - This is how much one client is worth to your over your lifetime. It can be determined by how much you charge, how often they come back for more, how many people they refer to you, etc.

The issue is that ONE of these five areas is your bottleneck right now. Until that bottleneck has been fixed, there's no point in improving anything else in your business.
The freelancers who make it to $100k/year are the ones who constantly solved their ONE bottleneck, took a step back, re-assed their business to see what the next bottleneck was, and dove all-in on that bottleneck until it's solved. Rinse and repeat.
This week's podcast episode dives into each of these 5 areas and what you can do to solve the bottlenecks in your own business.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/189</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to know the secret that separates failing freelancers from 6 figure freelancers? It's this one concept:</p><p>6 Figure freelancers constantly solved their business bottlenecks. If it sounds stupidly simple, it is, but it's <em>definitely </em>easier said than done. Let me break it down real quick...</p><p><strong>There are 5 main parts of any real business </strong>(freelancers included). Here they are:</p><ul>
<li>
<strong>Part 1: Lead generation </strong>- This is the part of your business where new people find out you exist and that you offer a (hopefully) valuable service.</li>
<li><br></li>
<li>
<strong>Part 2: Lead Nurture</strong> - This is the part of your business where you're staying top-of-mind over a long period of time until the lead is ready to hire you. According to studies, only about 3% of any market is ready to buy "now", so nurturing them until they're ready is crucial to getting hired.</li>
<li><br></li>
<li>
<strong>Part 3: Sales - </strong>This is where conversations turn into clients (i.e. dollars in the bank).</li>
<li><br></li>
<li>
<strong>Part 4: Fulfillment</strong> - This is where you're actually <em>doing </em>what you've been paid for.</li>
<li><br></li>
<li>
<strong>Part 5: Lifetime Value - </strong>This is how much one client is worth to your over your lifetime. It can be determined by how much you charge, how often they come back for more, how many people they refer to you, etc.</li>
</ul><p>The issue is that ONE of these five areas is your bottleneck right now. Until that bottleneck has been fixed, there's no point in improving anything else in your business.</p><p>The freelancers who make it to $100k/year are the ones who constantly solved their ONE bottleneck, took a step back, re-assed their business to see what the next bottleneck was, and dove all-in on that bottleneck until it's solved. Rinse and repeat.</p><p>This week's podcast episode dives into each of these 5 areas and what you can do to solve the bottlenecks in your own business.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/189">https://6figurecreative.com/189</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4001</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fc524d14-98cd-11ec-a510-8b7ad4dbfe03]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2516530574.mp3?updated=1646077879" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#188: The 4 Personal Bottlenecks Holding Your Business Back From Earning 6 Figures</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/188</link>
      <description>If you run a freelance business, there is no real separation between you and your business. 
That means any personal issues you have are guaranteed to affect your business.
There are actually 4 specific "personal bottlenecks" that act as single points of failure as an entrepreneur.

No time

"Dirty Fuel"

Lack of skills

Blindspots

If any of these 4 issues exist, your business is 100% guaranteed to suffer.
In this week's episode, we discuss each of these 4 personal bottlenecks in detail...
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why expensive gear doesn't matter if it isn't earning you money

How personal bottlenecks are choking your business

Superheroes to save you from your bottlenecks

Clean fuel vs. dirty fuel – are you doing things for the right reasons?

Creating a step by step plan to tackle your bottlenecks

Why time won't let you go

When to ask for help with your bottlenecks

Handling your blind spots

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/188</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Personal Bottlenecks Holding Your Business Back From Earning 6 Figures</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you run a freelance business, there is no real separation between you and your business. 
That means any personal issues you have are guaranteed to affect your business.
There are actually 4 specific "personal bottlenecks" that act as single points of failure as an entrepreneur.

No time

"Dirty Fuel"

Lack of skills

Blindspots

If any of these 4 issues exist, your business is 100% guaranteed to suffer.
In this week's episode, we discuss each of these 4 personal bottlenecks in detail...
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why expensive gear doesn't matter if it isn't earning you money

How personal bottlenecks are choking your business

Superheroes to save you from your bottlenecks

Clean fuel vs. dirty fuel – are you doing things for the right reasons?

Creating a step by step plan to tackle your bottlenecks

Why time won't let you go

When to ask for help with your bottlenecks

Handling your blind spots

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/188</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you run a freelance business, there is no real separation between <em>you</em> and <em>your business. </em></p><p>That means any personal issues you have are <em>guaranteed</em> to affect your business.</p><p>There are actually 4 specific "personal bottlenecks" that act as single points of failure as an entrepreneur.</p><ol>
<li>No time</li>
<li>"Dirty Fuel"</li>
<li>Lack of skills</li>
<li>Blindspots</li>
</ol><p>If any of these 4 issues exist, your business is 100% guaranteed to suffer.</p><p>In this week's episode, we discuss each of these 4 personal bottlenecks in detail...</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why expensive gear <em>doesn't matter</em> if it isn't earning you money</li>
<li>How personal bottlenecks are choking your business</li>
<li>Superheroes to save you from your bottlenecks</li>
<li>Clean fuel vs. dirty fuel – are you doing things for the right reasons?</li>
<li>Creating a step by step plan to tackle your bottlenecks</li>
<li>Why time won't let you go</li>
<li>When to ask for help with your bottlenecks</li>
<li>Handling your blind spots</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/188">https://6figurecreative.com/188</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2908</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5de9d73a-90f5-11ec-a0ad-6b77ceda7138]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7460589571.mp3?updated=1645215065" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#187: Quitting Her Day Job To Become A 6 Figure Illustrator | Lisa Congdon's Success Story</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/187</link>
      <description>If you're stuck in a dead-end job, about to turn 30, and thinking, "I wish I could open my own business... But I'm too old to start..." then listen up.
You're not too old – it's never too late to start your freelance career or open a business.
World-renowned designer Lisa Congdon didn't even start designing until her late 20s, and she didn't even start gaining traction until she was nearly 40. In the decade and a half since starting her business, Lisa has grown it to multiple six figures.
Listen now to hear about Lisa's journey from struggles and setbacks, to ultimate success as a creative.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why it's not too late to jump into a freelance career

How Lisa began her creative journey

Giving yourself permission to be alone and its effects on your mental health

Why it's important to have diverse income streams (but still stay on-brand)

Selling physical products as a creative

Building your team: don't start too soon

Growth and mental health in a creative field

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/187</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Quitting Her Day Job To Become A 6 Figure Illustrator | Lisa Congdon's Success Story</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>187</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you're stuck in a dead-end job, about to turn 30, and thinking, "I wish I could open my own business... But I'm too old to start..." then listen up.
You're not too old – it's never too late to start your freelance career or open a business.
World-renowned designer Lisa Congdon didn't even start designing until her late 20s, and she didn't even start gaining traction until she was nearly 40. In the decade and a half since starting her business, Lisa has grown it to multiple six figures.
Listen now to hear about Lisa's journey from struggles and setbacks, to ultimate success as a creative.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why it's not too late to jump into a freelance career

How Lisa began her creative journey

Giving yourself permission to be alone and its effects on your mental health

Why it's important to have diverse income streams (but still stay on-brand)

Selling physical products as a creative

Building your team: don't start too soon

Growth and mental health in a creative field

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/187</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're stuck in a dead-end job, about to turn 30, and thinking, "I wish I could open my own business... But I'm too old to start..." then listen up.</p><p>You're not too old – <em>it's never too late to start your freelance career or open a business</em>.</p><p>World-renowned designer Lisa Congdon didn't even <em>start</em> designing until her late 20s, and she didn't even start gaining traction until she was nearly 40. In the decade and a half since starting her business, Lisa has grown it to multiple six figures.</p><p>Listen now to hear about Lisa's journey from struggles and setbacks, to ultimate success as a creative.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why it's <em>not</em> too late to jump into a freelance career</li>
<li>How Lisa began her creative journey</li>
<li>Giving yourself permission to be alone and its effects on your mental health</li>
<li>Why it's important to have diverse income streams (but still stay on-brand)</li>
<li>Selling physical products as a creative</li>
<li>Building your team: don't start too soon</li>
<li>Growth and mental health in a creative field</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/187">https://6figurecreative.com/187</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2924</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ae03390c-8aae-11ec-8f81-fb9b219bf8bd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4442366366.mp3?updated=1645025595" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#186. The 6 Levels of Freelancing - Part 2</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/186</link>
      <description>Last week we introduced the first of a two-part series about "The 6 Levels of Freelancing". The 1st level was "yes mode" and the 2nd level was "the generalist".
This week we're walking you through what it looks like to move up the ladder into levels 4-6. If you feel stuck and you're ready to move up a level or two, fire up your favorite podcast app and let's dig in...
In this episode you’ll discover:

How good systems will avoid Chris' Poopocalypse 2.0

Avoiding survivorship bias: don't always listen to the "old dogs"

The word-of-mouth death trap

Your hourly rates aren't your actual rates

Why Disqualifying bad leads to focus on good leads is great for your income

The difference between systems and automation


What the best automations have in common

Why experts focus on one specific area rather than learning everything

Growing your business the smart way: using SOPs

How to remove yourself from your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/186</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 6 Levels of Freelancing - Part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>186</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Last week we introduced the first of a two-part series about "The 6 Levels of Freelancing". The 1st level was "yes mode" and the 2nd level was "the generalist".
This week we're walking you through what it looks like to move up the ladder into levels 4-6. If you feel stuck and you're ready to move up a level or two, fire up your favorite podcast app and let's dig in...
In this episode you’ll discover:

How good systems will avoid Chris' Poopocalypse 2.0

Avoiding survivorship bias: don't always listen to the "old dogs"

The word-of-mouth death trap

Your hourly rates aren't your actual rates

Why Disqualifying bad leads to focus on good leads is great for your income

The difference between systems and automation


What the best automations have in common

Why experts focus on one specific area rather than learning everything

Growing your business the smart way: using SOPs

How to remove yourself from your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/186</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://6figurecreative.com/185">Last week</a> we introduced the first of a two-part series about "The 6 Levels of Freelancing". The 1st level was "yes mode" and the 2nd level was "the generalist".</p><p>This week we're walking you through what it looks like to move up the ladder into levels 4-6. If you feel stuck and you're ready to move up a level or two, fire up your favorite podcast app and let's dig in...</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How good systems will avoid Chris' Poopocalypse 2.0</li>
<li>Avoiding survivorship bias: don't always listen to the "old dogs"</li>
<li>The word-of-mouth death trap</li>
<li>Your hourly rates <em>aren't</em> your actual rates</li>
<li>Why Disqualifying bad leads to focus on good leads is great for your income</li>
<li>The difference between <em>systems</em> and <em>automation</em>
</li>
<li>What the best automations have in common</li>
<li>Why experts focus on one specific area rather than learning everything</li>
<li>Growing your business the smart way: using SOPs</li>
<li>How to remove yourself from your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/186">https://6figurecreative.com/186</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4240</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d3546aa8-85e2-11ec-95e6-0776807e24c4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1566241979.mp3?updated=1643997720" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#185. The 6 Levels of Freelancing - Part 1</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/185</link>
      <description>Most freelancers have no idea what they are doing and end up stuck in a low-paying, dead-end job because their business never gets enough clients to pay the bills.
In this episode, we discuss the levels of your freelance career, and how to move from one level to the next so you can earn more money and work with better clients.
If you want to learn how to become an expert in your field, get paid well for your work, and want to work from home on your own schedule, this episode is for you!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Everyone starts on the same level

Why you're not special if you take every job that comes your way

How to learn what you want to do with your life

Listening to the market: your clients will help you pick an offering

Why you're shooting yourself in the foot if you offer two drastically different services

Automation: is it helping you or harming you?

What common business advice is actually bad for your business

Imposter syndrome: what to do when it rears its ugly head

Why the generalist never wins

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/185</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 6 Levels of Freelancing - Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>182</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers have no idea what they are doing and end up stuck in a low-paying, dead-end job because their business never gets enough clients to pay the bills.
In this episode, we discuss the levels of your freelance career, and how to move from one level to the next so you can earn more money and work with better clients.
If you want to learn how to become an expert in your field, get paid well for your work, and want to work from home on your own schedule, this episode is for you!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Everyone starts on the same level

Why you're not special if you take every job that comes your way

How to learn what you want to do with your life

Listening to the market: your clients will help you pick an offering

Why you're shooting yourself in the foot if you offer two drastically different services

Automation: is it helping you or harming you?

What common business advice is actually bad for your business

Imposter syndrome: what to do when it rears its ugly head

Why the generalist never wins

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/185</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers have no idea what they are doing and end up stuck in a low-paying, dead-end job because their business never gets enough clients to pay the bills.</p><p>In this episode, we discuss the levels of your freelance career, and how to move from one level to the next so you can earn more money and work with better clients.</p><p>If you want to learn how to become an expert in your field, get paid well for your work, and want to work from home on your own schedule, this episode is for you!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Everyone starts on the same level</li>
<li>Why <em>you're not special</em> if you take every job that comes your way</li>
<li>How to learn what you want to do with your life</li>
<li>Listening to the market: your clients will help you pick an offering</li>
<li>Why you're shooting yourself in the foot if you offer two drastically different services</li>
<li>Automation: is it helping you or harming you?</li>
<li>What common business advice is actually <em>bad</em> for your business</li>
<li>Imposter syndrome: what to do when it rears its ugly head</li>
<li>Why the generalist never wins</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/185">https://6figurecreative.com/185</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2684</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9647533c-7fa7-11ec-b11c-571e19d84688]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2165353412.mp3?updated=1643999684" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#184: The 5 Most Clever Ways To Eliminate "Ghosting" From Your Leads</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/184</link>
      <description>You FINALLY get someone to reach out to you asking for your rates. Wooooo! 🥳🎊🎉
You rack your brain to come up with a price for the project and send it off.
Days pass… you don’t hear back. So you send a follow up. 
Weeks pass… now you’re trying to figure out where you went wrong. 
The would-be client has just ghosted you.
The worst part is that you have NO idea why…
Was it pricing? Scheduling? Did they decide not to do the project? Did they hire someone else?
Did they even SEE your message? 
Ghosting SUCKS. So we set aside an hour of our time to create an entire episode dedicated to the topic. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your clients are ghosting you

How to not get ghosted

Building a connection with your customers so they don’t want to ghost you

Why you need to get on the phone


How to create natural scarcity and urgency

Why you should never give your pricing out quickly

How to get help growing your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/184</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Most Clever Ways To Eliminate "Ghosting" From Your Leads</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You FINALLY get someone to reach out to you asking for your rates. Wooooo! 🥳🎊🎉
You rack your brain to come up with a price for the project and send it off.
Days pass… you don’t hear back. So you send a follow up. 
Weeks pass… now you’re trying to figure out where you went wrong. 
The would-be client has just ghosted you.
The worst part is that you have NO idea why…
Was it pricing? Scheduling? Did they decide not to do the project? Did they hire someone else?
Did they even SEE your message? 
Ghosting SUCKS. So we set aside an hour of our time to create an entire episode dedicated to the topic. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why your clients are ghosting you

How to not get ghosted

Building a connection with your customers so they don’t want to ghost you

Why you need to get on the phone


How to create natural scarcity and urgency

Why you should never give your pricing out quickly

How to get help growing your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/184</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You FINALLY get someone to reach out to you asking for your rates. Wooooo! 🥳🎊🎉</p><p>You rack your brain to come up with a price for the project and send it off.</p><p>Days pass… you don’t hear back. So you send a follow up. </p><p>Weeks pass… now you’re trying to figure out where you went wrong. </p><p>The would-be client has just ghosted you.</p><p>The worst part is that you have NO idea why…</p><p>Was it pricing? Scheduling? Did they decide not to do the project? Did they hire someone else?</p><p>Did they even SEE your message? </p><p>Ghosting SUCKS. So we set aside an hour of our time to create an entire episode dedicated to the topic. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why your clients are ghosting you</li>
<li>How to <em>not</em> get ghosted</li>
<li>Building a connection with your customers so they don’t <em>want</em> to ghost you</li>
<li>Why you need to <strong>get on the phone</strong>
</li>
<li>How to create natural scarcity and urgency</li>
<li>Why you should never give your pricing out quickly</li>
<li>How to get help growing your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/184">https://6figurecreative.com/184</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2985</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[11320860-7d3e-11ec-8fcc-070affe23c9c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1531615649.mp3?updated=1643047204" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#183: Lead Nurturing | Changing The Way You Think About Client Relationships</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/183</link>
      <description>Here's a list of the most common reasons someone might hire someone else instead of you: 

They don't trust you

They forgot you exist

They felt like you were manipulating them 

They felt misunderstood 

They’re not confident you can give them what they want/need

They felt no connection to you


What’s funny is that this list is nearly identical to the reasons a new romantic relationship might fail. 
My point? It’s pretty simple…
If you start dating someone brand new, you’re likely going to put SOME sort of effort into building that relationship. 
Right? 
You’d text/call them. You’d go on dates to get to know them. You’d try to figure out if you’re compatible by having meaningful conversations. 
You wouldn’t simply leave them alone and hope they propose to you later, right? 
You’d intentionally nurture that relationship. 
It’s the same thing with your potential clients. 
They reach out to you…but wtf do you do in the days/weeks/months between the first conversation and the point they hand over their hard-earned dollars? 
Most freelancers do a whole lot of sitting around and smoking Hopium. You’re just waiting for that phone call where the person finally “proposes” to you.
On this week’s episode, we dive deep into the process of intentionally nurturing your leads.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/183</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Lead Nurturing | Changing The Way You Think About Client Relationships</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>183</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Here's a list of the most common reasons someone might hire someone else instead of you: 

They don't trust you

They forgot you exist

They felt like you were manipulating them 

They felt misunderstood 

They’re not confident you can give them what they want/need

They felt no connection to you


What’s funny is that this list is nearly identical to the reasons a new romantic relationship might fail. 
My point? It’s pretty simple…
If you start dating someone brand new, you’re likely going to put SOME sort of effort into building that relationship. 
Right? 
You’d text/call them. You’d go on dates to get to know them. You’d try to figure out if you’re compatible by having meaningful conversations. 
You wouldn’t simply leave them alone and hope they propose to you later, right? 
You’d intentionally nurture that relationship. 
It’s the same thing with your potential clients. 
They reach out to you…but wtf do you do in the days/weeks/months between the first conversation and the point they hand over their hard-earned dollars? 
Most freelancers do a whole lot of sitting around and smoking Hopium. You’re just waiting for that phone call where the person finally “proposes” to you.
On this week’s episode, we dive deep into the process of intentionally nurturing your leads.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/183</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a list of the most common reasons someone might hire someone else <strong><em>instead of you</em></strong>: </p><ul>
<li>They don't trust you</li>
<li>They forgot you exist</li>
<li>They felt like you were manipulating them </li>
<li>They felt misunderstood </li>
<li>They’re not confident you can give them what they want/need</li>
<li>They felt no connection to you</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>What’s funny is that this list is <strong>nearly<em> identical</em></strong> to the reasons a new romantic relationship might fail. </p><p>My point? It’s pretty simple…</p><p>If you start dating someone brand new, you’re likely going to put SOME sort of effort into building that relationship. </p><p>Right? </p><p>You’d text/call them. You’d go on dates to get to know them. You’d try to figure out if you’re compatible by having meaningful conversations. </p><p>You <em>wouldn’t</em> simply leave them alone and hope they propose to you later, right? </p><p>You’d intentionally <strong>nurture</strong> that relationship. </p><p>It’s the same thing with your potential clients. </p><p>They reach out to you…but <strong>wtf do you do in the days/weeks/months between the first conversation and the point they hand over their hard-earned dollars? </strong></p><p>Most freelancers do a <em>whole</em> lot of sitting around and smoking Hopium. You’re just waiting for that phone call where the person finally “proposes” to you.</p><p>On this week’s episode, we dive deep into the process of intentionally <strong>nurturing your leads</strong>.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/183">https://6figurecreative.com/183</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2640</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[93012034-77c5-11ec-ad31-430f91eb573c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2815480049.mp3?updated=1642445728" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#182: The Word-of-mouth Death Trap And How To Avoid It</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/182</link>
      <description>It’s the beginning of 2022 and I recently completed my end-of-year retreat where I went off the grid to dig deep into my own businesses and plan for the year. 
During my retreat, one of the things I did was dig into my analytics to see what’s been working, what’s not working, and what needs to change in the future. 
This week’s podcast episode is the direct result of one of my most interesting discoveries when diving into my analytics across everything I do. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

What you’re missing out on if you don’t follow the 6 Figure Creative YouTube channel

Why word of mouth is not the solution for a new business

How to get more clients without word of mouth


You’re a creative who is averse to marketing: now what?

Six ways to bring traffic to your website

How to get your business ranked by Google

Using affiliate marketing in a freelance business

When it’s appropriate to use ads for your business

182 reasons you should subscribe to our YouTube channel in a Blink

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/182</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Word-of-mouth Death Trap And How To Avoid It</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>182</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>It’s the beginning of 2022 and I recently completed my end-of-year retreat where I went off the grid to dig deep into my own businesses and plan for the year. 
During my retreat, one of the things I did was dig into my analytics to see what’s been working, what’s not working, and what needs to change in the future. 
This week’s podcast episode is the direct result of one of my most interesting discoveries when diving into my analytics across everything I do. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

What you’re missing out on if you don’t follow the 6 Figure Creative YouTube channel

Why word of mouth is not the solution for a new business

How to get more clients without word of mouth


You’re a creative who is averse to marketing: now what?

Six ways to bring traffic to your website

How to get your business ranked by Google

Using affiliate marketing in a freelance business

When it’s appropriate to use ads for your business

182 reasons you should subscribe to our YouTube channel in a Blink

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/182</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s the beginning of 2022 and I recently completed my end-of-year retreat where I went off the grid to dig deep into my own businesses and plan for the year. </p><p>During my retreat, one of the things I did was dig into my analytics to see what’s been working, what’s not working, and what needs to change in the future. </p><p>This week’s podcast episode is the <em>direct</em> result of one of my most interesting discoveries when diving into my analytics across everything I do. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What you’re missing out on if you don’t follow the 6 Figure Creative YouTube channel</li>
<li>Why word of mouth is <em>not</em> the solution for a new business</li>
<li>How to get more clients <em>without word of mouth</em>
</li>
<li>You’re a creative who is averse to marketing: now what?</li>
<li>Six ways to bring traffic to your website</li>
<li>How to get your business ranked by Google</li>
<li>Using affiliate marketing in a freelance business</li>
<li>When it’s appropriate to use ads for your business</li>
<li>182 reasons you should subscribe to our YouTube channel in a Blink</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/182">https://6figurecreative.com/182</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3848</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7d18ae9c-724b-11ec-86d4-83287f351faf]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4625476759.mp3?updated=1641843754" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#181: Our Favorite Tools For Building A 6 Figure Business In 2022</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/181</link>
      <description>Implementing helpful tools into your business is one of the best, most cost-effective ways to increase your income or decrease your time spent doing tedious, frustrating tasks. 
Every single tool we discuss on this week's podcast is created to either straight up make you more money, or save you time, money, and frustration.
One quick word of warning...while tools are amazing when fully implemented, a half-implemented tool is a total waste of money. 
Make sure you're 100% ready to take on the (sometimes boring) implementation phase before using any of the tools we discuss in this episode. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Having too many unconnected systems can be worse than no systems


Why Brian is going to fight Chris in a parking lot

Avoiding the Apple Mail app

The power of Keyboard Maestro

Eliminating pain points so you can maintain flow state

Why giving away free merch is worth it

The system behind a successful follow-up

What Chris Graham wants in his inbox (hint: it’s feet)

Is it worth it? Camera and lighting equipment for video

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/181</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Our Favorite Tools For Building A 6 Figure Business In 2022</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Implementing helpful tools into your business is one of the best, most cost-effective ways to increase your income or decrease your time spent doing tedious, frustrating tasks. 
Every single tool we discuss on this week's podcast is created to either straight up make you more money, or save you time, money, and frustration.
One quick word of warning...while tools are amazing when fully implemented, a half-implemented tool is a total waste of money. 
Make sure you're 100% ready to take on the (sometimes boring) implementation phase before using any of the tools we discuss in this episode. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

Having too many unconnected systems can be worse than no systems


Why Brian is going to fight Chris in a parking lot

Avoiding the Apple Mail app

The power of Keyboard Maestro

Eliminating pain points so you can maintain flow state

Why giving away free merch is worth it

The system behind a successful follow-up

What Chris Graham wants in his inbox (hint: it’s feet)

Is it worth it? Camera and lighting equipment for video

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/181</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Implementing helpful tools into your business is one of the <em>best</em>, most cost-effective ways to increase your income or decrease your time spent doing tedious, frustrating tasks. </p><p>Every single tool we discuss on this week's podcast is created to either straight up make you more money, or save you time, money, and frustration.</p><p>One quick word of warning...while tools are amazing when <strong><em>fully</em></strong> implemented, a half-implemented tool is a total waste of money. </p><p>Make sure you're 100% ready to take on the (sometimes boring) implementation phase before using any of the tools we discuss in this episode. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Having too many <em>unconnected</em> systems can be worse than <em>no systems</em>
</li>
<li>Why Brian is going to fight Chris in a parking lot</li>
<li>Avoiding the Apple Mail app</li>
<li>The power of Keyboard Maestro</li>
<li>Eliminating pain points so you can maintain flow state</li>
<li>Why giving away free merch is worth it</li>
<li>The system behind a successful follow-up</li>
<li>What Chris Graham wants in his inbox (hint: it’s feet)</li>
<li>Is it worth it? Camera and lighting equipment for video</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/181">https://6figurecreative.com/181</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2916</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d612470e-6ccb-11ec-a5d6-df50ab5d81c4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5332486431.mp3?updated=1641238931" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#180: Overwhelm</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/180</link>
      <description>Being overwhelmed can stop you from achieving your goals and living the life you want. This can be especially damaging when you run your own business, so your livelihood relies on you alone.
In this episode, Chris and Brian talk about how they deal with overwhelm in their businesses and in life. They also discuss mental health issues such as PTSD, ADHD, and ways to cope as a self-employed creative.
Get ready to start 2022 in the right headspace for success: listen now to learn more!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Chris Graham is not and never was straight edge

Why episodes 75-125 were our best episodes… For now

How to handle overwhelm

Dealing with PTSD as a business owner

Addressing the symptoms and the root cause of an issue

The news is a giant timesuck

Surrounding yourself with people who support you instead of tearing you down

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/180</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Overwhelm</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Being overwhelmed can stop you from achieving your goals and living the life you want. This can be especially damaging when you run your own business, so your livelihood relies on you alone.
In this episode, Chris and Brian talk about how they deal with overwhelm in their businesses and in life. They also discuss mental health issues such as PTSD, ADHD, and ways to cope as a self-employed creative.
Get ready to start 2022 in the right headspace for success: listen now to learn more!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why Chris Graham is not and never was straight edge

Why episodes 75-125 were our best episodes… For now

How to handle overwhelm

Dealing with PTSD as a business owner

Addressing the symptoms and the root cause of an issue

The news is a giant timesuck

Surrounding yourself with people who support you instead of tearing you down

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/180</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Being overwhelmed can stop you from achieving your goals and living the life you want. This can be especially damaging when you run your own business, so your livelihood relies on <em>you alone</em>.</p><p>In this episode, Chris and Brian talk about how they deal with overwhelm in their businesses and in life. They also discuss mental health issues such as PTSD, ADHD, and ways to cope as a self-employed creative.</p><p>Get ready to start 2022 in the right headspace for success: listen now to learn more!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why Chris Graham <em>is not and never was</em> straight edge</li>
<li>Why episodes 75-125 were our best episodes… For now</li>
<li>How to handle overwhelm</li>
<li>Dealing with PTSD as a business owner</li>
<li>Addressing the symptoms <em>and the root cause</em> of an issue</li>
<li>The news is a giant timesuck</li>
<li>Surrounding yourself with people who support you instead of tearing you down</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/180">https://6figurecreative.com/180</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3532</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6cb86a4a-6433-11ec-a1cd-33218c9863a0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1455325125.mp3?updated=1640294201" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#179: Is The Antiquated Commercial Recording Studio Dream Dead? Maybe Not... | With Steve Ornest</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/179</link>
      <description>For decades, recording studios around the world were able to thrive in a healthy music industry full of platinum albums, hefty recording budgets, and, most importantly, ACTUAL profits.
Things have steadily declined over the past 15 years with large commercial facilities closing down left and right. For many studios, the final nail in the coffin was the COVID-19 lockdown. 
While many are failing, some are still thriving despite the struggles of many other studios. In this week's interview, our guest has turned things around in a big way in an iconic LA studio called Total Access Recordings. 
 Listen now to learn more!
In this episode you’ll discover:

What it takes to get your foot in the door at a “legacy” studio

How fresh ideas can save older recording studios from going under

Reducing your overhead by using extra resources you have

The cheesy romcom of one Socal studio in the late early 2000s

Growing out of a brand image you struggle with

Making a name for yourself in the local scene

Finding a need and basing your business moves on that

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/179</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Is The Antiquated Commercial Recording Studio Dream Dead? Maybe Not... | With Steve Ornest</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>179</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>For decades, recording studios around the world were able to thrive in a healthy music industry full of platinum albums, hefty recording budgets, and, most importantly, ACTUAL profits.
Things have steadily declined over the past 15 years with large commercial facilities closing down left and right. For many studios, the final nail in the coffin was the COVID-19 lockdown. 
While many are failing, some are still thriving despite the struggles of many other studios. In this week's interview, our guest has turned things around in a big way in an iconic LA studio called Total Access Recordings. 
 Listen now to learn more!
In this episode you’ll discover:

What it takes to get your foot in the door at a “legacy” studio

How fresh ideas can save older recording studios from going under

Reducing your overhead by using extra resources you have

The cheesy romcom of one Socal studio in the late early 2000s

Growing out of a brand image you struggle with

Making a name for yourself in the local scene

Finding a need and basing your business moves on that

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/179</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>For decades, recording studios around the world were able to thrive in a healthy music industry full of platinum albums, hefty recording budgets, and, most importantly, <em>ACTUAL</em> profits.</p><p>Things have steadily declined over the past 15 years with large commercial facilities closing down left and right. For many studios, the final nail in the coffin was the COVID-19 lockdown. </p><p>While many are failing, some are still thriving despite the struggles of many other studios. In this week's interview, our guest has turned things around in a big way in an iconic LA studio called Total Access Recordings. </p><p> Listen now to learn more!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What it takes to get your foot in the door at a “legacy” studio</li>
<li>How fresh ideas can save older recording studios from going under</li>
<li>Reducing your overhead by using extra resources you have</li>
<li>The cheesy romcom of one Socal studio in the late early 2000s</li>
<li><strong>Growing out of a brand image you struggle with</strong></li>
<li>Making a name for yourself in the local scene</li>
<li>Finding a <em>need</em> and basing your business moves on that</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/179">https://6figurecreative.com/179</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3867</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4c1af5f2-61d9-11ec-b581-ef3478b0009e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2003748225.mp3?updated=1640035878" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#178 From Homeless To $130k/yr In Just Three Years | With John McLucas</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/178</link>
      <description>In 2017, John McLucas was homeless and sleeping on a foam pad in his one-room, windowless recording studio. Just a few years later, he's earning a six-figure income as a producer working with pop artists to provide a high-value, white-glove service.
How did he make this massive change? While there isn’t one thing John did right, there are a few big things he did that you can start doing today to put your own freelance business on a similar trajectory. 
Listen to this episode of 6 Figure Creative now to learn more!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How John went from sleeping on his studio floor to earning six figures… In three years

Why offering a premium service is one of the best decisions you can make

How to differentiate your business from the competition

Thinking ahead 10 years: will people still want to work with you?

How to deal with online haters and trolls

The power of harnessing TikTok to generate leads for your business

Why it’s important to avoid overworking yourself

Methods of dealing with plateaus in your business

Learning to invest in your education to grow your business and skills

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/178</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>From Homeless To $130k/yr In Just Three Years | With John McLucas </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>178</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In 2017, John McLucas was homeless and sleeping on a foam pad in his one-room, windowless recording studio. Just a few years later, he's earning a six-figure income as a producer working with pop artists to provide a high-value, white-glove service.
How did he make this massive change? While there isn’t one thing John did right, there are a few big things he did that you can start doing today to put your own freelance business on a similar trajectory. 
Listen to this episode of 6 Figure Creative now to learn more!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How John went from sleeping on his studio floor to earning six figures… In three years

Why offering a premium service is one of the best decisions you can make

How to differentiate your business from the competition

Thinking ahead 10 years: will people still want to work with you?

How to deal with online haters and trolls

The power of harnessing TikTok to generate leads for your business

Why it’s important to avoid overworking yourself

Methods of dealing with plateaus in your business

Learning to invest in your education to grow your business and skills

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/178</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In 2017, John McLucas was homeless and sleeping on a foam pad in his one-room, windowless recording studio. Just a few years later, he's earning a six-figure income as a producer working with pop artists to provide a high-value, white-glove service.</p><p>How did he make this massive change? While there isn’t <em>one</em> thing John did right, there are a few big things he did that you can start doing today to put your own freelance business on a similar trajectory. </p><p>Listen to this episode of 6 Figure Creative now to learn more!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How John went from sleeping on his studio floor to earning six figures… In three years</li>
<li>Why offering a <em>premium service</em> is one of the best decisions you can make</li>
<li>How to differentiate your business from the competition</li>
<li>Thinking ahead 10 years: will people still want to work with you?</li>
<li>How to deal with online haters and trolls</li>
<li>The power of harnessing TikTok to generate leads for your business</li>
<li>Why it’s important to avoid overworking yourself</li>
<li>Methods of dealing with plateaus in your business</li>
<li>Learning to invest in your education to grow your business and skills</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/178">https://6figurecreative.com/178</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3060</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f5a72184-5c4f-11ec-b694-bfd2c81f1a7d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3421439837.mp3?updated=1639427262" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#177: Using the Power of Humor to Grow Your Business | With Obedient Agency</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/177</link>
      <description>Humor is a great way to connect with your friends 1 on 1, but it’s one of the most difficult things to do right in marketing (1 on many).
Allie LeFevere of Obedient Agency has spent the last six years helping companies find the sweet spot between lame, lifeless jokes and cringy, over-the-top humor to get their marketing just right.
Listen now to learn how Allie has built her business from a two-person partnership to a thriving agency with 8 people on the team!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How you can make your brand memorable

Why your brand shouldn’t always fall in line with your personal tastes

What goes into good humor in copywriting

How Allie systematically creates amazing copy

Why being different is vital

How to crush objections before they’re mentioned by your clients

What happens when a robo vacuum meets a literal pile of sh*t

How to handle yourself with confidence

Why you don’t want to be the business who does everything

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/177</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Using the Power of Humor to Grow Your Business | With Obedient Agency</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>177</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Humor is a great way to connect with your friends 1 on 1, but it’s one of the most difficult things to do right in marketing (1 on many).
Allie LeFevere of Obedient Agency has spent the last six years helping companies find the sweet spot between lame, lifeless jokes and cringy, over-the-top humor to get their marketing just right.
Listen now to learn how Allie has built her business from a two-person partnership to a thriving agency with 8 people on the team!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How you can make your brand memorable

Why your brand shouldn’t always fall in line with your personal tastes

What goes into good humor in copywriting

How Allie systematically creates amazing copy

Why being different is vital

How to crush objections before they’re mentioned by your clients

What happens when a robo vacuum meets a literal pile of sh*t

How to handle yourself with confidence

Why you don’t want to be the business who does everything

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/177</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Humor is a great way to connect with your friends 1 on 1, but it’s one of the most difficult things to do right in marketing (1 on many).</p><p>Allie LeFevere of Obedient Agency has spent the last six years helping companies find the sweet spot between lame, lifeless jokes and cringy, over-the-top humor to get their marketing <em>just right</em>.</p><p>Listen now to learn how Allie has built her business from a two-person partnership to a thriving agency with 8 people on the team!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How you can make your brand memorable</li>
<li>Why your brand shouldn’t always fall in line with your personal tastes</li>
<li>What goes into <em>good</em> humor in copywriting</li>
<li>How Allie systematically creates amazing copy</li>
<li>Why <em>being different</em> is vital</li>
<li>How to crush objections before they’re mentioned by your clients</li>
<li><strong>What happens when a robo vacuum meets a literal pile of sh*t</strong></li>
<li>How to handle yourself with confidence</li>
<li>Why you <em>don’t</em> want to be the business who does everything</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/177">https://6figurecreative.com/177</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3311</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee2948d4-56db-11ec-9dcf-2b887f75280a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3832568097.mp3?updated=1638826851" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#176: How To Use Email Marketing To Land Corporate Clients As a Photographer | With Daniel Clark Cunningham</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/176</link>
      <description>Most freelancers shy away from the corporate world because “they’re special snowflake creatives who will never sell out and could never possibly be fulfilled working with corporations”. 
The reality is that any creative work can be fulfilling. 
The beauty of working with corporate clients is they actually have budgets. 
With budgets come options...

The option to actually make great money as a creative. 

The option to turn down clients who don’t have budgets. 

The option to do bigger, better, more creatively-fulfilling projects. 

This week’s guest, Daniel Clark Cunningham, is a perfect example of this. 
He’s worked with many household names – from Discovery Network to Dale Earnhardt Jr., to Chevrolet – and he’s learned a lot along the way.
He’s also taken a very unconventional path to get to where he is today. 
Listen now to learn how Daniel used “the war of attrition”, constant failure, and email marketing to build his photography business. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to level up from broke clients to well-paying gigs

The three things needed to succeed as a freelancer

Why internships are sometimes a necessary evil

How to outlast your competition

When to work on projects for yourself

The key to understanding your clients

How being ready to say “yes” brings opportunities

How to explain why you’re worth what you charge

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/176</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Use Email Marketing To Land Corporate Clients As a Photographer | With Daniel Clark Cunningham</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>176</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers shy away from the corporate world because “they’re special snowflake creatives who will never sell out and could never possibly be fulfilled working with corporations”. 
The reality is that any creative work can be fulfilling. 
The beauty of working with corporate clients is they actually have budgets. 
With budgets come options...

The option to actually make great money as a creative. 

The option to turn down clients who don’t have budgets. 

The option to do bigger, better, more creatively-fulfilling projects. 

This week’s guest, Daniel Clark Cunningham, is a perfect example of this. 
He’s worked with many household names – from Discovery Network to Dale Earnhardt Jr., to Chevrolet – and he’s learned a lot along the way.
He’s also taken a very unconventional path to get to where he is today. 
Listen now to learn how Daniel used “the war of attrition”, constant failure, and email marketing to build his photography business. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to level up from broke clients to well-paying gigs

The three things needed to succeed as a freelancer

Why internships are sometimes a necessary evil

How to outlast your competition

When to work on projects for yourself

The key to understanding your clients

How being ready to say “yes” brings opportunities

How to explain why you’re worth what you charge

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/176</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers shy away from the corporate world because <em>“they’re special snowflake creatives who will never sell out and could </em><strong><em>never</em></strong><em> possibly be fulfilled working with corporations”</em>. </p><p><strong>The reality is that any creative work can be fulfilling. </strong></p><p>The beauty of working with corporate clients is they <em>actually</em> have budgets. </p><p>With budgets come options...</p><ul>
<li>The option to actually make great money as a creative. </li>
<li>The option to turn down clients who don’t have budgets. </li>
<li>The option to do bigger, better, more creatively-fulfilling projects. </li>
</ul><p>This week’s guest, Daniel Clark Cunningham, is a perfect example of this. </p><p>He’s worked with many household names – from Discovery Network to Dale Earnhardt Jr., to Chevrolet – and he’s learned a lot along the way.</p><p>He’s also taken a <em>very </em>unconventional path to get to where he is today. </p><p>Listen now to learn how Daniel used “the war of attrition”, constant failure, and email marketing to build his photography business. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to level up from broke clients to well-paying gigs</li>
<li>The three things needed to succeed as a freelancer</li>
<li>Why internships are sometimes a necessary evil</li>
<li>How to outlast your competition</li>
<li>When to work on projects for yourself</li>
<li>The key to understanding your clients</li>
<li>How being ready to say “yes” brings opportunities</li>
<li>How to explain <em>why</em> you’re worth what you charge</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/176">https://6figurecreative.com/176</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3553</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b83ab1ba-5157-11ec-892c-b719e89a1159]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8180989529.mp3?updated=1638220733" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#175: The 6 Figure Creative's Guide To Copywriting For Freelancers | With Rachel Greiman</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/175</link>
      <description>The words you write have the power to build trust and win clients, but they also have the power to bore people to death and turn away clients. 
It’s your choice whether you want to put in the work to write website copy that does all the “selling” for you.
Most freelancers, unfortunately, leave copywriting as an afterthought. This creates a massive opportunity to stand out from your competitors by taking the time to nail your website copy. 
This week’s guest, Rachel Greiman, is a freelance copywriter who works with nearly 100 clients per year. 
Not only is she earning 6 figures from her freelance work, she’s also writing website copy for other 6 figure freelance photographers (our guest from episode #172 is actually one of her 6 figure clients).
That makes Rachel the perfect expert to bring onto the podcast to teach us all about the process behind copywriting for freelancers. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How great copy can affect your business

Why copy should come before your website design

How to understand what your ideal clients are looking for

How to package your offering so the client buys what they want and gets what they need


Why niching is so vital to your business

How systems help Rachel have six figure years over and over

How to go from $500 projects to $5,000 projects

Why some businesses shouldn’t have repeat clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/175</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 6 Figure Creative's Guide To Copywriting For Freelancers | With Rachel Greiman</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>175</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The words you write have the power to build trust and win clients, but they also have the power to bore people to death and turn away clients. 
It’s your choice whether you want to put in the work to write website copy that does all the “selling” for you.
Most freelancers, unfortunately, leave copywriting as an afterthought. This creates a massive opportunity to stand out from your competitors by taking the time to nail your website copy. 
This week’s guest, Rachel Greiman, is a freelance copywriter who works with nearly 100 clients per year. 
Not only is she earning 6 figures from her freelance work, she’s also writing website copy for other 6 figure freelance photographers (our guest from episode #172 is actually one of her 6 figure clients).
That makes Rachel the perfect expert to bring onto the podcast to teach us all about the process behind copywriting for freelancers. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How great copy can affect your business

Why copy should come before your website design

How to understand what your ideal clients are looking for

How to package your offering so the client buys what they want and gets what they need


Why niching is so vital to your business

How systems help Rachel have six figure years over and over

How to go from $500 projects to $5,000 projects

Why some businesses shouldn’t have repeat clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/175</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The words you write have the power to build trust and win clients, but they also have the power to bore people to death and turn away clients. </p><p>It’s your choice whether you want to put in the work to write website copy that does all the “selling” for you.</p><p>Most freelancers, unfortunately, leave copywriting as an afterthought. This creates a massive opportunity to stand out from your competitors by taking the time to nail your website copy. </p><p>This week’s guest, Rachel Greiman, is a freelance copywriter who works with nearly 100 clients per year. </p><p>Not only is she earning 6 figures from her freelance work, she’s also writing website copy for other 6 figure freelance photographers (our guest from <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/how-to-earn-6-figures-in-an-obscure-niche-with-clever-seo-and-expert-copywriting-sean-oblizalo/">episode #172</a> is actually one of her 6 figure clients).</p><p>That makes Rachel the <strong><em>perfect</em></strong> expert to bring onto the podcast to teach us all about the process behind copywriting for freelancers. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How great copy can affect your business</li>
<li>Why copy should come <em>before</em> your website design</li>
<li>How to understand what your ideal clients are looking for</li>
<li>How to package your offering so the client buys what they want and gets what they <em>need</em>
</li>
<li>Why niching is so vital to your business</li>
<li>How systems help Rachel have six figure years over and over</li>
<li>How to go from $500 projects to $5,000 projects</li>
<li>Why some businesses <em>shouldn’t</em> have repeat clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/175">https://6figurecreative.com/175</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3331</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3660c966-4bd7-11ec-9006-6becea584f3f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7310220824.mp3?updated=1637615435" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#174: How You're Sabotaging Your Business With These 5 Toxic Mindsets</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/174</link>
      <description>You always struggle to make progress in your business.  
Everyone seems to be against you. 
You can’t hire anyone because they’ll never do it as well as you can.
You simply can’t bring yourself to leave the security of your day job.
These are all symptoms of negative mindsets that are holding you back from your full potential as an audio engineer and entrepreneur!
By working to defeat negative mindsets, you can be much more comfortable in your own shoes and teach yourself to succeed rather than waiting for someone to hand things to you on a platter. 
Listen to this episode now to find out how you can identify and eliminate five different toxic mindsets that are ruining your chances of success!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you need to work on eliminating negative mindsets

Which negative mindsets might be affecting you

How the “blue-collar” mindset can hold your business back

Why outsourcing low-paying tasks can increase your hourly earnings

Why reacting negatively to someone else’s success is a sign of a bad mindset

How playing the victim will stop you in your tracks


Why holding grudges steals your time and energy

How fear negatively affects your business

What mental blocks the fixed mindset causes… And why they’re wrong

How Chris and Brian both overcame a fixed mindset to become successful business owners

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/174</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How You're Sabotaging Your Business With These 5 Toxic Mindsets</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You always struggle to make progress in your business.  
Everyone seems to be against you. 
You can’t hire anyone because they’ll never do it as well as you can.
You simply can’t bring yourself to leave the security of your day job.
These are all symptoms of negative mindsets that are holding you back from your full potential as an audio engineer and entrepreneur!
By working to defeat negative mindsets, you can be much more comfortable in your own shoes and teach yourself to succeed rather than waiting for someone to hand things to you on a platter. 
Listen to this episode now to find out how you can identify and eliminate five different toxic mindsets that are ruining your chances of success!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you need to work on eliminating negative mindsets

Which negative mindsets might be affecting you

How the “blue-collar” mindset can hold your business back

Why outsourcing low-paying tasks can increase your hourly earnings

Why reacting negatively to someone else’s success is a sign of a bad mindset

How playing the victim will stop you in your tracks


Why holding grudges steals your time and energy

How fear negatively affects your business

What mental blocks the fixed mindset causes… And why they’re wrong

How Chris and Brian both overcame a fixed mindset to become successful business owners

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/174</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You always struggle to make progress in your business.  </p><p>Everyone seems to be against you. </p><p>You can’t hire anyone because they’ll never do it as well as you can.</p><p>You simply can’t bring yourself to leave the security of your day job.</p><p>These are all symptoms of negative mindsets that are <strong>holding you back</strong> from your full potential as an audio engineer and entrepreneur!</p><p>By working to defeat negative mindsets, you can be much more comfortable in your own shoes and teach yourself to succeed rather than waiting for someone to hand things to you on a platter. </p><p>Listen to this episode now to find out <strong>how you can identify and eliminate five different toxic mindsets that are ruining your chances of success</strong>!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you need to work on eliminating negative mindsets</li>
<li>Which negative mindsets might be affecting you</li>
<li>How the “blue-collar” mindset can hold your business back</li>
<li>Why outsourcing low-paying tasks can increase your hourly earnings</li>
<li>Why reacting negatively to someone else’s success is a sign of a bad mindset</li>
<li>How playing the victim will <strong>stop you in your tracks</strong>
</li>
<li>Why holding grudges steals your time and energy</li>
<li>How fear negatively affects your business</li>
<li>What mental blocks the <em>fixed mindset</em> causes… And why they’re wrong</li>
<li>How Chris and Brian both overcame a fixed mindset to become successful business owners</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/174">https://6figurecreative.com/174</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4107</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[75c8a318-4636-11ec-98f5-6bccc9beb5a3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4831678548.mp3?updated=1636996947" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#173: Should You Just Quit?</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/173</link>
      <description>We’ve all hit the point in our lives when we’ve faced this question. 
“Should I just quit?”
Whether you’re considering giving up on your entire business, or you’re simply considering quitting a new approach to marketing you’ve been trying out, it can be difficult to keep going when stuff gets hard. 
So should you give up and go back to the way things were when it was “easier”? 
Should you push forward and keep trying even when everything sucks? 
That’s what I discuss in this week’s super short podcast episode.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/173</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Should You Just Quit?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>173</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We’ve all hit the point in our lives when we’ve faced this question. 
“Should I just quit?”
Whether you’re considering giving up on your entire business, or you’re simply considering quitting a new approach to marketing you’ve been trying out, it can be difficult to keep going when stuff gets hard. 
So should you give up and go back to the way things were when it was “easier”? 
Should you push forward and keep trying even when everything sucks? 
That’s what I discuss in this week’s super short podcast episode.
For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/173</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve <em>all</em> hit the point in our lives when we’ve faced this question. </p><p>“Should I just quit?”</p><p>Whether you’re considering giving up on your entire business, or you’re simply considering quitting a new approach to marketing you’ve been trying out, it can be difficult to keep going when stuff gets hard. </p><p>So should you give up and go back to the way things were when it was “easier”? </p><p>Should you push forward and keep trying even when everything sucks? </p><p>That’s what I discuss in this week’s super short podcast episode.</p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/173">https://6figurecreative.com/173</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>904</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[555a3188-40db-11ec-95c6-b335ae1edf38]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7700718747.mp3?updated=1636407432" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#172: How To Earn 6 Figures In An Obscure Niche With Clever SEO And Expert Copywriting | Sean Oblizalo</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/172</link>
      <description>I love learning about people who are earning 6 figures in a relatively obscure niche… especially when they’ve grown that business to where it is in just a few short years. 
Sean Oblizalo has built an incredibly successful adventure elopement photography business. If you’ve never heard of that before, you’re not alone. 
While elopement photography may be relatively obscure, what isn’t obscure are the strategies he used to build his business to 6 figures in such a relatively short amount of time. 
This interview is a gold mine for any freelancer who’s struggling to get website traffic, leads, or clients. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Sean built a six-figure business in just three years

What inspired Sean’s unique business idea

How you can harness the power of SEO for your business

Why Facebook ads aren’t for everyone

Why incredible copywriting is crucial for your website

How to get incredible copy even if you’re a terrible writer

Why systems and processes are crucial for building trust with your clients

The hidden benefits of building trust with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/172</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Earn 6 Figures In An Obscure Niche With Clever SEO And Expert Copywriting | Sean Oblizalo</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I love learning about people who are earning 6 figures in a relatively obscure niche… especially when they’ve grown that business to where it is in just a few short years. 
Sean Oblizalo has built an incredibly successful adventure elopement photography business. If you’ve never heard of that before, you’re not alone. 
While elopement photography may be relatively obscure, what isn’t obscure are the strategies he used to build his business to 6 figures in such a relatively short amount of time. 
This interview is a gold mine for any freelancer who’s struggling to get website traffic, leads, or clients. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Sean built a six-figure business in just three years

What inspired Sean’s unique business idea

How you can harness the power of SEO for your business

Why Facebook ads aren’t for everyone

Why incredible copywriting is crucial for your website

How to get incredible copy even if you’re a terrible writer

Why systems and processes are crucial for building trust with your clients

The hidden benefits of building trust with your clients

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/172</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I <em>love </em>learning about people who are earning 6 figures in a relatively obscure niche… <em>especially</em> when they’ve grown that business to where it is in just a few short years. </p><p>Sean Oblizalo has built an incredibly successful <strong><em>adventure</em> <em>elopement photography business. </em></strong>If you’ve never heard of that before, you’re not alone. </p><p>While elopement photography may be relatively obscure, what <em>isn’t</em> obscure are the strategies he used to build his business to 6 figures in such a relatively short amount of time. </p><p>This interview is a gold mine for <em>any</em> freelancer who’s struggling to get website traffic, leads, or clients. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Sean built a six-figure business in just three years</li>
<li>What inspired Sean’s unique business idea</li>
<li>How you can harness the power of SEO for your business</li>
<li>Why Facebook ads aren’t for everyone</li>
<li>Why incredible copywriting is crucial for your website</li>
<li>How to get incredible copy even if you’re a terrible writer</li>
<li>Why systems and processes are crucial for building trust with your clients</li>
<li>The hidden benefits of building trust with your clients</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/172">https://6figurecreative.com/172</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3419</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[00fd34ee-3b60-11ec-89a7-6fe47f9b9e74]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9753273888.mp3?updated=1635864770" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#171: The Freelancer's Guide To Passive Income And Smart Personal Finances | With Graham Cochrane</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/171</link>
      <description>Do you run a successful business, but find yourself stressed out about finances?
Does it affect your creativity to the point that you aren’t making your projects the absolute best?
If your finances are a shambles, chances are your business isn’t very stable, and neither is your personal life. It’s time to make a change.
A big welcome back to Graham Cochrane of The Graham Cochrane Show as he talks about potential solutions and fail-safes to make sure that you can survive difficult times in your business and come out the other end swinging!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why service-based businesses should have some scaleable income streams

How a retainer model can boost your business’ income

What opportunities overwhelmed consumers provide

How eliminating your fear can make you bolder, to take good opportunities and leave behind mediocre ones

Why poor personal finance is the downfall of many businesses

How trading up cars and paying car payments to yourself can buy you a new car in the long run

How growing your business too much can hurt your family, creativity, or life

How you can start to safely save money for retirement, as well as keep you – and your business – alive during spare months

Why you should discuss financial priorities with your family to see if you are overspending or can cut back

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/171</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>171</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Freelancer's Guide To Passive Income And Smart Personal Finances | With Graham Cochrane</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you run a successful business, but find yourself stressed out about finances?
Does it affect your creativity to the point that you aren’t making your projects the absolute best?
If your finances are a shambles, chances are your business isn’t very stable, and neither is your personal life. It’s time to make a change.
A big welcome back to Graham Cochrane of The Graham Cochrane Show as he talks about potential solutions and fail-safes to make sure that you can survive difficult times in your business and come out the other end swinging!
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why service-based businesses should have some scaleable income streams

How a retainer model can boost your business’ income

What opportunities overwhelmed consumers provide

How eliminating your fear can make you bolder, to take good opportunities and leave behind mediocre ones

Why poor personal finance is the downfall of many businesses

How trading up cars and paying car payments to yourself can buy you a new car in the long run

How growing your business too much can hurt your family, creativity, or life

How you can start to safely save money for retirement, as well as keep you – and your business – alive during spare months

Why you should discuss financial priorities with your family to see if you are overspending or can cut back

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/171</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you run a successful business, but find yourself stressed out about finances?</p><p>Does it affect your creativity to the point that you aren’t making your projects the absolute best?</p><p>If your finances are a shambles, chances are your business isn’t very stable, and neither is your personal life. It’s time to make a change.</p><p>A big welcome back to Graham Cochrane of The Graham Cochrane Show as he talks about potential solutions and fail-safes to make sure that you can survive difficult times in your business and come out the other end swinging!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why service-based businesses should have some scaleable income streams</li>
<li>How a retainer model can boost your business’ income</li>
<li>What opportunities overwhelmed consumers provide</li>
<li>How eliminating your fear can make you bolder, to take good opportunities and leave behind mediocre ones</li>
<li>Why poor personal finance is the downfall of many businesses</li>
<li>How trading up cars and paying car payments to yourself can buy you a new car in the long run</li>
<li>How growing your business too much can hurt your family, creativity, or life</li>
<li>How you can start to safely save money for retirement, as well as keep you – and your business – alive during spare months</li>
<li>Why you should discuss financial priorities with your family to see if you are overspending or can cut back</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/171">https://6figurecreative.com/171</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4168</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[835909b4-35c4-11ec-aba8-936b850bd3ca]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6660877878.mp3?updated=1635188742" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#170: The 5 Types Of Follow-Ups That Will Help You Double Your Income | With Mark Eckert</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/170</link>
      <description>Please tell me you’ve never been this person...
“Hey.”
“How’s it going?”
“U there? lol.”
“Hello?!?!?”
That’s the person who makes everyone cringe when they’re around. If that’s you, I hate to say it, but there’s a reason everyone ignores you. 
On the other side of things, if you’re the type of person who never follows up with anyone then you’re leaving half your potential income behind. 
Following up is an important part of business, but as with almost everything in life there’s a tactful, professional way to do it and then there’s a desperate, needy, cringey way to do it.  
On this episode of 6 Figure Creative, Brian Hood and substitute co-host Mark Eckert talk about the 5 types of follow-ups that can help double your income over the next 12 months. 

In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you should follow up with people


How to follow up properly in 5 different situations

What to use as your subject line for email follow ups

How to nurture relationships by following up

Why being pushy or nudgy is not the way to follow up

How to get introductions to the right people


Why speaking in a polite and political manner helps in follow ups

How to use your network to grow your network

When to offer people money in exchange for their time


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/170</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Types Of Follow-Ups That Will Help You Double Your Income | With Mark Eckert</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>170</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please tell me you’ve never been this person...
“Hey.”
“How’s it going?”
“U there? lol.”
“Hello?!?!?”
That’s the person who makes everyone cringe when they’re around. If that’s you, I hate to say it, but there’s a reason everyone ignores you. 
On the other side of things, if you’re the type of person who never follows up with anyone then you’re leaving half your potential income behind. 
Following up is an important part of business, but as with almost everything in life there’s a tactful, professional way to do it and then there’s a desperate, needy, cringey way to do it.  
On this episode of 6 Figure Creative, Brian Hood and substitute co-host Mark Eckert talk about the 5 types of follow-ups that can help double your income over the next 12 months. 

In this episode you’ll discover:

Why you should follow up with people


How to follow up properly in 5 different situations

What to use as your subject line for email follow ups

How to nurture relationships by following up

Why being pushy or nudgy is not the way to follow up

How to get introductions to the right people


Why speaking in a polite and political manner helps in follow ups

How to use your network to grow your network

When to offer people money in exchange for their time


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/170</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Please tell me you’ve never been this person...</p><p><em>“Hey.”</em></p><p><em>“How’s it going?”</em></p><p><em>“U there? lol.”</em></p><p><em>“Hello?!?!?”</em></p><p>That’s the person who makes <em>everyone</em> cringe when they’re around. If that’s you, I hate to say it, but there’s a reason everyone ignores you. </p><p>On the other side of things, <strong>if you’re the type of person who <em>never</em> follows up with anyone then you’re leaving half your potential income behind. </strong></p><p>Following up is an important part of business, but as with almost everything in life there’s a tactful, professional way to do it and then there’s a desperate, needy, cringey way to do it.  </p><p>On this episode of <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/">6 Figure Creative</a>, Brian Hood and substitute co-host Mark Eckert talk about the 5 types of follow-ups that can help double your income over the next 12 months. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why you should <strong>follow up with people</strong>
</li>
<li>How to follow up properly in 5 different situations</li>
<li>What to use as your subject line for email follow ups</li>
<li>How to nurture relationships by following up</li>
<li>Why being pushy or nudgy is <em>not</em> the way to follow up</li>
<li>How to <strong>get introductions to the right people</strong>
</li>
<li>Why speaking in a polite and political manner helps in follow ups</li>
<li>How to use your network to <em>grow</em> your network</li>
<li>When to offer people money in exchange for their time</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/170">https://6figurecreative.com/170</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4019</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c53e0342-304d-11ec-9c29-1f7734e89049]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8012443528.mp3?updated=1634588195" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#169: Earning $10k+ Per Month With A Productized Service (And Only 2 Hours Of Work) | With Brian Casel</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/169</link>
      <description>If there was a way to shift your freelance business in a way that consistently led to higher income, fewer hours, and more predictability, would you be interested in hearing more? 
This is exactly what Brian Casel did with his business.
He created a productized service that allowed him to hire a team to remove most of the work from his plate to the point where he was spending less than 2 hours per month on that business. 
The best part is that his clients were paying him a flat fee every single month, which meant he had predictable, recurring revenue. 
Whether or not you ever want to run your business this way, this interview is a must-watch for anyone looking to grow their income.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What it’s like to launch, grow, and sell a business

How to create a scalable business that runs without you

Why having a productized service is a smart move for freelancers

How to provide a service you have no experience with

Why it’s important to choose an industry you’re passionate about

How to build a business that runs on autopilot


What to do when you find extra time because your business runs autonomously

How to hire the right people


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/169</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Earning $10k+ Per Month With A Productized Service (And Only 2 Hours Of Work) | With Brian Casel</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>169</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If there was a way to shift your freelance business in a way that consistently led to higher income, fewer hours, and more predictability, would you be interested in hearing more? 
This is exactly what Brian Casel did with his business.
He created a productized service that allowed him to hire a team to remove most of the work from his plate to the point where he was spending less than 2 hours per month on that business. 
The best part is that his clients were paying him a flat fee every single month, which meant he had predictable, recurring revenue. 
Whether or not you ever want to run your business this way, this interview is a must-watch for anyone looking to grow their income.
In this episode you’ll discover:

What it’s like to launch, grow, and sell a business

How to create a scalable business that runs without you

Why having a productized service is a smart move for freelancers

How to provide a service you have no experience with

Why it’s important to choose an industry you’re passionate about

How to build a business that runs on autopilot


What to do when you find extra time because your business runs autonomously

How to hire the right people


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/169</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If there was a way to shift your freelance business in a way that consistently led to higher income, fewer hours, and more predictability, would you be interested in hearing more? </p><p>This is <em>exactly</em> what Brian Casel did with his business.</p><p>He created a <strong>productized service</strong> that allowed him to hire a team to remove most of the work from his plate to the point where he was spending less than 2 hours per month on that business. </p><p>The best part is that his clients were paying him a flat fee every single month, which meant he had predictable, recurring revenue. </p><p>Whether or not you <em>ever</em> want to run your business this way, this interview is a must-watch for <em>anyone</em> looking to grow their income.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What it’s like to launch, grow, and sell a business</li>
<li>How to create a scalable business that runs without you</li>
<li>Why having a <em>productized service</em> is a smart move for freelancers</li>
<li>How to provide a service you have no experience with</li>
<li>Why it’s important to choose an industry you’re passionate about</li>
<li>How to <strong>build a business that runs on autopilot</strong>
</li>
<li>What to do when you find extra time because your business runs autonomously</li>
<li>How to <strong>hire the right people</strong>
</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/169">https://6figurecreative.com/169</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3439</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fcd0c0e-2ab4-11ec-9334-e327cc6f2cc1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6315873100.mp3?updated=1634065857" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#168: Atomic Habits for Freelancers: Growing Your Snowball</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/168</link>
      <description>If you build healthy habits and routines in your life, you will always win over someone who waits around for motivation to get things done. 
Atomic Habits is one of our all-time favorite books, so we dedicated this episode to discussing some of our favorite takeaways from the book and how it all applies to someone who is freelancing.
Listen now to learn about building healthy habits, eliminating unhealthy habits, and how something called a “Systems Snowball” can help along the way.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Brian and Chris make the most of their reading experience

The pros and cons of Kindle

Why habits are such an important part of our day to day lives

Why small habits matter the most

How to build your systems snowball


What to do if you aren’t a goal-oriented person

How to view lagging vs. leading indicators of your habits

How systems have shaped humanity

Why it’s important to forge ahead even when you can’t see progress

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/168</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Atomic Habits for Freelancers: Growing Your Snowball</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>168</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you build healthy habits and routines in your life, you will always win over someone who waits around for motivation to get things done. 
Atomic Habits is one of our all-time favorite books, so we dedicated this episode to discussing some of our favorite takeaways from the book and how it all applies to someone who is freelancing.
Listen now to learn about building healthy habits, eliminating unhealthy habits, and how something called a “Systems Snowball” can help along the way.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Brian and Chris make the most of their reading experience

The pros and cons of Kindle

Why habits are such an important part of our day to day lives

Why small habits matter the most

How to build your systems snowball


What to do if you aren’t a goal-oriented person

How to view lagging vs. leading indicators of your habits

How systems have shaped humanity

Why it’s important to forge ahead even when you can’t see progress

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/168</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you build healthy habits and routines in your life, you will <em>always </em>win over someone who waits around for motivation to get things done. </p><p><a href="https://amzn.to/3oxWGPI"><strong>Atomic Habits</strong></a> is one of our all-time favorite books, so we dedicated this episode to discussing some of our favorite takeaways from the book and how it all applies to someone who is freelancing.</p><p>Listen now to learn about building healthy habits, eliminating unhealthy habits, and how something called a “Systems Snowball” can help along the way.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Brian and Chris make the most of their reading experience</li>
<li>The pros and cons of Kindle</li>
<li>Why habits are such an important part of our day to day lives</li>
<li>Why <em>small</em> habits matter the most</li>
<li>How to build your <em>systems snowball</em>
</li>
<li>What to do if you aren’t a goal-oriented person</li>
<li>How to view lagging vs. leading indicators of your habits</li>
<li>How systems have shaped humanity</li>
<li>Why it’s important to forge ahead even when you can’t see progress</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/168">https://6figurecreative.com/168</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3136</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[087dcdcc-2540-11ec-ad04-43b2d138d545]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2630457742.mp3?updated=1633372842" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#167: How To Hire An Incredible Assistant Who Will Transform Your Business</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/167</link>
      <description>If you’re getting overwhelmed with the day-to-day tasks of your business, it’s probably time to hire someone who can help you out.
You’ve probably even considered it in the past, but you have doubts that have held you back…

“What if they can’t do it as well as I can?”

“What if I hire the wrong person?”

“It will take forever to train them”.

“I don’t want to be someone else’s boss”. 

“Can I really afford this”?

If you’re ever had these thoughts, you’re perfectly normal. 
These are the same doubts we all have before making our first hire. 
Whether you’ve tried (and failed) at hiring someone in the past, you’re just now planning to make your first hire, or you’re interested in hiring help, but not totally convinced it’s the right move, this episode is perfect for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How an assistant can transform your business


Which tasks should be delegated first

How an assistant can help you take a “workation”

How to hire the right person for the job

How setting expectations affects your working relationship

How to make sure your assistant does everything exactly how you want

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/167</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Hire An Incredible Assistant Who Will Transform Your Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>167</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re getting overwhelmed with the day-to-day tasks of your business, it’s probably time to hire someone who can help you out.
You’ve probably even considered it in the past, but you have doubts that have held you back…

“What if they can’t do it as well as I can?”

“What if I hire the wrong person?”

“It will take forever to train them”.

“I don’t want to be someone else’s boss”. 

“Can I really afford this”?

If you’re ever had these thoughts, you’re perfectly normal. 
These are the same doubts we all have before making our first hire. 
Whether you’ve tried (and failed) at hiring someone in the past, you’re just now planning to make your first hire, or you’re interested in hiring help, but not totally convinced it’s the right move, this episode is perfect for you.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How an assistant can transform your business


Which tasks should be delegated first

How an assistant can help you take a “workation”

How to hire the right person for the job

How setting expectations affects your working relationship

How to make sure your assistant does everything exactly how you want

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/167</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re getting overwhelmed with the day-to-day tasks of your business, it’s probably time to hire someone who can help you out.</p><p>You’ve probably even considered it in the past, but you have doubts that have held you back…</p><ul>
<li>“What if they can’t do it as well as I can?”</li>
<li>“What if I hire the wrong person?”</li>
<li>“It will take forever to train them”.</li>
<li>“I don’t want to be someone else’s boss”. </li>
<li>“Can I really afford this”?</li>
</ul><p>If you’re ever had these thoughts, you’re perfectly normal. </p><p>These are the same doubts we <em>all</em> have before making our first hire. </p><p>Whether you’ve tried (and failed) at hiring someone in the past, you’re just now planning to make your first hire, or you’re <em>interested</em> in hiring help, but not totally convinced it’s the right move, this episode is <em>perfect</em> for you.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How an assistant can <em>transform your business</em>
</li>
<li>Which tasks should be delegated first</li>
<li>How an assistant can help you take a “workation”</li>
<li>How to hire the <em>right</em> person for the job</li>
<li>How setting expectations affects your working relationship</li>
<li>How to make sure your assistant does everything <em>exactly</em> how you want</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/167">https://6figurecreative.com/167</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4001</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f69720b4-1fb7-11ec-8034-bf45c6455a23]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2466124471.mp3?updated=1632764250" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#166: The 3 Simple Steps For Marketing That Can't Be Ignored | With Mike Michalowicz</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/166</link>
      <description>If you rely solely on referrals to fuel your business, you’re making one of the most common mistakes a freelancer can make. 
This puts the fate of your business entirely into the hands of your clients. They determine when (or if) you get your next client.
Instead of living in the constant cycle of feast or famine, Mike Michalowicz shares a way to keep the “marketing machine” running 24/7 to help you attract the best possible clients.
This simple 3-step method is all about being different instead of just being “better”. 
Mike is a New York Times bestselling author with over 2 million readers. His life-changing books like The Pumpkin Plan and Profit First have transformed the lives of countless entrepreneurs. 
Listen now to learn how to stand out from the crowd, and start bringing in more clients by being different.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why word of mouth is not a marketing plan

How you can achieve consistent results from marketing

What three methods you can use to get attention

How to find your ideal customers

What makes you stand out from your competition


Why you should rip off and duplicate other industries

How to apply the DAD method to your business (no puns involved)

Why a marketing plan comes from marketing experiments


How to come up with creative marketing ideas


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/166</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 3 Simple Steps For Marketing That Can't Be Ignored | With Mike Michalowicz</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>166</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you rely solely on referrals to fuel your business, you’re making one of the most common mistakes a freelancer can make. 
This puts the fate of your business entirely into the hands of your clients. They determine when (or if) you get your next client.
Instead of living in the constant cycle of feast or famine, Mike Michalowicz shares a way to keep the “marketing machine” running 24/7 to help you attract the best possible clients.
This simple 3-step method is all about being different instead of just being “better”. 
Mike is a New York Times bestselling author with over 2 million readers. His life-changing books like The Pumpkin Plan and Profit First have transformed the lives of countless entrepreneurs. 
Listen now to learn how to stand out from the crowd, and start bringing in more clients by being different.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why word of mouth is not a marketing plan

How you can achieve consistent results from marketing

What three methods you can use to get attention

How to find your ideal customers

What makes you stand out from your competition


Why you should rip off and duplicate other industries

How to apply the DAD method to your business (no puns involved)

Why a marketing plan comes from marketing experiments


How to come up with creative marketing ideas


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/166</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you rely solely on referrals to fuel your business, you’re making one of the most common mistakes a freelancer can make. </p><p>This puts the fate of your business entirely into the hands of your clients. <em>They</em> determine when (or if) you get your next client.</p><p>Instead of living in the constant cycle of feast or famine, Mike Michalowicz shares a way to keep the “marketing machine” running 24/7 to help you attract the best possible clients.</p><p>This simple 3-step method is all about being <em>different</em> instead of just being “better”. </p><p>Mike is a New York Times bestselling author with over 2 million readers. His life-changing books like <strong>The Pumpkin Plan</strong> and <strong>Profit First </strong>have transformed the lives of countless entrepreneurs. </p><p>Listen now to learn how to stand out from the crowd, and start bringing in more clients by <strong>being different.</strong></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why word of mouth is <em>not</em> a marketing plan</li>
<li>How you can achieve consistent results from marketing</li>
<li>What three methods you can use to get attention</li>
<li>How to find your ideal customers</li>
<li>What makes you <strong>stand out from your competition</strong>
</li>
<li>Why you should rip off and duplicate other industries</li>
<li>How to apply the DAD method to your business (no puns involved)</li>
<li>Why a marketing <em>plan</em> comes from marketing <em>experiments</em>
</li>
<li>How to come up with creative marketing ideas</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/166">https://6figurecreative.com/166</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2967</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[79583afa-1ac8-11ec-b977-2316d4a6449d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4166732778.mp3?updated=1632221533" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#165: Pricing Strategies From The CEO Of A Billion-Dollar Business | With Mike McDerment</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/165</link>
      <description>It’s time to kill hourly pricing once and for all.
While many freelancers think hourly billing is a fair method, it’s actually the least fair method for pricing your work. 
Hourly pricing leads to an immediate conflict of interest between you and your clients, and it puts very little consideration for the value of whatever it is that you do. 
You are much much more than a bundle of hours for sale. 
You’re a creative offering something valuable in this world.
I’m not the only one that thinks this is the case…
Our podcast guest this week is Mike McDerment – the founder and CEO of a 10-figure business. His advice to the 6-figure creative community is this: 
It’s time to break the time barrier and start charging based on the value you create. 
This week’s interview is an eye-opening look at why we should quit charging per hour or day, and instead charge a flat rate based on the outcome we deliver to our clients. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Mike went from freelancing to running a business worth over 1 billion dollars

How freelancing has changed in the past two decades

Why you should bill per project, not by the hour

How you can determine what a client wants

Why some clients aren’t worth it

What to do if someone offers to pay you a million dollars per hour

How different clients see value in different things


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/165</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Pricing Strategies From The CEO Of A Billion-Dollar Business | With Mike McDerment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>165</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>It’s time to kill hourly pricing once and for all.
While many freelancers think hourly billing is a fair method, it’s actually the least fair method for pricing your work. 
Hourly pricing leads to an immediate conflict of interest between you and your clients, and it puts very little consideration for the value of whatever it is that you do. 
You are much much more than a bundle of hours for sale. 
You’re a creative offering something valuable in this world.
I’m not the only one that thinks this is the case…
Our podcast guest this week is Mike McDerment – the founder and CEO of a 10-figure business. His advice to the 6-figure creative community is this: 
It’s time to break the time barrier and start charging based on the value you create. 
This week’s interview is an eye-opening look at why we should quit charging per hour or day, and instead charge a flat rate based on the outcome we deliver to our clients. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Mike went from freelancing to running a business worth over 1 billion dollars

How freelancing has changed in the past two decades

Why you should bill per project, not by the hour

How you can determine what a client wants

Why some clients aren’t worth it

What to do if someone offers to pay you a million dollars per hour

How different clients see value in different things


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/165</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s time to kill hourly pricing once and for all.</p><p>While many freelancers think hourly billing is a fair method, it’s actually the <em>least</em> fair method for pricing your work. </p><p>Hourly pricing leads to an immediate conflict of interest between you and your clients, and it puts very little consideration for the value of whatever it is that you do. </p><p><strong>You are much much more than a bundle of hours for sale. </strong></p><p>You’re a creative offering something valuable in this world.</p><p>I’m not the only one that thinks this is the case…</p><p>Our podcast guest this week is Mike McDerment – the founder and CEO of a 10-figure business. His advice to the 6-figure creative community is this: </p><p><strong>It’s time to break the time barrier and start charging based on the value you create. </strong></p><p>This week’s interview is an eye-opening look at why we should quit charging per hour or day, and instead charge a flat rate based on the outcome we deliver to our clients. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Mike went from freelancing to running a business worth over 1 <em>billion</em> dollars</li>
<li>How freelancing has changed in the past two decades</li>
<li>Why you should bill per project, not by the hour</li>
<li>How you can determine what a client wants</li>
<li>Why some clients aren’t worth it</li>
<li>What to do if someone offers to pay you a <strong>million dollars per hou</strong>r</li>
<li>How different clients see value in different things</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/165">https://6figurecreative.com/165</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2616</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a95e449a-125f-11ec-bc41-471791e83469]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9340167873.mp3?updated=1631296962" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#164: How To Stair-Step From Freelance Income To Passive Income | With Austin Hull</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/164</link>
      <description>Austin Hull was one of our most popular interviews (way back on episode 59), so we had to bring him back onto the podcast to update us on what he’s been up to. 
Since 2019 Austin has not only built a six-figure freelance music production business but also sold over $400k of digital products through his new business Make Pop Music. 
In this episode, learn how Austin took the stair-step approach from freelance to passive income, built his email list to over 40,000 people, and YouTube channel to over 100k subs in such a short time. 
If you’re thinking about launching a side-hustle that could eventually turn into an extra six-figure income, this episode is perfect for you. 
Keep in mind, this wasn’t exactly a walk in the park for Austin. 
At one point, he was on the brink of a mental breakdown. He was working long hours without breaks, trying to juggle multiple projects, and constantly switching from task to task… all in an effort to keep everyone else happy. 
Austin decided it was time for a change, and applied the 80/20 principle to niche down on what was most important to him… And the results were game-changing.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Austin grew multiple six figure businesses in a few short years without any ads


Why communities are important to organic growth

What happened when Austin finally niched down

Why it’s important to recognize when you’re overworking yourself

How exercise ties into mental health

How to make new connections to grow your business

Why the go-giver mindset is a common theme among most successful entrepreneurs

What platforms you can use for organic growth


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/164</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Stair-Step From Freelance Income To Passive Income | With Austin Hull</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>164</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Austin Hull was one of our most popular interviews (way back on episode 59), so we had to bring him back onto the podcast to update us on what he’s been up to. 
Since 2019 Austin has not only built a six-figure freelance music production business but also sold over $400k of digital products through his new business Make Pop Music. 
In this episode, learn how Austin took the stair-step approach from freelance to passive income, built his email list to over 40,000 people, and YouTube channel to over 100k subs in such a short time. 
If you’re thinking about launching a side-hustle that could eventually turn into an extra six-figure income, this episode is perfect for you. 
Keep in mind, this wasn’t exactly a walk in the park for Austin. 
At one point, he was on the brink of a mental breakdown. He was working long hours without breaks, trying to juggle multiple projects, and constantly switching from task to task… all in an effort to keep everyone else happy. 
Austin decided it was time for a change, and applied the 80/20 principle to niche down on what was most important to him… And the results were game-changing.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Austin grew multiple six figure businesses in a few short years without any ads


Why communities are important to organic growth

What happened when Austin finally niched down

Why it’s important to recognize when you’re overworking yourself

How exercise ties into mental health

How to make new connections to grow your business

Why the go-giver mindset is a common theme among most successful entrepreneurs

What platforms you can use for organic growth


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/164</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Austin Hull was one of our most popular interviews (<a href="https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/how-to-build-an-audio-career-100-online-from-anywhere-in-the-world-with-austin-hull/">way back on episode 59</a>), so we <em>had</em> to bring him back onto the podcast to update us on what he’s been up to. </p><p>Since 2019 Austin has not only built a six-figure freelance music production business but also sold over $400k of digital products through his new business <strong>Make Pop Music</strong>. </p><p>In this episode, learn how Austin took the stair-step approach from freelance to passive income, built his email list to over 40,000 people, and YouTube channel to over 100k subs in such a short time. </p><p>If you’re thinking about launching a side-hustle that could eventually turn into an extra six-figure income, this episode is perfect for you. </p><p>Keep in mind, this wasn’t exactly a walk in the park for Austin. </p><p>At one point, he was on the brink of a mental breakdown. He was working long hours without breaks, trying to juggle multiple projects, and constantly switching from task to task… all in an effort to keep everyone else happy. </p><p>Austin decided it was time for a change, and applied the 80/20 principle to niche down on what was most important to him… And the results were game-changing.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Austin grew <em>multiple</em> six figure businesses in a few short years <strong>without any ads</strong>
</li>
<li>Why communities are important to organic growth</li>
<li>What happened when Austin finally niched down</li>
<li>Why it’s important to recognize when you’re overworking yourself</li>
<li>How exercise ties into mental health</li>
<li>How to make new connections to grow your business</li>
<li>Why the go-giver mindset is a common theme among most successful entrepreneurs</li>
<li>What platforms you can use for organic growth</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/164">https://6figurecreative.com/164</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3486</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f2dd7526-0f37-11ec-b9f0-83088fcc666f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4898253158.mp3?updated=1630952212" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#163: How To Attract (And Close) High-Budget Clients | With Jay Clouse</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/163</link>
      <description>Freelancers are always looking for ways to make more money and grow their businesses. To make that happen, you have 3 main methods...
Method #1: Raise your rates. 
Method #2: Find more leads.
Method #3: Close more clients. 
In this week’s interview, Jay Clouse shares his methods for attracting and closing high-budget clients.
Jay’s background in the tech startup world brings us a fresh perspective for positioning and sales as a freelancer. 
Listen now to learn how Jay Clouse attracts and closes high-budget clients. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

What the three most common business models for freelancers are

How you can harness each different business model to grow your business

Why it’s important to choose the right model

How to flip the sales process and close more deals

Why working as a contractor is great – sometimes

How to have consistency in your business

How to close deals without being pushy

Why you need to get on the phone


When money is no object

How having too many clients hurts your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/163</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Attract (And Close) High-Budget Clients | With Jay Clouse</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>163</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Freelancers are always looking for ways to make more money and grow their businesses. To make that happen, you have 3 main methods...
Method #1: Raise your rates. 
Method #2: Find more leads.
Method #3: Close more clients. 
In this week’s interview, Jay Clouse shares his methods for attracting and closing high-budget clients.
Jay’s background in the tech startup world brings us a fresh perspective for positioning and sales as a freelancer. 
Listen now to learn how Jay Clouse attracts and closes high-budget clients. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

What the three most common business models for freelancers are

How you can harness each different business model to grow your business

Why it’s important to choose the right model

How to flip the sales process and close more deals

Why working as a contractor is great – sometimes

How to have consistency in your business

How to close deals without being pushy

Why you need to get on the phone


When money is no object

How having too many clients hurts your business

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/163</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Freelancers are always looking for ways to make more money and grow their businesses. To make that happen, you have 3 main methods...</p><p>Method #1: Raise your rates. </p><p>Method #2: Find more leads.</p><p>Method #3: Close more clients. </p><p>In this week’s interview, Jay Clouse shares his methods for attracting <em>and </em>closing high-budget clients.</p><p>Jay’s background in the tech startup world brings us a fresh perspective for positioning and sales as a freelancer. </p><p>Listen now to learn how Jay Clouse attracts and closes high-budget clients. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>What the three most common business models for freelancers are</li>
<li>How you can harness each different business model to grow your business</li>
<li>Why it’s important to choose the right model</li>
<li>How to flip the sales process and close more deals</li>
<li>Why working as a contractor is great – sometimes</li>
<li>How to have consistency in your business</li>
<li>How to close deals <em>without</em> being pushy</li>
<li>Why you need to <strong>get on the phone</strong>
</li>
<li>When money is no object</li>
<li>How having <em>too many</em> clients hurts your business</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/163">https://6figurecreative.com/163</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4237</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cda42bb0-09e2-11ec-b328-f38145b5e681]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8350697781.mp3?updated=1630364206" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#162: The Six Figure Photographer's Key To Closing More Sales | With Ben Hartley</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/162</link>
      <description>As a freelance creative, you probably have thought “if only I could close one more deal a month I’d be much better off.”
Closing more deals can result from many different variables, but one of the easiest ways to increase your odds is by reframing your sales calls to focus on the client and how your service will change their life.
Listen now to hear Ben Hartley of the Six Figure Photography Podcast share his advice so you can close more sales in your creative business!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How you’re shooting yourself in the foot by focusing on what you provide


Why sales is about the outcome

How to navigate sales as a creative

How to escape the “technician mindset”

Why you need to show your clients they’re worth investing in themselves

How to close more sales

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/162</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Six Figure Photographer's Key To Closing More Sales | With Ben Hartley</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>162</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As a freelance creative, you probably have thought “if only I could close one more deal a month I’d be much better off.”
Closing more deals can result from many different variables, but one of the easiest ways to increase your odds is by reframing your sales calls to focus on the client and how your service will change their life.
Listen now to hear Ben Hartley of the Six Figure Photography Podcast share his advice so you can close more sales in your creative business!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How you’re shooting yourself in the foot by focusing on what you provide


Why sales is about the outcome

How to navigate sales as a creative

How to escape the “technician mindset”

Why you need to show your clients they’re worth investing in themselves

How to close more sales

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/162</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a freelance creative, you probably have thought “if only I could close one more deal a month I’d be much better off.”</p><p>Closing more deals can result from many different variables, but one of the easiest ways to increase your odds is by reframing your sales calls to focus on the client and how your service will change their life.</p><p>Listen now to hear Ben Hartley of the Six Figure Photography Podcast share his advice so you can close more sales in your creative business!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How you’re shooting yourself in the foot by focusing on what <em>you</em> <em>provide</em>
</li>
<li>Why sales is about the outcome</li>
<li>How to navigate sales as a creative</li>
<li>How to escape the “technician mindset”</li>
<li>Why you need to show your clients they’re worth investing in themselves</li>
<li>How to close more sales</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/162">https://6figurecreative.com/162</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1869</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[990d79b0-0438-11ec-b13c-b7bb4521030b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3513906588.mp3?updated=1629776663" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#161: The Top 9 Mistakes Freelancers Make When Getting Started</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/161</link>
      <description>The creative industry is full of pitfalls – and there are nine common mistakes that creatives make when starting their own business or freelancing.
In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss these problems and provide solutions to help you avoid them!
Listen now as we dive into each topic specifically so you can learn what not to do in order to save time and money!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to serve your clients well

Why niching down is the right choice to grow your business


How getting a logo made is usually procrastination

Why overconsuming educational content is harmful

Why you’re destroying your business if you don’t have a portfolio

How to harness case studies in your business

How the jack of all trades loses authority

Why you need to close sales over the phone

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/161</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Top 9 Mistakes Freelancers Make When Getting Started</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The creative industry is full of pitfalls – and there are nine common mistakes that creatives make when starting their own business or freelancing.
In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss these problems and provide solutions to help you avoid them!
Listen now as we dive into each topic specifically so you can learn what not to do in order to save time and money!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How to serve your clients well

Why niching down is the right choice to grow your business


How getting a logo made is usually procrastination

Why overconsuming educational content is harmful

Why you’re destroying your business if you don’t have a portfolio

How to harness case studies in your business

How the jack of all trades loses authority

Why you need to close sales over the phone

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/161</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The creative industry is full of pitfalls – and there are nine common mistakes that creatives make when starting their own business or freelancing.</p><p>In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss these problems and provide solutions to help you avoid them!</p><p>Listen now as we dive into each topic specifically so you can learn what not to do in order to save time and money!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How to serve your clients well</li>
<li>Why niching down is the right choice to <strong>grow your business</strong>
</li>
<li>How getting a logo made is <em>usually</em> procrastination</li>
<li>Why overconsuming educational content is harmful</li>
<li>Why you’re destroying your business if you don’t have a portfolio</li>
<li>How to harness case studies in your business</li>
<li>How the jack of all trades loses authority</li>
<li>Why you need to close sales over the phone</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/161">https://6figurecreative.com/161</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3235</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[46e70d5a-0059-11ec-a4fc-cb3c60c860f8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1545938104.mp3?updated=1629315055" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#160: Earning $800k As An Artist By Using Marketing And Metrics To Dominate A Niche | With Blake Jamieson</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/160</link>
      <description>It's hard to make a living as a creative, and it can seem even harder if you're trying to do it on your own.
You can't just throw paint at the canvas, music into Pro Tools, or words onto paper and expect people to buy it.
Blake Jamieson started with a plan, knowing that he would have to work every day, build his brand, put in the hours, and never stop learning. He also knew that there are no shortcuts when it comes to success. 
Listen now to hear Blake discuss his journey from the beginning to where he is now, creating high-value art pieces for athletes and major companies such as Topps!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Blake moved from a career in digital marketing to creating art

Why a self discovery trip might be valuable to you

How going all in can boost your career

What separates a great creative from an average creative

How to set your prices as a creative

Why creative thinking and business go hand in hand

How you can get a celebrity’s attention (without being creepy)

Why having an agent or manager isn’t always a good thing

What NFTs are, and how you can harness their power

Why NFTs are so powerful

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/160</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Earning $800k As An Artist By Using Marketing And Metrics To Dominate A Niche | With Blake Jamieson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>160</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>It's hard to make a living as a creative, and it can seem even harder if you're trying to do it on your own.
You can't just throw paint at the canvas, music into Pro Tools, or words onto paper and expect people to buy it.
Blake Jamieson started with a plan, knowing that he would have to work every day, build his brand, put in the hours, and never stop learning. He also knew that there are no shortcuts when it comes to success. 
Listen now to hear Blake discuss his journey from the beginning to where he is now, creating high-value art pieces for athletes and major companies such as Topps!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Blake moved from a career in digital marketing to creating art

Why a self discovery trip might be valuable to you

How going all in can boost your career

What separates a great creative from an average creative

How to set your prices as a creative

Why creative thinking and business go hand in hand

How you can get a celebrity’s attention (without being creepy)

Why having an agent or manager isn’t always a good thing

What NFTs are, and how you can harness their power

Why NFTs are so powerful

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/160</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's hard to make a living as a creative, and it can seem even harder if you're trying to do it on your own.</p><p>You can't just throw paint at the canvas, music into Pro Tools, or words onto paper and expect people to buy it.</p><p>Blake Jamieson started with a plan, knowing that he would have to work every day, build his brand, put in the hours, and never stop learning. He also knew that there are no shortcuts when it comes to success. </p><p>Listen now to hear Blake discuss his journey from the beginning to where he is now, creating high-value art pieces for athletes and major companies such as Topps!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Blake moved from a career in digital marketing to creating art</li>
<li>Why a <em>self discovery trip</em> might be valuable to you</li>
<li>How going all in can boost your career</li>
<li>What separates a great creative from an average creative</li>
<li>How to set your prices as a creative</li>
<li>Why creative thinking and business go hand in hand</li>
<li>How you can get a celebrity’s attention (without being creepy)</li>
<li>Why having an agent or manager isn’t always a good thing</li>
<li>What NFTs are, and how you can harness their power</li>
<li>Why NFTs are so powerful</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/160">https://6figurecreative.com/160</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4974</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ea947a18-fc4a-11eb-bb30-3bb76e911f83]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6033245480.mp3?updated=1628869110" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#159: How to Ethically Upsell Your Clients To Increase Your Income | With Lizzie Pierce</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/159</link>
      <description>Want to know the quickest way to earn more? Increase your rates. 
Everyone knows this advice, but few have the confidence to pull it off regularly. 
If you struggle with this, you’re not alone. Here’s the good news; there are multiple ways to increase your income.
One of the best ways is by introducing “upsells” into your sales process. This is when a client comes to you for one thing, but you identify other services they may benefit from in order to reach their goals. 
In this interview, Lizzie Pierce shares her wisdom from multiple years of experience running a six-figure video production company.
Her company regularly upsells clients by pitching a vision of a larger project than originally planned, then turning that small-dollar production project into a major one involving teams or freelancers. 
Whether or not you work with a team, this method can be a fantastic way to increase your income without ever having to raise your rates. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Lizzie convinced a client to publish a promo video about sexting

How to understand a client’s wants vs. their needs


Why Lizzie is able to upsell customers in one aspect of her business to another part of her business

How to offer multiple services without diluting your branding

Why you need to add a margin to contract work

How your “scene” impacts your work

How to grow your business creatively

Why Fresno is the new 6 Figure Creative example of a dead city

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/159</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How to Ethically Upsell Your Clients To Increase Your Income | With Lizzie Pierce</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>159</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Want to know the quickest way to earn more? Increase your rates. 
Everyone knows this advice, but few have the confidence to pull it off regularly. 
If you struggle with this, you’re not alone. Here’s the good news; there are multiple ways to increase your income.
One of the best ways is by introducing “upsells” into your sales process. This is when a client comes to you for one thing, but you identify other services they may benefit from in order to reach their goals. 
In this interview, Lizzie Pierce shares her wisdom from multiple years of experience running a six-figure video production company.
Her company regularly upsells clients by pitching a vision of a larger project than originally planned, then turning that small-dollar production project into a major one involving teams or freelancers. 
Whether or not you work with a team, this method can be a fantastic way to increase your income without ever having to raise your rates. 
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Lizzie convinced a client to publish a promo video about sexting

How to understand a client’s wants vs. their needs


Why Lizzie is able to upsell customers in one aspect of her business to another part of her business

How to offer multiple services without diluting your branding

Why you need to add a margin to contract work

How your “scene” impacts your work

How to grow your business creatively

Why Fresno is the new 6 Figure Creative example of a dead city

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/159</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to know the quickest way to earn more? Increase your rates. </p><p>Everyone <em>knows</em> this advice, but few have the confidence to pull it off regularly. </p><p>If you struggle with this, you’re not alone. Here’s the good news; there are multiple ways to increase your income.</p><p>One of the best ways is by introducing “upsells” into your sales process. This is when a client comes to you for one thing, but you identify other services they may benefit from in order to reach their goals. </p><p>In this interview, Lizzie Pierce shares her wisdom from multiple years of experience running a six-figure video production company.</p><p>Her company regularly upsells clients by pitching a vision of a larger project than originally planned, then turning that small-dollar production project into a major one involving teams or freelancers. </p><p>Whether or not you work with a team, this method can be a fantastic way to increase your income <em>without</em> ever having to raise your rates. </p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Lizzie convinced a client to publish a promo video about sexting</li>
<li>How to understand a client’s <em>wants</em> vs. their <em>needs</em>
</li>
<li>Why Lizzie is able to upsell customers in one aspect of her business to another part of her business</li>
<li>How to offer multiple services without diluting your branding</li>
<li>Why you <em>need</em> to add a margin to contract work</li>
<li>How your “scene” impacts your work</li>
<li>How to grow your business creatively</li>
<li>Why Fresno is the new 6 Figure Creative example of a dead city</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/159">https://6figurecreative.com/159</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3479</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fc532874-f92c-11eb-bbe2-a328cd8d5535]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5114488881.mp3?updated=1628601737" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#158: Breaking 6 Figures Within Two Years Of Moving To A Brand New City | With Rodrigo Tasca</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/158</link>
      <description>You want to start or grow a business, but you’re not sure where to begin.
There are so many different ways to start your business that it can be hard to choose which one is right for you. 
In this episode, Rodrigo Tasca shares his story of how he went from working catering jobs in New York City to running a 6 figure videography business in south Florida. Listen now to hear more of this American Dream story!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Gary V inspired Rodrigo to start his business

Why you need to jump in and go for it


Whether or not you should do free work

How to get more clients

How you can find your niche 

How sacrifices result in success

How to position yourself in the market

How networking leads to more work

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/158</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Breaking 6 Figures Within Two Years Of Moving To A Brand New City | With Rodrigo Tasca</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>158</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You want to start or grow a business, but you’re not sure where to begin.
There are so many different ways to start your business that it can be hard to choose which one is right for you. 
In this episode, Rodrigo Tasca shares his story of how he went from working catering jobs in New York City to running a 6 figure videography business in south Florida. Listen now to hear more of this American Dream story!
In this episode you’ll discover:

How Gary V inspired Rodrigo to start his business

Why you need to jump in and go for it


Whether or not you should do free work

How to get more clients

How you can find your niche 

How sacrifices result in success

How to position yourself in the market

How networking leads to more work

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/158</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You want to start or grow a business, but you’re not sure where to begin.</p><p>There are so many different ways to start your business that it can be hard to choose which one is right for you. </p><p>In this episode, Rodrigo Tasca shares his story of how he went from working catering jobs in New York City to running a 6 figure videography business in south Florida. Listen now to hear more of this American Dream story!</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Gary V inspired Rodrigo to start his business</li>
<li>Why you need to jump in and <em>go for it</em>
</li>
<li>Whether or not you should do free work</li>
<li>How to get more clients</li>
<li>How you can find your niche </li>
<li>How sacrifices result in success</li>
<li>How to position yourself in the market</li>
<li>How networking leads to more work</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/158">https://6figurecreative.com/158</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3105</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4bc23f3c-f3cc-11eb-8246-8bff8f2be7ba]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3079253026.mp3?updated=1628629376" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#157: The Three Marketing Methods ALL Freelancers Need to Know About</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/157</link>
      <description>We've all heard the stories of creatives who are struggling to grow their business, and it's easy to feel like you're just not doing enough. Others feel like using marketing is “selling out” and not genuine.
The fact is, every business needs marketing. There are a lot of marketing strategies out there that can help you get more clients and make more money, but which ones should you be using?
In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast we discuss three different methods for getting more clients that all creatives should be aware of.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why creatives shouldn’t be allergic to marketing

What kind of marketing most people think of

Why small businesses shouldn’t copy massive company’s marketing methods

How to craft a good advertisement

How to make informed decisions about your marketing

What Go-Giver Marketing is

How communication and setting expectations in advance lets you draw a line

Why you don’t want to be an “icky” marketer


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/157</description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jul 2021 20:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Three Marketing Methods ALL Freelancers Need to Know About</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>154</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We've all heard the stories of creatives who are struggling to grow their business, and it's easy to feel like you're just not doing enough. Others feel like using marketing is “selling out” and not genuine.
The fact is, every business needs marketing. There are a lot of marketing strategies out there that can help you get more clients and make more money, but which ones should you be using?
In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast we discuss three different methods for getting more clients that all creatives should be aware of.
In this episode you’ll discover:

Why creatives shouldn’t be allergic to marketing

What kind of marketing most people think of

Why small businesses shouldn’t copy massive company’s marketing methods

How to craft a good advertisement

How to make informed decisions about your marketing

What Go-Giver Marketing is

How communication and setting expectations in advance lets you draw a line

Why you don’t want to be an “icky” marketer


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/157</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've all heard the stories of creatives who are struggling to grow their business, and it's easy to feel like you're just not doing enough. Others feel like using marketing is “selling out” and not genuine.</p><p>The fact is, every business needs marketing. There are a lot of marketing strategies out there that can help you get more clients and make more money, but which ones should you be using?</p><p>In this episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast we discuss three different methods for getting more clients that <em>all</em> creatives should be aware of.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>Why creatives shouldn’t be allergic to marketing</li>
<li>What kind of marketing most people think of</li>
<li>Why small businesses <em>shouldn’t</em> copy massive company’s marketing methods</li>
<li>How to craft a good advertisement</li>
<li>How to make informed decisions about your marketing</li>
<li>What <em>Go-Giver Marketing</em> is</li>
<li>How communication and setting expectations <em>in advance</em> lets you draw a line</li>
<li>Why you don’t want to be an “icky” marketer</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/157">https://6figurecreative.com/157</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2187</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e6696e74-f099-11eb-a3f9-634106244c41]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8597050040.mp3?updated=1628630158" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#156: Modern Marketing For Creatives | How Matt Ramsey Built A Vocal Coaching Empire</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/156</link>
      <description>99 out of 100 creatives SUCK at marketing (and I'm being a bit generous here). They're either stuck in 2010 doing things that no longer work or they're completely "allergic" to marketing altogether.

You may be incredible at what you do, but if no one knows you exist, then what’s the point? 

You’re actually HURTING people by not improving your marketing because now people are paying someone worse than you for an inferior service (or product). 

It’s actually your duty to market yourself. 

The good news is you don’t have to be one of those try-hard spammy internet marketers. You can actually market yourself just by simply helping people. 

Don’t believe me? 

Then listen to this week’s interview with Matt Ramsey. He’s built an incredible business using modern marketing techniques that bring his ideal clients directly to him.

The techniques he shares in this interview can be used by pretty much any freelance creative who’s willing to put in the effort.  

In this episode you’ll discover:

How Matt adapted to the demise of his budding marketing career

Why experience in the advertising world can help freelance business owners

Why some businesses should focus on SEO… And others might not need to

How to skillfully trade services

How you can find the right keywords for your business

Why lead magnets are important for creative businesses

How you can harness the power of the internet to grow your business


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/156</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Modern Marketing For Creatives | How Matt Ramsey Built A Vocal Coaching Empire</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>156</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>99 out of 100 creatives SUCK at marketing (and I'm being a bit generous here). They're either stuck in 2010 doing things that no longer work or they're completely "allergic" to marketing altogether.

You may be incredible at what you do, but if no one knows you exist, then what’s the point? 

You’re actually HURTING people by not improving your marketing because now people are paying someone worse than you for an inferior service (or product). 

It’s actually your duty to market yourself. 

The good news is you don’t have to be one of those try-hard spammy internet marketers. You can actually market yourself just by simply helping people. 

Don’t believe me? 

Then listen to this week’s interview with Matt Ramsey. He’s built an incredible business using modern marketing techniques that bring his ideal clients directly to him.

The techniques he shares in this interview can be used by pretty much any freelance creative who’s willing to put in the effort.  

In this episode you’ll discover:

How Matt adapted to the demise of his budding marketing career

Why experience in the advertising world can help freelance business owners

Why some businesses should focus on SEO… And others might not need to

How to skillfully trade services

How you can find the right keywords for your business

Why lead magnets are important for creative businesses

How you can harness the power of the internet to grow your business


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/156</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>99 out of 100 creatives SUCK at marketing (and I'm being a bit generous here). They're either stuck in 2010 doing things that no longer work or they're completely "allergic" to marketing altogether.</p><p><br></p><p>You may be incredible at what you do, but if no one knows you exist, then what’s the point? </p><p><br></p><p>You’re actually HURTING people by not improving your marketing because now people are paying someone <em>worse</em> than you for an inferior service (or product). </p><p><br></p><p>It’s actually your <strong><em>duty</em></strong> to market yourself. </p><p><br></p><p>The good news is you don’t have to be one of those try-hard spammy internet marketers. You can actually market yourself just by simply helping people. </p><p><br></p><p>Don’t believe me? </p><p><br></p><p>Then listen to this week’s interview with Matt Ramsey. He’s built an incredible business using modern marketing techniques that bring his ideal clients directly to him.</p><p><br></p><p>The techniques he shares in this interview can be used by pretty much <em>any</em> freelance creative who’s willing to put in the effort.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Matt adapted to the demise of his budding marketing career</li>
<li>Why experience in the advertising world can help freelance business owners</li>
<li>Why some businesses should focus on SEO… And others might not need to</li>
<li>How to skillfully trade services</li>
<li>How you can find the right keywords for your business</li>
<li>Why lead magnets are important for creative businesses</li>
<li>How you can harness the power of the internet to grow your business</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/156</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4262</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[44efbde2-eb1b-11eb-8d9a-1f1d2f903ff0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5548679395.mp3?updated=1626979511" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#155: How One Freelancer Earns Over $300k Per Year Copywriting On Fiverr | With Alexandra Fasulo</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/155</link>
      <description>Freelance creatives are struggling to make a living. The competition is fierce and the job market is saturated with new talent every day.
In this interview, Alex shares her story of going from a soul-sucking corporate job to Fiverr millionaire in just a few years. She also shares her advice for freelancers looking to get ahead in their creative careers, including how she got started on Fiverr, what it's like being an entrepreneur, and why you should consider starting your own business. 
This podcast will help freelance creatives understand that they don't have to settle for low pay or long hours – they can be their own boss! It will give them tips on how they too can create a successful side hustle while working full time as well as valuable insight into the world of entrepreneurship.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How your drive affects your business’ success

Why Fiverr might be an ok way to launch your business

Why working 10-12 hours a day isn’t always the right move

How to handle internet haters

How you can pivot away from using platforms like Fiverr once you’re established

How to deal with imposter syndrome

Why it takes time to grow a business

Why Fiverr may or may not be good for creative entrepreneurs


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/155</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How One Freelancer Earns Over $300k Per Year Copywriting On Fiverr | With Alexandra Fasulo</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>155</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Freelance creatives are struggling to make a living. The competition is fierce and the job market is saturated with new talent every day.
In this interview, Alex shares her story of going from a soul-sucking corporate job to Fiverr millionaire in just a few years. She also shares her advice for freelancers looking to get ahead in their creative careers, including how she got started on Fiverr, what it's like being an entrepreneur, and why you should consider starting your own business. 
This podcast will help freelance creatives understand that they don't have to settle for low pay or long hours – they can be their own boss! It will give them tips on how they too can create a successful side hustle while working full time as well as valuable insight into the world of entrepreneurship.
In this episode you’ll discover:

How your drive affects your business’ success

Why Fiverr might be an ok way to launch your business

Why working 10-12 hours a day isn’t always the right move

How to handle internet haters

How you can pivot away from using platforms like Fiverr once you’re established

How to deal with imposter syndrome

Why it takes time to grow a business

Why Fiverr may or may not be good for creative entrepreneurs


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/155</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Freelance creatives are struggling to make a living. The competition is fierce and the job market is saturated with new talent every day.</p><p>In this interview, Alex shares her story of going from a soul-sucking corporate job to Fiverr millionaire in just a few years. She also shares her advice for freelancers looking to get ahead in their creative careers, including how she got started on Fiverr, what it's like being an entrepreneur, and why you should consider starting your own business. </p><p>This podcast will help freelance creatives understand that they don't have to settle for low pay or long hours – they can be their own boss! It will give them tips on how they too can create a successful side hustle while working full time as well as valuable insight into the world of entrepreneurship.</p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How your drive affects your business’ success</li>
<li>Why Fiverr <em>might</em> be an ok way to launch your business</li>
<li>Why working 10-12 hours a day isn’t always the right move</li>
<li>How to handle internet haters</li>
<li>How you can pivot away from using platforms like Fiverr once you’re established</li>
<li>How to deal with imposter syndrome</li>
<li>Why it takes time to grow a business</li>
<li>Why Fiverr may or may not be good for creative entrepreneurs</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/155</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3034</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c0eb52ea-e57f-11eb-bc82-678a591f2406]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8329227102.mp3?updated=1626363013" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#154: Forging Your Own Creative Path, Overcoming Depression, And Escaping The American Scheme | With Scotty Russell</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/154</link>
      <description>You don't need to have all the answers. 
You don't need to map out every single step on your journey. 
Just take the next scary step. 
We're all guilty of this to some degree. We want to know every single detail and create a solution to every single potential problem that COULD come up. 
We put off creating, launching, growing, selling, marketing, or whatever we know we need to do.
This episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast is the much-needed kick in the ass to overcome one of the greatest obstacles to success...
Fear.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How college affects your career as a creative

How to build an audience

What types of people to avoid

Why you need to embrace (some) fear

How failure leads to success

Why you should just do it


Why degrees don’t matter in creative fields

How taking bite sized chunks helps your business


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/154</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Forging Your Own Creative Path, Overcoming Depression, And Escaping The American Scheme | With Scotty Russell</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>154</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You don't need to have all the answers. 
You don't need to map out every single step on your journey. 
Just take the next scary step. 
We're all guilty of this to some degree. We want to know every single detail and create a solution to every single potential problem that COULD come up. 
We put off creating, launching, growing, selling, marketing, or whatever we know we need to do.
This episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast is the much-needed kick in the ass to overcome one of the greatest obstacles to success...
Fear.

In this episode you’ll discover:

How college affects your career as a creative

How to build an audience

What types of people to avoid

Why you need to embrace (some) fear

How failure leads to success

Why you should just do it


Why degrees don’t matter in creative fields

How taking bite sized chunks helps your business


For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/154</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You don't need to have <strong>all the answers</strong>. </p><p>You don't need to map out <strong>every single step </strong>on your journey. </p><p>Just take <strong>the next <em>scary</em> step.</strong> </p><p>We're all guilty of this to some degree. We want to know <em>every single</em> detail and create a solution to <em>every single</em> potential problem that COULD come up. </p><p>We put off creating, launching, growing, selling, marketing, or whatever we <em>know</em> we need to do.</p><p>This episode of the 6 Figure Creative podcast is the much-needed kick in the ass to overcome one of the greatest obstacles to success...</p><p>Fear.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How college affects your career as a creative</li>
<li>How to build an audience</li>
<li>What types of people to avoid</li>
<li>Why you need to embrace (some) fear</li>
<li>How failure leads to success</li>
<li>Why you should <em>just do it</em>
</li>
<li>Why degrees don’t matter in creative fields</li>
<li>How taking bite sized chunks helps your business</li>
</ul><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit <a href="https://6figurecreative.com/154">https://6figurecreative.com/154</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3528</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d7fa6daa-de71-11eb-9eb3-2b1da48b9d3f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1032944521.mp3?updated=1625587314" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#153: Why "Sales" Doesn't Have To Be A Dirty Word For Creatives | With Bob Burg, Author Of The Go-Giver</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/153</link>
      <description>As creatives, we cringe at the thought of being too “salesy”. 

We tend to be so “allergic to sales” that we swing too far in the opposite direction and miss out on winning gigs that we would, could, and should have won. 

What if there was a way to get clients without having to resort to being that desperate, annoying person we all know and avoid? 

It’s called being a Go-Giver. 

Of all the books we’ve mentioned on the podcast, there’s one that outranks them all – longtime listeners will know that it’s The Go-Giver by Bob Burg and John David Mann.

It’s an amazing book about how to get what you want without pushing away those around you.  

Today, Bob Burg joins us to talk about the book, and share wisdom about the content and principles brought to light within The Go-Giver.

Listen now to hear Bob’s chat with Chris and Brian, with ideas on how creatives can best apply the go-giver principles!

In this episode you’ll discover:

How Bob Burg came to write The Go-Giver


Why creatives have trouble selling

How taking focus from yourself and applying it to others helps you

Why customers won’t buy from you for you


How to be a go-giver in a business that isn’t scalable

What the difference between money and value is

Why we need to be aware of what people value

How the go-giver approach can be adapted to different personalities

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/153</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why "Sales" Doesn't Have To Be A Dirty Word For Creatives | With Bob Burg, Author Of The Go-Giver</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As creatives, we cringe at the thought of being too “salesy”. 

We tend to be so “allergic to sales” that we swing too far in the opposite direction and miss out on winning gigs that we would, could, and should have won. 

What if there was a way to get clients without having to resort to being that desperate, annoying person we all know and avoid? 

It’s called being a Go-Giver. 

Of all the books we’ve mentioned on the podcast, there’s one that outranks them all – longtime listeners will know that it’s The Go-Giver by Bob Burg and John David Mann.

It’s an amazing book about how to get what you want without pushing away those around you.  

Today, Bob Burg joins us to talk about the book, and share wisdom about the content and principles brought to light within The Go-Giver.

Listen now to hear Bob’s chat with Chris and Brian, with ideas on how creatives can best apply the go-giver principles!

In this episode you’ll discover:

How Bob Burg came to write The Go-Giver


Why creatives have trouble selling

How taking focus from yourself and applying it to others helps you

Why customers won’t buy from you for you


How to be a go-giver in a business that isn’t scalable

What the difference between money and value is

Why we need to be aware of what people value

How the go-giver approach can be adapted to different personalities

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/153</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As creatives, we cringe at the thought of being too “salesy”. </p><p><br></p><p>We tend to be so “allergic to sales” that we swing too far in the opposite direction and miss out on winning gigs that we would, <em>could</em>, and <em>should </em>have won. </p><p><br></p><p>What if there was a way to get clients <em>without</em> having to resort to being that desperate, annoying person we all know and avoid? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>It’s called being a Go-Giver. </strong></p><p><br></p><p>Of all the books we’ve mentioned on the podcast, there’s one that outranks them all – longtime listeners will know that it’s <em>The Go-Giver</em> by Bob Burg and John David Mann.</p><p><br></p><p>It’s an amazing book about how to get what you want <em>without</em> pushing away those around you.  </p><p><br></p><p>Today, Bob Burg joins us to talk about the book, and share wisdom about the content and principles brought to light within <em>The Go-Giver</em>.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen now to hear Bob’s chat with Chris and Brian, with ideas on how creatives can best apply the go-giver principles!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode you’ll discover</strong>:</p><ul>
<li>How Bob Burg came to write <em>The Go-Giver</em>
</li>
<li>Why creatives have trouble selling</li>
<li>How taking focus from <em>yourself</em> and applying it to <em>others</em> helps you</li>
<li>Why customers won’t buy from you <em>for you</em>
</li>
<li>How to be a go-giver in a business that isn’t scalable</li>
<li>What the difference between <strong>money</strong> and <strong>value</strong> is</li>
<li>Why we need to be aware of what people value</li>
<li>How the go-giver approach can be adapted to different personalities</li>
</ul><p>For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/153</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2461</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[234cf57c-db41-11eb-b007-d75faf6f0e5a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4728303589.mp3?updated=1625236728" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#152: How To Build A Multi-Six Figure Video Production Business Using Cold Emails | With Anthony Craparotta </title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/152</link>
      <description>Most freelance creatives face one large problem: they need more clients. This is the same problem Anthony Craparotta faced when he launched Lyricvids.com.

Anthony offered an amazing service, but struggled to fill his calendar with paid work. Instead of sitting around, relying on “hope marketing”, he took marketing into his own hands and started emailing his ideal clients. 

These people had no idea he existed, but he was able to turn them from strangers into clients. 

Fast forward to 2018 and he was able to break 6 figures. The best part is that he’s been able to double LyricVids income every year since then… all from cold emails. 

Learn more about growing from a small side hustle to a thriving freelance business with Anthony Craparotta on this week’s episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/152</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 11:15:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Build A Multi-Six Figure Video Production Business Using Cold Emails | With Anthony Craparotta </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelance creatives face one large problem: they need more clients. This is the same problem Anthony Craparotta faced when he launched Lyricvids.com.

Anthony offered an amazing service, but struggled to fill his calendar with paid work. Instead of sitting around, relying on “hope marketing”, he took marketing into his own hands and started emailing his ideal clients. 

These people had no idea he existed, but he was able to turn them from strangers into clients. 

Fast forward to 2018 and he was able to break 6 figures. The best part is that he’s been able to double LyricVids income every year since then… all from cold emails. 

Learn more about growing from a small side hustle to a thriving freelance business with Anthony Craparotta on this week’s episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast!

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/152</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelance creatives face one large problem: <strong>they need more clients. </strong>This is the same problem Anthony Craparotta faced when he launched Lyricvids.com.</p><p><br></p><p>Anthony offered an amazing service, but struggled to fill his calendar with paid work. Instead of sitting around, relying on “hope marketing”, he took marketing into his own hands and started emailing his ideal clients. </p><p><br></p><p>These people had no idea he existed, but he was able to turn them from strangers into clients. </p><p><br></p><p>Fast forward to 2018 and he was able to break 6 figures. The best part is that he’s been able to <strong>double</strong> LyricVids income every year since then… all from cold emails. </p><p><br></p><p>Learn more about growing from a small side hustle to a thriving freelance business with Anthony Craparotta on this week’s episode of the 6 Figure Creative Podcast!</p><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/152</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5047</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[754604e8-d68e-11eb-ab56-67aec0cfdb29]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7984158313.mp3?updated=1624720956" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#151: Welcome To The 6 Figure Creative Podcast: Your Guide to Running A Profitable Freelance Business</title>
      <link>https://6figurecreative.com/151</link>
      <description>If you're a freelance creative who's been trying to earn a living from your passion, but feel stuck, unmotivated, or just don't see a clear path forward, this podcast is for you.

In this episode, we talk about what to expect from the 6 Figure Creative Podcast moving forward, how it's different from The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, and why it will absolutely be worth your time every single week.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/151</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Welcome To The 6 Figure Creative Podcast: Your Guide to Running A Profitable Freelance Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>151</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you're a freelance creative who's been trying to earn a living from your passion, but feel stuck, unmotivated, or just don't see a clear path forward, this podcast is for you.

In this episode, we talk about what to expect from the 6 Figure Creative Podcast moving forward, how it's different from The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, and why it will absolutely be worth your time every single week.

For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/151</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're a freelance creative who's been trying to earn a living from your passion, but feel stuck, unmotivated, or just don't see a clear path forward, this podcast is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, we talk about what to expect from the 6 Figure Creative Podcast moving forward, how it's different from The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, and why it will absolutely be worth your time every single week.</p><p><br></p><p>For full show notes, visit https://6figurecreative.com/151</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1476</itunes:duration>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9ebecafe-d5e3-11eb-aaa9-5bf5e214c19a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4760316830.mp3?updated=1624720854" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#150: Is This The Final Episode Of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast?</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you’ve been listening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast lately, you’ve probably heard that we’re about to make a major change. 

Listen now to hear all the details about what’s happening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast and what you can expect from us in the future!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Is This The Final Episode Of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>150</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3ce9eec2-0c25-11eb-a89b-b72532a41574/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you’ve been listening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast lately, you’ve probably heard that we’re about to make a major change.  Listen now to hear all the details about what’s happening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast and...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’ve been listening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast lately, you’ve probably heard that we’re about to make a major change. 

Listen now to hear all the details about what’s happening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast and what you can expect from us in the future!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you’ve been listening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast lately, you’ve probably heard that we’re about to make a major change. 

Listen now to hear all the details about what’s happening to The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast and what you can expect from us in the future!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2606</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0a2d1571-3dcc-4e92-bb5c-4c6fab43e743]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5481810364.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#149: Stop Worrying About The Damn Tools And Focus On THIS Instead...</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In 2000, the CEO of Netflix tried to convince Blockbuster to buy Netflix for $50 Million and they were laughed out of the room. 

Now Netflix is worth $210 Billion and the last remaining Blockbuster store for $4/night on Airbnb. 

The recording industry has made the same mistake as Blockbuster, and it’s the main reason so many studios have been shuttered in the past decade. 

Listen now to learn more about staying on your toes and recognizing when you need to pivot to keep your business afloat!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Stop Worrying About The Damn Tools And Focus On THIS Instead...</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>149</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3d9527ec-0c25-11eb-a89b-23bd73219ffa/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In 2012, Kodak filed for bankruptcy while Instagram was purchased by Facebook for $1 Billion.   In 2000, the CEO of Netflix tried to convince Blockbuster to buy Netflix for $50 Million and they were laughed out of the room.  Now Netflix...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In 2000, the CEO of Netflix tried to convince Blockbuster to buy Netflix for $50 Million and they were laughed out of the room. 

Now Netflix is worth $210 Billion and the last remaining Blockbuster store for $4/night on Airbnb. 

The recording industry has made the same mistake as Blockbuster, and it’s the main reason so many studios have been shuttered in the past decade. 

Listen now to learn more about staying on your toes and recognizing when you need to pivot to keep your business afloat!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In 2000, the CEO of Netflix tried to convince Blockbuster to buy Netflix for $50 Million and they were laughed out of the room. 

Now Netflix is worth $210 Billion and the last remaining Blockbuster store for $4/night on Airbnb. 

The recording industry has made the same mistake as Blockbuster, and it’s the main reason so many studios have been shuttered in the past decade. 

Listen now to learn more about staying on your toes and recognizing when you need to pivot to keep your business afloat!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2289</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3ca7b327-97c5-44f8-8b87-fc21d50b49ca]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2753557549.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#148: The Top 6 Mistakes Freelancers Make When Trying To "Niche Down"</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You always hear us preaching about “finding a niche to dominate”, but you just can’t seem to get traction anywhere. 

Why do some people naturally find a niche while others are stuck in a perpetual state of being a generalist?

In this episode, we dig into 6 common mistakes that hold people back from dominating their niche.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Top 6 Mistakes Freelancers Make When Trying To "Niche Down"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>148</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3dd0939a-0c25-11eb-a89b-d35d119613c7/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You always hear us preaching about “finding a niche to dominate”, but you just can’t seem to get traction anywhere.  Why do some people naturally find a niche while others are stuck in a perpetual state of being a generalist? In this...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You always hear us preaching about “finding a niche to dominate”, but you just can’t seem to get traction anywhere. 

Why do some people naturally find a niche while others are stuck in a perpetual state of being a generalist?

In this episode, we dig into 6 common mistakes that hold people back from dominating their niche.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You always hear us preaching about “finding a niche to dominate”, but you just can’t seem to get traction anywhere. 

Why do some people naturally find a niche while others are stuck in a perpetual state of being a generalist?

In this episode, we dig into 6 common mistakes that hold people back from dominating their niche. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2735</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[63502ba5-51fe-46dc-8b6b-abf805ab3fa8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5664560704.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#147: Why "The Minimum Effective Dose" Is The Key To Getting Sh*t Done (Without Getting Overwhelmed)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>“HUSTLE OR DIE”. 

That’s the message you hear from so many business gurus. 

Your to-do list seems to grow exponentially the more education you consume. 

It can be overwhelming, exhausting, and ultimately send you down the path of burnout.

Instead of trying to do everything, you can simply focus on the minimum amount of work for that thing to be effective (i.e. no longer a bottleneck in your business).

When your brain makes this switch, everything in your business gets so much easier.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why "The Minimum Effective Dose" Is The Key To Getting Sh*t Done (Without Getting Overwhelmed)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3df9bf86-0c25-11eb-a89b-0fa19e6b8321/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>“HUSTLE OR DIE”.  That’s the message you hear from so many business gurus.  You heard from Gary V that you need to post on Tik Tok 27 times per day, post 17 Instagram stories 17 each day, post daily YouTube Vlogs, and host a weekly...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>“HUSTLE OR DIE”. 

That’s the message you hear from so many business gurus. 

Your to-do list seems to grow exponentially the more education you consume. 

It can be overwhelming, exhausting, and ultimately send you down the path of burnout.

Instead of trying to do everything, you can simply focus on the minimum amount of work for that thing to be effective (i.e. no longer a bottleneck in your business).

When your brain makes this switch, everything in your business gets so much easier.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[“HUSTLE OR DIE”. 

That’s the message you hear from so many business gurus. 

Your to-do list seems to grow exponentially the more education you consume. 

It can be overwhelming, exhausting, and ultimately send you down the path of burnout.

Instead of trying to do everything, you can simply focus on the minimum amount of work for that thing to be effective (i.e. no longer a bottleneck in your business).

When your brain makes this switch, everything in your business gets so much easier.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3258</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aa9ad3f8-7155-4a18-b2ce-d304f38f3ef9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8591022616.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#146: Having Your Best Year Ever, Despite The Worldwide Pandemic | With Jake Rye</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In our latest poll, more than 65% of studios have seen their incomes decline due to the pandemic. 

Instead of diving into the obvious reasons why studios are struggling, we thought it would be more beneficial to interview someone who’s having their best year ever.

How have they set themselves up for success in 2020 while other studios are struggling? 

Listen now to learn how Jake has built his business from the ground up to not only survive, but thrive in this post-pandemic world.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Having Your Best Year Ever, Despite The Worldwide Pandemic | With Jake Rye</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>146</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3e18a7de-0c25-11eb-a89b-375b9f911b26/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In our latest poll, more than 65% of recording studios have seen their incomes decline in 2020 due to the pandemic.  Instead of diving into all the (obvious) reasons why studios are struggling, we thought it would be more beneficial to interview...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In our latest poll, more than 65% of studios have seen their incomes decline due to the pandemic. 

Instead of diving into the obvious reasons why studios are struggling, we thought it would be more beneficial to interview someone who’s having their best year ever.

How have they set themselves up for success in 2020 while other studios are struggling? 

Listen now to learn how Jake has built his business from the ground up to not only survive, but thrive in this post-pandemic world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In our latest poll, more than 65% of studios have seen their incomes decline due to the pandemic. 

Instead of diving into the obvious reasons why studios are struggling, we thought it would be more beneficial to interview someone who’s having their best year ever.

How have they set themselves up for success in 2020 while other studios are struggling? 

Listen now to learn how Jake has built his business from the ground up to not only survive, but thrive in this post-pandemic world. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3308</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9df572b9-47f8-4701-9dc4-a006539b5aee]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2039519030.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#145: The COVID Pep Talk: 6 Practical Steps To Take If You're Discouraged And Don't Know What To Do</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>This episode is for anyone feeling hopeless, aimless, and discouraged. Sometimes a simple pep talk from your friends and some practical steps can be all it takes to get yourself out of a funk. 

Instead of feeling sorry for yourself and giving into the victim mentality, it’s time to step up and take charge of your life… despite the crazy shit going on in the world. </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The COVID Pep Talk: 6 Practical Steps To Take If You're Discouraged And Don't Know What To Do</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3e362e6c-0c25-11eb-a89b-c3c8d0a4d533/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode is for anyone feeling hopeless, aimless, and discouraged. Sometimes a simple pep talk from your friends and some practical steps can be all it takes to get yourself out of a funk.  Instead of feeling sorry for yourself and giving...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This episode is for anyone feeling hopeless, aimless, and discouraged. Sometimes a simple pep talk from your friends and some practical steps can be all it takes to get yourself out of a funk. 

Instead of feeling sorry for yourself and giving into the victim mentality, it’s time to step up and take charge of your life… despite the crazy shit going on in the world. </itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This episode is for anyone feeling hopeless, aimless, and discouraged. Sometimes a simple pep talk from your friends and some practical steps can be all it takes to get yourself out of a funk. 

Instead of feeling sorry for yourself and giving into the victim mentality, it’s time to step up and take charge of your life… despite the crazy shit going on in the world. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2525</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ad021cdd-0058-46aa-995f-3f31218ee000]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5607329021.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#144: How You Can Build And Maintain Relationships With Clients (100% Online)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>One of the biggest keys to a successful freelance career has always been building relationships.

The problem is that most audio engineers tend to be cave-dwelling troglodytes who go days without direct contact to sunlight.
This problem has only gotten worse now that social distancing is the new normal. How can we build relationships if we can’t be around clients and friends? 

The good news is there are ways to build and maintain relationships with your ideal clients without leaving your audio cave</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How You Can Build And Maintain Relationships With Clients (100% Online)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>144</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3e5f9bd0-0c25-11eb-a89b-4340be5a0f83/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>One of the biggest keys to a successful freelance career has always been building relationships. The problem is that most audio engineers tend to be cave-dwelling troglodytes who go days without direct contact to sunlight (if that sentence made you...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>One of the biggest keys to a successful freelance career has always been building relationships.

The problem is that most audio engineers tend to be cave-dwelling troglodytes who go days without direct contact to sunlight.
This problem has only gotten worse now that social distancing is the new normal. How can we build relationships if we can’t be around clients and friends? 

The good news is there are ways to build and maintain relationships with your ideal clients without leaving your audio cave</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[One of the biggest keys to a successful freelance career has always been building relationships.

The problem is that most audio engineers tend to be cave-dwelling troglodytes who go days without direct contact to sunlight.
This problem has only gotten worse now that social distancing is the new normal. How can we build relationships if we can’t be around clients and friends? 

The good news is there are ways to build and maintain relationships with your ideal clients without leaving your audio cave]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2378</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[adb2fce8-68f2-4cb5-927d-aa5aa674d572]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9361289394.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#143: The Ultimate Guide To Creating Your Marketing Plan: Part 2</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Last week we talked about essentials for your marketing plan.

I mentioned eight things many people skip – before they complain that their efforts failed.

Today you’ll learn about the 2nd half of my 20-point marketing plan, but you should only listen to this episode after you listened to the first part, episode 142: The Ultimate Guide To Creating Your Marketing Plan: Part 1

Listen now to learn more about growing your business by harnessing the power of friends, family, and yes, even cold marketi</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Ultimate Guide To Creating Your Marketing Plan: Part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>143</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3e7fe98a-0c25-11eb-a89b-8b361fcee909/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Last week we talked about essentials for your marketing plan. We talked about eight things many people skip – before they complain that their efforts aren’t working. Today you’ll learn about the second half of my 20-point marketing plan, but you...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Last week we talked about essentials for your marketing plan.

I mentioned eight things many people skip – before they complain that their efforts failed.

Today you’ll learn about the 2nd half of my 20-point marketing plan, but you should only listen to this episode after you listened to the first part, episode 142: The Ultimate Guide To Creating Your Marketing Plan: Part 1

Listen now to learn more about growing your business by harnessing the power of friends, family, and yes, even cold marketi</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Last week we talked about essentials for your marketing plan.

I mentioned eight things many people skip – before they complain that their efforts failed.

Today you’ll learn about the 2nd half of my 20-point marketing plan, but you should only listen to this episode after you listened to the first part, episode 142: The Ultimate Guide To Creating Your Marketing Plan: Part 1

Listen now to learn more about growing your business by harnessing the power of friends, family, and yes, even cold marketi]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2900</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4a9fa814-b1fb-46b0-860d-9038c5cb3f4e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1995443648.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#142: The Ultimate Guide To Creating Your Marketing Plan: Part 1</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>When I talk to most people about their marketing plan, I hear stuff like this constantly...

“I’m going to focus on networking as much as possible.”
“I’m going to start reaching out to musicians on Instagram.”
“I’m launching a podcast.”

The majority of people who tell me these things come back to me with nothing to show for it. 

There’s a LOT more that goes into a successful marketing plan. This episode is my attempt to give you a full look into what goes into a top-down appro</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Ultimate Guide To Creating Your Marketing Plan: Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>142</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3eea8538-0c25-11eb-a89b-6ba3c09fd710/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>When I talk to most people about their marketing plan, I hear stuff like this constantly...    “I’m going to focus on networking as much as possible.”   “I’m going to try out paid advertising.”   “I’m going to start reaching out...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>When I talk to most people about their marketing plan, I hear stuff like this constantly...

“I’m going to focus on networking as much as possible.”
“I’m going to start reaching out to musicians on Instagram.”
“I’m launching a podcast.”

The majority of people who tell me these things come back to me with nothing to show for it. 

There’s a LOT more that goes into a successful marketing plan. This episode is my attempt to give you a full look into what goes into a top-down appro</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[When I talk to most people about their marketing plan, I hear stuff like this constantly...

“I’m going to focus on networking as much as possible.”
“I’m going to start reaching out to musicians on Instagram.”
“I’m launching a podcast.”

The majority of people who tell me these things come back to me with nothing to show for it. 

There’s a LOT more that goes into a successful marketing plan. This episode is my attempt to give you a full look into what goes into a top-down appro]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1937</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9d941d43-6737-4c3b-8dec-30d9d117ab36]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7318300260.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#141: How Free Work Fits Into A Healthy Audio Business</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>I’ve lost track of how many times I’ve seen threads in forums and groups devolve into chaos over one topic: free work.

Some say you should always do free work.

Others say you should never work without pay.

The reality is, free work has no absolutes to it. Sometimes it’s a benefit for your business, while at other times it’s a detriment.

The key is learning how to recognize when doing free work is good and when it isn’t.

Listen now to learn how free work could fit into your audio bus</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Free Work Fits Into A Healthy Audio Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3f0b920a-0c25-11eb-a89b-930094c551ca/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>I’ve lost track of how many times I’ve seen threads in forums and Facebook groups devolve into chaos over one topic: free work. Some people say you should always do free work. Others say you should never work without pay. The reality is, free work...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I’ve lost track of how many times I’ve seen threads in forums and groups devolve into chaos over one topic: free work.

Some say you should always do free work.

Others say you should never work without pay.

The reality is, free work has no absolutes to it. Sometimes it’s a benefit for your business, while at other times it’s a detriment.

The key is learning how to recognize when doing free work is good and when it isn’t.

Listen now to learn how free work could fit into your audio bus</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[I’ve lost track of how many times I’ve seen threads in forums and groups devolve into chaos over one topic: free work.

Some say you should always do free work.

Others say you should never work without pay.

The reality is, free work has no absolutes to it. Sometimes it’s a benefit for your business, while at other times it’s a detriment.

The key is learning how to recognize when doing free work is good and when it isn’t.

Listen now to learn how free work could fit into your audio bus]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1304</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0da57637-caf2-41cf-ab52-0ce1ae08f73f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1242670344.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#140: Business Basics: Why Cashflow Is Crucial, And How To Manage It Properly In Troubling Times</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>With unprecedented amounts of businesses shutting down worldwide, it’s time for us to talk about business basics.

For a business to make it through tough times, they have to have to understand cash flow.

Failing to understand why this is important, or how to have a positive cash flow, will result in an unstable business.

Listen now to find out how you can adjust your business practices to ensure you have a positive cash flow to keep your heads above water in 2020 and beyond!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Business Basics: Why Cashflow Is Crucial, And How To Manage It Properly In Troubling Times</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3f30d574-0c25-11eb-a89b-87fbc2f3da92/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>With unprecedented amounts of businesses shutting down worldwide, it’s time for us to talk about business basics. For a business to make it through tough times, they have to have to understand cash flow. Failing to understand why this is important,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>With unprecedented amounts of businesses shutting down worldwide, it’s time for us to talk about business basics.

For a business to make it through tough times, they have to have to understand cash flow.

Failing to understand why this is important, or how to have a positive cash flow, will result in an unstable business.

Listen now to find out how you can adjust your business practices to ensure you have a positive cash flow to keep your heads above water in 2020 and beyond!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[With unprecedented amounts of businesses shutting down worldwide, it’s time for us to talk about business basics.

For a business to make it through tough times, they have to have to understand cash flow.

Failing to understand why this is important, or how to have a positive cash flow, will result in an unstable business.

Listen now to find out how you can adjust your business practices to ensure you have a positive cash flow to keep your heads above water in 2020 and beyond!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2747</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ae0ab732-6913-498e-924e-e33d4e72b805]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6618007863.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#139: The 4 Most Important Requirements For Naming Your Business</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>“What should I name my studio? Should it be my personal name or should I pick another name?”

People ask me questions like this at least twice per month

I’ve answered it dozens of times on group coaching calls inside The Profitable Producer Course, and this episode is my attempt at never having to answer this question again. 

I have four requirements for naming any business. As long as you follow these rules, you’ll be good to go.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Most Important Requirements For Naming Your Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>139</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3f50094e-0c25-11eb-a89b-4704e8f6320a/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>“What should I name my studio? Should it be my personal name or should I pick another name?” People ask me questions like this at least twice per month I’ve answered it dozens of times on group coaching calls inside , and this episode is my...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>“What should I name my studio? Should it be my personal name or should I pick another name?”

People ask me questions like this at least twice per month

I’ve answered it dozens of times on group coaching calls inside The Profitable Producer Course, and this episode is my attempt at never having to answer this question again. 

I have four requirements for naming any business. As long as you follow these rules, you’ll be good to go.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[“What should I name my studio? Should it be my personal name or should I pick another name?”

People ask me questions like this at least twice per month

I’ve answered it dozens of times on group coaching calls inside The Profitable Producer Course, and this episode is my attempt at never having to answer this question again. 

I have four requirements for naming any business. As long as you follow these rules, you’ll be good to go.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>888</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cf369a7a-b032-44dd-b0e8-ae5216701902]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4752890054.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#138: The 4 Audio Business Models, The Pros And Cons Of Each, And How To Avoid "The Death Zone" | The 6FHS Business Quadrant</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Too many audio engineers start off by offering cheap services and are then shocked when their clients leave as they raise prices.

Others are so inundated with work that they can’t keep up but are unable to outsource what they need to keep the business running smoothly.

Do either of those sound like you?

Listen now to learn how to ensure that your business is on the correct track so you don’t have to do mixes for $50 a pop, or deal with headache clients because they’re your only high-paying cl</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Audio Business Models, The Pros And Cons Of Each, And How To Avoid "The Death Zone" | The 6FHS Business Quadrant</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3f727dbc-0c25-11eb-a89b-cfc7c462c821/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Too many audio engineers start off by offering cheap services and are then shocked when their clients leave as they raise prices. Others are so inundated with work that they can’t keep up but are unable to outsource what they need to keep the...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Too many audio engineers start off by offering cheap services and are then shocked when their clients leave as they raise prices.

Others are so inundated with work that they can’t keep up but are unable to outsource what they need to keep the business running smoothly.

Do either of those sound like you?

Listen now to learn how to ensure that your business is on the correct track so you don’t have to do mixes for $50 a pop, or deal with headache clients because they’re your only high-paying cl</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Too many audio engineers start off by offering cheap services and are then shocked when their clients leave as they raise prices.

Others are so inundated with work that they can’t keep up but are unable to outsource what they need to keep the business running smoothly.

Do either of those sound like you?

Listen now to learn how to ensure that your business is on the correct track so you don’t have to do mixes for $50 a pop, or deal with headache clients because they’re your only high-paying cl]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2781</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[17c953c3-b094-47ed-aea5-3e901bf3ef28]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1945892031.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#137: How To DeF*ck Your Marketing Message With A "Before &amp; After Transformation"</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Think fast: Can you tell me what your business provides in 20 seconds or less without fumbling your words or pausing to think?

If not, how do you think you come across to the person you just met if you can’t clearly articulate what it is that you do?

You have to be able to help your client see how you are the bridge between where they are now and where they want to be. 

Listen now to learn how you can DeFuck your marketing and finally get clients to understand the value you bring to their lives.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To DeF*ck Your Marketing Message With A "Before &amp; After Transformation"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3f921b9a-0c25-11eb-a89b-5f1c63451fbb/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Think fast: Can you tell me what your business provides in 20 seconds or less, without fumbling your words or pausing to think? If not, how do you think you come across to the person you just met if you can’t even clearly articulate what it is that...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Think fast: Can you tell me what your business provides in 20 seconds or less without fumbling your words or pausing to think?

If not, how do you think you come across to the person you just met if you can’t clearly articulate what it is that you do?

You have to be able to help your client see how you are the bridge between where they are now and where they want to be. 

Listen now to learn how you can DeFuck your marketing and finally get clients to understand the value you bring to their lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Think fast: Can you tell me what your business provides in 20 seconds or less without fumbling your words or pausing to think?

If not, how do you think you come across to the person you just met if you can’t clearly articulate what it is that you do?

You have to be able to help your client see how you are the bridge between where they are now and where they want to be. 

Listen now to learn how you can DeFuck your marketing and finally get clients to understand the value you bring to their lives.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2219</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3db1127e-6d0b-4077-a194-788181bc51fe]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4111074100.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#136: How You Can Make Marketing 10x Easier By Using "The Motown Model" (Another Blue Ocean Niche)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Online mixing is a red ocean. Thousands of studio owners are now trying to compete for the same pool of clients online, and only the strongest survive. 

By creating a business that operates in a blue ocean, you can worry more about providing an amazing experience and less about how to “market” your way to success. 

Listen now to find out how you can harness the power of The Motown Model to grow your business in a blue ocean market!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How You Can Make Marketing 10x Easier By Using "The Motown Model" (Another Blue Ocean Niche)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3faadd2e-0c25-11eb-a89b-2f5a8a17f759/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Online mixing is a red ocean. Thousands of studio owners are now trying to compete for the same pool of clients online, and only the strongest survive.  By creating a business that operates in a blue ocean, you can worry more about providing an...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Online mixing is a red ocean. Thousands of studio owners are now trying to compete for the same pool of clients online, and only the strongest survive. 

By creating a business that operates in a blue ocean, you can worry more about providing an amazing experience and less about how to “market” your way to success. 

Listen now to find out how you can harness the power of The Motown Model to grow your business in a blue ocean market!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Online mixing is a red ocean. Thousands of studio owners are now trying to compete for the same pool of clients online, and only the strongest survive. 

By creating a business that operates in a blue ocean, you can worry more about providing an amazing experience and less about how to “market” your way to success. 

Listen now to find out how you can harness the power of The Motown Model to grow your business in a blue ocean market!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2770</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b67336a1-ca8c-4c61-8afb-0b6b5795d295]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6446068366.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#135: Why COVID Is The Final Nail In The Coffin For Most Old-School Studios (And What That Means For Home Studios)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Every single industry sees the cycle of Life, Death, and Rebirth. Ours is no exception. 

We’ve been in a cycle of death since 2008, and have slowly been shifting to the cycle of Rebirth in the form of home studios.

COVID has sped up the inevitable end of the old-school recording industry, and business will never look the same again. 

Listen now to hear our discussion about Life, Death, and Rebirth in our recording industry, and how to make sure you’re still around to be a part of the next cycle</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why COVID Is The Final Nail In The Coffin For Most Old-School Studios (And What That Means For Home Studios)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>135</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3fc073f0-0c25-11eb-a89b-d3acd5aa50de/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Every single industry sees the cycle of Life, Death, and Rebirth, and the recording industry is no exception.  We’ve been in a cycle of death since 2008, and have slowly been shifting to the cycle of Rebirth in the form of home studios. COVID...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Every single industry sees the cycle of Life, Death, and Rebirth. Ours is no exception. 

We’ve been in a cycle of death since 2008, and have slowly been shifting to the cycle of Rebirth in the form of home studios.

COVID has sped up the inevitable end of the old-school recording industry, and business will never look the same again. 

Listen now to hear our discussion about Life, Death, and Rebirth in our recording industry, and how to make sure you’re still around to be a part of the next cycle</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Every single industry sees the cycle of Life, Death, and Rebirth. Ours is no exception. 

We’ve been in a cycle of death since 2008, and have slowly been shifting to the cycle of Rebirth in the form of home studios.

COVID has sped up the inevitable end of the old-school recording industry, and business will never look the same again. 

Listen now to hear our discussion about Life, Death, and Rebirth in our recording industry, and how to make sure you’re still around to be a part of the next cycle]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1719</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f0a6c033-16fe-4326-8bf4-a7af102adfea]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4190711362.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#134: The 5-Step Process For Go-Giver Marketing (And Why It's The Best Way To Market Your Studio)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you’re constantly struggling to find more clients, there’s more to marketing your studio than simply “getting the word out” about your business.

Do your leads know you? Do they trust you? Do they like you?

If not, this is a major problem that you need to solve.

Listen now to find out how you can use go-giver marketing to jumpstart a relationship with fresh leads to help grow your business!</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jun 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5-Step Process For Go-Giver Marketing (And Why It's The Best Way To Market Your Studio)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>134</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/3fdabeea-0c25-11eb-a89b-b3f714d55701/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you’re constantly struggling to find more clients, there’s more to marketing your studio than simply “getting the word out” about your business. Do your leads know you? Do they trust you? Do they like you? If not, this is a major problem...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re constantly struggling to find more clients, there’s more to marketing your studio than simply “getting the word out” about your business.

Do your leads know you? Do they trust you? Do they like you?

If not, this is a major problem that you need to solve.

Listen now to find out how you can use go-giver marketing to jumpstart a relationship with fresh leads to help grow your business!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you’re constantly struggling to find more clients, there’s more to marketing your studio than simply “getting the word out” about your business.

Do your leads know you? Do they trust you? Do they like you?

If not, this is a major problem that you need to solve.

Listen now to find out how you can use go-giver marketing to jumpstart a relationship with fresh leads to help grow your business!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2871</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7ea34dab-5b79-4d94-a5dd-827cc4b82f0d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4267770363.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#133: The Keys To A Six Figure Mastering Studio | With Chris Graham And Mike Indovina</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Mastering is a dark art that the average person has no idea how to comprehend. 

Because of this, it can be a struggle to build a thriving, steady, sustainable mastering business. 

How do you stand out from the crowd as things get more and more crowded?

How do you get clients to give you a chance? 

How can you get your first handful of clients?

Listen now to learn from how Chris Graham grew his mastering studio to six figures.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Keys To A Six Figure Mastering Studio | With Chris Graham And Mike Indovina</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>133</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/403159e4-0c25-11eb-a89b-2306ab10f0b0/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mastering is a dark art that the average person has no idea how to comprehend.  Because of this, it can be a struggle to build a thriving, steady, sustainable mastering business.  How do you stand out from the crowd as things get more and...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Mastering is a dark art that the average person has no idea how to comprehend. 

Because of this, it can be a struggle to build a thriving, steady, sustainable mastering business. 

How do you stand out from the crowd as things get more and more crowded?

How do you get clients to give you a chance? 

How can you get your first handful of clients?

Listen now to learn from how Chris Graham grew his mastering studio to six figures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Mastering is a dark art that the average person has no idea how to comprehend. 

Because of this, it can be a struggle to build a thriving, steady, sustainable mastering business. 

How do you stand out from the crowd as things get more and more crowded?

How do you get clients to give you a chance? 

How can you get your first handful of clients?

Listen now to learn from how Chris Graham grew his mastering studio to six figures.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4876</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c5bbeb4b-1758-4a0e-bb8d-d3c00a096593]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6378158781.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#132: Turn More Quote Requests Into Clients By Implementing These 5 Systems</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You have a solid website, a badass portfolio, and people are starting to show more and more interest in hiring you. 

Now you need to turn those leads into clients.

If you want to start closing sales like a badass, make sure you have five key systems in place to make this easier… even if you suck at “selling yourself”. 

Listen now to learn what these systems are and how you can implement them to give your business the boost it needs!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Turn More Quote Requests Into Clients By Implementing These 5 Systems</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/404f041c-0c25-11eb-a89b-5b827ce98406/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You have a solid website, a badass portfolio, and people are starting to show more and more interest in hiring you.  Now you need to turn those leads into clients. If you want to start closing sales like a badass, make sure you have five key...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You have a solid website, a badass portfolio, and people are starting to show more and more interest in hiring you. 

Now you need to turn those leads into clients.

If you want to start closing sales like a badass, make sure you have five key systems in place to make this easier… even if you suck at “selling yourself”. 

Listen now to learn what these systems are and how you can implement them to give your business the boost it needs!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You have a solid website, a badass portfolio, and people are starting to show more and more interest in hiring you. 

Now you need to turn those leads into clients.

If you want to start closing sales like a badass, make sure you have five key systems in place to make this easier… even if you suck at “selling yourself”. 

Listen now to learn what these systems are and how you can implement them to give your business the boost it needs!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1460</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[94252dd8-34c1-41a2-ae97-22fc2783b5c3]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4223168851.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#131: How To Set Up Your Instagram Account For Success | With Brandon Brown Of Media Whisper</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Whether you’re relying on word-of-mouth, cold outreach, organic social media, or paid advertising, the way you set up your Instagram profile can make or break your efforts. 

That’s why this week we brought on Brandon Brown of Media Whisper to share his expertise about all things Instagram. 

Listen now to find out how to set up a social media presence that helps you pre-sell clients before they’ve even contacted you.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Set Up Your Instagram Account For Success | With Brandon Brown Of Media Whisper</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/406dc2bc-0c25-11eb-a89b-73f5bffa909f/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Whether you’re relying on word-of-mouth, cold outreach, organic social media, or paid advertising, the way you set up your Instagram profile can make or break your efforts.  That’s why this week we brought on Brandon Brown of Media Whisper to...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Whether you’re relying on word-of-mouth, cold outreach, organic social media, or paid advertising, the way you set up your Instagram profile can make or break your efforts. 

That’s why this week we brought on Brandon Brown of Media Whisper to share his expertise about all things Instagram. 

Listen now to find out how to set up a social media presence that helps you pre-sell clients before they’ve even contacted you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Whether you’re relying on word-of-mouth, cold outreach, organic social media, or paid advertising, the way you set up your Instagram profile can make or break your efforts. 

That’s why this week we brought on Brandon Brown of Media Whisper to share his expertise about all things Instagram. 

Listen now to find out how to set up a social media presence that helps you pre-sell clients before they’ve even contacted you.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3908</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[14c04ed9-4751-4584-990a-bd1dc96ce968]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1039225746.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#130: My $250,000 Lesson On Marketing</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Out of sheer curiosity, I checked the Facebook Ads platform to see how much I’ve spent on advertising so far. 

$254,336.67

This has all been done with a 2.65x return on ad spend (i.e. I make $2.65 for every $1 spent). 

The result is that all of my businesses have benefited from what I’ve learned during this journey. 

In this episode, I want to talk you through what I learned, how it applies to your studio, and what you can do to start unf*cking your marketing funnel.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>My $250,000 Lesson On Marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>130</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/40a1f1d6-0c25-11eb-a89b-bfd3db75e9c7/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Out of sheer curiosity, I checked the Facebook Ads platform to see how much I’ve spent on advertising so far.  $254,336.67 This has all been done with a 2.65x return on ad spend (i.e. I make $2.65 for every $1 spent).  Spending that much...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Out of sheer curiosity, I checked the Facebook Ads platform to see how much I’ve spent on advertising so far. 

$254,336.67

This has all been done with a 2.65x return on ad spend (i.e. I make $2.65 for every $1 spent). 

The result is that all of my businesses have benefited from what I’ve learned during this journey. 

In this episode, I want to talk you through what I learned, how it applies to your studio, and what you can do to start unf*cking your marketing funnel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Out of sheer curiosity, I checked the Facebook Ads platform to see how much I’ve spent on advertising so far. 

$254,336.67

This has all been done with a 2.65x return on ad spend (i.e. I make $2.65 for every $1 spent). 

The result is that all of my businesses have benefited from what I’ve learned during this journey. 

In this episode, I want to talk you through what I learned, how it applies to your studio, and what you can do to start unf*cking your marketing funnel.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2177</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1a2da144-e6c5-4428-89f0-0b523982d9c0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1576981594.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#129: How Mark Eckert Is Running A Thriving Pop Production Studio (Despite Being Stuck At Home)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Right now struggling studio owners have two choices:

Choice A: You can stick your head in the sand, complain about the end of the world, and wait around for months until this is all over. 

Choice B: You can take action to turn things around by understanding that just because things are bad for some people (let’s be real, many people), doesn’t mean that you can’t get clients!

Mark Eckert is kicking ass in the indie-pop world.

Listen now to find out how you can do the same for your business</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Mark Eckert Is Running A Thriving Pop Production Studio (Despite Being Stuck At Home)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/40bdb31c-0c25-11eb-a89b-6bd7b5313b0d/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Right now struggling studio owners have two choices: Choice A: You can stick your head in the sand, complain about the end of the world, and wait around for months until this is all over and things can “get back to normal”.  Choice B: You can...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Right now struggling studio owners have two choices:

Choice A: You can stick your head in the sand, complain about the end of the world, and wait around for months until this is all over. 

Choice B: You can take action to turn things around by understanding that just because things are bad for some people (let’s be real, many people), doesn’t mean that you can’t get clients!

Mark Eckert is kicking ass in the indie-pop world.

Listen now to find out how you can do the same for your business</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Right now struggling studio owners have two choices:

Choice A: You can stick your head in the sand, complain about the end of the world, and wait around for months until this is all over. 

Choice B: You can take action to turn things around by understanding that just because things are bad for some people (let’s be real, many people), doesn’t mean that you can’t get clients!

Mark Eckert is kicking ass in the indie-pop world.

Listen now to find out how you can do the same for your business]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3984</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[30619fd0-b20f-4672-8560-a0c7d2950a33]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8493546026.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#128: Big Picture | Why Mindset Is The Key To Your Business Surviving</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>I’ve seen businesses in similar niches, with similar resources at their disposal, and similar family lives who are in completely different places only 1 month into this quarantine.

One is falling apart.

The other lost all of their upcoming projects, but they’ve decided to pivot their business to something they can still do remotely.

Why is there such a big difference between these people?

It all comes down to mindset.

Nothing else matters if your mindset is fucked.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Big Picture | Why Mindset Is The Key To Your Business Surviving </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>128</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/40da36d6-0c25-11eb-a89b-63a7bed0a675/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>I’ve seen businesses in similar niches, with similar resources at their disposal, and similar family lives who are in completely different places only 1 month into this quarantine. One is falling apart. They’ve given up on their business, their...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>I’ve seen businesses in similar niches, with similar resources at their disposal, and similar family lives who are in completely different places only 1 month into this quarantine.

One is falling apart.

The other lost all of their upcoming projects, but they’ve decided to pivot their business to something they can still do remotely.

Why is there such a big difference between these people?

It all comes down to mindset.

Nothing else matters if your mindset is fucked.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[I’ve seen businesses in similar niches, with similar resources at their disposal, and similar family lives who are in completely different places only 1 month into this quarantine.

One is falling apart.

The other lost all of their upcoming projects, but they’ve decided to pivot their business to something they can still do remotely.

Why is there such a big difference between these people?

It all comes down to mindset.

Nothing else matters if your mindset is fucked.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4818</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[92160168-93e4-4a47-a0b2-9e4f2dd65d9b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9721871238.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#127: 5 Things Every Studio Should Do NOW To Take Advantage Of Slow Times</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Now, more than ever, many studio owners have an abundance of free time on their hands.

What you do with that free time is going to separate the winners from the losers when this is all over. 

Which side do you want to be on?

Listen now to learn 5 things you can work on today to make sure your studio is ready for the onslaught of customers tomorrow!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>5 Things Every Studio Should Do NOW To Take Advantage Of Slow Times</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/40ffae66-0c25-11eb-a89b-277f53bb9d22/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now, more than ever, many studio owners have an abundance of free time on their hands. What you do with that free time is going to separate the winners from the losers when this is all over.  Which side do you want to be on? Listen now to learn 5...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Now, more than ever, many studio owners have an abundance of free time on their hands.

What you do with that free time is going to separate the winners from the losers when this is all over. 

Which side do you want to be on?

Listen now to learn 5 things you can work on today to make sure your studio is ready for the onslaught of customers tomorrow!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Now, more than ever, many studio owners have an abundance of free time on their hands.

What you do with that free time is going to separate the winners from the losers when this is all over. 

Which side do you want to be on?

Listen now to learn 5 things you can work on today to make sure your studio is ready for the onslaught of customers tomorrow!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3584</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[720d92d0-75c7-491c-a201-4ce0b23cee90]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5031905471.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#126: How Struggling Studios Can Adapt To The COVID-19 Crisis</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>The audio industry has been hit hard by the COVID-19 crisis. Studios around the world have had their bookings wiped out, and everyone’s scrambling to adapt. 

So, what can we do to make it through this crisis and come out of it stronger than we were before?

With no slowdown in sight for COVID-19, there is still a light at the end of the tunnel that we need to keep moving toward. 

Listen now to find how you can adapt your business so that you make it through this crisis as strong as ever.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Struggling Studios Can Adapt To The COVID-19 Crisis</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>126</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/41326946-0c25-11eb-a89b-03648b888caf/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>The audio industry has been hit hard by the COVID-19 crisis. Studios around the world have had their bookings wiped out, and everyone’s scrambling to adapt.  So, what can we do to make it through this crisis and come out of it stronger than we...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The audio industry has been hit hard by the COVID-19 crisis. Studios around the world have had their bookings wiped out, and everyone’s scrambling to adapt. 

So, what can we do to make it through this crisis and come out of it stronger than we were before?

With no slowdown in sight for COVID-19, there is still a light at the end of the tunnel that we need to keep moving toward. 

Listen now to find how you can adapt your business so that you make it through this crisis as strong as ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[The audio industry has been hit hard by the COVID-19 crisis. Studios around the world have had their bookings wiped out, and everyone’s scrambling to adapt. 

So, what can we do to make it through this crisis and come out of it stronger than we were before?

With no slowdown in sight for COVID-19, there is still a light at the end of the tunnel that we need to keep moving toward. 

Listen now to find how you can adapt your business so that you make it through this crisis as strong as ever.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3288</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9140dd7a-218c-4dae-b84f-870cdef5a0a4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2831504067.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#125: How To Build An Online Recording Studio That Employs 30+ Engineers - With Joe Wadsworth</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>This virus isn’t going away soon. As things continue, reality becomes bleaker and bleaker.

But it doesn’t have to mean the end of your business!

Joe Wadsworth's business has over 30 audio engineers and producers on staff, and he’s in the process of hiring more simply because he can’t keep up with the amount of work coming in.

Listen now to find out what sets Joe’s business apart from all the other recording studios who are struggling right now so you can make it through this crisis.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Build An Online Recording Studio That Employs 30+ Engineers - With Joe Wadsworth</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>125</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/418d4adc-0c25-11eb-a89b-6b5a541e975c/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>This virus isn’t going away soon. As things continue, reality becomes bleaker and bleaker. But it doesn’t have to mean the end of your business! Some businesses–like the one Joe Wadsworth has built–are becoming busier than ever because they...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This virus isn’t going away soon. As things continue, reality becomes bleaker and bleaker.

But it doesn’t have to mean the end of your business!

Joe Wadsworth's business has over 30 audio engineers and producers on staff, and he’s in the process of hiring more simply because he can’t keep up with the amount of work coming in.

Listen now to find out what sets Joe’s business apart from all the other recording studios who are struggling right now so you can make it through this crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This virus isn’t going away soon. As things continue, reality becomes bleaker and bleaker.

But it doesn’t have to mean the end of your business!

Joe Wadsworth's business has over 30 audio engineers and producers on staff, and he’s in the process of hiring more simply because he can’t keep up with the amount of work coming in.

Listen now to find out what sets Joe’s business apart from all the other recording studios who are struggling right now so you can make it through this crisis.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4835</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d49f5abe-e578-45fc-b233-27914032bac2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2259372906.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#124: The Virus-Resistant Audio Business | A Full-service Podcast Agency - With Launchpod Media</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>The audio industry has always been one to change quickly due to advances in technology, however, this is the first time we’ve ever been forced to rapidly adapt due to a virus. 

Fortunately, you can create a business that will not only put food on the table for you and your family, but also let you continue working from home until the COVID chaos dies down.

Listen now to find out how you can build a business that will let you survive the coming months without having an existential crisis.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Virus-Resistant Audio Business | A Full-service Podcast Agency - With Launchpod Media</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/41ab53ba-0c25-11eb-a89b-c76063a71ce3/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>We’re in the middle of an unprecedented time for both lives and businesses around the world.  The economy is melting down, people are out of work, anxiety is at an all-time high, and no one knows how long this is going to last. If your business...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>The audio industry has always been one to change quickly due to advances in technology, however, this is the first time we’ve ever been forced to rapidly adapt due to a virus. 

Fortunately, you can create a business that will not only put food on the table for you and your family, but also let you continue working from home until the COVID chaos dies down.

Listen now to find out how you can build a business that will let you survive the coming months without having an existential crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[The audio industry has always been one to change quickly due to advances in technology, however, this is the first time we’ve ever been forced to rapidly adapt due to a virus. 

Fortunately, you can create a business that will not only put food on the table for you and your family, but also let you continue working from home until the COVID chaos dies down.

Listen now to find out how you can build a business that will let you survive the coming months without having an existential crisis.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4790</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8f3f05c3-e6f6-463c-a96a-34e05f76ba41]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7892314632.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#123: Two Idiotic Things We Need To Stop Doing If We Want A Better Business (And Life)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>This isn’t a bullshit clickbait episode title. We ALL do these two things, and they’re potentially wrecking our businesses, personal lives, and relationships. 

This first step to recovery is understanding what these two things are. The second step is admitting that you do these things.

Listen now to find out what these two things are, how they affect your lives, and what you can do to stop.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Two Idiotic Things We Need To Stop Doing If We Want A Better Business (And Life)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/41c1567e-0c25-11eb-a89b-abdcb77930d9/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>This isn’t a bullshit clickbait episode title. We ALL do these two things, and they’re potentially wrecking our businesses, personal lives, and relationships. This first step to recovery is understanding what these two things are. The second step...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This isn’t a bullshit clickbait episode title. We ALL do these two things, and they’re potentially wrecking our businesses, personal lives, and relationships. 

This first step to recovery is understanding what these two things are. The second step is admitting that you do these things.

Listen now to find out what these two things are, how they affect your lives, and what you can do to stop.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This isn’t a bullshit clickbait episode title. We ALL do these two things, and they’re potentially wrecking our businesses, personal lives, and relationships. 

This first step to recovery is understanding what these two things are. The second step is admitting that you do these things.

Listen now to find out what these two things are, how they affect your lives, and what you can do to stop.
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2067</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[06262109-a357-4572-a3db-acf9538e0f4d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6762928707.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#122: Why It's Time For You To FINALLY Hire Someone</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Listen now to find out how you can earn more per hour, increase your productive time, and start growing your business to new heights.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why It's Time For You To FINALLY Hire Someone</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/41d7d16a-0c25-11eb-a89b-877d43b255bf/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>At a certain point, you’ll be working more than you’d like to while earning less than you think you’re worth. As a business owner, there’s no shortage of shit that needs to get done in your business.  Some of those tasks are your bread...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Listen now to find out how you can earn more per hour, increase your productive time, and start growing your business to new heights.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Listen now to find out how you can earn more per hour, increase your productive time, and start growing your business to new heights.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3143</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d601a91b-4452-49ab-bb4a-c95872523f86]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5362711120.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#121: How To Double Your Conversion Rates By Turning More Quotes Into Customers</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Listen now to find out how you can create high-class proposals and drive your leads to become clients without spending an arm and a leg.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Double Your Conversion Rates By Turning More Quotes Into Customers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>121</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4201caa6-0c25-11eb-a89b-5b518957fef4/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you’re trying to “win” a customer, there are a few ways to convey pricing to them. You could go down the road butt-rock-Barry would and send a block of plain text in a boring, old fashioned email, which just includes the cost. Maybe you’ll...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Listen now to find out how you can create high-class proposals and drive your leads to become clients without spending an arm and a leg.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Listen now to find out how you can create high-class proposals and drive your leads to become clients without spending an arm and a leg.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4247</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1a9cd09b-098a-4698-9c92-52ff718d8234]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1359669163.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#120: Raising Your Rates, Paying For Marketing/SEO/Soundbetter, When To Find Your Niche, How To Block Out Your Time For Maximum Efficiency, And Way More - A MASSIVE Advice Buffet</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you have questions about running your business, you aren’t alone. Even experts strive to improve by constantly investing in their education.

To answer some questions you might have, we’ve collected questions from the Group Coaching Calls asked within the Profitable Producer Course community and are presenting them here for you.

Listen now and think about what applies to you so you can use the things you should use, but don’t jump into anything that wouldn't be worth it for your specific busin</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Raising Your Rates, Paying For Marketing/SEO/Soundbetter, When To Find Your Niche, How To Block Out Your Time For Maximum Efficiency, And Way More - A MASSIVE Advice Buffet</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/421c4e4e-0c25-11eb-a89b-03fd755f149a/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you have questions about running your business, you aren’t alone. Even experts don’t know everything and strive to improve their knowledge and skills by constantly investing in their education. To answer some questions you might have, we’ve...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you have questions about running your business, you aren’t alone. Even experts strive to improve by constantly investing in their education.

To answer some questions you might have, we’ve collected questions from the Group Coaching Calls asked within the Profitable Producer Course community and are presenting them here for you.

Listen now and think about what applies to you so you can use the things you should use, but don’t jump into anything that wouldn't be worth it for your specific busin</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you have questions about running your business, you aren’t alone. Even experts strive to improve by constantly investing in their education.

To answer some questions you might have, we’ve collected questions from the Group Coaching Calls asked within the Profitable Producer Course community and are presenting them here for you.

Listen now and think about what applies to you so you can use the things you should use, but don’t jump into anything that wouldn't be worth it for your specific busin]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3347</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b4ae68d5-a167-49d9-a0a9-019db6d5e1af]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6901382094.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#119: From A Rap Career To A $500m Production Company - With Grammy Nominated Badass John Reuben</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Whether it’s because of social anxiety, awkwardness, or stubbornness, audio engineers tend to play the lone wolf.

We’d rather sit in our dungeons and mix than actually speak to another human.

What if I told you that being a social troglodyte isn’t the fastest or most-effective way to move your business forward?

John Ruben is a fantastic example of what you can do when you surround yourself with incredible people.

Listen now to learn how John went from rapping to selling a company to Disney</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>From A Rap Career To A $500m Production Company - With Grammy Nominated Badass John Reuben</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4238c268-0c25-11eb-a89b-57859a8519ea/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Whether it’s because of social anxiety, social awkwardness, or just plain stubbornness, audio engineers have a tendency to play the lone wolf. We’d rather sit in our dungeons and manipulate audio than actually speak to another human. What if I...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Whether it’s because of social anxiety, awkwardness, or stubbornness, audio engineers tend to play the lone wolf.

We’d rather sit in our dungeons and mix than actually speak to another human.

What if I told you that being a social troglodyte isn’t the fastest or most-effective way to move your business forward?

John Ruben is a fantastic example of what you can do when you surround yourself with incredible people.

Listen now to learn how John went from rapping to selling a company to Disney</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Whether it’s because of social anxiety, awkwardness, or stubbornness, audio engineers tend to play the lone wolf.

We’d rather sit in our dungeons and mix than actually speak to another human.

What if I told you that being a social troglodyte isn’t the fastest or most-effective way to move your business forward?

John Ruben is a fantastic example of what you can do when you surround yourself with incredible people.

Listen now to learn how John went from rapping to selling a company to Disney]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4902</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0a8f17eb-36e0-413d-afe2-566579657a67]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9704905352.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#118: Doubling Your Studio's Income From $50k To $100k... In One Year - With Jim Stewart</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>It seems like you’re working every waking hour of every damn day, but your income hasn’t budged. 

As a matter of fact, your income has been stagnant for the past 3 years. 

What the hell do you do to fix this? 

Welcome to Jim Stewart’s life 12 months ago. He was in this position – trying to figure out what the hell he could do to get himself out of a three-year rut. 

Listen now to find out how Jim doubled his income in 1 year. </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Doubling Your Studio's Income From $50k To $100k... In One Year - With Jim Stewart</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4250b652-0c25-11eb-a89b-7fccf92f798c/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>It seems like you’re working every waking hour of every damn day, but your income hasn’t budged.  As a matter of fact, your income has been stagnant for the past 3 years.  What the hell do you do to fix this?  You obviously can’t...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>It seems like you’re working every waking hour of every damn day, but your income hasn’t budged. 

As a matter of fact, your income has been stagnant for the past 3 years. 

What the hell do you do to fix this? 

Welcome to Jim Stewart’s life 12 months ago. He was in this position – trying to figure out what the hell he could do to get himself out of a three-year rut. 

Listen now to find out how Jim doubled his income in 1 year. </itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[It seems like you’re working every waking hour of every damn day, but your income hasn’t budged. 

As a matter of fact, your income has been stagnant for the past 3 years. 

What the hell do you do to fix this? 

Welcome to Jim Stewart’s life 12 months ago. He was in this position – trying to figure out what the hell he could do to get himself out of a three-year rut. 

Listen now to find out how Jim doubled his income in 1 year. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5862</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1a5cc4e2-1529-4ed8-b9c4-f843e1f7b806]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5781727823.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#117: How To Grow Into A Better Niche By Embracing What Makes You Unique - With Andy J. Pizza</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Do you struggle with niching down and finding what you’re “made” to do?

Maybe it’s just you being a stubborn engineer personality…

Some of the most popular businesses in the world almost failed but because they were willing to pivot and focus on a new ideal customer they’ve become massive successes.

Listen now to hear Chris Graham and Andy J. Pizza of Creative Pep Talk discuss finding what you’re born to do!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Grow Into A Better Niche By Embracing What Makes You Unique - With Andy J. Pizza</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>117</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/42851c12-0c25-11eb-a89b-dbf84600e865/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you struggle with niching down and finding what you’re “made” to do? Maybe it’s just you being a stubborn engineer personality… Some of the most popular businesses in the world almost failed but because they were willing to pivot and...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you struggle with niching down and finding what you’re “made” to do?

Maybe it’s just you being a stubborn engineer personality…

Some of the most popular businesses in the world almost failed but because they were willing to pivot and focus on a new ideal customer they’ve become massive successes.

Listen now to hear Chris Graham and Andy J. Pizza of Creative Pep Talk discuss finding what you’re born to do!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Do you struggle with niching down and finding what you’re “made” to do?

Maybe it’s just you being a stubborn engineer personality…

Some of the most popular businesses in the world almost failed but because they were willing to pivot and focus on a new ideal customer they’ve become massive successes.

Listen now to hear Chris Graham and Andy J. Pizza of Creative Pep Talk discuss finding what you’re born to do!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5909</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[22d0c293-72ae-4d5e-b72f-a97227df9b34]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3829729106.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#116: How To Stairstep Your Way From Local Bands To A-List Artists: With Grammy Nominated Engineer Jesse Ray Ernster</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>As an engineer in a small town, sometimes you just hit a wall…

You’ve worked with everyone, and even with repeat clients, you can’t earn more money in your current situation.

So what do you do?

Move halfway across the country and start giving donuts to people working at music studios…

You may just end up getting a Grammy nomination and working with Kanye West.

Listen now to find out how you can follow in the footsteps of Jesse Ray!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Stairstep Your Way From Local Bands To A-List Artists: With Grammy Nominated Engineer Jesse Ray Ernster</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>116</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/42c21630-0c25-11eb-a89b-6794349a64f5/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>As an engineer in a small town, sometimes you just hit a wall… You’ve worked with everyone, and even with repeat clients, you can’t earn more money in your current situation. So what do you do?Move halfway across the country and start giving...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As an engineer in a small town, sometimes you just hit a wall…

You’ve worked with everyone, and even with repeat clients, you can’t earn more money in your current situation.

So what do you do?

Move halfway across the country and start giving donuts to people working at music studios…

You may just end up getting a Grammy nomination and working with Kanye West.

Listen now to find out how you can follow in the footsteps of Jesse Ray!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[As an engineer in a small town, sometimes you just hit a wall…

You’ve worked with everyone, and even with repeat clients, you can’t earn more money in your current situation.

So what do you do?

Move halfway across the country and start giving donuts to people working at music studios…

You may just end up getting a Grammy nomination and working with Kanye West.

Listen now to find out how you can follow in the footsteps of Jesse Ray!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2987</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[85eb98e0-8f41-43b9-962e-fae2c81786e5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7085306048.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#115: How To Get More Sales Using The Socratic Method</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Do you have problems talking to your clients?

Do leads (potential clients) balk during negotiation, costing you the deal?

By asking questions you can lead your clients and leads gently to the conclusion that you want them to find so they don’t get defensive or feel threatened.

Questions also let you solve their problems more easily because you know exactly what they’re trying to accomplish with their music.

Listen now to find out how you can improve your business by asking the right question</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get More Sales Using The Socratic Method</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/42e37564-0c25-11eb-a89b-5f8c4a5e7c49/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you have problems talking to your clients? Do leads (potential clients) balk during negotiation, costing you the deal? By asking questions you can lead your clients and leads gently to the conclusion that you want them to find so they don’t get...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you have problems talking to your clients?

Do leads (potential clients) balk during negotiation, costing you the deal?

By asking questions you can lead your clients and leads gently to the conclusion that you want them to find so they don’t get defensive or feel threatened.

Questions also let you solve their problems more easily because you know exactly what they’re trying to accomplish with their music.

Listen now to find out how you can improve your business by asking the right question</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Do you have problems talking to your clients?

Do leads (potential clients) balk during negotiation, costing you the deal?

By asking questions you can lead your clients and leads gently to the conclusion that you want them to find so they don’t get defensive or feel threatened.

Questions also let you solve their problems more easily because you know exactly what they’re trying to accomplish with their music.

Listen now to find out how you can improve your business by asking the right question]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3084</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee05cc90-9946-44c3-9488-4427f609945f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9338466900.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#114: Four Blue Ocean Niche Ideas To Get You To Profitability Asap "</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Are you stuck in a dead-end, draining, stressful job with bad hours that you just want to quit? Is the only thing stopping you from leaving that job to pursue audio the fact that you need the money? Chances are, it might be easier than you think to swim in a blue ocean instead of drowning in the red ocean. Listen now to find out four different ways Chris and Brian would start a successful audio business if they were starting from scratch in 2020!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Four Blue Ocean Niche Ideas To Get You To Profitability Asap</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/430b82c0-0c25-11eb-a89b-cb3acf007454/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Are you stuck in a dead-end, draining, stressful job with bad hours that you just want to quit? Is the only thing stopping you from leaving that job to pursue audio the fact that you need the money? Chances are, it might be easier than you think to...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are you stuck in a dead-end, draining, stressful job with bad hours that you just want to quit? Is the only thing stopping you from leaving that job to pursue audio the fact that you need the money? Chances are, it might be easier than you think to swim in a blue ocean instead of drowning in the red ocean. Listen now to find out four different ways Chris and Brian would start a successful audio business if they were starting from scratch in 2020!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you stuck in a dead-end, draining, stressful job with bad hours that you just want to quit? Is the only thing stopping you from leaving that job to pursue audio the fact that you need the money? Chances are, it might be easier than you think to swim in a blue ocean instead of drowning in the red ocean. Listen now to find out four different ways Chris and Brian would start a successful audio business if they were starting from scratch in 2020!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4953</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[17079e05-3edc-4f34-9120-84236809081d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5215345008.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#113: The Key To Running A Profitable Online Mixing Studio In 2020 - The Blue Ocean Strategy</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Can you feel the rising tide? The world of online mixing is becoming more and more saturated with engineers who all do the same thing.

Are you one of those engineers, drowning in the masses?

Listen now to find out how you can set yourself apart from everyone else so you can be in a blue ocean by yourself rather than the red ocean filled with sharks.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Key To Running A Profitable Online Mixing Studio In 2020 - The Blue Ocean Strategy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/432ca0e0-0c25-11eb-a89b-d34185d2f18f/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Can you feel the rising tide? The world of online mixing is becoming more and more saturated with engineers who all do the same thing. Are you one of those engineers, drowning in the masses? Listen now to find out how you can set yourself apart from...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Can you feel the rising tide? The world of online mixing is becoming more and more saturated with engineers who all do the same thing.

Are you one of those engineers, drowning in the masses?

Listen now to find out how you can set yourself apart from everyone else so you can be in a blue ocean by yourself rather than the red ocean filled with sharks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Can you feel the rising tide? The world of online mixing is becoming more and more saturated with engineers who all do the same thing.

Are you one of those engineers, drowning in the masses?

Listen now to find out how you can set yourself apart from everyone else so you can be in a blue ocean by yourself rather than the red ocean filled with sharks.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2968</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e0a87d1-97ce-4e17-a697-b511486972d8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5413451219.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#112: How To Raise Your Rates, Improve Your Work/Life Balance, And Increase Your Profit Margins (Replay)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Have you been waiting for some magical moment to raise your rates?

Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is, you may be ready NOW. 

Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re missing out on earning more, weeding out bad clients, and achieving a better work/life balance. 

It can be scary, but if you follow the advice we share here, you may be pleasantly surprised. 

In fact, it could be the best thing you’ve ever done for your bu</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Raise Your Rates, Improve Your Work/Life Balance, And Increase Your Profit Margins (Replay)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/434845f2-0c25-11eb-a89b-efcce4f17717/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Have you been waiting for some magical moment to raise your rates? Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is...you may be ready right NOW.  Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you been waiting for some magical moment to raise your rates?

Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is, you may be ready NOW. 

Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re missing out on earning more, weeding out bad clients, and achieving a better work/life balance. 

It can be scary, but if you follow the advice we share here, you may be pleasantly surprised. 

In fact, it could be the best thing you’ve ever done for your bu</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Have you been waiting for some magical moment to raise your rates?

Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is, you may be ready NOW. 

Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re missing out on earning more, weeding out bad clients, and achieving a better work/life balance. 

It can be scary, but if you follow the advice we share here, you may be pleasantly surprised. 

In fact, it could be the best thing you’ve ever done for your bu]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3534</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a77e3b3e-0ac9-443a-9cba-525e901ff93b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7342804231.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#111: Why Marketing is NOT The Solution For Most Struggling Studios (Replay)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You’ve hit a wall… You just aren’t getting enough clients… There’s only a small trickle of people coming through your door…

Marketing sounds like a great idea, right?

Think again!

Marketing a subpar product will result in a subpar response. Even if you’re an amazing engineer, chances are there’s something you can improve in your business so you can earn more money in an efficient manner, without jumping straight to marketing.

Listen now to hear how you can improve your business s</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Marketing is NOT The Solution For Most Struggling Studios (Replay)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4368eb54-0c25-11eb-a89b-4fb0d7f5ee3e/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You’ve hit a wall… You just aren’t getting enough clients… There’s only a small trickle of people coming through your door… Marketing sounds like a great idea, right? Think again! Marketing a subpar product will result in a subpar...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You’ve hit a wall… You just aren’t getting enough clients… There’s only a small trickle of people coming through your door…

Marketing sounds like a great idea, right?

Think again!

Marketing a subpar product will result in a subpar response. Even if you’re an amazing engineer, chances are there’s something you can improve in your business so you can earn more money in an efficient manner, without jumping straight to marketing.

Listen now to hear how you can improve your business s</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You’ve hit a wall… You just aren’t getting enough clients… There’s only a small trickle of people coming through your door…

Marketing sounds like a great idea, right?

Think again!

Marketing a subpar product will result in a subpar response. Even if you’re an amazing engineer, chances are there’s something you can improve in your business so you can earn more money in an efficient manner, without jumping straight to marketing.

Listen now to hear how you can improve your business s]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4109</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5a98ec14-c9ef-4cb2-aaec-392bcfda63a0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5103121379.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#110: The 4 E-Myth Personality Types Business Owners Need To Nurture (Or Rein In)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Most audio engineers are prone to having the personality of a technician.

Cold, ego-filled, and always right, we have a reputation of being difficult to work with.

To be a successful business-owner, technicians need to learn how to balance their personalities can all co-exist with the inner artist.

Learn how you can successfully pacify each of your conflicting personality traits to run your business while making friends and keeping clients happy by listening now!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 4 E-Myth Personality Types Business Owners Need To Nurture (Or Rein In)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4385a1fe-0c25-11eb-a89b-efe17e4e828a/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most audio engineers are prone to having the personality of a technician. Cold, ego-filled, and always right, we have a reputation of being difficult to work with (“um, actually…”) To be a successful business-owner, technicians need to learn how...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most audio engineers are prone to having the personality of a technician.

Cold, ego-filled, and always right, we have a reputation of being difficult to work with.

To be a successful business-owner, technicians need to learn how to balance their personalities can all co-exist with the inner artist.

Learn how you can successfully pacify each of your conflicting personality traits to run your business while making friends and keeping clients happy by listening now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Most audio engineers are prone to having the personality of a technician.

Cold, ego-filled, and always right, we have a reputation of being difficult to work with.

To be a successful business-owner, technicians need to learn how to balance their personalities can all co-exist with the inner artist.

Learn how you can successfully pacify each of your conflicting personality traits to run your business while making friends and keeping clients happy by listening now!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3878</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b2fe5393-1497-462f-8bd0-204867916ba4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7561925460.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#109: How To Fix Your Stagnant Income By Breaking Through These 5 Business Plateaus</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>When your business hits a plateau and your income has stagnated (or worse, decreased) it can be a stressful, terrifying time. 

Let’s fix that – find out 5 reasons for plateaus in your business, and how you can solve the problem so you can continue growing your business!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Fix Your Stagnant Income By Breaking Through These 5 Business Plateaus </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/43a69bb6-0c25-11eb-a89b-bf67582637aa/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>When your business hits a plateau and your income has stagnated (or worse, decreased) it can be a stressful, terrifying time.  Let’s fix that – find out 5 reasons for plateaus in your business, and how you can solve the problem so you can...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>When your business hits a plateau and your income has stagnated (or worse, decreased) it can be a stressful, terrifying time. 

Let’s fix that – find out 5 reasons for plateaus in your business, and how you can solve the problem so you can continue growing your business!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[When your business hits a plateau and your income has stagnated (or worse, decreased) it can be a stressful, terrifying time. 

Let’s fix that – find out 5 reasons for plateaus in your business, and how you can solve the problem so you can continue growing your business!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3153</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[72c3ed61-efb7-4056-b2bd-3f78bd72e4e1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8996309897.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#108: Adding Rocket Fuel To Your Studio's Growth (With Something We Often Ignore)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You hustle and grind–day in and day out…

You work so much that you often forget to eat, or worse, your meals consist of potato chips and soda.

That’s just how life is, right?

By neglecting yourself you are digging a hole… deeper and deeper and deeper. 

It’s time to take a step back, reset your focus, and take care of THE most important part of running your business… you.

But what exactly is self-care?

Learn how the right balance of stress+rest can be rocket fuel for your studi</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Adding Rocket Fuel To Your Studio's Growth (With Something We Often Ignore)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/43d6c3e0-0c25-11eb-a89b-6bc4933aa133/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You hustle and grind–day in and day out… You work so much that you often forget to eat, or worse, your meals consist of potato chips and soda. But you’re busy, right?#hustle #GaryV #RiseAndGrind That’s just how life is, right?...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You hustle and grind–day in and day out…

You work so much that you often forget to eat, or worse, your meals consist of potato chips and soda.

That’s just how life is, right?

By neglecting yourself you are digging a hole… deeper and deeper and deeper. 

It’s time to take a step back, reset your focus, and take care of THE most important part of running your business… you.

But what exactly is self-care?

Learn how the right balance of stress+rest can be rocket fuel for your studi</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You hustle and grind–day in and day out…

You work so much that you often forget to eat, or worse, your meals consist of potato chips and soda.

That’s just how life is, right?

By neglecting yourself you are digging a hole… deeper and deeper and deeper. 

It’s time to take a step back, reset your focus, and take care of THE most important part of running your business… you.

But what exactly is self-care?

Learn how the right balance of stress+rest can be rocket fuel for your studi]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3026</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2f97db04-65e8-4a8d-a03d-2e1599ffa01a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4884704288.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#107: 6 Ways To Streamline Your Revisions Process (So You Don’t Piss Off Your Clients Or Ruin Your Life)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In 2012, I had my first nightmare client when it came to revision requests. 

I was mixing 5 songs for a band, and it turned into one of the worst projects of my life. 

I had entered Revision Hell.

If you’ve never experienced anything like this, I envy you. 

It’s only a matter of time before you experience a project like this. 

The good thing is that it forced me to re-evaluate how I handled the revision process... 

Today, we’re going to discuss how to keep this from ever happening to</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>6 Ways To Streamline Your Revisions Process (So You Don’t Piss Off Your Clients Or Ruin Your Life)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/43f766d6-0c25-11eb-a89b-2b0fff479a25/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In 2012, I had my first absolute nightmare client when it came to revision requests.  I was mixing 5 songs for a band, and it turned into one of the worst projects of my life.  I had entered Revision Hell. Here's what that project looked...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In 2012, I had my first nightmare client when it came to revision requests. 

I was mixing 5 songs for a band, and it turned into one of the worst projects of my life. 

I had entered Revision Hell.

If you’ve never experienced anything like this, I envy you. 

It’s only a matter of time before you experience a project like this. 

The good thing is that it forced me to re-evaluate how I handled the revision process... 

Today, we’re going to discuss how to keep this from ever happening to</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In 2012, I had my first nightmare client when it came to revision requests. 

I was mixing 5 songs for a band, and it turned into one of the worst projects of my life. 

I had entered Revision Hell.

If you’ve never experienced anything like this, I envy you. 

It’s only a matter of time before you experience a project like this. 

The good thing is that it forced me to re-evaluate how I handled the revision process... 

Today, we’re going to discuss how to keep this from ever happening to]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3250</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6f99ca17-52ba-4728-9130-ad8cac7c049f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1966795224.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#106: How To Level-Up From Small Gigs To Massive Projects - With Brandon Rike of TNSN DVSN</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>As an audio engineer, you probably think in a very specific way… Along the lines of “this is what I do, and this is how I do it.”

But what if a client expected you to do a little something different?

That’s what happened to Brandon Rike, a merch designer turned creative director when Twenty One Pilots expected him to do all of their graphics work.

Now, Brandon consistently works with some of the biggest names in music...

Listen now to find out how Brandon built a great business.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Level-Up From Small Gigs To Massive Projects - With Brandon Rike of TNSN DVSN</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/440f2be0-0c25-11eb-a89b-e7266674ffcb/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>As an audio engineer, you probably think in a very specific way… Along the lines of “this is what I do, and this is how I do it.” But what if a client expected you to do a little something different from your regular routine? That’s what...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As an audio engineer, you probably think in a very specific way… Along the lines of “this is what I do, and this is how I do it.”

But what if a client expected you to do a little something different?

That’s what happened to Brandon Rike, a merch designer turned creative director when Twenty One Pilots expected him to do all of their graphics work.

Now, Brandon consistently works with some of the biggest names in music...

Listen now to find out how Brandon built a great business.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[As an audio engineer, you probably think in a very specific way… Along the lines of “this is what I do, and this is how I do it.”

But what if a client expected you to do a little something different?

That’s what happened to Brandon Rike, a merch designer turned creative director when Twenty One Pilots expected him to do all of their graphics work.

Now, Brandon consistently works with some of the biggest names in music...

Listen now to find out how Brandon built a great business.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5964</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ccc9774f-6cbe-4252-9ba8-47dac9af2e0e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2257529285.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#105: How To Get More Clients Via Passive Referrals, And Why You're Not Getting Credited For Your Work</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Are you sick and tired of chasing leads to get more work?

Do you come across songs you worked on a year ago only to see it has 5 million streams… and you weren’t credited? 

For some, passive referrals are a huge potential source of leads…

Are you one of the many audio entrepreneurs missing out on tons of potential clients?

Find out how to start getting more passive leads today!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get More Clients Via Passive Referrals, And Why You're Not Getting Credited For Your Work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/442bc692-0c25-11eb-a89b-1b8c77741480/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Are you sick and tired of chasing leads to get more work? Do you come across songs you worked on a year ago only to see it has 5 million streams… and you weren’t credited?  For some, passive referrals are a huge potential source of leads…...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are you sick and tired of chasing leads to get more work?

Do you come across songs you worked on a year ago only to see it has 5 million streams… and you weren’t credited? 

For some, passive referrals are a huge potential source of leads…

Are you one of the many audio entrepreneurs missing out on tons of potential clients?

Find out how to start getting more passive leads today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Are you sick and tired of chasing leads to get more work?

Do you come across songs you worked on a year ago only to see it has 5 million streams… and you weren’t credited? 

For some, passive referrals are a huge potential source of leads…

Are you one of the many audio entrepreneurs missing out on tons of potential clients?

Find out how to start getting more passive leads today!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3089</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f4180a8db4264fea811ac8ecb07120d5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2663266138.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#104: The Recipe For Platinum Records, Number One Hits, And A Seven-Figure Income - With Seth Mosley</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Seth Mosley’s audio career can be considered “successful” in every sense of the word. His accolades include a Grammy Award, 25 number one singles, Producer Of The Year from Billboard Magazine, as well as Songwriter of the Year Awards from SESAC and The GMA Dove Awards.

Listen to this week’s episode to find out how Seth went from recording friends in his parents' basement in Circleville, Ohio, to building a seven-figure audio business without any formal training.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Recipe For Platinum Records, Number One Hits, And A Seven-Figure Income - With Seth Mosley </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/447251c0-0c25-11eb-a89b-239d0d4e16ee/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Seth Mosley’s audio career can be considered “successful” in every sense of the word. His accolades include a Grammy Award, 25 number one singles, Producer Of The Year from Billboard Magazine, as well as Songwriter of the Year Awards from SESAC...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Seth Mosley’s audio career can be considered “successful” in every sense of the word. His accolades include a Grammy Award, 25 number one singles, Producer Of The Year from Billboard Magazine, as well as Songwriter of the Year Awards from SESAC and The GMA Dove Awards.

Listen to this week’s episode to find out how Seth went from recording friends in his parents' basement in Circleville, Ohio, to building a seven-figure audio business without any formal training.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Seth Mosley’s audio career can be considered “successful” in every sense of the word. His accolades include a Grammy Award, 25 number one singles, Producer Of The Year from Billboard Magazine, as well as Songwriter of the Year Awards from SESAC and The GMA Dove Awards.

Listen to this week’s episode to find out how Seth went from recording friends in his parents' basement in Circleville, Ohio, to building a seven-figure audio business without any formal training.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3196</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6f5af3851bde411a923bb74c46909cb0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5618674306.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#103: Why Books, Videos, And Lectures Are The Worst Ways To Learn (And What To Do About It)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Do you struggle with remembering the lessons you learned from books, videos, and lectures in the past year?

What about the last few months, or even days?

What good is self-education if you can’t actually recall what you learn?

Ready to find a better learning method that really does work? Find out how you can retain more of the content you take in by listening to this week’s episode!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Books, Videos, And Lectures Are The Worst Ways To Learn (And What To Do About It)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/44b9427e-0c25-11eb-a89b-6f403f7f76ab/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you struggle with remembering the lessons you learned from books, videos, and lectures in the past year? What about the last few months, or even days? What good is self-education if you can’t actually recall what you learn? Ready to find a better...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you struggle with remembering the lessons you learned from books, videos, and lectures in the past year?

What about the last few months, or even days?

What good is self-education if you can’t actually recall what you learn?

Ready to find a better learning method that really does work? Find out how you can retain more of the content you take in by listening to this week’s episode!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Do you struggle with remembering the lessons you learned from books, videos, and lectures in the past year?

What about the last few months, or even days?

What good is self-education if you can’t actually recall what you learn?

Ready to find a better learning method that really does work? Find out how you can retain more of the content you take in by listening to this week’s episode!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4327</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[343363ee9d354218808bf96b16f47638]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5590474559.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#102: Why You Should Start A Podcast For Your Business (Before It's Too Late)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Have you struggled with having a steady stream of incoming leads for your studio?

You’ve thought about starting a podcast… but failed to take action because “it’s just so over-saturated already.”

Wrong. 

The industry is just getting started. If you can jump on this content bandwagon now, you’ll be setting your business up for success in your niche over the next 5+ years. 

Take a listen to this episode and find out how and why you should start a podcast!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You Should Start A Podcast For Your Business (Before It's Too Late)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/44d5f360-0c25-11eb-a89b-23c54ef5707d/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Have you struggled with having a steady stream of incoming leads for your studio? You’ve thought about starting a podcast… but failed to take action because “it’s just so over-saturated already.” Wrong.  The industry is just getting...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you struggled with having a steady stream of incoming leads for your studio?

You’ve thought about starting a podcast… but failed to take action because “it’s just so over-saturated already.”

Wrong. 

The industry is just getting started. If you can jump on this content bandwagon now, you’ll be setting your business up for success in your niche over the next 5+ years. 

Take a listen to this episode and find out how and why you should start a podcast!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Have you struggled with having a steady stream of incoming leads for your studio?

You’ve thought about starting a podcast… but failed to take action because “it’s just so over-saturated already.”

Wrong. 

The industry is just getting started. If you can jump on this content bandwagon now, you’ll be setting your business up for success in your niche over the next 5+ years. 

Take a listen to this episode and find out how and why you should start a podcast!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3788</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[66c7392526ba42c6ada1280f1a9d2682]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6133168073.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#101: Why "The Hero's Journey" Is The Solution To Your Marketing Problems</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Most audio engineers think of themselves as the hero who can solve all of a band’s problems. The “all-knowing mighty source of knowledge” to the lowly pleb musician. 

If that’s you, you’re doing it wrong.

As a producer/engineer/whatever, you’re better off playing the role of the guide, while understanding that your client is the hero.

If you can adjust your business to become the guide who helps your clients along their journey, you’ll be adding more value to your relationships with</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why "The Hero's Journey" Is The Solution To Your Marketing Problems</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/44fc5bb8-0c25-11eb-a89b-fbc1284df10b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most audio engineers think of themselves as the hero who can solve all of a band’s problems. The “all-knowing mighty source of knowledge” to the lowly pleb musician.  If that’s you, you’re doing it wrong. By positioning yourself as the...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Most audio engineers think of themselves as the hero who can solve all of a band’s problems. The “all-knowing mighty source of knowledge” to the lowly pleb musician. 

If that’s you, you’re doing it wrong.

As a producer/engineer/whatever, you’re better off playing the role of the guide, while understanding that your client is the hero.

If you can adjust your business to become the guide who helps your clients along their journey, you’ll be adding more value to your relationships with</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Most audio engineers think of themselves as the hero who can solve all of a band’s problems. The “all-knowing mighty source of knowledge” to the lowly pleb musician. 

If that’s you, you’re doing it wrong.

As a producer/engineer/whatever, you’re better off playing the role of the guide, while understanding that your client is the hero.

If you can adjust your business to become the guide who helps your clients along their journey, you’ll be adding more value to your relationships with ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3561</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[29253d78057b490abb0f591ffd0c6885]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8271558175.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#100: Our Top 16 Life-Changing Books For Business Owners</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You’ve been asking for this for a long time…

It’s something that has the potential to change your life…

But only if you take action because this episode is the “advice buffet” to the extreme.

This episode is a list of Chris and Brian’s favorite books that have influenced their lives and could potentially do the same for you!

Which books are right for you? Take a listen now to see which ones might fit your situation, and which might not.

Also, Brian recorded a really stupid intro</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Our Top 16 Life-Changing Books For Business Owners</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/451a650e-0c25-11eb-a89b-ffd408b98596/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You’ve been asking for this for a long time… It’s something that has the potential to change your life… But only if you take action because this episode is the “advice buffet” to the extreme. This episode is a list of Chris and Brian’s...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You’ve been asking for this for a long time…

It’s something that has the potential to change your life…

But only if you take action because this episode is the “advice buffet” to the extreme.

This episode is a list of Chris and Brian’s favorite books that have influenced their lives and could potentially do the same for you!

Which books are right for you? Take a listen now to see which ones might fit your situation, and which might not.

Also, Brian recorded a really stupid intro</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You’ve been asking for this for a long time…

It’s something that has the potential to change your life…

But only if you take action because this episode is the “advice buffet” to the extreme.

This episode is a list of Chris and Brian’s favorite books that have influenced their lives and could potentially do the same for you!

Which books are right for you? Take a listen now to see which ones might fit your situation, and which might not.

Also, Brian recorded a really stupid intro]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4615</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[651bb3ddd7144fedbae8cca8713363a8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4856984260.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#99: Cows.</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Vegetarians and vegans avert your ears… Today we’re killing cows.

Before you report us to PETA, hold up! We’re talking about figurative cows – sacred cows and their close relatives the purple cows.

But what do these terms mean in the audio industry?

Find out what they are, and why you might need to slaughter a sacred cow on the road to becoming a purple cow on this week’s episode!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Cows.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4537eaca-0c25-11eb-a89b-ff8d2fbbad15/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Vegetarians and vegans avert your ears… Today we’re killing cows. Before you report us to PETA, hold up! We’re talking about figurative cows – sacred cows and their close relatives the purple cows. But what do these terms mean in the audio...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Vegetarians and vegans avert your ears… Today we’re killing cows.

Before you report us to PETA, hold up! We’re talking about figurative cows – sacred cows and their close relatives the purple cows.

But what do these terms mean in the audio industry?

Find out what they are, and why you might need to slaughter a sacred cow on the road to becoming a purple cow on this week’s episode!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Vegetarians and vegans avert your ears… Today we’re killing cows.

Before you report us to PETA, hold up! We’re talking about figurative cows – sacred cows and their close relatives the purple cows.

But what do these terms mean in the audio industry?

Find out what they are, and why you might need to slaughter a sacred cow on the road to becoming a purple cow on this week’s episode!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4585</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[76dadc327d724af39a292376cb191e27]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5843864833.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#98: Why Spotify's Purchase of SoundBetter Could Be The Best (Or Worst) Thing To Ever Happen To The Recording Industry</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In a huge announcement last week, Spotify confirmed they purchased SoundBetter.com for an undisclosed amount. 

What does this mean for audio engineers across the globe?

Is SoundBetter worth joining as an audio professional? Is there a boatload of money to be made, or should we stay away?

Find out the potential pros and cons of this acquisition and how it could affect your career by listening to this episode today!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Spotify's Purchase of SoundBetter Could Be The Best (Or Worst) Thing To Ever Happen To The Recording Industry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4564ff56-0c25-11eb-a89b-6b520896c881/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In a huge announcement last week, Spotify confirmed they purchased SoundBetter.com for an undisclosed amount.  What does this mean for audio engineers across the globe? Is SoundBetter worth joining as an audio professional? Is there a boatload of...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In a huge announcement last week, Spotify confirmed they purchased SoundBetter.com for an undisclosed amount. 

What does this mean for audio engineers across the globe?

Is SoundBetter worth joining as an audio professional? Is there a boatload of money to be made, or should we stay away?

Find out the potential pros and cons of this acquisition and how it could affect your career by listening to this episode today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In a huge announcement last week, Spotify confirmed they purchased SoundBetter.com for an undisclosed amount. 

What does this mean for audio engineers across the globe?

Is SoundBetter worth joining as an audio professional? Is there a boatload of money to be made, or should we stay away?

Find out the potential pros and cons of this acquisition and how it could affect your career by listening to this episode today!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2966</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[798086e0c75744d8a31aac6dd589660c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3317378199.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#97: How To Grow Your Business By Nurturing These 4 Positive Mindsets</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Your mind is constantly filled with doubts. You second-guess yourself about everything. 

Every time you hit a roadblock in life, you crumble. You feel like an imposter when it comes to running your studio.

How can you change this? 

There’s no silver bullet, but there are positive mindsets you can nurture in order to stave off the negative thoughts in your head. 

Find out how to improve your mental health, your life, and your business with four positive mindsets by listening to this episode</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Grow Your Business By Nurturing These 4 Positive Mindsets</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4582dd8c-0c25-11eb-a89b-bb583c6bc34a/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Your mind is constantly filled with doubts. You second-guess yourself about everything.  Every time you hit a roadblock in life, you crumble. You feel like an imposter when it comes to running your studio. How can you change this?  While...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Your mind is constantly filled with doubts. You second-guess yourself about everything. 

Every time you hit a roadblock in life, you crumble. You feel like an imposter when it comes to running your studio.

How can you change this? 

There’s no silver bullet, but there are positive mindsets you can nurture in order to stave off the negative thoughts in your head. 

Find out how to improve your mental health, your life, and your business with four positive mindsets by listening to this episode</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Your mind is constantly filled with doubts. You second-guess yourself about everything. 

Every time you hit a roadblock in life, you crumble. You feel like an imposter when it comes to running your studio.

How can you change this? 

There’s no silver bullet, but there are positive mindsets you can nurture in order to stave off the negative thoughts in your head. 

Find out how to improve your mental health, your life, and your business with four positive mindsets by listening to this episode ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3451</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[886abf89d9fd4fc8a4d5ed8614204467]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7143968257.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#96: How You're Sabotaging Your Business With These 5 Toxic Mindsets</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You always struggle to make progress in your business.

Everyone seems to be against you.

You can’t hire anyone because they’ll never do it as well as you can.

You simply can’t bring yourself to leave the security of your day job.

These are all symptoms of negative mindsets that are holding you back from your full potential as an audio engineer and entrepreneur!

Listen to this episode now to find out how you can identify and eliminate 5 toxic mindsets that are ruining your chances of suc</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How You're Sabotaging Your Business With These 5 Toxic Mindsets</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/459b1942-0c25-11eb-a89b-bf4f4d73ad47/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You always struggle to make progress in your business. Everyone seems to be against you. You can’t hire anyone because they’ll never do it as well as you can. You simply can’t bring yourself to leave the security of your day job. These are all...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You always struggle to make progress in your business.

Everyone seems to be against you.

You can’t hire anyone because they’ll never do it as well as you can.

You simply can’t bring yourself to leave the security of your day job.

These are all symptoms of negative mindsets that are holding you back from your full potential as an audio engineer and entrepreneur!

Listen to this episode now to find out how you can identify and eliminate 5 toxic mindsets that are ruining your chances of suc</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You always struggle to make progress in your business.

Everyone seems to be against you.

You can’t hire anyone because they’ll never do it as well as you can.

You simply can’t bring yourself to leave the security of your day job.

These are all symptoms of negative mindsets that are holding you back from your full potential as an audio engineer and entrepreneur!

Listen to this episode now to find out how you can identify and eliminate 5 toxic mindsets that are ruining your chances of suc]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3981</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e9f9ceb27541449eaca2c887ce296434]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5562086323.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#95: How You Can Work ON Your Business Instead of IN Your Business (Part 3)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Are you one of the people who build incredibly complex systems to make your business more efficient, only to have the system break every other day?

Or are you the person who does lots of work to avoid doing other work, like promoting your business?

Learn how to avoid over-complicating your business and leave your fear of failure in the dust by listening now!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How You Can Work ON Your Business Instead of IN Your Business (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/45b74d4c-0c25-11eb-a89b-474f8e14129f/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Are you one of the people who build incredibly complex systems to make your business more efficient, only to have the system break every other day? Or are you the person who does lots of work to avoid doing other work, like promoting your business?...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are you one of the people who build incredibly complex systems to make your business more efficient, only to have the system break every other day?

Or are you the person who does lots of work to avoid doing other work, like promoting your business?

Learn how to avoid over-complicating your business and leave your fear of failure in the dust by listening now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Are you one of the people who build incredibly complex systems to make your business more efficient, only to have the system break every other day?

Or are you the person who does lots of work to avoid doing other work, like promoting your business?

Learn how to avoid over-complicating your business and leave your fear of failure in the dust by listening now!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4435</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a38168cdcca6427f940ae72d36d1762c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4272945342.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#94: How You Can Work ON Your Business Instead of IN Your Business (Part 2)</title>
      <link>https://thebetterbandbureau.com/</link>
      <description>So you’ve spent time working on your business… You’re at the point where you’ve saved time where you can, but you still need more customers to grow your income. 

Without customers, this is just a hobby. It’s time to focus on 3 different areas you can work on to improve your long-term income. 

Take a listen to part two of this series to find out how you can work ON your business to get more clients!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How You Can Work ON Your Business Instead of IN Your Business (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/45e7c56c-0c25-11eb-a89b-ef42c086a199/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>So you’ve spent time working on your business… You’re at the point where you’ve saved time where you can, but you still need more customers to grow your income.  Without customers, this is just a hobby. It’s time to focus on 3 different...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>So you’ve spent time working on your business… You’re at the point where you’ve saved time where you can, but you still need more customers to grow your income. 

Without customers, this is just a hobby. It’s time to focus on 3 different areas you can work on to improve your long-term income. 

Take a listen to part two of this series to find out how you can work ON your business to get more clients!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[So you’ve spent time working on your business… You’re at the point where you’ve saved time where you can, but you still need more customers to grow your income. 

Without customers, this is just a hobby. It’s time to focus on 3 different areas you can work on to improve your long-term income. 

Take a listen to part two of this series to find out how you can work ON your business to get more clients!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4347</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[db1a44df468341a7ab61009001edb138]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1876680274.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#93: How You Can Work ON Your Business Instead of IN Your Business (Part 1)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You’ve heard us talking about working ON your business rather than IN your business time after time…

But what should you actually be doing during that time?

In part 1 of this topic, we give you specific things you can do now in order to save time for the rest of your career. 

The goal of this episode is to help you win back your time so that you’re able to re-invest that time into your business. </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How You Can Work ON Your Business Instead of IN Your Business (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/463e986a-0c25-11eb-a89b-b32b514d4803/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You’ve heard us talking about working ON your business rather than IN your business time after time… But what should you actually be doing during that time? In part 1 of this topic, we give you specific things you can do now in order to save time...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You’ve heard us talking about working ON your business rather than IN your business time after time…

But what should you actually be doing during that time?

In part 1 of this topic, we give you specific things you can do now in order to save time for the rest of your career. 

The goal of this episode is to help you win back your time so that you’re able to re-invest that time into your business. </itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You’ve heard us talking about working ON your business rather than IN your business time after time…

But what should you actually be doing during that time?

In part 1 of this topic, we give you specific things you can do now in order to save time for the rest of your career. 

The goal of this episode is to help you win back your time so that you’re able to re-invest that time into your business. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2871</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fb9c45c80b144895a769f6b4cd755858]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2719405027.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#92: What To Do When Someone In Your Area Is Charging $5 Per Song </title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You’ve invested thousands of dollars in gear, and you’ve been busting your a$$ to get clients, but it’s been a struggle to get them at a fair rate. 

To make things worse, the guy down the street started doing $5 mixes. 

What should you do?

Join us to discuss the topic of $5 Craigslist mixes, what you “should” be charging, and how to compete with the lowball competition in your area. </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What To Do When Someone In Your Area Is Charging $5 Per Song </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4660a9aa-0c25-11eb-a89b-8f42cdd567a8/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You’ve invested thousands of dollars in gear, and you’ve been busting your a$$ to get clients, but it’s been a struggle to get them at a fair rate.  To make things worse, the guy down the street started doing $5 mixes.  What should you...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You’ve invested thousands of dollars in gear, and you’ve been busting your a$$ to get clients, but it’s been a struggle to get them at a fair rate. 

To make things worse, the guy down the street started doing $5 mixes. 

What should you do?

Join us to discuss the topic of $5 Craigslist mixes, what you “should” be charging, and how to compete with the lowball competition in your area. </itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You’ve invested thousands of dollars in gear, and you’ve been busting your a$$ to get clients, but it’s been a struggle to get them at a fair rate. 

To make things worse, the guy down the street started doing $5 mixes. 

What should you do?

Join us to discuss the topic of $5 Craigslist mixes, what you “should” be charging, and how to compete with the lowball competition in your area. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2674</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[608d3891c4f54a16b843ec97ae5cb21f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4532715664.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#91: Why You're Losing Thousands Of Dollars Every Time You...</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You’re the most frugal shopper, spending hours clipping coupons, comparing prices down to the penny at the store, and maximizing your savings…

If you’d just saved that hour you clip coupons every week, and sent someone else to the grocery store for you, you’ll have another hour of time to work on or in your business.

Every time you make a choice, you are setting your priorities and you may be inadvertently costing yourself money or time by making the wrong choice – even if it seems the right</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You're Losing Thousands Of Dollars Every Time You...</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/467e3a92-0c25-11eb-a89b-73408b049f55/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You’re the most frugal shopper, spending hours clipping coupons, comparing prices down to the penny at the store, and maximizing your savings…  Pat yourself on the back. You probably just cost yourself more than you saved by wasting time on...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You’re the most frugal shopper, spending hours clipping coupons, comparing prices down to the penny at the store, and maximizing your savings…

If you’d just saved that hour you clip coupons every week, and sent someone else to the grocery store for you, you’ll have another hour of time to work on or in your business.

Every time you make a choice, you are setting your priorities and you may be inadvertently costing yourself money or time by making the wrong choice – even if it seems the right</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You’re the most frugal shopper, spending hours clipping coupons, comparing prices down to the penny at the store, and maximizing your savings…

If you’d just saved that hour you clip coupons every week, and sent someone else to the grocery store for you, you’ll have another hour of time to work on or in your business.

Every time you make a choice, you are setting your priorities and you may be inadvertently costing yourself money or time by making the wrong choice – even if it seems the right]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3416</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[077bea0cf0ea41038e3a8ab80e540220]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1684078934.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#90: The Entrepreneur's Guide To Personal Finance - With Graham Cochrane</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/90-the-entrepreneurs-guide-to-personal-finance-with-graham-cochrane</link>
      <description>Do you run a successful business, but find yourself stressed out about finances?

Does it affect your creativity to the point that you aren’t making your projects the absolute best?

If your finances are a shambles, chances are your business isn’t very stable, and neither is your personal life. It’s time to make a change.

A big welcome back to Graham Cochrane of The Recording Revolution as he talks about potential solutions and fail-safes to make sure that you can survive difficult times!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Entrepreneur's Guide To Personal Finance - With Graham Cochrane</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>90</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/46aa71de-0c25-11eb-a89b-b718485b4d63/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you run a successful business, but find yourself stressed out about finances? Does it affect your creativity to the point that you aren’t making your projects the absolute best? If your finances are a shambles, chances are your business isn’t...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you run a successful business, but find yourself stressed out about finances?

Does it affect your creativity to the point that you aren’t making your projects the absolute best?

If your finances are a shambles, chances are your business isn’t very stable, and neither is your personal life. It’s time to make a change.

A big welcome back to Graham Cochrane of The Recording Revolution as he talks about potential solutions and fail-safes to make sure that you can survive difficult times!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Do you run a successful business, but find yourself stressed out about finances?

Does it affect your creativity to the point that you aren’t making your projects the absolute best?

If your finances are a shambles, chances are your business isn’t very stable, and neither is your personal life. It’s time to make a change.

A big welcome back to Graham Cochrane of The Recording Revolution as he talks about potential solutions and fail-safes to make sure that you can survive difficult times!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4263</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[16e3497511f245f2b98da7baeff56887]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6873856436.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#89: Solving The #1 Struggle In Your Business</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>As a business owner, there are thousands of different problems you could face during your career.

Many entrepreneurs try to figure out the answers themselves…

But that’s 100% the wrong move!

In The Six Figure Home Studio Community on Facebook, thousands of studio owners interact and support each other to help to build their businesses.

This week on the podcast, Brian and Chris tackle some of the biggest problems studio owners like you face every single day. Don’t miss out!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Solving The #1 Struggle In Your Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/46d110a0-0c25-11eb-a89b-4f6844589ddf/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a business owner, there are thousands of different problems you could face during your career. Many entrepreneurs try to figure out the answers themselves… But that’s 100% the wrong move! In The Six Figure Home Studio Community on Facebook,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>As a business owner, there are thousands of different problems you could face during your career.

Many entrepreneurs try to figure out the answers themselves…

But that’s 100% the wrong move!

In The Six Figure Home Studio Community on Facebook, thousands of studio owners interact and support each other to help to build their businesses.

This week on the podcast, Brian and Chris tackle some of the biggest problems studio owners like you face every single day. Don’t miss out!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[As a business owner, there are thousands of different problems you could face during your career.

Many entrepreneurs try to figure out the answers themselves…

But that’s 100% the wrong move!

In The Six Figure Home Studio Community on Facebook, thousands of studio owners interact and support each other to help to build their businesses.

This week on the podcast, Brian and Chris tackle some of the biggest problems studio owners like you face every single day. Don’t miss out!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3921</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fb44544c728e410494679d0c171c0954]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7347871527.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#88: An Easy Way To Turn $30/mo Into Thousands Of Dollars</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Every single month, hundreds (or thousands) of people are checking out your studio’s website. 

95% of those people will never contact you in any way, shape, or form.

They simply weren’t ready for your service when they found you. 

What if I told you there was a way you could stay top-of-mind with those thousands of leads for around $30/mo?

Enter the #1 most effective way to spend ad dollars.

If you have a limited budget, don’t waste it on marketing to cold leads. Try retargeting!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>An Easy Way To Turn $30/mo Into Thousands Of Dollars</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/46f17430-0c25-11eb-a89b-bf6ee80225d9/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Every single month, hundreds (or thousands) of people are checking out your studio’s website, Facebook page, and Instagram.  95% of those people will never fill out a quote request form, send you a DM, or contact you in any way, shape, or form....</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Every single month, hundreds (or thousands) of people are checking out your studio’s website. 

95% of those people will never contact you in any way, shape, or form.

They simply weren’t ready for your service when they found you. 

What if I told you there was a way you could stay top-of-mind with those thousands of leads for around $30/mo?

Enter the #1 most effective way to spend ad dollars.

If you have a limited budget, don’t waste it on marketing to cold leads. Try retargeting!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Every single month, hundreds (or thousands) of people are checking out your studio’s website. 

95% of those people will never contact you in any way, shape, or form.

They simply weren’t ready for your service when they found you. 

What if I told you there was a way you could stay top-of-mind with those thousands of leads for around $30/mo?

Enter the #1 most effective way to spend ad dollars.

If you have a limited budget, don’t waste it on marketing to cold leads. Try retargeting!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3360</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[303e5d6184324e17b258002444b9a7e6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1603589958.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#87: How To Create A Lead Magnet For Your Recording Studio</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>So you’ve spent hundreds or even thousands of dollars on advertising your studio…

But not much has come from it.

You might think there’s an issue with your website, or worse, your portfolio – but that’s probably not the case.

What you might need is a lead magnet.

When you’re advertising your studio, trying to sell directly through ads is highly inefficient.

By using lead magnets, you can build relationships with people who see your ads, as well as leads who come to your site organ</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Create A Lead Magnet For Your Recording Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/470f7d18-0c25-11eb-a89b-07c29de3e20f/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>So you’ve spent hundreds or even thousands of dollars on advertising your studio… But not much, if anything, has really come from it. You might think there’s an issue with your website, or worse, your portfolio – but that’s probably not the...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>So you’ve spent hundreds or even thousands of dollars on advertising your studio…

But not much has come from it.

You might think there’s an issue with your website, or worse, your portfolio – but that’s probably not the case.

What you might need is a lead magnet.

When you’re advertising your studio, trying to sell directly through ads is highly inefficient.

By using lead magnets, you can build relationships with people who see your ads, as well as leads who come to your site organ</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[So you’ve spent hundreds or even thousands of dollars on advertising your studio…

But not much has come from it.

You might think there’s an issue with your website, or worse, your portfolio – but that’s probably not the case.

What you might need is a lead magnet.

When you’re advertising your studio, trying to sell directly through ads is highly inefficient.

By using lead magnets, you can build relationships with people who see your ads, as well as leads who come to your site organ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3988</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4894d2635dbe43ce9cdee126d712964b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1908621426.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#86: How To Turn a $1,000 Project Into A $10,000 Project</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Do artists constantly turn you down due to price? 

Are you losing projects to other competitors that are simply undercutting your rates? 

If so, this episode will walk you through how you can charge 10x more than your competition and STILL win the project. </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Turn a $1,000 Project Into A $10,000 Project</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/472a8bd0-0c25-11eb-a89b-8f86fb4aa0d7/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do artists constantly turn you down due to price?  Are you losing projects to other competitors that are simply undercutting your rates?  If so, this episode will walk you through how you can charge 10x more than your competition and STILL...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do artists constantly turn you down due to price? 

Are you losing projects to other competitors that are simply undercutting your rates? 

If so, this episode will walk you through how you can charge 10x more than your competition and STILL win the project. </itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Do artists constantly turn you down due to price? 

Are you losing projects to other competitors that are simply undercutting your rates? 

If so, this episode will walk you through how you can charge 10x more than your competition and STILL win the project. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3245</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cc4dffd2898d4368856bddb38fe98de8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5718108524.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#85: The Skill That Separates Those Who Succeed From Those Who Fail</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Do you ever have a sudden urge to do something, even if it might turn out to be a bad choice in the long run?

Maybe you’ve bought gear using debt...

Two years later, not only do you regret buying the gear, but you’re still paying for it!

Thinking about delayed gratification is key across many different aspects of your life.

Maybe it’s a relationship, maybe it’s your business, or maybe it’s your mental health…

But most of the time, making the hard choice now will be better in the l</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Skill That Separates Those Who Succeed From Those Who Fail</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/474710f2-0c25-11eb-a89b-83c34bc4aa92/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you ever have a sudden urge to do something, even if it might turn out to be a bad choice in the long run? Maybe you’ve bought gear using debt (damn that retailer and their credit card offers)... Two years later, not only do you regret buying the...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you ever have a sudden urge to do something, even if it might turn out to be a bad choice in the long run?

Maybe you’ve bought gear using debt...

Two years later, not only do you regret buying the gear, but you’re still paying for it!

Thinking about delayed gratification is key across many different aspects of your life.

Maybe it’s a relationship, maybe it’s your business, or maybe it’s your mental health…

But most of the time, making the hard choice now will be better in the l</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Do you ever have a sudden urge to do something, even if it might turn out to be a bad choice in the long run?

Maybe you’ve bought gear using debt...

Two years later, not only do you regret buying the gear, but you’re still paying for it!

Thinking about delayed gratification is key across many different aspects of your life.

Maybe it’s a relationship, maybe it’s your business, or maybe it’s your mental health…

But most of the time, making the hard choice now will be better in the l]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3355</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3230224c103e4d8b94c3d4db4a906c8a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4203657371.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#84: The Pricing Masterclass: How To Charge More, Add More Value, and Win More Projects</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you’re stuck in the vicious cycle of lowering your rates just to win enough projects to make it through the month, there IS a way out.

It’s called value-based pricing.

Find out how to improve client relations, your hourly earnings, and even your conversion rate, in this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast!

To fully enjoy this episode, read Breaking the Time Barrier first: https://www.freshbooks.com/fbstaticprod-uploads/public-website-assets/other/Breaking-the-Time-Barrier.pdf</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Pricing Masterclass: How To Charge More, Add More Value, and Win More Projects</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/47653ef6-0c25-11eb-a89b-6f12f4133267/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you’re stuck in the vicious cycle of lowering your rates just to win enough projects to make it through the month, there IS a way out. It’s called value-based pricing. This episode uncovers how to charge more and win projects even when you’re...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re stuck in the vicious cycle of lowering your rates just to win enough projects to make it through the month, there IS a way out.

It’s called value-based pricing.

Find out how to improve client relations, your hourly earnings, and even your conversion rate, in this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast!

To fully enjoy this episode, read Breaking the Time Barrier first: https://www.freshbooks.com/fbstaticprod-uploads/public-website-assets/other/Breaking-the-Time-Barrier.pdf</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you’re stuck in the vicious cycle of lowering your rates just to win enough projects to make it through the month, there IS a way out.

It’s called value-based pricing.

Find out how to improve client relations, your hourly earnings, and even your conversion rate, in this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast!

To fully enjoy this episode, read Breaking the Time Barrier first: https://www.freshbooks.com/fbstaticprod-uploads/public-website-assets/other/Breaking-the-Time-Barrier.pdf]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3871</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f76143497072449abd38f230c59b4ee1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2275687601.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#83: How To Double Your Income By "Aggressively" Following Up</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>How often do you send out a quote, only to be ghosted?

It’s super frustrating to be “dating” a potential client, putting time and effort into the relationship, writing a good proposal, and then never hearing back.

And chances are, it happens to you a lot.

But there’s a very simple way to prevent this and potentially double your yearly income.

How?

You need to master the art of following up.

People will hire whoever is top of mind – and if you’re not top of mind, you’ve alread</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Double Your Income By "Aggressively" Following Up</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/47854174-0c25-11eb-a89b-373d5c5a5bb1/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>How often do you send a quote to an artist, only to be ghosted? It’s super frustrating to be “dating” a potential client, putting time and effort into the relationship, writing a good proposal, and then never hearing back… And chances are, it...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>How often do you send out a quote, only to be ghosted?

It’s super frustrating to be “dating” a potential client, putting time and effort into the relationship, writing a good proposal, and then never hearing back.

And chances are, it happens to you a lot.

But there’s a very simple way to prevent this and potentially double your yearly income.

How?

You need to master the art of following up.

People will hire whoever is top of mind – and if you’re not top of mind, you’ve alread</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[How often do you send out a quote, only to be ghosted?

It’s super frustrating to be “dating” a potential client, putting time and effort into the relationship, writing a good proposal, and then never hearing back.

And chances are, it happens to you a lot.

But there’s a very simple way to prevent this and potentially double your yearly income.

How?

You need to master the art of following up.

People will hire whoever is top of mind – and if you’re not top of mind, you’ve alread]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2716</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9eb4b8c86fa749fabb2a7426f85d3d3b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3574423890.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#82: How To Create A Customer Avatar That Will Skyrocket Your Marketing Efforts</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Let’s say that you now have a great website, and you’re a good engineer who is praised by his clients…

But you’ve discovered another problem.

Even though you have a good flow of customers, the clients you really want are turning you down!

You’re probably thinking, “WHYYYYY?”

What it comes down to is your messaging doesn’t apply to the clients you’re trying to get.

Learn how to create a customer avatar for your studio by spending some time with The Six Figure Home Studio Podc</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Create A Customer Avatar That Will Skyrocket Your Marketing Efforts</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/47a6b99e-0c25-11eb-a89b-0fd9cb3e6b71/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let’s say that you now have a great website, and you’re a good engineer who is praised by his clients… But you’ve discovered another problem. Even though you have a good flow of customers, the clients you really want are turning you down! ...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Let’s say that you now have a great website, and you’re a good engineer who is praised by his clients…

But you’ve discovered another problem.

Even though you have a good flow of customers, the clients you really want are turning you down!

You’re probably thinking, “WHYYYYY?”

What it comes down to is your messaging doesn’t apply to the clients you’re trying to get.

Learn how to create a customer avatar for your studio by spending some time with The Six Figure Home Studio Podc</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Let’s say that you now have a great website, and you’re a good engineer who is praised by his clients…

But you’ve discovered another problem.

Even though you have a good flow of customers, the clients you really want are turning you down!

You’re probably thinking, “WHYYYYY?”

What it comes down to is your messaging doesn’t apply to the clients you’re trying to get.

Learn how to create a customer avatar for your studio by spending some time with The Six Figure Home Studio Podc]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2719</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f69a7e68c77d46d788aa4d8ccfcb8e75]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6060019743.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#81: 11 Ways To Increase Your Website Traffic</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Last week we talked about removing chokepoints from your website so it’s fully optimized for visitors…

All your friends and clients who see your site think it’s absolutely fantastic…

But you have a different problem...

You only get a handful of website visits every month, if that.

Now that you have a nice website, what do you do to get actual human beings to check out your site?

It’s not easy, but you can find out 11 ways to increase your website traffic with “free” or paid mark</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>11 Ways To Increase Your Website Traffic</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/47c1b6d6-0c25-11eb-a89b-9bba640909c2/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Last week we talked about removing chokepoints from your website so it’s fully optimized for visitors… You followed along and did your best to improve your site… All your friends and clients who see your site think it’s absolutely fantastic…...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Last week we talked about removing chokepoints from your website so it’s fully optimized for visitors…

All your friends and clients who see your site think it’s absolutely fantastic…

But you have a different problem...

You only get a handful of website visits every month, if that.

Now that you have a nice website, what do you do to get actual human beings to check out your site?

It’s not easy, but you can find out 11 ways to increase your website traffic with “free” or paid mark</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Last week we talked about removing chokepoints from your website so it’s fully optimized for visitors…

All your friends and clients who see your site think it’s absolutely fantastic…

But you have a different problem...

You only get a handful of website visits every month, if that.

Now that you have a nice website, what do you do to get actual human beings to check out your site?

It’s not easy, but you can find out 11 ways to increase your website traffic with “free” or paid mark]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4838</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6e3febe43e204153be732f59089c5618]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6963880831.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#80: How To Get More Customers Through Your Website</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>So you spent hours and hours carefully crafting your website. Your friends and clients tell you it looks great.

The only problem is that no one is filling out the form on your website to get in touch with you.

What the hell is going on?

It could be a few things, but the most common are pretty simple to figure out… If you know what to look for.

Find out why and how you need to optimize your site to ensure you have a sustainable business that can last into the future!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get More Customers Through Your Website</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/47e39f94-0c25-11eb-a89b-8334bf876e26/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>So you spent hours and hours carefully crafting your website. Your friends and clients tell you it looks great. The only problem is that no one is filling out the form on your website to get in touch with you. What the hell is going on? It could be a...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>So you spent hours and hours carefully crafting your website. Your friends and clients tell you it looks great.

The only problem is that no one is filling out the form on your website to get in touch with you.

What the hell is going on?

It could be a few things, but the most common are pretty simple to figure out… If you know what to look for.

Find out why and how you need to optimize your site to ensure you have a sustainable business that can last into the future!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[So you spent hours and hours carefully crafting your website. Your friends and clients tell you it looks great.

The only problem is that no one is filling out the form on your website to get in touch with you.

What the hell is going on?

It could be a few things, but the most common are pretty simple to figure out… If you know what to look for.

Find out why and how you need to optimize your site to ensure you have a sustainable business that can last into the future!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3757</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[80f8a54c5538499cadaa3026103df73a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6378414556.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#79: Why Mastermind Groups Are The #1 Best Way To Find (And Fix) Your Biggest Blindspots</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Every single person has strengths and weaknesses. It’s what makes us human.

Weakness isn’t necessarily going to hurt your business or ruin your life.

The silent killer, however, is our blindspots.

The reason they’re so harmful is that we can’t do a damn thing about a problem that we don’t know exists.

This episode is all about answering this question: How can you find your blindspots before they wreck your career?</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Mastermind Groups Are The #1 Best Way To Find (And Fix) Your Biggest Blindspots </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/481f0d0e-0c25-11eb-a89b-13933d5c79d2/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Every single person has strengths and weaknesses. It’s what makes us human. Weakness isn’t necessarily going to hurt your business or ruin your life. Sometimes we choose to improve our weaknesses by actively focusing on self-improvement. Other...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Every single person has strengths and weaknesses. It’s what makes us human.

Weakness isn’t necessarily going to hurt your business or ruin your life.

The silent killer, however, is our blindspots.

The reason they’re so harmful is that we can’t do a damn thing about a problem that we don’t know exists.

This episode is all about answering this question: How can you find your blindspots before they wreck your career?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Every single person has strengths and weaknesses. It’s what makes us human.

Weakness isn’t necessarily going to hurt your business or ruin your life.

The silent killer, however, is our blindspots.

The reason they’re so harmful is that we can’t do a damn thing about a problem that we don’t know exists.

This episode is all about answering this question: How can you find your blindspots before they wreck your career?
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3592</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d6f8847033cc41688af610daa3aa98e5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8699393290.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#78: Motivation, Mindset, And Getting Out Of Your Own Damn Way: With Andy J Pizza of Creative Pep Talk</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>“I’m a failure. I should just give up. This industry is oversaturated. I will never be good enough”

If you’ve ever had thoughts like this, then you may have a dangerous condition known as a “Fixed Mindset.”

It’s extremely important for your business, your career, and your life, that you don’t wave a white flag before you even try!

Instead, there’s something called a Growth Mindset.

In this episode, Andy J. Pizza explains how to make the switch from a Fixed Mindset to a Growth M</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Motivation, Mindset, And Getting Out Of Your Own Damn Way: With Andy J Pizza of Creative Pep Talk</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4847129a-0c25-11eb-a89b-d3297432fc3c/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>“I’m a failure. I should just give up. This industry is oversaturated. I could never compete with the other people in this city. I will never be good enough” If you’ve ever had thoughts like this, then you may have a dangerous condition known...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>“I’m a failure. I should just give up. This industry is oversaturated. I will never be good enough”

If you’ve ever had thoughts like this, then you may have a dangerous condition known as a “Fixed Mindset.”

It’s extremely important for your business, your career, and your life, that you don’t wave a white flag before you even try!

Instead, there’s something called a Growth Mindset.

In this episode, Andy J. Pizza explains how to make the switch from a Fixed Mindset to a Growth M</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[“I’m a failure. I should just give up. This industry is oversaturated. I will never be good enough”

If you’ve ever had thoughts like this, then you may have a dangerous condition known as a “Fixed Mindset.”

It’s extremely important for your business, your career, and your life, that you don’t wave a white flag before you even try!

Instead, there’s something called a Growth Mindset.

In this episode, Andy J. Pizza explains how to make the switch from a Fixed Mindset to a Growth M]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3051</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b0a7692ef4fe41ae81b4ea90f3165895]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9233714700.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#77: Winning The Sustainability Wars: Three Crucial Ingredients For A Sustainable, Long-Term Career</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>We’ve all seen musicians or athletes who seemed to have “all the right stuff”.

We’ve also seen the musicians and athletes who, on the surface, seemed like nothing special.

Whether it takes you 1 year or 10 years to become successful in audio, one thing matters above all else: If you give up, burn out, or go broke before you have a chance to succeed, you’ll never make it.

You have to set yourself up for a sustainable career.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Winning The Sustainability Wars: Three Crucial Ingredients For A Sustainable, Long-Term Career</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4860c546-0c25-11eb-a89b-7b238ffba71b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>We’ve all seen musicians or athletes who seemed to have “all the right stuff”.    They had raw talent, industry connections, mentorship, and the “perfect” personality or body type... but they burned out or gave up before ever reaching...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We’ve all seen musicians or athletes who seemed to have “all the right stuff”.

We’ve also seen the musicians and athletes who, on the surface, seemed like nothing special.

Whether it takes you 1 year or 10 years to become successful in audio, one thing matters above all else: If you give up, burn out, or go broke before you have a chance to succeed, you’ll never make it.

You have to set yourself up for a sustainable career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[We’ve all seen musicians or athletes who seemed to have “all the right stuff”.

We’ve also seen the musicians and athletes who, on the surface, seemed like nothing special.

Whether it takes you 1 year or 10 years to become successful in audio, one thing matters above all else: If you give up, burn out, or go broke before you have a chance to succeed, you’ll never make it.

You have to set yourself up for a sustainable career.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3261</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a3a53a476147480bac1a4fb5e82d924e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4965153045.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#76: How To Raise Your Rates, Improve Your Work/Life Balance, And Increase Your Profit Margins</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Have you been waiting for a magical moment to raise your rates?

Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is you may be ready right NOW. 

Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re missing out on earning more, weeding out bad clients, and achieving a better work/life balance. 

It can be scary but if you follow the advice we share here, you may be pleasantly surprised. 

In fact, it could be the best thing you’ve ever done for your busi</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Raise Your Rates, Improve Your Work/Life Balance, And Increase Your Profit Margins</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/48770022-0c25-11eb-a89b-338448b760ef/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Have you been waiting for some magical moment to raise your rates? Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is...you may be ready right NOW. Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Have you been waiting for a magical moment to raise your rates?

Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is you may be ready right NOW. 

Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re missing out on earning more, weeding out bad clients, and achieving a better work/life balance. 

It can be scary but if you follow the advice we share here, you may be pleasantly surprised. 

In fact, it could be the best thing you’ve ever done for your busi</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Have you been waiting for a magical moment to raise your rates?

Maybe you think you need a Grammy before you’ll be able to charge more, but the reality is you may be ready right NOW. 

Every day that you put this off is a day that you’re missing out on earning more, weeding out bad clients, and achieving a better work/life balance. 

It can be scary but if you follow the advice we share here, you may be pleasantly surprised. 

In fact, it could be the best thing you’ve ever done for your busi]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3509</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6b39e05bb81345a6855648268d0a439e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5694063816.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#75: Why You're Scaring Away Clients With An Inconsistent Story, And How You Can Clarify Your Brand By Learning To Say No</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you had cancer, who would you rather go to for treatment?

The Specialist: Someone who been working with the exact type of cancer you have for the past 30 years and has an amazing reputation…

Or…

The Generalist: Someone who can “treat any type of cancer, and detail your car, and fill cavities, and help you invest in the stock market.”

You’re never going to put your life into the hands of The Generalist.

Your business probably has more in common with The Generalist to than The Spec</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You're Scaring Away Clients With An Inconsistent Story, And How You Can Clarify Your Brand By Learning To Say No</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/48a7e660-0c25-11eb-a89b-1f8d91908bc7/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you had cancer, who would you rather go to for treatment? The Specialist: Someone who been working with the exact type of cancer you have for the past 30 years and has an amazing reputation… Or… The Generalist: Someone who can “treat any type...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you had cancer, who would you rather go to for treatment?

The Specialist: Someone who been working with the exact type of cancer you have for the past 30 years and has an amazing reputation…

Or…

The Generalist: Someone who can “treat any type of cancer, and detail your car, and fill cavities, and help you invest in the stock market.”

You’re never going to put your life into the hands of The Generalist.

Your business probably has more in common with The Generalist to than The Spec</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you had cancer, who would you rather go to for treatment?

The Specialist: Someone who been working with the exact type of cancer you have for the past 30 years and has an amazing reputation…

Or…

The Generalist: Someone who can “treat any type of cancer, and detail your car, and fill cavities, and help you invest in the stock market.”

You’re never going to put your life into the hands of The Generalist.

Your business probably has more in common with The Generalist to than The Spec]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2407</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a6844b3b55a241b19479300c335d33c8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7288361541.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#74: Our 5 Favorite Ways To Prevent Stress And Anxiety </title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Be honest with yourself for a second...how stressed are you? Does stress affect your work, life, relationships, and/or business? 

What about anxiety? Do you have a constant cloud of anxious emotion following you throughout your day?

If so, there are things you can start putting into place to reduce, eliminate, and prevent stress and anxiety in your life. In this episode, we talk about our 5 favorite ways to stop stress and anxiety before it starts.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Our 5 Favorite Ways To Prevent Stress And Anxiety</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/48c39112-0c25-11eb-a89b-67528308f524/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Be honest with yourself for a second...how stressed are you? Does stress affect your work, life, relationships, and/or business? What about anxiety? Do you have a constant cloud of anxious emotion following you throughout your day? If so, there are...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Be honest with yourself for a second...how stressed are you? Does stress affect your work, life, relationships, and/or business? 

What about anxiety? Do you have a constant cloud of anxious emotion following you throughout your day?

If so, there are things you can start putting into place to reduce, eliminate, and prevent stress and anxiety in your life. In this episode, we talk about our 5 favorite ways to stop stress and anxiety before it starts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Be honest with yourself for a second...how stressed are you? Does stress affect your work, life, relationships, and/or business? 

What about anxiety? Do you have a constant cloud of anxious emotion following you throughout your day?

If so, there are things you can start putting into place to reduce, eliminate, and prevent stress and anxiety in your life. In this episode, we talk about our 5 favorite ways to stop stress and anxiety before it starts. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3808</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cd7f986a77274762b63619ba5bbc59dc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8197684398.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#73: The Struggle Of Running A Successful Studio At Home With Your Family </title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Brian records an episode in Florence, Italy, in his triumphant return to this podcast. Topics covered include how you can balance your work/home life while working from home, and what boundaries you might need to have in place to make your family life a success!

Life transitions like getting married or having a child have a massive impact on your living situation, and being prepared for those changes is key to a happy life.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Struggle Of Running A Successful Studio At Home With Your Family </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/48e096e0-0c25-11eb-a89b-1763184fcd4e/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Brian records an episode in Florence, Italy, in his triumphant return to this podcast. Topics covered include how you can balance your work/home life while working from home, and what boundaries you might need to have in place to make your family life...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Brian records an episode in Florence, Italy, in his triumphant return to this podcast. Topics covered include how you can balance your work/home life while working from home, and what boundaries you might need to have in place to make your family life a success!

Life transitions like getting married or having a child have a massive impact on your living situation, and being prepared for those changes is key to a happy life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Brian records an episode in Florence, Italy, in his triumphant return to this podcast. Topics covered include how you can balance your work/home life while working from home, and what boundaries you might need to have in place to make your family life a success!

Life transitions like getting married or having a child have a massive impact on your living situation, and being prepared for those changes is key to a happy life.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3225</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[04144756a420441e8ffebce169980993]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2174181041.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#72: How To Make Impostor Syndrome Your Friend</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this first-ever solo-hosted episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris tackles the issues of impostor syndrome and how you can overcome it. Since this is a topic many audio engineers struggle with, it’s required listening!

In this episode you’ll discover:
Why impostor syndrome uses a false premise to psych you out
How artists face the same issues with impostor syndrome
What you can do to mitigate the fears that impostor syndrome causes
Why impostor syndrome is a high school bully</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Make Impostor Syndrome Your Friend</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/48faae7c-0c25-11eb-a89b-434715dc2dbe/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this first-ever solo-hosted episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris Graham tackles the issues of impostor syndrome and how you can overcome it. Since this is a topic many audio engineers struggle with, it’s practically required...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this first-ever solo-hosted episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris tackles the issues of impostor syndrome and how you can overcome it. Since this is a topic many audio engineers struggle with, it’s required listening!

In this episode you’ll discover:
Why impostor syndrome uses a false premise to psych you out
How artists face the same issues with impostor syndrome
What you can do to mitigate the fears that impostor syndrome causes
Why impostor syndrome is a high school bully</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this first-ever solo-hosted episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris tackles the issues of impostor syndrome and how you can overcome it. Since this is a topic many audio engineers struggle with, it’s required listening!

In this episode you’ll discover:
Why impostor syndrome uses a false premise to psych you out
How artists face the same issues with impostor syndrome
What you can do to mitigate the fears that impostor syndrome causes
Why impostor syndrome is a high school bully]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>915</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9a9cdc8c712147d390c8d877708b70eb]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5662664578.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#71: The Future Of Spotify And How It Will Affect Your Business - With Trevor Hinesley</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Trevor Hinesley, best man of Brian Hood and Founder/CTO of Soundstripe, joins Chris on the podcast while Brian is traveling through Europe on his honeymoon. Some of the topics discussed include sync licensing, Spotify and streaming royalties, and Brian’s most embarrassing moment.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Future Of Spotify And How It Will Affect Your Business - With Trevor Hinesley</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/491865e8-0c25-11eb-a89b-fb036102b681/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Trevor Hinesley, best man of Brian Hood and Founder/CTO of Soundstripe, joins Chris on the podcast while Brian is traveling through Europe on his honeymoon. Some of the topics discussed include sync licensing, Spotify and streaming royalties, and...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Trevor Hinesley, best man of Brian Hood and Founder/CTO of Soundstripe, joins Chris on the podcast while Brian is traveling through Europe on his honeymoon. Some of the topics discussed include sync licensing, Spotify and streaming royalties, and Brian’s most embarrassing moment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Trevor Hinesley, best man of Brian Hood and Founder/CTO of Soundstripe, joins Chris on the podcast while Brian is traveling through Europe on his honeymoon. Some of the topics discussed include sync licensing, Spotify and streaming royalties, and Brian’s most embarrassing moment.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4859</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8c13c816b66e47aab5c82df2372a07b0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2427350647.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#70: The Best FREE Marketing Tactic In The Galaxy - With Björgvin Benediktsson</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Björgvin Benediktsson joins Chris and Brian to discuss the importance of email marketing and some steps you can take to improve your email skills.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Best FREE Marketing Tactic In The Galaxy - With Björgvin Benediktsson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4935ab4e-0c25-11eb-a89b-7707b1d99356/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Björgvin Benediktsson joins Chris and Brian to discuss the importance of email marketing and some steps you can take to improve your email skills. In this episode you’ll discover:  How to overcome potential fear and harness the best and cheapest...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Björgvin Benediktsson joins Chris and Brian to discuss the importance of email marketing and some steps you can take to improve your email skills.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Björgvin Benediktsson joins Chris and Brian to discuss the importance of email marketing and some steps you can take to improve your email skills.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3157</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6083630604c44e6f89ada1cac222978f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4200790431.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#69: Sales Skills: How Joe Gilder Turned A Sales Job Into A Thriving Audio Career</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Joe Gilder of Home Studio Corner joins Chris and Brian to chat about building a YouTube channel, adding value, and why sales experience will help you immensely in your career.


Dive in as Joe shares his story to find helpful info abound. Listen to the podcast now!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Sales Skills: How Joe Gilder Turned A Sales Job Into A Thriving Audio Career</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/49506a56-0c25-11eb-a89b-97864b128f5b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Joe Gilder of Home Studio Corner joins Chris and Brian to chat about building a YouTube channel, adding value, and why sales experience will help you immensely in your career.   Dive in as Joe shares his story to find helpful info abound. Listen...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Joe Gilder of Home Studio Corner joins Chris and Brian to chat about building a YouTube channel, adding value, and why sales experience will help you immensely in your career.


Dive in as Joe shares his story to find helpful info abound. Listen to the podcast now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Joe Gilder of Home Studio Corner joins Chris and Brian to chat about building a YouTube channel, adding value, and why sales experience will help you immensely in your career.


Dive in as Joe shares his story to find helpful info abound. Listen to the podcast now!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4206</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c2e5c6dddbd642a3b73046862e5fe002]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2235500583.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#68: Using Instagram Marketing To Build Recurring Income As A Music Producer - With Mark Eckert</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Learn how to get clients on Instagram, and turn them into recurring income in our interview with Mark Eckert.

Mark Eckert joins Chris and Brian to discuss his success using unique methods in everything from education to business. He’s now the go-to-guy in his niche and can afford to be extremely selective with who he works with.

To find out more about how Mark has made a successful career for himself, and how you might be able to use so</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Feb 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Using Instagram Marketing To Build Recurring Income As A Music Producer - With Mark Eckert</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4977d550-0c25-11eb-a89b-77e43d46106b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Learn how to get clients on Instagram, and turn them into recurring income in our interview with Mark Eckert. Mark Eckert joins Chris and Brian to discuss his success using unique methods in everything from education to business. He’s now the...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Learn how to get clients on Instagram, and turn them into recurring income in our interview with Mark Eckert.

Mark Eckert joins Chris and Brian to discuss his success using unique methods in everything from education to business. He’s now the go-to-guy in his niche and can afford to be extremely selective with who he works with.

To find out more about how Mark has made a successful career for himself, and how you might be able to use so</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Learn how to get clients on Instagram, and turn them into recurring income in our interview with Mark Eckert.

Mark Eckert joins Chris and Brian to discuss his success using unique methods in everything from education to business. He’s now the go-to-guy in his niche and can afford to be extremely selective with who he works with.

To find out more about how Mark has made a successful career for himself, and how you might be able to use so]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3707</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5e0d524057154973b8b9477d70d02536]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9945425350.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#67: 18 Quick Tips For Running (And Growing) A Successful Studio</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you’re a regular listener, you’re well aware that The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast is an advice buffet. This week, Chris and Brian take it to the next level and offer a plethora of quick tips to help you in your studio.


Which ones will apply best to you? Find out by listening now!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Feb 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>18 Quick Tips For Running (And Growing) A Successful Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/499555ee-0c25-11eb-a89b-bbf23148db3f/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you’re a regular listener, you’re well aware that The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast is an advice buffet. This week, Chris and Brian take it to the next level and offer a plethora of quick tips to help you in your studio. Which ones will apply...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you’re a regular listener, you’re well aware that The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast is an advice buffet. This week, Chris and Brian take it to the next level and offer a plethora of quick tips to help you in your studio.


Which ones will apply best to you? Find out by listening now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you’re a regular listener, you’re well aware that The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast is an advice buffet. This week, Chris and Brian take it to the next level and offer a plethora of quick tips to help you in your studio.


Which ones will apply best to you? Find out by listening now!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3612</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e6ce9e52759340839491accbcb6a6714]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8738753256.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#66: The Future of Gear and The Power Of Networking</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Learn about where the music industry is headed, why going to conventions and conferences will boost your career, and why being a gearslut is going to be even less profitable in the future.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Future of Gear and The Power Of Networking</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/49aaf1c4-0c25-11eb-a89b-b317a7171553/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Learn about where the music industry is headed, why going to conventions and conferences will boost your career, and why being a gearslut is going to be even less profitable in the future. In this episode you’ll discover:  How attending meetups,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Learn about where the music industry is headed, why going to conventions and conferences will boost your career, and why being a gearslut is going to be even less profitable in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Learn about where the music industry is headed, why going to conventions and conferences will boost your career, and why being a gearslut is going to be even less profitable in the future.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2389</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e1f24bf98b6b4f2d9f0c65d6ac60d025]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2820329213.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#65: Kickstarter, Marketing, And Networking: How To Help Your Clients Succeed - Chris Greenwood</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Do you come across a TON of broke bands? Do the artists you spend weeks recording get ANY traction with their music? Are your recordings ACTUALLY being enjoyed by a large audience?

Chris and Brian interview Chris Greenwood, aka Manafast, about artist development. If you take the time to A. Help artists fund their music B. Help them market their music so it ACTUALLY gets heard and C. Connect them with industry experts that can help their career, you can help your career immensely.

If they win, you win.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Kickstarter, Marketing, And Networking: How To Help Your Clients Succeed - Chris Greenwood</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/49d456ea-0c25-11eb-a89b-1fa817b9e0ca/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you come across a TON of broke bands? Do the artists you spend weeks recording get ANY amount of traction with their music? Are your recordings ever ACTUALLY being enjoyed by a large audience? Chris and Brian interview Chris Greenwood, aka...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Do you come across a TON of broke bands? Do the artists you spend weeks recording get ANY traction with their music? Are your recordings ACTUALLY being enjoyed by a large audience?

Chris and Brian interview Chris Greenwood, aka Manafast, about artist development. If you take the time to A. Help artists fund their music B. Help them market their music so it ACTUALLY gets heard and C. Connect them with industry experts that can help their career, you can help your career immensely.

If they win, you win.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Do you come across a TON of broke bands? Do the artists you spend weeks recording get ANY traction with their music? Are your recordings ACTUALLY being enjoyed by a large audience?

Chris and Brian interview Chris Greenwood, aka Manafast, about artist development. If you take the time to A. Help artists fund their music B. Help them market their music so it ACTUALLY gets heard and C. Connect them with industry experts that can help their career, you can help your career immensely.

If they win, you win.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2172</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7329be72e5174a87b6f8b3f5da18d34d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7610199682.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#64: How To Have Your Best Year Ever By Creating A Scoreboard For Your Studio</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of having a financial scoreboard for your business and what it can do to motivate you or keep you in check.

Every business needs to have a scoreboard, and studios are no exception. Listen to the episode now!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Have Your Best Year Ever By Creating A Scoreboard For Your Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/49f13120-0c25-11eb-a89b-ef5b93cbf493/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of having a financial scoreboard for your business and what it can do to motivate you or keep you in check. Every business needs to have a scoreboard, and...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of having a financial scoreboard for your business and what it can do to motivate you or keep you in check.

Every business needs to have a scoreboard, and studios are no exception. Listen to the episode now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of having a financial scoreboard for your business and what it can do to motivate you or keep you in check.

Every business needs to have a scoreboard, and studios are no exception. Listen to the episode now!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2055</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c6eca444c724433fa4c5a8c133ff7b78]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2052024348.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#63: How To Profit From A Rising Trend In The Music Industry</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Brian and Chris discuss the ever-changing environment of the music industry and discuss their prediction of the state of the industry for the coming years.

In 2019, artists are figuring out that content needs to be released on a regular schedule. Don’t be like the major labels in the early 2000s and stick your head in the sand — adapt, stay ahead of the curve, and profit off this trend before everyone else!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Profit From A Rising Trend In The Music Industry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4a0dc33a-0c25-11eb-a89b-d3937f86ca4a/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Brian and Chris discuss the ever-changing environment of the music industry and discuss their prediction of the state of the industry for the coming years. In 2019, artists are figuring out that content needs to be released on a regular schedule....</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Brian and Chris discuss the ever-changing environment of the music industry and discuss their prediction of the state of the industry for the coming years.

In 2019, artists are figuring out that content needs to be released on a regular schedule. Don’t be like the major labels in the early 2000s and stick your head in the sand — adapt, stay ahead of the curve, and profit off this trend before everyone else!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Brian and Chris discuss the ever-changing environment of the music industry and discuss their prediction of the state of the industry for the coming years.

In 2019, artists are figuring out that content needs to be released on a regular schedule. Don’t be like the major labels in the early 2000s and stick your head in the sand — adapt, stay ahead of the curve, and profit off this trend before everyone else!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2193</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fd9cf07b3fc74857ab1e060e8e39e583]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4188466010.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#62: How To Fix Your Stagnant Income By Asking Yourself 6 Hard Questions </title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Chris and Brian talk about 6 of the most important questions you have to ask yourself to make the most of your audio career.

If you neglect to ask these questions, you might be entirely unaware of what’s wrong with your business — or worse, burying your head in the sand, hoping the problems disappear.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jan 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Fix Your Stagnant Income By Asking Yourself 6 Hard Questions </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4a2e677a-0c25-11eb-a89b-0f4adac6e10b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Chris and Brian talk about 6 of the most important questions you have to ask yourself to make the most of your audio career. If you neglect to ask these questions, you might be entirely unaware of...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Chris and Brian talk about 6 of the most important questions you have to ask yourself to make the most of your audio career.

If you neglect to ask these questions, you might be entirely unaware of what’s wrong with your business — or worse, burying your head in the sand, hoping the problems disappear.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Chris and Brian talk about 6 of the most important questions you have to ask yourself to make the most of your audio career.

If you neglect to ask these questions, you might be entirely unaware of what’s wrong with your business — or worse, burying your head in the sand, hoping the problems disappear.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2543</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[097dac27465244df8770f7be6471f541]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5902755280.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#61: How Fear Holds Us Back From Being Better Audio Entrepreneurs</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss fear. Whether we realize it or not, everyone has a fear that is holding them back from making progress in their life. 

Even Chris and Brian open up and share their fears, showing that fear is ever-present, no matter where you are in your career.

How can you overcome fear? Listen to this episode to find out!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Fear Holds Us Back From Being Better Audio Entrepreneurs </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4a4ae2ba-0c25-11eb-a89b-2342d2c0aa17/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss fear. Whether we realize it or not, everyone has a fear that is holding them back from making progress in their life.    Even Chris and Brian open up and share their...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss fear. Whether we realize it or not, everyone has a fear that is holding them back from making progress in their life. 

Even Chris and Brian open up and share their fears, showing that fear is ever-present, no matter where you are in your career.

How can you overcome fear? Listen to this episode to find out!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss fear. Whether we realize it or not, everyone has a fear that is holding them back from making progress in their life. 

Even Chris and Brian open up and share their fears, showing that fear is ever-present, no matter where you are in your career.

How can you overcome fear? Listen to this episode to find out!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2989</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8698afca5aaa4ed6a79f7a8c4a62c0d8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9661626396.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#60: How To Build A Kickass Portfolio (And Get The Most Out Of It)</title>
      <link>https://thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of your portfolio and how you can build yours to showcase your best work.

Without a portfolio, a studio will have no way to show what they are capable of and anyone browsing the studio’s website will likely move on to the next option. A weak portfolio is just as bad. Make sure you absorb the content in this episode!</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Jan 2019 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Build A Kickass Portfolio (And Get The Most Out Of It)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4a778860-0c25-11eb-a89b-af0207852a73/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of your portfolio and how you can build yours to showcase your best work.Without a portfolio, a studio will have no way to show what they are capable of and...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of your portfolio and how you can build yours to showcase your best work.

Without a portfolio, a studio will have no way to show what they are capable of and anyone browsing the studio’s website will likely move on to the next option. A weak portfolio is just as bad. Make sure you absorb the content in this episode!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss the importance of your portfolio and how you can build yours to showcase your best work.

Without a portfolio, a studio will have no way to show what they are capable of and anyone browsing the studio’s website will likely move on to the next option. A weak portfolio is just as bad. Make sure you absorb the content in this episode!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2740</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b570a716c16c48178173dc819283566e]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1534510788.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#59: How To Build An Audio Career 100% Online From Anywhere In The World: With Austin Hull</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Chris Graham and Brian Hood are joined by Austin Hull, a full-time producer from our own Facebook community. In this holiday-postponed episode, you can learn how Austin harnessed his own Facebook community to act as a nearly-endless source of leads — even though he never intended it to be one in the first place.

Find out more about this impressive feat by listening to this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast.</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Dec 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Build An Audio Career 100% Online From Anywhere In The World: With Austin Hull</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4a91b71c-0c25-11eb-a89b-a3bf7a129759/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Chris Graham and Brian Hood are joined by Austin Hull, a full-time producer from our own Facebook community. In this holiday-postponed episode, you can learn how Austin harnessed his own Facebook community to act as a nearly-endless source of leads...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Graham and Brian Hood are joined by Austin Hull, a full-time producer from our own Facebook community. In this holiday-postponed episode, you can learn how Austin harnessed his own Facebook community to act as a nearly-endless source of leads — even though he never intended it to be one in the first place.

Find out more about this impressive feat by listening to this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Chris Graham and Brian Hood are joined by Austin Hull, a full-time producer from our own Facebook community. In this holiday-postponed episode, you can learn how Austin harnessed his own Facebook community to act as a nearly-endless source of leads — even though he never intended it to be one in the first place.

Find out more about this impressive feat by listening to this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3864</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ee516a19b164485cbd2d5c2dfde0d379]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4532406476.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#58: The 3 Roads To 6 Figures (Choose Wisely)</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode, Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss three main business models you can use to build your studio to six figures. Though you can try to use several models instead of choosing one, it is typically easier to focus on just one.

Listen in to hear the pros and cons of the three business models which could boost your studio to new levels if executed correctly!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Dec 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 3 Roads To 6 Figures (Choose Wisely)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4aeb26b2-0c25-11eb-a89b-3fe02ab6c2d1/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss three main business models you can use to build your studio to six figures. Though you can try to use several models instead of choosing one, it is typically easier to focus on just one.  ...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss three main business models you can use to build your studio to six figures. Though you can try to use several models instead of choosing one, it is typically easier to focus on just one.

Listen in to hear the pros and cons of the three business models which could boost your studio to new levels if executed correctly!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss three main business models you can use to build your studio to six figures. Though you can try to use several models instead of choosing one, it is typically easier to focus on just one.

Listen in to hear the pros and cons of the three business models which could boost your studio to new levels if executed correctly!
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4748</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7499d67b719c4ce7ba7dee9db28bc86a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8494451000.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#57: How Recording Studios Can Get (and Stay) Out Of Debt</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Brian and Assistant to the Regional Manager, Chris, discuss a big topic for people worldwide: debt. Many people struggle with debt, and Brian and Chris have had their fair share of experience on the topic. They give their advice on the matter so you can learn from their mistakes.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Dec 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Recording Studios Can Get (and Stay) Out Of Debt</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4b086c4a-0c25-11eb-a89b-d7c56263087b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Brian and Assistant to the Regional Manager, Chris, discuss a big topic for people worldwide: debt. Many people struggle with debt, and Brian and Chris have had their fair share of experience on the topic. They give their advice on the matter so you...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Brian and Assistant to the Regional Manager, Chris, discuss a big topic for people worldwide: debt. Many people struggle with debt, and Brian and Chris have had their fair share of experience on the topic. They give their advice on the matter so you can learn from their mistakes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Brian and Assistant to the Regional Manager, Chris, discuss a big topic for people worldwide: debt. Many people struggle with debt, and Brian and Chris have had their fair share of experience on the topic. They give their advice on the matter so you can learn from their mistakes.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3077</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7b4c3bea58144656ab58fcb9f7b332b0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7361042857.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#56: Three Fundamentally Different Business Beliefs That Will Make Or Break You</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio, Chris rants about irresponsible business partners and contractors. Brian brings the discussion around to talk about the three business beliefs that can make or break your business.

Listen to the episode to hear Chris and Brian discuss the ways that you can nurture or kill your business.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Dec 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Three Fundamentally Different Business Beliefs That Will Make Or Break You</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4b323ae8-0c25-11eb-a89b-876959418b40/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio, Chris rants about irresponsible business partners and contractors. Brian brings the discussion around to talk about the three business beliefs that can make or break your business.   Listen to the...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio, Chris rants about irresponsible business partners and contractors. Brian brings the discussion around to talk about the three business beliefs that can make or break your business.

Listen to the episode to hear Chris and Brian discuss the ways that you can nurture or kill your business.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio, Chris rants about irresponsible business partners and contractors. Brian brings the discussion around to talk about the three business beliefs that can make or break your business.

Listen to the episode to hear Chris and Brian discuss the ways that you can nurture or kill your business.
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2027</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2e05523bae554e15a5f029f54b210752]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5336180330.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#55: Can You Have A Successful Career By Ripping Off Other Producers?</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian talk about the danger of getting stuck ripping off someone else’s work.

To have a long-lived career in audio, you have to ensure that what you’re doing is unique and original to you. Imitation is not the way to go for long-term success, though it may be necessary when you’re first starting out. Listen to the episode to find out more!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Nov 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Can You Have A Successful Career By Ripping Off Other Producers?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4b507602-0c25-11eb-a89b-1b0e2fb1da38/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian talk about the danger of getting stuck ripping off someone else’s work. To have a long-lived career in audio, you have to ensure that what you’re doing is unique and original...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian talk about the danger of getting stuck ripping off someone else’s work.

To have a long-lived career in audio, you have to ensure that what you’re doing is unique and original to you. Imitation is not the way to go for long-term success, though it may be necessary when you’re first starting out. Listen to the episode to find out more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian talk about the danger of getting stuck ripping off someone else’s work.

To have a long-lived career in audio, you have to ensure that what you’re doing is unique and original to you. Imitation is not the way to go for long-term success, though it may be necessary when you’re first starting out. Listen to the episode to find out more!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2316</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[70daeed65935425185c3d974055d154b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9798519170.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#54: What Drug Dealers Can Teach Recording Studios</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>What does your studio have in common with the neighborhood dealer? You might be surprised!

In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss how you can adopt a drug dealer’s business model to hook people on your studio’s services for life. 

Listen to the episode to find out more!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Nov 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What Drug Dealers Can Teach Recording Studios</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4b666f2a-0c25-11eb-a89b-930aadcdbc63/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>What does your studio have in common with the neighborhood dealer? You might be surprised!In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss how you can adopt a drug dealer’s business model to hook people on your...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>What does your studio have in common with the neighborhood dealer? You might be surprised!

In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss how you can adopt a drug dealer’s business model to hook people on your studio’s services for life. 

Listen to the episode to find out more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[What does your studio have in common with the neighborhood dealer? You might be surprised!

In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian discuss how you can adopt a drug dealer’s business model to hook people on your studio’s services for life. 

Listen to the episode to find out more!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2241</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ea31856259c84db0bf58a2b63a1363f9]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1452899625.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#53: The Six Figure Home Studio's Guide To Gear (For Recovering Gear Addicts)</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Deviating from the norm, Chris and Brian do away with the Gearslut Alert and devote an entire episode to gear. They discuss the obvious interfaces and microphones, but also tools to make productivity while traveling easier, desks, and more. Listen to this episode of the podcast to find out what tools they recommend for every studio owner, the answers might surprise you!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Nov 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Six Figure Home Studio's Guide To Gear (For Recovering Gear Addicts)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4b80b128-0c25-11eb-a89b-fb3da9c74657/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Deviating from the norm, Chris and Brian do away with the Gearslut Alert and devote an entire episode to gear. They discuss the obvious interfaces and microphones, but also tools to make productivity while traveling easier, desks, and more.  Listen to...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Deviating from the norm, Chris and Brian do away with the Gearslut Alert and devote an entire episode to gear. They discuss the obvious interfaces and microphones, but also tools to make productivity while traveling easier, desks, and more. Listen to this episode of the podcast to find out what tools they recommend for every studio owner, the answers might surprise you!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Deviating from the norm, Chris and Brian do away with the Gearslut Alert and devote an entire episode to gear. They discuss the obvious interfaces and microphones, but also tools to make productivity while traveling easier, desks, and more. Listen to this episode of the podcast to find out what tools they recommend for every studio owner, the answers might surprise you!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4191</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[12c1d65cb7234b469787ae1868fa456f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7286005538.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#52: Why Every Home Studio Owner Should Have A "Do NOT Do" List</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Brian Hood and Chris Graham discuss the benefits of a do not do list. Having this list and checking it twice before moving on to your to-do list can help you structure your day and life in a much better fashion to become more productive.

Listen to the episode now to find out the benefits you can reap following this system!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Nov 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Every Home Studio Owner Should Have A "Do NOT Do" List</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4b9e4972-0c25-11eb-a89b-5f91d6cc8015/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Brian Hood and Chris Graham discuss the benefits of a do not do list. Having this list and checking it twice before moving on to your to-do list can help you structure your day and life in a much...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Brian Hood and Chris Graham discuss the benefits of a do not do list. Having this list and checking it twice before moving on to your to-do list can help you structure your day and life in a much better fashion to become more productive.

Listen to the episode now to find out the benefits you can reap following this system!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast Brian Hood and Chris Graham discuss the benefits of a do not do list. Having this list and checking it twice before moving on to your to-do list can help you structure your day and life in a much better fashion to become more productive.

Listen to the episode now to find out the benefits you can reap following this system!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2485</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1c2b786993e44601bb255f2b92c94f38]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5702141802.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#51: Why Are Audio Engineers So Bad With Relationships?</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss the abysmal track record audio engineers have in their relationships, both personal and business.

Find out some key tips on how you can improve your relationship skills to improve your business and your life simultaneously!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Oct 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Are Audio Engineers So Bad With Relationships?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4bbc4c42-0c25-11eb-a89b-7b0572c6ece1/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss the abysmal track record audio engineers have in their relationships, both personal and business.  Find out some key tips on how you can improve your relationship skills to improve your business and your life...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss the abysmal track record audio engineers have in their relationships, both personal and business.

Find out some key tips on how you can improve your relationship skills to improve your business and your life simultaneously!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss the abysmal track record audio engineers have in their relationships, both personal and business.

Find out some key tips on how you can improve your relationship skills to improve your business and your life simultaneously!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2569</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fb806f24449f4a71b14d27a0756485e8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8652512197.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#50: Help! My Clients All Want To Do Their Own DIY Recordings</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode (recorded live in The Six Figure Home Studio Facebook Community), Brian and Chris discuss a dilemma faced by many engineers: artists who wish to record themselves. 

With more and more artists choosing the DIY option these days, how can you add value to them while still providing a service that they can’t do themselves?</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Help! My Clients All Want To Do Their Own DIY Recordings</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4bd2df84-0c25-11eb-a89b-6b0fd5e2efe2/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode (recorded live in The Six Figure Home Studio Facebook Community), Brian and Chris discuss a dilemma faced by many engineers: artists who wish to record themselves.  With more and more artists choosing the DIY option these days, how can...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode (recorded live in The Six Figure Home Studio Facebook Community), Brian and Chris discuss a dilemma faced by many engineers: artists who wish to record themselves. 

With more and more artists choosing the DIY option these days, how can you add value to them while still providing a service that they can’t do themselves?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode (recorded live in The Six Figure Home Studio Facebook Community), Brian and Chris discuss a dilemma faced by many engineers: artists who wish to record themselves. 

With more and more artists choosing the DIY option these days, how can you add value to them while still providing a service that they can’t do themselves?]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2498</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c0719d78638141b0b48fdad9cd3a70c2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5707008683.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#49: How To Answer THE Most Important Question: Why Should Someone Hire You?</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this advice buffet, podcast hosts Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss how you can make your business stand out from the crowd. Find out why you need to be unique and what the best methods of doing differentiation are.

Answering this one question will set your studio leaps and bounds ahead of the “me too” studio down the road.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Oct 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Answer THE Most Important Question: Why Should Someone Hire You?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4bf0cbb6-0c25-11eb-a89b-f334a5bc4757/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this advice buffet, podcast hosts Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss how you can make your business stand out from the crowd. Find out why you need to be unique and what the best methods of doing differentiation are.  Answering this one question...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this advice buffet, podcast hosts Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss how you can make your business stand out from the crowd. Find out why you need to be unique and what the best methods of doing differentiation are.

Answering this one question will set your studio leaps and bounds ahead of the “me too” studio down the road.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this advice buffet, podcast hosts Chris Graham and Brian Hood discuss how you can make your business stand out from the crowd. Find out why you need to be unique and what the best methods of doing differentiation are.

Answering this one question will set your studio leaps and bounds ahead of the “me too” studio down the road.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3042</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[37d992447906436f8a8e1bc9d1b8c7d8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8749776164.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#48: Side Hustles You Can Use To Transition Out Of Your Day Job (And Into Full-time Audio)</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode you’ll discover:

Why having a side hustle isn’t selling out
Why you need to consider what your side hustle is so you don’t devalue your studio work
What skills can be gleaned from side-hustles that benefit your studio
Basic non-audio side hustles that can earn you cash
Audio-related side hustles
How you can harness the “sharing economy” as a side hustle
The new business that will let you use your audio skills while helping home studio owners achieve their dreams</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Oct 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Side Hustles You Can Use To Transition Out Of Your Day Job (And Into Full-time Audio)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4c1248ea-0c25-11eb-a89b-af13ed481a77/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Podcast hosts Chris and Brian discuss the plethora of methods studio owners can use to supplement their income during dry spells. Join them to find out how you can get through the rough patches so you can stay as close to full time as possible in your...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode you’ll discover:

Why having a side hustle isn’t selling out
Why you need to consider what your side hustle is so you don’t devalue your studio work
What skills can be gleaned from side-hustles that benefit your studio
Basic non-audio side hustles that can earn you cash
Audio-related side hustles
How you can harness the “sharing economy” as a side hustle
The new business that will let you use your audio skills while helping home studio owners achieve their dreams</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode you’ll discover:

Why having a side hustle isn’t selling out
Why you need to consider what your side hustle is so you don’t devalue your studio work
What skills can be gleaned from side-hustles that benefit your studio
Basic non-audio side hustles that can earn you cash
Audio-related side hustles
How you can harness the “sharing economy” as a side hustle
The new business that will let you use your audio skills while helping home studio owners achieve their dreams]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2799</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3db5610e62ba4658af1ce2838cc0dea0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6455454640.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#47: How Every Single Studio Can Build A "Referral Team" For Free</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/47-how-every-single-studio-can-build-a-referral-team-for-free</link>
      <description>In this episode, Chris and Brian cover the importance of building a team not only for yourself, but for the added value to your clients. If you have the connections to a solid team of freelancers who you can refer artists to, you are adding value to both the artist and the freelancer, strengthening connections and creating a win/win/win situation.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Oct 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Every Single Studio Can Build A "Referral Team" For Free</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4c336a20-0c25-11eb-a89b-bbbf7978b32d/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Chris and Brian cover the importance of building a team not only for yourself, but for the added value to your clients. If you have the connections to a solid team of freelancers who you can refer artists to, you are adding value to...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Chris and Brian cover the importance of building a team not only for yourself, but for the added value to your clients. If you have the connections to a solid team of freelancers who you can refer artists to, you are adding value to both the artist and the freelancer, strengthening connections and creating a win/win/win situation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, Chris and Brian cover the importance of building a team not only for yourself, but for the added value to your clients. If you have the connections to a solid team of freelancers who you can refer artists to, you are adding value to both the artist and the freelancer, strengthening connections and creating a win/win/win situation.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2361</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fdae5b9384c2482984bb63d252378241]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9800355377.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#46: Graham Cochrane Teaches Us How One Free Source Of Marketing Can Change Your Business Forever</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian go in depth with Graham Cochrane, founder of The Recording Revolution and www.grahamcochrane.com.

They discuss topics such as making time for the important things in life, tips for content marketing, and much, much more!</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Sep 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Graham Cochrane Teaches Us How One Free Source Of Marketing Can Change Your Business Forever</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4c8b1464-0c25-11eb-a89b-d34ba3faeaf8/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian go in depth with Graham Cochrane, founder of The Recording Revolution and www.grahamcochrane.com.  They discuss topics such as making time for the important things in life, tips...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian go in depth with Graham Cochrane, founder of The Recording Revolution and www.grahamcochrane.com.

They discuss topics such as making time for the important things in life, tips for content marketing, and much, much more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Chris and Brian go in depth with Graham Cochrane, founder of The Recording Revolution and www.grahamcochrane.com.

They discuss topics such as making time for the important things in life, tips for content marketing, and much, much more!]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3597</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[10cf27f1fe454ee095cdb0fe4b701685]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3595738207.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#45: How Studio Owners Are Multiplying Their Income And Minimizing Their Headaches Using The 80/20 Principle</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In episode 45 of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Brian and Chris discuss the 80/20 principle. This is something that affects not only your business but your personal relationships, your health, your hobbies, and so much more.

Learn to harness the 80/20 principle so you can increase your income, happiness, and time available for the productivity in your life.

You will also learn how to use the 80/20 principle to reduce the negatives in your life, from toxic people to gear addictions.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Sep 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Studio Owners Are Multiplying Their Income And Minimizing Their Headaches Using The 80/20 Principle</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4cafcbce-0c25-11eb-a89b-a70f843ed3f9/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In episode 45 of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Brian and Chris discuss the 80/20 principle. This is something that affects not only your business but your personal relationships, your health, your hobbies, and so much more.  Learn to harness the...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In episode 45 of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Brian and Chris discuss the 80/20 principle. This is something that affects not only your business but your personal relationships, your health, your hobbies, and so much more.

Learn to harness the 80/20 principle so you can increase your income, happiness, and time available for the productivity in your life.

You will also learn how to use the 80/20 principle to reduce the negatives in your life, from toxic people to gear addictions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In episode 45 of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast, Brian and Chris discuss the 80/20 principle. This is something that affects not only your business but your personal relationships, your health, your hobbies, and so much more.

Learn to harness the 80/20 principle so you can increase your income, happiness, and time available for the productivity in your life.

You will also learn how to use the 80/20 principle to reduce the negatives in your life, from toxic people to gear addictions.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3542</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[de3c2dab14734b09ab4b2e60ef4bf1a4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2431474689.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#44: The Three Awkward Client Conversations You Cannot Skip If You Want To Enjoy Your Career In Audio</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode, Brian and Chris cover the three hard conversations you need to have with every client in order to set the precedent from day one. These conversations will ensure your relationship can last not just through the project, but for the rest of your career.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Sep 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Three Awkward Client Conversations You Cannot Skip If You Want To Enjoy Your Career In Audio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4cd98de2-0c25-11eb-a89b-cfe633d1a47e/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Have you ever agreed upon a rate with a client, only to be told at the end of the project they don’t have the funds?  Has a client asked you to complete their work with a certain style, only to reverse course after the first draft is completed,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Brian and Chris cover the three hard conversations you need to have with every client in order to set the precedent from day one. These conversations will ensure your relationship can last not just through the project, but for the rest of your career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, Brian and Chris cover the three hard conversations you need to have with every client in order to set the precedent from day one. These conversations will ensure your relationship can last not just through the project, but for the rest of your career.
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2482</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3f9465563d58467da4ca1fbbf4e2dafa]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7477913259.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#43: How To Get More Clients For Your Studio (Part 2)</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Last week we showed you five different strategies you can use to generate leads for your studio. The problem is this...

If you don’t know the right way to convert someone from a lead into a paying customer, none of those lead acquisition strategies will matter. 

In part two of this series, we’ll be discussing how to sell your services to these new leads in an ethical, effective, relevant way.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Sep 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get More Clients For Your Studio (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4cf7c1fe-0c25-11eb-a89b-43f6702f9581/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Last week we showed you five different strategies you can use to generate leads for your studio. The problem is this...  If you don’t know the right way to convert someone from a lead into a paying customer, none of those lead acquisition strategies...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Last week we showed you five different strategies you can use to generate leads for your studio. The problem is this...

If you don’t know the right way to convert someone from a lead into a paying customer, none of those lead acquisition strategies will matter. 

In part two of this series, we’ll be discussing how to sell your services to these new leads in an ethical, effective, relevant way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Last week we showed you five different strategies you can use to generate leads for your studio. The problem is this...

If you don’t know the right way to convert someone from a lead into a paying customer, none of those lead acquisition strategies will matter. 

In part two of this series, we’ll be discussing how to sell your services to these new leads in an ethical, effective, relevant way.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3161</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cdbded403c5d4b4dbe117a1577835401]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1965744793.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#42: How To Get More Clients For Your Studio (Part 1)</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you ask any struggling studio what their number 1 problem is, the answer will almost always be “we need more clients”. This is because no studio can survive without a consistent stream of paid work.

In this series, we’ll be tackling this issue head-on. 

Our goal is for this series if for you have clarity on what steps you need to take in order to make this career an attainable goal instead of just a pipe-dream.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Aug 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get More Clients For Your Studio (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4d148dd4-0c25-11eb-a89b-177f2c513344/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you ask any struggling studio what their number 1 problem is, the answer will almost always be “we need more clients”. This is because no studio can survive without a consistent stream of paid work.  That is obvious.  What isn’t so obvious is...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you ask any struggling studio what their number 1 problem is, the answer will almost always be “we need more clients”. This is because no studio can survive without a consistent stream of paid work.

In this series, we’ll be tackling this issue head-on. 

Our goal is for this series if for you have clarity on what steps you need to take in order to make this career an attainable goal instead of just a pipe-dream.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you ask any struggling studio what their number 1 problem is, the answer will almost always be “we need more clients”. This is because no studio can survive without a consistent stream of paid work.

In this series, we’ll be tackling this issue head-on. 

Our goal is for this series if for you have clarity on what steps you need to take in order to make this career an attainable goal instead of just a pipe-dream.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2586</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[34b48d6cd4064d9b874b3c2748351915]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7231694102.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#41: Why It's Important To Have Small, Measurable Goals For Your Studio - Lessons From The Chinese Bamboo Tree</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Striving towards a big overarching goal when starting your business is great to aim for. But without the ability to test and measure your progress along the way, there’s no way of knowing where you might end up.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Aug 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why It's Important To Have Small, Measurable Goals For Your Studio - Lessons From The Chinese Bamboo Tree</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4d350172-0c25-11eb-a89b-a7f3d975a12b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Striving towards a big overarching goal when starting your business is great to aim for. But without the ability to test and measure your progress along the way, there’s no way of knowing where you might end up.  For full show notes, go to    If you...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Striving towards a big overarching goal when starting your business is great to aim for. But without the ability to test and measure your progress along the way, there’s no way of knowing where you might end up.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Striving towards a big overarching goal when starting your business is great to aim for. But without the ability to test and measure your progress along the way, there’s no way of knowing where you might end up.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1212</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cd797f21fe444946a1cd0c6e64470b20]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2573426085.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#40: How We Use Checklists To Boost Our Income, Creativity, And Consistency</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Checklists may seem dull and boring, but the reality is this:
 
Checklists help you to systemize tasks in your business which frees you up to focus on the things that actually matter. The things that actually push the needle in your business.

In this episode, Brian and Chris explain their thought process behind some of the checklists in their business and how you can start implementing them in yours today.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Aug 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How We Use Checklists To Boost Our Income, Creativity, And Consistency</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4d5d7206-0c25-11eb-a89b-233c42f0bdab/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Checklists may seem dull and boring, but the reality is this:  Checklists help you to systemize tasks in your business which frees you up to focus on the things that actually matter. The things that actually push the needle in your business.  In this...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Checklists may seem dull and boring, but the reality is this:
 
Checklists help you to systemize tasks in your business which frees you up to focus on the things that actually matter. The things that actually push the needle in your business.

In this episode, Brian and Chris explain their thought process behind some of the checklists in their business and how you can start implementing them in yours today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Checklists may seem dull and boring, but the reality is this:
 
Checklists help you to systemize tasks in your business which frees you up to focus on the things that actually matter. The things that actually push the needle in your business.

In this episode, Brian and Chris explain their thought process behind some of the checklists in their business and how you can start implementing them in yours today.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>1878</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[af7f930fa32b4e39a50ba18b061420b8]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3461862848.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#39: What Fortnite, PUBG, and Other Video Games Can Teach Us About Running A Successful Business</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Unless you’ve been living under a rock, the popularity of video games like Fortnite and PUBG has exploded over the past year. 

Is it possible to take what we learned from these games and apply it to running a business? 

You bet your sweet ass it’s possible, so enjoy this ridiculous episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Aug 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What Fortnite, PUBG, and Other Video Games Can Teach Us About Running A Successful Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4d893bac-0c25-11eb-a89b-c7265a5fbbad/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Unless you’ve been living under a rock, the popularity of video games like Fortnite and PUBG has exploded over the past year.  Is it possible to take what we learned from these games and apply it to running a business?  You bet your sweet ass it’s...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Unless you’ve been living under a rock, the popularity of video games like Fortnite and PUBG has exploded over the past year. 

Is it possible to take what we learned from these games and apply it to running a business? 

You bet your sweet ass it’s possible, so enjoy this ridiculous episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Unless you’ve been living under a rock, the popularity of video games like Fortnite and PUBG has exploded over the past year. 

Is it possible to take what we learned from these games and apply it to running a business? 

You bet your sweet ass it’s possible, so enjoy this ridiculous episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2525</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1523b65a175e405195bbf98c7a293401]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1110523051.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#38: 10x Your Business By Identifying And Eliminating Your "Single Point Of Failure"</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You cannot be successful if you fail to address what we call “single points of failure” in your life. One of these alone could severely hamper your chances for success. In this episode, we explore many different potential “single points of failure” in our lives.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jul 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>10x Your Business By Identifying And Eliminating Your "Single Point Of Failure"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4da3366a-0c25-11eb-a89b-0b5ed1e879c7/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Imagine this: You own the most incredible recording studio in the world, you’re the most skilled producer on earth, you’re a marketing genius, and you’re completely debt free…  Sounds great, right?  Now imagine this: You have all those things,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You cannot be successful if you fail to address what we call “single points of failure” in your life. One of these alone could severely hamper your chances for success. In this episode, we explore many different potential “single points of failure” in our lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You cannot be successful if you fail to address what we call “single points of failure” in your life. One of these alone could severely hamper your chances for success. In this episode, we explore many different potential “single points of failure” in our lives.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4033</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f6e3978738d44641b103eb410108bce5]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2073238877.mp3?updated=1670597561" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#37: The Niche Domination Checklist - Implement This Into Your Business ASAP!</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>We’ve all heard the phrase “the riches are in the niches”.... While this may be true, it’s important that you do a few specific things in order to make the most of your new audio niche. 

In this episode, we give you a checklist of things you need to implement ASAP in order to give yourself the best chance for success.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jul 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Niche Domination Checklist - Implement This Into Your Business ASAP!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4dbc29e0-0c25-11eb-a89b-7fe6a4db00d8/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>We’ve all heard the phrase “the riches are in the niches”.... While this may be true, it’s important that you do a few specific things in order to make the most of your new audio niche.  In this episode, we give you a checklist of things you...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We’ve all heard the phrase “the riches are in the niches”.... While this may be true, it’s important that you do a few specific things in order to make the most of your new audio niche. 

In this episode, we give you a checklist of things you need to implement ASAP in order to give yourself the best chance for success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[We’ve all heard the phrase “the riches are in the niches”.... While this may be true, it’s important that you do a few specific things in order to make the most of your new audio niche. 

In this episode, we give you a checklist of things you need to implement ASAP in order to give yourself the best chance for success.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3050</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2fdd0cde9a1d470181e6fb6085bcfac6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1874066681.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#36: Sync Licensing: The Gateway To Passive Income For Audio Entrepreneurs - With Travis Terrell</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Passive income is the Holy Grail of income types, but it’s something that eludes most audio entrepreneurs. Most of us simply trade dollars for hours. 

One way to start building passive income is to venture into the world of sync licensing. 

In this episode, we interviewed the CEO Soundstripe – a rapidly-growing micro sync licensing platform. He helps break down the wall of confusion and helps us make sense of what’s working in today’s world of sync licensing.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jul 2018 14:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Sync Licensing: The Gateway To Passive Income For Audio Entrepreneurs - With Travis Terrell</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4dd92586-0c25-11eb-a89b-9ba9991955a0/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Passive income is the Holy Grail of income types, but it’s something that eludes most audio entrepreneurs. Most of us simply trade dollars for hours.  One way to start building passive income is to venture into the world of sync licensing. The...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Passive income is the Holy Grail of income types, but it’s something that eludes most audio entrepreneurs. Most of us simply trade dollars for hours. 

One way to start building passive income is to venture into the world of sync licensing. 

In this episode, we interviewed the CEO Soundstripe – a rapidly-growing micro sync licensing platform. He helps break down the wall of confusion and helps us make sense of what’s working in today’s world of sync licensing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Passive income is the Holy Grail of income types, but it’s something that eludes most audio entrepreneurs. Most of us simply trade dollars for hours. 

One way to start building passive income is to venture into the world of sync licensing. 

In this episode, we interviewed the CEO Soundstripe – a rapidly-growing micro sync licensing platform. He helps break down the wall of confusion and helps us make sense of what’s working in today’s world of sync licensing. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4531</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f1a4926581084909aa50542d02e9203d]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1131631599.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#35: The Secret To Happier Clients, Fewer Revisions, And Faster Projects</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>This episode is for anyone who’s ever gone “batch it crazy.”</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jul 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Secret To Happier Clients, Fewer Revisions, And Faster Projects</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4df999ba-0c25-11eb-a89b-f7105e35f1c5/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode is for anyone who’s ever gone “batch it crazy.”  For full show notes, go to    If you want to suggest a guest, an idea for the podcast, or you have some general feedback, then you can submit that via email to</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This episode is for anyone who’s ever gone “batch it crazy.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This episode is for anyone who’s ever gone “batch it crazy.”]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2575</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e1cfd7b8496c4785bd2780c6654b001a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9727621693.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#34: What Does The Future Hold For The Recording Industry?</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Software has all but replaced the need for much of the popular hardware from 20+ years ago. What little hardware that is required to get started keeps getting cheaper and cheaper.

Recording budgets have been shrinking, and many major studios have shut their doors. 

While many people have struggled and failed to adapt, massive opportunities have been opened up for the average home recording studio.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jul 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What Does The Future Hold For The Recording Industry?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4e13f832-0c25-11eb-a89b-8bd1f6bf33cc/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you look back at how much the recording industry has changed in the past 20 years, few people would have ever predicted what would happen.  Software has all but replaced the need for much of the popular hardware from 20+ years ago. What little...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Software has all but replaced the need for much of the popular hardware from 20+ years ago. What little hardware that is required to get started keeps getting cheaper and cheaper.

Recording budgets have been shrinking, and many major studios have shut their doors. 

While many people have struggled and failed to adapt, massive opportunities have been opened up for the average home recording studio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Software has all but replaced the need for much of the popular hardware from 20+ years ago. What little hardware that is required to get started keeps getting cheaper and cheaper.

Recording budgets have been shrinking, and many major studios have shut their doors. 

While many people have struggled and failed to adapt, massive opportunities have been opened up for the average home recording studio. 

]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2513</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[39524853bc68453db0379f5ae96947e1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2905866542.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#33: 5 Studio Niches Ripe For The Taking</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Working on BIG records for major artists is probably a dream for a lot of you and most likely a big reason why you got into this industry. The hard truth is that for most people, this won’t happen quickly. 

So listen as Brian and Chris break down 5 audio niches that you maybe didn’t know existed and could take advantage of today (even if you’re trying to break into another niche).</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jun 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>5 Audio Niches Ripe For The Taking</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4e3502de-0c25-11eb-a89b-4b23c38bc7a4/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Working on BIG records for major artists is probably a dream for a lot of you and most likely a big reason why you got into this industry. The hard truth is that for most people, this won’t happen quickly.  So listen as Brian and Chris break down 5...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Working on BIG records for major artists is probably a dream for a lot of you and most likely a big reason why you got into this industry. The hard truth is that for most people, this won’t happen quickly. 

So listen as Brian and Chris break down 5 audio niches that you maybe didn’t know existed and could take advantage of today (even if you’re trying to break into another niche).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Working on BIG records for major artists is probably a dream for a lot of you and most likely a big reason why you got into this industry. The hard truth is that for most people, this won’t happen quickly. 

So listen as Brian and Chris break down 5 audio niches that you maybe didn’t know existed and could take advantage of today (even if you’re trying to break into another niche). ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3035</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3f83891a001c435bbcc4724925af55da]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9631642491.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#32: The 5 Types of Audio Income</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Consistent income is something that all of us strive for but most of us struggle with. While there are plenty of ways to make money in the audio industry, how do you know which one is right for you?

Well in this episode, Brian and Chris break down the positives and negatives of the different ways that can help you pull in a consistent income.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jun 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Types of Audio Income</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4e66f0e6-0c25-11eb-a89b-73126f083cb2/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Consistent income is something that all of us strive for but most of us struggle with. While there are plenty of ways to make money in the audio industry, how do you know which one is right for you?  Well in this episode, Brian and Chris break down...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Consistent income is something that all of us strive for but most of us struggle with. While there are plenty of ways to make money in the audio industry, how do you know which one is right for you?

Well in this episode, Brian and Chris break down the positives and negatives of the different ways that can help you pull in a consistent income.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Consistent income is something that all of us strive for but most of us struggle with. While there are plenty of ways to make money in the audio industry, how do you know which one is right for you?

Well in this episode, Brian and Chris break down the positives and negatives of the different ways that can help you pull in a consistent income. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2896</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3e7905119bcd4ee583733a35e9f5c318]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4316122042.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#31: Overcoming Self-Doubt, Imposter Syndrome, And A Lack Of Self-Confidence In The Studio </title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Self-doubt is the biggest enemy to success that we see in our community. This is something that has prevented a lot of us from achieving our goals. 

If you’re unable to get out of your own damn way, then no amount of marketing, gear acquisition, audio training, or networking will make up for it.

This episode explores the root cause of self-doubt, as well as some potential “seeds” of self-confidence that you can plant today in order to start the long journey of overcoming this crippling problem.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jun 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Overcoming Self-Doubt, Imposter Syndrome, And A Lack Of Self-Confidence In The Studio </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4e819040-0c25-11eb-a89b-9719ffea5cd6/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Self-doubt is hands down the biggest enemy to success that we see in our community. This is something that has prevented so many of us from achieving our biggest goals. If you’re unable to get out of your own damn way, then no amount of marketing,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Self-doubt is the biggest enemy to success that we see in our community. This is something that has prevented a lot of us from achieving our goals. 

If you’re unable to get out of your own damn way, then no amount of marketing, gear acquisition, audio training, or networking will make up for it.

This episode explores the root cause of self-doubt, as well as some potential “seeds” of self-confidence that you can plant today in order to start the long journey of overcoming this crippling problem.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Self-doubt is the biggest enemy to success that we see in our community. This is something that has prevented a lot of us from achieving our goals. 

If you’re unable to get out of your own damn way, then no amount of marketing, gear acquisition, audio training, or networking will make up for it.

This episode explores the root cause of self-doubt, as well as some potential “seeds” of self-confidence that you can plant today in order to start the long journey of overcoming this crippling problem.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2982</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[81191d77d54f4aa59ad67be17c5d54b7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1157640493.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#30: 11 Highly-Effective Negotiation Tactics Any Audio Professional Can Use</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Whether you realize it or not, you negotiate with people nearly every day of your life. Even if you refuse to negotiation, you’re STILL using negotiation tactics. In today’s episode, you’ll learn 11 negotiation tactics you can use in your career today, in order to earn more.

So before you negotiate the rates on another project, buy another piece of gear, or sell off some unused equipment, this episode will help you improve one of the highest “dollar per hour” skills you could ever use.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 11:30:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>11 Highly-Effective Negotiation Tactics Any Audio Professional Can Use</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4eb2815a-0c25-11eb-a89b-8f1f2b6bc599/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Whether you realize it or not, you negotiate with people nearly every day of your life. Even if you refuse to negotiation, you’re STILL using negotiation tactics. In today’s episode, you’ll learn 11 negotiation tactics you can use in your career...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Whether you realize it or not, you negotiate with people nearly every day of your life. Even if you refuse to negotiation, you’re STILL using negotiation tactics. In today’s episode, you’ll learn 11 negotiation tactics you can use in your career today, in order to earn more.

So before you negotiate the rates on another project, buy another piece of gear, or sell off some unused equipment, this episode will help you improve one of the highest “dollar per hour” skills you could ever use.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Whether you realize it or not, you negotiate with people nearly every day of your life. Even if you refuse to negotiation, you’re STILL using negotiation tactics. In today’s episode, you’ll learn 11 negotiation tactics you can use in your career today, in order to earn more.

So before you negotiate the rates on another project, buy another piece of gear, or sell off some unused equipment, this episode will help you improve one of the highest “dollar per hour” skills you could ever use. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3264</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b944c7eb23094033a0aefe704586663a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8566036605.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#29: 12 Amazing Tools To Help You Run A Profitable Home Studio</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>We’ve all heard the quote “The right tool for the right job.” Well this especially true if you’re looking to optimize your business and grow it at an exponential level. 

In this episode, Brian and Chris break down their 12 favourite tools that have helped them both grow their businesses to where they are today.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 May 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>12 Amazing Tools To Help You Run A Profitable Home Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4ed2b40c-0c25-11eb-a89b-731ae4d2ab30/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>We’ve all heard the quote “The right tool for the right job.” Well this especially true if you’re looking to optimize your business and grow it at an exponential level.  In this episode, Brian and Chris break down their 12 favourite tools that...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We’ve all heard the quote “The right tool for the right job.” Well this especially true if you’re looking to optimize your business and grow it at an exponential level. 

In this episode, Brian and Chris break down their 12 favourite tools that have helped them both grow their businesses to where they are today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[We’ve all heard the quote “The right tool for the right job.” Well this especially true if you’re looking to optimize your business and grow it at an exponential level. 

In this episode, Brian and Chris break down their 12 favourite tools that have helped them both grow their businesses to where they are today.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3050</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[74adcab707de4ae583ec1b9eafa155d2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1855792173.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#28: Warren Huart: Advice From A Multi-Platinum Producer With 196,000 YouTube Subscribers</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Warren Huart has worked with bands like The Fray, Korn, and Aerosmith, and he’s worked on movies like Inglourious Basterds and Transformers. Further adding to his clout is his success on YouTube. With over 196000 subscribers and 17,000,000+ views, his tutorials are some of the most popular you’ll find online. If you’re ever lucky enough to meet someone like Warren, it’s best to do a lot more listening than talking...</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 May 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Warren Huart: Advice From A Multi-Platinum Producer With 196,000 YouTube Subscribers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4eed9560-0c25-11eb-a89b-079742d5a35e/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Warren Huart has worked with bands like The Fray, Korn, and Aerosmith, and he’s worked on movies like Inglourious Basterds and Transformers. Further adding to his clout is his success on YouTube. With over 196000 subscribers and 17,000,000+ views,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Warren Huart has worked with bands like The Fray, Korn, and Aerosmith, and he’s worked on movies like Inglourious Basterds and Transformers. Further adding to his clout is his success on YouTube. With over 196000 subscribers and 17,000,000+ views, his tutorials are some of the most popular you’ll find online. If you’re ever lucky enough to meet someone like Warren, it’s best to do a lot more listening than talking...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Warren Huart has worked with bands like The Fray, Korn, and Aerosmith, and he’s worked on movies like Inglourious Basterds and Transformers. Further adding to his clout is his success on YouTube. With over 196000 subscribers and 17,000,000+ views, his tutorials are some of the most popular you’ll find online. If you’re ever lucky enough to meet someone like Warren, it’s best to do a lot more listening than talking...]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2168</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b37bb2280cc6459483fcb3f12b1af879]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6234993795.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#27: Saving Over $3,000 Per Month By “Downsizing To Profitability”: Matt Boudreau’s Story</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>If you had the chance to run your studio out of a fancy commercial facility designed by Bill Putnam, would you take it? Most of us would jump at the chance...but is this the right move? 

Matt Boudreau was given this chance in 2007, and in this interview, you’ll hear how this quickly shifted from an opportunity of a lifetime, to one of the lowest points in his career.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Saving Over $3,000 Per Month By “Downsizing To Profitability”: Matt Boudreau’s Story</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4f175738-0c25-11eb-a89b-7346d6b51724/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you had the chance to run your studio out of a fancy commercial facility designed by Bill Putnam, would you take it? Most of us would jump at the chance...but is this the right move?  Matt Boudreau was given this chance in 2007, and in this...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>If you had the chance to run your studio out of a fancy commercial facility designed by Bill Putnam, would you take it? Most of us would jump at the chance...but is this the right move? 

Matt Boudreau was given this chance in 2007, and in this interview, you’ll hear how this quickly shifted from an opportunity of a lifetime, to one of the lowest points in his career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you had the chance to run your studio out of a fancy commercial facility designed by Bill Putnam, would you take it? Most of us would jump at the chance...but is this the right move? 

Matt Boudreau was given this chance in 2007, and in this interview, you’ll hear how this quickly shifted from an opportunity of a lifetime, to one of the lowest points in his career.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3800</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9455c9bde0143fd4f6981ee50046fbcc]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6421293444.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#26 Systems You Can Implement TODAY In Order To Help Your Business Run More Efficiently </title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Building great systems into your business will eliminate many of the unnecessary friction points that are holding you back from reaching your true potential. In this episode, Brian and Chris break down the systems they use in their companies and why they think it’s important for you to implement them in yours.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 May 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Systems You Can Implement TODAY In Order To Help Your Business Run More Efficiently </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4fbfc7c4-0c25-11eb-a89b-ff4ee835d015/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Building great systems into your business will eliminate many of the unnecessary friction points that are holding you back from reaching your true potential. In this episode, Brian and Chris break down the systems they use in their companies and why...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Building great systems into your business will eliminate many of the unnecessary friction points that are holding you back from reaching your true potential. In this episode, Brian and Chris break down the systems they use in their companies and why they think it’s important for you to implement them in yours.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Building great systems into your business will eliminate many of the unnecessary friction points that are holding you back from reaching your true potential. In this episode, Brian and Chris break down the systems they use in their companies and why they think it’s important for you to implement them in yours.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3897</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[45e45437834acffc49839ae242a211ad]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6425471975.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#25: What If You Were Starting Over In A New City WITHOUT Friends, Connections, or Gear? </title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode, Chris and Brian live out a hypothetical scenario where they join the witness protection program, move to a new city and start their audio careers from scratch. Find out what they would do and how they would do it if they had to start all over again.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 May 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>What If You Were Starting Over In A New City WITHOUT Friends, Connections, or Gear? </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4fddc1b6-0c25-11eb-a89b-2b96f6c9eb13/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, Chris and Brian live out a hypothetical scenario where they join the witness protection program, move to a new city and start their audio careers from scratch. Find out what they would do and how they would do it if they had to start...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Chris and Brian live out a hypothetical scenario where they join the witness protection program, move to a new city and start their audio careers from scratch. Find out what they would do and how they would do it if they had to start all over again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, Chris and Brian live out a hypothetical scenario where they join the witness protection program, move to a new city and start their audio careers from scratch. Find out what they would do and how they would do it if they had to start all over again.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3581</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b9dd17bc8324d401f940c7126feebbd1]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5135562905.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#24: 10 Ways To Wow Your Clients And Keep Them Coming Back For Life</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/24-10-ways-to-wow-your-clients-and-keep-them-coming-back-for-life</link>
      <description>This episode challenges you to see the upside of selfless service to your clients.  Brian and Chris offer ten ways to help connect with your artists on a more personal level, ultimately nurturing relationships and showing how selfless service can really change the way your artists respond to your services.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>10 Ways To Wow Your Clients And Keep Them Coming Back For Life</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/4ff2b99a-0c25-11eb-a89b-e7c5a861d096/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode challenges you to see the upside of selfless service to your clients. Brian and Chris offer ten ways to help connect with your artists on a more personal level, ultimately nurturing relationships and showing how selfless service can...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This episode challenges you to see the upside of selfless service to your clients.  Brian and Chris offer ten ways to help connect with your artists on a more personal level, ultimately nurturing relationships and showing how selfless service can really change the way your artists respond to your services.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This episode challenges you to see the upside of selfless service to your clients.  Brian and Chris offer ten ways to help connect with your artists on a more personal level, ultimately nurturing relationships and showing how selfless service can really change the way your artists respond to your services.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3323</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[889c81fa90a0bfbb3a97b738f4a81007]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2808679476.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#23: Why You MIGHT Need To Advertise Your Studio</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/23-why-you-might-need-to-advertise-your-studio</link>
      <description>In this episode, we will talk about why paid advertising is an important skill to develop in this fast-changing recording industry. We also discuss who should be investing time, money, and effort in paid advertising, and who should NOT be bothering with it.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Apr 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why You MIGHT Need To Advertise Your Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/5014d796-0c25-11eb-a89b-a725610fbde2/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, we will talk about why paid advertising is an important skill to develop in this fast-changing recording industry. We also discuss who should be investing time, money, and effort in paid advertising, and who should NOT be bothering...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, we will talk about why paid advertising is an important skill to develop in this fast-changing recording industry. We also discuss who should be investing time, money, and effort in paid advertising, and who should NOT be bothering with it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, we will talk about why paid advertising is an important skill to develop in this fast-changing recording industry. We also discuss who should be investing time, money, and effort in paid advertising, and who should NOT be bothering with it.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2708</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3ff7275f682978758b1a8d9fbf776694]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1346030491.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#22: How Emily Got Hundreds Of Clients By Combining Two Passions To Create Her Niche</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>This episode also kicks off a new series where we interview people who took two passions and combined them in a way that created a unique niche. On this week’s episode, you will learn how Emily has used unique niche to work with hundreds of clients and build a life that has allowed her to do what she loves...day in and day out.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Apr 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Emily Got Hundreds Of Clients By Combining Two Passions To Create Her Niche</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/5032cbfc-0c25-11eb-a89b-9b3dd3b543d1/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>This episode also kicks off a new series where we interview people who took two passions and combined them in a way that created a unique niche. On this week’s episode, you will learn how Emily has used unique niche to work with hundreds of clients...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This episode also kicks off a new series where we interview people who took two passions and combined them in a way that created a unique niche. On this week’s episode, you will learn how Emily has used unique niche to work with hundreds of clients and build a life that has allowed her to do what she loves...day in and day out.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This episode also kicks off a new series where we interview people who took two passions and combined them in a way that created a unique niche. On this week’s episode, you will learn how Emily has used unique niche to work with hundreds of clients and build a life that has allowed her to do what she loves...day in and day out.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4334</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bb38d3c7f3985bc2b36c67af358b034c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8265986836.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#21: The One Thing That Will Guarantee Your Studio's Failure</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com</link>
      <description>Whether you run a small home business or a large multi-million dollar business, you will run into roadblocks. Your ability to “figure it the f*ck out” will be a large reason behind whether or not your company is successful or fails miserably.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The One Thing That Will Guarantee Your Studio's Failure</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/504ebd94-0c25-11eb-a89b-0bfbc6f79158/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Whether you run a small home business or a large multi-million dollar business, you will run into roadblocks. Your ability to “figure it the f*ck out” will be a large reason behind whether or not your company is successful or fails miserably.  For...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Whether you run a small home business or a large multi-million dollar business, you will run into roadblocks. Your ability to “figure it the f*ck out” will be a large reason behind whether or not your company is successful or fails miserably.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Whether you run a small home business or a large multi-million dollar business, you will run into roadblocks. Your ability to “figure it the f*ck out” will be a large reason behind whether or not your company is successful or fails miserably.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3073</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b6003dfca5cfd8602e0a181cbb43b86c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3706414911.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#20: Should You Quit Your Dayjob To Start Recording Full Time?</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com</link>
      <description>Trying to run a recording studio AND maintain your day job? We get it...quitting your day job is not an easy decision to make. You could end up ruining your life by jumping ship at the wrong time or in the wrong scenario. 

The goal for this week’s episode is for you to have a better idea of whether it’s time for you to finally quit that damn day job or not.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Mar 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>"Should You Quit Your Dayjob To Start Recording Full Time? "</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/507638ec-0c25-11eb-a89b-cbc57f0937f5/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Trying to run a recording studio AND maintain your day job? We get it...quitting your day job is not an easy decision to make. You could end up ruining your life by jumping ship at the wrong time or in the wrong scenario.  The goal for this week’s...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Trying to run a recording studio AND maintain your day job? We get it...quitting your day job is not an easy decision to make. You could end up ruining your life by jumping ship at the wrong time or in the wrong scenario. 

The goal for this week’s episode is for you to have a better idea of whether it’s time for you to finally quit that damn day job or not.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Trying to run a recording studio AND maintain your day job? We get it...quitting your day job is not an easy decision to make. You could end up ruining your life by jumping ship at the wrong time or in the wrong scenario. 

The goal for this week’s episode is for you to have a better idea of whether it’s time for you to finally quit that damn day job or not. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2979</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9e8130d1732c6dd11f5c326a150792e6]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6471756987.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#19: n00b Website Mistakes That Will Choke Out Your Business</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com</link>
      <description>Your studio’s website sucks and we can help.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>n00b Website Mistakes That Will Choke Out Your Business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/5091d4b2-0c25-11eb-a89b-17688adb6073/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Your studio’s website sucks and we can help. For full show notes, go to  If you want to suggest a guest, an idea for the podcast, or you have some general feedback, then you can submit that via email to</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Your studio’s website sucks and we can help.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Your studio’s website sucks and we can help.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3552</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f23f432e28d91327afc9139d257c7251]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1130076823.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#18: It’s Tax Season: Don't F*ck This Up</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Taxes have always sucked ass, and they always will suck ass. Unfortunately taxes are impossible to (legally) avoid if you’re a freelancer, and the repercussions for evading taxes far outweigh any benefits you could ever gain from cheating.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Mar 2018 10:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>It’s Tax Season: Don't F*ck This Up</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/50a7d230-0c25-11eb-a89b-27e0f1e65b5e/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Taxes have always sucked ass, and they always will suck ass. Unfortunately taxes are impossible to (legally) avoid if you’re a freelancer, and the repercussions for evading taxes far outweigh any benefits you could ever gain from cheating.  For full...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Taxes have always sucked ass, and they always will suck ass. Unfortunately taxes are impossible to (legally) avoid if you’re a freelancer, and the repercussions for evading taxes far outweigh any benefits you could ever gain from cheating.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Taxes have always sucked ass, and they always will suck ass. Unfortunately taxes are impossible to (legally) avoid if you’re a freelancer, and the repercussions for evading taxes far outweigh any benefits you could ever gain from cheating.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2432</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3dc2e6a0ddecf44b66f15134ef8af49b]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5395909088.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#17: The 5 Stages Of A Successful Recording Career</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Everyone is going to be in different stages of their company but it’s important to know exactly what stage you’re in. Understanding these 5 stages and properly accessing which one you’re in is crucial for the next steps of your career.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Mar 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 5 Stages Of A Successful Recording Career</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/50c1b312-0c25-11eb-a89b-1332c59cdf8b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Everyone is going to be in different stages of their company but it’s important to know exactly what stage you’re in. Understanding these 5 stages and properly accessing which one you’re in is crucial for the next steps of your career.  For full...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Everyone is going to be in different stages of their company but it’s important to know exactly what stage you’re in. Understanding these 5 stages and properly accessing which one you’re in is crucial for the next steps of your career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Everyone is going to be in different stages of their company but it’s important to know exactly what stage you’re in. Understanding these 5 stages and properly accessing which one you’re in is crucial for the next steps of your career. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3811</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5f686b88a5d67e544231672edc3cd419]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7840470735.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#16: How To Avoid Nightmare Clients By Watching For These 8 Red Flags</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>When a new client contacts you, your immediate reaction is to take the money no matter what. The problem is that some projects can quickly turn into an absolute nightmare.

This episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast talks all about how you can spot nightmare projects before they start. Instead of saying “yes” to every single project, learn how saying “no” just might be the best thing you can do for the long-term enjoyment of your career.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title> How To Avoid Nightmare Clients By Watching For These 8 Red Flag</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/50ded758-0c25-11eb-a89b-87f2d3b48bb9/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>When a new client contacts you, your immediate reaction is to take the money no matter what. The problem is that some projects can quickly turn into an absolute nightmare.   This episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast talks all about how...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>When a new client contacts you, your immediate reaction is to take the money no matter what. The problem is that some projects can quickly turn into an absolute nightmare.

This episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast talks all about how you can spot nightmare projects before they start. Instead of saying “yes” to every single project, learn how saying “no” just might be the best thing you can do for the long-term enjoyment of your career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[When a new client contacts you, your immediate reaction is to take the money no matter what. The problem is that some projects can quickly turn into an absolute nightmare.

This episode of The Six Figure Home Studio Podcast talks all about how you can spot nightmare projects before they start. Instead of saying “yes” to every single project, learn how saying “no” just might be the best thing you can do for the long-term enjoyment of your career. 
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3291</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[71338ebfc93205a42f26490342b0ee29]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3069950358.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#15: How To Conquer Burn Out And Prevent It From Ruining Your Career</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>At some point in your career, you’ve probably experienced some form of burnout. It’s something everyone will experience at some point, and it can drain you both physically and emotionally. 

Understanding exactly what you can do to minimize or eliminate burnout is crucial if you want to push past it and have a long-lasting, happy, and healthy career.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Conquer Burn Out And Prevent It From Ruining Your Career</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/50faa4ba-0c25-11eb-a89b-4fcdc529e288/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>At some point in your career, you’ve probably experienced some form of burnout. It’s something everyone will experience at some point, and it can drain you both physically and emotionally.  Understanding exactly what you can do to minimize or...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>At some point in your career, you’ve probably experienced some form of burnout. It’s something everyone will experience at some point, and it can drain you both physically and emotionally. 

Understanding exactly what you can do to minimize or eliminate burnout is crucial if you want to push past it and have a long-lasting, happy, and healthy career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[At some point in your career, you’ve probably experienced some form of burnout. It’s something everyone will experience at some point, and it can drain you both physically and emotionally. 

Understanding exactly what you can do to minimize or eliminate burnout is crucial if you want to push past it and have a long-lasting, happy, and healthy career. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3680</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dab1d0d7d1d6d57174deb5760160bf50]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4152273224.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#14: Social Skills: If You Don't Get This Right, Your Home Studio May Pay The Price</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>You’ve probably spent countless hours studying recording techniques, the nuances of different gear, and maybe even learning how to run your business effectively. 

You probably have NOT put much thought into the effect your social skills have on your business. The thing is... social skills can have a much bigger effect on your income than any other single skill.

Your ability to get people to like you can go a long way when it comes to growing a home studio business.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Social Skills: If You Don't Get This Right, Your Home Studio May Pay The Price</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/51336322-0c25-11eb-a89b-33b84baf2dcd/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>You’ve probably spent countless hours studying recording techniques, the nuances of different gear, and maybe even learning how to run your business effectively.  You probably have NOT put much thought into the effect your social skills have on your...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>You’ve probably spent countless hours studying recording techniques, the nuances of different gear, and maybe even learning how to run your business effectively. 

You probably have NOT put much thought into the effect your social skills have on your business. The thing is... social skills can have a much bigger effect on your income than any other single skill.

Your ability to get people to like you can go a long way when it comes to growing a home studio business.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[You’ve probably spent countless hours studying recording techniques, the nuances of different gear, and maybe even learning how to run your business effectively. 

You probably have NOT put much thought into the effect your social skills have on your business. The thing is... social skills can have a much bigger effect on your income than any other single skill.

Your ability to get people to like you can go a long way when it comes to growing a home studio business.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2505</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[67bc3d4875d9d713aab2d580e17ccf47]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4104086969.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#13: How Social Skills Helped Billy Decker Dominate The Nashville Mixing Scene</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Billy Decker is one of Nashville’s top country mix engineers and has worked with a large list of labels and independent artists. But more than just mixing, Billy is known to be one of the most kind, generous and passionate persons that you will ever meet.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Social Skills Helped Billy Decker Dominate The Nashville Mixing Scene</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/514aa348-0c25-11eb-a89b-13ca5dfb89b5/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Billy Decker is one of Nashville’s top country mix engineers and has worked with a large list of labels and independent artists. But more than just mixing, Billy is known to be one of the most kind, generous and passionate persons that you will ever...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Billy Decker is one of Nashville’s top country mix engineers and has worked with a large list of labels and independent artists. But more than just mixing, Billy is known to be one of the most kind, generous and passionate persons that you will ever meet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Billy Decker is one of Nashville’s top country mix engineers and has worked with a large list of labels and independent artists. But more than just mixing, Billy is known to be one of the most kind, generous and passionate persons that you will ever meet. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>5613</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ac4c7d8c5ad5d0e1fdba8935f1a0dd65]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4497413037.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#12: How To Choose a Profitable Niche For Your Studio</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Answer this question: When it comes to your studio, what is the one thing that you're known for? If you can't answer that, it may be time to find some way to "niche down".

Most people think that "niching down" means you’re going to be turning away money even when you aren’t making much to begin with.

The reality is this: Your fear is keeping you from seeing the bigger picture. "The riches are in the niches," so this episode is all about helping you choose a profitable niche to dominate.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2018 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Choose a Profitable Niche For Your Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/5165cde4-0c25-11eb-a89b-1f7c8477ead7/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Answer this question: When it comes to your studio, what is the one thing that you're known for? If you can't answer that, it may be time to find some way to "niche down". Most people think that "niching down" means you’re going to be turning away...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Answer this question: When it comes to your studio, what is the one thing that you're known for? If you can't answer that, it may be time to find some way to "niche down".

Most people think that "niching down" means you’re going to be turning away money even when you aren’t making much to begin with.

The reality is this: Your fear is keeping you from seeing the bigger picture. "The riches are in the niches," so this episode is all about helping you choose a profitable niche to dominate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Answer this question: When it comes to your studio, what is the one thing that you're known for? If you can't answer that, it may be time to find some way to "niche down".

Most people think that "niching down" means you’re going to be turning away money even when you aren’t making much to begin with.

The reality is this: Your fear is keeping you from seeing the bigger picture. "The riches are in the niches," so this episode is all about helping you choose a profitable niche to dominate.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2693</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4760a0445293fa6414aea70a42d58fb7]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6497415018.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#11: How To Earn More From Your Studio (Without Raising Your Rates)</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com</link>
      <description>We’ve got good news and we’ve got bad news...The bad news is that no matter how hard you work, there’s always someone in the world that will work harder.

The good news is that there’s a difference between working “hard” and working “smart”.

In this episode, learn all the ways you can use automation, delegation, or elimination to outsmart your hard-working competitors.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2018 14:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Earn More From Your Studio (Without Raising Your Rates)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/51790c6a-0c25-11eb-a89b-77ad40366b11/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>For full show notes, go to  We’ve got good news and we’ve got bad news...The bad news is that no matter how hard you work, there’s always someone in the world that will work harder. The good news is that there’s a difference between working...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>We’ve got good news and we’ve got bad news...The bad news is that no matter how hard you work, there’s always someone in the world that will work harder.

The good news is that there’s a difference between working “hard” and working “smart”.

In this episode, learn all the ways you can use automation, delegation, or elimination to outsmart your hard-working competitors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[We’ve got good news and we’ve got bad news...The bad news is that no matter how hard you work, there’s always someone in the world that will work harder.

The good news is that there’s a difference between working “hard” and working “smart”.

In this episode, learn all the ways you can use automation, delegation, or elimination to outsmart your hard-working competitors.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3632</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7bdce8dff2416dbbe45aad0a3c3527ac]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC1401237665.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#10: Keep Clients From Ruining Your Life Using These 7 Boundaries</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Are you tired of clients and tasks sucking the life out of you and your business? 

Well in this episode, Brian and Chris give you seven specific boundaries you can implement today, that will positively impact your business and ultimately lead to a happier, healthier you.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2018 13:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Keep Clients From Ruining Your Life Using These 7 Boundaries</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/5197c312-0c25-11eb-a89b-179b7b7709e2/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Are you tired of clients and tasks sucking the life out of you and your business?  Well in this episode, Brian and Chris give you seven specific boundaries you can implement today, that will positively impact your business and ultimately lead to a...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are you tired of clients and tasks sucking the life out of you and your business? 

Well in this episode, Brian and Chris give you seven specific boundaries you can implement today, that will positively impact your business and ultimately lead to a happier, healthier you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Are you tired of clients and tasks sucking the life out of you and your business? 

Well in this episode, Brian and Chris give you seven specific boundaries you can implement today, that will positively impact your business and ultimately lead to a happier, healthier you. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3360</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[807f81a4bd721c8fed5475d1781b487f]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5346038011.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#9: The 7 Crucial Habits That Will Help Your Business Grow</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/9-the-7-crucial-habits-that-will-help-your-business-grow</link>
      <description>This episode is all about harvesting your current motivation, and using that energy to implement long term healthy habits into your life.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2018 16:43:02 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The 7 Crucial Habits That Will Help Your Business Grow</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/51bc1190-0c25-11eb-a89b-5b3ad2112fdf/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>It’s a new year, a new you, and your motivation to succeed is at an alltime high. The problem is that motivation is a temporary force that disappears when life gets tough.  This is the reason every Planet Fitness location has an average of 6,500...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This episode is all about harvesting your current motivation, and using that energy to implement long term healthy habits into your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This episode is all about harvesting your current motivation, and using that energy to implement long term healthy habits into your life.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3194</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[68c0e774a6aecb97e64e7faa29f2b1c2]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC5334139816.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#8: Why Marketing is NOT The Solution For Most Struggling Home Studios</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/8-why-marketing-is-not-the-solution-for-most-struggling-home-studios</link>
      <description>When business is not going well for your studio, the initial reaction is that you need to "improve your marketing". The thing is...this is NOT the solution for most struggling studios. There is a very specific set of problems that need to be addressed in a very specific order. This episode covers each of those areas in detail.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jan 2018 16:51:27 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>Why Marketing is NOT The Solution For Most Struggling Studios </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/51d65776-0c25-11eb-a89b-eb877999394b/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>When business is not going well for your studio, the initial reaction is that you need to "improve your marketing". The thing is...this is NOT the solution for most struggling studios. There is a very specific set of problems that need to be addressed...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>When business is not going well for your studio, the initial reaction is that you need to "improve your marketing". The thing is...this is NOT the solution for most struggling studios. There is a very specific set of problems that need to be addressed in a very specific order. This episode covers each of those areas in detail.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[When business is not going well for your studio, the initial reaction is that you need to "improve your marketing". The thing is...this is NOT the solution for most struggling studios. There is a very specific set of problems that need to be addressed in a very specific order. This episode covers each of those areas in detail.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4153</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[64ab1adfb8fe4fb18ac09f7da9c97254]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6673488631.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#7: CRM: Billion-Dollar Companies Use This Software, and So Should You</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com</link>
      <description>In this episode, learn what a CRM is, why it’s absolutely essential that your home studio business implements one, and how you can use it to help grow your business in 2018.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2017 15:28:56 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>CRM: Billion-Dollar Companies Use This Software, and So Should You</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/51f91874-0c25-11eb-a89b-f7c99c44de1c/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, learn what a CRM is, why it’s absolutely essential that your home studio business implements one, and how you can use it to help grow your business in 2018.  For full show notes, go to    If you want to suggest a guest, an idea for...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, learn what a CRM is, why it’s absolutely essential that your home studio business implements one, and how you can use it to help grow your business in 2018.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, learn what a CRM is, why it’s absolutely essential that your home studio business implements one, and how you can use it to help grow your business in 2018. 
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2278</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d3dae45e917f6d97ccff101ba20726d0]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC3686470216.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#6: The Business of Running A Home Studio Business (Part 2)</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/6-the-business-of-running-a-home-studio-business-part-2</link>
      <description>This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY sort of sustainable career.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2017 14:38:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Business of Running A Home Studio Business (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/5223e18a-0c25-11eb-a89b-cf78d917f68a/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>So many home studio owners are extremely creative, talented, and great at what they do, but they have NO idea how to run a business.  This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY sort of sustainable career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY sort of sustainable career.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>3112</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[07209c119ad31252c6bd9090c4b009f4]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC6425086759.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#5: The Business of Running A Home Studio Business (Part 1)</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/6-the-business-of-running-a-home-studio-business-part-1</link>
      <description>This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY sort of sustainable career.</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Dec 2017 11:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Business of Running A Home Studio Business (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/52418294-0c25-11eb-a89b-3bda15ef661a/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>So many home studio owners are extremely creative, talented, and great at what they do, but they have NO idea how to run a business. This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY sort of sustainable career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[This podcast series will be covering many of the topics that home studio owners need to learn about if they want ANY sort of sustainable career. 
]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2691</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ccab9dba7abf255109543829d66eb5dd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC4797251894.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#4: How To Get More Online Reviews For Your Studio (And Stand Out From Your Competitors)</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Are Google and Facebook reviews REALLY that important for recording studio owners? In this episode learn how Chris Graham has managed to gather nearly 200 five-star reviews for his mastering studio, and how this sets him apart from his competitors.</description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Dec 2017 13:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How To Get More Online Reviews For Your Studio (And Stand Out From Your Competitors)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/526cf956-0c25-11eb-a89b-1b6011a3829c/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>For full show notes, go to    Are Google and Facebook reviews REALLY that important for recording studio owners? In this episode learn how Chris Graham has managed to gather nearly 200 five-star reviews for his mastering studio, and how this sets him...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Are Google and Facebook reviews REALLY that important for recording studio owners? In this episode learn how Chris Graham has managed to gather nearly 200 five-star reviews for his mastering studio, and how this sets him apart from his competitors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Are Google and Facebook reviews REALLY that important for recording studio owners? In this episode learn how Chris Graham has managed to gather nearly 200 five-star reviews for his mastering studio, and how this sets him apart from his competitors.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2364</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4a35b963ab9e2fe7c4ed802d4a98304a]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC9924056120.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#3: The Journey From His Parent's Basement, To Depression, To A Six Figure Home Studio - Brian Hood</title>
      <link>http://thesixfigurehomestudio.libsyn.com/3-the-journey-from-his-parents-basement-to-depression-to-a-six-figure-home-studio-brian-hood</link>
      <description>In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss Brian’s story and how he went from recording local bands in his parents basement to becoming the successful entrepreneur he is today.</description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Nov 2017 14:20:40 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The Journey From His Parent's Basement, To Depression, To A Six Figure Home Studio - Brian Hood</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/52879fae-0c25-11eb-a89b-73d6e1dba2af/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode, they discuss Brian’s story and how he went from recording local bands in his parents basement to becoming the successful entrepreneur he is today. For full show notes, go to  If you want to suggest a guest, an idea for the podcast,...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss Brian’s story and how he went from recording local bands in his parents basement to becoming the successful entrepreneur he is today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss Brian’s story and how he went from recording local bands in his parents basement to becoming the successful entrepreneur he is today.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4417</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[270fc09bdb8c915e81b56f340e2149aa]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC7357867823.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#2: How Chris Graham Grew His Mastering Studio To Six Figures Using Google Ads And Apple Scripts</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>Chris Graham shares his story and how he went from living in “the hood” to becoming the successful six-figure business owner he is today.</description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2017 16:00:00 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>How Chris Graham Grew His Mastering Studio To Six Figures Using Google Ads And Apple Scripts</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/52a5c3c6-0c25-11eb-a89b-7fdcc1780981/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>For full show notes, go to  Chris Graham shares his story and how he went from living in “the hood” to becoming the successful six-figure business owner he is today. If you want to suggest a guest, an idea for the podcast, or you have some general...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Graham shares his story and how he went from living in “the hood” to becoming the successful six-figure business owner he is today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Chris Graham shares his story and how he went from living in “the hood” to becoming the successful six-figure business owner he is today. ]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>4018</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a63c7137faf0bf07981b2997afe9e54c]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC2319333291.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>#1: The "Old Model" Is Dead - The Future Is In YOU and your Home Recording Studio</title>
      <link>https://www.thesixfigurehomestudio.com/</link>
      <description>In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss how the audio industry has undergone a MASSIVE change, and how this has opened up some great opportunities for you. They also shed some light on how educational resources, like podcasts, have been crucial to their success, and why going to audio school might not be the best investment.</description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Oct 2017 01:39:50 -0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:title>The "Old Model" Is Dead - The Future Is In YOU and Your Home Recording Studio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>1</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Brian Hood</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/52c944d6-0c25-11eb-a89b-0b1bce652e31/image/Podcast_Main_1400x1400.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&amp;max-w=3000&amp;max-h=3000&amp;fit=crop&amp;auto=format,compress"/>
      <itunes:subtitle>Start Here</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss how the audio industry has undergone a MASSIVE change, and how this has opened up some great opportunities for you. They also shed some light on how educational resources, like podcasts, have been crucial to their success, and why going to audio school might not be the best investment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[In this episode, Brian and Chris discuss how the audio industry has undergone a MASSIVE change, and how this has opened up some great opportunities for you. They also shed some light on how educational resources, like podcasts, have been crucial to their success, and why going to audio school might not be the best investment.]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <itunes:duration>2208</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>yes</itunes:explicit>
      <guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b0ff635788649ed190acf91dbbfe94dd]]></guid>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.megaphone.fm/REC8470572006.mp3" length="0" type="audio/mpeg"/>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
